2015-2016 - Elmhurst College Course Catalog

2015-2016Elmhurst CollegeCourse Catalog

Elmhurst College CatalogThe 2015–2016 Elmhurst College Catalog reflects the programs, fees, policies, and regulations of the College in effect as of Fall Term 2015 . Elmhurst College reserves the right to make changes that are deemed appropriate and necessary. Prospective students should contact the Office of Admission or the School for Advanced Learning for information regarding such changes. Currently enrolled students should consult the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty or other appropriate offices.

Campus ToursProspective students may arrange for a guided tour of the campus or an appointment with an admission counselor by contacting the Office of Admission Monday through Thursday between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. and Friday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Counselors also are available by appointment on Saturdays from 8:30 a.m. until 12:00 noon.

We Welcome Your QuestionsThis Catalog contains a wealth of information about Elmhurst College’s programs, faculty, and facilities. However, we recognize that it may not answer every question you may have. Call the Office of Admission at (630) 617-3400 or (800) 697-1871 or the School for Advanced Learning at (630) 617-3300 or (800) 581-4723. We will be pleased to work with you as you make your educational plans.

Elmhurst CollegeCatalog2015-2016

190 Prospect Avenue, Elmhurst, Illinois 60126-3296 (630) 617-3500

3

Table of Contents

Academic Calendar 4

Elmhurst College: An Introduction 6

Admission, Financial Aid and Fees 12

Academic Overview 21

Earning an Elmhurst College Degree 23

Elmhurst College Integrated Curriculum 26

Regulations and Services 33

Student Life and Services 53

Majors and Academic Programs 61

Art 63

Bidisciplinary 75

Biology 79

Business 90

Chemistry and Biochemistry 103

Communication Arts and Sciences 112

Communication Sciences and Disorders 132

Computer Science and Information Systems 138

Economics 148

Education 151

English 180

Geography and Geosciences 189

History 197

Honors Program 202

Intercultural Studies 206

Interdisciplinary Communication Studies 211

Kinesiology 213

Liberal Studies 221

Mathematics 227

Medical Humanities 235

Music 238

Nursing and Health Sciences 261

Philosophy 269

Physics 272

Political Science 277

Psychology 285

Religious Studies 294

Sociology and Criminal Justice 303

Urban Studies Program 313

World Languages, Literatures and Cultures 317

Additional Academic Opportunities 329

Center for Professional Excellence 332

Dr. Dennis J. Patterson Center for the Health Professions 338

Niebuhr Center for Faith and Action 346

Accelerated Programs 350

Graduate Study 368

Where to Call 456

4

2015–2016Academic Calendar

Fall TermFirst-Year Orientation August 26–August 29

Transfer Orientation August 28

Classes Begin:

Day Classes August 31

Evening Classes August 31

Classes End: December 12

Reading Day:

Day Classes December 14

Final Exams:

Day Classes December 14–December 19 (Note: Monday,

December 14 Evening Finals only)

Evening Classes December 14–December 19

January Term January 4–January 29

Spring TermClasses Begin February 1

Classes End: May 14

Reading Day:

Day Classes May 16

Final Exams:

Day Classes May 16–May 21 (Note: Monday,

May 16 Evening Finals only)

Evening Classes May 16–May 21

Baccalaureate and Commencement May 28

5

2015–2016 Academic Calendar

Summer TermEight-Week Session June 6–July 30

First Four-Week Session June 6–July 2

Second Four-Week Session July 5–July 30

HolidaysLabor Day Recess

Day Classes September 5 –September 7

Evening Classes September 5–September 7

Fall Recess October 12

Thanksgiving Recess November 26–November 29

No evening classes on November 25

Christmas Recess December 20–January 3

Martin Luther King Jr. Day Recess January 18

Spring Recess March 21–March 27

Easter Recess March 25–March 27

Independence Day Recess July 4

All dates subject to change.

6

Elmhurst College:An Introduction

Since its founding in 1871, ElmhurstCollege has prepared students for lives ofexpanding opportunity, service and achieve-ment. A four-year, independent, comprehen-sive college, we offer students of many agesand backgrounds purposeful learning for thewhole of life.As a comprehensive college, Elmhurst

embraces the liberal arts tradition within theframework of the Elmhurst Experience.Characterized by student self-formation andearly professional preparation, the ElmhurstExperience prepares our students to becometruly educated women and men, ready forlife in a complex and competitive world. For students, the varied elements of theElmhurst Experience can be summarized in aword: engagement. This contemporaryframing of undergraduate education providesstudents with new opportunities forpurposeful engagement—in classrooms, labo-ratories, and professional and cultural settingsthroughout the Chicago area and beyond; inoriginal research with talented faculty; andwith the pressing issues of the global societyand the individual human spirit.Our primary institutional strength is the

recognized excellence of our programs andfaculty. Great teaching in small classes lies atthe heart of our heritage and mission. The

average class at Elmhurst has 17 students.We have 160 full-time faculty members; 79percent hold doctorates or other terminaldegrees. These talented scholars are at theCollege because they love to teach, in anenvironment where they come to know theirstudents as individuals, with distinct outlooksand unique gifts. The College offers majors in 25 academic

departments, including a number of majorsdesigned specifically for working adults.Seventeen distinctive programs lead to themaster’s degree. Our innovative, flexible,demanding curriculum is ideal for students ofmany ages, backgrounds and stages ofpersonal and professional development.Beyond the classroom, a rich cultural life

centers around the campus. Over the years,the College has drawn an abundance of world-class talent, including Maya Angelou, Gwen-dolyn Brooks, Bill Nye, Justice Sandra DayO’Connor, Neil DeGrasse Tyson, Elie Wieseland many others. Our program of lectures,concerts and events is growing steadily.About a third of Elmhurst’s full-time

students live in one of six residence halls,alongside students from other communities,states and countries. The Frick Centerprovides both residential and commutingstudents with common space to meet friends

7

Elmhurst College: An Introduction

and relax. All students can use R.A. FaganelHall, our physical education facility, as well asthe Tyrrell Fitness Center. The peaceful inte-rior of Hammerschmidt Memorial Chapeldraws students, faculty and staff for momentsaway from academic and personal pressures.Elmhurst College is affiliated with the

United Church of Christ. People of allcreeds, and of none, come to the College tolearn and thrive. In the daily life of thecampus, we strive to show that a college canbe both intellectually rigorous and spirituallyconcerned. We encourage students todiscover the unity of life and faith, in theGod of their individual understanding.

“An Ever-Widening Circle”In 1871, Thomas Bryan, a prominentChicago businessman, and his wife, Jennie,gave land in Elmhurst, Illinois, to theGerman Evangelical Synod of the Northwest.The land was intended for a school toprepare young men for theological seminaryand to train teachers for parochial schools. The Elmhurst Proseminary opened later thatyear. The first students—all boys, aged 14and 15—studied Latin, Greek, English,German, music, history, geography, mathe-matics, science and religion. All classes weretaught in German.In 1919, the Proseminary became the

Elmhurst Academy and Junior College. Itoffered (in English) both pre-theologicaland classical education programs. Theexpanded curriculum included courses inpublic speaking, physical education,economics, psychology and the history ofeducation. In 1923, the Academy andJunior College assumed the name ElmhurstCollege, and became a four-year college formen, offering the bachelor of arts degree.Women first enrolled in 1930. In 1949,

Elmhurst College offered its first EveningSession for adult students. H. Richard Niebuhr, the sixth president

of Elmhurst, described the College as “anever-widening circle.” In 1998, the circlewidened dramatically by offering graduateprograms for the first time. Today, Elmhurstoffers master’s degrees in a number of disci-plines. See pages 61-62.

Distinctive StrengthsElmhurst has a distinctive constellation ofstrengths. Simply put, no other college isquite like it.The quality of our academic programs is

widely recognized. For example, Elmhurstranks in the top tier of master’s-universitycolleges in the Midwest, according to U.S.News & World Report. The Princeton Reviewhas also included the College in its survey oftop colleges in the Midwest. Our liberal artstradition informs everything we do. Degreecandidates complete a series of IntegratedCurriculum courses in a range of academicdisciplines. A second distinctive strength is our

ongoing determination to advance the prac-tical and professional relevance of the liberalarts tradition. A hallmark of the ElmhurstExperience is early professional preparationthat educates students for life in a globalsociety. Our faculty and students explore themeaning of professionalism in the best andbroadest sense of the word. We ask, withAlfred North Whitehead, “If education is notuseful, what is it?”Our third distinctive strength is the

quality and dedication of our faculty. The faculty has as its primary concern theintellectual and professional development ofour students. All courses are taught by facultymembers, not teaching assistants. All students

8


have faculty advisors, helping and challengingthem to achieve their potential.

Resources and ActivitiesElmhurst College is located at the center ofmetropolitan Chicago, 16 miles west of theLoop. The campus is near a commuter railstation and the confluence of several express-ways. An arboretum with more than 780trees and shrubs, the campus is strikinglyhandsome, with 25 red-brick buildings, bothmodern and traditional, on 48 acres. Thecampus is a classic atmosphere for learning.The A. C. Buehler Library, recipient of

the 2010 Excellence in Academic LibrariesAward from the Association of College andResearch Libraries, holds more than 225,000books, accesses over 100 electronic databases,subscribes to over 800 print and electronicjournals, and is linked to the collections of80 other college and university libraries, viaI-Share. Campus learning technology includes

electron microscopes, nuclear accelerators, amusic recording studio with 24 tracks, and astate-of-the-art computer center. Campus services are designed to reflect

the multiple responsibilities and meet thediverse needs of our students. Health andcounseling services, and many other servicesare available. Elmhurst students participate ina number of campus organizations. TheCollege fields 10 men’s and 10 women’sintercollegiate athletic teams, in NCAA Divi-sion III. Students also participate in intra-mural activities.

Statement of Mission Elmhurst College inspires its students toform themselves intellectually and personallyand to prepare for meaningful and ethicalwork in a multicultural, global society.Working together with passion and commit-

ment, we foster learning, broaden knowledge,and enrich culture through pedagogical inno-vation, scholarship and creative expression.

Vision for the Future Elmhurst College will become nationallyrecognized for the Elmhurst Experience: acontemporary framing of liberal learningthat, first, empowers and asks our students tobecome self-directed, academically grounded,intellectually engaged and socially responsiblecitizens who understand and respect thediversity of the world’s cultures and peoplesand, second, prepares our students from theirfirst day on campus to make wise academicand co-curricular choices leading to satisfyingprofessional futures. The hallmarks of theElmhurst Experience—student self-formationand early professional preparation—willprepare our students to become trulyeducated women and men, ready for life in acomplex and competitive world. The College will increase support for

faculty and student research. Our faculty andstudents will increasingly collaborate witheach other and with communities beyondour campus in research, teaching and artisticexpression. The College will offer select graduate

programs that complement our undergrad-uate programs and prepare students for careerentry or advancement, or for further studytoward an advanced degree.

Elmhurst College Core Values The values of Elmhurst College provide thefoundation for all our academic, student, andcommunity programs and activities. • Intellectual Excellence. We value intellec-tual freedom, curiosity and engagement;critical and creative inquiry; rigorousdebate; and intellectual integrity in allendeavors. We are committed to themeaningful integration of liberal learning

9


and professional preparation and tolearning as a lifelong pursuit.

• Community.We are committed tocultural diversity, mutual respect amongall persons, compassion for others, honestand open communication and fairnessand integrity in all that we do.

• Social Responsibility. Mindful ofhumanity’s interdependence and thedignity of every individual, we arecommitted to social justice on local,national and global levels. We will act onour social responsibilities and call othersto do the same.

• Stewardship.We are committed stewardsof the human, fiscal and physical resourcesentrusted to us. We are accountable to oneanother for the quality of our community,the strength of our finances, and the utilityand beauty of our campus as a place ofintellectual engagement and personalgrowth. We pursue innovations that respectthe environment and foster sustainability inthe management of our resources.

• Faith, Meaning and Values.We value thedevelopment of the human spirit in itsmany forms and the exploration of life’sultimate questions through dialogue andservice. We value religious freedom and itsexpressions on campus. Grounded in ourown commitments and traditions as well asthose of the United Church of Christ, wecherish values that create lives of intellec-tual excellence, strong community, socialresponsibility and committed stewardship.

Educational Goals Students at Elmhurst College complete anacademic program that encompasses bothbroad experience across a range of disciplinesand the mastery of a particular body ofknowledge and method.

Our program strives to educate studentswho:• Carry through life the desire to learn, andthe ability to solve problems and thinkclearly and independently, with toleranceand openness tempered by healthy skepti-cism and intellectual vigor;

• Are conversant with the heritage ofWestern culture, as embodied in thehumanities, sciences and social sciences;

• Take delight in the richness of languagethrough the mastery of reading, writing,listening and speaking;

• Know the joy of creativity in all intellec-tual activities and appreciate the uniquecreative opportunities afforded by theliterary, visual and performing arts;

• Understand the natural world and issuesrelated to humankind’s place in it, andhave experience with the methods ofscience and technology;

• Understand the importance of spiritualvalues as a basis for living a meaningfuland purposeful life and are cognizant ofthe Judeo-Christian heritage;

• Honor their responsibilities as membersof a free and democratic society and arecommitted to social justice, personalintegrity and service to others;

• Are sensitive to the disparities of humancircumstance and show respect andcompassion for all individuals;

• Understand and affirm their membershipin a diverse, yet interdependent, multicul-tural, global society;

• Endow the work they do with competentand creative effort, provide service to thecommunity and treat all persons withconsideration; and

• Are able to live good lives of healthfulvitality, moral and spiritual sensitivity andintellectual integrity.

10


Degrees The College awards the following degrees:• Bachelor of Arts• Bachelor of Fine Arts• Bachelor of Liberal Studies• Bachelor of Music• Bachelor of Science• Master in Public Health• Master in Project Management• Master in Professional Accountancy• Master of Arts• Master of Business Administration• Master of Education• Master of Market Research• Master of Science• Master of Science in Nursing

AccreditationsThe College is accredited by the followingorganizations:• The Higher Learning Commission:Member, North Central Association*

• The Commission on Collegiate NursingEducation (baccalaureate and masters)**

• The Illinois State Department of Education

AffiliationsThe College subscribes to the Statement ofPrinciples of Good Practice of the NationalAssociation for College Admission Coun-seling, and is a member of the followingorganizations:• The American College Personnel Association

• The American Council on Education• The American Association of Colleges forTeacher Education

• The American Association of Colleges ofNursing

• The American Association of CollegiateRegistrars and Admission Officers

• The American Association of UniversityWomen

• The Associated Colleges of the ChicagoArea

• The Associated Colleges of Illinois• The Association of American College andUniversities

• The Association for Continuing HigherEducation

• The College Board• The Council for Advancement andSupport of Education

• The Council for Higher Education of theUnited Church of Christ

• The Council of Independent Colleges• The Council on International Educational Exchange

• The Council of West Suburban Colleges• The Federation of Independent IllinoisColleges and Universities

• The Forum on Education Abroad• The Illinois Association for CollegeAdmission Counseling

• Institute of International Education• NAFSA: Association of InternationalEducators

• The National Academic Advising Association

• The National Association for CollegeAdmission Counseling

• The National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities

• The National Association of StudentPersonnel Administrators

• The National League for Nursing

*The Higher Learning Commission, 30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504;

(800) 621-7440 or (312) 263-0456

**The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, One DuPont Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036,

(292) 887-6791

11


Admission and Financial Aid Elmhurst College admits academically qualifiedapplicants who show evidence of their abilityto complete college-level work, based on theirhigh-school performance, good standing atanother college or university, or both.Elmhurst subscribes to a “need-blind”

admission policy. That is, admission decisionsare made independently from considerationsof financial need. We encourage campusvisits and admission interviews.Because the College has a long tradition ofcareful management of financial resources,we provide our students with outstandingeducational facilities while maintaining acompetitive tuition level. The College recognizes that the cost of a

college education is often greater than afamily’s resources, and assists studentsthrough various financial aid programs.These include merit scholarships, and need-based grants, loans, and student employment.In the fall of 2014, approximately 96 percentof all students received some form of finan-cial assistance.

Non-Discrimination and Non-Harassment PolicyIt is the policy of Elmhurst College (theCollege) to afford equal opportunity to andnot discriminate against students, employeesand applicants regardless of race, color, nationalorigin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexualorientation, age, disability, citizenship, veteranstatus, pregnancy, marital status or otherprotected status as those terms are defined byapplicable federal, state and local law.The College acts in compliance with the

requirements of Title IX of the EducationAmendments of 1972 (“Title IX”). Title IXis a federal law that prohibits sex discrimina-tion in federally funded education programsand activities. It, in part, states, “No person

in the United States shall, on the basis of sex,be excluded from participation in, be deniedthe benefits of or be subjected to discriminationunder any education program or activityreceiving federal financial aid.”The College’s Title IX Coordinator is

responsible for implementing and monitoringTitle IX compliance on behalf of ElmhurstCollege. Any inquiries regarding Title IX orthe College’s Prohibition Against SexDiscrimination should be directed to theCollege’s Title IX Coordinator who will beavailable to meet with or talk to studentsregarding issues relating to Title IX and theCollege’s Prohibition Against Sex Discrimina-tion. The Title IX Coordinator for theCollege is the Director of Human Resources,located in Lehmann Hall.The College does not discriminate against

individuals on the basis of physical or mentaldisability. To ensure equal access to itsprograms and activities, the College iscommitted to providing reasonable accom-modations to qualified individuals withdisabilities. The College’s ADA/504 Coordi-nator is located in the Learning Center, FrickCenter 231, and is responsible for deter-mining appropriate accommodations inconjunction with the student and otherCollege representatives, as appropriate.For the College’s complete Non-Discrimi-

nation and Non-Harassment Policy, pleaserefer to the For Students section of theCollege website at www.elmhurst.edu/elmhurststudents.

12

S tudents may apply for admission toElmhurst College to begin study in

either the Fall Term or the Spring Term.Admission decisions are based on review of astudent’s academic record and supportingcredentials, with emphasis given to the mostrecent or current educational experiences. Allapplicants are evaluated without regard torace, color, creed, national or ethnic origin,marital status, age, gender, sexual orientation,or disability. Personal interviews with anadmission counselor are strongly encouragedand easily arranged.Elmhurst is a member of the Illinois and

National Associations for College AdmissionCounseling and subscribes in its admission andfinancial aid programs to standards of practiceand ethics endorsed by these organizations.To receive an application for traditional

undergraduate freshman or transfer admissionor to schedule a campus visit, please contact:Office of AdmissionElmhurst College190 Prospect AvenueElmhurst, Illinois 60126-3296(630) 617-3400 or (800) [email protected] may also be submitted elec-

tronically by visiting the College’s web site atwww.elmhurst.edu.

Freshman AdmissionQualified applicants should show evidence oftheir ability to successfully complete college-level work, based on secondary-school perfor-mance. Preference is given to students whohave completed 16 academic units, includinga minimum of three units of English; twounits each of mathematics, laboratory scienceand social studies; and seven additional unitsin these or other college-preparatory subjects.Study of a foreign language is stronglyrecommended but not required for admis-sion. Freshman applicants should:• Submit a completed application for admis sion;

• Request that an official secondary-schooltranscript be forwarded to the Office ofAdmission (a final transcript following thecompletion of all studies is required priorto beginning enrollment); and

• Submit official results from either the ACTor the SAT to the Office of Admission.Scores included on official secondary-school transcripts are acceptable. (Interna-tional students should refer to additionalrequirements on page 14).

Admission Without a Secondary-SchoolDiploma: Students who have not completeddiploma requirements may submit the resultsof the General Education Development

Admission, Financial Aid and Fees

13


(GED) Test in place of the secondary-schooltranscript.

Senior Option Program: Elmhurst Collegeoffers high-achieving secondary-school seniorsthe opportunity to enroll in one full courseeach term of their final year. Courses selectedmay fulfill remaining secondary-school gradu-ation requirements or be applied toward abachelor’s degree at Elmhurst or elsewhere.Students interested in this program shouldcontact the director of admission for furtherinformation about application requirementsand procedures. At the discretion of theCollege, secondary-school juniors may also beapproved to take coursework as part of theSenior Option Program. Tuition for approvedstudents is waived up to a limit of two credits(eight semester hours)

First-Year SeminarAll first-year students are required to enroll ina First-Year Seminar (FYS 100) course for theFall Term. The course is designed to facilitatethe first-year student’s transition from highschool to college. Built on the dual founda-tional components of a comprehensiveunderstanding of the liberal arts and aspecific academic topic, each section willhave certain common themes, activities andassignments. In addition, each of the FYS100 courses examines a unique and specificacademic topic, and is taught by a facultymember partnered with a professional staffmember. The faculty member serves as theacademic advisor for the entire first year. The First-Year Seminar has two main

learning objectives. First, it prepares studentsfor the academic routine, structure andexpectations of Elmhurst College through theexamination of what it means to undertake aliberal arts education coupled with an in-depth study of a specific academic topic.

Secondly, it introduces students to theElmhurst Experience and the many curricularand co-curricular opportunities the Collegehas to offer. In this way, students will be able to maximize their involvement in theinstitution and the wider community thatencompasses it providing for a successfulcollege experience at Elmhurst College.

Transfer AdmissionQualified applicants must provide evidenceof good standing at the last college or univer-sity they attended. Transfer applicants should:• Submit a completed application foradmission;

• Request that official transcripts from eachcollege or university attended beforwarded to the Office of Admission;

• Request that an official secondary-schooltranscript be forwarded to the Office ofAdmission; and

• Submit results from either the ACT or theSAT if they have earned fewer than 12semester hours of credit and have been outof secondary school less than three years.Scores included on official secondary-school transcripts are acceptable.Generally, transfer students begin at

Elmhurst College without a loss of credit andcan fulfill all academic requirements for theirdegrees within the usual time span. A creditevaluation of prior academic work isprovided at the time of admission.Please refer to the Regulations and

Services section in this Catalog for specificinformation about transfer credit policies,alternate sources of credit and academic resi-dency requirements.

Special Requirements in Selected MajorsStudents applying for admission with majorinterest in communication sciences anddisorders, education, music or nursing should

14


refer to the specific department listing foradditional admission requirements.

International StudentsInternational students should follow regularadmission procedures for new freshmen ortransfer students. In addition, internationalfreshman applicants should submit bothsecondary-school academic records, includingall grade reports (transcripts), andleaving/national examination certificates.These records must be in both the originallanguage and certified English translation.The original language records must be officialschool records, sent directly to ElmhurstCollege by the school, and must bear theofficial stamp or seal of the school. Certifiedcopies, sent by the school and bearing thestamp or seal of the school, are acceptable.International transfer applicants should

submit transcripts from all colleges or univer-sities attended or currently attending. These records must be in both the originallanguage and certified English translation.The records must be official school reports,sent directly to Elmhurst College by theschool, and must bear the official stamp orseal of the school. Certified copies, sent bythe school and bearing the stamp or seal ofthe school, are acceptable. A syllabus for eachcourse taken may also be required for transfercredit to be awarded.International students seeking a major in

communication sciences and disorders,education or nursing must provide officialcourse-by-course evaluations of their tran-script(s). Official evaluations can be obtainedthrough World Education Services atwww.wes.org or Educational Credential Eval-uators at www.ece.org.Proficiency in English must also be

demonstrated by scoring a minimum of 550(paper)/213 (computer)/79 (Internet-based)

on the Test of English as a Foreign Language(TOEFL) or 77 on the Michigan EnglishLanguage Assessment Battery (MELAB) or a6.5 on the International English LanguageTesting System (IELTS). Students not able tomeet these required TOEFL scores shouldupgrade their English language proficiency atan ELS language center, where they mustcomplete the certificate for ELS level 112.Upon admission to the College, a studentmust show financial access to cover the entirecost of the first year of study before a Form I-20 will be issued. While internationalstudents may qualify for scholarships basedon academic merit, need-based financial aidis not available.

ReadmissionA student who is granted a leave of absencefrom the College is not required to apply forreadmission if they return within 12 months.Please refer to the Regulations and Services inthis Catalog for detailed information. Astudent who withdraws from the College forone regular academic term or more must applyfor readmission. A degree-seeking student whohas attended other colleges since the lastElmhurst enrollment must submit officialtranscripts from those colleges. A student who has been dismissed from

Elmhurst for the first time is not eligible toapply for readmission for one calendar year.A decision to offer readmission will dependon the quality of both academic and non-educational experiences since the time ofdismissal. An admission interview is required.A student may not be readmitted to theCollege after a second dismissal, including adismissal that was successfully appealed.

Non-Degree StudyStudents who are interested in registering for one or more courses without seekingadmission to a bachelor’s degree program are

15


not required to apply for admission. Non-degree students are asked to complete on-campus registration at the Office ofRegistration and Records or to complete andsubmit the registration form by mail or fax.

Confirmation of EnrollmentAll admitted students will receive completeinformation about tuition and housingdeposits, student orientation, medicalhistory, and immunization requirements.This material is included with the letter ofadmission or in subsequent mailings, butquestions regarding any of the items can bedirected to the Office of Admission.The admission file for each enrolling

student will become subject to provisions ofthe Family Rights and Privacy Act of 1972(Buckley Amendment).

Sixty-Plus ProgramPersons 60 years old or older may register forundergraduate courses on a non-degree basisfor a reduced fee of $100 per course. Registra-tion is permitted on a space-available basis,only during the first week of class. Studentsshould register in person at the Office ofRegistration and Records. A maximum of onecourse per term may be taken by a person inthis program. Courses taken under the Sixty-Plus Program will not count toward a degreeand are offered on an audit/non-credit basis.

FINANCIAL AID

The College administers a wide variety ofinstitutional, state and federal financial aidprograms, including scholarships, grants,loans and student employment opportunities.Elmhurst offers a number of scholarships tostudents who have demonstrated outstandingacademic achievement or have exhibited skillin a specialized area. Most financial aid,however, is awarded to those studentsdemonstrating financial need. Simply stated,

financial need is the difference between thecost of attending Elmhurst College and whatstudents and their families can be expected tocontribute toward the student’s educationalexpenses.To be eligible to receive financial aid,

a student must meet the following criteria: • Be a United States citizen, a permanentresident or have approved refugee status;

• Be enrolled on at least a half-time basis(1.5 course credits or six semester hours)for most forms of aid, but full time forElmhurst College funds;

• Be making reasonable progress in his orher academic program; and

• Be classified as a degree-seeking student ina program leading to a degree.To apply for financial aid, students should

follow these steps:• Complete the Free Application for FederalStudent Aid (FAFSA). This form is usedto make a determination about howmuch your family may be expected tocontri bute to your educational expenses.The FAFSA is used to apply for assistancethrough the federal grant programs andthe Illinois Monetary Award Program, aswell as federal student loans. The FAFSAshould be filed as soon after January 1 asaccurate income data is available. TheFAFSA can be filed online atwww.fafsa.gov.Additional documents, including income

tax transcripts, may be requested to supportinformation supplied on the FAFSA.Students must be admitted to the College

before the Office of Student FinancialServices will complete processing of theirapplications for financial aid.When all necessary documents have been

forwarded to the Office of Student FinancialServices, each student’s request is reviewed and

16


a decision regarding aid eligibility is rendered.The decision is sent directly to the student.

Recommended Application DatesIt is recommended that students submit allnecessary financial aid application materialsby February 15 for fall enrollment, and byOctober 1 for spring enrollment.Students must apply for financial aid each

year. Every student who wishes to be consid-ered for financial assistance must follow thesteps described above for each year of enroll-ment at Elmhurst College.Elmhurst College is not responsible for

programs sponsored by the state or federalgovernment. Elmhurst College cannot guarantee substitute awards if any antici-pated outside sources of assistance do notmaterialize.The College prints additional literature

on financial aid programs, scholarships andprocedures; students are encouraged to obtainthese from the Office of Student FinancialServices.

Satisfactory Academic ProgressFederal and state regulations require thatcolleges establish and monitor the satisfactoryacademic progress of students enrolled in aprogram of study that leads to a degree orcertificate. In a financial aid context, failureto make satisfactory academic progress in thecourses taken at Elmhurst College can resultin a loss of eligibility for federal, state andinstitutional financial aid.Satisfactory progress is monitored in three

ways: cumulative grade-point average, numberof course credits completed compared to thenumber of course credits attempted (regis-tered), and total academic credits.• Students must maintain a cumulativegrade-point average of 2.00.

• Students must complete (earn) 67% ofthe course credits for which they register,

not including courses dropped within thefirst week of classes. Repeated with-drawals can lead to the loss of financialaid eligibility even for a student whoseGPA is 2.00 or above.

• Students cannot have earned more than150% of the academic credit necessaryfor graduation. This rule includes transfercredits.Continued eligibility for financial aid is

evaluated at the end of each term (Fall,Spring and Summer). If a student has notmade satisfactory progress in his or hercumulative academic record at the comple-tion of a term according to the standardsnoted above, their financial aid will be placedon a warning for one term. Students who failto meet satisfactory academic progress at theend of their warning term will normally bedenied financial aid for the next term.Students may appeal suspension of aid deci-sions by writing the Financial Aid AppealsCommittee within three weeks after notice oflost eligibility. Successful appeals will allowthe student one additional term of aid eligi-bility and may include an academic plandeveloped for the student to help themsuccessfully progress towards degree comple-tion. If the student meets the standards oftheir academic plan, their probationary periodmay be extended for three terms.

Veterans BenefitsElmhurst College certifies enrollment formilitary veterans. Contact the Office ofStudent Financial Services for information.

FEES

Comprehensive FeeThe comprehensive fee for all full-timestudents includes tuition for 3.00 to 4.75credits each in the Fall and Spring terms.One credit is equivalent to four semester

2015–2016 ACADEMIC YEAR FEES: TRADITIONAL UNDERGRADUATE

Fall Term Spring Term Total

Full-time Tuition $17,100 $17,100 $34,200

(3.00 to 4.75 credits)

Residence Hall Room $ 2,928 $ 2,928 $ 5,856

Board: Fall and Spring Terms

Meal Plan #1 $ 2,519 $ 2,519 $ 5,038

Meal Plan #2 $ 1,905 $ 1,905 $ 3,810

Meal Plan #3 $ 1,445 $ 1,445 $ 2,890

Board: January Term

Meal Light $ 274

Meal Basic $ 474

Part-time Tuition $ 3,892 per course ($ 973 per hour)

All room charges are based on double occupancy. Single occupancy is offered at $ 4,222per term.The College offers three different meal plans, depending upon the amount of food

students wish to purchase. An overhead fee is included. Meal plan options may be changed at the end of Fall Term. Food purchases are charged to the meal plan on an a la carte basis.Residence hall students are required to participate in the meal plan program.Elmhurst College reserves the right to change these rates effective at the beginning of any

term.

Traditional undergraduate students who arecharged the comprehensive fee and enrolledfull time for either Fall Term or Spring Termwill be charged at a rate of one-half the costof the course. Students who are not regis-tered full time for either Fall Term or SpringTerm will be charged $3,894 for a JanuaryTerm course taken during the 2015–2016academic year.

Hourly FeesHourly fees apply to all undergraduate acceler-

ated programs students and traditional under-

graduate students enrolled for fewer than three

course credits or more than 4.75 course credits

per term or session.Full course credit (4 semester hours) $3,892Accelerated Programs (per credit hour) $595

Orientation Fee:New full-time freshmen $225

New undergraduate transfers $75

17


hours. For purposes of fee calculation, a full-time student is defined as a traditionalundergraduate student (adult undergraduatespecial programs students are not included)who is enrolled for a minimum of threecredits (12 semester hours). Each January,Elmhurst College offers a special term.Students registering for a January Termcourse may be able to explore an area ofacademic interest or fulfill either an Inte-grated Curriculum requirement or a require-ment in their major field of study.Full-time traditional undergraduate

students who are charged the comprehensivefee and enrolled for both Fall and SpringTerms and receive credit for 3.00 to 4.75credits may take a January Term course at noadditional cost (does not include adult under-graduate accelerated programs students).

Academic Technology Fee (all full- and part-time students; per term) $125

Room Deposit (residents) $300

Parking (residents and commuters) (per term) $100

Residential Network Fee (residents;per term) $75

Nursing Fee (2nd, 3rd & 4th year students per term) $500-$600

Applied Music (per course) $50

Fee for payment plan late payments: $90Service charge of 1% per month on the unpaid balance.

Transcript of academic record $10

Transcript of academic record; 24-hr. service; additional fee $10

Graduation Fee $60

International FeesStudy Abroad $600

Career ServicesPreparation and mailing of credentials:Each set of credentials $3Each set of credentials; 24-hr. service $5Four sets of credentials $10

Other FeesOther fees may be assessed for services offeredor for items required for participation incertain programs. These vary on the basis ofthe student’s program or activities and includesuch things as health service medication andfees, and nursing students’ malpractice insur-ance and uniforms. Fees are made known tothe student by the department involved in therequirement or service.

Advance Tuition DepositNew undergraduate students are required topay a one-time, non-refundable tuition depositof $100. This deposit will be deducted fromtotal tuition due.

Payment Options Students are required to either pay theirbalance in full by the initial due date of the

18


term (the 15th of the month prior to the startof the term) or enroll in one of the followingpayment plans. There is no cost to enroll andno monthly service fee.Auto-Pay Plan. Set up five monthly auto-matic payments from a checking or savingsaccount.Non-Auto Pay Plan. Make five monthlypayments in one of the following ways:• By check through the mail or in person atthe Office of Student Financial Services

• With an online bank transfer throughTouchNet Connect

• Pay online with a credit card throughTouchNet Connect (a user fee of 2.75% witha minimum fee of $3 is charged by the third-party processor on all credit card transactions).Payments are due on the 15th of each

month. A $90 late fee is charged for paymentsnot received on time. Accounts not enrolled ina payment plan and not paid in full will becharged a 1% service fee on the balance eachmonth. Payments returned for insufficientfunds will be assessed a $30 NSF fee.Due to changes in payment card industry

compliance regulations, the College can nolonger accept credit card payments in theOffice of Student Financial Services. Paymentsmade by credit card must be made throughTouchNet Connect.

Outside BillingWhen a student’s employer or other agencyunder its tuition benefit plan authorizes abilling, and will pay the tuition directly toElmhurst College, service charges relating tothe payment will be waived provided thepayment is received within six weeks of theend of the term. In order to participate inthis program, the student must submit anofficial letter of authorization or tuitionvoucher to the Office of Student FinancialServices prior to the start of each term. The

19


Office of Student Financial Services will billthe employer or other funding agencydirectly for the authorized amount.Elmhurst College reserves the right toqualify the plan or reject applications thatlack the appropriate authorization.

Tuition Reimbursement PlanSome employers offer direct reimbursementof tuition to their employees upon thesuccessful completion of the term. Studentseligible for tuition reimbursement from theiremployer may elect to participate in ourTuition Reimbursement Plan. Under thisplan, payment of tuition covered by anemployer will be deferred until six weeks afterthe end of the term. Students will be requiredto enroll in this program on a per term basis. To enroll, students will be required to pay

a $25.00 fee per term upon request for enroll-ment in the program, as well as provide aletter from their employer indicating that theyare eligible for this benefit. The letter must bereceived by the Office of Student FinancialServices prior to the start of each term andmust outline the amount of reimbursementthe student is eligible for in that specific termand be on the employer’s letterhead.

Payment and RecordsTranscripts of academic records and officialgrades will not be issued, nor will a degree begranted, to a student who has not dischargedall financial obligations to the College.

Statements of ChargesBilling statement of charges are provided onTouchNet Connect and the student andauthorized users will receive an emailannouncing the availability of their billingstatement. Statements can be viewed orprinted through TouchNet Connect.

Reductions in ChargesReductions in tuition and/or room and boardcharges will be made when withdrawal from

the College is necessitated by circumstancesthat, in the opinion of the College adminis-tration, are beyond the control of, or in thebest interest of, the student. The effective dateof withdrawal from the College is establishedby the Offices of Registration and Recordsand Student Financial Services for all full- andpart-time students. See the Regulations andServices section in this Catalog for informa-tion about withdrawal from the College.Payment of outstanding balances upon with-drawal is due in accordance with the College’snormal payment terms.The effective date for withdrawal from

individual courses is the date the request fora withdrawal is presented to the Office ofRegistration and Records. Adult programstudents may withdraw from course work bycontacting the Office of Registration andRecords in person or by fax. See the Regula-tions and Services section of this Catalog forwithdrawal procedures.Current withdrawal charges are calcu-

lated on the following basis:Fall Term and Spring Term:$20 per course, prior to or during

the first week of term; 15% second week of term; 30% third week of term; 50% fourth week of term; 70% fifth week of term; 100% thereafter.

January and Summer Terms:Varies by course. Please contact the Office of Student Financial Servicesfor more information.

All other fees are nonrefundable.These policies may be updated upon

release of new governmental guidelines.

Credit Balances/RefundsCredit balances on a student account areautomatically applied to the next term

20


unless a refund is requested. Excess fundsat the start of a term are available forrefund upon request after the final dropdate for a term (please see the withdrawalschedule for dates).

Adjustment of Financial Aid WhenStudents WithdrawThere are three distinct ways financial aidfunds are adjusted when a student with-draws. The State of Illinois and federalgovernment each mandate treatment of theirawards that differ from college policy.

Illinois Monetary AwardsIf a student withdraws during the two weeksof classes, no portion of the Illinois Mone-tary Award is applicable to a student’stuition and fees. After the second week ofclass 100% of an Illinois Monetary Award,up to the amount of the adjusted tuitioncosts is applied to the student’s account.

Federal Grants and LoansThe amount of federal grants and/or loansthat may be applied to a student’s tuitionand fees is determined by taking thenumber of days the student attended as apercent of the number of days in thesemester. For example, if the term is 100days long and the student withdrew orstopped attending on the 24th day ofclasses, then 24/100 of that student’s federalgrants and loans can be applied to his or hertuition and fees.

College Funds and Other Sources of AidThe amount of College funds and/or otherfinancial aid is adjusted at the samepercentage rate as the tuition and fees.

21

Elmhurst College offers programs fortraditional and adult students. The

College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar,consisting of a Fall Term, a one-monthJanuary Term and a Spring Term. The Collegealso offers an eight-week Summer Term.

Traditional Programs

Elmhurst offers a full range of academicprograms and services to approximately 2700traditional students. Courses for traditionalstudents are offered during mornings andafternoons, with some sections occasionallyavailable in the evening or on Saturdays. Afull-time faculty of 160 is committed toteaching, scholarship, and serving as advisorsto students in planning coursework andexploring career choices.Students at Elmhurst enjoy close collab-

oration with faculty in general introductorycourses as well as in advanced courses. Ouraverage class size is approximately 17, andthe student-faculty ratio is 12:1—one of themore desirable in higher education. Acad-emic life at the College is supported by avariety of extracurricular programs,including honor and recognition societiesand musical and theatrical groups.

Accelerated and Graduate ProgramsElmhurst provides educational opportunities

for students at least 24 years of age or thosewho have completed their baccalaureatedegree. Students are completing their firstdegree, pursuing a second degree, orpursuing a master’s degree program.Students may attend class during the

day, in the evening, or on Saturdays in theFall, January, Spring and Summer Terms.Classes are offered on the Elmhurst Collegecampus, as well as select off-site locationsand online.Elmhurst offers fast-track completion

programs for adults in applied psychology,business administration, communicationand information technology. Graduatestudents may pursue graduate programs in15 academic areas. See the AcceleratedPrograms and Graduate Programs sectionsof this Catalog for more information aboutaccelerated and graduate programs orcontact the School for Professional Studies.Accelerated program students and grad-

uate students are admitted through theSchool for Professional Studies. For moreinformation about admission and academicprograms, please contact the School forProfessional Studies.

January TermJanuary Term offers innovative educationalexperiences apart from the traditional

Academic Overview

22

Academic Overview

curriculum as well as required and electivecourses for certain majors. January Termcourses emphasize intellectual stimulation,creative study, and new approaches toknowledge. Students concentrate on nomore than one course credit during JanuaryTerm and are encouraged to explore newareas of study, often outside their majorareas of concentration. January Term courses include travel

opportunities, courses on special topics,team-taught courses, and field experiencesin which the student takes on a job relatedto his or her academic major. Field experi-ences may serve as enrichment to a declaredfield of concentration, or may be designedas a career exploration. Students interestedin this program should contact the Centerfor Professional Excellence.Enrollment in the January Term does not

require admission to the College for under-graduate students. For graduate students,courses offered in January meet the require-ments of the respective graduate programs.To enroll in graduate courses in January,students must be admitted to the graduateprogram or have permission from the grad-uate program director.

Summer TermUndergraduate courses are offered duringthe summer(2.25 credit maximum at thesame time) in both day and evening forElmhurst College students, students fromother colleges and universities, and recentsecondary-school graduates. Non-degreestudents seeking personal or professionalgrowth and development are also welcome.The Summer Term meets a variety of needs.Many undergraduate students enroll tofurther their progress toward degreeprograms. Enrollment in the Summer Term

does not require admission to the Collegefor undergraduate students.Graduate courses offered in the Summer

Term meet the requirements of the respec-tive graduate programs. To enroll in thesegraduate courses, students must be admittedto the graduate program or have permissionfrom the graduate program director. Thereare select graduate courses that are offeredin the Summer Term, which may be takenby non-degree seeking students. Permissionfrom the graduate program director isrequired.The Summer Term is eight weeks in

length, but many courses are offered inother formats.

23

Earning an Elmhurst Degree

E lmhurst College awards the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor

of Science, Bachelor of Music and Bachelorof Liberal Studies degrees.The College also offers 17 graduate

programs at the master’s degree level. Pleaserefer to the Graduate Study section of thisCatalog.Undergraduate credit at Elmhurst

College is awarded in credit units. One unitof credit is equivalent to four semesterhours or six quarter hours of transfer credit.All undergraduate courses described in thisCatalog are one unit of credit, unless desig-nated otherwise.

Bachelor of ArtsStudents seeking to earn the Bachelor ofArts must complete all IntegratedCurriculum, major and minor courses for aletter grade and fulfill all elective courserequirements as outlined here and in theAcademic Programs and Course Descrip-tions section of this Catalog.

Bachelor of Fine ArtsStudents seeking to earn the Bachelor ofFine Arts in the Department of Art mustcomplete all Integrated Curriculum, majorand minor courses for a letter grade andfulfill all elective course requirements as

outlined here and in the Academic Programsand Course Descriptions section of thisCatalog. Additionally, they must completetwo areas of concentration consisting ofeight studio courses at the 300- or 400-level. Areas of concentration are determinedby the Department of Art.

Bachelor of ScienceStudents seeking to earn the Bachelor ofScience must complete all IntegratedCurriculum, major and minor courses for aletter grade and fulfill all elective courserequirements as outlined here and in theAcademic Programs and Course Descriptionssection of this Catalog. Additionally, studentsmust complete two mathematics coursestaken in the Department of Mathematics.

Bachelor of MusicStudents seeking to earn the Bachelor ofMusic must complete all IntegratedCurriculum, major and minor courses for aletter grade and fulfill all elective courserequirements as outlined here and in theAcademic Programs and Course Descrip-tions section of this Catalog. Additionally,they must complete at least 16 units ofcredit (64 semester hours) in music. Specificcourses are determined by the Departmentof Music.

24


Bachelor of Liberal StudiesStudents seeking to earn the Bachelor ofLiberal Studies must complete all IntegratedCurriculum and program requirements asoutlined beginning on page 221 of thisCatalog. Those seeking this degree completeeight to 12 credits (32 to 48 semester hours)for letter grades in two areas of concentration,rather than completing a traditional major.

Integrated CurriculumStudents must complete all aspects of theIntegrated Curriculum, which is describedin the Integrated Curriculum chapter of thisCatalog on pages 26-32.

Major and Minor Areas of StudyStudents must complete the requirementsfor a major field of study. The major may bechosen from among the various depart-mental majors, the interdisciplinary majors,or the interdepartmental major designed inconsultation with appropriate members ofthe faculty, and approved by the dean of thefaculty. The major consists of not fewer thanseven units of credit (28 semester hours)within one department or area of study, plusany required courses in other departments.Courses taken for the major must becompleted with a letter grade. Studentsmust take and successfully complete atElmhurst College at least one half of thetotal units of credit required within theirmajor field of study. Students may declare amaximum of three majors while pursuing adegree.Exact requirements for individual majors

are determined by the departments. Studentsshould consult with their advisors to determinethe application of such requirements to theirprograms of study. The director of secondaryeducation should be consulted by all studentsplanning to teach in secondary education.

Students are expected to declare theirmajor field of study prior to completion ofthe sophomore year. To declare a major,change a major or declare an optional minoror additional major, students must consultwith the Office of Advising to establish anaccurate student record. Although the College does not require

a minor field of study, students may select a maximum of three minors while pursuing adegree. Requirements for minors are listed inthe departmental descriptions of this Catalog.One-half of the units of credit required forthe minor must be taken at ElmhurstCollege. Courses taken for the minor mustbe completed with a letter grade.At least one-half of the units of course

credit required for a major or minor may notbe counted toward any other major or minor.

Minimum Number of CoursesElmhurst College requires a minimum of 32units of credit (128 semester hours) forgraduation. No more than six units of creditearned at Elmhurst College on a Pass/NoPass basis may be credited toward theminimum number of courses required forgraduation. If nontraditional credit andcoursework accepted in transfer on the Pass/No Pass basis exceeds this limitation, noadditional coursework can be completed atElmhurst College on a Pass/No Pass basis.

Junior/Senior-Level CoursesA minimum of 10 units of course credit (40semester hours) numbered 300 and abovemust be completed at four-year institutions,preferably taken during the junior and senioryears. Community college coursework willnot count toward fulfilling this requirement.

ResidencyThe last eight units of credit (32 semesterhours) of the degree program must be

25


completed at Elmhurst College. Credit fromalternate sources may be earned during resi-dency, but will not satisfy the residencyrequirement.Under exceptional circumstances,

students who have completed the majorityof their degree requirements at ElmhurstCollege may request that a maximum of twounits of credit (8 semester hours) becompleted at another regionally accreditedfour-year college or university and appliedtoward the last eight units of credit. Suchrequests should be directed to the Office ofAdvising.

Minimum Grade-Point AverageStudents must have a minimum cumulativeand combined grade-point average of 2.00(C) to graduate. In certain departments, ahigher grade-point average is required forgraduation. The cumulative grade-pointaverage is computed from grades received incourses taken at Elmhurst College. Thecombined GPA is compiled from all coursesaccepted in transfer as well as taken atElmhurst College. All courses attempted forregular grading (A-F) are counted in calcu-lating this overall grade-point average.Students are not allowed to repeat courses atother institutions. When a course isrepeated at Elmhurst College, the earliergrade of the course is not included in thegrade-point average. Refer to the Repetitionof Courses section of this Catalog for addi-tional information. Marks of P, NP, AU andW are not included in the calculation of thegrade-point average. Incompletes must beresolved prior to graduation.

Second DegreesThe College awards a second bachelor’sdegree to students who have previouslyearned a degree with a major in another

field. Candidates for a second degree mustcomplete the requirements for the newmajor and for residency, including a mini -mum of eight new units of credit (32semester hours) at Elmhurst College. Bach-elor’s degrees from foreign universities willbe evaluated on an individual basis. Second-degree students begin their coursework witha grade-point average of 0.00.

Returning StudentsStudents returning to the College more thanfive calendar years after last attendance willbe expected to satisfy the requirements forgraduation of the Catalog in effect at thetime of readmission. Where possible,students returning to the College in lessthan five years may satisfy the requirementsfor graduation stated in the Catalog in effectwhen they were first admitted.

26

Elmhurst CollegeIntegrated Curriculum

The Elmhurst College IntegratedCurriculum is designed to inspire

students to form themselves intellectuallyand personally and also to prepare for mean-ingful and ethical work. The IntegratedCurriculum is designed to help studentsdevelop over the entirety of their time atElmhurst College. It proceeds from therecognition that concentrated specializationalone is not enough to prepare students tosucceed. Information and procedures soonbecome outdated; the job one has preparedto do proves limited, or the knowledge onehas becomes obsolete. This integratedprogram seeks to prepare students to be life-long learners in a changing economy and adeveloping global society.The Integrated Curriculum rests on the

College’s eleven educational goals. It seeksto educate students in three ways: exposingthem to areas of knowledge, requiring themto have practice and/or proficiency in skills,and expecting them to have several experi-ences to assist in value development. Theprogram prioritizes four outcomes definedby the faculty: critical thinking, effectivecommunication, understanding andemploying the content and perspectives ofvaried disciplines, and valuing tolerance and

social justice. In addition, the program iscommitted to integrative and appliedlearning: as such, a central theme of thiscurriculum is that of integrating, ofconnecting—between and among the disci-plines, from classroom to experience, acrossliberal and professional studies, betweengeneral education and the major.The Integrated Curriculum itself includes

developmental requirements that runthroughout the student’s time at ElmhurstCollege. It is founded on four proficiencieswhich all students must address. Thereafter itincludes required work in nine areas ofknowledge and seven skill and value develop-ment areas. There is no set number of coursesin the Integrated Curriculum. Requirementsin these areas, along with appropriate objec-tives and outcomes as set by the faculty, arespecified in the sections below. Unless specifi-cally approved by the faculty, independentstudy courses may not be used to fulfill Integrated Curriculum requirements.

Developmental RequirementsDevelopmental requirements to becompleted by all students include a first-yearseminar, English 106 (the required first-yearwriting course), and a senior capstone expe-rience. Further, at least the writing and the

27

Elmhurst College Integrated Curriculum

social responsibility skill and value develop-ment courses must be completed at theupper (300 or 400) level. The first-yearseminar, ENG 106, and the required 300- or400-level skill and value developmentcourses must be taken for a letter grade;grading in the senior capstone is determinedby the offering department. In addition, allElmhurst College students are required tocomplete an experiential learning require-ment which integrates classroom learningwith related experiences outside the collegeclassroom. These experiences, which mayinclude internships, clinical work in thediscipline, study abroad, or service learning,also contain a formal reflective component.Adult students admitted through the Schoolfor Professional Studies who are at least 24years old in the year in which they enroll areconsidered to have satisfied the experientiallearning requirement

ProficienciesIn order to be equipped to master the Inte-grated Curriculum, students must completeproficiency requirements in four areas: math-ematics, foreign language, writing, andcomputer technology. Courses which meetthese proficiencies are offered each term;however, each proficiency may also be met bya variety of placement tests, AP credit, andother means as defined by the faculty. Theproficiencies are foundational to furtheracademic success and should be completed assoon as possible after a student’s entry to theCollege, and in any event must be addressedno later than the end of sophomore year.Transfer students should meet the four profi-ciencies within the first year after admission.New adult students who graduated fromsecondary school more than eight years ago

are exempt from the foreign language profi-ciency. Specific proficiency requirements areavailable in the Office of Advising.

Areas of KnowledgeStudents complete work in the nine areas ofknowledge indicated below, which representthe three broad realms of knowledge. Eacharea of knowledge is conceived of as multi-disciplinary and goal driven, accommodatingcourses from more than one department. Alimited number of bidisciplinary courses areavailable which meet two area of knowledgerequirements.No more than two area of knowledge

requirements can be satisfied within a singledepartment. In order to meet an area ofknowledge requirement, a course must betaken for a letter grade. Area descriptions andlearning objectives are presented below.Specific courses meeting the various area ofknowledge requirements for 2015–2016 arelisted on BlueNet and are available inadvising lists in the Office of Advising.

Interpretation and IdentityThese courses examine religious, philosoph-ical, symbolic, and aesthetic approaches tothe human experience, moral and ethicaldevelopment, and the discovery and struc-turing of meaning.

Inquiry into Ethics and JusticeThese courses explore theories and instancesof justice and injustice in current andhistorical human societies. Students willanalyze different systems of values thatinform how people interact as individuals aswell as members of larger societal groups.Courses in this area examine ethicalreasoning bearing on such principles asliberty, rights, dissent, moral status, equality,and justice.

28


Objectives:• Understand several distinct systems ofethical reasoning and theories of valueand justice;

• Evaluate in their contexts specific histor-ical and contemporary theories oractions;

• Articulate and evaluate multiple perspec-tives on ethics and social justice.

Religious Studies in ContextThe aim of these courses is to help studentsexplore and understand different religioustheories, terms, symbols, images, beliefs,practices, scriptures, institutions, persons,themes and stories in their linguistic, histor-ical, cultural, and intellectual context. Objectives:• Identify major theoretical approaches tothe study of religions;

• Recognize specific religions in theirrespective contexts;

• Interpret religions as formed by theircontexts and those contexts as shaped byreligious traditions.

LiteratureThe literature area of knowledge focuses onthe interpretation and appreciation of theimaginative, aesthetic uses of language asthese are reflected in poetry, fiction, drama,and certain non-fiction texts. Courses inthis area examine the various literary tech-niques for the creation of meaning and plea-sure, and reflect on the ways in whichliterary works influence, and are influencedby, their historical contexts. As a result of completing a course in the

literature area, students should improve intheir ability to do the following:Objectives:• Identify various literary techniques,creative uses of language, and traditions,

and interpret them within their relevantcontexts;

• Perceive the deeper issues addressed inaesthetic texts and articulate theircontinuing personal and social relevance;

• Understand how different culturesencode their values, whether shared orcontested, in the various kinds of imagi-native writing.

Fine ArtsAs a unique vehicle for the expansion ofimagination and emotions, this categoryaspires to make students aware of theimpact of the arts on human endeavor andto inspire creativity in all aspects of life. Adistinctive goal of this requirement is toexpose students to artistic expression that isoutside the limits of primarily technical,literary, or quantitative media.Objectives:• Identify components of the creativeprocess;

• Analyze the formal elements of themedium and the artist’s application increating expression;

• Identify and interpret expressive differ-ences in works of art;

• Gain awareness of the history and scopeof the medium.

Societies, Individuals and CulturesThese courses examine human thought andbehavior, politics, cultures, and societiesutilizing the methodologies of history andsocial science.

Historical AnalysisCourses in this category examine societies,cultures, events, ideas, and individuals intheir historical context. As such, theyprovide a broad base of knowledge and crit-ical skills—analysis, interpretation,synthesis—which play an integrative role inliberal learning.

29


Objectives:• Acquire a broad knowledge of the past,extending over a substantial period oftime, and understood on its own terms;

• Use such knowledge to understand thepast and its relevance to the present;

• Exercise appropriate interdisciplinarymethods and tools for the interpretationof appropriate sources;

• Assess primary sources by means of crit-ical analysis, and place them in historicalcontext.

Social and Political AnalysisCourses in this category examine the social,political, economic and cultural institu-tions that shape the environments of indi-viduals and groups. Students will studyhow power relationships within and amongthese institutions affect various subgroupsin the population. Paradigms, theories andmethodologies used in this analysis will beexamined, utilized and evaluated. Objectives:• Describe social, political, economic andcultural institutions and processes, therelationships between them, and theirimpact on individuals and groups;

• Describe how differences of class, race,ethnicity and gender are related to theseinstitutions and their outcomes;

• Identify, use, and evaluate the paradigms,theories and methodologies whichdescribe and explain social, political,economic, and cultural institutions andtheir outcomes;

• Identify means through which individ-uals can affect change in social, political,economic or cultural institutions.

Cognitive and Behavioral SciencesThese courses provide a basic understandingof the nature of human thought, the

behavior of the individual within society, andthe methods for studying these phenomena.Objectives:• Understand conceptual, psychological,biological, behavioral, or other relatedmethods to analyze the nature of humanthought;

• Understand the major concepts andmethods used by cognitive, behavioral,or social scientists to explain humanbehavior;

• Understand how individual thought andaction influence and are influenced bythe social, political, and economic forcesof contemporary society.

Natural ScienceThese courses examine physical and/orliving systems allowing students to under-stand and appreciate the interdependence ofnatural systems. All courses in the naturalscience realm include laboratory experiencesin which the student will collect, organizeand interpret primary data. Through coursesin this realm, students gain an under-standing of how scientific concepts develop,how they are joined into theoretical struc-tures and how these structures are validated.

Physical Science Students will acquire a basic understandingof fundamental physical concepts, relation-ships and theories through the study ofmatter, energy and forces of nature.Students will be able to apply this under-standing to questions relevant to everydaylife by being able to: Objectives:• Make measurements of physical quanti-ties, create and interpret charts andgraphs containing physical data, anddraw conclusions from those data;

• Explain contemporary theories regarding

30


the composition, structure, properties anddynamics of matter on the atomic, molec-ular, human, planetary or cosmic scale;

• Describe how a hypothesis explainingphysical phenomena is evaluated andrefined through experimentation anddata analysis;

• Use knowledge of physical principles tomake informed decisions about contem-porary consumer, social, ethical or envi-ronmental issues.

Life Science Students will acquire a basic understandingof the fundamental processes and require-ments of living things, their impact oneveryday life, and methods for studyingliving systems ethically and responsibly. Students will:

Objectives:• Know and understand the theories andrequirements of living systems whichmay include cells, tissues, organs, organ-isms, populations, and/or ecosystems;

• Apply the scientific method ethically toobservations made about living systemsby designing experiments with propercontrols, collecting data, and reportingresults in an appropriate format;

• Use this knowledge to make informeddecisions about contemporary consumer,social, ethical, or environmental issues.

Skill and Value Development RequirementsThe Elmhurst College Integrated Curriculumalso includes requirements in the areas of skilland value development. These skill and valueareas, which may be met at a variety of levels,have been identified by the faculty as essen-tial for continued intellectual developmentand lifelong learning. Courses which meetthese requirements are identified by means of“tagging,” indicating that the faculty has

approved the particular course as meeting theobjectives of that skill or value developmentarea. Both area of knowledge and majorcourses may be tagged. To count for the tagrequirement, a course must be completed fora letter grade except for courses that areoffered only on a Pass/No Pass basis. Specificcourses meeting these skill and value require-ments for 2015–2016 are indicated onBlueNet and also in lists available in theOffice of Advising.Note: Transfer students should carefully

review their credit evaluation upon entrance—certain transferred courses may not carry thetag associated with the course taken atElmhurst.

SkillsAn academic skill is used to successfullylearn across a variety of academic disci-plines. Therefore, a “skill” must apply to,and facilitate the mastery of, more than onediscipline. As such it aids in the flexibilitynecessary to higher level learning as well aspotential professional adjustment to newresponsibilities in a changing economy.Students must complete at least one

tagged course in each of the four areas ofwriting, oral communication, quantitativereasoning and information literacy. Thesetagged courses are designed to meet thefollowing outcomes:

WritingStudents must complete ENG 106 plus oneupper division (300/400 level) writingintensive W tagged course as designated bymajor.Outcomes: Students will be able to:• Demonstrate an understanding ofwriting as a process involving criticalthinking by submitting evidence ofprewriting, interim drafts, and finalwriting with obvious revisions;

31


• Produce multiple writing assignmentsand a range of types of writing forappropriate purposes and audiences suchas short, informal, ungraded works andlonger, more formal documents;

• Utilize academic and disciplinaryconventions correctly, including appro-priate language, audience accommoda-tions, formatting, citations, and so forth.

Oral CommunicationStudents must complete one O taggedcourse.Outcomes: Students will be able to:• Produce a range of types of oral commu-nication for appropriate purposes andaudiences such as short, informal,ungraded oral assignments to longer,more formal presentations;

• Demonstrate competent understandingof the complex process of verbal andnonverbal communication;

• Develop, organize, and express messagescompetently;

• Analyze and evaluate audiences andcontent appropriately;

• Demonstrate a knowledge of andcommitment to communication ethics.

Quantitative ReasoningStudents must complete one Q taggedcourse (in addition to the mathematicsproficiency).Outcomes: Students will enhance theirability to do one or more of the following:• Apply arithmetic, algebraic, geometric,algorithms and/or statistical methods tomodeling and real world problemsolving;

• Interpret mathematical models such asformulas, graphs, tables and schematicsand draw conclusions from them;

• Determine the limitations of mathemat-

ical and statistical models within aparticular context;

• Demonstrate mathematical reasoningskills and/or formal logic for developingconvincing arguments.

Information LiteracyEach major will designate one appropriate Itagged information literacy course whichstudents will be required to complete.Outcomes: Students will be able to:• Demonstrate an understanding thatinformation may be defined, stored, andorganized in different ways in differentdisciplines;

• Demonstrate an ability to access and usediscipline based information resourcesappropriate to the discipline;

• Demonstrate the ability to evaluateinformation sources and determine theappropriate use of information;

• Demonstrate the ability to incorporatedisciplinary information sources intosignificant research based assignments;

• Demonstrate an ability to correctly usedisciplinary citation conventions.

Values DevelopmentCourses tagged for value developmentencourage students to articulate, confront,wrestle with, and develop their own valuesin the designated areas. The values areasreflect the College values of community andsocial responsibility.Students must complete at least one course

in each of the three values development areasof intercultural global engagement, intercul-tural domestic engagement, and engagingsocial responsibility. These courses aredesigned to achieve the following outcomes:

Intercultural Global EngagementAll students need to complete one coursetagged for G content.

32


Outcomes: Students will be able to:• Demonstrate an understanding ofculture as a dynamic construction ofvalues, norms, and practices;

• Understand the effects of increasingglobal interdependence on nations,cultures, and institutions;

• Analyze the differences and similaritiesbetween their own cultural norms andthose belonging to people of differentnations and/or cultures;

• Develop skills to communicate andcollaborate effectively across culturalboundaries.

Intercultural Domestic EngagementAll students need to complete one coursetagged for D content.Outcomes: Students will be able to: • Demonstrate an understanding ofculture in the United States and therelation between individual values anddominant norms;

• Analyze the way that dominant culturalnorms affect social and political actions;

• Critically examine structures and organi-zations that contribute to the establish-ment of societal norms and relationships.

Engaging Social ResponsibilityBeginning instruction in this area isembedded in the First-Year Seminar and theInquiry into Ethics and Justice area ofknowledge. In addition, all students willcomplete one upper division (300/400-level) course tagged for S content at a four-year institution.Outcomes: Students will be able to:• Construct a view of citizenship and itsresponsibilities in diverse democraticsocieties and the global community;

• Articulate their own values and demon-strate how these values reflect or respondto society;

• Demonstrate knowledge of variedresponses to issues of social justice;

• Respond to civic, service, or socialjustice issues.

33

T he academic regulations containedwithin this section are applicable to

undergraduate students who begin theiracademic programs at Elmhurst in the2015–2016 academic year.

Planning a Program of StudyIn planning a program of study at ElmhurstCollege, students should note the distinc-tions among degrees, full-time and part-timeenrollment and degree or non-degree status.A number of regulations and a variety ofprocedures change according to degree,enrollment and degree status.

DegreesElmhurst College confers five undergrad-uate degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor ofFine Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor ofMusic and Bachelor of Liberal Studies.While requirements for each degree vary, allrequire a minimum of 32 units of credit(128 semester hours). The academicprogram consists of three inter related parts:courses that meet the Elmhurst CollegeIntegrated Curriculum; courses that fulfillrequirements of the major; and electivecourses that students select to satisfy intel-lectual curiosity or to enhance the breadthof their academic programs.

ProgramsThe undergraduate academic programs ofthe College are administered in two forms:traditional and accelerated programs(students 24 years of age or older). Studentshold status as enrolled students in theCollege by admission into either program.Student program is determined at the timeof admission according to program, acad-emic interests and student preference. Students are expected to become

familiar with the regulations of theirprograms. Students who change from oneprogram to another, should first speak toan advisor in both the Office of Advising(traditional programs) and the School forProfessional Studies (accelerated programs).

Enrollment StatusAn undergraduate student is considered fulltime when enrolled for three or more unitsof credit (12 semester hours or more) duringFall Term or Spring Term. A student isconsidered half time when enrolled in 1.50to 2.99 credits in Fall Term or Spring Term.A student is considered less than half timewhen registered for less than 1.50 credits. Astudent is considered non-degree when notformally admitted to an academic programat the College. Non-degree students registerafter degree-seeking students.

Regulations and Services

34


Declaration of a MajorStudents are required to select and completethe requirements for one major, an area ofconcentrated study. Courses taken for themajor must be completed with a lettergrade. Students may declare a maximum ofthree majors while pursuing a degree.

Students are encouraged to explorefully the Integrated Curriculum courses atthe College but are expected to declare amajor field of study prior to the comple-tion of the sophomore year. Declarations ofor changes in major are handled through theOffice of Advising.The College permits students to work

with appropriate faculty members todevelop individually designed interdepart-mental majors in areas where a standardmajor has not been developed. See page 329for more details.

Academic AdvisingElmhurst College regards academic advisingas an important part of a faculty member’sresponsibility and the student’s ElmhurstExperience. The academic advising programoffers each student the opportunity to workclosely with a faculty or professional advisorto plan a coherent educational programappropriate to the student’s interests andgoals that will help the student fulfill therequirements for the bachelor’s degree andaid the student in making good use of theresources of the College. These advisors canassist students in the registration process,explain academic regulations and proceduresand ensure that students apply for gradua-tion in a timely manner.

The final responsibility for the educa-tional program and for meeting gradua-tion requirements rests with the student.

Traditional Programs Academic AdvisingTypically, students in traditional programsare assigned faculty advisors in their majorswho meet with them regularly to exploreacademic interests, to discuss course selec-tion for the upcoming terms, to help deter-mine a major area of study and toinvestigate postgraduate pursuits.In order for faculty or professional advi-

sors to advise new students more effectively,the College recommends that all new studentstake the appropriate placement and profi-ciency tests prior to their initial registration.Each new traditional freshman is assigned

a first-year program faculty advisor. Advisingconversations include discussion and decisionmaking regarding the student’s major, ac a -dem ic planning, goal setting and utilizingcampus resources. Freshmen must meet withtheir faculty advisor prior to registration.

Adult Accelerated Programs Academic AdvisingFor students who hold status in an acceler-ated program, academic advising is providedthrough a partnership with the student andthe director of student support services in theSchool for Professional Studies.The advising partnership is based upon

the premise that each Elmhurst Collegestudent wants to receive the maximum ac a dem ic benefits from his or her collegeeducation. Elmhurst College students recog-nize that meeting this goal may require theassistance of faculty and professional advi-sors. With their help, each student is able tomake appropriate decisions regarding his orher educational choices.

The Learning CenterThe Elmhurst College Learning Center is anacademic unit providing a variety of services

35


to Elmhurst College students. The philos-ophy of the center is “learning how tolearn.” Activities are designed to help eachstudent succeed as an independent learner.Students can receive one-on-one

tutoring in mathematics, reading, writingand study skills areas. Workshops areoffered on demand. Additionally, assis-tance is provided for those seeking admis-sion to graduate and professional schoolsand for students preparing resumés, coverletters and personal statements.The Learning Center has resources in

print, video cassette, audio cassette andcomputer software. Students planning toenter graduate school have found the GREpreparation software to be especially helpful. In addition to the director of the

Learning Center, there are two specialistsavailable to assist students. The mathe-matics specialist provides assistance in allareas of mathematics—basic math todifferential equations and statistics. TheCollege reading specialist assists studentsin improving reading, vocabulary andstudy skills and works with students in testtaking skills and reading/writing assign-ments from all disciplines.The Elmhurst College Learning Center

is open to all undergraduate and graduatestudents enrolled at the College. Allservices are free of charge.

Transfer Credit Courses are accepted in transfer if theywere earned at a regionally accreditedcollege or university and are either compa-rable to courses offered at ElmhurstCollege or commonly regarded as study inthe liberal arts. Coursework completed atgrade level D or better will be awardedtransfer credit. One unit of credit at

Elmhurst College is equivalent to foursemester hours or six quarter hours oftransfer credit. Although transfer coursesin which F grades were earned will notreceive Elmhurst College credit, thesegrades are posted on the Elmhurst Collegetranscript and calculated in the combinedgrade-point average.

All transcripts of prior work, includingalternate sources of credit (see pages 36-39), must be submitted to the Collegewithin the first term of enrollment atElmhurst College.Acceptance of transfer credit to be

applied to the major is determined by theappropriate department chair. Studentsmust successfully complete credits in themajor field at Elmhurst College equal innumber to at least one-half the total unitsof credits required for the major.

Courses taken at a community collegewill not fulfill any of the 10 creditsrequired at the 300/400-level.

Transfer Grade-Point AverageTransfer students begin with a grade-pointaverage based on all college level coursesattempted for letter grades at previous insti-tutions. Graduation honors are based on thecombined grade-point average of all transferand Elmhurst College courses attempted fora letter grade. Academic standings are basedon the grade-point average of coursesattempted for letter grades at ElmhurstCollege only.

Collegiate InstructionA maximum of 24 units of credit (96semester hours) may be presented fromfour-year institutions toward the fulfillment of the minimum course requirement.Undercertain circumstances, the College mayaccept courses taken at four-year colleges

36


beyond the 24-credit limit (96 semesterhours), as excess credit, raising the numberof credits needed to graduate.A minimum of 17.50 units of credit (70

semester hours) may be presented from two-year institutions toward the fulfillment ofthe minimum course requirement. Undercertain circumstances, the College mayaccept courses taken at two-year collegesbeyond the 17.50 credit limit (70 semesterhours), as excess credit, raising the numberof credits needed to graduate.

Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI) The Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI)allows students to complete a prescribed setof general education core curriculum coursesat an Illinois college or university andtransfer those courses as a package to another.Elmhurst College recognizes the IAI statusfor transfer students when an official collegetranscript indicates IAI completion witheither a statement like “Completed the Illi-nois General Education Core Curriculum” orthe conferring of an associate of arts orscience degree. Elmhurst College will eval-uate courses in accordance with the College’srequirements and the IAI policy. The IAIcore curriculum must be completed prior toenrollment at Elmhurst College.As Elmhurst College is a strong liberal

arts institution, each area from the followingshould be represented in students’ course-work: Inquiry into Ethics and Justice, Reli-gious Studies in Context, Literature, FineArts, Historical Analysis, Social and PoliticalAnalysis, Cognitive and Behavioral Sciences,Physical Science, and Life Science. Thesecan be filled by native students at ElmhurstCollege through the Elmhurst College Inte-grated Curriculum (ECIC); transferstudents also are expected to have similar

exposure to each of the areas. With comple-tion of the IAI curriculum, students will berequired to take a maximum of two addi-tional Area of Knowledge courses at anylevel from ECIC to ensure proficiency ofthe liberal arts focus of the institution. TheIAI curriculum applies only to Areas ofKnowledge and does not in and of itselfsatisfy any other components of the Inte-grated Curriculum (such as tags, proficien-cies and development experiences).

Concurrent Enrollment and Transfer CreditUnder exceptional circumstances, studentsenrolled at Elmhurst College may wish toenroll for courses at other institutions andapply credits earned toward their degrees atElmhurst College. Appropriate forms areavailable in the Office of Advising. Thewritten permission of the dean of thefaculty must be obtained prior to registra-tion at any other institution.Once students are enrolled at Elmhurst

College, they may present courses from two-year institutions toward the graduationrequirements for Elmhurst College only ifthey received prior endorsement from theiradvisor and received permission from thedean of the faculty. Students must obtainwritten permission from the dean of thefaculty before registering for such courses.

Alternate Sources of CreditElmhurst College provides alternatives bywhich students may obtain credit for areas in which they are competent. Threegeneral principles govern:• A maximum of 12 units of non-traditional credit (48 semester hours)may be counted toward the graduationtotal;

• Credit cannot be awarded that duplicates

College Board gives students an opportu-nity to pursue college-level study whilestill in high school and to receive collegecredit by examination. Advanced place-ment (AP) courses based on a standardcurriculum are offered in many highschools and AP examinations are given in32 subject areas during May by the Educa-tional Testing Service.The AP examinations are prepared and

graded by national committees of collegeand high school teachers on the followingscale: 5, extremely well qualified; 4, wellqualified; 3, qualified; 2, possibly quali-fied; and 1, no recommendation. Gradereports are sent in July to the colleges each

37


credit awarded through regular coursesor other nontraditional sources; and

• Requests for nontraditional credit aresubject to approval by department chairs.Credit from all alternate sources

must be awarded and recorded in theOffice of Registration and Records nolater than six months prior to the dateof graduation. For February graduates thedeadline is August 1; for May graduates,the deadline is December 1. With respect to specific sources of

alternate credit, students may find thefollowing helpful:

Advanced Placement The Advanced Placement Program of the

Int.Curr. EquivalentEXAM Credit* Credit Course

ARTArt History 1.5 HA Elective CreditStudio Art (Any Genre) 1.5 FA Elective Credit

BIOLOGY 2.0 LS BIO 100

CALCULUSCalculus AB 1.0 Math MTH 151Calculus BC 2.0 Proficiency MTH 151 &

152

CHEMISTRY 2.0 PS CHM 211

CHINESE LANGUAGE 1.0 For. Lang. Elective CreditProficiency

COMPUTER SCIENCEComputer Science A 0.75 CS 220

ECONOMICSMacroeconomics 0.75 ECO 211Microeconomics 0.75 ECO 210

ENGLISHEnglish Language 1.0 ENG 105 ENG 105

ProficiencyEnglish Literature 1.0 LT ENG 200

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE1.0 LS BIO 105

FRENCH LANGUAGE 1.5 For. Lang. FRN 202

GERMAN LANGUAGE 1.5 For. Lang. GRM 202Proficiency

Int.Curr. EquivalentEXAM Credit* Credit Course

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICSComparative Government & Politics 0.75 SPA POL 301 United StatesGovernment & Politics 0.75 SPA POL 201

HISTORYEuropean History 1.5 HA HIS 111United States History 1.5 HA HIS 301 & 302World History 1.5 HA HIS Major

HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 1.0 SPA GEO 111

ITALIAN 1.0 For. Lang. Elective CreditProficiency

JAPANESE LANGUAGE 1.0 For. Lang. Elective CreditProficiency

LATINLatin Literature 1.0 Elective Credit

MUSIC THEORY 1.0 FA MUS 135

PHYSICSPhysics B 1.5 PS Elective CreditPhysics C: Mechanics 1.0 PS PHY 121Physics C: Electricityand Magnetism 1.0 PS PHY 122

PSYCHOLOGY 0.75 CBS PSY 210

SPANISHSpanish Language 1.5 For. Lang. SPN 202

STATISTICS 0.75 Q MTH 345

*One credit equals four semester hours.CBS=Cognitive and Behavioral Sciences; FA=Fine Arts; HA=Historical Analysis; LS=Life Science; LT=Literature; PS=Physical Science; Q= Quantitive Reasoning; SPA=Social and Political Analysis

ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATIONS

38


student designates at the time of the exam-ination. The Elmhurst College advancedplacement code is 1204.Elmhurst College grants credit for exami-

nation scores of 3 or above, toward Inte-grated Curriculum requirements (refer to theElmhurst College Integrated Curriculumsection of this Catalog) or elective credit asindicated on the following chart. Each exam-ination may earn from 0.75 to 2.00 credits(3 to 8 semester hours) and credit is awardedupon receipt of an official grade report. Amax i mum of eight credits (32 semesterhours) may be counted toward the gradua-tion total. AP credit does not count towardthe graduation requirement of 10 credits atthe 300/400 level.For further information regarding

advanced placement examinations, studentsshould contact the Office of Advising.

International BaccalaureateThe International baccalaureate diplomaprogram is a rigorous two-year secondaryschool curriculum, leading to examinations,which allows its graduates to fulfill therequirements of several national educationalsystems. Courses are offered at the standardlevel, representing 150 teaching hours, orthe higher level, representing 240 teachinghours. International baccalaureate courses are

graded by a variety of techniques, involvingboth conventional techniques (essay, shortanswer, multiple choice) as well as the evalu-ation of course work by the teachers. Indi-vidual subject examinations are graded on aseven-point scale: 7, excellent; 6, very good;5, good; 4, satisfactory; 3, mediocre; 2, poor;and 1, very poor. International baccalaureateexaminations are held in May, with a smallerNovember session, available primarily forstudents in the southern hemisphere.

Elmhurst College grants credit towardIntegrated Curriculum requirements orelective credit for examination scores of 5or above on higher level examinations only.No credit is granted for standard levelexaminations. Each examination may earnfrom 1.00 to 3.00 credits (4 to 12 semesterhours) and credit is awarded upon receiptof an official grade report. A max i mum ofeight credits (32 semester hours) may becounted toward the graduation total. For further information regarding Interna-

tional Baccalaureate Examinations, studentsshould contact the Office of Advising. SeeInternational Baccalaureate Examinations onpage 52.

College Level Examination Program (CLEP) Through CLEP, students may be able toearn college credit by passing an exam in avariety of subject areas. If a student has astrong background in English literature, forexample, he or she may wish to take theliterature CLEP exam to earn a generaleducation credit in that discipline. CLEPcredit usually counts toward general educa-tion requirements or electives. It rarely isaccepted for major credit. CLEP is offeredby the College Board, and is ideal fortransfer students who have transferred themaximum number of credits and still needto complete some general education require-ments. Credit for CLEP exams applies onlyto lower level credit. For a listing of CLEPexaminations accepted by Elmhurst College,See page 39 or contact the School forProfessional Studies.

Credit for Experiential Learning Some prior experiential learning may matchone or two specific courses offered atElmhurst College. Students may participatein a petition process that in many cases

39


ACCEPTED COLLEGE LEVEL EAMINATIONS PROGRAM (CLEP) TESTS

CLEP EXAM Course Course Equivalent General Integrated ElectiveGranting Credit Course Education Curriculum CreditScore Credit Credit

_________________________________________________________________________________________College Composition 50 1.00 ENG 105 None Writing Proficience YesAnalyzing & Interpreting 53 plus 1.00 ENG 200 Literature Literature YesLiterature; Essay Required*** approved essayHuman Growth & Development 52 1.00 PSY 315 None None Yes Introductory Psychology 50 1.00 PSY 210 Human Cognitive & Yes

Behavior Behavioral Sciences

Introductory Sociology 50 1.00 SOC 211* Human Cognitive & YesBehavior Behavioral Sciences

Western Civilization I: 50 1.00 HIS 111 Western Historial Analysis YesAncient Near East to 1648 CultureWestern Civilization II: 50 1.00 HIS 112 Western Historial Analysis Yes1648 to Present CultureU.S. History I: Early 50 1.00 HIS 301* Western Historical Analysis YesColonization to 1877 CultureU.S. History II: 1865 to 50 1.00 HIS 302* Western Historical Analysis Yesthe Present CultureCollege Mathematics 50 1.00 MTH 110 None Mathematics Yes

ProficiencyAlgebra 50 1.00 MTH 121 None Mathematics Yes

ProficiencyPre-calculus 50 1.00 MTH 132 None Mathematics Yes

ProficiencyCalculus 50 1.00 MTH 151 None Mathematics Yes

ProficiencyBiology 50 1.00 BIO 100 Natural Life ScienceYes WorldChemistry 50 1.00 CHM 211* Natural Physical Science Yes

WorldElementary French** 50 1.00 FRN 102* Foreign Foreign YesElementary German** 50 1.00 GRM 102* Language LanguageElementary Spanish** 50 1.00 SPN 102* Requirement RequirementIntermediate French** 59 1.00 FRN 202* Foreign Foreign YesIntermediate German** 60 1.00 GFM 202* Language LanguageIntermediate Spanish** 63 1.00 SPN 202* Requirement RequirementFinancial Accounting 50 1.00 BUS 261 None None Yes

Deadline: CLEP credit must be awarded and posted at lease six months prior to graduation; literature test is anexception.

• Students may earn up to 8.00 credits through CLEP exams. Elmhurst College accepts only those exams listed above.

• Students may not earn credit via CLEP that duplicates a course for which they have already received credit.

• Elmhurst College Test Code = 1204 (Elmhurst College does not offer CLEP examinations on site.)

• For more information, visit the CLEP website: www.collegeboard.org/clep

*CLEP exams cannot be used to count for a TAG in the Integrated Curriculum**CLEP exam is not approved to complete a major requirement***Deadline for Literature examination only; 90-minute essay required upon completion of the objective test to becomplete one year prior to graduation; administered by the School for Professional Studies at Elmhurst College (630)617-3300.

40


leads to credits for experiential learning byenrolling in SPS 100 to put together acomponent to submit for evaluation towardspecific Elmhurst College courses. Credit forexperiential learning applies only to lower-level, elective requirements and cannotduplicate any prior or required coursework.Contact the School for Professional Studiesfor more information.

Credit for Noncollegiate InstructionStudents may be eligible for college creditfor coursework completed through associa-tions, corporations, unions, governmentagencies, and the military services. To beconsidered for such credit, students presentthe College with documentation of course-work upon submission of the applicationfor admission. Credit for non-collegiateinstruction applies only to lower-level,elective requirements and cannot duplicateany prior or required coursework. Students should check with the School for

Professional Studies for further information.

Registration for CoursesRegistration is the process by which studentsofficially enroll in the courses offered for acoming term, complete satisfactory arrange-ments with the Office of Student FinancialServices for payment of tuition and fees andthereby have standing in the College.Degree-seeking students must be

admitted to the College prior to the regis-tration process, except for January Termand Summer Term. Students previouslyadmitted but not registered in the currentterm must be readmitted unless they havebeen granted leaves of absence. Admissionand readmission take place through theOffice of Admission or the School forProfessional Studies.Students with an administrative hold

may not register. Current students maynot register for a new term unless allfinancial obligations to the College arecompleted or arrangements are made withthe Office of Student Financial Services.Students are urged to contact the Office ofStudent Financial Services before registra-tion begins if they have questionsregarding financial arrangements. Addi-tionally, transcripts of all collegiate workcompleted before entering ElmhurstCollege must be submitted to the Officeof Registration and Records before regis-tering for a second term.Full-time students in traditional

programs must meet with their advisorand obtain their advisor’s approval orwritten signature before registering for orchanging their Fall and Spring Term classschedule. Changes in registration includethe adding and dropping of courses, with-drawal from courses and changes ingrading preference.Accelerated program students are

required to meet with the director of adultand graduate student support services in theSchool for Professional Studies prior to theirinitial registration for classes. It is stronglyrecommended that continuing adultstudents enrolled in accelerated programsmeet with the director prior to registrationeach term, to ensure that their course selec-tion will meet the requirements of theCollege for program completion.

Full- and Part-Time Status Enrollment in a minimum of three unitsof credit (12 semester hours) in Fall Termand Spring Term is required to be consid-ered a full-time student. A part-timestudent is enrolled in fewer than threeunits of credit.

41


Normal Course LoadThe normal credit load for a full-time tradi-tional program student is four units of credit(16 semester hours) for Fall Term and SpringTerm and up to one unit of credit (4 semesterhours) in January Term. Although registrationin Summer Term is optional, the maximumload for all students is 2.25 courses.

OverloadsFor traditional and accelerated programstudents, a course load that exceeds 4.75units of credit (19 semester hours) duringFall Term or Spring Term is considered anoverload. A cumulative grade-point averageof 3.0 is required to carry an overload.Students need their advisor’s written permis-sion and signature to add overload courses.No more than six (6.00) credits arepermitted during the Fall or Spring terms;no more than one credit is permittedduring January Term; and no more than2.25 credits are permitted during theSummer Term.Students should also consult the

Office of Student Financial Servicesregarding overload charges.

Withdrawing from CoursesDuring the first week of the Fall andSpring Terms (see the College Calendar fordates), students may add or drop courses.After the first week of classes, students

are expected to complete the courses forwhich they are enrolled. A student who findsit necessary to drop a course after the firstweek of classes must withdraw officially fromthe course by completing an Add/Drop formand following the procedures in the Officeof Registration and Records. Withdrawalsalso may be done online.For a course officially dropped on or before

two-thirds of its completion, a W (with-

drawal) will be entered on a student’s perma-nent record. A request to withdraw from acourse after the 10th week of classes in the Falland Spring Terms (see College Calendar fordates) will not be accepted unless this action isapproved by the instructor and the registrar.A student who does not follow these

procedures will receive an F for thecourse(s) not completed.

Evaluation of Academic WorkThe Elmhurst College grading systemoffers three options: regular grading,Pass/No Pass and Audit.

Students must select regular grading forcourses used to satisfy the IntegratedCurriculum requirements and courses usedto satisfy the major and minor requirements.Regular grades are used in determining grade-point averages, academic standing and qualifi-cations for honors. Grades will not bechanged after they have been posted to thestudent’s academic transcript except with thepermission of the registrar.

Pass/No PassA Pass grade (P) indicates a student hassuccessfully completed the work in acourse. The grade of No Pass (NP) isrecorded if the work in the course is notcompleted at a passing level. No academiccredit is awarded for No Pass courses.Students may elect to take no more

than a total of one unit of credit (4 semester hours) per term on a Pass/ No Pass basis. No more than six units ofElmhurst College credit (24 semesterhours) graded on a Pass/No Pass basis maybe counted toward the minimum numberof courses required for graduation. Inte-grated Curriculum, major/minor coursesand mathematics courses required for thebachelor of science degree cannot be taken

REGULAR GRADING SCALE

GRADE GRADE POINTS DESCRIPTION

A 4.0 Excellent: Student performance has been at highest levels; course requirements have been met with sustained excellence

A- 3.7B+ 3.3B 3.0 Good: Student performance has been above average; course requirements are

being met with sustained level of competenceB- 2.7C+ 2.3C 2.0 Satisfactory: Student performace has been adequate; satisfactorily meeting all

course requirementsC- 1.7D+ 1.3D 1.0 Poor: Student performace has not been satisfactory; meeting the minimum

course requirements for passingF 0.0 Failure: Student performance has been consistently below the minimum level

for passing courseI 0.0 Incomplete: Given to students who demonstrate that extraordinary circum-

stances prevent completion of the courseP/NP 0/0 Pass/No PassAU 0.0 AuditW 0.0 Withdrawal: Appears on transcript for a course dropped after first week of

classes, but before 2/3 of its completion.

42


Pass/No Pass unless that is the onlygrading option.

AuditStudents may choose to Audit courses inwhich they are enrolled and have met theprerequisites. Under this option thestudent’s obligation is to attend the course.Tests and other forms of evaluation areoptional. No credit is earned, but an entryof Audit is included on the permanentrecord. Standard fees are charged forcourses taken with Audit grading.

Changing Grading PreferenceTo request a change in grading preferenceafter the first week of the Fall and SpringTerms, students must complete anAdd/Drop form, including an advisor’ssignature, for processing by the Office ofRegistration and Records. Students mayrequest a change in grading preference upto the end of the 10th week of classes in

Fall Term and Spring Terms. Check theAcademic Calendar for dates in January andSummer Terms.

Disputed Final Course GradesThe normal presumption in the administra-tion of grades at Elmhurst College is thatthe instructor alone is qualified to evaluatethe academic work of students in his or hercourses and to assign grades to that work.For this reason, questions regarding aninstructor’s assessment of the quality ofacademic work are not normally subject toreview. However, when a student believesthat a particular grade was assigned in amanner that was arbitrary or inappropriatein the Elmhurst College academic setting,or that crucial evidence was not taken intoaccount, the student shall follow the proce-dures outlined below.A grade dispute must be brought in

writing to the instructor or the Office of

43


Academic Affairs by the end of the fifthweek following the term in which thedisputed grade was given. It is the responsi-bility of the student to initiate the processeven if this must be done initially in writingrather than in person.

Establishing a Claim for a DisputedGrade Grievance and Organizationof the Board • When a final course grade is disputed, thestudent and the instructor should meet todiscuss the matter and seek an appropriateresolution. If the disputed grade is notresolved, the student may forward thematter to the chair of the department ofthe instructor. If the attempt to settle theissue fails at this level, it moves to theOffice of Academic Affairs.

• The Office of Academic Affairs shallrequire that the student fill out a formindicating the student’s position and therationale for the claim. The studentmust also provide whatever documenta-tion is needed to support the claim. Theinstructor may do the same. A memberof the Office of Academic Affairs meetswith both the instructor and the studentand confers with the chair of the depart-ment. If the matter is still unresolved, itmoves to the next level of appeal.

• The next step is the calling of a HearingBoard which will consist of the acad-emic dean, who shall chair the Board,the dean of students, or persons theydesignate, two faculty members and twostudents selected by the chair of theAcademic Standings Committee inconsultation with the president of theStudent Government Association. Theparties directly involved may have oneother person present who is not anattorney. The academic dean, as chair,

shall designate a secretary who shall beresponsible for recording the salientissues and the actions of the board.

• The parties involved will be asked tosubmit written arguments to be circu-lated among members of the board. It isexpected that the parties in disagree-ment appear before the Board, but thehearing will proceed despite a failure toappear. When all presentations arecomplete, the board, in executivesession, shall reach a resolution of theproblem.

• If the Hearing Board finds that a gradehas been assigned in a manner that wasarbitrary or inappropriate in theElmhurst College academic setting, orthat critical evidence was disregarded,the Hearing Board may direct the regis-trar to change the grade to one theBoard deems appropriate as dictated bythe documented and objective evidenceprovided. The decision shall bepresented in writing to the principalsand others who need to know the resultsof the hearing. The chair shall maintaina file of relevant material for a period ofat least two years.

• The decision of the Hearing Board shallbe final.

Incomplete An Incomplete (I) may be given to thestudent who demonstrates to the courseinstructor that extraordinary circumstancesexist that prevent the completion of thecourse within the regular term. Studentswho wish to receive an Incomplete mustobtain the consent of the instructor beforethe date on which final grades are to besubmitted. This approval must besubmitted by the instructor on a Requestfor Incomplete Grade form, signed by

44


both the student and the instructor.Appropriate forms are available throughthe Office of Registration and Records.An Incomplete granted for any term

becomes a failing grade (F) or a No Passgrade (NP) if the work is not completedwithin three weeks after the end of the term.Requests for an extension of time to resolvean Incomplete will be approved only whenthe instructor is satisfied that circumstancesprompting the request justify waiving thisthree-week policy. Incomplete grades can beheld for a maximum of one year only underunusual circumstances. Incompletes must beresolved prior to graduation.

Repetition of Courses Students may repeat a course in which theyreceived a grade of C-, D+, D, F, P, or NPno more than two times. Students may notrepeat any course in which they receive agrade of C or better. In all cases, individualdepartment policies concerning repetitionof courses in the major take precedence.When a course is repeated for credit, theearlier grade remains on the student’spermanent record and will appear on alltranscripts. Only the last enrollment andgrade will be used in computing the grade-point average and awarding of credit.All repeats must be taken at Elmhurst

College, whether the course was originallyattempted for credit at Elmhurst Collegeor at another institution. A repeat may notbe by independent study. A Request toRepeat a Course form is available in theOffice of Registration and Records andmust be presented at the time the studentregisters for the course to be repeated.

Class Attendance and ExaminationsOfficial College policy is that students areexpected to be present at classes and exami-

nations. Registration is not an appropriateactivity for missing classes. Facultymembers shall grant permission to makeup class attendance, class work and exami-nations if the absence is due to illness oremergency, order from the U.S. military,participation in a college sponsoredactivity, or death in the family. Eachfaculty member has the right to establishadditional regulations or appropriateconditions for absence and make-up workprovided such regulations do not overrideestablished College policy.Final examinations are given at the end

of each term as part of the instructionprocedure. Final examinations must betaken at the regularly scheduled times. Ifstudents are prevented from being presentat announced tests by one of the previ-ously mentioned circumstances, they maybe permitted to make up the tests andshould contact the course instructor tocomplete arrangements.

Academic HonestyAcademic life presupposes honesty withrespect to work that students present.Failure to follow such practice in assign-ments or examinations will subject thestudent to disciplinary action. For details,consult the Code of Academic Honesty inthe Elmhurst College Student Handbook (E-Book), which is available from theOffice of Student Affairs or on the Collegeweb site.

Academic StandingThe following regulations apply to thedetermination of academic standing atElmhurst College.

Classifications of StudentsDegree-seeking students are classified asfollows:

45


First-year (Freshman): has completed fewer than eight units of credit (32 semester hours);

Sophomore: has completed a minimum of eight units of credit (32 semesterhours);

Junior: has completed 16 units of credit(64 semester hours);

Senior: has completed 24 units of credit(96 semester hours); and

Second degree: a student seeking a secondbachelor’s degree.Non-degree students are those who

enroll for a course or courses without planning to seek a degree. Non-degreestudents are subject to all appropriateCollege regulations.Students who wish to change their

status from non-degree to degree-seekingmust make formal application for admis-sion in the Office of Admission or theSchool for Professional Studies. Theadmission decision is based upon a reviewof the transcripts of all previous collegiateacademic work and the academic perfor-mance at Elmhurst College.

Academic Good Standing The College designates students as in goodstanding if they make satisfactory progressin their academic work with respect tograde-point average, number of credits andfulfillment of requirements.To be in good standing, all undergrad-

uate students must maintain a cumulativegrade-point average of 2.00 for each term:• Term grade-point average is based onthe average of grades earned in allcourses taken for a single term atElmhurst College.

• Cumulative grade-point average isbased on the average of grades earned

in all courses taken at ElmhurstCollege.

• Combined grade-point average is basedon the average of grades earned in allcollege-level coursework, includingcourses taken at Elmhurst as well ascourses accepted as transfer credit fromother institutions.Grade-point averages are determined by

dividing the total number of grade pointsby the total number of courses attemptedfor A-F letter grades. Courses in whichpass grades were earned are counted inearned totals, but are not included in thecalculation of the grade-point average.See page 42 for grade points assigned

to letter grades.Second-degree and non-degree students

must have a cumulative grade-pointaverage of 2.00 for each term of worktaken at Elmhurst College.To make satisfactory progress, degree-

seeking students must regularly earn aminimum quantity of credits. Full-timestudents are required to complete aminimum of six courses in each 12-monthperiod. Part-time students are required tocomplete a minimum of three-fourths ofthe courses for which they registered ineach 12-month period. Full-time studentsnormally earn sufficient credits to earn 32credits in four years.Degree-seeking students normally must

make satisfactory progress in fulfillingIntegrated Curriculum requirements, elec-tives and requirements for their majors.

Dean’s ListThose who qualify for the Dean’s List areElmhurst College students who, during aterm, have attained a current grade-pointaverage of 3.75 or better. Students who

46


have unresolved incompletes for the termare not eligible.

Graduation HonorsThe calculation of graduation honors for allundergraduate students is based on thecombined grade-point average of allElmhurst College and transfer credit. The standards for degrees of distinction

are:Summa Cum Laude: 3.900–4.000Magna Cum Laude: 3.700–3.899Cum Laude: 3.500–3.699In computing this grade-point average,

all work graded with an A, B, C, D and F(including plus and minus grades) iscounted, with the exception of coursessuccessfully repeated.Since every student must meet the resi-

dency requirement of eight credits, honorsdesignation shall be based on the comple-tion of a minimum of 32 semester hours oreight credits at Elmhurst College.Second-degree and graduate program

students are not eligible for graduationhonors.

Academic Probation and Dismissal The Academic Standings Committee reviewsthe academic records of all undergraduatestudents at the end of the Fall and Springterms to determine their academic standing.Students who are not in good standing aresubject to procedures leading to academicprobation and dismissal from the College.Students whose Elmhurst College term

or cumulative grade-point average fallsbelow 2.00 will be placed on academicprobation. To return to good academicstanding, students must earn a minimumterm grade-point average of 2.00 for everyterm while on probation. Students alsomust earn and maintain a 2.00 cumulativegrade-point average.

Students who do not meet the conditionsof their academic probation as well as full-time students who earn grades of F, NF orNP in every course for the term are subjectto dismissal from the College for poor schol-arship. Students who are dismissed for thefirst time have the right to appeal if theyhave significant information that wouldwarrant a reconsideration of the dismissaldecision.Students who have been dismissed from

the College for a second time, includingdismissals that were successfully appealed,may not appeal their second dismissal.Students who are dismissed a second timemay not apply for readmission and will notbe considered for readmission. Studentswho have been dismissed for a second timemay not register for classes at all, includingas a non-degree or visiting student.Additional information about the acad-

emic standings policy may be obtained fromthe Office of Advising or the academicadvising website.

Leave of AbsenceAn undergraduate student who requirestime off from his or her academic programfor personal, military, or medical reasons,but who intends to return to the Collegewithin one year, may request a leave ofabsence. A student may request a leave ofabsence by completing an Application forLeave of Absence form, which is availablein the Office of Student Affairs. Studentsare responsible for meeting their financialobligations to the College if a mid-termleave of absence is sought.Once a student has been granted a

leave of absence, his or her files willremain active in both the Office of Regis-tration and Records and with the student’sfaculty advisor during the term of the

47


leave. A student returns at the end of aleave with the same status he or she heldprior to leaving (e.g., academic standing oradministrative holds).A student on leave of absence does not

qualify for special loans, grants, or otherarrangements (e.g., confirmation of atten-dance for loan deferral, health insurance, or a visa) that require status as a regularlyenrolled student.On or before the expiration date of a

leave of absence, a student must meet withhis or her faculty advisor or a professionaladvisor in the Office of Advising toregister for courses for the term in whichhe or she will return. A student on leave ofabsence follows regular registration proce-dures and is not required to reapply foradmission to the College.If the leave of absence expires and the

student does not enroll in courses, he orshe is considered withdrawn from theCollege and must apply for readmissionthrough the Office of Admission or theSchool for Professional Studies. Anyoutstanding account balance is immedi-ately due in full.

Communication with Students on Leave of Absence When the request for a leave of absencehas been approved, the student will receivea letter from the Office of Student Affairsthat:• Specifies the terms and conditions of the leave;

• States the advisor of record;• Explains how to reapply for financialaid;

• Provides a list of student services andfacilities available, as well as registra-tion dates for the following term; and,if applicable,

• Outlines the process for seekingapproval to take classes at another insti-tution while on leave.

Financial ObligationA student on an approved leave of absence isexpected to make regular monthly paymentsto the Office of Student Financial Services ifthere is an outstanding balance. Prior toregistering for courses, the student may signa promissory note if his or her balance is lessthan $1,000 and will be required to make aninitial minimum payment of 10% of thenew term’s cash balance, in keeping withusual College policies.

Withdrawal from the CollegeShould it be necessary for a student towithdraw from the College at any timeduring the term, he or she must consultwith the Office of Advising and follow theprocedures outlined in the Elmhurst CollegeStudent Handbook (E-Book). The effectivedate of withdrawal from the College isestablished by the Office of Registrationand Records. When withdrawing from theCollege students are responsible for allfinancial obligations incurred.A student who withdraws must reapply

and be re-admitted through the Office ofAdmission or the School for ProfessionalStudies.New students who have registered for

classes but who have withdrawn from alltheir courses prior to the sixth day of classin the Fall or Spring Terms cannot take aleave of absence. They should contact theOffice of Admission or the School forProfessional Studies to discuss deferringtheir admission.

Withdrawal Policy for Military onActive DutyAny currently enrolled student going on

48


active military duty needs to consult withthe Offices of Advising and Registrationand Records to determine whether to with-draw from all registered courses or torequest incomplete grades and completethe courses later. If the student needs towithdraw or take a leave of absence, theOffices of Advising, Student Affairs andRegistration and Records will process theappropriate paper work. If the student requests incomplete

grades for the current term, no tuitionaid adjustments will be made to thestudent’s account and the student will begiven permission to extend payment ofany outstanding balance due. If the termof active duty is extended beyond areasonable period of time, as determinedby the instructor and registrar, thestudent’s grades will be changed to Wgrades (withdrawal) and tuition chargeswill be adjusted so the student is notpenalized financially for the withdrawal.Students presenting an original copy oftheir orders to the Office of StudentFinancial Services will be allowed to with-draw from current term courses withoutfinancial penalty.Students who live on campus and are

required to report for military service willbe released from residence life and foodservice contract obligations. Charges forresidence and food service will be proratedbased on the date the student checks outof his or her room or apartment.

Grade ReportsGrades are available online within twoweeks after the close of the term. Gradereports are not mailed. If a studentrequires an official copy of the term gradesfor reimbursement purposes, a copy may

be requested, in writing, from the Officeof Registration and Records.

Enrollment VerificationStudents may present requests for officialcertification verifying enrollment or otherrelated information to the Office of Regis-tration and Records.

TranscriptsTranscripts of the academic record showstudents’ courses and grades, currentstanding with the College and, for gradu-ates, the degree, major(s), minor and ac a dem ic honors.Transcripts are issued for any current or

prior student except those indebted to theCollege who have not made arrangements forpayment that are satisfactory to the Office ofStudent Financial Services. Transcripts areissued within three business days of therequest.The fee for each official transcript is

$10. To order a transcript, click on the link“Request a Transcript” in the alumni linklocated in the footer of the ElmhurstCollege web site.

GraduationThe College confers degrees in February, May, August and December and holdscommencement ceremonies in May.Students who apply for graduation in atimely manner are notified via e-mailregarding dates, times and details of publiccommencement exercises. Students are notallowed to participate in the commence-ment ceremony until all requirements havebeen fulfilled.The required graduation fee is billed in

students’ last Fall or Spring Term. Diplomasare not issued until indebtedness to theCollege is paid in full.

49


Application for GraduationDegree seeking students must apply for grad-uation at least one year prior to their antici-pated graduation date, so that they have twofull terms to make any necessary adjustmentsto their schedules. Students apply for gradu-ation by submitting an Application forGraduation to the Office of Registration andRecords.Students who have applied for graduation

will not have their degrees posted until allgraduation requirements have been met. Alldegrees will be posted as of the first graduationdate (February, May, August, or December)after all requirements have been met.

Eligibility for Extracurricular ActivitiesGuidelines for eligibility are presented in the Elmhurst College Student Handbook (E-Book). Rules governing the CollegeConference of Illinois and Wisconsin(CCIW) are followed in respect to eligi-bility for intercollegiate athletics.

Student Code of Conduct A full statement of campus regulationsmay be found in the E-Book. Each studentis expected to become familiar with the regulations. Copies are available from theOffice of Student Affairs or on the Collegewebsite.

Privacy of Records The Family Educational Rights andPrivacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, asamended, is a federal law that provides for the maintenance of the confidentialityof student education records and the rights of students to examine and, whenappropriate, challenge the accuracy ofthose records. Elmhurst College intends tocomply fully with this law.Student education records are kept in

several areas on campus. Official academicrecords and supporting educational andbiographical data are maintained in theOffice of Registration and Records forcurrently and previously enrolled studentsand at the Office of Admission for thosestudents applying for admission to theCollege. Parts of these data are provided toCollege faculty and administrative depart-ments, advising and student supportservices. Student financial records relatedto tuition and fee payment and the receiptof financial aid are maintained by theOffice of Student Financial Services.Records of disciplinary proceedingsleading to suspension are kept in theOffice of Student Affairs. Health andmedical records are maintained in theStudent Health Service. For students whoavail themselves of its services, the CareerServices Office maintains records appro-priate to its function.Only Elmhurst College faculty and

staff, acting in a student’s educationalinterest or performing college-related functions, shall have access to studenteducation records. No one outside theCollege shall have access to, nor will theCollege disclose information from, studenteducation records without the writtenconsent of the student, except in accor-dance with the law. State or federal offi-cials primarily concerned with evaluatingand auditing government-funded programsat the College, individuals or organizationsconnected with a student’s application forfinancial aid, organizations performingcertain research activities, accreditingagencies and persons with official judicialorders may also have access to studenteducation records, as may those who func-tion in connection with an emergency or

50


other special circumstances as provided byfederal legislation. Elmhurst College shallmake a reasonable effort to notify thestudent of a judicial order or lawfullyissued subpoena for student educationrecords in advance of compliance. Students may inspect information

contained in their education records, withthe exception of financial informationsubmitted by parents or confidential recom-mendations related to admission. Requestsfor inspection should be made at the appro-priate office and will normally be granted,subject to reasonable regulations related totime, place, supervision, or record type.Copies of academic records are available tostudents at the prevailing rate and are notreleased if a financial obligation exists withthe College.A student may challenge the content of

a record as inaccurate or misleading byfiling a written statement with the appro-priate College office. The College repre-sentative responsible will review therequest with the student and either makeappropriate changes or notify the studentof his or her right to an appeal throughthe established College judicial process.Students may appeal the College’s deci-sions about the contents of records or filecomplaints concerning noncompliancewith the appropriate federal agency. Foradditional information about studentrights under FERPA, contact the Office ofRegistration and Records.Although Elmhurst College does

not publish a student directory, certaininformation is released on a discretionarybasis without prior student consent. This information includes: a student’sname, major field of study, enrollmentstatus, participation in NCAA-sanctioned

College athletic activities, dates of atten-dance, photograph, name of hometown,degrees, honors and awards received. Suchinformation is never knowingly providedany requestor for a commercial purpose.Requests to withhold such informationshould be directed, in writing, annually tothe Office of Registration and Records.

Title IXTitle IX of the Education Amendments of1972 was the first comprehensive federal lawto prohibit sex discrimination againststudents and employees of educational insti-tutions. Title IX prohibits discrimination onthe basis of gender (sex). Title IX prohibitedconduct includes sexual harassment, sexualassault, sexual misconduct, relationship(dating) violence and stalking. The law states:"No person in the United States shall, on

the basis of sex, be excluded from participationin, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected todiscrimination under any education programor activity receiving Federal financial assis-tance." Title IX of the Education Amendmentsof 1972, and its implementing regulation at34 C.F.R. Part 106 (Title IX).All students, staff, and faculty are

protected, and Title IX benefits everyone. Itis a law that requires educational institu-tions to create and maintain policies andprocedures that do not discriminate againstanyone on the basis of gender, prohibitingany form of sexual harassment, sexualassault, dating violence, and stalking. Inci-dents that take place off campus, but whichstill impact a student’s participation in anyeducational program or activity, will behandled similarly to incidents that takeplace on campus.While Title IX is often thought of as a

law that applies to athletics programs, TitleIX is much broader than athletics, and

51


applies to all educational programs andactivities at Elmhurst College. The Office for Civil Rights (OCR)

issued a “Dear Colleague Letter (DCL)” onApril 4, 2011 to all educational institutionsreceiving federal aid. It outlines institutions’responsibilities when becoming aware ofsexual harassment, sexual assault, sexualmisconduct, dating violence, and stalking.The letter states, “If a school knows orreasonably should know about student-on-student harassment that creates a hostileenvironment, Title IX requires the school totake immediate action to eliminate theharassment, prevent its recurrence, andaddress its effects.” Specific policies andprocedures vary by institution. ElmhurstCollege’s are outlined in the E-Book (thestudent handbook, available online) and onthe Title IX Website.Monitoring and oversight of overall

implementation of Title IX Compliance andthe prevention of harassment and discrimi-nation at the College, including coordina-tion of training, education, communications,and administration of grievance proceduresfor faculty, staff, students and othermembers of the College community, aremanaged by the College’s Title IX Coordi-nator, Dr. Eileen Sullivan, Dean of Students.Should you have questions or concernsrelated to Title IX, you should contactElmhurst College’s Title IX Coordinator..

52


INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE EXAMINATIONS

Integrated Curriculum EquivalentIB EXAM Credit* Credit Course _________________________________________________________________________________________

BIOLOGY 1.0 Life Science BIO 100BUSINESS & MANAGEMENT 1.0 BUS 250CHEMISTRY 1.0 Physical Science CHM 211CLASSICAL GREEK 2.0COMPUTER SCIENCE 3.0 CS 220,

CS 255,CS 310

DANCE ARTS 1.0 Fine Arts THE 221DESIGN TECHNOLOGY 1.0ECONOMICS 2.0 ECO 210,

ECO 211ENGLISH A: LITERATURE 2.0 Writing Proficiency; ENG 105, ENG 200ENGLISH A: LANGUAGE & LiteratureLITERATURE 2.0 Writing Proficiency: ENG 105, ENG 200

LiteratureFILM ARTS 1.0 Fine ArtsFRENCH A1, A2, B 2.0 Foreign Language FRN 202

ProficiencyGEOGRAPHY 1.0 Social & Political GEO 111, GEO 112

AnalysisGERMAN A1, A2, B 2.0 Foreign Language GRM 202

ProficiencyHISTORY (All topics) 2.0 Historical Analysis HIS majorITGS (Info Tech Global Society) 1.0ITALIAN A1, A2, B 2.0 Foreign Language ITL 202

ProficiencyLATIN 2.0MATHEMATICS 2.0 Math Proficiency MTH 151, MTH 152MUSIC ARTS 1.0 Fine ArtsNORWEGIAN A: LITERATURE 2.0 Foreign Language

ProficiencyPHILOSOPHY 1.0 Inquiry into Ethics PHL 210

& JusticePHYSICS 2.0 Physical Science PHY 121–122

if credit also received for IBMathematics;PHY 111–112if no credit for IBMathematics

PSYCHOLOGY 1.0 Cognitive & PSY 210 Behavioral Sciences

SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY 1.0 Social & Political SOC 212Analysis

SPANISH A1, A2, B 2.0 Foreign Language SPN 202 Proficiency

THEATRE ARTS 1.0 Fine Arts THE 227VISUAL ARTS 1.0 Fine Arts

*One credit equals four semester hours.

53

Student Life and Services

At Elmhurst, you will have the uniqueopportunity to shape your Elmhurst

Experience through the integration of curric-ular and co-curricular programs and experi-ences that will assist in your journey ofself-formation and professional preparation.As you shape your Elmhurst Experience,

the College will inspire you to develop intel-lectually, civilly and personally to preparefor meaningful and ethical work in a multi-cultural, global society. You will become awell-informed, engaged, principled citizen—a reflective individual who can think criti-cally about the private and public choicesyou make, assess the ethical dimensions ofthose choices, and become an active partici-pant in your community.

Student AffairsThe dean of students serves as the seniorstudent affairs officer (SSAO) and is respon-sible for working in collaboration with thefaculty, academic affairs, and the entirecampus to lead student affairs staff insupporting a holistic student learning envi-ronment, enriching student campus life andactivity, fostering student engagement forboth residential and commuter students,building a strong intercultural campuscommunity, advancing student leadershipand civic engagement, and promoting

student retention and success. The dean over-sees and manages a 55-person, full-time staffin the areas of residential life, athletics, inter-cultural student affairs, student health andcounseling services, commuter services,Greek life, the student center, student activi-ties, student success/first year experience,judicial affairs and retention. The dean ofstudents is responsible for the administrationof student life policies and procedures andserves as student advocate to the faculty,administration and other College constituen-cies. Additionally, the dean advises students,parents, faculty and others concerningcampus life issues and the character andquality of students’ out-of-class activities.The Office of Student Affairs strives, in

partnership with academic affairs, to helpstudents integrate learning experiences anddevelop competence in critical thinking,written and oral communication, interper-sonal relations and leadership. Achievementof these learning outcomes prepares ourstudents for life-long personal and profes-sional growth. Our goal is to prepareElmhurst College graduates for leadership intheir communities and professions, andmeaningful involvement in an increasinglydiverse, technologically sophisticated, andcomplex global society.

54


The College strives to establish a climatewhich encourages the assumption of respon-sibility by students for their individual andcollective actions with a minimum of rulesand regulations, which are outlined in theElmhurst College Student Handbook, theE-Book. It shall be the responsibility of eachstudent to comply with appropriate stan-dards of conduct and decorum befittingmembers of an educational community.Student conduct, individual and that ofstudent groups, is expected to be in keepingwith the College mission and the missionsof the respective areas or offices (e.g.athletics, student activities, residence life,international programs and off-campusprograms, etc.). Because Elmhurst College islocated within a community, any ElmhurstCollege student who has been involved inviolating civil laws may also be subject toCollege judicial proceedings. Violations oflocal, state or federal laws or regulations oncampus may also result in criminal charges. The E-Book is distributed online, via

email, to all students, who are responsible forfamiliarizing themselves with its contents.Print copies for faculty and staff are availablein the Office of Student Activities.

Student Success and RetentionThe Office of Student Success and Reten-tion coordinates and implements initiativesdesigned to empower students to persist intheir educational goals. We partner withdepartments across the campus to helpstudents successfully graduate fromElmhurst College. Our work supportsstudents academically and socially, servesElmhurst’s mission and aims to improveoverall retention and graduation rates.Thespecialized programs we offer include thePresident’s Leadership Academy, DirectConnections and Steps to Success.

The President’s Leadership Academy is afour-year leadership development programfor students of color and first-generationcollege students. The program focuses onintentional engagement around topics ofself-formation, citizen leadership, careerexploration and professional preparation. Direct Connections is a pre-orientation

and year-long peer mentoring program forfirst-year students, who identify as studentsof color and first-generation collegestudents. Students who participate in thisprogram benefit from one-on-onementoring, academic support and socialengagement as they transition to theCollege. Steps to Success is an intervention for

students who are either conditionallyadmitted (academic contract) to the Collegeor on academic probation. Students in thisprogram benefit from individualized andstructured support to help them maintain orreturn to good academic standing.

First Year Experience and Students inTransitionThe Office of First Year Experience andStudents in Transition provides programsand activities intended to assist new andcontinuing students transition into thecollege and then navigate the challengesassociated with each stage of their collegeexperience. These programs include BigQuestions: What will you stand for? FirstYear Success Series, Weeks of Welcome andCalling Program, Transfer Student Orienta-tion, Midyear Orientation, OrientationStudent Leaders, Transfer Leads, Advisingand Registration, sophomore newsletter andsophomore success workshops.An intensive orientation for first-year

students called Big Questions: What WillYou Stand For? In partnership with the first-

55


year seminars, this orientation aims toachieve the dual goals of building students’academic skills and helping them grapplewith questions of values and meaning. BigQuestions will assist students as they exploretheir personal belief system, discover thepower of serving others, begin the process ofcritical analysis, and recognize interculturalappreciation. Through this program,students will become established in theElmhurst College community, begin devel-oping their identity, and start building rela-tionships with peers, faculty and staff. Theaim of the first-year experience—both theorientation and the seminars—is to helpstudents make the transition to college life,to introduce them to the core values of anElmhurst education, and to begin equippingthem with the intellectual and analyticalskills they will need. In short, the aim is toeducate the whole student. Transfer and Midyear Orientation is

designed to assist transfer students in gettingconnected and gathering the resources andknowledge they need to be successful atElmhurst College.We provide students withan opportunity to easily transition into thisnew environment by creating a one-dayorientation program specifically designed fortransfer students.The Sophomore Success e-newsletter and

Sophomore Success Workshop supportsecond-year students with useful informationon upcoming deadlines, extracurricular oppor-tunities and early professional preparation.

Residence LifeElmhurst College is committed to thenotion of educating the whole person and, therefore, regards the residence lifeexperience as an integral component of astudent’s education. The Office of Resi-dence Life supports the academic mission

of the College through the creation ofmeaningful residential communities that arealigned with our values of intellectual excel-lence, community, social responsibility,stewardship, faith, meaning and values.The residence halls and apartments are

staffed by full-time professional residencelife coordinators and undergraduate resi-dent advisors who serve as peer advisors,referral resources, educational and socialprogrammers, student advocates andadministrative liaisons. Staff memberswork closely with students in developingand maintaining an appropriate balance ofacademic and social environments in theliving community.An important facet of the residential

experience is the focus on empoweringresidents to take initiative in decisionmaking and in self discipline throughparticipation in their community. Studentshave unlimited opportunities to becomeinvolved in the governance of the halls,planning and implementing social and/oreducational programs, and serving asrepresentatives of the community tovarious campus organizations. Quiet community living options are avail-

able. Cable television and Internet connec-tion are available in all residence halls. Allresidential communities are smoke free.

Commuter Student AffairsRecognizing the importance of campus lifein the total educational experience of all ourstudents, the Frick Center actively reachesout to commuters and invites them toparticipate and take advantage of the manyprograms and resources available campus-wide. On-campus and off-campus programs,services and events are held by a wide arrayof campus departments (such as StudentActivities, Intercultural Student Affairs,

56


Campus Security, Center for ProfessionalExcellence, Niebuhr Center for Faith andAction, Patterson Center for the HealthProfessions and more) and take placethroughout the year promoting an inclusivecampus life environment for commutersencouraging personal, cultural and socialgrowth outside the formal classroom setting.

Frick CenterThe Frick Center is the College’s studentunion. As the community center of theCollege, the Frick Center serves students,staff, faculty, alumni and communitymembers. We enhance the academic experi-ence by offering cultural, social and recre-ational programming. The Frick Centerserves as home to student groups, organiza-tions, Greek Life and Student Affairs andhouses the campus radio station. Servicesprovided to the community includecommuter student lockers, student andfaculty mailboxes, conference room reserva-tions, game room equipment, an Informa-tion Desk, ATM machine, a postal kioskand more. The Frick Center also adminis-ters an emergency loan program thatextends $50, 30-day loans to full-timestudents. Chartwells dining services, coffeeshop and grille provide the campus withgreat food options conveniently located onall three levels of the building. The73,000+-square-foot facility is more than abuilding; it is home to those who frequentthe comfortable chairs around the fireplaceand all who enjoy its many offerings. TheFrick Center is the place for students tolearn, connect, grow and lead.

Dining ServiceThe College’s dining service is operated byChartwells and provides students, faculty,staff and visitors with meals and specialcatering. All residence hall students are

required to participate in the ElmhurstCollege meal plan. Details concerning themeal plan are included in the ResidenceHall License Agreement. An à la carte service is also available to

all members of the campus community. Food may be purchased with cash or byusing a Jaypass, debit or credit card. Ques-tions about the meal card system (Jaypass)should be addressed to the Office ofStudent Financial Services. Dining serviceis located on the mall level of the FrickCenter, at the “EC Grille” located in theBluejays’ Roost and at the Coffee Bar inFounders Lounge. Hours are as posted.Questions about the meal plans or

dining service should be addressed to theDining Service Office at (630) 617-3183.

AthleticsThe director of athletics is responsible foran extensive program that offers all eligiblefull-time students the opportunity toengage in athletic competition, featuring 20intercollegiate sports for men and women.Men’s programs are baseball, basketball,cross country, football, golf, lacrosse, soccer,tennis, track and field and wrestling.Women’s programs are basketball, bowling,cross country, golf, lacrosse, soccer, softball,tennis, track and field and volleyball. Elmhurst is a charter member of the

College Conference of Illinois andWisconsin (CCIW), which is among themost successful conferences competing atthe Division III level of the NationalCollegiate Athletic Association (NCAA).In recent years, Elmhurst has won

CCIW championships in football,women’s volleyball, men’s basketball,women’s cross country, men’s soccer, men’stennis and wrestling. Additionally, theBluejays have qualified for post-season

57


play in football, men’s basketball, women’svolleyball, men’s soccer; and have sentindividuals to the NCAA Division IIIChampionships in men’s track and field(both indoors and outdoors), women’strack and field (both indoors andoutdoors), men’s and women’s crosscountry and wrestling.Also, participation in Bluejay athletics

has more than doubled since the mid-90sto over 450 students, with improvedscholastic numbers. Most of Elmhurst’steams boast grade-point averages of 3.0 orhigher. Recent student-athletes havegarnered Academic All-American honors inbaseball, men’s cross country, women’sbasketball, women’s cross country, football,softball, wrestling, men’s basketball,women’s soccer, men’s track and field andwomen’s volleyball.The intramural program, coordinated

by the Office of Student Activities andpartially funded by the student activityfee, provides a variety of team and indi-vidual sports for men and women and isopen to all students. Team sports includeflag football, wallyball, volleyball, basket-ball, soccer, dodgeball and softball. Indi-vidual sports include racquetball andbadminton.

Intercultural Student Affairs The Office of Intercultural Student Affairsseeks to increase intercultural awareness,appreciation and respect for all students andmembers of the diverse Elmhurst Collegecommunity through creative, active andintentional programs promoting the under-standing of unique cultural and ethnicheritage and awareness of local and globalhuman diversity issues. The office alsosupports students and student organizationsfrom ethnically, culturally and racially

diverse backgrounds and actively reaches outto support students in assessing and evalu-ating the individual’s experience at ElmhurstCollege to support academic success and toprovide a welcoming, inclusive and growth-oriented campus experience.The office provides programs for all

students that are educational, challenging,interactive and fun. Through these efforts,the goals are to champion the movementtowards multicultural appreciation, to helpfacilitate the individual acquisition of theattitudes, skills and knowledge needed tofunction positively and successfully in anincreasingly diverse global society and toprovide an inclusive, welcoming, supportiveand life-changing campus experience.

Leadership, Service and EngagementThe Office of Leadership, Service andEngagement supports Elmhurst College’score values of community; social responsi-bility; and faith, meaning and values. Tothis end, the office provides leadershipdevelopment and community engagementopportunities, along with a variety ofresources, to the College community. Staffmembers work with student organizations,athletic teams and individual students tosupport leadership and community involve-ment initiatives across campus andthroughout the community.There are many opportunities for

students to develop and engage at Elmhurst.Whether inside the classroom or byattending the Elmhurst LeaderShape Insti-tute, students will delve into the areas of selfknowledge, openness to others, respect,listening skills and values, to name a few.Students can also contribute to society inmeaningful ways, such as serving throughthe Bluejays Care Service Projects or one of

58


Elmhurst’s many service-based student orga-nizations, or by participating in educationalprograms surrounding local and nationalelections, social issues awareness-raisingprograms and community exploration in theChicagoland area.

Student Activities and OrganizationsGreat opportunity exists for involvement,participation and leadership at ElmhurstCollege. Students participate in a widerange of activities, organizations andevents, both on and off campus.Shared governance is the concept that

underlies decision making at ElmhurstCollege. Faculty, staff and students havevoting membership on College councils,committees and commissions. The StudentGovernment Association, composed of 21students elected by the student body, threemembers of the faculty elected by thefaculty and three administrators selected bythe student members, serves as the majorpolicy-recommending body to the presi-dent and trustees on issues of student andcampus cocurricular life.The Elmhurst College Union Board

(and its committees) is the primarystudent programming organization oncampus. The Union Board is funded bythe student activity fee, which entitles allstudents to participate in many activities. Other student groups include special

interest and activity groups, national socialfraternities and sororities, social andservice organizations, performing groups,media organizations, national recognitionsocieties and honor societies.For a complete and up-to-date student

organization directory, visitwww.elmhurst.edu/studentlife.

The Wellness CenterThe Wellness Center is home to studenthealth services and counseling services.HoursMonday-Friday, 8:00 a.m.–4:00 p.m.The center is open two evenings a

week. Please call the Wellness Center at(630) 617-3565 for evening, Summer andJanuary term hours.

AppointmentsScheduled appointments are necessary.However, if you are unable to wait for anappointment due to the nature of yourillness, injury, or other health-care need, youshould come to the Wellness Center forimmediate attention. If the Wellness Centeris closed, you may receive care at theElmhurst Memorial Hospital Emergencydepartment or one of their immediate carefacilities in Elmhurst or Lombard.Student health services include:

• Evaluation and treatment of illness andinjury

• Routine physical examinations• General medical services: respiratoryinfections, intestinal upsets, urinarytract problems, headaches, sore throats

• Routine lab work, immunity profiles,STD testing and cholesterol screening

• Vaccinations: measles, mumps, rubella(MMR); tetanus diphtheria (Td);tetanus diphtheria pertussis (Tdap);meningitis; hepatitis A; hepatitis Bseries; flu; and tuberculin skin testing(TB)

• Travel health information and vaccines• Women’s Care Center: annual exam,pap smear, pregnancy testing, referral,birth control, emergency contraception(ECP), testing and treatment of infec-tions and sexually transmitted diseases

59


(STDs), support for abuse, violence,sexual assault and referral services

• Massage therapy/healing touch/serenityroom

• Medical consultation and referrals• Self-care area

Health EducationA variety of wellness programs for studentsand employees are offered throughout theyear.

Fee InformationVisits to the Student Health Service are freeof charge. There is a nominal fee forprescription medication, medical suppliesand lab work. Students may pay by cash,check, credit card, or charge to their studentaccount. Expenditures, however, for treat-ment outside the Student Health Servicefacility are the obligation of the student orthe family.

Immunization PolicyAll students (born after 1956) mustcomplete the Student Health Record/Immunization Form prior to registration.Information and forms are available on theweb site (elmhurst.edu/wellness) or by stop-ping in or calling the Wellness Center.Failure to comply with the state immuniza-tion requirements will prohibit registration.

ConfidentialityAll medical services are strictly confidential.No one can obtain any information fromstudents’ medical records without theirwritten permission.

Counseling ServicesStudents sometimes experience difficultiesthat can complicate and undermine successin their academic and personal lives. TheCounseling Services staff provides a varietyof services in a confidential setting to helpstudents understand their problems and

themselves, achieve more satisfying relation-ships, improve their academic performancesand make more effective career and lifechoices.These services include individual,

couples and group counseling, psychoedu-cational programming and a variety ofself-help materials. There is also a psychi-atric consultant on staff. There is a 30-session limit for individuals and coupleswith a 15 session per year limit. There areno session limits for groups. If needed,referrals to resources in the communitycan be facilitated.

The College ChaplaincyThe College Chaplaincy strives to buildcommunity and spiritual growth throughoutthe student body at Elmhurst. Deeplyrooted in the United Church of Christ, theChaplaincy serves students of all faiths—and of none. The Chaplaincy comprises 16professional co-chaplains representing awide range of religious communities.Through worship programs, public

lectures, community service and other activ-ities, the Chaplaincy invites students tofurther their own religious and spiritualdevelopment while exploring other expres-sions of faith. The Chaplaincy also providescounseling and support in times of transi-tion or crisis.As part of the life of the student body,

the Spiritual Life Council (SLC ) is a groupof students that meets weekly with theChaplain to build a rich and vibrant reli-gious and spiritual life on campus. TheChaplain also lives on campus, hostingmany organization meetings and programs,including Spiritual Journeys and conversa-tions on “This I believe.” Students areinvited to many critical conversations onrace, class, gender, sexual orientation,

60


ability, global realities and discernment oflife goals. Closely associated with the DuPage

County community and the City ofChicago, the Chaplaincy works with theCouncil of Religious Leaders of Chicago tosupport a vibrant religious communitywithin greater Chicago. The Chaplaincy alsoenjoys strong partnerships with national andinternational religious organizations,including the Chicago-based InterfaithYouth Core (IFYC). The Chaplaincy offers a variety of

worship opportunities, from daily Muslimprayers to weekly Christian communion toCatholic masses. The College is closelyconnected to area congregations and housesof worship, which aids students in findingtheir spiritual home on campus andbeyond.

61

Majors and AcademicPrograms

Elmhurst College offers majors through25 academic departments. Depart-

mental offerings and course descriptions arepresented on the following pages. Coursedescriptions and schedules are subject tochange.

MajorsAccountingArtArt BusinessArt EducationBiologyBusiness AdministrationChemistryCommunication Sciences and DisordersCommunication StudiesComputer Game and Entertainment Technology

Computer ScienceCriminal JusticeEarly Childhood EducationEconomicsElementary Teacher EducationEnglishExercise ScienceFinanceFrenchGeographic Information SystemsGeographyGerman

Graphic DesignHistoryInformation SystemsIntercultural StudiesInterdepartmentalInterdisciplinary Communication StudiesInternational BusinessJazz StudiesLiberal Studies (adult students only)Logistics and Supply Chain ManagementManagementMarketingMathematicsMulti-LanguageMusic Music BusinessMusic EducationMusic PerformanceMusic Theory/CompositionMusical TheatreNursingOrganizational CommunicationPhilosophyPhysical EducationPhysicsPolitical SciencePsychologyReligion and ServiceReligious StudiesSecondary Education

62

Majors and Academic Programs

SociologySpanishSpecial EducationSport ManagementTheatreTheatre Arts EducationTheological Studies and Christian MinistryUrban Studies

Preprofessional ProgramsActuarial ScienceEngineeringLawLibrary ScienceSeminaryFor available health professions, please referto the Patterson Center for the HealthProfessions section of this Catalog.

Accelerated Degree CompletionPrograms for AdultsApplied PsychologyBusiness Administration (EMP)Communication (ECP)Information Technology

Graduate ProgramsMaster of Arts in Industrial/Organizational Psychology

Master in Professional AccountancyMaster in Project ManagementMaster of Business AdministrationMaster of Education in Early Childhood Special Education

Master of Education in Teacher LeadershipMaster of Market ResearchMaster of Public HealthMaster of Science in Applied Geospatial Sciences

Master of Science in CommunicationSciences and Disorders

Master of Science in Computer Information Systems

Master of Science in Data Science

Master of Science in Health InformaticsManagement

Master of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing/RN–MSN

Master of Science in Nursing/Master’sNursing Entry

Master of Science in Special EducationMaster of Science in Supply Chain Management

Certificate ProgramsAdvanced Graduate Certificate in MarketResearch

CIS Application DevelopmentCIS Network AdministrationCyber SecurityDigital CinemaGeographic Information SystemsGraduate Certificate in Applied Geospatial

ScienceGraduate Certificate in Data ScienceGraduate Certificate in EntertainmentIndustry

Graduate Certificate in Human AP Geography

Graduate Certificate in Human ResourceManagement

Graduate Certificate in Market ResearchGraduate Certificate in Project ManagementNurse Educator

DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES

63

Art

T he Department of Art offers six pro-grams of visual studies leading to the

bachelor’s degree: the bachelor of fine artsmajor (B.F.A.), the studio art major, the artbusiness major, the art education licensuremajor, the graphic design major and theinterdisciplinary communication studiesmajor. The programs are designed to buildon the strengths of a traditional core cur-riculum while encouraging individualartistic direction and supporting careergoals. Completion of a degree program pro-vides the student with the aca demic back-ground, technical foundation andqualifications necessary to pursue graduatestudy or a career in the visual arts, commu-nication, education, or a related field.

Along with the majors, the departmentoffers a concentration in the Bachelor ofLiberal Studies program, a minor in art edu-cation and a minor in art history. Theminor may be elected to accompany a majoror chosen to support programs in otherfields that interrelate with visual art.

In addition to these programs, thedepart ment supplies a range of courses thatsatisfy two of the categories of the Inte-grated Curriculum: Fine Arts and HistoricalAnalysis. The department also welcomesstudents who simply wish to explore their

creative interests by taking individual artcourses. Introductory studios are open to all students with or without previous artexperience or special skills.

Other on-campus resources include anoutstanding art collection of Imagist andAbstractionist art. Comprising more than80 works, this collection is on permanentdisplay in the A.C. Buehler Library. In addi-tion, the College has a vibrant art exhibitionand a visiting artist program that each yearhosts six or more exhibitions by professionalartists that include gallery talks and addi-tional classroom contact.

FacultyLynn Hill, Chair; Dustan Creech, RichardPaulsen, Mary Lou Stewart John PitmanWeber, professor emeritus

Majors in ArtAll majors in art require a combination ofthe Core Curriculum and concentrations in studio work.

The Core CurriculumART 113 Introduction to Art SoftwareART 115 Drawing StudioART 120 Painting StudioART 125 Design StudioART 341 Survey History of Western ArtART 342 Survey History of Modern Art

64

Art

One course from the following in Non-European Art History:ART 353 Survey of Latin American ArtART 373 Survey of Non-European Art ART 375 American Indian and Ancient American Art

ART 376 Art of IndiaART 443 Issues in Contemporary Art:

Theory and Practice Beyond the ModernART 490 Capstone CourseART 491 Capstone Exhibition

The Core Curriculum is designed toprovide students with knowledge of andability to use the basic components ofvisual literacy, an understanding of the arthistorical heritage of Western culture andof non-European traditions, and an understanding of how these areas of thediscipline interrelate and how they are inte-grated in practice.

Areas of Concentration

Students may elect studio courses from thefollowing six areas:Drawing/PaintingDigital ImagingGraphic DesignPhotographyPrintmakingSculpture/Ceramics

Bachelor of Fine Arts MajorThe bachelor of fine arts major offers moredepth of experience in studio practice and isrecommended for those who might wish topursue graduate study.

This major consists of the Core Cur-riculum plus ART 235 and two areas ofconcentration consisting of eight studiocourses at the 300- or 400-level. Aminimum of four of these studio coursesmust be in the same studio area.

Students wishing to enter the bachelor

of fine arts program must present a port-folio for review by the art faculty. It ishighly recommended that candidatessubmit their portfolios in the Spring Termof their sophomore year. Portfolios may bepresented no later than the first term ofjunior year to be accepted into the bachelorof fine arts program.

Transfer students above junior rank witha degree in art from another institution,who seek a B.F.A. major must take ART443, ART 490, ART 491 and one upper-level studio course from the ElmhurstCollege Department of Art. Bachelor of finearts candidates must submit a portfolio andpass a portfolio review before admittance tothe program. Students with exceptionalundergraduate qualifications in art maypetition the chair of the Department of Artto waive or modify this requirement.

Major in Studio Art The studio art major requires the CoreCurriculum and one area of concentrationin studio. The concentration consists offour art courses at the 300- or 400-level inno more than two studio areas. One of the400-level studios must be in the area ofconcentration.

Major in Art BusinessThe art business concentration consists of theCore Curriculum: ART 216; two 300- or 400-level studio electives; ART 468; BUS 230, 250and 263; and two electives chosen from BUS331, 332, 334 and 335. The art businessmajor is intended for students who wish topursue careers where knowledge and profi-ciency in both art and business are desirable.

Major in Graphic DesignThe graphic design major is intended for stu-dents who wish to pursue a career in graphicdesign. It provides the educational frame-

work, experiential training—as evidenced ina full portfolio—and professional prepared-ness necessary to compete in today’s market.

The graphic design major consists of theArt Core Curriculum with ART 216, ART226, ART 316, ART 326, ART 416 andART 426. Students wishing to pursue aB.F.A. in graphic design must achieve accep-tance into the B.F.A. program and fulfill allof the above criteria, plus take ART 235 andfour additional courses at the 300- or 400-level. These additional upper-level studiosmay be selected from the list of graphicdesign electives, or may be from another areaof concentration within the department.

Suggested Registration Pattern forGraphic Design StudentsStudents pursuing the BFA in graphic designdegree will also need to incorporate the requiredextra courses into the following proposed planof study.

FIRST YEAR

Fall TermART 113 Introduction to Art SoftwareART 115 Drawing StudioSpring TermART 125 Design StudioART 120 Painting Studio

SECOND YEAR

Fall TermART 216 Introduction to Graphic DesignART 341 Survey History of Western ArtSpring TermART 226 Typography StudioART 342 Survey History of Modern Art

THIRD YEAR

Fall TermART 316 Graphic Design IART 373 Survey of Non-European ArtSpring TermART 326 Graphic Design II

ART 443 Issues in Contemporary Art: Theory and Practice Beyond the Modern

FOURTH YEAR

Fall TermART 416 Advanced Graphic DesignSpring TermART 426 Advanced Topics in Graphic

DesignART 490 Capstone CourseART 491 Capstone Exhibition Course

Major in Art EducationStudents may prepare to teach at the elemen-tary, middle/junior high, or high school levelswith K-12 licensure. It is essential that stu-dents interested in this field identify them-selves as early as possible to Mary Lou Stewart,director of the art education program, and tothe education department and confer regularlywith their advisors.

The program consists of the following:the Core Curriculum: ART 113, 115, 120,125, 230, 235, 341, 342, 373, 443, 490,491 and a 300-level studio elective; the artmethods sequence: ART 361 and 362. Stu-dents wishing to receive a B.F.A. and artlicensure must complete the requiredcourses for both programs. Other require-ments are listed as follows:EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesSEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching

as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)SEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learners with

ExceptionalitiesSEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teaching

in Diverse and Inclusive Schools (.25 credit)

SEC 310 Methods and Best Practices in Middle and Secondary Education

SEC 311 Educational Psychology

65

Art

66

Art

SEC 421 Theory and Practice for Devel-oping Academic Literacies in K-12 Classrooms

SEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice (.25 credit)

SEC 457 Student Teaching in Special FieldsA course in mathematics is required.Transfer students, including those with a

degree in art from another institution, whoseek only Illinois teacher licensure in art edu-cation must take at least one full course fromeach of the following three categories fromthe Elmhurst College Department of Art: arthistory, studio and art methods. Studentswith exceptional undergraduate qualificationsor with post-graduate education in art maypetition the director of the art educationprogram to waive or modify this requirement.

Students are required to pass the Test ofAcademic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, theappropriate content area test prior to thestudent teaching semester and the APT(Assessment of Professional Teaching) testprior to program completion.

See the director of secondary educationfor further information.

Suggested Registration Pattern for ArtEducation Students

FIRST YEAR

Fall TermART 115 Drawing StudioART 125 Design StudioCollege/Licensure Requirements

Spring TermART 113 Introduction to Art SoftwareART 120 Painting StudioEDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesCollege/Licensure Requirements

SECOND YEAR

Fall TermART 341 Survey History of Western ArtART 230 Printmaking StudioSEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching

as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)College/Licensure Requirements

Spring TermART 342 Survey History of Modern ArtART 235 Sculpture StudioCollege/Licensure Requirements

THIRD YEAR

Fall TermART 361 Art Methods and Experiences for

the Elementary and Middle School K-8SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teaching



SEC 311 Educational PsychologyCollege/Licensure Requirements

Spring TermART 373 Survey of Non-European ArtART 443 Issues in Contemporary Art:

Theory and Practice Beyond the ModernSEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learners

with ExceptionalitiesUpper-level Art StudioCollege/Licensure Requirements

FOURTH YEAR

Fall TermART 362 Art Methods and Experiences in

Secondary EducationART 490 Capstone CourseART 491 Capstone Exhibition (.50 credit)SEC 421 Theory and Practice for Devel-

oping Academic Literacies in K-12 Classrooms

67

Art

SEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice (.25 credit)

College/Licensure Requirements

Spring TermSEC 457 Student Teaching in Special Fields

January TermJanuary Term is typically used for addi-tional studio electives, education require-ments or both.

Major in Interdisciplinary Communication Studies Today’s vocational needs in communicationare so diverse that preparation for thoseneeds requires involvement in several dif-ferent academic disciplines. Interdisciplinarycommunication studies is an integratedmajor recommended for students who wishto prepare themselves for occupations inradio, journalism, public relations, humanresources and similar fields. Students take acore of seven courses and then, with theassistance of an academic advisor in art,business, English or communication artsand sciences, select courses from the areas ofconcentration appropriate to their careergoals. See the listing for the interdiscipli-nary communi cation studies major in theAcademic Programs and Course Descrip-tions section of this Catalog.

Minor in ArtA minor in art consists of five art courses: a minimum of one art history course, onestudio course at the 300- or 400-level andnot more than two transfer courses.

Minor in Art EducationA minor in art education at the secondarylevel consists of six art courses: ART 362plus a minimum of one art history course,two studio courses at the 300 or 400 leveland two additional art courses that could be

transferred. The six-course minor can satisfythe 24-hour endorsement for the secondarylevel as long as all courses have a grade of Cor better and the content area test is passed.

Note: If transfer courses are fewer thanfour semester hours, additional courses maybe necessary for endorsements.

Minor in Art HistoryThe minor in the history of art comple-ments the traditional studio art minor.Completion of the minor consists of five arthistory courses with a minimum of 20semester hours of coursework and cannotinclude more than two transfer courses.

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours.

Note: The department offers somecourses on a multi-level or multi-sectionbasis, meaning that two or more levels of acourse or two related courses may meet at thesame time and may share the same studiospace. In such a case, the instructor’s time isdivided among the students from each ofthese sections. All studio courses requirework on projects apart from scheduledmeeting times. Upper-level students may beobliged to meet with the instructor at timesdifferent from the printed class schedule.

ART 110 Art Appreciation An informed appreciation of the visual arts isdeveloped through analysis and comparison ofartworks of diverse cultures and selected histor-ical periods. Emphasis is on expressive content,visual form and iconography, aesthetic princi-ples and functions of art. Does not meetrequirements for art major or minor. No pre-requisite.

ART 113 Introduction to Art SoftwareAn overview of digital media technology used inelectronic publication design, digital illustrationand digital imaging. Established and evolvingapproaches are examined with emphasis on the

68

Art

development of basic competencies with theMacintosh operating system. No previous experi-ence is necessary. No prerequisite.

ART 115 Drawing StudioThe basic concepts of visual literacy, tech-niques, materials and traditional subject matterare used to develop skills in drawing and fun-damental concepts of art. Emphasis will be oncomposition and production of drawing pro-jects and aesthetic and formal principles thatinform them. No previous experience is neces-sary. No prerequisite.

ART 120 Painting StudioThe basic concepts of visual literacy, tech-niques, materials and traditional subject matterare used to develop skills in painting and fun-damental concepts of art. Emphasis will be oncomposition and production of painting pro-jects and on the aesthetic and formal principlesthat inform them. No previous experience isnecessary. No prerequisite.

ART 125 Design StudioIntroduction to the basic elements of visual lit-eracy. The theory and formal concepts necessary to create visual expression are studiedand applied in practical exercises, then dis-cussed and evaluated in critiques. Exercises areexplained and illustrated with selected master-works of design. Expressive content goals arerelated to the perceptual effects of elements ofvisual form and their interaction. No previousexperience is necessary. No prerequisite.

ART 154-155 Media Practicum I.25 credit or non-creditPractical study and application of graphicdesign, publication layout and page design,photo editing, illustration and art direction.Approximately five hours per week of involve-ment with College publications such as thenewspaper, The Leader or MiddleWestern Voice.Recommended for students concentrating indesign, multimedia, photography and commu-nication. No previous experience is necessaryto start. Courses must be taken in numerical

order with the starting course level to be deter-mined by the instructor. One course of upper-level practica may count toward the major.Offered on a Pass/No Pass basis only.

ART 215 Figure DrawingAn intensive studio course with a focus onfigure drawing. Direct observation of themodel will be informed by a study of anatomyfor artists (skeleton and large muscle groups)and by study of evolving meaning and conven-tions of Western figure traditions, from theclassical to modern period. Slide presentations,readings and museum visits will supplementstudio work. A broad variety of media allowswork in line, tone and color. Materials fee mayapply. Prerequisite: one drawing or paintingcourse, or permission of the instructor. Fall Term,even-numbered years; January Term, on occasion.

ART 216 Introduction to Graphic DesignAn introduction to graphic design as a meansof creative and effective problem solvingthrough visual communication. A range ofexercises and projects gives the student experi-ence in a variety of design applications. Mate-rials fee may apply. Prerequisites: ART 113, ART 125. Fall Term.

ART 217 Digital Video StudioIntroduction to the use of video as a visualmedium for personal expression. Students gaina generalized understanding of the videoimage-making process and develop proficiencywith video equipment. Emphasis is on expres-sive composition and sequencing of the visualelements of video through camera work andediting. Materials fee may apply. No previousexperience is necessary. Prerequisite: ART 113;pre- or corequisite: ART 125. Fall or Spring Term,intermittently.

ART 218 Digital Imaging StudioConcepts of visual expression, techniques andskills of digital image manipulation are used tocreate expressive art. Covers skills and tools foracquiring, creating, combining and enhancingphotographic imagery; techniques for elec-tronic collage; and experimental output via

69

Art

transfers. Materials fee may apply. Prerequisite:ART 113. Pre- or corequisite: ART 125.

ART 221 Ceramics StudioIntroduction to the basic processes and tech-niques of making functional and nonfunc-tional ceramic objects. These techniquesinclude hand building, such as coil and slaband wheel throwing. Craftsmanship and critical thinking skills are stressed. Basic vocab-ulary, ceramic history, glazing and firing willbe covered. Materials fee may apply. No pre-vious experience is necessary. No prerequisite.

ART 226 Typography StudioIntroduction to typography as a foundationalelement of graphic design. Topics include thehistory of; classifications and anatomy of; andrules, guidelines and theories on the effectiveand expressive use of type. Materials fee mayapply. Prerequisites: ART 113, ART 125.Spring Term.

ART 230 Printmaking StudioIntroduction to intaglio and relief printmakingconcepts, history, masterworks, materials andprocesses. This course combines art theory,history and studio experience in creative com-position and craft process. Students create printsusing the intaglio and relief process. Additionalprinting methods including photo processeswill be presented and explored as appropriate.Traditional and contemporary approaches arestudied. No previous experience is necessary.Materials fee may apply. No prerequisite.

ART 235 Sculpture StudioIntroduction to the concepts of visual expression, techniques and materials of sculp-ture. Emphasis is on composition, expressionand production of projects using two proces -ses: the additive, which includes clay modeling,mold making and casting and the subtractiveprocess of direct carving. No previous experi-ence is necessary. Materials fee may apply. Noprerequisite.

ART 240 Photography StudioAn introduction to photography as a mediumof fine art in the darkroom. Topics include: a

historical overview of photography and itsimpact on society, principles of aesthetic orga-nization and composition, creation and inter-pretation of visual messages and camerapractice. A SLR camera with manual capabilityis required. Materials fee may apply. No pre-vious experience is necessary. Fall Term.

ART 244 Digital Photography StudioAn introduction to photography as a mediumof fine art in the darkroom. Topics include: ahistorical overview of photography and itsimpact on society, principles of aesthetic orga-nization and composition, creation and inter-pretation of visual messages and camerapractice. A SLR digital camera with manualcapability is required. Materials fee may apply.Prerequisite: ART 113.

ART 250 Thematics and Selected TopicsExploration of a theme or topic not a part ofregular course offerings, such as Renaissanceperspective, the portrait, landscape and light,surrealism, collage, hypercard or emergingmovements of contemporary art. Materials feemay apply. Repeatable for credit. May have pre-requisites.

ART 254-255 Media Practicum IISee ART 154-155.

ART 315 Intermediate Figure DrawingAn intensive studio course with a focus onfigure drawing. Direct observation of themodel will be informed by a study of anatomyfor artists and by study of the evolvingmeaning and conventions of Western figuretraditions, from the classical to modern period.Slide presentations, readings and museumvisits will supplement studio work. A broadvariety of media allows work in line, tone andcolor. This course builds on ART 115 andART 215. A high level of student commitmentas well as appropriately challenging assign-ments distinguish the 300-level course. Mate-rials fee may apply. Prerequisite: ART 215 orpermission of the instructor. Fall Term, even-numbered years; January Term, on occasion.

70

Art

ART 316 Graphic Design IFurther development of skills, methods andapproaches for creating graphic design. Aes-thetics and style are also developed throughvarious projects such as posters, publicationdesign, packaging, etc. The student is alsointroduced to graphic design as a profession.This course and Graphic Design II are non-sequential. Materials fee may apply. Prerequi-sites: ART 216, ART 226. Fall Term.

ART 317 Intermediate Digital VideoStudents develop fluency with the medium ofvideo as a tool for personal expression. Moreadvanced techniques for video production andediting are studied. Focus is on the aestheticissues of video as they relate to individual cre-ative endeavors. Materials fee may apply. Pre-requisite: ART 217. Fall or Spring Term,intermittently.

ART 318 Intermediate Digital ImagingDesigned to further develop ability in the useof the computer to produce interpretive art viathe modification and synthesis of digitizedimages. Materials fee may apply. Prerequisite:ART 218.

ART 320 Intermediate Drawing and PaintingDevelopment of consistency and clarity ofvisual expression in drawing and paintingthrough the analysis and practice of the com-position, style and subject matter of selectedmovements of modern art. Prerequisites: ART115 and 120. Spring Term.

ART 321 Intermediate Ceramics StudioIntermediate ceramics continues the survey ofceramics process and technique, with anemphasis on 20th-century developments ofstyle, meaning and methods. The recognitionand understanding of both the historical andmodern cultural influences on ceramics will becovered, the transformation of ceramics fromfunctional craft to expressive sculpture, vesseland anti-vessel, representational and abstractceramic sculpture. Students will research thedevelopment of specific art movements and

styles to explore possible influences on theirwork. Projects involve casting, press molds, coiland slab construction or the use of the potter’swheel. Students will be expected to work inde-pendently apart from scheduled meeting timesand also provide some supplies and tools asneeded for their projects. Materials fee mayapply. Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of theinstructor.

ART 325 Visual CommunicationStudy of the elements of visual language and theway in which these elements affect the way weperceive the world around us. Color, type, pagecomposition, style and symbolism are studied asbuilding blocks of expression as used in visualart and the media. Prerequisite: ART 113.

ART 326 Graphic Design IIAn introduction to and exploration of theskills and techniques used for the professionalproduction of print media. The requirementsand capabilities of offset printing and variousproduction methods are examined in order toprepare students to work professionally. Theseconcepts and methods are explored throughvarious graphic design projects such as logosand branding identities, advertising design,multi-page layouts, etc. This course andGraphic Design I are non-sequential. Materialsfee may apply. Prerequisites: ART 216, ART226. Spring Term.

ART 330 Intermediate PrintmakingFurther exploration of traditional and contem-porary printmaking processes with emphasis on20th-century issues and approaches. Introduc-tion of extended color printing and mixedmedia techniques. Materials fee may apply. Pre-requisite: ART 230.

ART 335 Intermediate SculptureFocus is on attaining clarity of visual expres-sion in sculpture through the analysis andstudy of formal elements of selected styles ofmodern art. Projects involve further develop-ment of modeling-casting or carving tech-niques and direct construction using welding is

71

Art

introduced. Materials fee may apply. Prerequi-site: ART 235.

ART 339 Color Photography StudioIntroduction to color photography, its dark-room techniques, and its materials andprocesses; developing film; and printing colorphotos. Study of the aesthetics of and issuesrelevant to the element of color within thecontext of color photography. Materials feemay apply. Offered on occasion.

ART 340 Intermediate Photography StudioFocus is on gaining clarity of visual expres-sion using various photographic techniquesand materials with emphasis on observation,composition, the decisive instant of exposureand photographic style. Materials fee mayapply. Prerequisite: ART 240.

ART 341 Survey History of Western ArtA survey history of Western art from the pre-historic era through the Renaissance. Thevarious types and styles of art of these periodsare studied and the aesthetic criteria used injudging works produced in these traditions areinvestigated. No prerequisite. Fall Term.

ART 342 Survey History of Modern ArtA survey history of Western art from the 17thcentury through the third quarter of the 20thcentury. The various styles of painting, sculp-ture, and architecture of these periods arestudied, and the aesthetic criteria used injudging works produced in these traditions areinvestigated. No prerequisite. Spring Term.

ART 344 Intermediate Digital Photography StudioFocus is on gaining clarity of visual expres-sion using various photographic techniquesand materials with emphasis on observation,composition, the decisive instant of exposureand photographic style. Materials fee mayapply. Prerequisite: ART 244.

ART 346 Serigraphic Design StudioIntroduction to the art of screen printing as aprintmaking method and means of graphicproduction. This course will look at thehistory and contemporariness of screen

printing and its place in the worlds of fine artand commercial art. Students will learn tech-niques and create prints using modern screenprinting methods, including digital processes.Photoshop experience and graphic design orprintmaking experience is a must. Prerequi-sites: ART 113 and ART 216 or 230. JanuaryTerm and Summer Term on occasion.

ART 350 Thematics and Selected TopicsIn-depth exploration of a theme or topic in artnot a part of regular course offerings. Materialsfee may apply. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite:one art course in the appropriate medium.

ART 353 Survey of Latin American ArtA survey of art from Latin America coveringthe regions of Mexico, Central and SouthAmerica. The stylistic and iconographic devel-opment of architecture, painting, sculpture andcraft arts of these societies are studied as theyare found in their social, political and religiouscontexts. The ancient and modern influencesof Latin American art are examined withemphasis on movements of 20th century artand the impact of Modernism upon them. Noprerequisite. January Term, even-numbered years.

ART 354-355 Media Practicum IIISee ART 154-155.

ART 361 Art Methods and Experiences for the Elementary andMiddle School K-8Introduction to the teaching of art in elementaryand middle school settings, focusing on child-hood and early adolescent aesthetic developmentand on practical experiences using age-appro-priate materials and methods. Emphasis on thehistory, philosophy and theory of art education,and the development of age-appropriate curric-ular models and teaching strategies for bothspecial and regular student populations. Pre- orcorequisite: SEC 310. One art history coursestrongly advised. Fall Term, odd-numbered years.

ART 362 Art Methods and Experiences inSecondary EducationA study of the philosophy and methods of arteducation in the secondary school (grades

72

Art

6-12), including studio work, readings, discus-sions and visits to a number of secondaryschool classes to familiarize students with thestructure and style of various art programs. Corequisites: major in art and SEC 310. One arthistory course strongly advised. Fall Term, even-numbered years.

ART 373 Survey of Non-European ArtA survey of the visual arts of non-Europeancultures and societies in areas such as Asia,Africa, the ancient Americas and elsewhere.The art of these societies is studied as it isfound in its social and cultural contexts andthe aesthetic criteria used in judging worksproduced in these traditions are investigated.No prerequisite. Fall Term, even-numbered years.

ART 375 American Indian and AncientAmerican ArtA survey of the visual arts of Native NorthAmericans from ancient times to Europeancontact and up to the present and from theArctic to Mexico and Mesoamerica to Panama.Art and architecture will be studied in theircultural context. Emphasis on the first nationsof Mesoamerica and the contiguous UnitedStates. Slide lectures, readings, video, museumvisits, field trips and workshops. No prerequi-site. Fall Term, odd-numbered years; JanuaryTerm on occasion.

ART 376 Art of IndiaThe art of India approaches ancient throughcontemporary artistic practices of a uniqueculture. The creative drive to understand theworld, perceptions of beauty, understandingsof spirituality and the urge to incorporate artforms into everyday life are considered.Analyzing the historical influences beginningwith Mohenjo-Daro and Bhimbetka, throughthe Mughals and the British provide aframework for identifying important influ-ences. Current issues of international com-merce,threatened indigenous expression, andurgent challenges of conversation and restora-tion are also included.

ART 413 Advanced Digital ImagingStudents work on individual projects, devel-oped in consultation with the instructor, thatderive from each student’s aesthetic interests,goals and preferred software. Emphasis is onthe development of a personal direction andthe refinement of the techniques that supportit. Alternate forms of output are encouraged.Materials fee may apply. Repeatable for credit.Prerequisite: ART 318.

ART 415 Advanced Figure DrawingAn intensive studio. Direct observation fromthe model will be informed by further study ofanatomy for artists and by study of the evolvingmeaning and conventions of Western figure tra-ditions, from the Baroque to the Contemporaryperiod. At the 400-level, students are expectedto intensively study contemporary figurepainters and work toward developing a port-folio of extended large drawings in a consistentpersonal style. Readings and museum visits arerequired, leading to an critical essay on achosen contemporary figure painter. Materialsfee may apply. Repeatable for credit. Prerequi-sites: ART 215, ART 315 or permission of theinstructor. Offered intermittently.

ART 416 Advanced Graphic DesignFurther development of student’s design skillsat an advanced level. Practical and experi-mental projects are explored for the purposesof self-promotion and creating a complete anddiverse portfolio. Emphasis is placed on profes-sional preparedness. Materials fee may apply.Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: ART 226,ART 316. Fall Term.

ART 420 Advanced Drawing andPaintingStudents work on individual projects, developedin consultation with the instructor, that derivefrom each student’s aesthetic interests and goals,preferred medium, materials and techniques.Emphasis is on the development of a personaldirection and a body of work with the refine-ment of appropriate techniques. Repeatable forcredit. Prerequisite: ART 320. Spring Term.

ART 421 Advanced Ceramics StudioStudents work on individual projects, devel-oped in consultation with the instructor, thatderive from student's aesthetic interests andgoals, preferred materials and techniques.Emphasis is on the development of a personaldirection and a body of work with the refine-ment of appropriate techniques. Repeatable forcredit. Prerequisite: ART 321.

ART 426 Advanced Topics in GraphicDesignAs the final course in the graphic designsequence, this class covers issues and topicsfocused on giving the students understandingand experiences that will adequately preparethem to enter the profession of graphic design.This will include the design and assembly of aportfolio, design of materials for self-promo-tion, and preparation for the process ofapplying and interviewing for jobs in the fieldof graphic design. The course will incorporatereadings, class lectures and discussions, thereworking of existing projects and the creationof new projects and will evolve with theindustry.

ART 430 Advanced PrintmakingStudents pursue individually chosen projectsusing contemporary approaches to develop abody of work. Basic mastery of the print mediaallows the student to attain freedom of aes-thetic expression. Materials fee may apply.Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: ART 330.

ART 435 Advanced SculptureStudents work on individual projects, devel-oped in consultation with the instructor, thatderive from the student’s aesthetic interests andgoals, preferred materials, processes and tech-niques. Emphasis is on the development of apersonal direction and a body of work withrefinement of appropriate techniques. Repeat-able for credit. Prerequisite: ART 335.

ART 440 Advanced Photography StudioContinues in-depth exploration of personalexpression in photography. Students concen-trate on a specific topic, style or technique to

73

Art

develop a body of work and an individualdirection. Materials fee may apply. Repeatablefor credit. Prerequisite: ART 340.

ART 443 Issues in Contemporary Art:Theory and Practice beyond the ModernStudents will examine issues, themes and prac-tices of the contemporary art period throughselected reading in art criticism and art theory.Videos, class discussion and exhibit visits willbe utilized. Themes of the course may include:strategies of scale and display; mixed media;installation; public art and context; influencesof mass media; photo, text and projectionmedia; the post-Colonial art world; race,gender and cultural identity; and sequence,duration and interactivity. Students willrespond through essays, visual presentationsand creative works. Prerequisites: ART 342 andart major, junior/senior status or by permission.Spring Term, even-numbered years.

ART 444 Advanced Digital PhotographyStudioContinues in-depth exploration of personalexpression in photography. Students concen-trate on a specific topic, style or technique todevelop a body of work and an individualdirection. Materials fee may apply. Repeatablefor credit. Prerequisite: ART 344.

ART 446 Advanced Serigraphic DesignStudioTime is spent exploring more advanced tech-niques and methods of screen printing anddeveloping a strong proficiency with themedium. Students work closely with theinstructor to develop a series of individualizedprojects that allows them to use screen printingto create a body of work that addresses their ownaesthetic, style and content. Prerequisite: ART346. January Term and Summer Term on occasion.

ART 468 InternshipMajors may obtain career experience throughart-related involvement with businesses, artgalleries, museums, public publishing or mediaoutlets. Application should be made to thefaculty coordinator in the term preceding the

74

Art

anticipated internship. Offered on a Pass/No Pass basis. Not repeatable for credit. Prereq-uisites: ART 341 or 342, junior standing and amajor within the Department of Art.

ART 490 Capstone Course/BFA CapstoneCourseThis course seeks to provide students with amodel of the creative process, an understandingof how the major program is inter related and isintegrated in practice in their personal artwork.Students identify a personal style through thedevelopment of a cohesive body of work. Spe-cific course requirements will vary dependingon the studio area but, in general, emphasis ison an individualized studio project, developedin consultation with the instructor, a writtenpaper and an artist’s statement.

The capstone course is a repeatable-for-credit studio course specially renamed with thecapstone course number and designation. Manyupper-level studio courses are repeatable and areso indicated in the course offerings listed previ-ously. ART 490 meets on the same schedule asthe repeatable course. It is the student’s responsi-bility to select a repeatable course as a capstoneand to identify themselves to the instructor at thebeginning of the term. Students register for thecapstone course with an independent studycourse form using the capstone course numberand the repeatable course title, e.g.: ART 490Advanced Painting. ART 490 and 491 areusually taken in the same term. Prerequisite:400-level studio in area of concentration. Arteducation and art business majors are exemptfrom this requirement.

Note that field experiences, credit earned forexperiential learning portfolio componentsand ART 350, 492 or 468 may not serve as acapstone course.

ART 491 Capstone Exhibition/BFA Capstone Exhibition.50 creditThe capstone exhibition is required for allmajors. The capstone exhibition displays thebody of work created in the capstone course.

Students prepare the exhibit, announcements,publicity and artist’s statements. The exhibi-tions are held at the end of the Fall and Springterms. Methods of documentation and presen-tation are taught in workshop format. Profes-sional issues and writing for the visual arts willbe discussed. In addition, students arerequired to participate in a final faculty review.ART 490 and 491 are taken in the same term.Pre- or corequisite: ART 490.

Please note that artwork produced for creditremains the property of Elmhurst College untilreleased by an appropriate faculty person.Neither the instructor nor the College isresponsible for loss of, or for damage to, anyproject.

ART 492/392/292 Independent Study orStudio .25 to 1.00 creditFor advanced art majors who wish to study aspecial historical or theoretical topic, or wishto do creative studio work in areas not foundin the department’s regular course offerings.Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: juniorstanding and consultation with the instructorprior to registration. Admission to ART 292 is bypermission of the department chair only.

ART 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program studentsthe opportunity to design and implement asignificant research project in the field of artculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous course-work taken within the major or minor, facili-tating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the HonorsProgram required prior to registration.

75

Bidisciplinary Courses

The Elmhurst College Integrated Cur-riculum encourages the development

of bidisciplinary courses that exemplify thecurricular goals of interdisciplinarity andintegration. In these courses, students areintroduced to a topic or issue from the per-spectives of two different disciplines. Bidis-ciplinary courses are team taught by twofaculty members and are explicitly designedto fulfill two areas of knowledge in theIntegrated Curriculum.

Bidisciplinary courses may also be takenfor elective credit and, in some cases, as des-ignated by the department, for major orminor credit.


BID 100 BIO/CHM Water and Energy:Resources for a Sustainable FutureBiological and chemical relationships betweenliving and non-living components of thenatural world and the significance to humansas members of natural ecosystems are studiedthrough the themes of water and energy. Alter-ations of environmental systems due to wateruse and energy production have profoundglobal consequences including: global climatechange, air and water pollution, acid rain,unsafe drinking water and water shortages.This course will explore these environmental

changes and explore options available for cre-ating a sustainable future. Relevant political,legal and ethical issues will also be addressed.Includes laboratory.

BID 103 BIO/GEO Ocean Studies This is an interdisciplinary approach tostudying the ocean realm. The biological andgeological processes of the oceans mediateglobal cycles. This course will present the prin-ciples of physical and chemical oceanographyas well as a survey of ocean ecosystems. Topicswill include plate tectonics and ocean basinformation, sea water chemistry, ocean circula-tion, nutrient cycles in the ocean, diversity ofmarine organisms and the environmentalissues related to marine systems. This coursewill provide an introduction to quantitativeanalysis of oceanographic data sets andoceanographic computer modeling methods.Includes laboratory.

BID 106 BIO/CHM Forensic Science An introductory course that will discuss thechemical and biological basis of forensicscience. Course will include instruction onassays routinely performed by forensic scien-tists, theories behind these assays and discus-sion of the quality of forensic evidence.Includes laboratory.

BID 109 BIO/PHY Astrobiology: Life inthe UniverseKey concepts in biology and physics are usedto understand life in its possible forms within

76


the context of the Universe. Major topicsinclude the study of how life began andevolved on Earth, the conditions necessary forlife, where those conditions may be found inthe Universe and how to locate them. Includeslaboratory.

BID 205 ENG/POL Understanding Politics through LiteratureThis course will examine different political andeconomic systems, social and cultural institu-tions, their impact on citizens and the role citi-zens play in policy decisions through civicengagement. Understanding literature as botha reflection and shaper of culture, this coursewill employ literary texts as a critical lens toexamine the above topics as well as the intrica-cies of the political process and the impact ofpolitical discourse on local, national and worldaffairs. Simultaneously, students will explorethe complexities of the literary texts themselvesto understand the power of narrative withinthe human experience.

BID 300 PHL/PSY NeuroethicsThis course is a bidisciplinary survey of centralphilosophical and psychological concerns inthe new field of neuroethics. Personal, ethical,legal and social implications of contemporaryneuroscience are explored. Two categories ofethical work are addressed in this course. The“neuroscience of ethics” addresses the neurosci-entific understanding of brain processes thatmay underlie moral judgments and behavior.The “ethics of neuroscience” addresses thepotential impacts of advances in neuroscienceon social, moral and philosophical ideas andinstitutions as well as the ethical principles thatshould guide brain research, treatment of braindisorders and cognitive enhancement. Specialemphasis will be placed on the ways in whichneuroscience might impact our sense of selfand personal responsibility and our under-standing of the structure of moral judgments.Students will learn the basics of neuroanatomyand neuroscientific methodologies as well as

philosophical and psychological discourse con-cerned with issues of free will, autonomy,responsibility, privacy and identity.

BID 301 MUS/PSY Psychology of MusicThis bidisciplinary course examines centralissues at the intersection of music and psy-chology. Students will explore both psycholog-ical and musical explanations of acoustics,perception, cognition, and memory; acquisi-tion of musical expertise; communication ofemotion and meaning; and music and thebrain. Examples from music history and worldmusic will be studied from sociocultural,developmental, and evolutionary standpoints.Students will complete a major interdiscipli-nary project. Ability to read music is stronglyrecommended.

BID 308 POL/URB European Union and Cities: Regional Integration andUrbanization in the European UnionThe European Union has a major impact oninternational business and politics, the work-ings of the European governments that com-prise it and the lives of millions of Europeans.Through immersion in the life, culture andpolitics of European cities, students will gainan in-depth understanding of the developmentof the institutions, policies and policy-makingprocess of the European Union and theirimpact on cities. The course examines Euro-pean cities with a concentration on thehistory, politics, governing and urbanization ofthe European Union. Contemporary issues ofEuropean cities and the policy initiatives thatattempt to deal with them will be highlighted.Special attention will be paid to the processesof globalization and the impact these processesare having on European cities and EU publicpolicy initiatives.

BID 312 ENG/MUS The Theater andMusic Scene in ChicagoDevelopment of understanding of the tech-niques and elements of theater and music andtheir application to live performances in the

77


Chicago area. Includes analysis of print dra-matic literary texts and performance andengagement with musical compositions. Lec-tures, writing assignments, in-class exercises andconcert and play attendance provide a basis forthe appreciation of theater and music as formsof artistic expression.

BID 322 EDU/PHL Philosophy ofHuman AbilitiesAn examination of human ability and thesocial, cultural, philosophical and politicalinfluences on interactions with those havingdiffering abilities. What is normal? What is adisability? What is it like to have a disability?How does our conception of human natureinfluence how we see and treat those with dis-abilities? How are disabilities rights movementsattempting to alter our perception of disabili-ties? Why are looks so important to us and howdo they influence our judgments? How do weperceive the bodies and faces of others? Thiscourse will address these questions and othersby bringing philosophical inquiry and analysisto issues surrounding those with disabilities.

BID 330 PHL/POL Federal Politics andMedia EthicsThis course is offered in conjunction with TheWashington Center. Students will examineissues and implications of the next administra-tion, more specifically, factors that shape therelationship between the President and his/heradministration, the executive branch and Congress and that set priorities and influencepolicymaking. Students will investigate theethical relationship between the media andfederal politics, the question of the ethicalresponsibilities of a free press, the changingrole of the individual voter in a media-satu-rated culture and the challenges (foreign anddomestic) facing newly elected federal officials.Students will visit several sites around Wash-ington, D.C., including embassies, thinktanks, media organizations, the Newseum andCapitol Hill. These field trips, as well as lec-tures and discussions led by politicians, jour-

nalists and professors from around the country,allow for an in-depth look at the relationshipamong ethics, politics and the media. Permis-sion of the instructors required.

BID 335 PSY/POL Psychology and Political Philosophy of GenderA universal feature of human civilizations hasbeen to distinguish between persons in termsof gender. This course will examine thesegender distinctions through two differentlenses: psychology and political philosophy.Psychology approaches the study of gender asit is manifested in our thoughts and in ourbehavior. Political philosophy criticallyexamines and challenges the principles at workbehind gender differences, principles such asbiology, socialization or male power structures.Both psychology and political philosophystudy the implications of these gender differ-ences for how we live, how we think, how wemoralize, and how we do politics. Ultimately,two controversial questions will ground thecurriculum of this course: What is gender?And, what is the future of gender? Respondingto these questions requires an interdisciplinaryapproach which explores both the reality ofgender in society and human psychologicalprocesses and which openly theorizes aboutother possibilities.

BID 355 POL/REL Native Americans:Public Policy, Religion, and Justice The course will focus on diverse Native Amer-ican traditions, U.S. law/policy affecting FirstAmendment “freedom of religion” rights forNative Americans, and related perspectives onjustice and ethics. The purpose of the course isto introduce students to a shared worldview oftraditional Native Americans, specific, distinctivereligious practices of several tribes/nations, espe-cially in relation to the concept of sacred land,and how the U.S. government has responded totheir freedom to practice. The course examinescourt cases to determine the scope of freedomand justice for Native Americans.

78


BID 357 ENG/POL Feminist PoetryFeminist poetry challenges, via its content andliterary forms, hegemonic power and oppres-sion. In its content, feminist poetry interro-gates our gendered social and political orderfrom the perspective of those on the margins.The subject matter expresses the value ofwomen’s experiences, re-inscribes their polit-ical, social and personal identities, and repre-sents a collective voice of contestation andopposition against patriarchal oppression. Inits form, feminist poetry affirms the ability ofwomen poets to create within the boundariesof classical forms and also as initiators of newand innovative poetic forms. This course willexamine the content and form of a variety offeminist poems from the perspective of lan-guage and literary technique, as well as femi-nist theories. The course will be structured toprompt the exploration of concepts central tofeminism and politics. These will include suchconcepts as: woman, patriarchy, sex, maternity,lesbianism, private and public, equality, andpower. Particular poems will be used to intro-duce and further the discussion of eachconcept. Class activities will center on anexploration of the concept at hand as well asan analysis of the poem or poems.

BID 385 BUS/COM Exploring Conscious Capitalism through Documentary Film AnalysisThis bidisciplinary course examines social,political, environmental, and economic issuesrepresented in documentary film. With a focuson social justice, this course will introduce stu-dents to various thoughts on corporate socialresponsibility and conscious capitalism fromtheorists and practitioners working within thebusiness/management and organizational com-munication disciplines. Specifically, a variety ofethical decision-making models regarding orga-nizations, individual morals, and societal valueswill be explored. Students will also learnvarious theories and methods of mediaanalysis. These models and theories will formthe basis for viewing, analyzing, and discussing

both the quality of films and the issues pre-sented by films’ directors. In addition tobecoming thoughtful citizens, leaders, or man-agers, students enrolled in this course willbecome critical consumers of visual media.

DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS

79

The Department of Biology is dedicatedto preparing its students for meaningful

careers in a rapidly changing, challengingfield. The faculty recognize that each studentbrings to the major a distinctive combinationof aptitudes and interests, and they are com-mitted to guiding each student in developingto his or her highest potential.

Students are encouraged to express naturalscientific curiosity and to develop confidenceand self-esteem through acquiring an abilityto think about and do science. The facultystrive to encourage lifelong learning byexample of continued scholarship and enthu-siasm for teaching and learning about biology.

Students are offered an opportunity tolearn the concepts and methods of biologicalscience through varied classroom, laboratory,field study (both in the U.S. and abroad),and independent research experiences.Courses are designed to provide an under-standing of the fundamental processes andrequirements of living things leading towardan appreciation of the global interdependenceof natural systems. In addition to providingstrong courses in traditional areas of biology,faculty are dedicated to introducing studentsto recent developments in fields such as mol-ecular biology and biotechnology. Studentsare encouraged to explore ethical issues that

arise from new technological advances.Departmental facilities include modern

laboratories, a computer room with internetaccess, and a greenhouse. An additionalresource for human anatomy is the depart-ment’s cadaver laboratory. Outstanding col-lections of animals and plants are available in nearby zoos, museums, conservatories,and arboretums. The campus is a recog-nized arboretum with approximately 600plant species.

Many biology majors plan to enter grad-uate, medical, and dental schools. Otherspursue allied health careers or are employeddirectly upon graduation by secondary schools,business and industry, and government.

Chapters of Beta Beta Beta, the nationalbiology honor society, and Alpha EpsilonDelta, a national honor society for premed -ical students, are on campus.

FacultyPaul E. Arriola, Chair; Kyle F. Bennett, JamesF. Berry, Merrilee F. Guenther, Tamara L.Marsh, Kimberly D. McClure, Eve M. Mellgren, Stacey L. Raimondi

MissionThe Department of Biology is dedicated todeveloping broadly trained biologists who are prepared to ask informed questions about

Biology

80

Biology

nature and obtain meaningful answers.Through mentoring our students in the skillsof inquiry, and by modeling the behavior ofscholarship, we cultivate the investigator andprepare the scholar for his or her personalpath towards a career as biology educator,research scientist, or health care professional.

Goals for the Department• Graduates will be able to recall and

explain basic information derived by thebiological sciences and allied fields anddemonstrate the skills required for imme-diate employment, the graduate school, orthe professional school of their choosing.

• Graduates will be able to discuss themajor concepts from all areas of biologyand demonstrate the ability to relateinformation from the many disciplinesthat comprise the biological sciences aswell as be able to explain the importanceof major technological and theoreticaladvances in the field from a historical perspective.

• Graduates will demonstrate the ability toclearly communicate biological data andhypotheses/theories to explain them for-mally both orally and in writing as well asbe able to evaluate whether an action oftheir own or others at any stage of theresearch process impinges on professionalexpectations of intellectual integrity.

• Graduates will be able to apply the scien-tific method in an attempt to solve bio-logical problems and use the results toconstruct logical arguments as well as beable to logically criticize both their ownscientific work and that of others.

• Graduates will be able to design con-trolled scientific experiments and makeuse of scientific methodology and avariety of instrumentation in order toperform all parts of the scientific research

process: design, data collection, analysis,and communication.

Student Learning Outcomes• Upon completion of the program, stu-

dents will be able to identify representativeexamples of all major taxonomic and orga-nizational levels and explain why they areplaced into their respective groups in thehierarchy of living things.

• Upon completion of the program, stu-dents will be able to apply scientificmethodology to address questions aboutnatural systems and analyze data to deter-mine the validity of the conclusions theymake.

• Upon completion of the program, stu-dents will be able to summarize the resultsof their investigations in written and oralreports as well as critically evaluate thewritten works of others.

• Upon completion of the program, stu-dents will be able to explain the intercon-nected character of the sciences anddiscuss the significance of the role ofbiology in a greater global context.

Major in BiologyThe major in biology requires a course ofstudy that includes classes in biologicalscience, physical science and mathematics.All students must earn a minimum grade ofC- and maintain a minimum GPA of 2.00across all courses that are required for themajor in order to successfully complete thedegree. Biology students are allowed torepeat any major-level course taken atElmhurst College in which they received agrade of C-, D, F, P, NP, or W no morethan one time for each course. The require-ments for successful completion of themajor are as follows:

Biology majors must complete fourrequired core biology courses. Students in

81

Biology

the major must also complete five electivecourses at the 300/400-level. At least oneelective must be chosen from each of thefollowing categories: Cellular/Molecular-level, Organismal-level, and Population/Ecosystem-level. The remaining two elec-tives are chosen at the discretion of thestudent after meeting with an academicadvisor. Note: Students may count BIO352/452 Special Topics in Biology as nomore than one of the 300/400-level biologyelectives required for completion of thedegree. Students may be eligible to counttwo terms of Human Anatomy and Physi-ology (BIO 207 and BIO 208) taken atElmhurst College as a single upper-levelelective (See department chair for require-ments). Students may also be eligible tocount two terms of Independent Research(BIO 492 or BIO 495) as a single upper-level elective (See department chair forrequirements).

Core Biology Courses (required)BIO 200 General Biology IBIO 201 General Biology IIBIO 315 GeneticsBIO498 Capstone Seminar (note pre-

requisite).

Cellular/Molecular-LevelBIO 319 Plant Genetics and BiotechnologyBIO 341 ImmunologyBIO 342 Molecular and Cellular Biology

of CancerBIO 413 Molecular GeneticsBIO 441 Behavioral GeneticsBIO 443 Advanced Cell Physiology

Organismal-LevelBIO 321 General MicrobiologyBIO 330 Comparative Chordate AnatomyBIO 331 Developmental BiologyBIO 332 Plant Anatomy and Morphology

BIO 334 Invertebrate ZoologyBIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyBIO 441 Plant PhysiologyBIO 442 Animal Physiology

Population/Ecosystem-LevelBIO 350 General EcologyBIO 351 Conservation BiologyBIO 353 Animal BehaviorBIO 355 Evolution of the VertebratesBIO 356 Evolution and Population

GeneticsBIO 451 Microbial Ecology

In addition to the courses requiredwithin the Department of Biology, a candi-date must complete coursework in chem-istry, physics and mathematics/statistics (seebelow). Students are strongly recommendedto complete their mathematics and statisticsrequirements by the end of their second year.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree (required)CHM 211 Chemical Principles ICHM 212 Chemical Principles IICHM 311 Organic Chemistry ICHM 312 Organic Chemistry IIOne term of math chosen from MTH 132

Elementary Functions, MTH 151 Calculus I, or MTH 152 Calculus II

One term of statistics chosen from MTH345 Elementary Statistics, MTH 346Statistics for Scientists, or PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

Candidates for the Bachelor of Sciencedegree (required)CHM 211 Chemical Principles ICHM 212 Chemical Principles IICHM 311 Organic Chemistry ICHM 312 Organic Chemistry IIOne term of math chosen from MTH 151

Calculus I, or MTH 152 Calculus IIOne term of statistics chosen from MTH

82

Biology

345 Elementary Statistics, MTH 346 Statistics for Scientists, or PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

Two terms of physics either PHY 111 Elementary Physics I and PHY 112 Elementary Physics II or PHY 121General Physics I and PHY 122 GeneralPhysics II Students planning on a career in the

health sciences are strongly recommended toearn the B.S. degree and take additionalcoursework in biochemistry and psychology.

Students planning on pursuing graduatework in biology are strongly encouraged toearn the B.S. degree and take additionalcoursework in biochemistry and computerscience.

Biology Non-major CoursesBID 100 Water and Energy:

Resources for a Sustainable FutureBID 103 Ocean StudiesBID 106 Forensic ScienceBID 109 Astrobiology: Life in the UniverseBIO 100 Principles of BiologyBIO 104 Human BiologyBIO 105 Environmental BiologyBIO 107 Human Anatomy and Physiology IBIO 108 Human Anatomy and Physiology IIBIO 207 Human Anatomy and Physiology IABIO 208 Human Anatomy and Physiology IIABIO 221 Microbiology for Health

ProfessionalsBIO 300 Human Genetics and SocietyBIO 301 Plagues of NationsBIO 449 Pathophysiology

Biology Major CoursesBIO 200 General Biology IBIO 201 General Biology IIBIO 315 GeneticsBIO 321 General Microbiology BIO 330 Comparative Chordate AnatomyBIO 331 Developmental Biology

BIO 332 Plant Anatomy and Morphology BIO 334 Invertebrate ZoologyBIO 341 ImmunologyBIO 342 Molecular and Cellular Biology

of CancerBIO 350 General EcologyBIO 351 Conservation BiologyBIO 353 Animal BehaviorBIO 355 Evolution of VertebratesBIO 356 Evolution and Population

GeneticsBIO 411 Behavioral Genetics BIO 413 Molecular Genetics BIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyBIO 441 Plant PhysiologyBIO 442 Animal PhysiologyBIO 443 Advanced Cell PhysiologyBIO 451 Microbial EcologyBIO 468 InternshipBIO 475 Research Proposal WritingBIO 492 Independent Research (.50 or 1.00

credit)BIO 495 Honors Independent ResearchBIO 498 Capstone SeminarBIO 252, 352, or 452 Special Topics in

Biology including Field Botany, Mycology,and Marine Biology (.25 to 1.00 credit)

Suggested Sequence of Courses for the MajorFreshman year: BIO 200 and BIO 201,

CHM 211 and 212Sophomore year: BIO 315 and one biology

elective, CHM 311 and 312, mathe-matics, statistics

Junior year: Two biology electives, one year of physics (for B.S.)

Senior year: Two biology electives, BIO 498

Minor in BiologyThe minor in biology consists of five courseswith a grade of C- or better in each course.BIO 200 and 201 are required, plus threeelectives at the 300/400 level. At least three

83

Biology

of the five courses must be taken at ElmhurstCollege. BIO 100, 104, 105, 107, 108, 221,300, 301 and 449 may not be applied towardthe minor. One year of chemistry (CHM 101and CHM 103, or CHM 211 and CHM212) is also recommended.

Recommended CoursesThe following are recommended coursesequences for specific post-graduate goalsincluding graduate and professional school.These courses are taken after completion ofthe required biology core sequence of BIO200, 201 and 315. The recommendedsequence varies depending on the specificarea of post-graduate study that you intendto pursue. Courses should be chosen in con-sultation with a biology faculty advisor.

Graduate PreparationStudents intending to pursue graduateschool at the M.S. or Ph.D. level shouldcreate a course plan that provides forbreadth of content and lab skills. It is rec-ommended that the course plan include aclass that emphasizes molecular techniques,a class in physiology and a class in large-scale biology. In addition, students shouldcomplete at least one semester of indepen-dent research or research with a facultymentor. The course plan should also includeMTH 151 Calculus, PHY 111/112 Intro-ductory Physics and CHM 315/316 Bio-chemistry and PSY 210 Introduction toPhysiological Science.

Preprofessional Sciences: (medicine, den-tistry and veterinary medicine)The coursework recommendations for thistrack are more explicit due to the standard-ized nature of the admissions process forprofessional schools. Specific courses may berequired for individual programs. Studentsare encouraged to meet with counselors at

the Dr. Dennis J. Patterson Center for theHealth Professions for the most currentinformation regarding specific requirementsfor professional school admission. Studentsmust also satisfy all requirements for amajor in biology.BIO 321 General MicrobiologyBIO 330 Comparative Chordate AnatomyBIO 331 Developmental BiologyBIO 430 Advanced Human BiologyBIO 442 Animal PhysiologyCHM 315 Introduction to BiochemistryPHY 111 Introductory Physics I and PHY112 Introductory Physics II

or PHY 121 General Physics I and PHY 122

General Physics II

Degree/Certification ProgramsThe coursework requirements for these pro-grams have been established in collaborationwith off-campus hospitals and institutionsthat have agreements with the College. Therecommended coursework is provided as aguide to help students prepare for clinicalcoursework in the fourth year.

For further details, see the Dr. Dennis J. Patterson Center for the Health Professionssection of this Catalog.

Nuclear Medicine TechnologyBIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyBIO 442 Animal PhysiologyCHM 211-212, Chemical Principles I–IICHM 311 Organic Chemistry IPHY 111-112 Introductory Physics I–II

or PHY 121–122 General Physics I–IIMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

or MTH 346 Statistics for Scientists

or PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

84

Biology

Recommended courses: BIO 413 Molec-ular Genetics, BIO 443 Advanced Cell Physiology.

Diagnostic Medical SonographyBIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyBIO 442 Animal PhysiologyCHM 211-212 Chemical Principles I-IICHM 311 Organic Chemistry IPHY 111 Introductory Physics I

or PHY 121 General Physics IMTH 345 Elementary Statistics



Radiation TherapyBIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyBIO 442 Animal PhysiologyCHM 211-212 Chemical Principles I-IICHM 311-312 Organic Chemistry I-IIPHY 111-112 Introductory Physics I-II

or PHY 121-122 General Physics I-IIMTH 345 Elementary Statistics



Recommended courses: BIO 413 MolecularGenetics, BIO 443 Advanced Cell Physiology.

Clinical Laboratory Sciences (MedicalTechnology)BIO 321 General Microbiology BIO 341 ImmunologyCHM 211-212 Chemical Principles I-IICHM 311-312 Organic Chemistry I-IIMTH 345 Elementary Statistics



Recommended courses: BIO 413 Molec-ular Genetics, BIO 442 Animal Physiology,BIO 443 Advanced Cell Physiology, PHY111-112 Introductory Physics I-II or PHY121-122 General Physics I-II

For further details see the PattersonCenter for the Health Professions section ofthis Catalog.

Licensure for Secondary TeachingIn addition to the mathematics and chem-istry requirements, biology majors who wishto qualify for licensure in secondary educa-tion must take BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO 315,one additional course in both botany andzoology chosen from among the five biologyelectives and complete at least one coursechosen from the following:PHY 111 Introductory Physics I

or PHY 121 General Physics I

Students must also complete:EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of I

Education in the United StatesPSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

Science (Prerequisite for SEC 311)SEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching

as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teaching


SEC 223 Education of PK–12 Learners with Exceptionalities

SEC 311 Educational PsychologySEC 319 Methods and Best Practices in

Middle and Secondary EducationSEC 421 Theory and Practice for Developing

Academic Literacies in K-12 ClassroomsSEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher

Collaboration and Professional Practice (.25 credit)

SEC 455 Student Teaching in Secondary and Middle Schools

85

Biology

SEC 463 Natural Science: Special Methods (Fall Term only)Students who want to gain approval to

also teach at the middle school level musttake EDU 360 The Middle School: History,Philosophy, Organizational Structures, andBest Practices.

See the department chair regarding anyadditional requirements.

In order to be considered for admission tothe biology secondary licensure teachingtrack with biological coursework completed10 years or more before matriculation atElmhurst College, a student must have acumulative and a biology grade-point averageof 2.75 or above. Additionally, any deficien-cies in biological course work which are spec-ified by the chair of biology, such as thenumber of course hours in botany, must alsobe completed before licensure. Students arerequired to pass the Test of Academic Profi-ciency (TAP) to be admitted to the secondarylicensure program, the state content area testin science (with a biology designation) priorto student teaching, and the APT (Assess-ment of Professional Teaching) prior toprogram completion.

Students should keep in close contactwith both biology and education depart-ments in order to complete the requirementsfor the major and teacher licensure.

ACCA Cooperative College CoursesACCA offers special topic courses in botany atthe Morton Arboretum in Lisle, Illinois and inmarine biology at the Shedd Aquarium inChicago, Illinois. Elmhurst College studentsmay take one ACCA course to fulfill an upperlevel biology elective, however these courseswill not fulfill a category requirement.Detailed information on the program is avail-able from the chair of the biology department.


BIO 100 Principles of BiologyLife, its origin, chemistry, energy transforma-tions, reproduction, genetics, evolution, andecology. Design and execution of experimentsusing the scientific method. Not applicable forbiology major or minor. Includes laboratory.

BIO 102 Water and Energy: Resources fora Sustainable FutureSee BID 100. Not applicable for the biologymajor or minor.

BIO 103 Ocean StudiesSee BID 103. Not applicable for the biologymajor or minor.

BIO 104 Human BiologyAnatomy, physiology, development, genetics,evolution, and ecology of humans, includingcurrent topics. Not applicable for biologymajor or minor. Includes laboratory.

BIO 105 Environmental BiologyBiological relationships between living andnonliving components of the natural world,and the significance to humans as members ofnatural ecosystems. Biological and environ-mental consequences of technological, polit-ical, legal, and ethical issues will be discussed.Not applicable for a biology major or minor.Includes laboratory.

BIO 106 Forensic ScienceSee BID 106. Not applicable for the biologymajor or minor.

BIO 107 Human Anatomy and Physiology IStructure and function of the human body,and of underlying biological principles.Designed for students in nursing, physical edu-cation, and health sciences. Not applicable forbiology major or minor. Includes laboratorywith human cadaver.

BIO 108 Human Anatomy and Physiology IIContinuation of BIO 107. BIO 107 is not aprerequisite for this course. Not applicable for

86

Biology

biology major or minor. Includes laboratorywith human cadaver.

BIO 200 General Biology IIntroduction to biological concepts, includingorigins of life, biochemical principles, ener-getics, cellular organization, mechanisms ofheredity, and evolution. Students will exploreunifying concepts in biological science whiledeveloping key investigative skills necessary forscientific exploration and hypothesis testing.Includes laboratory.

BIO 201 General Biology IIIntroduction to biological concepts, includingclassification and levels of organization, organ-ismal biology including surveys of plantbiology and zoology, ecology and conservationbiology. Students will explore unifying con-cepts in biological science while developing keyinvestigative skills necessary for scientificexploration and hypothesis testing. Includeslaboratory.

BIO 202 Introduction to BiologicalResearch.25 creditIntroduces the methods and elements of biolog-ical research to students who transfer BIO 200credit from another institution. Instructs stu-dents in the process of writing a scientific paperincluding instruction into the library resourcesavailable to biology majors as well as how toaccess them to produce a scientific researchpaper. Prerequisite: BIO 200 transfer credit.

BIO 207 Human Anatomy and Physiology IASee BIO 107.

BIO 208 Human Anatomy and Physiology IIASee BIO 108.

BIO 221 Microbiology for Health ProfessionalsBacteria, viruses, fungi, algae, protozoa, andmulticellular parasites in relation to health anddisease, plus immunological concepts and envi-ronmental microbiology. Not applicable to

biology major or minor. Includes laboratory.Prerequisites: BIO 107, BIO 108, CHM 101 orCHM 211, CHM 103.

BIO 300 Human Genetics and SocietyPrinciples of human genetics. Topics includebasic cell function, patterns and mechanisms ofinheritance, the causes of genetic abnormality,issues related to new genetic technology, andthe principles of population genetics andhuman evolution. Not applicable to the biologymajor or minor. Includes laboratory.

BIO 315 GeneticsIntroduction to the basic principles of geneticsand modern molecular techniques used tostudy organisms at the cellular, organismal andpopulation level. Topics include Mendelianand non-Mendelian inheritance, gene mappingin eukaryotes and prokaryotes, DNA structureand function, gene regulation, genetic varia-tion from recombination and mutation, geo-nomics and population genetics. Prerequisites:BIO 200, BIO 201.

BIO 321 General MicrobiologyMorphology, physiology, taxonomy, genetics,and culture of prokaryotes. Emphasizes micro-bial metabolism plus pathogenic, food, indus-trial, and environmental microbiology.Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: BIO 200,

BIO 330 Comparative Chordate AnatomyIntegrated comparative examination of theevolution of organ systems of animals in thePhylum Chordata. Detailed dissection ofshark, mud puppy, cat and other chordates.Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200,BIO 201.

BIO 331 Developmental BiologyPhysiology, genetics, and morphology of devel-opment from gamete production to organ formation in animals. Developmental anatomyof the sea urchin, frog, and chick. Includes lab-oratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO315.

BIO 332 Plant Anatomy and MorphologyAnatomy and functions of cells and tissues that

87

Biology

make up the vascular plant body. Physiology,ecology, and evolution of major plant divisionswill be considered. Includes laboratory. Prerequi-sites: BIO 200, BIO 201.

BIO 334 Invertebrate ZoologyStudy of the evolutionary relationships andfunctional morphology of single-celled eukary-otes and non-vertebrate animals. Aspects ofphysiology, anatomy, development and ecologywill be considered. Laboratory includes disec-tion and observation of representative forms.Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200,BIO 201.

BIO 341 ImmunologyStudy of the structure and function of thehuman immune system. Detailed discussionof the innate and adaptive immune systems aswell as the cells and molecules which make upthe immune system, specifically B & T cells,and problems that occur when the immunesystem malfunctions. Includes laboratory.Prerequisites: BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 342 Molecular and Cellular Biology of CancerStudy of the molecular and cellular basis ofcancer. This course focuses on cancer cellstructure and function, including cancer genes,cell signaling, tumorigenesis, tumor progres-sion, treatment and related topics. Includeslaboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200, BIO 201,BIO 315.

BIO 350 General EcologyExploration of the interactions and relation-ships of animals and plants to the living(biotic) and nonliving (abiotic) components oftheir environment. Emphasis on ecosystem,community, and population ecology, and theirrelationship to evolutionary biology. Includeslaboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200, BIO 201.

BIO 351 Conservation BiologyConservation biology is the scientific study of thephenomena that affect the maintenance, loss, andrestoration of biological diversity while includingaspects of ecology, environmental science, ethics,

economics, and politics. Emphasizes the impactsof human activity on various ecosystems withstrategies for preserving and restoring globalecosystems. Laboratory included. Prerequisites:BIO200, BIO201, BIO 315.

BIO 352 Special Topics in Biology.25 to 1.00 creditSee BIO 452.

BIO 353 Animal BehaviorAnimal behavior is the study of the biologicalbasis of the activity patterns and mechanismsin animals in the context of evolutionarybiology. The study of animal behaviorincludes the examination of animal locomo-tion, communication, social behaviors, andbehavioral ecology. Laboratories includeanalyses of behavior patterns and mechanismsin the laboratory and field. Includes labora-tory. Prerequisites: BIO 200, BIO 201.

BIO 355 Evolution of Vertebrates Evolution and diversification of the vertebratesexamined through multiple perspectivesincluding paleontology and modern zoology.Exploration of the cycle of speciation andextinction and major trends in vertebrate evo-lution, such as the transition of life onto land.Field trips and species identification. Includeslaboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200, BIO 201.

BIO 356 Evolution and PopulationGenetics The theory of evolution by natural selectionwith an emphasis on the genetics of popula-tions, including adaptation, speciation, andsystematics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 411 Behavioral GeneticsA study of the genetic basis of complex behav-iors. This course focuses on the genes andmolecular mechanisms that influence normaland abnormal complex behaviors in animalmodels and examines complex behaviors ofrelevance to human health and disease.Advanced topics, new ideas, and unsolvedproblems in behavioral genetics will be dis-

88

Biology

cussed by reading original research articles.Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200,BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 413 Molecular GeneticsStudy of the structure and function of biolog-ical macromolecules, especially DNA andRNA, and manipulation of these macromole-cules through modern molecular genetic tech-niques. Students will acquire hands onexperience in molecular genetic techniques bymanipulating DNA extracted and/or amplifiedfrom prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms.Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 200,BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyA detailed study of the microscopic and grossstructure of the human body. Includes thestudy of cell and tissue structure, and adetailed study of gross body structure. Labora-tories include a study of human cadavers,microscope slides, and model human struc-tures. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO200, BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 441 Plant PhysiologyVascular plants from seed to death. Includeswater relations, photosynthesis, respiration,growth, photoperiodic responses, nutrition,and flowering. Includes laboratory. Prerequi-sites: BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 442 Animal PhysiologyAddresses the principles that underlie function inhumans and other animals. The course includesbasic biological, chemical, and physical processesin animal tissues, detailed consideration of organsystems, and an integrative approach to under-standing how animals meet the demands placedupon them. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 443 Advanced Cell PhysiologyStudy of the structure, organization, and func-tion of cells individually and in their environ-ment. Includes studies of membrane function,transport, communication, motility, andrelated topics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:BIO 200, BIO 201, BIO 315.

BIO 449 PathophysiologyPhysiological basis and mechanisms of diseasein humans using systems theory. Not applic-able to biology major or minor. Prerequisites:BIO 107 and 108, or 442; and CHM 101 orCHM 211 and CHM 103 or equivalent.

BIO 451 Microbial EcologyApplied and environmental microbiologyexamining the role of microorganisms in bio-geochemical cycling in nature, mechanisms of nutrient turnover, and evaluation of reme-diation possibilities. Emphasis on the inter-relatedness of ecology and microbiology andthe essentiality of microorganisms in shapingglobal ecosystems. Field trips and sample col-lection. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:CHM 211, CHM 212, CHM 311, BIO 200,BIO 201, BIO 321 strongly recommended.

BIO 452 Special Topics in Biology.25 to 1.00 creditVariable experiences in biology including inter-national courses and study under outside orga-nizations, e.g. ACCA, Field Museum of NaturalHistory, Shedd Aquarium, Morton Arboretum,Chicago Academy of Science, or individuallydesigned programs. Grading optional. Includeslaboratory or fieldwork. Prerequisite: biologymajor or departmental consent.

BIO 468 Biology Internship.25 to .50 creditProvides selected biology students with anopportunity to obtain career experience throughinvolvement with biology-related businesses,health care organizations, government agencies,or institutions. Approved internships may meetthe biology capstone requirement upon comple-tion. Applications should be made early in theterm preceding registration and are reviewed onthe basis of grade-point average, faculty recom-mendations, professional progress, and demon-strated interest. Offered on a Pass/No Pass basis.Not repeatable for credit. Does not fulfill arequirement for an upper-level elective biologycourse for the major. Prerequisites: biology major,

89

Biology

BIO 200, BIO 201, junior or senior standing,and GPA of 2.5 or higher.

BIO 475 Research Proposal Writing .25 creditPreparation and formalization of a researchproposal under the guidance of a facultymember. Students will conduct extensive litera-ture review on the proposed subject. Prerequi-site: consent of faculty member.

BIO 492 Independent Research.50 creditStudent-originated, faculty-guided investiga-tions for majors or minors in biology. Thisresearch will build upon previous course worktaken within the major or minor and a finalresearch paper is required. Course fulfills theprerequisite for BIO 498, Capstone Seminar.Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: junior orsenior standing and consent of the faculty member.

BIO 493 Research Experiental Learning.25 creditProvides an opportunity for students wishingto earn their experiential learning creditthrough an independent research projectinvolving off-campus constituencies. Must betaken concurrently with BIO 492 or BIO 495.

BIO 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of biologyculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. This coursefulfills the prerequisite for BIO 498 CapstoneSeminar. Repeatable for credit. Permission of thefaculty supervisor and the director of the HonorsProgram required prior to registration.

BIO 498 Capstone Seminar .50 creditA course required of all majors in the Depart-ment of Biology. In addition to journal articlediscussions, students will summarize and share

their research experiences in a professional pre-sentation suitable for scientific meetings orconferences. The presentation will provide evi-dence of what the student has learned byhaving been a biology major in terms ofknowledge, skills, and insights. To be taken inthe first or second term of the senior year. Pre-requisites: senior standing and successful comple-tion of all three biology category courses (C, Oand P) or one term of BIO 492/495.

90

The Department of Business is dedicatedto preparing its students for successful

careers in a global economy characterized bycomplex issues, ambiguity, and change. Akey belief underlying the department’s pro-grams is that success in business generallydepends on: specialized skills; awareness andunderstanding beyond a field of specializa-tion; and such personal attributes as leader-ship skills, adaptability, healthy self-esteem,competency in problem solving and theability to communicate effectively.

The department affords the opportunityfor each student to develop these skills, per-spectives and personal attributes, recog-nizing that students come to the programwith different needs and expectations. Thedepartment draws on the liberal arts her-itage and resources of Elmhurst College tofulfill its mission. The department main-tains close ties with the business communityto ensure that its programs are viable andrelevant in a dynamic business environment.

At the graduate level, the Department ofBusiness offers a Master in ProfessionalAccountancy, Master in Project Manage-ment, Master of Business Administration,Master of Market Research and a Master ofScience in Supply Chain Management.

Please refer to the Graduate Study section ofthe this Catalog.

FacultyGary S. Wilson, Chair; Juan Carlos Barerra,Lawrence B. Carroll, M. Kelly Cunningham,Harold Dahlstrand, Bruce Fischer, GurramGopal, Paul Jacobs, Kathleen Rust, BonnieSimmons, Soni Simpson, Sherry Smoak,Roby Thomas, Joan Vilim, Siaw-Peng Wan,John White, Shaheen Wolff

Learning GoalsThe goals of the Department of Business arefor students to develop:

Basic Skills and Theoretical Foundations• Basic knowledge and skills in business

and business-related areas that are widelytransferable and that serve as a founda-tion for lifelong professional develop-ment;

• Ability to interpret numerical data andsolve problems using quantitativemethods;

• Ability to view business operations con-ceptually;

• Computer literacy with a focus on appli-cations;

• Commitment to the development of cul-tural and intercultural competence to

DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

Business

91

Business

enhance the knowledge, attitude, skillsand protocols an individual will need towork effectively in a global and diversebusiness environment.

Social Skills• Preparation for and appreciation of the

need for and the value of continuingstudy and learning;

• An appreciation or understanding of theethical and societal implications of deci-sion making;

• Ability to behave with professional andethical standards.

Problem-Solving Skills• Ability to apply theories, methods and

frameworks of studying the analysis ofissues and problems;

• Ability to integrate theories, methodsand frameworks of the business and eco-nomics disciplines to analyze issues andproblems;

• Ability to conduct cogent problem-solving analysis;

• Ability to think critically.

Communication Skills• Ability to communicate effectively in

writing and speaking; • Ability to prepare and present a well-

organized and systematically researchedproject or paper;

• Effective interpersonal skills;• Ability to analyze, paraphrase, and draw

inferences from written material.

Requirements for a Major in BusinessAdministrationThe Core curriculum:The Core curriculum by itself leads to amajor in business administration.BUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 261 Financial Accounting

BUS 262 Management AccountingBUS 271 Introduction to Global BusinessBUS 340 Business FinanceBUS 456 Strategic Management in the

Global EnvironmentECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsMTH 151 Calculus I

orMTH 162 Analysis for the Business and

Social SciencesMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

A minimum grade of C or better in thebusiness core as well as a special field majorare required for graduation.

Requirements for a Minor in BusinessAdministrationBUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsECO 211 Introduction to Macroeconomics

A minimum grade of C or better isrequired in all courses taken for a minor inbusiness administration.

Requirements for Special Field MajorsStudents who wish to develop their interestin a specific field may choose a specializedmajor in one of the functional areas of busi-ness described below. The Core curriculumis required for all students seeking a special-ized business major with variations as speci-fied. Students declaring a second majorwithin the Department of Business cancount less than one-half of the units of busi-ness specialty credit for the second businessmajor.

Requirements for a Major inAccountingA student majoring in accounting mustcomplete BUS 261, BUS 262, the business

92

Business

Core curriculum and seven required coursesat the 300/400 level. The four-year under-graduate accounting program requires thebusiness core curriculum and seven addi-tional courses. The undergraduate programrequires 32 courses or 128 semester hours.As of January 1, 2001, students are requiredto complete 150 semester hours of collegecredit to be eligible to sit for the CertifiedPublic Accounting (CPA) examination.Elmhurst College offers two ways a studentcan meet the 150-hour requirement. First,the College offers a Master in ProfessionalAccountancy (MPA) degree that is describedin the Graduate Study section of thisCatalog. Second, a student can finish thefour-year undergraduate program and thentake additional undergraduate courses fromthe recommended list to accumulate 150semester hours. Students choosing to take150 semester hours at the undergraduatelevel should work closely with their advisorto select the most appropriate set of coursesthat meets their needs.

As of July 1, 2013, CPA candidates mustcomplete these additional requirements: twosemester hours of research and analysis inaccounting, two semester hours of businesscommunications and three semester hoursof business ethics. Students can completethese requirements by completing desig-nated courses at the undergraduate and thegraduate level at Elmhurst College.

A student specializing in accountingmust take the following courses with aminimum grade of C in addition to theCore curriculum. A student must also earn aminimum grade of B in BUS 261 and 262or the transfer equivalent.

Required BUS 361 Intermediate Accounting IBUS 362 Intermediate Accounting II

BUS 360 Cost AccountingBUS 365 Business LawBUS 366 Accounting Information SystemsBUS 462 Income Taxation IBUS 466 Auditing

Recommended Additional CoursesBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in

OrganizationsBUS 441 Corporate FinanceBUS 463 Income Taxation IIBUS 464 ConsolidationsBUS 465 Governmental, Non-Profit and

Partnership AccountingCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationsECO 414 MicroeconomicsECO 416 MacroeconomicsPHL 310 Ethics and Business

Requirements for a Major in FinanceA student specializing in finance must com-plete the business Core, BUS 340 BusinessFinance and five additional courses in thefollowing manner.

Required BUS 441 Corporate FinanceBUS 442 Investment Theory and PortfolioManagement

BUS 444 Financial InstitutionsElectives: two courses requiredBUS 361 Intermediate Accounting IBUS 362 Intermediate Accounting IIBUS 376 International FinanceBUS 440 Personal Investment ManagementBUS 468 Internship (in Finance)ECO 314 International EconomicsECO 410 Money and Banking

Recommended ElectivesStudents majoring in finance should con-sider the following electives:COM 213 Public Speaking

93

Business

COM 319 Business and Professional Communications

Students planning on pursuing a career as afinancial analyst (or in the area of corporatefinance) should consider taking the fol-lowing electives:BUS 361 Intermediate Accounting IBUS 362 Intermediate Accounting II

Requirements for a Major in International BusinessThe international business major is an inter-disciplinary degree administered by theDepartment of Business that combinescourses in business, economics, foreign lan-guage and other areas to assure studentsadequate preparation for positions withglobal corporations, banks, government andother international organizations. Studentsselecting this major should work closelywith their advisors. Students must take thefollowing courses in addition to the Core.

RequiredBUS 375 International MarketingBUS 376 International FinanceECO 314 International Economics

orECO 316 Comparative Economics SystemElectives: Two courses from the followingECO 314 International Economics (if not

taken as a requirement)ECO 316 Comparative Economics Systems

(if not taken as a requirement)BUS 468 Internship in International

BusinessBUS 490 International Business Travel/

Study or International Travel/Studcourses as designated from any major

BUS 350 Cultural Diversity in Organizations

COM 315 Intercultural CommunicationPHL 310 Ethics and Business

Foreign Language RequirementKnowledge of foreign languages and culturesis an important aspect of the internationalbusiness major. International businessmajors are required to demonstrate a com-petency in a foreign language equivalent toa 300-level course in a foreign language.Fulfillment of this requirement is subject tothe approval of the chair of the Departmentof Business.

International StudiesVariable credit will be awarded for foreign-based study as part of the international busi-ness major. Students are stronglyencouraged to pursue some form of foreign-based study as part of the internationallearning experience. It is highly recom-mended that a student consult with thechair of the Department of Business prior tomaking arrangements to discuss the variousstudy-abroad options.

Requirements for a Department ofBusiness Major with an AccompanyingInternational Business MinorCourses in addition to the business adminis-tration Core and Department of Businesssubject major requirements for a minor ininternational business would include the fol-lowing:ECO 314 International Economics

orECO 316 Comparative Economic SystemsBUS 375 International MarketingBUS 376 International Finance

Note: Course majors in non-businessdepartment areas, such as political science orgeography, who wish to have a concentra-tion in international business, will need totake specific Department of Businessrequired prerequisites equivalent to a minorin business administration.

94

Business

Requirements for a Major in Logisticsand Supply Chain ManagementA student majoring in logistics and supplychain management must complete fivecourses in the following manner in additionto the Core curriculum.

RequiredBUS 301 Introduction to Logistics an

Supply Chain ManagementBUS 302 Supply Chain Management I:

Purchasing, Inventory Planning andUpstream Supply Chain Management

BUS 303 Supply Chain Management II:Manufacturing, Distribution and Down-stream Supply Chain Management

BUS 402 Global Business Process Management

Electives: one course requiredBUS 331 SalesBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in Organiza-tionsBUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and PracticeBUS 365 Business LawBUS 468 InternshipBUS 492 Independent Study (in logisticsand supply chain management)ECO 314 International EconomicsGEO 207 Introduction to Spatial ThinkingGEO 311 Regional Study of EuropeGEO 315 Regional Study of United States

and CanadaGEO 317 Regional Study of Latin AmericaGEO 411 Urban GeographyGEO 413 Economic Geography

Minor in Geographic InformationSystems (GIS) and GeosciencesAs the marketplace continues its globaltrend, logistics and transportation manage-ment majors will find a minor in geographicinformation systems and geosciences auseful complement to their basic business

core and logistics curriculum. Minors arerequired to complete GEO 207, GEO 308and GEO 309, IS 100 and IS 200.

Minor in Intercultural Studies with aFocus in a Business AreaSee the Department of Business intercul-tural studies advisors.

Requirements for a Major in ManagementA student majoring in management mustcomplete the business Core and five addi-tional courses in one of the following fourareas of specialization:• Entrepreneurship• Human Resources Management• Operations Management• General Management

EntrepreneurshipRequired

BUS 352 EntrepreneurshipBUS 491 Small Business StudyBUS 453 Organization BehaviorAnd two of the following courses:

BUS 331 SalesBUS 336 Market ResearchBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in

OrganizationsBUS 365 Business LawBUS 405 Proseminar on the Management

of InnovationBUS 454 LeadershipBUS 468 InternshipBUS 470 Seminar in Special Topics

Human Resources ManagementRequired

BUS 354 Human Resource ManagementBUS 453 Organization BehaviorAnd three of the following courses:


BUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and Practice

95

Business

BUS 365 Business LawBUS 405 Proseminar on the Management

of InnovationBUS 454 LeadershipBUS 457 Compensation ManagementBUS 468 InternshipBUS 470 Seminar in Special TopicsECO 312 Economics of LaborSOC 315 Complex Organizations

Operations ManagementRequired

BUS 356 Operations ManagementBUS 301 Introduction to Logistics and

Supply Chain ManagementAnd three of the following courses:


BUS 354 Human Resource ManagementBUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and PracticeBUS 360 Cost AccountingBUS 365 Business LawBUS 405 Proseminar on the Management

of InnovationBUS 453 Organization BehaviorBUS 454 LeadershipBUS 468 InternshipBUS 470 Seminar in Special Topics

General ManagementRequired

BUS 354 Human Resource ManagementBUS 453 Organization BehaviorAnd three of the following courses:


BUS 352 EntrepreneurshipBUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and PracticeBUS 365 Business LawBUS 405 Proseminar on the Management

of InnovationBUS 454 LeadershipBUS 457 Compensation Management

BUS 458 Management and SocietyBUS 468 InternshipBUS 470 Seminar in Special TopicsBUS 491 Small Business StudyECO 312 Economics of LaborSOC 315 Complex Organizations

Requirements for a Major in MarketingA student majoring in marketing must com-plete the business Core plus five additionalcourses in either of the two areas of special-ization: marketing management or mar-keting research.

Marketing ManagementA student specializing in marketing manage-ment must complete BUS 430 MarketingManagement and four of the followingcourses:BUS 301 Introduction to Supply Chain

ManagementBUS 331 SalesBUS 332 Retail ManagementBUS 334 AdvertisingBUS 335 Consumer BehaviorBUS 336 Marketing ResearchBUS 352 EntrepreneurshipBUS 375 International BusinessBUS 405 Proseminar on the Management

of InnovationBUS 468 InternshipBUS 492 Independent Study

Marketing ResearchA student specializing in marketing researchmust complete BUS 430 Marketing Man-agement and the four following requiredcourses:BUS 335 Consumer BehaviorBUS 336 Marketing ResearchBUS 468 Internship: Marketing Research

(senior year or consent of the chair, Department of Business)

96

Business

BUS 492 Independent Study: Final MarketResearch Project (senior year or consentof the chair, Department of Business)


BUS 230 Principles of MarketingA study of the functional aspects of marketing,

the operations of our marketing systems and

methods by which marketing decisions are

made. Emphasis on strategy development

through the application of sound marketing

principles. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

BUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeThis course combines a survey of the founda-

tions of management theory and practice with a

strong experiential component and an emphasis

on skills development. Students will work on

both written and oral expression and creative

thinking as well as team skills and team devel-

opment issues. The class is highly interactive.

Subjects include planning, motivation, leader-

ship, communication, decision making and

problem solving, ethics, groups and teams, orga-

nizational change and politics.

BUS 261 Financial AccountingPrinciples of accounting theory and practice

involving the study of the accounting cycle,

and preparation and analysis of financial state-

ments. Prerequisite: competency by placement test

at the MTH 111 level.

BUS 262 Management AccountingA study of the use of accounting as a basis for

intelligent business decisions in planning and

control. The mechanics and details of accumu-

lating data are de-emphasized and the applica-

tion stressed. Prerequisites: MTH 151 or higher,

BUS 261 or consent of instructor.

BUS 263 Accounting and Financial Management for Non-Business MajorsA study of the basic concepts of accounting andfinancial management and their applications to

business processes, business analysis and busi-ness decisions. This course is not open to majorsin business. It is open to students desiring tominor in business administration.

BUS 271 Introduction to Global BusinessThis course is designed to provide a basicunderstanding of the various facets of interna-tional business. Starting with basic trade theo-ries, it covers the mechanics of the foreignexchange market, international finance andaccounting, marketing, cultural differences,and management strategy under the interna-tional environment, organizational structureand practices of the multinational companyand international institutional arrangements.The course is taught from the state-of-the-artperspective with discussions on current eco-nomic and business problems.

BUS 301 Introduction to Logistics andSupply Chain ManagementThis course provides an introduction to theplanning and execution of all activitiesinvolved in the upstream and downstreamaspects of a firm’s supply chain. Upstreamactivities include, but are not limited to,sourcing and procurement, capacity planning,production operations, and related logisticsactivities. Downstream activities include, butare not limited to, distribution, transportation,product delivery and customer service and demand forecasting. The emphasis is on thecollaboration and coordination with all playersin a firm’s supply chain. Special emphasis isplaced on the functional areas of logistics suchas customer service, transportation, inventorycontrol, warehousing and packaging. Fall Term,Evening; Spring Term, Day.

BUS 302 Supply Chain Management I:Purchasing, Inventory Planning andUpstream Supply Chain ManagementThis course provides a survey of the principalprocesses in upstream operations of an organization and their interfaces to each otherand to other processes. In the area of purchasingthe course covers the fundamentals of sourcing,

97

Business

procurement, inbound logistics including ware-housing and transportation and supplier man-agement. Inventory management, productionplanning and scheduling of operations, materialhandling, quality assurance, safety and relatedtopics are key elements of this course. Prerequi-site: BUS 301. Fall Term, Evening.

BUS 303 Supply Chain Management II:Manufacturing, Distribution and Down-stream Supply Chain ManagementThis course provides planning and analysis ofthe principal processes in the downstreamoperations of an organization and their inter-faces to each other and to other businessprocesses. Sales and operations planningprocesses including demand forecastingmethods and how these drive production plan-ning and procurement, manufacturing opera-tional decisions including outsourcing,warehousing and distribution of productsincluding logistics and transportation, productdelivery and customer service and reverse logis-tics are key topics in this course. Prerequisite:BUS 301. Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 331 SalesBasic concepts, processes and techniques ofselling including customer analysis, effectivecommunications, handling objections anddeveloping customer satisfaction. Preparationof actual sales presentations by each student.Emphasis is on business-to-business selling.Prerequisite: BUS 230. Fall Term; alternatingday and evening.

BUS 332 Retailing ManagementA study of types of retail institutions, organiza-tions, store location, buying and merchandisingtechniques, advertising and sales promotionand inventory control. Prerequisite: BUS 230.Fall Term, Day; Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 334 AdvertisingSocial, economic and legal aspects of adver-tising. Emphasis on advertising as a communi-cations tool with practical applications oftheory to specific problems. Strategy andtactics of management decision making

regarding advertising, with a focus on the massselling techniques relative to campaign devel-opment, including evaluation of effectiveness.Prerequisite: BUS 230. Spring Term, Day; FallTerm, Evening

BUS 335 Consumer BehaviorThe analysis and interpretation of consumerbuying behavior, stressing the contributions ofpsychology, economic and sociocultural influ-ences. Contemporary models of consumerbehavior are studied, emphasizing the relation-ship of behavioral science theory to marketing management decision making. Prerequisite:BUS 230. Fall Term, Evening; Spring Term, Day.

BUS 336 Marketing ResearchA study of research methods and the collectionand use of internal and external informationfor analysis and decision making in marketingproblems. Prerequisites: BUS 230 and MTH345. Fall Term, Day; Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 340 Business FinancePrinciples underlying the financial managementof a business enterprise. Among the topics dis-cussed are financial analysis and planning,working capital management and basic capitalbudgeting. Prerequisites: BUS 261, ECO 210,ECO 211, MTH 162/151 and MTH 345; pre-or corequisite: BUS 262; proficiency in spread-sheet software required; consent of instructor.

BUS 350 Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsThis course examines the nature and role ofculture and diversity in the workplace, waysto manage diversity in the workplace, theimplications of diversity for business opera-tions and understanding of differences in lightof globalization of the world’s economy. Prereq-uisite: sophomore standing or consent of theinstructor. Fall Term, Evening; Spring Term,Day; Summer Term.

BUS 352 EntrepreneurshipEntrepreneurship offers students a broadoverview of entrepreneurship from a historicaland current perspective. Students will learn

98

Business

about important tools and develop skills neces-sary to create and grow a new business. Stu-dents will create a new venture business plan,consider ways to finance the new venture andestablish a plan for growth. Upon completionof the course students will have gained generalknowledge of new business development. Noprerequisite. Open to all students.

BUS 353 Managerial Development forWomen.50 creditA study of management issues and theoriesand the special problems and approaches thatare required of women in a typical organiza-tional setting. Emphasis on skill building, par-ticularly in the areas of leadership and effectivecommunication. Prerequisite: BUS 250.

BUS 354 Human Resource ManagementExamines human resource policies includingstaffing, training, job analysis and evaluation, compensation, employee development, unionrelations and government requirements.Prerequisite: BUS 250. Fall Term.

BUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and PracticeThis course examines the structure, processand nature of negotiations through experientialmethods to (1) develop an understanding ofnegotiation models, strategies, conflict resolu-tion, communications styles, situationalanalysis and elements of power and influence;and to (2) develop negotiation skills. Prerequi-site: junior or senior standing or consent ofinstructor. Spring Term, January Term.

BUS 356 Operations ManagementOperations management covers the broadrange of activities performed in the productionof a good or service. It covers scheduling, fore-casting, inventory control, purchasing, qualitycontrol, work measurement, methods improve-ment, layout, material handling, safety, facili-ties planning, operations strategy and projectmanagement. The course examines the man-agement of the functional area in theorganization that either produces a product or

provides a service. Since most employees of anorganization are in the operations area, thecourse includes discussion of ways to developand coach employees to achieve their bestresults. Prerequisite: BUS 250 or consent ofinstructor. Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 360 Cost AccountingThis course addresses the financial, non-finan-cial and ethical dimensions of managerial deci-sion-making. Topics include cost behavior,cost-volume-profit analysis, cost systems, bud-geting and control and activity-based costing.Emphasis is on the interpretation and use ofaccounting information rather than its creationand accumulation. Prerequisites: BUS 261, 262,MTH 151 or higher, Fall Term, Evening; SpringTerm, Day.

BUS 361 Intermediate Accounting ITheory and analysis of valuation applied toassets and current and noncurrent liabilities ofthe balance sheet and to the related revenueand expenses for income determination. Pre-requisites: BUS 261 and 262.

BUS 362 Intermediate Accounting IITheory and analysis of valuation applied tocorporate equity accounts and to the related revenue and expenses for income determina-tion. Study of income tax allocation, leases andcash flow statement. Prerequisite: BUS 361.Fall Term, Evening; Spring Term, Day.

BUS 365 Business LawLegal problems confronting people in theirrelationships with the business world. Subjectsinclude contracts, agency, employment, nego-tiable instruments, real and personal property,bailments and sales.

BUS 366 Accounting InformationSystemsThe use of information technology will bestudied as an enabler of organization activitiesand objectives, rather than as the majorfocus of study. Topics covered include therole and purpose of accounting informationsystems in an organization; the evolution of

99

Business

accounting information system architecture;understanding business processes, organizationrisk and controls; and understanding specificbusiness processes including the sales/collec-tion process, the acquisition/payment process,the payroll process and the financing process.Prerequisites: BUS 261 and 262. Fall Term,Evening; Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 375 International MarketingThis course focuses on aspects of marketing inthe world of international business. Differentmarket and distribution systems in variouscountries are explored as well as the social andeconomic factors in international markets.Analyses are made of the organization of tradechannels in various cultures, of typical govern-ment policies toward international trade incountries at different stages of developmentand of international marketing research andadvertising. Prerequisites: BUS 230, 250, 271.Fall Term, Evening.

BUS 376 International FinanceWith the rapid globalization of the worldeconomy, the managers of a firm have tounderstand that their decisions will be greatlyinfluenced by variables such as exchange ratepolicies, trade policies, internationalaccounting standards, etc. The goal of thiscourse is to help students understand how themanagers of a firm function in this increas-ingly uncertain environment. This course willfocus on four main areas of internationalfinance and accounting: 1) exchange rate riskmanagement, 2) international finance deci-sions, 3) international accounting standardsand 4) accounting for international transac-tions. Prerequisites: ECO 210, 211. Prerequisiteor corequisite: BUS 340. Spring Term.

BUS 402 Global Business Process ManagementThis course provides approaches to modifying,restructuring, or re-engineering existing busi-ness processes and developing new processes toimprove business performance. Key topicsinclude: process mapping, process measure-

ment, creating and managing global processredesign teams, evaluating and managing busi-ness process outsourcing, project managementand reporting to executive management fordecision-making. Hands-on experience withsoftware and other tools will be an integralpart of the course. Prerequisites: BUS 250 andBUS 271. Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 405 Proseminar on the Managementof InnovationThis course addresses the question of how suc-cessful business managers promote innovationin their organizations. The course will coverthe innovation process from ideation throughimplementation. A class project is used todevelop creative and implementation skillssuch as brainstorming, managing change,project management and experimentation. Amain emphasis in the course is placed on thedevelopment of the management skills neces-sary to help employees in any functional areabecome innovative. Even years.

BUS 430 Marketing ManagementA capstone course stressing the applicationof decision-making approaches in marketingmanagement. Cases are used in studyingproblems encountered in planning, executingand controlling marketing strategy. Topicsinclude analysis of buyer behavior, advertisingand sales promotion, pricing, channel selectionand product policies. Prerequisites: major inmarketing and senior standing. Fall Term,Evening; Spring Term, Day.

BUS 440 Personal Investment ManagementThis course is designed to help students gain abetter understanding of the basic theories,instruments environments and practical tech-niques associated with personal investment.Upon completion of this course, students willbe better prepared to make sound personalinvestment decisions. Prerequisite: junior orsenior standing. Fall Term, alternate years.

100

Business

BUS 441 Corporate FinanceThis course is designed to examine the waysfinancial managers make their decisions at thecorporate level. The course will focus onstudying the decision-making process regardingcost of capital, capital budgeting, cash flowanalysis, capital structure and other financialdecisions. Prerequisite: BUS 340. Fall Term.

BUS 442 Investment Theory and Portfolio ManagementThis course is designed to study a number oftheories that formed the foundation of soundinvestment decisions. The course will focus onthe portfolio theory, various asset pricingmodels (such as CAPM and APT) and the effi-cient market hypothesis. In addition, the coursewill also look at several issues related to port-folio management. Issues such as bond portfoliomanagement strategies, equity portfolio man-agement strategies and the evaluation of port-folio performance. Prerequisite or corequisite:BUS 340; recommended BUS 440. Spring Term.

BUS 444 Financial InstitutionsA study of management of financial institu-tions, their regulations, investment practicesand risk levels. Primary focus is on depositoryfinancial institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 340.Fall Term.

BUS 453 Organization BehaviorCourse explores human behavior in organiza-tions, using a "micro" level focus to investigateissues affecting individual behavior, interper-sonal relations, groups and organizations. Stu-dents work in a variety of small groups andparticipate in experiential learning designs.Prerequisite: BUS 250. Spring Term.

BUS 454 LeadershipAn examination of various leadership,managerial and administrative concepts andphilosophies. The course places emphasis onthe development of attitudes and values appro-priate to professional management. The courseuses an action learning approach to integratethe various theories and concepts presented.

Prerequisite: BUS 250 or consent of theinstructor. Spring Term.

BUS 456 Strategic Management in theGlobal EnvironmentThis capstone course focuses on the manage-ment of organizations in today’s globalenvironment. Emphasis is placed on theunderstanding of business strategy and how itis formulated, implemented and analyzed.Group decision making, case analysis and sim-ulation are integral to the learning process. Theclass culminates with group presentations onthe strategy developed and executed as part ofthe strategy game. Prerequisite: all business corecourses. Evening.

BUS 457 Compensation ManagementReviews compensation policies and practicesand their relation to organizational effective-ness and employee satisfaction. Job analysis,job evaluation, benefits evaluation and totalcompensation packages are studied. Relatedlegislation is reviewed. Prerequisites: BUS 250and 354.

BUS 458 Management and SocietyThis course studies the interrelationshipbetween the business community and societyincluding corporate social responsibility, stake-holder relationships, business ethics and envi-ronmental sustainability. The analysis of casestudies in corporate social policy and in classdebates address real life business issues.

BUS 462 Income Taxation IA study of the legal and accounting aspects ofthe federal tax on incomes. Emphasis is onspecific problems through actual preparation ofindividual, partnership and corporate returnsusing current tax forms. Prerequisite: BUS 362or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

BUS 463 Income Taxation IIA study of accounting practice and tax lawrelated to the computation and reporting offederal income taxes for corporations, partner-ships, fiduciaries and gift/estates. The courseintegrates the study of tax theory and includes

101

Business

research-oriented techniques related to theapplication of tax law. Prerequisite: BUS462.Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 464 ConsolidationsA study of accounting principles pertaining toequity investments with emphasis on consoli-dation principles and procedures. Accountingfor foreign currency transactions and transla-tion of foreign currency financial statements.Prerequisite: BUS 362. Spring Term, Evening.

BUS 465 Governmental, Non-Profit andPartnership AccountingA study of the special accounting principlesand problems for partnerships, fiduciaries, gov-ernment and not-for-profit organizations. Pre-requisite: BUS 362. Fall Term, Evening; SpringTerm, Evening.

BUS 466 AuditingAuditing theory and procedures for use both inprivate and public accounting. Emphasis oninternal control, generally accepted auditingstandards, ethics of professional accounting,practical working techniques and reports. Pre-requisites: BUS 362. Fall Term, Evening; SpringTerm, Evening.

BUS 468 Internship.50, 1.00 or 1.5 creditProvides selected business students with con-trolled, on-the-job experience with businesses,government agencies, or institutions. May betaken during the regular term with part-timeemployment of 7 to 13 hours weekly for .50credit, 14 to 17 hours weekly for 1.00 credit, 18to 20 hours weekly for 1.50 credit, or duringSummer Term with 36 to 40 hours per week.Applications should be made early in the termpreceding registration and are reviewed on thebasis of academic grade-point average, facultyrecommendations, professional progress anddemonstrated interest. Junior or senior standingwith a cumulative grade-point average of 2.5;Pass/No Pass grading. May be repeated for credit.Prerequisite: approval of the Department of Busi-ness Internship Coordinator. Each term.

BUS 469 Department of Business Mentoring.25 creditProvides career exposure for junior and seniorbusiness majors. Students meet in small groupswith a professional in a business field ofinterest and complete tasks to learn moreabout a potential career and the qualitiesleading to success. Tasks include resume prepa-ration, job shadowing, networking and inter-viewing, Students must apply before themid-September deadline. Course begins in theFall Term and P/NP credit is earned in theSpring Term.

BUS 470 Seminar in Special TopicsAn opportunity for faculty and students tostudy topics of current and unique importancewhich are not contained in the general cur-riculum. Topics vary on the basis of interestexpressed by students and faculty and includeworkshops on personal finance. Depending onthe topic, consent of instructor may berequired and grading options will vary.Consult appropriate term course schedules forprerequisites and grading options. Open to allcollege majors. May be repeated for credit.

BUS 491 Small Business StudyApplied small business study with anotherstudent under the guidance of a member of theDepartment of Business. Studies will examinecurrent issues and problems for small businesses.Actual business clients will be utilized accordingto availability. Practical training for students toapply and to supplement their academic theoryand preparations in addressing real-life businessproblems. Fall Term, even years.

BUS 492/292 Independent StudyFor senior students who wish to pursue addi-tional study of topics developed in other busi-ness courses. The precise format is determinedby the nature of the topic, student ability andthe instructor with the approval of the director.A limited number of students are accepted onthe basis of academic grade-point average,faculty recommendation, professional progress

102

Business

and demonstrated interest. Repeatable underspecial circumstances to a maximum credit oftwo courses. Prerequisites: major within theDepartment of Business, senior standing and consent of the chair. Upon request.

BUS 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of businessculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatablefor credit. Permission of the faculty supervisor andthe director of the Honors Program required priorto registration.

103

The major in chemistry is designed toprepare students with varying career

goals. Students graduating with a major inchemistry are prepared to enter graduateschool, begin or continue work in an indus-trial or government research laboratory, teachscience at the secondary-school level, or beginfurther education in a health- related fieldsuch as medicine, pharmacy, dentistry or vet-erinary science. The Department of Chemistryand Biochemistry also offers courses thatsupport other majors, such as biology andnursing, and courses that meet the IntegratedCurriculum requirements.

Students may choose from several tracks,each beginning with a set of core courses,then allowing for different advanced coursesto address different career goals. The majorin chemistry is the most general track andallows students the greatest choice inadvanced course electives. The major inchemistry with American Chemical Society(ACS) approval specifies advanced coursesthat are considered to be good preparationfor graduate school. The major in chem-istry/concentration in biochemistry includescourses in biology and a full year of bio-chemistry, thus preparing students for entryinto the biochemical field or entry intohealth-related professional fields such as

medicine, pharmacy, dentistry or veterinarymedicine. Students interested in secondary-school teaching are served by the major inchemistry with secondary licensure. Stu-dents may also choose a minor in chemistryto support another major.

Chemistry majors receive hands ontraining with modern instrumentation.Undergraduate research is integrated intothe major, along with professional skillssuch as oral communication, informationfluency and technical proficiency.

Chemistry faculty work closely with stu-dents to advise them on the appropriatetrack to consider, the sequence of courses inwhich to enroll, aspects of career planning,and obtaining meaningful employment.

The major in chemistry is also an excel-lent beginning for further study and careersin fields that utilize chemistry. Examplesinclude environmental studies, law, business(chemical, pharmaceutical and petroleumrelated companies), technical writing andediting, and scientific information retrieval.

FacultyEugene N. Losey, Chair; Michelle S.Applebee, Assistant Chair; Ami D. Johanson,Kimberly A. Lawler-Sagarin, ColleenMunro-Leighton

Chemistry and Biochemistry


104


Core Curriculum for All MajorsThe Core curriculum is a set of coursesrequired for all majors in chemistry andincludes: CHM 211, 212, 221, 311, 312,412 and 413. Students with strong back-grounds in chemistry and mathematics maysubstitute CHM 220 for CHM 211 plusCHM 212. Mathematics through MTH 152and PHY 121, 122 are pre- or co-requisitesfor CHM 412.

Chemistry courses with a minimum gradeof C and taken within the last 10 years maybe transferred into the department.

Core CurriculumCHM 211, 212 (or equivalent) Chemical

Principles I and IIor

CHM 220 Advanced Chemical PrinciplesCHM 221 Analytical ChemistryCHM 311, 312 Organic Chemistry I and IICHM 412 Physical Chemistry: Quantum

Mechanics and SpectroscopyCHM 413 Physical Chemistry: Thermody-

namics, Kinetics and StatisticalMechanics

CHM 494 Independent Research (Half course)

CHM 496, 499 Chemistry Research Seminar I and II (.25 credit each)

CHM 497, 498 Chemistry Literature Seminar I and II (.25 credit each)

MTH 151, 152 Calculus I and IIPHY 121, 122 General Physics I and II

Recommended CoursesMTH 341 Differential Equations and PHL305 Philosophy of Science are recommended.Participation in January Term field experience,an internship, Co-op (Argonne), researchexperience for undergraduates, or CHM 492Independent Study is encouraged duringjunior and senior years.

Major in Chemistry

RequirementsCore curriculumCHM 422-426 Chemical InstrumentationThree additional advanced chemistrycredits.

Major in Chemistry with ACSApprovalThe department is approved by the AmericanChemical Society Committee on ProfessionalTraining. For a student to receive approval,the following courses must be taken:

RequirementsCore curriculumCHM 422-426 Chemical InstrumentationCHM 315 Introduction to BiochemistryCHM 432 Advanced Inorganic ChemistryAny two credits from the following:CHM 313, CHM 316, CHM 414, or

CHM 460Any advanced physics course with Calculus

II prerequisiteAny advanced math course with Calculus II

prerequisite

Major in Chemistry–Concentration in BiochemistryAn interdisciplinary course of study servesthose students intending to pursue careersin biochemistry, pharmacy, human and vet-erinary medicine, food and agriculturalchemistry, and medical technology, as wellas numerous other professional health-related areas.

RequirementsCore curriculum CHM 315 Introduction to BiochemistryCHM 316 Intermediate BiochemistryCHM 423 Chemical Instrumentation:

X-Ray/UV-Vis/AA (.25 credit)CHM 425 Chemical Instrumentation

LC/HPLC (.25 credit)

105


BIO 200 General Biology IBIO 201 General Biology IIBIO 315 Genetics

Recommended:BIO 413 Molecular Genetics

Licensure for Secondary Teaching A student may qualify for licensure as a sec-ondary-school chemistry teacher. Thestudent should maintain close contact withboth the chemistry and education depart-ments to assure completion of majorrequirements and requirements for teacherlicensure by the State of Illinois.

Chemistry RequirementsMajor in chemistry (See previous listing);plus BIO 200, 201 or 315.

Education RequirementsEDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesEDU 360 The Middle School: History,

Philosophy, Organizational Structure and Best Practices (Recommended)

PSY 210 Introduction to Psychological Science

SEC 200 Introduction to TeacherEducation (.25 credit)

SEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learnerswith Exceptionalities

SEC 300 Portfolio Synthesis Seminar I(.25 credit)

SEC 311 Educational PsychologySEC 321 Content Area Reading in

Secondary and Middle Schools (.50 credit)

SEC 370 Portfolio Synthesis Seminar II(.25 credit)

SEC 410 Principles and Procedures in Middle and Secondary Education


SEC 463 Natural Science: Special Methods (Fall Term only)

Students are required to pass the Test ofAcademic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, the statecontent area test in science (with a chemistrydesignation) prior to student teaching andthe APT (Assessment of ProfessionalTeaching) prior to program completion.

See the department chair for any additionalrequirements.

Major in Chemistry/Minor in Business AdministrationThis is an excellent combination for studentsinterested in technical sales, marketing ormanagement, all careers with excellentopportunities. See listings in the Departmentof Business section of this Catalog forrequirements for the minor in businessadministration.

Minor in ChemistryA minor in chemistry requires CHM 211and CHM 212 (or CHM 220), plus fouradditional chemistry credits, three of whichmust include a laboratory. A grade of C ineach course is required. Consult withdepartmental faculty for course selection toensure the laboratory requirements are met.

RequirementsCHM 211, 212 Chemical Principles I and II

orCHM 220 Advanced Chemical PrinciplesCHM 311, 312 Organic Chemistry I and IITwo additional credits of chemistry electivesfrom the following: CHM 221 AnalyticalChemistry; any 300/400-level chemistrycourses.


CHM 100 Chemistry in the Natural WorldThe chemistry of real-world examples isstudied through illustrations and demonstra-tions taken from ordinary substances, objects

106


and processes of the natural world. Topicsinclude: atomic and molecular structures,water, acids and bases, organic and biochem-istry, drugs, energy and pollution. Includes lab-oratory which stresses student demonstrations ofchemical phenomena. No prerequisite. Open toany non-science major (especially educationmajors). Does not satisfy the requirements for achemistry major.

CHM 101 General ChemistryThis course is primarily designed for pre-nursing students but is open to students in non-science disciplines as well. The principles ofgeneral chemistry are covered including: atomicstructure, bonding, chemical change, stoichiom-etry, gas laws, energy relationships, equilibrium,acids and bases, rates of reactions and nuclearprocesses. Emphasis will be placed on the appli-cation of the course material to health and envi-ronmental issues. Includes laboratory. High schoolchemistry recommended. Fall Term.

CHM 103 Elementary Organic and BiochemistryStudy of organic functional groups, characteriza-tion of related compounds and reactions. Bio-chemistry includes bioenergetics, carbohydrates,amino acids, proteins, enzymes, lipids, nucleicacids and related biochemical metabolisms. Pre-requisite: CHM 101. Spring Term.

CHM 104 Food FundamentalsThis course explores food composition anddigestion, topics which lie at the cross sectionsof both chemistry and biology. The explorationof food will begin from a chemical perspective.Students will learn about the chemical makeupand interactions of fats, oils, sugars, andproteins. The class will then explore how thehuman body digests each of these moleculesand obtains the nutrients needed for survival.Students’ understanding of the role of food inour lives will be made more complete throughdiscussions of contemporary debates involvingfood. Some of the topics may include theimpact of high fructose syrup, the lack of foodin local and global communities, food

regulation, and the role of food in education.Includes laboratory. No prerequisite.

CHM 105 The Chemistry of Color: FromFireworks to GemstonesThis class explores the natural world throughthe theme of color. The chemistry behind thecolor of everyday objects such as neon lights,fireworks, natural and synthetic dyes and gem-stones will be used to introduce fundamentalchemical concepts. Concepts include atomicstructure, chemical bonding, chemical reac-tions, solution chemistry, structure of mole-cules and solids, organic functional groups,and properties of gases, liquids and solids. Therelationship of chemistry to other fields such asphysics, life sciences, earth science, art andmodern technology will be discussedthroughout the course. Primarily for non-science majors. This course is offered onlinewith required in-class laboratory meetings.Includes laboratory. No prerequisite.

CHM 106 Forensic ScienceSee BID 106.

CHM 107 Physical Science Concepts forK-8 TeachersThis course is designed to strengthen astudent’s understanding of physical science con-cepts and the nature of scientific inquiry. Togain these understandings, students will collab-oratively conduct a number of scientificinquires to answer strong driving questions co-conducted with the course professor and otherstudents. The perspective and knowledgegained from these inquiries will aid students asthey examine their own physical science mis-conceptions and construct new understandings.Cross-listed with PHY 107. Includes laboratory.Prerequisite: ECE/EED/SEC/SPE 200 or concur-rent enrollment. Spring Term.

CHM 110 Chemistry and Issues in theEnvironmentThe operations of natural physical environ-mental systems are studied. Alterations toenvironmental systems are caused by the useof energy and mineral resources. Use and

107


abuse of these resources lead to air pollution,water pollution and solid waste disposal. Solu-tions to these problems depend on theprogress in science and technology, as well aspolitical decisions and prevailing ethical valuesystems. Includes laboratory. No prerequisite.

CHM 112 Water and Energy: Resourcesfor a Sustainable FutureSee BID 100.

CHM 113 Energy, Climate Change andSustainabilityThis is a theme-based science course focusingon energy resources and how our use of theseresources influences our natural environment.Physical science topics will be introduced inparallel with consideration of fossil fuels,nuclear power, electricity generation, fuels fortransportation, renewable and alternative energystrategies, environmental consequences ofenergy use and climate variability. Sustainabilityconcepts will be discussed in the context of con-sideration of the world's future energy needs.Includes laboratory.

CHM 211 Chemical Principles ITopics covered include the following: stoi-chiometry, atomic structure, chemicalbonding, aqueous solution chemistry, gases,liquids and solid state and solution properties.Designed for students in science-orientedcareers (e.g., chemistry, biology, premedical,prephysical therapy). Prerequisites: high schoolchemistry, concurrent registration in CHM211L.Fall Term, Summer Term.

CHM 212 Chemical Principles IITopics include the following: thermodynamics,kinetics, equilibrium applied to acid base theoryand solubility, electrochemistry, nuclear chem-istry, descriptive chemistry of selected elementsand coordination chemistry. Designed for stu-dents in science-oriented careers. Prerequisites:CHM 211 or equivalent, concurrent registrationin CHM 212L. Spring Term, Summer Term.

CHM 220 Advanced Chemical PrinciplesThis one-term course is a combination of

CHM 211 and 212 specifically designed forstudents with strong backgrounds in chemistryand mathematics. Topics include stoichiom-etry, thermodynamics, atomic and molecularstructure, kinetics and equilibrium. Studentswill participate in module or project drivenlaboratory exercises. Prerequisites: AP chemistryscore of 2.0 or higher, or member of the HonorsProgram or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

CHM 221 Analytical ChemistryWet chemical and classical instrumentalmethods (electrochemical and spectrophoto-metric), sampling and separation techniquesand data evaluation methods are presented.Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: CHM 212 orCHM 220 and MTH 132 or higher. SpringTerm.

CHM 311 Organic Chemistry IEmphasizes the fundamental principles neces-sary for understanding synthetic applications.The basic functional groups are discussed withrespect to bonding, properties, preparationsand reactions. Reaction mechanisms arestudied and applied to specific cases. Stereo-chemistry is studied. Prerequisites: CHM 212 orequivalent, concurrent registration in CHM311L. Fall Term, Summer Term.

CHM 312 Organic Chemistry IIA continuation of functional group study withemphasis on synthetic applications. Methodsof structure proof (IR, UV, NMR, mass spec-troscopy). Prerequisites: CHM 311, concurrentregistration in CHM 312L with emphasis on syn-thetic and physical organic experiments. SpringTerm, Summer Term.

CHM 313 Polymer ChemistryPrinciples of polymerization are considered inrelation to synthesis, chemical structure andproperties. Methods of synthesis and pro-cessing are related to physical and chemicalcharacteristics and polymer composition.Chemistry of important commercial syntheticand natural polymers included. Prerequisite:CHM 312.

108


CHM 314 Introduction to Biochemistry.75 creditStudy of biochemical systems including carbo-hydrates, lipids, proteins, enzymes, nucleicacids, vitamins, hormones, corresponding meta-bolic pathways, and energetic and kineticanalysis of representative biochemical systems.Lecture only, no laboratory, Prerequisites: CHM312 and consent of the instructor. Fall Term.

CHM 315 Introduction to BiochemistryStudy of biochemical systems including carbo-hydrates, lipids, proteins, enzymes, nucleicacids, vitamins, hormones, correspondingmetabolic pathways, and energetic and kineticanalysis of representative biochemical systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: CHM 312. Fall Term.

CHM 316 Intermediate Biochemistry

Topics include intermediary (anabolic) metabo-lism of proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, plant metab-olism (e.g. photosynthesis), study of nucleic acidsand protein synthesis and membrane transport.Prerequisite: CHM 315. Spring Term.

CHM 341 Qualitative Organic AnalysisStudy of the chemical and instrumentalmethods of structural identification of organiccompounds. The laboratory incorporatesmodern spectroscopic techniques of IR, NMR,mass spectroscopy, UV; chromatographic sepa-ration techniques of TLC, GC, HPLC andcolumn chromatography; and classicalmethods of analysis. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: CHM 312.

CHM 394 Introduction to ChemicalResearch.25 or .50 creditParticipation in guided collaborative researchwith a faculty member for credit. Specific liter-ature research and laboratory experiments willbe carried out, culminating in a final paperand/or appropriate public dissemination of theresearch methods and findings. May berepeated for credit. Prerequisites: CHM 211and 212 or CHM 220; consent of the supervisinginstructor.

CHM 412 Physical Chemistry: QuantumMechanics and SpectroscopyAn introduction to atomic and molecularquantum mechanics, molecular symmetry andchemical applications of group theory, applica-tions to atomic and molecular spectroscopy,molecular orbital theory and computationalchemistry. Laboratory principles and proce-dures are integrated with and satisfied byCHM 413, CHM 422-426. Prerequisites:CHM 221, MTH 152, PHY 121 (PHY 121may be taken concurrently). Fall Term.

CHM 413 Physical Chemistry: Thermodynamics, Kinetics and Statistical MechanicsA systematic study of thermodynamics withapplications to gases, liquids and solids, realand ideal mixtures, solution and phase equi-libria and chemical reactions. An introductionto statistical mechanics and its application tospectroscopy and kinetics. A study of advancedkinetics including mechanisms and surface phe-nomena. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: CHM221, CHM 412, MTH 152, PHY 122 (PHY122 may be taken concurrently). Spring Term.

CHM 414 Topics in Advanced OrganicChemistryTopics of current interest to the organicchemist are given special attention, includingkinetic studies, molecular orbital calculations,linear free energy relations, structure-reactivityrelationships, orbital symmetry relations, addi-tion, elimination, substitution, rearrangementand photochemical reactions. Mechanisms areemphasized, but synthetic reactions are illus-trated. Prerequisites: CHM 312 and 412 orconsent of instructor.

CHEMICAL INSTRUMENTATION

The following five courses, CHM 422 through426, each receive .25 credit. Be sure to consultwith the chemistry department to verify thescheduled offerings for the chemical instru-mentation courses. All courses include labora-tory studies.

109


CHM 422 Chemical Instrumentation:Introduction/Electroanalytical Chemistry.25 creditThe course covers general features common toall instruments. Analog and digital electronics,signal processing, chemometrics and the softwarethat is used in subsequent chemical instrumenta-tion courses are covered. Electroanalytical chem-istry including potentiometry/sensors,coulometry and voltammetry is surveyed. Prerequisite: CHM 221.

CHM 423 Chemical Instrumentation: X-Ray/UV-Vis/AA .25 creditInstrumentation utilizing the X-ray through thevisible portion of the electromagnetic spectrumincluding UV-Vis absorption, atomic absorptionand emission, X-ray diffraction and fluorescence.Prerequisites: CHM 221, CHM 412.

CHM 424 Chemical Instrumentation:IR/NMR .25 creditIR and NMR instrumentation are studied,with emphasis on Fourier Transform instru-mentation. Concepts, including basic theoryand instrumentation, are discussed. Labora-tory experiments are based on use of IR andNMR for structure proof, quantitativeanalyses, and kinetic studies. Prerequisites:CHM 221, CHM 312.

CHM 425 Chemical Instrumentation:LC/HPLC .25 creditTheory and instrumentation used for high per-formance liquid chromatography (HPLC), supercritical fluid chromatography and capillary elec-trophoresis is discussed. The laboratory focuseson quantitative analyses and method develop-ment. Prerequisites: CHM 221, CHM 312.

CHM 426 Chemical Instrumentation: GC-MS.25 creditTheory, instrumentation, and detectionmethods of gas chromatography are discussed.Molecular mass spectrometry instrumentation

and interpretation of spectra is emphasized inboth lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites:CHM 221, CHM 312.

CHM 432 Advanced Inorganic ChemistryTheories of atomic structure, bonding, period-icity and geometric structure are used todescribe the properties and reactivities of inorganic compounds with emphasis on severalmain groups: acids and bases, oxidizing andreducing agents, solid state and transition metalcoordination compounds. Includes laboratorywith emphasis on synthesis and analysis of inor-ganic compounds. Prerequisite: CHM 412 orconsent of instructor. Fall Term, alternate years.

CHM 460 Advanced Topics in Chemistry.50 or 1.00 creditTopics vary each term to reflect current studentand faculty interests and timely topics in thechemical literature. Examples include advancedorganic chemistry, environmental chemistry,industrial organic chemistry, computationalchemistry, advanced physical chemistry,organometallic chemistry and organic synthesis.Laboratory may be included. May be repeated forcredit. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

CHM 492/292 Independent Study.25, .50 or 1.00 creditEnables chemistry majors capable of independentwork to pursue specialized or advanced topics bydoing independent reading, assigned work orstructured laboratory experiments. May berepeated for credit. Permission of the supervisinginstructor is required prior to registration.

CHM 494 Independent Research .50 or 1.00 creditEnables chemistry majors to plan and executea research project for credit. This course isrequired of every student majoring in chem-istry and is designed to prepare the student forthe level of independent work required inindustry, science teaching or post-baccalaureatestudy. Specific literature research and labora-tory experiments must be carried out, culmi-nating in a final paper and an appropriatepublic dissemination of the research methods

110


and findings. Students generally completeCHM 496 the term prior to enrolling inCHM 494 May be repeated for credit. Prereq-uisite: CHM 496. Permission of the supervisinginstructor is required prior to registration.

CHM 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of chemistryculminating in an appropriate public dissemina-tion of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Fulfills theCHM 494 core requirement. Repeatable for credit.Permission of the faculty supervisor and the directorof the Honors Program required prior to registration.

CHM 496 Chemistry Research Seminar I.25 creditThis is a seminar course designed to preparestudents for independent research. Students willbe introduced to chemical research methodsthrough class activities, occasional speakers andinstruction designed to introduce chemicalinformation sources such as commercial data-bases and Internet resources. Students willexplore the chemical literature in their pro-posed research area, conduct a literature reviewon the proposed topic and prepare a researchplan to be carried out under the direction of afaculty member. Required of all chemistrymajors. Students generally complete CHM 496the term prior to enrolling in CHM 494. Maynot be taken concurrently with CHM 497, CHM498 or CHM 499. Prerequisite: CHM 312.

CHM 497 Chemistry Literature Seminar I.25 creditThis is a seminar course designed to advancestudents' understanding of the chemical pro-fession, the chemical literature and currentresearch areas in chemistry. This course willassist students in understanding the body ofinformation which constitutes the chemical lit-

erature and is structured to help studentsdevelop the skills required to effectively andefficiently utilize and communicate that litera-ture as professional chemists. Students will useprinted tools, commercial databases andInternet resources, conduct literature reviewsand participate in discussions and talks focusedon contemporary research topics. Required ofall chemistry majors. May not be taken concur-rently with CHM 496. CHM 498 or CHM499. Prerequisite: CHM 312.

CHM 498 Chemistry Literature Seminar II.25 creditThis is a seminar course designed to continueto advance students' understanding of thechemical profession, the chemical literatureand current research areas in chemistry,building on the foundation developed inChemistry Literature Seminar I. In particular,this course emphasizes the development of oralcommunication skills in chemistry throughclass activities, multiple presentations andoccasional speakers emphasizing contemporarychemical research. Coursework culminates in afinal technical presentation highlighting acurrent area of research from the recent litera-ture. Required of all chemistry majors. May notbe taken concurrently with CHM 496, CHM497 or CHM 499. Prerequisites: CHM 312,CHM 496, CHM 497.

CHM 499 Chemistry Research Seminar II.25 creditThis is a seminar course that serves as a cap-stone to the chemistry major's undergraduateresearch experience. This course emphasizesthe development of oral communication skillsin chemistry through class activities, multiplepresentations, discussion of current researchprojects and occasional speakers. This courseculminates in the student presenting a finaltechnical presentation highlighting the resultsof the student's own undergraduate researchproject and dissemination of the researchresults to the larger community. Required of

111


all chemistry majors. Students generally enrollin CHM 499 the term after completingCHM 494 (or concurrently). May not betaken concurrently with CHM 496, CHM 497or CHM 498. Prerequisites: CHM 312, CHM496, CHM 494 or CHM 495 (CHM 497,CHM 498 recommended).

112


Communication Arts and Sciences

T he Department of CommunicationArts and Sciences is dedicated to

preparing its students for the successful under-standing and use of human communication.Human communication involves peoplesharing information and feelings through theprocesses of listening and exchanging of verbaland nonverbal messages; in interpersonal,group, mass communication, performance andintercultural contexts. In the tradition of theliberal arts, the department, in conjunctionwith the many other resources at ElmhurstCollege, cultivates intellectual depth anddiversity, provides a foundation for lifelonglearning and equips students for careers thatare dependent upon communication skills andtheories.

Five majors are offered by the depart-ment. A student may major in communica-tion studies, musical theatre, organizationalcommunication, theatre, or theatre arts edu-cation. The department also participates inan interdisciplinary communication studiesmajor. Most of the course offerings may betaken by both majors and non-majors.

The Goals of the Department • Graduates will have a foundation of

knowledge about the process of humancommunication, provided by the core

courses for each of the five majors withinthe department;

• Graduates are expected to demonstrateawareness of principles of inquiry, bothqualitative and quantitative, and famil-iarity with current and classical issues,historical development, theories and keyworks and related concentrations andspecialty fields within each of the respec-tive disciplines;

• Students will recognize the impact thediscipline has on individuals and society,including the political, societal, eco -nomic and ethical issues related to thediscipline, and the impact culture has oncommunication as well as the impactcommunication has on culture;

• Graduates are expected to demonstrateproblem-solving and critical-thinkingskills; appreciate the connections amongthis discipline, other disciplines, and theworld of work; and be prepared for imme-diate employment or graduate school.

FacultyAlan W. Weiger, Chair; Richard Arnold Jr.,Sarah Strom Kays, Amy Lyn McDonald,Courtney W. Miller, Janice Pohl, Rachel M.Reznik, Deatra Sullivan-Morgan

113


Major in Communication StudiesThe major in communication studies is spe-cially tailored for students who are inter-ested in exploring the relationship betweentheory and practice in and across a varietyof communication-related contexts. Thismajor is also recommended for studentswho plan to pursue graduate degrees incommunication studies.

A major in communication studiesrequires the following courses:

Required Core CoursesCOM 114 Interpersonal CommunicationCOM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 315 Intercultural Communication COM 316 Communication TheoryCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationCOM 490 Senior Seminar: Topics in

Communicationor

COM 498 Internship CapstoneWith the assistance of their academic

advisor, students will select appropriatecourses from the following groups of courseofferings:

One course from:COM 211 Survey of Mass CommunicationCOM 217 Principles of InterviewingCOM 218 Nonverbal Communication and

Effective ListeningCOM 220 Introduction to Organizational

Communication

Five courses from:COM 311 Interpersonal Communication in

the WorkplaceCOM 312 Small Group CommunicationCOM 317 Persuasive CommunicationCOM 318 Gender and Communication COM 320 Organizational CommunicationCOM 322 Conflict Management

COM 323 Family CommunicationCOM 325 Oral InterpretationCOM 326 Health CommunicationCOM 331 Language, Identity and the

RainbowCOM 353 Special Topics in

Communication StudiesCOM 413 Advanced Public SpeakingCOM 419 Business and Professional

Communication in Online ContextsCOM 420 Ethics and Critical Issues in

CommunicationCOM 468 Internship

orCOM 492 Independent Study

Major in Organizational CommunicationThe goal of the major in organizationalcommunication is to help students develop proficiency in all aspects of human communication, by understanding thestructure, patterns and effects of humancommunication in a variety of career con-texts. It is designed to train students tointeract effectively with individuals fromdiverse backgrounds in dyadic, small groupand public settings; apply communicationprinciples to complex decision making; andanalyze and solve communication-relatedproblems effectively.

A major in organizational communica-tion requires the following courses:

Required Core CoursesCOM 114 Interpersonal CommunicationCOM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 220 Introduction to Organizational

CommunicationCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 316 Communication TheoryCOM 319 Business and Professional

Communication

114


COM 320 Organizational CommunicationCOM 490 Senior Seminar: Topics in

Communicationor

COM 498 Internship CapstoneWith the assistance of their academic

advisor, students will select appropriate coursesfrom the following groups of course offerings:

Three courses from:COM 311 Interpersonal Communication in

the WorkplaceCOM 312 Small Group CommunicationCOM 317 Persuasive CommunicationCOM 318 Gender and Communication COM 321 Case Studies in Organizational

CommunicationCOM 322 Conflict ManagementCOM 331 Language, Identity and the

RainbowCOM 353 Special Topics in Communica-

tion StudiesCOM 413 Advanced Public SpeakingCOM 419 Business and Professional


CommunicationCOM 450 Leadership and CommunicationCOM 468 Internship

Minors in Communication Studiesand TheatreAny four courses from a major area consti-tute a minor in that area, with the followingexceptions. The minor requirements for orga-nizational communication and dance areindicated below. Neither COM 492 norCOM 468 can be counted toward a minor.The minor in theatre requires two terms ofeither Theatre Practicum or Musical TheatrePracticum, for credit or non-credit, in addi-tion to the four courses from the major area.The department chair must approve anyexceptions.

Minor in Organizational CommunicationA minor in organizational communicationrequires the following courses:COM 220 Introduction to Organizational

CommunicationCOM 316 Communication TheoryCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationCOM 320 Organizational Communication

Minor in DanceThe minor in dance will provide studentswith strong dance technique, rich historicalinformation, valuable choreography andteaching tools and flexibility to furtherdesign their own emphases in the area ofdance study. Approval by the dance facultyis required.

A minor in dance requires the successfulcompletion of 5.0 0–5.50 credits in thedance curriculum including:THE 221 Dance AppreciationTHE 421 Choreography of Dance

Five .50 technique classes, with at least twoat the 400 level from the following:THE 302 BalletTHE 303 Jazz DanceTHE 304 Tap DanceTHE 305 Social Dance and Period StylesTHE 306 Modern DanceTHE 402 Advanced BalletTHE 403 Advanced JazzTHE 404 Advanced TapTHE 405 Advanced Social Dance and

Period Styles THE 405 Advanced Modern Dance

One of the following:AMT 101-402 Applied Theatre: MusicalTheatre

orTHE 352 Special Topics (in dance)

115


orTHE 208 Middle Eastern Dance

Minor in Dance EducationThe minor in dance education is designedto prepare students for positions in sec-ondary and middle schools as dance teachersand choreographers. The curriculum of theminor provides a strong foundation in avariety of core technique courses. Addition-ally, the program offers a historical perspec-tive of dance and the methodology behinddance creation and its pedagogy. These skillsare then applied to live dance productions.Students seeking licensure should maintaina relationship with both the Department ofEducation and the Department of Commu-nication Arts and Sciences. In compliancewith the Illinois requirements for a sec-ondary endorsement, the minor in danceeducation fulfills 24 semester hours in thedance endorsement area, at least 12 ofwhich are at the 300/400 level. Students arerequired to complete minor courses withgrades of C or higher, while maintaining2.75 minor GPA, in accordance with Illinoislicensure requirements.

Students pursuing the minor in danceeducation must take all of the followingcore courses: THE 221 Dance AppreciationTHE 352 Special Topics in Theatre: Dance

Ensemble (.50 credit)THE 410 Teaching of DanceTHE 421 Choreography of Dance

Five of the following technique courses, atleast two of which are at the 400 level:THE 302 Ballet (.50 credit)THE 303 Jazz Dance (.50 credit))THE 304 Tap Dance (.50 credit)THE 305 Social Dance and Period Styles

(.50 credit)

THE 306 Modern Dance Techniques(.50 credit)

THE 402 Advanced Ballet (.50 credit)THE 403 Advanced Jazz (.50 credit)THE 404 Advanced Tap (.50 credit)THE 406 Advanced Modern Dance

Technique (.50 credit)

Minor in TheaterNote the following limitations: only twocourses in any area of applied theatre; onlytwo sections of THE 176–476 Improvisa-tion Ensemble and only one course in dancetechnique.

Minor in Theatre Arts EducationThis minor is designed to prepare teachereducation candidates for licensure endorse-ment in theatre as a supplement to theirprimary area of teacher preparation andlicensure. The minor prepares students byoffering a diverse range of theatre perfor-mance technique, history, literature, andinvestigations into staging and pedagogy.

The flexibility within the minor alsopermits students to focus their preparationon specific areas of theatre study suitable fora variety of positions within curricular andextracurricular programs in middle or sec-ondary schools.

Students pursuing the minor in theatrearts education must take all of the followingcourses:THE 226 Acting Technique ITHE 227 Development of the TheatreTHE 228 Stagecraft

Two courses in theatre history and/or literature: THE 314 History of Musical TheatreTHE 329 World Theatre and Drama in

Cultural ContextTHE 331 History of Western Theatre ITHE 332 History of Western Theatre II

THE 350 Play AnalysisTHE 470 Avant-Garde TheatreTHE 471 Holocaust TheatreENG 336 Contemporary LiteratureENG 345 ShakespeareTheatre literature elective

One course (1.00 credit) in performancetechnique or design/tech: THE 301 Voice and Movement for

the StageCOM/THE 325 Oral InterpretationTHE 326 Acting Technique IITHE 338 Costume ConstructionTHE 340 Creative DramaTHE 426 Acting Techniques IIITHE 428 Design for the StageDance technique courses or improvisationensemble taken for credit may be combinedto satisfy this requirement.

One course in theatre staging or pedagogy: THE 340 Creative DramaTHE 421 Choreography of DanceTHE 424 DirectingTHE 440 Teaching Theatre Arts

Two terms (credit or non-credit)practicum:THE 175/275/375/475 Theatre Practicum

(.25 credit or non-credit)or

THE 176/276/376/476 Musical TheatrePracticum (.25 credit or non-credit)

Majors in Theatre, Musical Theatreand Theatre Arts EducationAt Elmhurst Theatre, we will guide you indeveloping your creativity, your curiosityand your intellect. We will push you to dis-cover your sensibilities and vision, then wewill help you to invent the conditions forbringing those sensibilities and visions tolife. Every student will be required to

participate in all aspects of theatre produc-tion and scholarship.

Major in TheatreThe major in theatre will provide thestudent skills and background necessary forentry-level positions in the profession, or forintensive study on the graduate level,leading to the M.F.A. or the Ph.D.

Courses in Applied Theatre (AT) are spe-cially designed to prepare the students forlife after college.

Theatre students at Elmhurst Collegewill choose from six different areas ofconcentration: acting; directing; theatredesign and technology; stage management;theatre arts administration; and generaltheatre.

The major in theatre requires eight corecourses and five and one-half courses in anarea of concentration, including appliedtheatre.

Auditions and/or portfolio reviews arerequired prior to or during the first term ofenrollment and/or declaration of the theatremajor. Students should consult with theatrefaculty before beginning the program.

A major in theatre requires the followingcourses:

Core Courses: must be taken by everystudent majoring in theatre:THE 226 Acting Technique ITHE 227 Development of the TheatreTHE 228 StagecraftTHE 329 World Theatre and Drama in

Cultural ContextsTHE 350 Play AnalysisTHE 498 Theatre Capstone (in conjunction

with area of concentration)

Two of the following:THE 314 History of Musical TheatreTHE 331 History of Western Theatre I

116


117


THE 332 History of Western Theatre II

One of the following:ENG 336 Contemporary Literature: DramaENG 345 ShakespeareTHE 470 Avant-garde TheatreTHE 471 Holocaust TheatreTheatre literature elective

Theatre PracticumAs part of the theatre core, theatre majors arerequired to actively participate in the mainstage production season at Elmhurst College.If not cast, the student must participate insome other capacity.

Enrollment in a minimum of six termstotal of THE 175/275/375/475 TheatrePracticum or credit or non-credit and/or THE176/276/376/476 Musical Theatre Practicumfor credit or non-credit is required regardlessof date of entry into the program.

All students majoring in theatre are highlyencouraged to complete professional intern-ships. All students majoring in theatre arehighly encouraged to be active in the appro-priate professional organizations.

Areas of ConcentrationStudents must complete at least one area ofconcentration in addition to the core. Stu-dents can complete more than one area ofconcentration. An internship credit may besubstituted for one or part of the creditswithin the concentration. Whether forcredit or not, students are highly encour-aged to pursue summer internships, audi-tions and tech opportunities.

ActingTHE 301 Voice and Movement for the

StageTHE 326 Acting Technique IITHE 424 Directing

ATA/ATM Applied Theatre in Acting/Applied Theatre in Musical Theatre (.50 credit)

Two of the following courses:COM/THE 325 Oral InterpretationTHE 340 Creative DramaTHE 352 Special Topics in Theatre (perfor-

mance focus)THE 426 Acting Techniques III

One of the following courses:AMV or AMT Applied Voice–singing

voice lessons (.50 credit)CSD 203 Phonetics I (.50 credit)Any course in dance chosen from

THE 302-406 (.50 credit)THE 173-473 Improvisation Ensemble

(two terms at .25 credit)Students completing the concentration in

acting must audition each term on campusand participate in end-of-the-term programassessment showcases when enrolled in per-formance courses and ATA/ATM.

DirectingATD Applied Theatre in Directing (.50

credit)THE 173–473 Improv Ensemble (two

terms at .25 credit)THE 238 Intermediate Design for the StageTHE 424 DirectingAny course in dance chosen from THE

302–406 (.50 credit)One of the following courses:THE 301 Voice and Movement for the

StageTHE 326 Acting Technique IITwo of the following courses:THE 340 Creative DramaTHE 352 Special Topics in Theatre

(performance focus)THE 421 Choreography of Dance

(note prerequisites)

*Note prerequisites

118


THE 426 Acting Technique IIICOM 210 Introduction to Video

ProductionStudents completing the concentration

in directing should serve as stage manager orassistant stage manager for at least two pro-ductions. Students are requested to enroll inTHE 424 in their junior year prior toproposing capstone directing projects.

Theatre Design and TechnologyATT/ATX (Applied Theatre in Design/

Applied Theatre in Costume) (Twoterms at .50 credit)

THE 238 Introduction to DesignTHE 328 Intermediate Design for the StageTHE 338 Costume ConstructionTHE 428 Design for the StageKIN 204 Emergency Procedures (.50 credit)

One of the following courses:ART 115 Drawing StudioART 120 Painting StudioART 125 Design StudioTHE 352 Special Topics in Theatre

(design focus)Students completing the concentration in

theatre design and technology must produceactual designs for the production season in atleast two of the following design areas: scenery,lighting, costume and sound.

Stage ManagementATS Applied Theatre in Stage Management

(.50 credit)ATT Applied Theatre in Lighting (.50 credit)KIN 204 Emergency Procedures (.50 credit)THE 238 Introduction to DesignTHE 424 Directing Theatre elective

Two of the following courses:COM 218 Nonverbal Communication and

Effective ListeningCOM 312 Small Group Communication

COM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 322 Conflict ManagementCOM 450 Leadership and Communication

Students completing the concentration instage management must stage manage at leasttwo productions and design in at least onearea.

Theatre Arts Administration

Five of the following courses:ATB/ATS Applied Theatre in Theatre

Business Administration/Applied Theatrein Stage Management (.50 credit)

BUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 261 Financial AccountingBUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsBUS 340 Business Finance (note prerequisite)COM 312 Small Group CommunicationCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationCOM 450 Leadership and Communication

One of the following courses:THE 238 Introduction to DesignART 113 Introduction to Art SoftwareART 216 Introduction to Graphic Design

(note prerequisites)ART 325 Visual Communication (note

prerequisite)Students completing the concentration in

theatre arts administration should pursue aninternship with a theatre, an arts institutionand/or institution in the non-profit sector.Students are strongly recommended to com-plete a complementary minor in communica-tions, business, intercultural studied or otherdiscipline.

General Theatre

One course chosen from the following:AMV or AMT Applied Voice–singing voice

lessons (.50 credit)

119


THE 302-406 (.50 credit)Any six credits in theatre beyond the core.

Note the following limitations: Only twocourses in any area of applied theatre; onlytwo sections of THE 176-476 ImprovisationEnsemble.

Major in Musical TheatreThe bachelor of arts degree with a major inmusical theatre is a degree offered by theElmhurst College Theatre in cooperationwith the Department of Music. Designedto prepare students for a professional per-formance career in musical theatre, thismajor is grounded in theatre arts, musictheory and dance. Students will gain experience in acting, voice and movementfor the stage, applied voice, music anddance and will be able to put their traininginto practice through participation in thetheatre program and in vocal ensembles.Private instruction in Applied Theatre(ATM) and Applied Voice (AMV andAMT) are specially designed to prepare thestudent for life after college. The danceminor is a suitable complement to themajor in musical theatre.

Auditions and/or portfolio reviews arerequired prior to or during the first term ofenrollment and/or declaration of the theatremajor. Students should consult with theatrefaculty before beginning the program.

A major in musical theatre requires thefollowing courses:

Theatre Course RequirementsTHE 226 Acting Technique ITHE 227 Development of the TheatreTHE 228 StagecraftTHE 314 History of Musical TheatreTHE 350 Play AnalysisTHE 498 Theatre Capstone

One advanced performance course:THE 326 Acting Technique II

THE 424 DirectingTHE 426 Acting Technique III

One of the following courses:ENG 336 Contemporary Literature: DramaENG 345 ShakespeareTHE 329 World Theatre and Drama in

Cultural ContextsTHE 331 History of Western Theatre ITHE 332 History of Western Theatre IITheatre literature elective

Dance and Movement Course RequirementsTHE 301 Voice and MovementFour of the following courses in dancetechnique: THE 302-306, THE 402-406

Theatre PracticumEnrollment in a minimum of six terms totalof THE 175/275/375/475 TheatrePracticum for credit or non-credit and/orTHE 176/276/376/476 Musical TheatrePracticum for credit or non-credit.

Music Course RequirementsMUS 135 Theory IMUS 136 Theory II

One of the following courses:MUS 212 Music in Western CultureMUS 343 History and Literature of Music IMUS 344 History and Literature of Music II

Music Keyboard RequirementsMUS 221 Functional Class Piano I (.50 credit)MUS 222 Functional Class Piano II (.50 credit)

orPass piano proficiency. See the Departmentof Music for procedures.

Music Voice and Performance RequirementsAMK 201 Sight singing/Aural Skills

(.50 credit)AMV Three terms for credit of applied

voice (.50 credit each) AMT Three terms for credit, musical theatre

repertoire (.50 credit each)

120


Major Choral Ensemble: Four terms with orwithout credit (.25 credit)

MUS 226/326 Light Opera Workshop(January Term)

MUS 267/367/467 Opera Workshop (.50 credit)Students should plan to audition for

vocal ensembles in the fall, to audition fortheatre productions each term on campus,and to participate in end-of-term programassessment showcases when enrolled in per-formance courses and ATA/ATM. Studentstaking AMT and AMV for credit participatein music juries at the end of those terms. Afinal recital or joint recital is not a require-ment, but may be considered in consulta-tion with your vocal instructor.

Students are highly encouraged to pursuesummer internships, auditions and techopportunities. Students are encouraged toconsider a complementary minor or major,such as a minor in dance. A minor intheatre may be completed only if fourcredits toward the minor are a discrete listseparate from the courses used to completethe major in musical theatre.

Major in Theatre Arts EducationThe major in theatre arts education has as itsprimary purpose the preparation of studentsfor positions in secondary and middle schoolsas teachers of drama and theatre arts. Themajor prepares students to become effectiveteachers by balancing theory and practicalapplication and by giving students valuableinsights in the operation of curricular andextracurricular programs in theatre. Studentswho plan to seek licensure should maintain arelationship with both the Department ofEducation and the Department of Commu-nication Arts and Sciences.

Students majoring in theatre arts educa-tion must take the core courses for the

theatre major and the following six courses:COM/THE 325 Oral InterpretationTHE 301 Voice and Movement for the StageTHE 340 Creative DramaTHE 424 DirectingTHE 440 Teaching Theatre ArtsATA, ATD, ATT (Private instruction in

Acting, Directing, or Design and Tech-nology; Two terms at .50 credit)

One of the following:THE 238 Introduction to DesignTHE 328 Intermediate Design for the StageTHE 338 Costume ConstructionTHE 428 Design for the Stage

Secondary Education LicensureAdmission to the Teacher EducationProgram must be completed per Depart-ment of Education requirements and stu-dents must complete additional courseworkas required by the education department.SEC 455 Student Teaching satisfies thetheatre capstone requirement. Licensurerequirements for the Illinois State Board ofEducation (ISBE) include, but are notlimited to, content area tests, studentteaching and professional portfolio. Notethat the ISBE and state laws may mandatechanges in licensure requirements. See theDepartment of Education for the mostcurrent information. Students seeking sec-ondary licensure in theatre are encouragedto consider obtaining an endorsement inanother discipline such as English/LanguageArts. Students seeking certification in otherareas may obtain an endorsement in theatre.Contact the Department of Education andthe theatre program for further details.

Interdisciplinary CommunicationStudiesThe interdisciplinary communicationstudies major is an integrated major recom-mended for students who wish to prepare

121


themselves for occupations in journalism,advertising, human resources and similarfields. All students take core courses andthen, with the assistance of an academicadvisor, select appropriate courses from anarea of concentration. For more informationsee the listing for the interdisciplinary com-munication studies major on page 211 ofthis Catalog.

Cocurricular and Extracurricular Programs As a supplement to the curriculum, thedepartment offers cocurricular or extracur -ricular programs. One way in which thecurriculum is supplemented is throughdepartmental practica. Through thesecourses, the student gains practical experi-ence and insight into radio or theatre.Another way in which the curriculum issupplemented is through non-classroomorganizations, such as Lambda Pi Eta Com-munications Honor Society; Theta AlphaPhi National Theatre Honorary; or the 320-watt campus radio station, WRSE-FM.

Elmhurst College TheatreThe Mill Theatre, (so named for its orig-inal use as a lumber millwork shop) offersa full season of productions each year,including an assortment of musicals, playsand student directing projects. The2014–2015 season included five full-lengthproductions and three dance concerts,Recent successes have been the Broadwaymusicals The Threepenny Opera, Dames at Seaand She Loves Me; the contemporary dramasThe Laramie Project, Pride’s Crossing and

Noises Off and the classics The Importance ofBeing Earnest, A Midsummer Night’s Dream

and The Glass Menagerie. Original scriptsand student directed and designed produc-tions are frequently staged. The MillTheatre complex includes a full scene shop,

costume shop, state-of-the-art light board,sound board and equipment, full inventoryof lighting equipment, costume storage andample furniture and properties storage.

An important feature of the theatreprogram is that it offers various cocurricularopportunities for students, both majors andnon-majors, in the areas of design, construc-tion, performance and management.Elmhurst College is also an active memberof Theta Alpha Phi, the national dramaticsrecognition society. Elmhurst College actors,design ers and technicians compete annuallyin the Kennedy Center American CollegeTheatre Festival.


COM 113 Communication in ContextsAn introduction to the foundations of theory andpractice in oral communication. Topics willinclude: (a) interpersonal context; self-concept,listening, conflict management, verbal and non-verbal communication, gender roles, relationshipdevelopment and maintenance; (b) publiccontext; effective oral presentation skills, audienceanalysis, communication anxiety and organiza-tional patterns; (c) small group context; effectivedecision-making, leadership, empowerment, cul-tural diversity, group dynamics, team manage-ment and participation. Appropriate for Englisheducation students and others intending to takethe State of Illinois English Language Arts Licen-sure Exam. This course is not intended for com-munication majors. Spring Term.

COM 114 Interpersonal CommunicationA course designed to enhance interpersonalcommunication skills as well as survey-relatedtheoretical foundations. The focus of the courseis on verbal and nonverbal forms of humaninteraction. Issues such as listening, self-disclo-sure, conflict management and relational devel-opment and disengagement are explored intheory and practice.

122


COM 174 Radio Practicum .25 creditGeneral introduction to the aspects of broad-casting. Basic training and introduction to pro-duction equipment and the day-to-dayworkings of WRSE, the campus radio station.Five hours per week of participation is requiredfor all radio practicum courses. Other require-ments may be specified by the station manager.Courses must be taken in sequence. Pass/NoPass grading.

COM 211 Survey of Mass CommunicationA survey of the history and development of mass media in America. The origin, natureand interrelationships of media are examined.Spring Term.

COM 213 Public SpeakingAn introductory course in oral presentationthat combines theory with practical application.

COM 217 Principles of InterviewingThis course is designed to enhance students’understanding of communication principleswithin the context of various types of pro -fessional interviews (e.g., employment, performance-appraisal, exit, disciplinary, etc.).Course will focus strongly on in-class perfor-mances of simulated interviews, role-plays, and presentations.

COM 218 Nonverbal Communicationand Effective ListeningEffective communication in all contextsrequires careful attention to nonverbal com-munication and listening. Scholars have longrecognized that these two essential componentsof successful communication are necessarilyentwined. This hybrid course is designed tohelp students identify and appreciate how theycan improve their communication skills bywatching and listening to what they and othersare saying. This will be achieved by identi-fying, assessing and learning how to practiceeffective management of nonverbal communi-cation and listening skills as they pertain to theworkplace and social settings.

COM 220 Introduction to OrganizationalCommunicationIntroduction to basic concepts, theories andpractices relevant to the understanding ofcommunication in organizational contexts.Provides a communicatively based definition offormal organization and explores historical andcontemporary theories pertaining to individualorganizational relationships. Fall Term.

COM 274 Radio Practicum .25 creditAdvanced opportunities in the radio industry,including music air shifts, promotions, news,sports and other administrative duties atWRSE. Participation may be in the form of anindependent on-air music show, or administra-tive responsibilities assigned by the stationmanager in a specific area of interest, such asnews, promotion, or music. Five hours perweek of participation is required for all radiopracticum courses. Pass/No Pass grading.

COM 311 Interpersonal Communicationin the WorkplaceThis course explores communication withinthe context of professional interpersonal rela-tionships. Topics include interpersonal com-munication concepts, monitoring the internaland external environmental factors of a profes-sional interpersonal relationship determiningthe relational context, identifying the appro-priate communication channel for interper-sonal exchanges at work and reducingunintended messages. Students will prepare aformal team presentation and a written analysisof their communication experiences in a pro-fessional interpersonal relationship. Fall Term.

COM 312 Small Group CommunicationA course designed to explore the nature ofgroup processes, with an emphasis on effec-tive task-group discussion, decision making,problem solving and conflict resolution.Development of personal leadership skills andobservational-analytic skills through struc-tured group communication activities. Prereq-uisite: COM 114. Fall Term.

123


COM 315 Intercultural CommunicationBoth cross-cultural and intercultural aspects ofcommunication, verbal and nonverbal, areexamined in domestic and international cul-tures. Cultural differences in values and beliefsare also examined. Important dimensions ofcommunication are treated in specific contextssuch as medical, business and social. In addition, students will be asked to analyzetheir own intercultural variables and commu-nication behaviors. Overall, this course willbuild cultural awareness and knowledge of howto transcend cultural and ethnic differences tobuild community through communication.

COM 316 Communication TheoryA course that surveys the major theories in thefield of communication, analyzing theories ofnonverbal, intrapersonal, verbal, mass, intercul-tural and relational communication. Emphasison the relationship among theory, research andcommunication science. Prerequisites: COM 114and one other course at the 200 level or above.

COM 317 Persuasive CommunicationExamination of the rhetorical and social scientific theories of persuasive communication.Students will gain practical experience by exam-ining the ethical, logical and motivational meansof influencing others in a variety of persuasive sit-uations. Course work will include analysis, criti-cism and application of persuasive discourseacross a diverse range of contexts. AlternatingSpring Terms.

COM 318 Gender and CommunicationA course designed to examine gender as it iscreated and recreated through the process ofcommunication. This course focuses on genderand gender stereotypes in four primary con-texts of media, education, organizations andintimate relationships, such as friendships andfamily relationships. Students will gain a betterunderstanding of the process of communicationand how it affects the social construction ofgender. Spring Term.

COM 319 Business and ProfessionalCommunicationA course designed to improve writing,speaking and listening skills essential to effec-tive communication in a variety of businessand professional settings. This course takes apractice-oriented approach to crafting, deliv-ering and evaluating various types of informa-tive, demonstrative and persuasive documentsand presentations. Prerequisite: COM 213. FallTerm, Summer Term.

COM 320 Organizational CommunicationThis course focuses on the application of com-munication theories as applied to organiza-tional structures and design. Topics includeopen-systems theory, productivity, power,culture, socialization, identity, technology,ethics and globalization within a wide range oforganizations and contexts, Prerequisite: COM220 recommended. Spring Term.

COM 321 Case Studies in OrganizationalCommunicationA course designed to analyze problems andissues in organizational communicationthrough case histories, exercises and projects.The course takes a case-study approach,focusing on typical communication difficultiesin organizational contexts. Prerequisite: COM320. Fall Term.

COM 322 Conflict ManagementA course designed to enhance conflict commu-nication skills focusing on understanding thetheories of conflict, the nature and function ofconflict and how communication contributesto conflict management and resolution. Prereq-uisite: COM 114.

COM 323 Family CommunicationCommunication is central to the functioningof the family and extended family systems.This course explores topics that are relevant tounderstanding communication phenomena inthe setting of the family. Topics include: fami-lies as systems, patterns, meanings, rituals,

124


stories, roles and types, family life cycles, stres-sors and conflict, power and decision-making,family forms and contexts. January Term.

COM 324 Applied Conflict Managementand NegotiationThis course is designed to develop students'conflict management and negotiation skills inprofessional contexts. Students will explore theinevitability of conflict and how to respond toit while maintaining a working relationship.Students will also develop an understanding ofwhen negotiation is considered appropriateand/or necessary. The course explores effectivecommunication techniques to employ inconflict and the phases of conflict and innegotiation. Students will learn a variety oftechniques and how to apply the appropriateskills based on relational and environmentalcontexts. Spring Term.

COM 325 Oral InterpretationA lecture and laboratory course dealing with theanalysis, appreciation and communication of lit-erature to an audience. Spring Term.

COM 326 Health CommunicationThis course focuses on the interactive relation-ship between communication and issues ofhealth and medicine. The roles of patients andcaregivers and social and intercultural issues inhealth care are explored. Alternating Fall Terms.

COM 331 Language, Identity and theRainbowThis course examines the evolution of theLGBTQ movement through a critical analysisof the foundations of this community—thecommunity's rhetoric and resulting rhetoricalcoping strategies. Students will explore issuesof sexuality, identity, power and marginalizedpopulations in social movements, literatureand popular culture. Students will increaseawareness of their "others," resulting in higherlevels of communication competence. Alter-nating Fall Terms.

COM 353 Special Topics in Communication StudiesAn opportunity for intensive exploration of a

particular topic chosen by the instructor.Repeatable for credit.

COM 374 Radio Practicum .25 creditManagement experience in the radio industry.Involvement in the day-to-day running of aradio station. Opportunity to continue on-airmusic shows while developing a more compre-hensive understanding of station managementissues. Five hours per week of participation isrequired for all radio practicum courses.Pass/No Pass grading.

COM 411 Issues and Problems in MassCommunicationAn examination of the impact of mass communi-cation media on society. Research findings are dis-cussed in terms of their political, social and ethicalimplications, as well as their relationship to con-temporary theories. Prerequisite: COM 211.

COM 413 Advanced Public SpeakingStudents will refine and enhance their rhetor-ical skill set and ability to act as a public advo-cate. They will participate in researchingsignificant societal issues and the subsequentconstruction of arguments surrounding thesetopics. Students will also refine and enhancetheir delivery style during both classroom,campus and community presentations. Prereq-uisite: COM 213. Alternating Spring Terms.

COM 419 Business and ProfessionalCommunication in Online ContextsAdvanced exploration of business andprofessional communications, which includesthe curation, interpretation and analysis ofdocuments and information. Covers thegeneration and management of onlinecommunication within social media and otheronline platforms. Alternating Spring Terms.

COM 420 Ethics and Critical Issues inCommunicationThis course is designed to help studentsdevelop a conceptual framework for evaluatingcommunication ethics and examining controversial issues and case studies in a varietyof communication contexts, with a particular

125


focus on media communication settings. Stu-dents will explore fundamental issues and stan-dards of ethics in interpersonal, group, publicand mass communication contexts. AlternatingFall Terms.

COM 450 Leadership and CommunicationThis course is an overview of the relationshipbetween communication principles and thephenomenon of leadership. Analysis of variousleadership approaches and their communica-tive content are undertaken. Students will beasked to engage in qualitative researchexploring the nature of leadership as a productof human communication. Prerequisite: COM316. Spring Term.

COM 468 Internship .50, 1.00 or 1.50 creditDesigned to provide junior and senior commu-nication studies, interdisciplinary communica-tion studies and organizational communi-cation majors with supervised, on-the-jobexperience with participating businesses, gov-ernment agencies, institutions and radio/television stations. May be taken during theregular term with part-time employment of 7to 13 hours weekly for .50 credit, 14 to 17hours weekly for 1.00 credit, 18 to 20 hoursweekly for 1.50 credit, or during SummerTerm with 36 to 40 hours per week. Applica-tions should be made early in the term pre-ceding registration and are reviewed on thebasis of academic grade-point average, facultyrecommendations, professional progress anddemonstrated interest. Repeatable for credit.Consent of instructor required during previousterm unless exception is granted by internshipcoordinator. Offered for Pass/No Pass grading.

COM 474 Radio Practicum .25 creditAdvanced programming in radio, includingresearch and production of public affairs pro-gramming for broadcast. Continued participationin station management and music shows. Fivehours per week of participation is required for all

radio practicum courses. Repeatable for credit.Pass/No Pass grading.

COM 490 Senior Seminar: Topics in CommunicationThis senior seminar is a capstone option for com-munication majors. This course will allow stu-dents an opportunity to pursue advanced study ofa topic in communication beyond the regularcourse offerings. Topics will vary each year andcould include race and gender in the media, cul-tural identity in the media, the dark side of com-munication and the role of communicationwithin the liberal arts. Students will write a litera-ture review paper on a course topic as the cap-stone of their work in the major. This courseshould be taken in the spring term closest to astudent's graduation, assuming that student is notchoosing to do an internship in communicationas his or her capstone in the major. Spring Term.

COM 491 Capstone for the Elmhurst Communication ProgramIn this capstone course, students will apply thetheories, concepts and skills learned throughouttheir academic program to solving an actualorganizational problem. Students will work withapproved organizations to identify either aproblem to be solved or a change to be imple-mented. In this supervised project, students willdevelop a formal presentation and a written doc-ument. Students must be enrolled in the ElmhurstCommunication Program. Fall Term.

COM 492/292 Independent Study in Communication.25, .50 or 1.00 creditMajors may engage in directed study of achosen subject. Studies may include creativeprojects, directed readings, or research. Consentof instructor required.

COM 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of communi-cations culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-

126


ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

COM 498 Internship: Capstone1.00 or 1.50 creditDesigned to provide senior communicationstudies, interdisciplinary communicationstudies and organizational communicationmajors with supervised, on-the-job experiencewith participating businesses, government agen-cies, institutions and radio/television stations.May be taken during the regular term withpart-time employment of 14 to 17 hoursweekly for 1.00 credit or 18 to 20 hours weeklyfor 1.50 credit. Additional assignments requiredas part of a capstone experience in communica-tion. Applications should be made early in theterm preceding registration and are reviewed onthe basis of academic grade-point average,faculty recommendations, professional progressand demonstrated interest. Prerequisite: consentof instructor required during previous term unlessexception is granted by international coordinator.

THE 173, 273, 373, 473 ImprovisationEnsemble.25 credit or non-creditThis course contains training, rehearsal andperformance in acting improvisation tech-niques, including on-the-spot improvisation,sketch comedy, uses of improv in pedagogyand solo and ensemble improvisation as a cre-ative technique. The ensemble will performand offer seminars and workshops on campusas well as at area high schools, junior collegesand civic events. Repeatable for credit. Must betaken for credit to count towards the major.Pass/No Pass grading.

THE 175, 275, 375, 475 TheatrePracticum .25 credit or non-creditPractical study in all phases of theatre, includingperformance, technical production and manage-

ment. Students are required to average fivehours of participation per week and to attendseminars arranged by theatre faculty and led bytheatre professionals. Repeatable for credit. Maybe taken for non-credit. Pass/No Pass grading.

THE 176, 276, 376, 476 Musical TheatrePracticum.25 credit or non-creditPractical study in musical theatre. Participationin a mainstage musical produced by ElmhurstCollege required. Students are required toaverage five hours of participation per weekover the space of the term. Students mustattend seminars led by musical theatre profes-sionals. Pass/No Pass grading. Repeatable forcredit. May be taken for non-credit.

THE 208 Middle Eastern Dance ThroughHistory to TodayA multi-faceted exploration of the develop-ment of Middle/Near Eastern Dance (RAKSSHARQI) throughout history to its currentstatus. The political, sociological, ethnomusi-cology, theological, historical (and more) envi-ronments which have shaped, developed,hindered, grown and evolved this dance formare studied. The origin of the misnomer “bellydance” will be addressed. Special focus will beon the impact of religion and politics on thisperformance art. The course will be taught inboth classroom and studio settings. No prereq-uisite. January Term.

THE 221 Dance AppreciationDesigned for all individuals; no prior danceexperience is necessary. A survey of dance as anart form in the United States, ranging from theearly 1900s through to the present. Studentswill learn about the history and evolution ofdance in its various forms through lecture andrequired reading, viewing and discussing videosrelating to lectures and outside reading andviewing live dance-related performances oncampus and throughout the greater Chicagoarea. Students will also participate in movementexercises in class initiated by the instructor that

127


physicalize what has been recently read andviewed. Alternate years, Spring Term.

THE 225 ActingThis course is an exploration of the theory and practice of stage acting, from basic tech-nique to ensemble performance. Open to allstudents, regardless of experience. Recom-mended for non-majors.

THE 226 Acting Technique IThe beginning course in the actor trainingsequence. The student will gain a strong foun-dation in acting technique through characterdevelopment, strong acting choices, actingexercises and voice and movement technique.Prerequisite: theatre, musical theatre, or theatrearts education majors, theatre minors and/orconsent of instructor. Fall Term.

THE 227 Development of the TheatreAn introduction to the art of the theatre fromits historical roots to contemporary practice.Topics include theatre as an art form, the struc-ture and types of drama, theatre architecture,the role of the audience and contemporary pro-duction practice. It is recommended that theatremajors take this course early in their program.

THE 228 StagecraftA theoretical and practical study of the tradi-tional and contemporary techniques involvedin play production. Fall Term.

THE 238 Introduction to DesignThis course introduces the basic elements ofdesign. Students will discover how line,shape, color, value and texture work togetherin all theatrical design areas to create goodstorytelling. Spring Term.

THE 301 Voice and Movement for the StageA practical laboratory course for the explorationof physiological and phonetic foundations invoice and movement for the stage. This funda-mental course encourages students to exploreand develop their personal physical and vocalawareness and control. Spring Term.

THE 302 Ballet.50 credit Designed for all levels of dancers; no priordance experience is necessary. This coursefocuses on providing a strong foundation ofcore, classical ballet technique. Each class willconsist of a thorough barre warm-up, centertechnique exercises, across-the-floor patternsand cumulative combinations choreographedby the instructor. A stronger sense of bodyawareness, balance, flexibility and core-cen-tering strength will be developed. May be takenfor non-credit. Must be taken for credit tocount toward the major. Repeatable for credit.

THE 303 Jazz Dance.50 creditDesigned for all levels of dancers; no priordance experience is necessary. Students willlearn and perfect the fundamentals of jazzmovement vocabulary, learning the style andtechnique of this genre. Each class will consistof a thorough warm-up, center technique,across-the-floor patterns and cumulative com-binations choreographed by the instructor. Theaim of this course is to create knowledge ofand enthusiasm for jazz dance as a popular artform. A stronger sense of body awareness,balance, flexibility and rhythmic sensibility willalso be developed. May be taken for non-credit. Must be taken for credit to counttoward the major. Repeatable for credit.

THE 304 Tap Dance.50 creditDesigned for all levels of dancers; no priordance experience is necessary. A strong founda-tion in core tap vocabulary is established,focusing on a musical theatre-based tappingstyle. Each class will consist of a warm-up,center technique, across-the-floor patterns andcumulative combinations choreographed bythe instructor. Students will also have theopportunity to learn about significant contrib-utors to the field and to watch footage ofvarious tap artists and discuss their insights. Astronger sense of rhythm and musicality will be

128


developed. May be taken for non-credit. Mustbe taken for credit to count toward the major.Repeatable for credit.

THE 305 Social Dance and Period Styles .50 creditDesigned for all individuals; no prior danceexperience is required. Students will learn thestyle and technique of various period-specificdance forms: Waltz, Foxtrot, Polka, Tango,Cha-Cha, Charleston, Swing and Jitterbug.Specific attention will be given to learningproper partnering techniques thereby devel-oping participants’ special awareness. Studentswill also be exposed to the masters of thesedance genres by watching related videofootage. May be taken for non-credit. Must betaken for credit to count toward the major.Repeatable for credit.

THE 306 Modern Dance TechniqueThis course is designed for all levels of dancers;no prior dance experience is required. Eachclass will consist of a thorough warm-up,center technique exercises, across-the-floor pat-terns, and cumulative combinations choreo-graphed by the instructor. Students will beencouraged to express themselves physically, inboth literal and abstract ways, and therebyexpand their movement vocabularies. Astronger sense of rhythm, musicality, flexibilityand core strength will be developed as studentsare introduced to basic styles and techniqueprinciples of various modern choreographers.May be taken for credit or non-credit. Must betaken for credit to count toward minor andmajor. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite:THE 306 or consent of the instructor.

THE 314 History of Musical TheatreA survey of the development of Americanmusical theatre from its origins in the 19thcentury through its current place in 21stcentury culture. Spring Term.

THE 326 Acting Technique IIAn intermediate course in which the studentwill refine abilities in making strong actingchoices, through basic character development,

acting exercises and scene study. Prerequisite:THE 226 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

THE 329 World Theatre and Drama inCultural ContextsAn investigation of specific world cultures andcivilizations through the study of performancetraditions, dramatic literature, cultural studiesand historical texts. At the end of the course, thestudent will be able to critically discuss issuesinvolving culture, civilization, politics, religion,faith, art forms and dramatic literature. Thecourse investigates specific performance tradi-tions and dramatic literature of cultures and co-cultures chosen from Asia, Africa, Australia,Europe, South America and North America.Prerequisite: sophomore standing or consent of theinstructor. Spring Term.

THE 331 History of Western Theatre IA historical survey of theatre and drama as areflection of Western society from classicalGreece through the English Restoration,1660–1700. Fall Term.

THE 332 History of Western Theatre IIA historical survey of theatre and drama as a reflection of Western society from theEnglish Restoration through the 20thcentury. Spring Term.

THE 338 Costume ConstructionThis course is an introduction and overview ofthe techniques of costume construction. It isdesigned to provide practical skills in the basicsof sewing and in the fundamentals of costumeconstruction. Projects, activities and topicswill include the costuming process, theinvestigation of fabrics, an introduction to thedevelopment of patterns, clothing terminology,garment construction, and methods of alteringthe look of both fabric and garments. Fall Term.

THE 340 Creative DramaA participatory study of creative dramatics, animprovisational, process-oriented form oftheatre. Experiences include individual andgroup work, movement and pantomime,improvisation and creative playmaking.Theoretical and exploratory study includes the

129


development of strategies for utilizing creativedramatics in various settings across the K-12spectrum. January Term, alternate years.

THE 350 Play AnalysisThis course investigates play analysis–theacademic and creative processes of exploringscripts as foundations for creating perfor-mance. Analysis will explore dramatic action,dramatic structure, character development,environments, which shape the action of aplay, and the challenges of context and conven-tion. This writing intensive course will includea wide range of writing perspectives, includingdramaturgy, performance critique to anexploration of theory. Fall Term.

THE 352 Special Topics in TheatreAn opportunity for intensive exploration of aparticular topic chosen by the instructor.Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: consent ofinstructor.

THE 372 Theatrical Theory: Theatre andSocial JusticeTheatre and social justice is designed to intro-duce students to the history and study oftheatre. Students will explore the global natureof theatre and the use of theatre as a tool forsocial change and rehabilitation. The coursewill expand students’ knowledge of the theatrebeyond a form of entertainment to an under-standing of its place as a vital forum for polit-ical, cultural and social issues.

THE 402 Advanced Ballet .50 credit A more accelerated, advanced version of THE302. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: THE302 or consent of instructor.

THE 403 Advanced Jazz .50 credit A more accelerated, advanced version of THE303. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: THE303 or consent of instructor.

THE 404 Advanced Tap.50 credit A more accelerated, advanced version of THE

304. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: THE304 or consent of instructor.

THE 405 Advanced Social Dance andPeriod Styles .50 credit A more accelerated, advanced version of THE305. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: THE305 or consent of instructor.

THE 406 Advanced Modern DanceTechniqueThis course is designed for experiencedmodern dancers; extensive modern danceexperience is required. Each class will consistof a thorough warm-up, center techniqueexercises, across-the floor patterns, and cumu-lative combinations choreographed by theinstructor. Students will be expected toexpress themselves physically, in both literaland abstract ways, and thereby expand theirmovement vocabularies. A stronger sense ofrhythm, musicality, flexibility and corestrength will be developed as students applymore advanced technique principles and stylesof noteworthy modern choreographers. Maybe taken for credit or non-credit. Must betaken for credit to count toward minor andmajor. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: THE306 or consent of the instructor.

THE 410 Teaching of DanceThis course is designed for dance artists andchoreographers aiming to teach dance inschool systems, private studios, and/or profes-sional venues. Through textbook analysis,lecture/discussions, and various class activities,students will become able to present danceand movement vocabulary with strong focusand clarity. Students will also be challenged toteach with artistic potency, making the experi-ence of learning dance vocabulary enrichingand fulfilling creatively.

THE 421 Choreography of DanceThis course is designed for serious dance stu-dents with strong interest in and backgroundof dance. Various artistic methods forapproaching choreography, the composition

130


of dance, are covered. Different approaches tothe creative process behind dance compositionare explored and each student will be chal-lenged to invent his/her own approach to thecreation of dance movement. Students will alsobe exposed to various methods of presentingand teaching dance material to others. Prereq-uisite: at least one 400-level dance course, orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, SpringTerm.

THE 424 DirectingA course designed to examine the art andprocess of play direction in a seminar as wellas a laboratory setting. Prerequisite: THE 226or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring Term.

THE 426 Acting Technique IIIAdvanced scene study and monologue prepara-tion. Emphasis is placed on preparing for audi-tions and professional acting. Prerequisite: THE326 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

THE 428 Design for the StageAn advanced course in theatre design,including advanced theatre technology tech-niques. This course prepares the student forthe requirements of stage design, includinglighting, set, costume and sound. The studentwill understand the design process from initialproduction meetings through to the realizedproduction. Prerequisite: THE 228 or consent ofinstructor. Spring Term.

THE 440 Teaching Theatre ArtsA study of general pedagogical principles thatapply to the teaching of communication andtheatre in secondary schools. Must be takenprior to student teaching. Prerequisite: SEC410. Open to seniors or with consent of instructor.

THE 468 Internship .50, 1.00 or 1.5 creditDesigned to provide junior and senior theatremajors with supervised, on-the-job experiencewith participating professional theatres ormedia stations. May be taken during theregular term with part-time employment of 7to 13 hours weekly for .50 credit, 14 to 17hours weekly for 1.00 credit, 18 to 20 hours

weekly for 1.50 credit, or during SummerTerm with 36 to 40 hours per week. Applica-tions should be made early in the term pre-ceding registration and are reviewed on thebasis of academic grade-point average, facultyrecommendations, professional progress anddemonstrated interest. Offered for Pass/NoPass grading. Prerequisite: consent of instructorrequired during previous term unless exception isgranted by the international coordinator.

THE 470 Avant-Garde TheatreThis seminar will allow students to becomefamiliar with the new and creative dramaticand performance styles of the twentiethcentury. From Ibsen to the Theatre of theAbsurd and Dadaism to the Living Theatre, thetwentieth century was an era of innovation andexperimentation. Through the reading of dra-matic literature and the history of various stylesand movements, students will gain an under-standing of contemporary theatre. January Term.

THE 471 Holocaust TheatreStudy of theatre, performance, film and dramaticliterature related to the Holocaust, including anexamination of historical and contextual views ofsociety and social responsibility, Students willexplore the roles of nations and individualswithin the situations of the Holocaust before,during and after World War II. With its tradi-tion and mission of examining human natureand narrative, the theatre brings a compellingapproach to the analysis of the events andcontext of the Holocaust through this study ofperformance and performance texts.

THE 492/292 Independent Study inTheatre .25, .50 or 1.00 creditStudies may include creative projects as well asdirected reading and research in theatre. Opento juniors and seniors with consent of instructor.

THE 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of theatre arts

131


culminating in an appropriate public dissemina-tion of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

THE 498 Theatre CapstoneThis course serves as a culmination of scholar-ship and creative application of theatrestudies and practice. Designed for seniors, thecourse addresses pre-professional preparationand addresses the needs of students preparingfor graduate study. This course has the poten-tial for the integrating theatre with otherdisciplinary studies. In this seminar course,students will develop final projects inconsultation with faculty advisors. Projectswill include research, writing, and creativecomponents. Projects may include informal orformal presentations on or off campus.

APPLIED THEATRE

Applied, private instruction in theatre. Thechoice and use of materials are left to thediscretion of the instructors in each area.Term final examinations are presentedbefore a jury of theatre faculty. Students arerequired to present excerpts from the mate-rials studied.

Students entering with previous theatretraining are placed at the proper level asdetermined by audition and interview. Non-credit lessons will be graded P/NP and haveno jury requirement.

Students registering for applied theatrecourses are required to take a one-half hourlesson per week or its equivalent for a 0.5 creditcourse. Non-credit listings may be repeated.Course must be taken for credit to counttoward any major in the theatre program.Enrollment for all applied theatre listings iscontingent on the consent of the instructor.

ActingATA 011 Non-credit ActingATA 101-402 (.50 credit)

CostumingATX 011 Non-credit CostumingATX 101-402 (.50 credit)

DirectingATD 011 Non-credit DirectingATD 101-402 (.50 credit)

Musical TheatreATM 011 Non-credit Musical TheatreATM 101-402 (.50 credit)

PlaywritingATW 011 Non-credit PlaywritingATW 101-402 Credit Playwriting

Stage ManagementATS 011 Non-credit Stage ManagementATS 101-402 (.50 credit)

Theatre Business/AdministrationATB 011 Non-credit Theatre

Business/AdministrationATB 101-402 (.50 credit)

Theatre Design and TechnologyATT 011 Non-credit Design and

TechnologyATT 101-402 (.50 credit)

132

T he Department of CommunicationSciences and Disorders is dedicated to

preparing its students for the successful under-standing of human communication and itsdisorders and differences.

The discipline of communication scienceand disorders (CSD) is comprised of thetwo related fields known as speech-languagepathology (SLP) and audiology (A). Speech-language pathologists evaluate and treat thefull range of human communication disor-ders and differences. The disorders includearticulation deficiencies, language delays,stuttering, voice disorders, cognitive-com-munication disorders, feeding and swal-lowing disorders, and the language deficitsassociated with autism spectrum disorders.Differences include dialectal differences andthe oral communication abilities of English-language learners.

Speech-language pathologists may eval-uate and treat individuals of all ages, frominfants to the elderly. They may work as ateam with teachers, audiologists, psycholo-gists, occupational therapists, physical thera-pists, or they may work in private practice.Most speech-language pathologists work inpublic school systems, hospitals, rehabilita-tion centers, skilled nursing facilities, healthdepartments, government agencies, adult

day care centers, home health care agencies,centers for those with developmental dis-abilities, or research laboratories.

Individuals who enter this career typi-cally have a sincere interest in helpingpeople, an above average intellectual apti-tude, and warm interpersonal skills. Scien-tific aptitude, patience, emotional stability,tolerance, and persistence are necessary, aswell as resourcefulness and imagination.Other essential traits include a commitmentto working cooperatively with others andthe ability to communicate effectively,orally, nonverbally, and in writing.

The recommended courses during highschool are biology, physics, social sciences,English and mathematics, as well as publicspeaking, language and psychology. Under-graduates should have a strong liberal artsbackground with course work in phonetics,anatomy, psychology, human development,biology, physiology, physical science,social/behavioral sciences, statistics, grammarand semantics. A master's degree is the entrylevel required for speech-language patholo-gists. Licensure requirements also exist butvary by state.

Audiology is a discipline that focuses onthe measurement of hearing and hearingimpairment, the study of the nervous system

Communication Sciencesand Disorders


133

Communication Sciences and Disorders

and how auditory information is processed,and the testing and analysis of auditory dis-orders. Audiologists are the primary health-care professionals who evaluate, diagnose,treat, and manage hearing loss, auditoryprocessing disorders and balance disordersin adults and children. They prescribe andfit hearing aids, assist in cochlear implantprograms, perform ear- or hearing-relatedsurgical monitoring, design and implementhearing conservation programs and newbornhearing screening programs, provide hearingrehabilitation training, such as auditorytraining, speech reading, and listening skillsimprovement, and provide other assistivelistening devices to enhance the hearingcapabilities of individuals with hearing lossor other disorders of the auditory system.

The recommended courses during highschool for audiologists are the same as thosefor speech-language pathologists. On theundergraduate level, the undergraduate cur-riculum requirements are the same as forspeech-language pathologists.

While most audiologists earn a doctor ofaudiology (AuD) degree, there are otherdoctoral degrees that audiologists canobtain, such as a Ph.D. or Sc.D. Audiolo-gists must be licensed in most states, anddiagnose and treat all types of hearing lossin adults, teens, children and infants. Theywork in a variety of settings, such as hospi-tals, clinics, private practices, ENT offices,universities, K-12 schools, and government,military and VA hospitals.

The Goals of the Department • Graduates will have a foundation of

knowledge about the process of humancommunication and its disorders anddifferences;

• Graduates are expected to demonstrateawareness of principles of inquiry, both

qualitative and quantitative, and famil-iarity with current and classical issues,historical development, theories, and keyworks in the discipline of communica-tion sciences and disorders;

• Students will recognize the impact thediscipline has on individuals and society,including the political, societal, eco -nomic, and ethical issues related to thediscipline, and the impact culture has oncommunication, as well as the impactcommunication has on culture;

• Graduates are expected to demonstrateanalytical abilities; problem-solving andcritical-thinking skills; appreciate the con-nections among this discipline, other disci-plines, and the world of work; and beprepared for graduate school.

Faculty and StaffGerard H. Poll, Chair; Cheri Carrico,Undergraduate Program Director; BrendaGorman, Graduate Program Director;Meredith Baker-Rush, Kathryn Basco,Ruiying Ding, Laura Froeschke, VictoriaJay, Kara Rollins

Major in Communication Sciences andDisordersThe major in communication sciences anddisorders provides students with a back-ground in the processes of normal commu-nication and prepares them to bothrecognize and treat communication disor-ders and differences. Students have theopportunity to gain both observation hoursand clinical practicum hours in the on-campus clinic. This major provides coursework necessary for admission to graduateprograms in the discipline.

Students should be aware that it is neces-sary to pass the Test of Academic Profi-ciency (TAP) or have an ACT plus writingscore of 22 or SAT of 1030 or higher. In

134


addition, a master’s degree is required fornational licensure by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) andfor state licensure in Illinois. Additionalcourses are required for students who wishto be licensed to work in the public schoolsystem.

All students are encouraged to join NSSLHA (National Student Speech-Lan-guage-Hearing Association).

A major in speech-language pathologyrequires the following courses:CSD 203 Phonetics I (.50 credit)CSD 204 Phonetics II (.50 credit)CSD 234 Anatomy and Physiology of

Speech and HearingCSD 245 Survey of Communication

Sciences and Disorders: Educational Settings (.50 credit)

CSD 246 Survey of Communication Sciences and Disorders: Medical Settings (.50 credit)

CSD 337 Language Development Across the Lifespan

CSD 339 Introduction to Audiology: Principles and Methods

CSD 340 Fluency Disorders (.50 credit)CSD 341 Phonological and Articulatory

DisordersCSD 343 Neurological Bases of

CommunicationsCSD 344 Speech ScienceCDS 345 Professional Writing in Speech-

Language PathologyCSD 443 Language Problems in ChildrenCSD 454 Clinical Methods and Diagnostic Procedures in Speech-Language PathologyFour practica in speech-language pathology

(CSD 377, 378, 477, 478)One CSD elective

ASHA requires both a course in thegeneral, human or animal biological sci-

ences and a course in the physical sciences(chemistry or physics).

Licensure from the Illinois State Boardof Education include a master’s degree inspeech-language pathology, EDU 223 Edu-cation of PK-12 Learners with Exceptionali-ties and coursework in reading methods.

Other highly recommended courses arethe following:CSD 233 Sign Language IMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

orPSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

For admission to speech-languagepathology, students must have a cumulativeGPA of 3.00 or above at the end of theirsophomore year and must have earned a Bor above in ENG 105 and ENG 106 ortheir equivalents. To remain in the majorand enroll in 300/-400-level courses, a 3.20GPA must be maintained, along with aGPA of 3.20 in the major classes. In orderto participate in the second praticum, CSD378, a student must take the Test of Acad-emic Proficiency (TAP) or meet the ACTor SAT requirements. Enrollment in a clin-ical practicum is contingent upon appro-priate verbal and non-verbalcommunication skills and writing skills orenrollment in a recommended therapyprogram and an A or B in the relatedtheory course.

Minor in Communication Sciencesand DisordersAny four full courses from the departmentconstitute a minor in that area, with the fol-lowing exceptions: CSD 492 cannot becounted toward a minor. The departmentchair must approve any exceptions.

The Elmhurst College Speech-Language-Hearing ClinicStudent clinicians provide treatment for chil-

135


dren and adults in the Speech-Language-Hearing Clinic on campus in Circle Hall.Additional non-classroom activities in whichstudents may participate are diagnostic evalu-ations, speech and hearing screenings, confer-ences with parents, writing of reports, clinicalresearch, and service learning activities.

The student-to-faculty ratio allows closesupervision and enables qualified students tobegin therapy with clients in their senioryear. Students in communication sciencesand disorders are eligible to becomemembers of the National Student Speech-Language-Hearing Association.


CSD 203 Phonetics I .50 creditThe study of the International PhoneticAlphabet, with practice in phonetic transcriptionand motoric description of variations in speech.Prerequisite: second term sophomore standing.

CSD 204 Phonetics II .50 creditCommunicative awareness and effectiveness aredeveloped through analysis of videotaped oralpresentations and laboratory experience. Forspeech-language pathology majors, this courseoffers additional practice in transcription usingthe International Phonetic Alphabet. Prerequi-sites: CSD 203, 3.00 GPA.

CSD 233 Workshop in Sign Language I .50 creditA beginning course in sign language, empha-sizing sign vocabulary, American Sign Lan-guage (ASL) syntax, manual alphabet, andsituational assessment. Designed for those whoneed to communicate with non-verbal childrenand adults.

CSD 234 Anatomy and Physiology ofSpeech and HearingThe study of the anatomical and physio logicalprocesses related to normal speech production.

The respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, andnervous systems are studied in depth. Prerequi-sites: second term sophomore standing, 3.00 GPA.

CSD 236 Workshop in Sign Language II .50 creditAn intermediate course in sign language pro-viding additional sign vocabulary and ASLsyntax. Prerequisite: CSD 233 or consent ofinstructor.

CSD 245 Survey of Communication Sciences and Disorders: Educational Settings .50 creditA broad introduction to human communicationsciences and disorders as they are experiencedin educational settings. Includes normal andabnormal speech, language, and hearingprocesses in children, adolescents, and adults.

CSD 246 Survey of Communication Sciences and Disorders: Medical Settings .50 creditA broad introduction to human communica-tion sciences and organically based communi-cation disorders as they are experienced inmedical settings. Spring Term; January Term ineven years.

CSD 337 Language Development Acrossthe LifespanThe nature and typical development of lan-guage are studied in conjunction with concur-rent development in cognitive, social, andmotoric systems. Theories of language are alsoaddressed. Prerequisites: speech-languagepathology major, junior status and 3.20 GPA.Second-term sophomores will be considered on acase-by-case basis.

CSD 338 Normal Speech and LanguageDevelopment in the Young ChildStudy of the acquisition of speech and lan-guage in children. Designed for studentsmajoring in education or other appropriateareas. This course is not applicable toward themajor in speech-language pathology. Fall Term,even years.

136


CSD 339 Introduction to Audiology:Principles and MethodsThe study of the anatomy and physiology ofthe auditory system and its disorders. Includesinstruction and practice in the use of audio-metric equipment. Prerequisites: CSD 234,junior standing and a 3.20 GPA.

CSD 340 Fluency Disorders .50 creditA study of fluency, dysfluency, theories of eti-ology, and current therapeutic approaches inthe treatment of stuttering and other fluencydisorders. Prerequisites: 3.20 GPA and juniorstanding..

CSD 341 Phonological and ArticulatoryDisordersA study of phonological development combinedwith a study of phonological and articulatorydisorders. Strategies for assessment and remedia-tion are addressed. Prerequisites: CSD 204 and3.20 GPA.

CSD 343 Neurological Bases of CommunicationDesigned for students pursuing a degree in com-munication science and disorders or interested inthe field of allied health. Students will understandthe anatomy and physiology of the human brain;neural processes of speech, language and cogni-tion; and the neurological basis for swallowing.Also, students will develop an appreciation forbrain-behavior relationships and how they areimpacted following an injury to the brain. Prereq-uisites: CSD 234 and 3.20 GPA.

CSD 344 Speech ScienceThe study of the nature of sound waves,sound transmission, resonance, and filtering.Introduction to speech perception. A reviewof principles and methods of measuringacoustical phenomena and an introduction tothe acoustic theory of speech production.Prerequisites: CSD 204 and 3.20 GPA.

CSD 345 Professional Writing in Speech-Language PathologyDesigned to increase students’ professional

writing skills, specifically in the areas of pro-fessional correspondence, clinical reportwriting and academic writing, and toenhance skills of information literacy. Prereq-uisites: ENG 106, CSD 245, CSD 246, CSD378 and a 3.20 GPA.

CSD 355 Aural Rehabilitation The study of basic methods involved in thetreatment of the hearing impaired, includingauditory training, speech reading, amplification,communication development, and case manage-ment. Prerequisites: CSD 339 and 3.20 GPA.January Term, Spring Term.

CSD 377 Introduction to ClinicalPracticum.50 creditStudents are required to observe typical com-munication skills and accumulate clinicalobservation hours. Attendance at seminars oncurrent topics in speech-language pathology isrequired. Fundamental writing skills related tothe profession are addressed. Prerequisites:speech-language pathology major, consent of theclinic director, 3.00 GPA, and current or priorenrollment in CSD 203/204 or CSD 234.

CSD 378 Beginning Clinical Practicum.50 creditStudents are required to accumulate clinicalobservations hours, as well as attend seminarson treatment techniques and current topics inspeech-language pathology. Professionalwriting skills related to clinical practice areaddressed. Prerequisites: speech-languagepathology major, consent of the clinic director,3.00 GPA, and current or prior enrollment inCSD 337 and CSD 341. A grade of at least a B-in CSD 377 is required.

CSD 443 Language Problems in ChildrenThe etiology, symptomatology, diagnosis, and remediation of language disorders in infantsand children are studied. Prerequisites: CSD 337 and CSD 378, 3.20 GPA.

137


CSD 454 Clinical Methods and Diagnostic Procedures in Speech-Language Pathology; Senior CapstoneIntroduction to HIPAA, clinical evaluation,client management, and professional conduct asoutlined in the ASHA Code of Ethics. Methodsof observing, recording, and assessing speech andlanguage behaviors, interpreting diagnostic infor-mation, developing treatment objectives, andmodifying behaviors are studied. Fundamentalsof speech and language therapy, instructionalprogramming, and behavior management inspeech-language pathology are addressed. Prereq-uisites: CSD 204, 234, 337, 341, 378, andcurrent or prior enrollment in CSD 477, 3.20GPA.

CSD 468 Internship in Speech-LanguagePathologyStudents will arrange to observe speech-language therapy at an off-campus clinical siteand participate in speech-language therapysessions with clients. No clock hours may becounted from this experience.

CSD 477 Experiential Learning andAssisting in Clinical Practicum.50 creditStudents are required to accumulate clinicalobservation hours, as well as assist student clini-cians in CSD 478 or CSD 501 in the on-campus clinic. As assistants, students participatein supervised clinical practice, including treat-ment, data collection, preparation of materials,and writing of progress notes, lesson plans, andreports. Students may also participate in clinicalresearch. Attendance at seminars on treatmenttechniques and current topics in speech-lan-guage pathology is required. Prerequisites:speech-language pathology major, consent of theclinic director, 3.20 GPA, and a grade of at leasta B- in CSD 377 and CSD 378, and CSD 337or CSD 340 or CSD 341.

CSD 478 Practicum in Speech-LanguagePathology.50 creditStudents participate in supervised clinical prac-

tice, including the treatment of a client, datacollection, and preparation of materials,progress notes, lesson plans, and reports.Attendance at seminars on treatment tech-niques and current topics in speech-languagepathology is required. Prerequisites: speech-lan-guage pathology major, consent of the clinicdirector, 3.20 GPA. To independently treat aclient, the student must have earned a passingscore on the TAP (or equivalent ACT or SATscore), earned an A or A- in CSD 377, CSD378, and CSD 477, and have a minimum of anA- average in CSD 337, CSD 340, and CSD341. Those students who do not earn an A-average will assist a student clinician in the treat-ment of a client.

CSD 492/292 Independent Study inSpeech-Language Pathology .25, .50 or 1.00 creditStudies may include readings and clinical studyor research. Consent of instructor required.

CSD 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of speech-lan-guage pathology culminating in an appropriatepublic dissemination of research methods andfindings. This research must build upon pre-vious coursework taken within the major orminor, facilitating faculty supervision and guid-ance. Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

138

The Department of Computer Scienceand Information Systems (CSIS)

offers undergraduate degrees in three areasof study: computer science, computergaming and entertainment technology,and information systems.

CSIS also offers a Master of Science inComputer Information Systems and aMaster of Science in Data Science. Pleaserefer to the Graduate Study section of theof this Catalog for more details.

In addition to the CSIS graduate pro-grams, several computer-related adult pro-grams are available who are interested inprofessional development or making acareer change. Accelerated, certificate, andbachelor’s degree completion programsinclude application development (graduatecertificate version), cyber security, datascience (graduate certificate version),digital cinema, information technology,network administration (graduate certifi-cate) and serious games. Please refer to theAdult Programs section of this Catalog formore details for all of these programs.

In all areas of study, each studentstudies foundational computer conceptsand applies that knowledge within soft-ware development environments and on

computer platforms widely used in thesoftware industry and the informationtechnology sector in general. Using thisfoundational knowledge, each student hasthe opportunity to develop their problemsolving skills to be a lifelong learner in theever-changing computer field.

In all the CSIS curricula, students gobeyond learning several programming lan-guages and related development tools. Stu-dents in the CSIS majors learn to applytheir knowledge in several subareas withintheir respective major. All majors haverespective capstone courses where studentswork on term-long, team-based projects,which, in many cases, have “real-world”clients. Also, besides applying their knowl-edge and problem-solving skills in courses,students are encouraged to completeinternships. Internship opportunities haveincluded transaction-oriented web-sitedevelopment, scientific research, gamedevelopment, mobile-device softwaredevelopment, market research systems,geographic information systems, financialsystems, network communications, andmany others. One of the many attractionsto a career in computing is that it is veryinterdisciplinary; one has the opportunity


Computer Science and Information Systems

139


to broaden and apply knowledge anddevelop communication skills by workingwith people in a variety of disciplines.

The computer science (CS) cur-riculum core has more theoretical foun-dational concepts than the computergaming and entertainment technologyand the information systems curricula.CS students develop their abilities towork at various levels of abstraction andstudy mathematical models needed todesign, develop, implement, and testsoftware systems. The core areas of CSallow students to choose to work inmany application areas, such as mobile-device software development, web-baseddevelopment, high-performance com-puting, and cloud-based and distributeddatabase systems used for processing“big data.”

The information systems (IS) cur-riculum emphasizes applications relatedto business. Therefore, in addition tocomputer courses, IS students arerequired to choose from a set of busi-ness courses. Most software applicationsin IS tend toward accounting, finance,inventory-control and marketingsystems; however, the range of applica-tions continues to grow and the IS cur-riculum is designed to adapt toapplications that may or may not bebusiness related. For example, some ISstudents focus their study to geographicinformation systems. Some focus onintelligent decision systems and datamining applications within all theabove-mentioned fields.

Students in computer gaming andentertainment technology (CGE) learnconcepts underlying game design,graphics processing, animation, digital

cinema, web-based and mobile-basedgames, and techniques for data repre-sentation of multi-media. CGE majorsare provided with the opportunity toacquire knowledge and abilities thatwill not only prepare them for manyareas of the gaming industry, but also topursue many aspects of website develop-ment or simulation applications used inbusiness and scientific disciplines.

A grade of C- or better is required in allmajor courses for graduation in computergame and entertainment technology, com-puter science and information systems. Agrade of C- or better is required for allcourses that count toward a minor.

FacultyJohn Jeffrey Chair; James Dauer, Ali Ghane,Linda Krause, William Muellner, GarySmith

Major in Computer Science All computer science majors must take theeleven Core courses in computer science andMTH 151, 152, and 301. It is also highlyrecommended that a student majoring incomputer science take CS 303, 440 and IS423.

The major must include eleven Core CScourses and MTH 151, 152, and 301CS 220 Computer Science ICS 255 Computer Science II CS 310 Computer Organization and

Programming in Assembly CS 315 Web Design and ProgrammingCS 318 Object-Oriented Design and

Programming Using C++CS 320 Data Structures and Algorithmic

Analysis CS 360 Computer Network SystemsCS 419 JAVA Programming and Web

DevelopmentCS 420 Operating Systems

140


CS 435 Concepts of Programming Languages

CS 475 Software Engineering

Sample Four-Year CurriculumThe following sample curriculum can be usedas a guide in the selection of courses.

CS Sample Curriculum

FIRST YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 220 CS 255MTH 151 MTH 152Two Integrated Two Integrated Curriculum Curriculum requirements requirements

SECOND YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 310 CS 315MTH 301 CS 360Integrated Curriculum IS 224 or CS 2051

requirements Integrated Curriculumrequirements

THIRD YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS elective CS 2051, CS 303 or CS 318 CS 440Integrated Curriculum CS 320requirements Integrated Curriculum

requirements

FOURTH YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 419 CS 435CS 420 IS 4232 or CS 303Integrated Curriculum CS 475 requirements Integrated Curriculum

requirements

Minor in Computer ScienceStudents seeking a minor in computer sciencemust take CS 220 Computer Science I, CS

255 Computer Science II, MTH 301 DiscreteMathematics, and three 300/400-level com-puter science courses selected with theapproval of the chair of the Department ofComputer Science and Information Systems.

Major in Information SystemsA student majoring in information systemsmust take CS 220 Computer Science I, plusthe computer science, information systems,math, and business courses listed below. Stu-dents are encouraged to consider a minor inbusiness administration.

Computer Science Courses CS 205 LINUX (.50 credit)CS 315 Web Design and ProgrammingCS 360 Computer Network SystemsCS 440 Web-Based Applications

Information Systems Courses IS 224 Visual BASIC Programming

LanguageIS 380 Decision Support Systems IS 423 Data Base Management Systems IS 424 Introduction to Systems Analysis

and Design IS 425 Management Information Systems

Math Courses MTH 151 Calculus I

or MTH 162 Analysis for the Business and

Social Sciences and

MTH 345 Elementary Statistics

Business Courses BUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business Majors (required)

In addition, one of the following businesscourses is also required: BUS 230, BUS 250.

1 It is recommended that computer language and special topics courses be taken to provide important skills in these areas.2 It is recommended that students take additional CS electives to further strengthen their backgrounds in CS and/or take the CS 480 Internship to obtain practical experience in CS by working part time in industry.

141


Recommended Electives for the Information Systems Major include: CS 318 Object Oriented Design and

Programming Using C++ MTH 152 Calculus IIMTH 311 Introduction to Mathematical

and Computer-Based ModelingIt is recommended that CS 255,

although not required, be taken to provide athorough background in a programminglanguage.

Sample Four-Year CurriculumThe following sample curriculum can beused as a guide in the selection of courses.

IS Sample Curriculum

FIRST YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 220 IS 224MTH 151 or 162 BUS 263MTH 345 Two IntegratedOne Integrated CurriculumCurriculum ...requirementrequirement

SECOND YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermBUS 250 CS 205 (.50 credit)Integrated Curriculum CS 315requirements Integrated Curriculum

requirements

THIRD YEAR

Fall Term Spring Term2nd business course IS 423Integrated Curriculum CS 360requirements CS 440or Integrated Curriculum

Elective requirementsor

Elective

FOURTH YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermIS 380 IS 424Two electives IS 425

Minor in Information Systems Students seeking a minor in informationsystems must take CS 220, IS 424, IS 425and three 300/400-level informationsystems courses.

Major in Computer Game and Entertainment TechnologyStudents majoring in computer game andentertainment technology are required totake the following sets of courses.CS 220 Computer Science ICS 255 Computer Science IICS 303 Computer Game Design CS 418 Artificial IntelligenceCS 460 Computer GraphicsCGE 350 Advanced Computer GraphicsCGE 355 Computer Animation and

SimulationCGE 357 Interactive Digital MediaCGE 401 Three Dimensional Computer

Game DesignCGE 405 Digital CinemaCGE 425 Web Based Entertainment

SystemsCGE 477 Computer Game and Entertain-

ment Project DevelopmentMTH 151 Calculus I

orCGE 213 Elements of Computer

Computationor

CGE 313 Numerical Methods

Sample Four-Year CurriculumThe following sample curriculum can beused as a guide in the selection of courses.

CGE Sample Curriculum

FIRST YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 220 CS 255Two Integrated CS 460

Curriculum CGE 213 or CGErequirements 313 or MTH 151

Mathematics course One IntegratedCurriculumrequirement

SECOND YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 303 CGE 350Two Integrated Two IntegratedCurriculum Curriculumrequirements requirements

THIRD YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCS 401 CGE 355 or 357CGE 355 or 357 CGE 418Two Integrated One IntegratedCurriculum Curriculumrequirements requirement

FOURTH YEAR

Fall Term Spring TermCGE 405 CGE 425Integrated Curriculum CGE 477requirements Integrated Curriculumor requirements

Electives orElectives

Minor in Computer Game and Entertainment TechnologyStudent seeking a minor in computer gameand entertainment technology are required totake CS 220, CS 255, and four additionalCGE courses.

Course Offerings One unit of credit equals four semester hours.

CGE 213 Elements of Computer ComputationThis course introduces the student to techniquesfor solving a variety of mathematical problemsthat arise in the development of computergames, animation, simulation, computergraphics and related areas. Topics covered in thecourse include 2D and 3D Cartesian and Polarcoordinate systems, ventors and scalars, imple-mentation of trigonometric functions in ren-dering 2D and 3D images, representing the

motion of an object subject to external forces,implementing collision detection, constructing2D and 3D rotational, scaling and translationalmatrix-based transformations and camera posi-tioning in the virtual world. Also covered aretechniques for implementing world-space toviewport and screen space transformations, ren-dering curves using linear, cubic and B splines,and rendering curved surfaces using Bezier andspline techniques. Lastly, additional topicsinclude random number generators and applica-tion of random numbers in a variety of CGEtopics, techniques for rendering objects inEuclidean and fractal geometry, ray tracing tech-niques using vectors and planes and others. Pre-requisite: MTH 132.

CGE 313 Numerical MethodsThis course provides a general understanding ofusing the computer as a tool to solve the typesof mathematical problems that arise in thedevelopment of computer game and entertain-ment projects. The student writes computerprograms that solve problems in a series of eval-uation of various mathematical functions, dif-ferential and integral calculus, probability andstatistics, 2D and 3D vector systems, matrixapplication in computer graphics, animation,simulation and other related topics. Techniquesthat apply Monte Carlo concepts are also dis-cussed and the student learns how to applythese to solving a number of important CGEproblems. Prerequisites: MTH 151, CS 220.

CGE 350 Advanced Computer GraphicsEmphasis is placed on 3-D graphics andvarious ‘toolkits’ used to create this type ofgraphics such as Direct-X. Rendering of solidobjects, life forms, fractal scenes and objects,terrains, 3-D modeling, lighting and shad-owing, texturing and other topics are dis-cussed. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CGE 355 Computer Animation and SimulationThis course introduces the student to princi-ples applied to animate computer-generatedobjects on a computer screen. Both 2-D and 3-

142


143


D animation techniques are discussed, togetherwith topics including the physics of animatedsystems, systems of particles, inverse kine-matics, framing, interpolation and hierarchies.Also considered is the application of animationto the simulation and modeling of physicalsystems. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CGE 357 Interactive Digital MediaThis course considers the use and applicationof electronic media forms such as video, music,and sound in an interactive digital system thatis graphically based. By merging these formstogether, the student creates a ‘virtual’ worldthat mimics real-world experiences. Basic con-cepts of human/computer interaction are alsocovered in the course. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CGE 401 Three Dimensional Computer Game DesignIn this course, students apply concepts learnedin previous classes, such as animation and sim-ulation techniques, three dimensional graphics,and the incorporation of media componentssuch as video, music and sound in a highlyinteractive game. Students also learn how todevelop story lines, scripting techniques,aspects of game theory, and infuse their gameswith simulated cognition and artificial intelli-gence. Prerequisite: CS 303.

CGE 405 Digital CinemaThis course applies the topics of computer ani-mation, computer modeling and simulation,artificial intelligence, and computer graphics tothe design of computer generated film. Usingappropriate software packages such as thosefrom Macromedia, the student learns how todevelop a script and then apply it to createscenes that go into the design of a computer-generated film.

CGE 425 Web Based EntertainmentSystemsUsing the principles of games design, graphics,animation and simulation, and other skillslearned in previous courses, the student appliesthese in the design of web-based entertainmentsystems. This includes developing multiplayer

games played over the Internet, multimediaperformances that ‘play’ on a client’s computer,interactive web-based systems and other relatedtopics. Prerequisites: CGE 350, CGE 355.

CGE 477 Computer Game and Entertainment Project Development.This is the capstone course for the studentmajoring in computer game and entertainmenttechnology. The student in this course appliesall of the concepts and skills learned in pre-vious CGE courses to produce a significantproject. This activity will preferably be per-formed at a company as part of a project devel-opment for that company. Prerequisite: CGEmajor with senior standing or consent of theinstructor.

CGE 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of computergame and entertainment technology culminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

CS 111 Introduction to Software Applications and Digital TechnologyThis course covers basic concepts in computerscience and digital technology. These include,but are not limited to, computer systems, com-munication devices, digital media in audio andvideo, as well as various forms of “hand-held”devices. The use of spreadsheets, databases,word processing, presentation software andelectronic communication is also covered.

CS 205 LINUX .50 credit Core topics include LINUX shell commands,shell scripts and related file systems. Several relatedtopics such as file permission, process handling,

144


sysadmin tools, and the access of LINUXresources via application programs. Prerequisite:CS 220 or one course covering a high-level program-ming language.

CS 220 Computer Science I Algorithms, object-oriented programming andrelated computer science topics are introduced.Primitive and compound data types, funda-mental control structures, and the use of anintegrated development environment of a pro-gramming language are studied through pro-gramming assignments. Debugging and testingtechniques are introduced. An introduction toseveral computer science concepts covered thatinclude an introduction to machine representa-tions of data, computer system and processorarchitectures and related operation, file systemsand operating systems. This course is for CS,CGE, and IS majors, but is recommended forstudents in any major who seek to enhancetheir skill set with knowledge of a program-ming language.

CS 255 Computer Science II Introduction to object-oriented programmingand data structures. Emphasis on string pro-cessing, recursive procedures, sorting andsearching and debugging techniques. Introduc-tion to data structures, including stacks,queues, trees, linked lists, strings, and algo-rithmic design and analysis. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CS 303 Computer Game DesignDiscusses game programming, use of audioand animation techniques, 2D and 3Dgraphics techniques, and design and gamearchitecture. Rule playing and interaction ingames is also covered. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CS 310 Computer Organization and Programming in Assembly An in-depth study of computer hardware, from the logic gate level up through registers,and CPU devices. Primary and secondarymemory and input/output, interrupts, andmultiprocessor systems are discussed. Program-ming hardware using an assembler language is

also studied, and assembler features such asinterrupts, internal and external subroutines,conditional assembly, real-time programmingand the macro language are covered. Prerequi-site: CS 220.

CS 315 Web Design and ProgrammingCovers design of web sites using HTML, CSS,XML and script programming, includingJavaScript, PHP, Perl, etc. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CS 318 Object-Oriented Design and Programming Using C++ Object-oriented concepts are studied; someinclude: object as class instantiation, classdesign techniques and taxonomies, design pat-terns, single- and multi-inheritance, abstractclasses, interfaces, contract programming andexceptions. C++ syntax, semantics and object-oriented design implementations are studied.C++ concepts and implementation of object-oriented design concepts include constructors,destructors, copy constructors, and assignmentoperators, operator/function overloading,scoping rules, static vs. dynamic bindings, tem-plates, functors and exception handling.Libraries, such as STL, are studied and utilizedwithin projects. Integrated development envi-ronment tools for debugging, documenting,testing and configuring software systems areintroduced. C++ implementation techniquesfor implementing concepts such as event-driven , GUI, and multi-threads; library andrelated frameworks for these concepts are alsointroduced. Prerequisite: CS 255.

CS 320 Data Structures and Algorithmic Analysis Algorithm design and asymptotic analysis ofalgorithms using sequential and parallel com-putational models is central to this course.Object-oriented programming language imple-mentation of algorithms and related data struc-tures are studied; data types and classrepresentations studied include strings, stacks,queues, priority queues, lists, sets, multi-sets,maps, multi-maps, hash-tables and graphs.Algorithm design techniques include greedy,

145


divide-and-conquer, backtracking, dynamicprogramming and approximation. Mathemat-ical models and techniques representing thebest, worse, and average case analysis ofcovered algorithms. Computational P, NP, andNP-complete problem classes are introduced.Prerequisites: CS 255, CS 318, and MTH 301or concurrent enrollment.

CS 360 Computer Network Systems Theory of a computer network is presentedand various types of networks, including localarea, wide area, and global networks, are discussed. Theory topics include networkarchitecture, data transmission techniques,network topologies, network media, andnetwork security. Programming projects thatutilize various widely-used system platformsand communication protocol apply conceptstaught. Prerequisite: CS 220.

CS 418 Artificial Intelligence An introduction to fundamentals of artificialintelligence, including problem-solving tech-niques, search strategies and heuristics, plan-ning, machine learning and knowledgerepresentation. First order logic, normal forms,unification, and resolution principles are intro-duced with applications to problem solving,theorem proving, logic, and database theory.Prerequisite: CS 255.

CS 419 JAVA Programming and WebDevelopmentJava syntax and semantics and implementationpragmatics for expressing object-orienteddesign patterns. Java implementation strategiesfor web-based applications using event-drivenprogramming, concurrent threads, file I/O,and database applications are studied. Docu-mentation and debugging tools are introducedthrough various Integrated Development envi-ronments. Prerequisite: CS 318 or CS 320 orconsent of the instructor.

CS 420 Operating Systems Concepts include tasks and process representa-tions, process coordination and synchronization,concurrent constructs in programming lan-

guages, process and job scheduling, perfor-mance and monitoring mathematical tools,virtual and physical memory managementschemes, file management organization, devicemanagement, issues in real-time and distrib-uted operating systems, security issues, andcommunications and networks. Prerequisites:CS 310 and CS 360. It is highly recommended,although not required, that the student also takeCS 205 before taking CS 420.

CS 435 Concepts of Programming Languages A comparative study of programming lan-guages from perspectives of the designer,implementer, and user is central to this course.Regular grammars, regular expressions, finitestate automata, context free grammars, andpush-down automata are studied in the contextof building programming language translators.Imperative, object-oriented, functional, andlogic language classes are studied. Conceptscovered include data and control abstractions,strong and weak typing, static and dynamicscoping, parameter passing and concurrency.Formal specifications and implementationstrategies of the concepts are studied. Prerequi-sites: CS 310 and MTH 301.

CS 440 Web-Based ApplicationsThis course covers ways to create dynamicWeb applications using both server side andclient side programming. In this course stu-dents will learn web application basics,ASP.NET application fundamentals, valida-tion, basic forms authentication for web-basedsecurity, databinding from a datasource, cre-ating and consuming web services, session stateconfiguration and application data caching. Inaddition, students will also learn how toembed maps into their web pages using theGoogle Maps API and the ArcGIS API. Prereq-uisites: CS 220 or IS 100.

CS 448 Computability, Formal Languages, and Automata A presentation of formal models of computa-tion via turing machines, random access

146


machines and partial recursive functions.Other topics are Godel’s numbering, Church’sthesis, unsolvability, context free grammars andcomputational complexity. Prerequisite: MTH301. Upon request.

CS 460 Computer Graphics Features of graphics programs are considered,including two-and three-dimensional coordi-nate systems, transformations, perspectives,hidden-line algorithms and polygon filling(graphics), and boundary recognition, templatematching, surface and edge enhancement(image processing). Prerequisites: CS 220 andMTH 132.

CS 468 Internship .50 or 1.00 creditStudents earn credit for computer-relatedactivities performed at participating companyor corporation sites. Normally, only full-timeday students are eligible for this course. Prerequisite: consent of the department chair.

CS 475 Software Engineering An introduction to the concepts of design,development and maintenance of large-scalesoftware systems. Chief programmer teams, thesoftware life cycle, and underlying relatedtopics are covered, including requirementanalysis, implementation techniques, valida-tion, verification, maintenance, documentation,user interfaces, reliability, software develop-ment tools and programming environments.Various cost-estimation models are also intro-duced. Prerequisite: CS major with seniorstanding or consent of the instructor.

CS 492/292 Independent Study .50 or 1.00 credit

CS 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of computerscience culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previous

coursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

IS 100 GIS Application ProgrammingThis course will introduce the student to com-puter programming. It is oriented towardGeographical Information Systems (GIS)applications. Using Python, the course initiallycovers essential programming concepts such ashow to set and use variables; how to program using sequence, selection and repeti-tion structures; and how to write and call functions. The basics of using the ArcGISModelBuilder component are discussed,including exporting models to Python.Finally an introduction to writing geopro-cessing scripts in Python is presented.

IS 200 Design and Development of GeodatabasesThis course will give the student an in-depthlook into the design and development of a data-base. The course initially covers essential rela-tional database theory and normalization. Acomprehensive presentation of StructuredQuery Language (SQL), a computer industry-standard syntax language for querying andmanipulating a relational database, is then pro-vided. The geodatabase model is presentedincluding feature classes and datasets, relation-ship classes and topology. A number of perti-nent case studies are presented. The student willalso experience hands-on designing, buildingand efficient use of geodatabases. Prerequisite: IS100.

IS 224 Visual BASIC Programming Language This course introduces Visual BASIC program-ming language. The student will write pro-grams in Visual BASIC that demonstrate thefeatures of the BASIC language includingcontrol structures, input/output operations anduse of library functions such as those thatperform WINDOWS applications and data base

147


interfacing. This course is recommended not onlyfor IS and CS majors, but also for studentsmajoring in business, the natural sciences, mathe-matics, and other disciplines where programminga personal computer is required. Prerequisite: CS220.

IS 380 Decision Support Systems Decision making and problem solving utilizingthe various quantitative models commonly usedto improve and enhance business intelligencewithin an organization. Such models to includeinventory theory, exponential smoothing, artifi-cial neural networks, waiting line models andstochastic processes. Practical applications ofartificial intelligence and a discussion of datamining techniques are included. Prerequisites:MTH 162 , MTH 345.

IS 423 Data Base Management Systems Topics include defining data requirements andmodeling those requirements using EntityRelationship Diagrams, creating physical data-bases using Microsoft SQL Server, and SQLcoding for simple queries, complex queries,stored procedures and triggers. Additionaltopics include data quality, data warehouses,data security, and distributed databases. Prereq-uisite: CS 220.

IS 424 Introduction to Systems Analysisand Design A study of the phases of analysis, design andimplementation of information systems. Topicsinclude fact-gathering techniques, design ofoutput, input, files, presentation techniques,system processing, project management, systemtesting and documentation. A structuredapproach to system design and development isemphasized. Prerequisite: A course covering ahigh-level programming language.

IS 425 Management Information Systems Fundamentals of information systems in organizations, with a focus on the impact ofinformation systems on organizationalbehavior, communications and managerialstyle. The use, misuse, and management ofcomputer-based systems and their integration

with organizational goals are emphasized.Information systems in the functional areas ofmarketing, production and finance are studied.The case study method is used. Prerequisite: CS220 or IT 228.

IS 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of informa-tion systems culminating in an appropriatepublic dissemination of research methods andfindings. This research must build upon pre-vious coursework taken within the major orminor, facilitating faculty supervision andguidance. Repeatable for credit. Permission of thefaculty supervisor and the director of the HonorsProgram required prior to registration.

148

Major in EconomicsA minimum of nine courses is requiredincluding:BUS 261 Financial AccountingECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsECO 414 MicroeconomicsECO 416 MacroeconomicsTwo additional upper-level courses in

economicsMTH 151 Calculus I

orMTH 162 Analysis for the Business and

Social SciencesMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

It is recommended that majors in eco-nomics who plan to attend graduate schoolacquire a competence in calculus. A grade ofC- or better is required in all courses takenfor a major in economics and a GPA of 2.0in the major.

Minor in EconomicsA minimum of five courses is required,including:ECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsThree upper-level courses in economics

A grade of C- or better is required in allcourses taken for a minor in economics anda GPA of 2.00 in the minor.

The Department of Economics is an aca-demic department engaged in the

study of economics in the liberal arts tradi-tion of Elmhurst College. Consistent withthe College's mission, vision for the futureand core values, the Department of Eco-nomics’ academic program is intended tofoster learning, intellectual self-formation,intellectual engagement and intellectualcuriosity. The department envisions thisendeavor within the College’s commitment"to learning as a life-long pursuit." Further-more, the department seeks to prepare stu-dents for successful career entry or forfuture study towards an advanced degree.The fundamental goals of courses in eco-nomics are to develop an understanding ofthe operation of the economy and theability to analyze economic problems. Toaccomplish these objectives, courses in eco-nomics describe the major economic institu-tions and the theory that explains theiroperations. Major attention is given to theproblems of efficiency in the allocation ofresources, full employment, price stabilityand economic growth.


Economics

149

Economics


ECO 100 Introduction to EconomicsThis course is a guide to economic literacy andthe global economy in the 21st century. Stu-dents will be introduced to economic conceptsand how these concepts can contribute to abetter understanding of the world around us.Topics covered include how markets work,economic decision making, price determina-tion, market structures and their impact onbusiness behavior, business cycles, money cre-ation and the banking system, economic stabi-lization policies and international trade. Thiscourse does not count towards the economicsmajor. No prerequisite. Spring Term.

ECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsAn introduction to how individuals, firms andmarkets interact in determining the allocationof resources with applications of the economictheory of human behavior. No prerequisite.Open to all students.

ECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsAn introduction to national income theory, theprocess of the creation and control of themoney supply, fiscal and monetary policy andinternational economics. No prerequisite.Open to all students.

ECO 312 Economics of LaborA study of the market for labor services. Topicsinclude wage determination, occupational andwage differentials, investments in humancapital labor unions and collective bargainingas well as other market issues. Prerequisites: ECO210, 211 and MTH 151 or 162 or equivalent.Spring Term.

ECO 314 International EconomicsGains from an international economy, barriersto international trade, international monetarysystems and analysis of economic problemssuch as economic development, balance ofpayment deficits and regional economic inte-gration. Prerequisites: ECO 210, 211 and MTH151 or 162 or equivalent.

ECO 316 Comparative Economic SystemsA study of various contemporary economicsystems. Models of a capitalist marketeconomy, centrally planned socialism andmarket socialism are analyzed. Cases of eco-nomic systems such as those of Japan, U.S.,China and Europe are studied. The specialproblems and policies associated with the tran-sition from a planned economy to a marketeconomy are examined. Prerequisites: ECO 210and 211.

ECO 410 Money and BankingThe role of commercial banks and the FederalReserve system in the creation and control ofthe money supply; analysis of the relationshipbetween the money supply, level of economicactivity, price level and interest rates; and therole of monetary policy in economic stabiliza-tion. Prerequisites: ECO 210, 211 and MTH151 or 162 or equivalent.

ECO 414 MicroeconomicsA study of the role of the pricing of productsand productive services in the operation of theeconomy. Consideration is given to the issuesof efficiency, monopoly, inequality, consumerwelfare and an application of economicanalysis to a variety of policy issues. Prerequi-sites: ECO 210, 211 and MTH 151 or MTH162 or equivalent. Fall Term.

ECO 416 MacroeconomicsTheories of national income determinationand its fluctuations, economic stabilizationpolicies and economic growth. Prerequisites:ECO 210, 211 and MTH 151 or 162 or equiv-alent. Spring Term.

ECO 419 Seminar in Special TopicsA seminar designed to give faculty andadvanced students in economics an opportu-nity to study current theoretical developments,issues and policies in economics. Specifictopics vary with the interests of faculty andstudents. Repeatable for credit.

ECO 492/292 Independent StudyReading and research open to juniors andseniors majoring in economics and other

150

Economics

majors who have a background adequate forresearch on problems with important eco-nomic content. Prerequisite: approval of thedepartment chair.

ECO 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of economicsculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatablefor credit. Permission of the faculty supervisor andthe director of the Honors Program required priorto registration.

151

The Department of Education offers avariety of specialized programs leading

to State of Illinois teacher licensure. All areaccredited by the State of Illinois. Accredita-tion assures that the Department of Educa-tion has met rigorous professional standardsand that its graduates have been immersed inprograms based upon best practices.

The Department of Education atElmhurst College is committed to the prepa-ration of knowledgeable and caring teachersfor a global society. Through collaborationand diverse practice-centered experiences, westrive to prepare educators to be dedicated,ethical leaders in their learning communities.

Department GoalsGraduates will be able to:• Integrate content knowledge across disci-

plines and construct pedagogical contentknowledge to provide culturally relevantinstruction that prepares all students forthe literacies needed in a changing andinterdependent world;

• Apply differentiation, evidence-basedpractices and assessments and innovativetechnologies to meet the characteristicsand needs of all students;

• Provide safe, caring classroom environ-ments that demonstrate and encourage

creative, engaged learning to become life-long learners, critical thinkers andresponsible citizens;

• Collaborate with students, families, col-leagues and community members tocreate learning communities that valuediversity; and

• Act as reflective and ethical professionalswho are committed to schools and theprofession. The teacher preparation programs listed

below have been approved by the IllinoisState Board of Education. Successful comple-tion of a specific program and passing scoreson the state’s basic skills, content area andassessment of professional teaching examslead to licensure in that area.

Early Childhood (Birth-3rd grade)Elementary (1-6)Art (K-12)English (6-12)Foreign Language (K-12): French,German, SpanishMathematics (6-12)Music (K-12)Physical Education (K-12)Science (6-12): designations in biology,chemistry, or physicsSocial Science (6-12): designations inhistory, political science

Education


152

Education

Special Education (LBSI-Learning Behavior Specialist I)Theatre (6-12)At the graduate level, the Department of

Education offers a Master of Education inTeacher Leadership and a Master of Educa-tion in Early Childhood Special Education.Please refer to the Graduate Study section ofthis Catalog. Graduate-level courses for prac-ticing teachers that do not lead to a master’sdegree are also offered.

Faculty

Jeanne White, Chair; Lisa Burke, AssociateChair; Diana Brannon, Ayanna Brown, DebbieCosgrove, Linda Dauksas, LuEllen Doty,Debra Meyer, Theresa Robinson, DennisSmithenry, Beverly Troiano, Therese Wehman,

Professional Education Faculty

Daniel Jares, Teacher Licensure Officer; JudithKaminski, Director of Satellite NetworkProgram;William Slodki, Director of TeacherEducation Admissions

Requirements for Admission to TeacherLicensure ProgramsAdmission to the College does not guar-antee admission to a teacher licensureprogram. There are separate admissionrequirements for elementary teacher educa-tion; see page 154. Admission to a specificteacher licensure program requires:• Passing scores on all sections of the Test

of Academic Proficiency (TAP); or com-posite ACT Plus Writing score of at least22 and a minimum 19 in CombinedEnglish/Writing; or composite (math andcritical reading) SAT score of at least1030 and a minimum 450 in writing.

• Sophomore status (32 earned semesterhours);

• Attainment of C (2.00) or better in a

minimum of six semester hours ofEnglish composition;

• A cumulative grade-point average of2.750 or above from all institutions ofhigher education;

• A major grade-point average of 3.000 forart, foreign language, history and physicaleducation;

• A major grade-point average of 2.750 forbiology, early childhood education, ele-mentary education, English, music educa-tion, political science, special education,and theatre arts;

• A major grade-point average of 2.500 forchemistry, mathematics and physics;

• A completed application with recommen-dations, a personal statement and copiesof current transcripts; and

• Evidence of an Illinois State Police crim-inal background check.Students who wish to change teacher

education programs after they have beenadmitted must file a request with thedirector of teacher education admission.Admission is program specific and admissionto one program does not guarantee a requestto change.

Grading RequirementsAll courses completed to meet licensure ormajor requirements must be completed for agrade of C (2.0) or higher. All educationcourses must be completed within 10 yearsof admission to a program. All courses com-pleted in the Department of Education on aPass/No Pass basis require a C (2.0) orhigher. Some courses may have higherrequirements to earn a pass.

Requirements for Admission to theClinical Term (Student Teaching)Candidates apply to student teach in theacademic year prior to the year in which

153

Education

they intend to student teach. Candidatescannot be admitted to student teaching untilthey have passed the appropriate Statecontent area test and completed program-specific requirements.

The appropriate content area test mustbe passed prior to student teaching. Thisrequirement must be met by August 15 forFall Term student teachers and by January15 for Spring Term student teachers. Candi-dates who have not passed the appropriatecontent area test(s) may not student teach,but may be eligible to graduate on schedule,receiving a degree in education (or in theircontent area for secondary or K-12 majors)without recommendation for licensure.

Sophomore StandingAll education courses at the 200-level orhigher require sophomore standing at thetime the course begins.

Field Experiences All Department of Education courses includefield requirements. The Department of Edu-cation’s Satellite Network is designed to assistcandidates in obtaining their field experienceplacements in partner school districts.

Licensure-Only StudentsNon-degree or second degree candidates pur-suing teacher licensure must satisfy anyrequirements specified by the academicdepartment that will sponsor them in theirteacher education programs. In addition,they are required to complete a minimum ofthree full terms (excluding January Term andSummer Term) prior to student teaching.

Transfer Student Limitations onTransfer CreditTransfer students must meet GPA require-ments and complete at least half of theireducation courses at Elmhurst College,excluding program seminar courses 200, 300

and 450 and student teaching. Educationcourses accepted in transfer must have beencompleted within the last ten years at thetime of admission to a program with a gradeof C (2.0) or higher. In addition, transferstudents must complete three full terms (Falland Spring) at Elmhurst College prior tostudent teaching.

Early Childhood Education Major

Minor Requirement for Early ChildhoodEducationThe early childhood education program pre-pares students to teach children from birthto grade 3. Candidates pursing licensure inearly childhood education select one of twooptions. One option is earning the EarlyChildhood (Type 04) license with a Letter ofApproval for Early Childhood Special Edu-cation and English as a Second Language(ESL) endorsement. The other option isearning licensure in Early Childhood (Type04 license) with the Letter of Approval forEarly Childhood Special Education and aminor or second major. Courses beingapplied toward licensure must earn grades ofC (2.0) or higher.

FIRST YEAR

Fall TermENG 105 CompositionPSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

ScienceIntegrated Curriculum Requirements

Spring TermEDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesENG 106 CompositionIntegrated Curriculum Requirements

SECOND YEAR

Fall TermECE 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching

as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)

154

Education

ECE 201 History, Theory and Practiceof Early Childhood Education (.50credit)

ECE 223 Education of PK-12 Learners with Exceptionalities

PSY 317 Child DevelopmentMTH 325 Mathematical Concepts for

Elementary Teachers I

Spring TermECE 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teaching


ECE 301 Curriculum Trends, Organiza-tional Patterns and Methods of Early Childhood Education

Integrated Curriculum Requirements/Minor Requirements

MTH 326 Mathematical Concepts for Elementary Teachers II (.50 credit)

THIRD YEAR

Fall TermCSD 338 Normal Speech and Language

Development in the Young ChildECE 308 Instructional Methods for the

Young ChildECE 413 Child, Family and Community

RelationshipsIntegrated Curriculum Requirements/Minor

Requirements

Spring TermECE 318 Reading and the Language

Arts for the Young Child ECE 412 Early Childhood AssessmentECE 414 Early Childhood Special

Education MethodsIntegrated Curriculum Requirements/Minor

Requirements

FOURTH YEAR

Fall TermECE 330 Teaching Mathematics in K-8

Classrooms

ECE 419 Effective Learning Environments in Early Childhood Classrooms

ECE 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice(.25 credit)

Integrated Curriculum Requirements/Minor Requirements

Spring TermECE 454 Student Teaching in Early

Childhood Education Special Education(Two 1.50 credits)

Elementary Teacher Education Major

Minor Requirement for Elementary EducationCandidates pursuing licensure in elementaryeducation must complete a minor as part oftheir official transcript in addition to theireducation major. The minor must be in oneof the four specialization areas: TeachingEnglish Learners, Educating Students withExceptionalities, Reading Education orMathematics Education. Courses beingapplied toward the minor must earn gradesof C (2.0) or higher.

Admission to the Elementary TeacherEducation Program Requirements• A completed electronic Elementary

Teacher Education application includinga personal statement, a chosen area ofspecialization, two formal recommenda-tions and copies of current transcripts.The application and recommendationforms may be downloaded from theadmission website.

• Block 1 begins in the junior year (12credits/48 semester hours).

• Passing scores on all sections of the Testof Academic Proficiency (TAP); or com-posite ACT Plus Writing score of at least22 and a minimum 19 in CombinedEnglish/Writing; or composite (math andcritical reading) SAT score of at least

155

Education

1030 and a minimum 450 in writing.• Attainment of C (2.00) or better in a

minimum of 1.50 credits (6 semesterhours) of English composition.

• A cumulative GPA of 2.750 or abovefrom all institutions of higher education.

• Evidence of an Illinois State Police crim-inal background check.

Prerequisite Coursework for Admissionto Elementary Teacher Education (ELM)The following provides a checklist for pre-requisite coursework. Transfer studentsshould contact the Department of Educa-tion or the Office of Admission at ElmhurstCollege for information regarding equiva-lent courses at their prior institutions. • All courses require grades of C (2.00) or

higher to fulfill licensure, major andminor requirements. Note that C-minusgrades do not fulfill requirements.

• AP credit may be accepted for any pre-requisite course according to ElmhurstCollege guidelines. AP credit mustappear on the college transcript to beaccepted.

• Students must complete at least half oftheir ELM courses at Elmhurst Collegeand must complete three full terms (Falland Spring) at Elmhurst prior tostudent teaching.

FoundationsEDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United States

Special EducationEED 223 P-12 Learners with

Exceptionalities

Educational PsychologyEDU/PSY 311 Educational Psychology

(Prerequisites: ENG 106 and PSY210or EDU 104)

College AlgebraMTH 121 College Algebra or higher

Statistics (one of the following)MTH 327 Essential Statistics (.50 credit;

Spring Term 2016)MTH 345 Elementary Statistics MTH 346 Statistics for ScientistsPSY 355 Statistics for Psychological

Research (will not count for the mathminor)

Science with Laboratory (choose two); twocourses chosen from two of three areas;total of 4.50 credits (six semester hours)

Physical Science

AST 212 Introduction to AstronomyCHM Chemistry in the Natural WorldCHM 101 General ChemistryCHM 107 Physical Science Concepts

for K-8 Teachers*CHM 110 Chemistry and Issues in

the EnvironmentCHM 211 Chemical Principles IPHY 101 Physical SciencePHY 107 Physical Science Concepts for

K-8 Teachers*Life Science

BID 103 Ocean StudiesBIO 100 Principles of BiologyBIO 104 Human BiologyBIO 105 Environmental BiologyBIO 300 Human GeneticsEarth and Space Science

BID 103 Ocean StudiesGEO 102 Earth Systems ScienceGEO 105 Introduction to Atmospheric

Science

Social Science (choose two); two courseschosen from two of four areas; total of4.50 credits (six semester hours)Economics

ECO 100 Introduction to Economics*

*Recommended for elementary education teacher candidates.

156

Education

ECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsGeography

GEO 111 Regional Study of the ModernIndustrial World

GEO 112 Regional Study of the Developing World

GEO 218 Geography of ReligionHistory

HIS 111 Survey of Western Civilization IHIS 112 Survey of Western Civilization IIHIS 116 Survey of Non-Western

CivilizationsHIS 301 American History before 1865HIS 302 The United States from 1865 to

the PresentHIS 304 The United States in the

Twentieth CenturyCivics and Government

POL 150 Introduction to Politics*POL 201 American Federal GovernmentPOL 202 American State and Local

GovernmentPOL 302 Politics of Developing NationsURB 291 Suburbia: People, Problems

and Policies

Elementary Teacher Education Courses

THIRD YEAR: PRIMARY BLOCK I

ELM 300 Elementary Curriculum, Planningand Instruction for the Primary Grades(.75 credit)

ELM 301 Elementary Education Practicumin Primary Classrooms (.25 credit)

ELM 314 Elementary Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in DiversePrimary Classrooms (.75 credit)

ELM 341 Primary Classroom Methods inElementary Mathematics, Science andSocial Science

THIRD YEAR: INTERMEDIATE BLOCK II

ELM 350 Elementary Curriculum, Planningand Instruction for the IntermediateGrades (.75 credit)

ELM 352 Elementary Education Practicumin Intermediate Classrooms (.25 credit)

ELM 372 Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in Diverse Intermediateand Middle-Level Classrooms (.75 credit)

ELM 382 Intermediate Classroom Methodsin Elementary Mathematics, Science andSocial Science

FOURTH YEAR: PRECLINICAL BLOCK III

ELM 419 Evidence-based Elementary Classroom Assessment and LearningEnvironments (.75 credit)

ELM 450 Elementary School Practicum andProfessional Practice Seminar

SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation ofReading Difficulties (.75 credit)

SPE 442 Remediation of Difficulties inUnderstanding and Applying Mathematics (.50 credit)

FOURTH YEAR: CLINICAL BLOCK IV

ELM 451 Student Teaching in ElementaryEducation (3.00 credits)

ELM 471 Elementary Education ReflectivePractice Seminar (.50 credit)

ELM 498 Elementary Education CapstoneSeminar (.50 credit)

Secondary Teacher Licensure RequirementsSee departments for suggested scheduling ofspecific requirements.

FIRST YEAR

EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of Education in the United States

Integrated Curriculum or Major Requirements

SECOND YEAR

SEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)

*Recommended for elementary education teacher candidates.

157

Education

SEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learners withExceptionalitiesor

KIN 312 Physical Education for SpecialPopulations

SEC 311 Educational PsychologyIntegrated Curriculum or Major Requirements

THIRD YEAR

SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teachingin Diverse and Inclusive Schools (.25 credit)


EDU 360 The Middle School: History, Philosophy, Organizational Structuresand Best Practices (prerequisite: SEC311) recommended


FOURTH YEAR

SEC 421 Theory and Practice for Developing Academic Literacies in K-12 Classrooms

SEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice(.25 credit)

SEC/Special Methods of Teaching in Acad-emic Subject Fields

SEC 455/457 Student Teaching in Sec-ondary and Middle Schools (2.00 or 3.00credits)


Broadfield Requirements for SecondaryScience LicensureStudents seeking licensure in biology, chem-istry, or physics will be licensed in broadfieldscience with one of those subjects as theirdesignation. This licensure allows one toteach biology, chemistry, earth/space science,environmental science and physics at theregular level and in one’s designation area,honors/AP levels. In order to prepare forsuch licensure, any one of the three pro-

grams requires work in biology, chemistry,math and physics. For requirements of eachspecific program, see the teacher licensureofficer in the Department of Education orthe director of secondary education.

Broadfield Requirements for SecondarySocial Science LicensureAll candidates seeking secondary licensure inbroadfield social science with a designationin history or political science must take thefollowing courses (or transfer equivalents) inaddition to requirements in the major andcore courses in education:ECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsGEO 105 Introduction to Atmospheric

ScienceGEO 112 Regional Study of the Developing

WorldHIS 116 Survey of Non-Western

CivilizationsHIS 301 American History before 1865

or HIS 302 The United States from 1865 to

the PresentPOL 150 Introduction to PoliticsPOL 201 American Federal GovernmentSEC 425 Teaching Social Studies in Middle

and Secondary Schools (.50 credit) SOC 211 Society and the Individual–

Introductory Sociology

Major in Secondary EducationThis major requires 34 semester hours ofcoursework, including at least 1.5 units (6semester hours) of student teaching at themiddle or secondary level. EDU 104 is apre- or co-requisite for introductory courses.SEC 200 or its equivalent is required toenroll in 200-level education courses. SEC300 or its equivalent is required to enroll in300- and 400-level education courses. SEC450 or its equivalent and formal admissionto student teaching are required to enroll in

158

Education

student teaching. Students are required tocomplete all courses with grades of C(2.000) or higher and to pass studentteaching, while maintaining a 2.750 sec-ondary education major GPA and a 2.750overall cumulative GPA.

All of the following courses are required:SEC 223 PK-12 Learners with Exception-

alities (pre/corequisite: SEC 200)or

KIN 312 Physical Education for SpecialPopulations

SEC 311 Educational Psychology (prerequisites: ENG 106, PSY 210 orEDU 104)

SEC 310 Methods and Best Practices in Middle and Secondary Education (pre/corequisite: SEC 300)

SEC 421 Theory and Practice for Building Academic Literacies in K-12 (pre/coreq-uisite: SEC 300, SEC 310)

SEC 455/457 Student Teaching in Secondary and Middle Schools (3.00credits); requires formal admission to student teaching

At least one of the following:ART 362 Art Methods and Experiences in

Secondary EducationENG 440 Teaching of EnglishHIS 440 Teaching History in Secondary

SchoolsKIN 440 Instructional Techniques in

Secondary Physical EducationMTH 440 Teaching Secondary School

MathematicsMUS 366 Teaching of K-12 Classroom

MusicPOL 440 Special Methods: Teaching

Political ScienceSEC 425 Teaching Social Science in

Middle and Secondary SchoolsSEC 463 Natural Science: Special Methods

THE 440 Teaching Theatre ArtsWL 440 Teaching Foreign Language in the

Secondary School

Course(s) chosen from the following tomeet the 34-semester hour requirement:EDU 324 Educational Experience in

JamaicaEDU 331 Race and Equity in EducationEDU 360 The Middle SchoolPSY 318 Adolescent DevelopmentEDU 380 Comparative StudiesENG 315 Adolescent Literature

Special Education (Learning BehaviorSpecialist I) Major

FIRST YEAR

Fall TermENG 105 CompositionIntegrated Curriculum Requirements

Spring Term (Initial Courses)EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesENG 106 CompositionIntegrated Curriculum Requirements

SECOND YEAR

Fall TermSPE 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching

as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)SPE 216 Assistive Technology

(.50 credit; online)SPE 250 Introduction to Curriculum and

Instructional PlanningSPE 311 Educational PsychologyIntegrated Curriculum Requirements

January TermSPE 220 Establishing Professional

Relationships: Communication and Collaboration

Spring Term CSD 245 Survey of Communication

Sciences and Disorders: Educational Settings (.50 credit)

159

Education

SPE 215 Introduction to Assessment(.50 credit)

SPE 223 Education of PK-12 Learners with Exceptionalities

SPE 270 Linking Brain Learning Research and Educational Practice

SPE 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teachingin Diverse and Inclusive Schools (.25 credit)

Integrated Curriculum Requirements

THIRD YEAR

Fall Term (Core I)SPE 316 Literacy III: K-12 Instructional

Strategies and InterventionsSPE 334 Characteristics of Learners ISPE 336 Curriculum Trends in Public

SchoolsSPE 434 Academic Curriculum/

Assessment/Instructional StrategiesIntegrated Curriculum Requirements

Spring Term (Core II)SPE 338 Characteristics of Learners IISPE 438 Functional Curriculum/

Assessment/Instructional StrategiesSPE 439 Characteristics and Specific

Needs of Students with Physical, Health,and Sensory Impairments (.50 credit)

SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties (Spring Term)


FOURTH YEAR

Fall Term (Core III)SPE 219 Assistive Technology II

(.50 credit; online)SPE 435 The Learning Environment/

Positive Behavior SupportSPE 442 Remediation of Difficulties in

Understanding and Applying Mathematics (.50 credit)

SPE 450 Special Education Practicum: Collaboration and Professional Practice


Spring TermSPE 458 Student Teaching in Special

Education (3.00 credits)

MINORS IN EDUCATION

Minor in Educating Students withExceptionalities

For students admitted to a teacher education

program.

The minor in educating students withexceptionalities prepares general educators(K-12) to provide special education servicesto students with exceptionalities who are intheir general education classrooms.

Students who have completed this minorare eligible to earn the Learning BehaviorSpecialist I Endorsement, which is increas-ingly attractive to school districts as moregeneral education districts, schools, andclassrooms adopt inclusive special educationservice delivery options.

Completion of the minor requires aminimum of 20 semester hours of course-work in special education, including:SPE 220 Establishing Professional

Relationships: Communication and Collaboration

SPE 338 Characteristics of Learners IISPE 434 Academic Curriculum/

Assessment/Instructional StrategiesSPE 435 The Learning Environment/

Positive Behavior SupportSPE 438 Functional Curriculum/

Assessment/Instructional StrategiesSPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation

of Reading DifficultiesSPE 442 Remediation of Difficulties in

Understanding and Applying MathematicsThe minor in educating students with

exceptionalities is only available to studentswho are formally admitted to a teacher edu-

160

Education

cation program. Students are required tocomplete all courses with a grade of C(2.00) or higher and a 2.75 minor GPA.The courses required for the minor satisfythe requirements for the Illinois State Boardof Education (ISBE) Learning Behavior Spe-cialist 1 endorsement. Teacher candidateswill need to pass the LBS1 (155) statecontent exam to earn this endorsement.

Minor in Elementary School Mathematics EducationFor early childhood, elementary, or special educa-

tion program students.The minor in elementary school mathe-matics education requires a minimum of 4.5course credits in mathematics, including thefollowing.MTH 132 Elementary Functions

or MTH 151 Calculus I

or MTH 152 Calculus IIMTH 325 Mathematical Concepts for

Elementary Teachers IMTH 326 Mathematical Concepts for

Elementary Teachers I or

MTH 331 Foundations in GeometryMTH 345 Elementary Statistics


Additional mathematics courses may beneeded to meet the requirement of 4.50course credits in mathematics.

The minor in elementary school mathe-matics education is available only to earlychildhood, elementary, or special educationprogram students. This minor does not leadto a state endorsement in mathematics edu-cation. Interested students should identifythemselves to both the Department of Edu-cation and the Department of Mathematics

and confer periodically with advisors inboth departments. All courses must be com-pleted with a C (2.00) or higher.

Minor in Language Arts EducationFor students admitted to a teacher educationprogram.Completion of this minor requires a minimumof 24 semester hours of coursework. No morethan two courses (8 semester hours) from amajor or another minor may be used to satisfythe minor requirements. No more than twocourses will be accepted in transfer. Only stu-dents who are formally admitted to a teachereducation program may earn this minor. Stu-dents are required to complete all courses withgrades of C or higher. This minor will lead to aLanguage Arts endorsement at the middleschool level if a student has earned middleschool approval, but it will not lead to a 9-12English Language Arts endorsement.

One communications course (1.00 credit)COM 114 Interpersonal CommunicationCOM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 218 Nonverbal Communication and

Effective ListeningCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 317 Persuasive CommunicationCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationTHE 225 Acting THE 340 Creative Drama

One content-area reading course (at least.50 credit) EDU 321 Content Area Reading (.50

credit) Fall Termor

SEC 421 Theory and Practice for Building Academic Literacies in K-12 Classrooms

One course in middle-level/adolescent literature (.50 credit)ENG 315 Adolescent Literature

161

Education

EDU 373 Picture Books and Adolescent Literature in the 4-8 Classroom

One course in writing pedagogy at themiddle level (1.00 credit)EDU 430 Writing Pedagogy for the

Middle Level

One course in reading pedagogy (1.00 credit)EED 315 Literacy II: Using Language to

Learn SPE 316 Literacy III: K-12 Instructional

Strategies and Interventions

At least two of the following electives tomeet the 24 semester hour requirement:Any ENG literature course at the 200-level

or higherWL 209 World Literature in EnglishWL 320 Non-Western Culture via

Literature and Film

Minor in Reading EducationFor students admitted to a teacher educationprogram.Completion of this minor requires aminimum of 24 semester hours of course-work in reading education. No more thantwo courses will be accepted in transfer. Onlystudents who are formally admitted to ateacher education program may earn thisminor. Students are required to maintain acombined GPA of 2.750. The coursesrequired for the reading teacher minor mustsatisfy the 24-hour course requirements forthe Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE)Reading Teacher Endorsement on early child-hood, elementary, special K-12 education, orsecondary teaching license. In addition,teacher candidates will need to pass the ISBETeacher Content Test in Reading (#177).

Elementary Teacher Education Majors (26hours)Foundations of reading and developmental and

remedial materials and resources; 3 semester hours

ELM 314 Elementary Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in Diverse Primary Classrooms (.75 credit)*

Assessment and diagnosis of reading problems,

and developmental and remedial materials and

resources; 4 semester hours

SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties (1.00 credit)*

Developmental and remedial reading instruction

and support/reading practicum; 4 semester hours

EDU 445 Literacy Practicum (1.00 credit)Developmental and remedial materials and


ELM 372 Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in Diverse Intermediate & Middle-Level Classrooms (.75 credit)*

Literature appropriate to students across all grade

ranges; 8 semester hours

ENG 314 Children’s Literature (1.00 credit)Fall Term

Plus one course from the following: (1.00 credit)

EDU 373 Using Picture Books and Informa-tional/Non-Fiction Text to TeachReading Skills and Strategies in K-8Classrooms (1.00 credit) January Term

EDU/SPN 304 Teaching Hispanic Child-ren's Literature Across All Grade Levels(1.00 credit) Spring Term

Content area reading; 4 semester hours

EDU 441 Advanced Content Area Readingin K-8 Classrooms (1.00 credit) JanuaryTerm

Early Childhood Education Majors (27hours)Foundations of reading; 7 semester hours

ECE 318 Reading and the Language Arts for the Young Child (1.00 credit)*

ELM 372 Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in Diverse Intermediateand Middle-Level Classrooms (.75 credit)

*Indicates a course in the major

162

Education

Assessment and diagnosis of reading problems,



SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties (1.00)



EDU 445 Literacy Practicum (1.00 credit)Literature appropriate to students across all grade



Plus one course from the following (1.00 credit):

EDU 373 Using Picture Books and Informa-tional/Non-Fiction Text to TeachReading Skills and Strategies in K-8Classrooms (1.00 credit); January Term

EDU/SPN 304 Teaching Hispanic Child-ren's Literature Across All Grade Levels(1.00 credit); Spring Term


EDU 441 Advanced Content Area Readingin K-8 Classrooms (1.00 credit)

Secondary Education Majors (26 hours)Foundations of reading; 4 semester hours

SPE 316 Literacy III: K-12 InstructionalStrategies and Interventions (1.00 credit)Fall Term

Assessment and diagnosis of reading problems



SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation ofReading Difficulties (1.00 credit)




ranges; 8.5 semester hours

ENG 315 Adolescent Literature (.50credit)*; Spring TermPlus two courses from the following:


ENG 372 Multicultural/ Post Colonial Literature (1.00 credit)*



SEC 421 Building Academic Literacies for K-12 Classrooms (1.00 credit)*

Special Education Majors (24 hours)Foundations of reading; 4 semester hours

SPE 316 Literacy III: K-12 InstructionalStrategies and Interventions (1.00credit)* Fall Term

Assessment and diagnosis of reading problems



SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Difficulties (1.00 credit)*


and support and reading practicum; 4 semester

hours




Plus one course from the following (1.00 credit)




EDU 441 Advanced Content Area Readingin K-8 Classrooms (1.00 credit); January Term

*Indicates a course in the major

163

Education

Minor in Science EducationFor students admitted to a teacher educationprogram.The minor in science education provides abroad background in the physical andnatural sciences for teacher candidates. Thespecified courses in this minor encompassthe K-8 science curriculum content. In addi-tion, students complete a methods coursethat requires them to draw common themesfrom across the sciences and to apply themin a classroom context. The minor in scienceeducation requires a minimum of fivecourses. One course from each of the sciencesubject areas plus a methods course isrequired. All courses must be completedwith a grade of C (2.0) or higher and a2.750 minor GPA. Completion of the minorfulfills the requirements for earning anendorsement in science at the middle schoollevel. This minor is available only to studentsadmitted to a teacher education program. Atleast three courses must be completed atElmhurst College.

One course in each of the following cate-gories is required:

BiologyBIO 100 Principles of BiologyBIO 104 Human BiologyBIO 105 Environmental BiologyBID 100 (BIO/CHM) Water and Energy:

Resources for a Sustainable Future*BID 103 (BIO/GEO) Ocean Studies*

orBID 106 (BIO/CHM) Forensic Science*

ChemistryCHM 100 Chemistry in the Natural WorldCHM 105 Chemistry of Color

CHM 110 Chemistry and Issues in the Environment

CHM 113 Energy, Climate Change and Sustainability

CHM/PHY 107, Physical Science Concepts for K-8 Teachers (Spring Term only)*

BID 100 (BIO/CHM) Water and Energy* or

BID 106 (BIO/CHM) Forensic Science*

Geography and GeosciencesGEO 102 Earth System ScienceGEO 105 Introduction to Atmospheric

Scienceor

BID 103 (BIO/GEO) Ocean Studies*

PhysicsPHY 101 Physical Science (Spring Term

only)PHY 212 Introduction to Astronomy

or CHM/PHY 107 Physical Science Concepts

for K-8 Teachers (Spring Term only)*

Science Teaching MethodsSEC 463 Natural Science: Special Methods

(6-12) (Fall Term only)

Minor in Social Studies EducationFor students admitted to a teacher educationprogram.The purpose of this minor is to provide ele-mentary, middle-level and secondary educa-tion students with a broad-basedbackground in social studies. The course-work will draw primarily from the contentareas of history, geography, political science,sociology and economics and is aligned withthe Illinois State Learning Standards and theNational Council for the Social StudiesThematic Standards. In addition, students

*A bidisciplinary (BID) or cross-listed course can only fulfill the requirements for one category. For example, you canonly use BID 106 (BIO/CHM Forensic Science) for either the required biology course or the required chemistry course(not for both).

164

Education

will be required to experience one educationcourse dealing with the actual teaching ofthe social studies at either the elementary orsecondary level.

This minor will require a total of fivesocial studies content courses (aside from therequired methods course) which have beengrouped according to the following themes:Civic Competence, Cultural heritage, Geo-graphic Literacy, Global Competence andeither Economic literacy or Social justice.

Notes; At least half of the courses mustbe taken at Elmhurst College. Credits musttotal at least 18 semester hours includingcategory VII. Courses must receive a gradeof C (2.0) or higher and a cumulative minorGPA of at least 2.75.

I. Civic Competence POL 201 American Federal Government

II. Cultural HeritageHIS 301 American History before 1865**HIS 302 The United States from 1865 to

the Present**or

HIS 304 The United States in the Twentieth Century**

III. Geographic LiteracyGEO 111 Regional Study of the Modern

Industrial WorldGEO 112 Regional Study of the Developing

World

IV. Global competence (NCSS Standard IXGlobal Connections)GEO 112 Regional Study of the

Developing WorldGEO 311 Regional Study of EuropeGEO 317 Regional Study of Latin AmericaHIS 116 Survey of Non-western

Civilization

HIS 170 Latin-American History: Civilization and Culture

HIS 204 History of the Middle EastHIS 306 The Indigenous People of Latin

AmericaHIS 364 History of the Far EastPOL 302 Politics of Developing NationsPOL 303 Politics of the Middle EastPOL 306 Politics of International RelationsREL 240 World Religions: General

IntroductionSOC 212 Cultural Anthropology

Select at least one course from either Category V

or Category VI:

V. Economic LiteracyECO 210 Introduction to Microeconomics

orECO 211 Introduction to Macroeconomics

VI. Social JusticeEDU 331 Race and Equity in EducationHIS 301 American History before 1865**HIS 302 The United States from 1865 to

the Present**HIS 304 The United States in the 20th

Century **HIS 305 Imperialism and ColonialismHON 304 Facing History and OurselvesICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural

Studies (.50 credit)ICS 395 Civil Rights Movements: U.S.

and South AfricaREL 242 Issues in Islam: Gender, Politics

and Human RightsREL 332 Theology, Ethics and Health CareREL 371/EDU 380 South Africa: Service

and Interdisciplinary StudySOC 304 Majority-Minority RelationsSOC 305 Sex and Gender in SocietySOC 310 Social InequalityWL 215 Genocide and the Holocaust

**HIS 301, HIS 302, or HIS 304 cannot be used for Category VI if already used for Category II.

165

Education

VII. EducationELM 341 Primary Classroom Methods in

Elementary Mathematics, Science andSocial Scienceand

ELM 382 Intermediate Classroom Methodsin Elementary Mathematics, Science andSocial Sciencesor

SEC 425 Teaching Social Studies in the Middle and Secondary Schools (.50credit) ***

Minor in Teaching English Learners For students admitted to a teacher educationprogram.The teaching English learners minor isdesigned for students earning an Illinois pro-fessional educator license and serving P-12linguistically diverse student populations whoare learning English. The minor encompassesthe 4.50 credits (18 semester hours) of foun-dational and methodological coursework forIllinois licensure endorsements in English as aSecond Language (ESL) and Bilingual Educa-tion. The minor requires 100 hours of docu-mented fieldwork in linguistically diverseclassrooms, which are distributed across thesix courses. The upper-level coursework in theminor may only be completed by studentsadmitted to a teacher education program. Inaddition to completing the minor course-work, there is a state examination require-ment for earning a bilingual endorsement.

The program is organized as six three-semester-hour (.75 credit) courses. Thesecourses meet for three hours a week in a 15-week term, or 42 hours during Fall Term (asapproved). The instructor earns a 1.00course load. The capstone course is offeredin two parts: a .50 credit (2 semester hours)Fall Term course and a .25 credit (1

semester hour) capstone project completedduring student teaching in an ESL or Bilin-gual classroom.

Approvals and Endorsements onTeaching LicensesMost endorsements on teaching licensure areapproved by the College licensure officer andmust be requested by the teacher candidateprior to the initial teaching license being enti-tled. Regulations for approvals and endorse-ments are set by the Illinois State Board ofEducation (ISBE). Therefore, requirements forthese designations on educators’ licenses maychange or involve specific requirements (e.g.,designated courses or tests). The Departmentof Education informs all teacher candidates ofchanges in approvals and endorsements as it isnotified through the College licensure officer.Teacher candidates also should consult theDepartment of Education’s policy on endorse-ments on teaching certificates.

Middle School Approval Designation To meet ISBE requirements for teaching atthe middle school level, the followingcourses are required:EDU 360 Middle School: History, Philos-

ophy, Organizational Structures, and BestPractices (Prerequisite: SEC/SPE 311)

Plus:SPE/SEC 311 Educational Psychology andeither SPE 250, SEC 410 or KIN 440.

Candidates who do not completeSEC/SPE 311 at Elmhurst College mustcomplete a course in adolescent development(EDU 361 or PSY 318).

K-12 licensure candidates seeking middleschool endorsements outside their major alsomust obtain middle school approval.

Common areas of endorsement withmiddle level approval may be earned asfollows:

***Requires admittance to a program in the Department of Education or instructor permission

166

Education

Mathematics: See the minor in middle schoolmathematics education in the Department ofMathematics.Reading: See the reading education minor inthe Department of Education.Social Science: See the social studies educa-tion minor for early childhood education.Science: See the science education minor inthe Department of Education.Health: See the minor in health education inthe Department of Kinesiology.Language Arts: English minor or languagearts education minor.

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours.Prerequisite for all courses 200 level or higher:admission to program.

ECE 200 Introductory Seminar toTeaching as a Caring Profession.50 creditAn introduction to the Department of Educa-tion’s mission, goals, core values, professionalconduct expectations and requirements forteacher licensure in Illinois. Teacher candidatesare introduced to technology integration ineducation and create a professional electronicportfolio to monitor and evaluate their growthas future educators. To be completed as a firstcourse at the 200-level or above in a teachereducation program. Successful completion ofthis seminar is required to continue in theteacher education program. This courserequires field experience. Prerequisite: admissionto teacher education; may be taken concurrentlywith EDU 104. Fall Term.

ECE 201 History, Theory and Practice ofEarly Childhood Education.50 creditAn introduction to the significant theoreticaland historical developments in the care and edu-cation of children from birth through age eight.A variety of current organizational approaches toeducation and childcare are reviewed. Fall Term.

ECE 223 Education of PK-12 Learnerswith ExceptionalitiesAn introduction to the characteristics of chil-dren with cognitive, social, emotional andphysical disabilities and educational principlesapplicable to them. Includes educational prin-ciples, methods and materials that may beuseful in meeting the varying needs of learnerswith disabilities. Prerequisite: admission to aneducation program; non-majors must haveconsent of the instructor.

ECE 300 Intermediate Seminar forTeaching in Diverse and Inclusive Schools.25 creditAn intermediate seminar for developing theknowledge and skills needed for creating inclu-sive and safe classroom environments thatsupport all learners. The seminar requires fieldparticipation in diverse school settings. Teachercandidates demonstrate professional growth bydeveloping a philosophy of teaching and pre-senting their reflective e-portfolios, which linkcoursework with professional standards and fieldexperiences. Successful completion of thisseminar is required as part of the evaluationprocess for continuation in the teacher educationprogram. Prerequisite: ECE 200. Spring Term.

ECE 301 Curriculum Trends, Organizational Patterns and Methods ofEarly Childhood EducationAn introduction to the major techniques andmethods for preprimary organization andimplementation of instruction, includingactivity/learning centers, individualization, playand media, and their use in expanding thepreprimary child’s experience of art, music, lit-eracy, language, math and science. Prerequisite:ECE 200. Spring Term, evening only.

ECE 308 Instructional Methods for the Young ChildAn advanced study of instructional techniquesand methods used in primary education. Openeducation, learning centers, activity projectsand individualization are reviewed. Methods ofteaching science, social studies, music, art,

167

Education

drama, movement and health are included. Pre-requisite: ECE 300. Fall Term, evening only.

ECE 318 Reading and the Language Artsfor the Young ChildAn advanced study of how young childrendevelop reading skills in early childhood and theprimary grades. Developmental reading instruc-tion, support, materials and resources areincluded. Focus areas include reading founda-tions and methodological approaches needed tointegrate children’s developing skills in listening,speaking, reading and writing throughout thecontent areas. Prerequisite: ECE 200.

ECE 330 Teaching Mathematics in K-8ClassroomsAn advanced study of theories, methods andmaterials based on NCTM standards that areused to teach modern mathematics in K-8classrooms. Prerequisites: ECE 200, MTH 325and MTH 326 or equivalents.

ECE 412 Early Childhood Assessment:Typical and Atypical DevelopmentAn advanced study of measurement as it relatesto the education of the young child includingchildren with disabilities. Commonly used testsand diagnostic approaches are discussed, with afocus on the individuality and specific needs ofthe child. Students seeking the early childhoodspecial education approval concentrate onassessments for young children with specialneeds. Prerequisite: ECE 200, ECE 301 andPSY 317. Spring Term.

ECE 413 Child, Family and CommunityRelationshipsAn advanced study of the relationship of chil-dren to their families and the role of the schooland various community organizations in sup-porting the family. Focus areas include childrenwith disabilities and public policies regarding theyoung child. Prerequisite: ECE 200. Fall Term.

ECE 414 Early Childhood Special Education MethodsAn advanced study of developmentally andindividually appropriate methods for fosteringgrowth of young children with special needs.

Focus areas include social/emotional, cognitive,communication, adaptive and motor develop-ment of young children in various setting suchas the home, school and community. Thedevelopment of collaborative team processesand the implementation of the IndividualFamily Service Plan and individualized Educa-tion Plan are investigated. Prerequisite: ECE200. Spring Term.

ECE 419 K-8 Learning Environments andAssessmentAn advanced study of classroom environments.Includes evaluation and application of strategiesfor using developmental knowledge to createhealthy, respectful, supportive and challenginglearning environments. Includes the study offormal and informal assessments to evaluatelearning and instructional decisions. Requiresdirected field participation hours in a prospec-tive student teaching classroom. Prerequisite:ECE 300; to be completed the term prior tostudent teaching.

ECE 450 Advanced Seminar in TeacherCollaboration and Professional Practice.25 creditSupports teacher candidates in updating reflec-tive portfolios that demonstrate links betweencourses in education and content areas withprofessional standards, department goals andfield experiences. The seminar focuses on pro-fessional collaboration and legal and licensurerequirements for student teachers. Field experi-ences at prospective student teaching sites arerequired. Participation in individual confer-ences and a formal evaluation of the portfoliobefore being recommended for admission tostudent teaching is required. Must be com-pleted the term prior to student teaching. Pre-requisite: ECE 300; to be completed in the termprior to student teaching.

ECE 454A/ECE 454B Student Teaching inEarly Childhood Education Special Education1.50 creditsFull-day assignment to an early childhood

168

Education

special education class for eight weeks and anelementary classroom (1-3) for an additionaleight-week period. No additional courses shouldbe taken while student teaching. Prerequisite: ECE450. Pass/No Pass grading.

ECE 492/292 Independent Study in EarlyChildhood EducationIndividually designed course under the supervi-sion of a faculty member in the Department ofEducation.

EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of Education in the United StatesAn introduction to cultural and systemicaspects of education in the United States,where we examine ideological, theoretical andconceptual aspects of schooling through legalstructures, fiction and non-fiction Americanliterature, as well as philosophical writings.This course places emphasis on understandingeducation as a part of American society thatincludes cultural, historical, social, political,legal, racial and socioeconomic structures. Stu-dents will interrogate the culture of Americaneducation since its inception and ultimatelylocate their own educational agenda as teachersand United States citizens of American society.

EDU 121 Practicum in Mentoring, PeerCoaching and Tutoring.25, .50 or 1.00 creditStudents will participate in peer coaching, men-toring, or tutoring field experiences supervisedby a faculty member in the Department ofEducation and learn the skills needed to effec-tively support the learning and development ofstudents from diverse backgrounds and agelevels. A minimum of 30 hours is required for afull course. Pass/No Pass grading. Permission ofthe supervising professor will be required. May berepeated.

EDU 223 Education of PK-12 Learnerswith ExceptionalitiesAn introduction to the characteristics of chil-dren with cognitive, social, emotional and phys-ical disabilities and educational principlesapplicable to them. Includes educational princi-

ples, methods andmaterials that may be usefulinmeeting the varying needs of learners with dis-abilities.This course is for students who are not yetenrolled in an education program or for studentswho plan to major in speech-language pathology.

EDU 311 Educational PsychologyAn introduction to the psychological principlesand theories of human development, learningand motivation in K-12 educational settings.Includes the study of educational research, childand adolescent development, developmentallyappropriate and instructional best practices,individual differences, learning environmentand assessment. Prerequisites: ENG 106; PSY210 or EDU 104 and sophomore standing.

EDU 331 Race and Equity in EducationThis course will examine the breadth and depthof scholarship on race and equity in education.Of particular interest to students in this courseis how race as a social construction finds itselfimpacting the educational experiences of allstudents. Topics addressed in this class are racialcategories, identity construction, silence, white-ness and the complexities of passive racism inteacher education. Students will be exposed toqualitative research methods designed toexplore race in school settings and will be intro-duced to professional presentation opportuni-ties. Prerequisite: EDU 104 or permission ofinstructor. Fall Term.

EDU 373 Using Picture Books and Informational/Non-Fiction Text to TeachReading Skills & Strategies in K-8 ClassroomsThis course offers teacher licensure candidates aunique opportunity to study effective ways touse picture books and informational/non-fiction text to teach literacy skills and strategiesto K-8 students and is required for the ReadingTeacher Endorsement. Prerequisite: ELM 300 orEED 210 or SPE 250; January Term.

EDU 380 Comparative Studies–Travel This comparative studies and travel course varieswith different travel destinations as they areoffered.The travel destination will be reflected in

169

Education

the title of the course. May be repeated for creditwhen travel destination changes.

EDU 421 Practicum in the Field of Education.25, .50 or 1.00 creditGuided professional or clinical experience invarious aspects of professional education suchas research, collaboration with Pre-K through12 school personnel, technology instructionand assessment, peer field supervision, tutoring,supervised teaching, etc. A minimum of 45hours is required for a full course. Additionalstandards may be specified. Pass/No Passgrading. Prerequisites: ECE/EED/SEC/SPE 300and consent of instructor. May be repeated.

EDU 441 Advanced Content Area Readingin the K-8 Classrooms An advanced study of the developmentalreading process, including examination of theo-ries and practical applications for the K-8teacher with a focus on methods and proce-dures used to develop skills, attitudes, knowl-edge, and understanding of content areareading. Prerequisite: ECE 318 or EED 314 orELM 372 or SPE 316. For non-secondary educa-tion majors; January Term.

EDU 445 Literacy PracticumAn advanced application of the diagnosis andremediation of various reading and writing dif-ficulties in a supervised literacy tutoringprogram (off-campus site). Prerequisite: SPE440 or permission of the instructor. Pass/No Passgrading.

EDU 468 Internship in Education.25, .50 or 1.00 creditAn advanced professional or clinical experiencein the field of education supervised by a collegefaculty member and a certified or licensed pro-fessional in a Pre-K-12 school, school district,or educational services setting. A full-courseinternship requires the equivalent of 5 weeks offull-time experience or approximately 200hours. Permission of department chair and super-vising professor.

EDU 490 Special Investigations in Education.50 or 1.00 creditDesigned to fit specific interests of advancedstudents. Students work by appointment eitherin individual or group studies under the super-vision of one or more instructors. Upon request.

EDU 492/292 Independent Study in EducationIndividually designed course under the supervi-sion of a faculty member in the Department ofEducation.

EDU 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of educationculminating in an appropriate public dissemina-tion of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

EDU 496 Special Topics in EducationTopics reflect current interest and need as indi-cated in contemporary professional educationliterature. Repeatable for credit.

EDU 521 Theory and Practice forBuilding Academic Literacies in K-12Classrooms.75 credit An advanced study of theories of literacies, thedevelopmental reading process, and practicalapplications for reading across content areas.Includes reading methods and procedures usedto develop skills, attitudes, knowledge, andunderstanding of content area reading mate-rial, and modification processes developed tomaximize literate practices of all students. Thecourse will blend in class meetings and appliedlearning alongside hybrid on-line instructionalmodels, webinars, and assessments. This courseis for graduate students in speech-language

170

Education

pathology seeking a non-teaching ProfessionalEducator License. Summer Term.

ELM 300 Elementary Curriculum, Planning and Instruction for the PrimaryGrades.75 creditAn introduction to the Department of Educa-tion’s mission, goals, core values, professionalconduct expectations, and requirements forteacher licensure in Illinois. Teaching candi-dates learn how to apply elementary curriculumplanning based on content area standards,diverse student characteristics, developmentalexpectations, and curriculum goals. Teachingcandidates observe and examine content areacurriculum that includes the fine arts. Candi-dates are introduced to classroom technologyintegration and create professional electronicportfolios to monitor and evaluate their growthas future educators. Candidates are expected toapply course knowledge and skills in an intro-ductory practicum experience that focuses onprimary classrooms. Prerequisites: EDU 104,EDU 223, EDU/PSY 311; admission to the ele-mentary teacher education program.

ELM 301 Elementary EducationPracticum in Primary Classrooms.25 creditAn introductory practicum requiring directedand supervised pre-clinical experiences in cur-riculum planning and instruction of science,mathematics, literacy, social science, and obser-vation of fine arts in collaboration with 1st,2nd and 3rd grade school partners. Themajority of the pre-clinical experiences will bein diverse instructional settings pre-arrangedand supervised by program faculty. Pass/NoPass grading. Prerequisites: EDU 104, EDU223, EDU/PSY 311; admission to the elemen-tary teacher education program.

ELM 314 Elementary Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in DiversePrimary Classrooms.75 creditA study of the language and literacy cur-

riculum, materials, texts, and technology forthe primary grades (K–3) focusing on founda-tional knowledge, research-based instructionalmethods, monitoring student learning throughassessment, content area reading, and con-structing a supportive language and literacyenvironment. Teacher candidates applyresearch-based instructional methods successfulfor supporting all learners’ literacy across thecontent areas. Assignments provide opportuni-ties to administer, evaluate, and communicatea wide range of developmentally appropriateliteracy assessments to monitor studentlearning and plan instruction designed to meetthe needs of diverse learners. Prerequisites:EDU 104, EDU 223, EDU/PSY 311; admis-sion to the elementary teacher education program.

ELM 341 Primary Classroom Methods inElementary Mathematics, Science andSocial Science An integrative classroom methods coursefocused on developmentally-appropriate plan-ning and content area instruction for grades K-3 mathematics, science, and social sciencecurriculums. Teacher candidates will learn howto plan meaningful content area lessons thatare based on best practices and current stan-dards. They will also learn how to criticallyreflect upon instruction to improve lessons andplan next steps. The course meets for six hoursa week, three of which are devoted to educa-tion lab experiences. Prerequisites: EDU 104,EDU 223, EDU/PSY 311; admission to the ele-mentary teacher education program.

ELM 350 Elementary Curriculum, Planning and Instruction for the Intermediate Grades.75 creditA study of a variety of teaching methods,materials, and technologies utilized in the ele-mentary school’s intermediate (4–6) class-rooms. Course content includes: humandevelopment, interpreting and communicatingassessment data, methods for teaching diverselearners, characteristics of student diversity

171

Education

including physical, social and emotional, cog-nitive, and linguistic differences, behaviormanagement, learning environment, and co-planning. Opportunities to work extensively inan intermediate classroom learning about col-laboration with teachers, families, and otherschool personnel, as well as analyzing instruc-tion will be provided. Teacher candidatesobserve and examine content area curriculumincluding physical education and health. Pre-requisites: ELM 300, ELM 301, ELM 314 andELM 341.

ELM 352 Elementary EducationPracticum in Intermediate Classrooms .25 creditA practicum that requires directed and super-vised pre-clinical experiences in curriculumplanning and instruction of science, mathe-matics, literacy, social science and observationof health and physical education in collabora-tion with 4th–6th grade elementary schoolpartners. The majority of the pre-clinical expe-riences will be in diverse instructional settingspre-arranged and supervised by programfaculty. Pass/No Pass grading. Prerequisites:ELM 300, ELM 301, ELM 314 and ELM 341.

ELM 372 Methods and Materials for Literacy Learners in Diverse Intermediateand Middle-Level Classrooms.75 creditA study of literacy methods and materials usedin the intermediate and middle-level grades(grades 4–8). Developmentally-appropriatereading and writing instruction, support, mate-rials, and resources for classroom language artsand reading teachers are examined and applied.Additional focus areas include integration ofreading in the content areas and interpretationof diagnostic assessments and implementationof remediation strategies. ELM 372 must becompleted concurrently with ELM 350, ELM352 and ELM 382. Prerequisites: ELM 300,ELM 301, ELM 314 and ELM 341.

ELM 382 Intermediate ClassroomMethods in Elementary Mathematics,Science and Social ScienceAn integrative classroom methods coursefocused on developmentally-appropriate plan-ning and content area instruction for grades4–6 mathematics, science, and social sciencecurriculums. Teacher candidates will learn toprovide meaningful content area learningopportunities for students and justify theirinstruction on the basis of current research.The course meets for six hours a week, three ofwhich are devoted to education lab experi-ences. Prerequisites: ELM 300, ELM 301,ELM 314 and ELM 341.

ELM 419 Evidenced-based ElementaryClassroom Assessment and LearningEnvironments.75 creditAn advanced study of classroom environmentand assessment requiring the use of data tocreate effective and responsive elementaryclassroom environments. Coursework involvescontinuous data collection and analysis withcritical self-evaluation to support instructionaldecisions regarding planning, student learning,and classroom relationships. Course outcomesfocus on creating a successful learning cultureof collaboration, inclusion, and achievementfor all learners. Prerequisites: ELM 350, 352,372 and 382.

ELM 450 Elementary School Practicumand Professional Practice SeminarAn advanced study of collaborative and profes-sional practice in schools. The practicumrequires extensive participation in elementaryschools and focuses on effective instructionalpractices, optimal learning environments, pro-fessional collaboration, school policies and pro-cedures (e.g., mandated reporting), family/cultural/linguistic assets, and reflective practicein first through sixth grade classrooms. Two fulldays of supervised preclinical experience arerequired on a weekly basis at the prospectivestudent teaching sites. A minimum of 150 field

172

Education

participation hours in the prospective studentteaching classroom are required for this course.Prerequisites: ELM 350, 352, 372 and 382.

ELM 451 Student Teaching in ElementaryEducation3.00 creditsA supervised clinical experience designed toprovide student teachers with the opportunityto develop, refine, and demonstrate those com-petencies that are essential for effectiveteaching in elementary classrooms. Studentteaching is the culmination of the elementaryteacher education preparation program andprovides supervised field experiences for a fullcollege semester. Student teachers are evalu-ated continuously across the knowledge andperformance indicators as outlined in State andnational standards. This professional semesteris designed to provide the student teacher withthe opportunity to assume increasing responsi-bility in planning, instructional delivery, andassessment while managing a classroom underthe guidance of a cooperating teacher and thecollege supervisor. Pass/No Pass grading. Prerequisites: ELM 419, ELM 450, SPE 440,SPE 442; admission to elementary teacher educa-tion student teaching.

ELM 471 Elementary Education Reflective Practice Seminar.50 creditAn advanced clinical seminar that providesstudent teachers with professional informationrelevant to teaching in the public schools atthe elementary level. Student teachers haveopportunities to explore and learn about pro-fessional issues such as licensure requirements,endorsements, applying for positions, bar-gaining agreements, administrative and noviceteacher perspectives, educational technology,and the teacher evaluation process. Studentteachers will participate in several types of pro-fessional learning community protocols todescribe and reflect on their teaching practice.Student teachers read research from profes-sional teaching journals to support group ques-

tioning and problem-solving around relevantteaching topics. Prerequisites: ELM 419, ELM450, SPE 440, SPE 442; admission to elemen-tary teacher education student teaching.

ELM 498 Elementary Education Capstone Seminar.50 creditAn advanced clinical seminar that providesguided support in the preparation of finallicensure and capstone assessments. Seminarsfocus on documenting teaching growth andperformance using data collection and analyseswith critical self-evaluation of the studentteaching experience. The elementary teachereducation program’s formal capstone project ispresented as the culminating seminar project. Prerequisites: ELM 419, ELM 450, SPE 440,SPE 442; admission to elementary teacher educa-tion student teaching.

SEC 200 Introductory Seminar toTeaching as a Caring Profession.50 creditAn introduction to the Department of Educa-tion’s mission, goals, core values, professionalconduct expectations and requirements forteacher licensure in Illinois. Teacher candidatesare introduced to technology integration in edu-cation and create a professional electronic port-folio to monitor and evaluate their growth asfuture educators. To be completed as a firstcourse at the 200-level or above in a teacher edu-cation program. Successful completion of thisseminar required to continue in the teacher edu-cation program. This course requires field experi-ence. Prerequisite: admission to teacher education;may be taken concurrently with EDU 104.

SEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learnerswith ExceptionalitiesAn introduction to the characteristics of chil-dren with cognitive, social, emotional andphysical disabilities and educational principlesapplicable to them. Includes educational princi-ples, methods and materials that may be usefulin meeting the varying needs of learners withdisabilities. Prerequisites/concurrent: EDU 104;

173

Education

admission to an education program; non-majors must have consent of the instructor..

SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar forTeaching in Diverse and Inclusive Schools .25 creditAn intermediate seminar for developing theknowledge and skills needed for creating inclu-sive and safe classroom environments thatsupport all learners. The seminar requires fieldparticipation in diverse school settings. Teachercandidates demonstrate professional growth bydeveloping a philosophy of teaching and pre-senting their reflective e-portfolios, which linkcoursework with professional standards andfield experiences. Successful completion of thisseminar is required as part of the evaluationprocess for continuation in the teacher educa-tion program. Prerequisite: SEC 200.

SEC 310 Methods and Best Practices inMiddle and Secondary EducationA study of adolescent development andlearning theories, content area literacy prac-tices, curriculum integration, and evidence-based methods of short- and long-termplanning, instruction, formative and summa-tive assessment and classroom management.Participatory field experiences includingteaching in middle schools and high schoolsare required. Prerequisites: SEC 200, SEC 223or KIN 312, SEC 311. May be taken concur-rently with SEC 300.

SEC 311 Educational PsychologyAn introduction to the psychological principlesand theories of human development, learningand motivation in K-12 educational settings.Includes the study of educational research, childand adolescent development, developmentallyappropriate and instructional best practices, indi-vidual differences, learning environment andassessment. Prerequisites: ENG 106; PSY 210 orEDU 104 and sophomore standing.

SEC 421 Theory and Practice forBuilding Academic Literacies in K-12ClassroomsAn advanced study of theories of literacies, the

developmental reading process and practicalapplications and training for and acrosscontent areas. Includes training methods andprocedures used to develop skills, attitudes,knowledge and understanding of content areareading material, and modification processesdeveloped to maximize literate practices all stu-dents. Prerequisites: SEC 300, SEC 310.

SEC 425 Teaching Social Studies inMiddle and Secondary Schools.50 creditAn advanced study of the scope and sequence,content and skills of the National Council forthe Social Studies (NCSS) Standards and theIllinois Social Science Standards in combinationwith methods and strategies for teaching bothsecondary and middle school (grades 6-12)social studies curricula as well as an overview ofIllinois history. Prerequisites: SEC 200, SEC 223or KIN 312, SEC 311. Fall Term.

SEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice .25 creditAn advance study of collaborative and profes-sional practice in schools. The seminar requiresextensive participation in schools and focuses oneffective instructional practices, optimal learningenvironments, professional collaboration, schoolpolicies and procedures (e.g., mandated report-ing) and reflective practice. Field experiences atprospective student teaching sites are expected.Candidates demonstrate readiness for studentteaching and proficiency in technology by pre-senting their professional e-portfolios as part ofthe evaluation process for admission to studentteaching. Prerequisites: SEC 300, SEC 310; to betaken in the term prior to student teaching.

SEC 455 Student Teaching in Secondaryand Middle Schools3.00 credits or two 1.50 creditsOpen only to those preparing to teach in grades6 through 12. Full-day assignment to a publicschool for 10 weeks (two courses) or 15 weeks(three courses). Attendance at seminar sessionsis required. Beginning fall 2014, SEC 455 will

174

Education

only be offered as three courses with a 15-weekplacement. Prerequisite: SEC 450 or subjectdepartment equivalent. Pass/No Pass grading.

SEC 457 Student Teaching in SpecialFields 2.00 or 3.00 creditsOpen only to those preparing to teach in gradeskindergarten through 12 in a special subjectarea for a minimum of 15 weeks. Full-dayassignments in two settings (elementary/middleand high school) each for a 7-8 week period.Attendance at seminar sessions is required.Beginning fall 2014, SEC 457 will only beoffered as three courses with a 15-week place-ment. Prerequisite: SEC 450 or subject depart-ment equivalent. Pass/No Pass grading.

SEC 463 Natural Science: SpecialMethodsA consideration of curricular design, lab mate-rials, textbook evaluations and general peda-gogical principles as applied to the teaching ofnatural science. The main product of thiscourse is a unit plan that aligns with theNational Science Education Standards. Forstudents pursuing the science educationminor, SEC 463 may be substituted for EDU327. See prerequisites. Prerequisites: SEC 300,SEC 310 or consent of the instructor. Fall Term.

SEC 492/292 Independent Study in Secondary EducationAn individually designed course under the supervision of a faculty member in the Department of Education.

SPE 200 Introductory Seminar toTeaching as a Caring Profession.50 creditAn introduction to the Department of Educa-tion’s mission, goals, core values, professionalconduct expectations and requirements forteacher licensure in Illinois. Teacher candidatesare introduced to technology integration ineducation and create a professional electronicportfolio to monitor and evaluate their growthas future educators. To be completed as a firstcourse at the 200-level or above in a teacher

education program. Successful completion ofthis seminar is required to continue in theteacher education program. This courserequires field experience. Prerequisite: admissionto teacher education; may be taken concurrentlywith EDU 104.

SPE 215 Introduction to Assessment.50 creditAn introduction to educational assessmentprocesses and strategies with a review of legalprovisions, regulations and guidelines. Focusareas include the relationship between assess-ment and instruction, administration and inter-pretation of information obtained from formaland informal measures, strategies for modifyingand adapting formal measures and the IllinoisAlternative Assessment Process. Spring Term.

SPE 216 Assistive Technology I.50 credit; onlineModule 1–An introduction to the use of assistive technology as it relates to life skills as education, recreation and personal indepen-dence. Module 2–An introduction to augmen-tative communication system components andthe decisions involved in selecting these compo-nents for a given individual. Spring Term.

SPE 219 Assistive Technology II.50 credit; onlineModule 1–An introduction to information andresearch on methods and organizationalapproaches to integrating assistive and educa-tional technologies in the classroom. Module2–An introduction to information and researchon integrating technology that supports accessi-bility and mobility. Fall Term.

SPE 220 Establishing Professional Relationships: Communication and CollaborationA study of the collaborative processes andcommunication skills necessary for effectiveinteraction among parents, professionals para-professionals and students in providing servicesfor individuals with disabilities. Roles, rightsand responsibilities of all team members willbe reviewed. January Term.

175

Education

SPE 223 Education of PK-12 Learnerswith ExceptionalitiesAn introduction to the characteristics of chil-dren with cognitive, social, emotional, andphysical disabilities and educational principlesapplicable for them. Includes education princi-ples, methods and materials that may be usefulin meeting the varying needs of learners withdisabilities. Prerequisite: admission to an educa-tion program; non-majors must have consent ofthe instructor.

SPE 250 Introduction to Curriculum andInstructional PlanningAn introduction to curriculum (K-12), theunderlying principles of instructional planningand the beginning skills for instructionaldelivery and classroom management. Matchingmaterials to the students’ needs and their devel-opmental levels through the evaluation, selec-tion and adaptation of curricular materials willbe introduced. Fall Term.

SPE 270 Linking Brain Learning Researchand Educational PracticeAn investigation to current research on thebrain and individual development with applica-tion to teaching and learning. Focus areasinclude the development of the brain, mythsstemming from research on the brain, a frame-work for reviewing brain research and implica-tions for students with disabilities. Spring Term.

SPE 300 Intermediate Seminar forTeaching in Diverse and Inclusive Schools.25 creditAn intermediate seminar for developing theknowledge and skills needed for creating inclusiveand safe classroom environments that support alllearners. The seminar requires field participationin diverse school settings. Teacher candidatesdemonstrate professional growth by developing aphilosophy of teaching and presenting theirreflective e-portfolios, which link courseworkwith professional standards and field experiences.Successful completion of this seminar is requiredas part of the evaluation process for continuation

in the teacher education program. Prerequisite:SPE 200. Spring Term.

SPE 311 Educational PsychologyAn introduction to the psychological principlesand theories of human development, learningand motivation in K-12 educational settings.Includes the study of educational research,child and adolescent development, develop-mentally appropriate and instructional bestpractices, individual differences, learning envi-ronment and assessment. Prerequisites: admis-sion to the program; ENG 106; PSY 210 orEDU 104.

SPE 316 Literacy III: K-12 InstructionalStrategies and InterventionsAn advanced study of the development of lan-guage skills and the provision of support ormeeting the literacy needs of the diverselearner, K-12. Focus areas include readingfoundations, methodological approaches,emerging literary skills, remediation, develop-mental reading instruction, content areareading support, materials and resources. Pre-requisite: SPE 250. Fall Term.

SPE 334 Characteristics of Learners IAn advanced study of the development and thediverse educational, physical, motor, commu-nication, social-emotional and cognitive needsof students with mild/moderate disabilities.Research on and implications for appropriatediagnosis, service delivery and instructionalmethodology are examined. Prerequisite: SPE250. Fall Term.

SPE 336 Curriculum Trends in PublicSchoolsAn advanced study of curriculum trendsincluding both general and special educationsettings. Methods and materials for teaching atthe middle school and high school levels arehighlighted. Prerequisites: SPE 250, SPE 300.Fall Term.

SPE 338 Characteristics of Learners IIAn advanced study of the development and thediverse educational, physical, motor, commu-

176

Education

nication, social-emotional and cognitive needsof students with moderate/severe disabilities.Research on and implications for appropriatediagnosis, service delivery and instructionalmethodology are examined. Prerequisite: SPE300. Spring Term.

SPE 434 Academic Curriculum/Assessment/Instructional StrategiesAn advanced study of the special methodology,materials and approaches for teaching studentswith mild to moderate disabilities. Educationalassessment strategies, components in individu-alized education programs and the design ofstrategic instructional approaches are reviewed.Prerequisite: SPE 300. Fall Term.

SPE 435 The Learning Environment/Positive Behavior SupportAn advanced study of the application of inte-grated behavioral theory in the managementand the influence of behavior in educationalsettings. Focus areas include strategies thatpromote positive social interaction, functionalassessment of behavior, proactive behaviorinterventions and the supports and tactics toaddress significant behavior problems. Prerequi-site: SPE 300. Fall Term, evening.

SPE 438 Functional Curriculum/Assessment/ Instructional StrategiesAn advanced study of the assessment, cur-riculum development and instruction in mean-ingful curriculum design including functionalacademics; critical life skills; and communica-tion, social and mobility areas. Authentic assess-ment strategies, components in individualizededucation programs and the implementation offunctional curricula across settings is studied.Prerequisite: SPE 300. Spring Term.

SPE 439 Characteristics and SpecificNeeds of Students with Physical, Healthand Sensory Impairments.50 creditAn advanced study of the characteristics, needsand supports for individuals with physical,health and sensory impairments. Common

medical conditions and health impairments,the effects of various medications and the spe-cialized health care needs at school will becovered. Prerequisite: SPE 300. Spring Term.

SPE 440 Diagnosis and Remediation ofReading DifficultiesAn advanced study of the assessment, diagnosisand remediation of reading problems, with afocus on methodological approaches for evalu-ating, planning, and organizing remedialreading instruction, content area readingsupport, materials and resources for studentswith reading difficulties. Prerequisites: ECE/SPE 300, ELM 350, ELM 372, SPE 316 orECE 318. SPE 440 is a prerequisite for EDU445. The two courses may be takenconcurrently only with permission of the EDU445 instructor.

SPE 442 Remediation of Difficulties in Understanding and Applying Mathematics.50 creditAn advanced study of the theories, methods andmaterials used to teach mathematics with a focuson evaluating, planning and organizing multi-sensory instruction for students having difficul-ties with mathematics. Prerequisites: ELM 350,SPE 300. Fall Term.

SPE 450 Special Education Practicum: Collaboration and Professional PracticeAn advanced field-based, clinical experiencedesigned to apply knowledge and skills fromCore I and II course work with a focus oneffective instructional practices, optionallearning environments, professional collabora-tion, school policies and procedures (e.g., man-dated reporting) and reflective practice.Candidates present their professional e-portfo-lios as part of the evaluation process for admis-sion to student teaching. Requires a minimumof two full days per week in each of theprospective student teaching placements. Prerequisites: SPE 300, Core I and Core IIcourses; to be taken in the term prior to studentteaching.

177

Education

SPE 458 Student Teaching in Special Education3.00 creditsFull-day assignments in two special educationsettings, each assignment for an eight-weekperiod. Attendance at seminar sessions isrequired. No additional courses should be takenwhile student teaching. Prerequisite: SPE 450.Pass/No Pass grading.

SPE 492/292 Independent Study inSpecial EducationIndividually designed course under the super-vision of a faculty member in the Departmentof Education.

TEL 204 Cross-cultural Studies inTeaching English Language Learners.75 creditThis course is designed for teacher candidatesto examine the relationship among culture,classroom practices, and policy and how thisrelationship influences the education of theEnglish language learners. Teacher candidatesbegin by first examining their own culture andtheir cultural assumptions and biases and howthose influence teaching and learning in theclassroom. Issues of equity, access and cross-cultural understandings are examined as well.Teacher candidates will analyze and redesigncurriculum so that it is linguistically and cul-turally relevant. This course requires 10 fieldexperience hours in an ESL and/or bilingual P-12 classroom. Prerequisite: EDU 104.

TEL 212 Theoretical Foundations ofTeaching English Language Learners.75 creditThis course is an introduction to and immer-sion into the theoretical frameworks ofEnglish as a Second Language (ESL) andBilingual education and the research, move-ments, and policies that inform them. Avariety of ESL/Bilingual models and programsthat exist in pre-K through 12 schools andclassrooms will be identified, analyzed, andevaluated through multiple assignment andmedia. Teacher candidates will demonstrate an

understanding of the relationship betweentheory and practice and will define their rolesas teachers of and advocates for Englishlearners. This course requires 10 field experi-ence hours in an ESL and/or bilingual P-12classroom. Prerequisite: EDU 104.

TEL 317 Methods and Materials forTeaching English Language Learners.75 creditThis is an advanced course in the teaching ofbilingual and sheltered English instruction toEnglish language learners (ELLs). Students willlearn different approaches and methodologiesused to support the development of listening,speaking, reading, and writing in social andacademic contexts. The course provides oppor-tunities for teacher candidates to develop cur-riculum for ELLs in bilingual and ESLclassrooms, and examine instructional deliverythrough videotaping and analyzing practice.This course requires 20 field experience hoursin an ESL and/or bilingual P-12 classroom.Prerequisites: TEL 204 and TEL 212 andadmission to teacher education.

TEL 319 Linguistics for Second LanguageLearning.75 creditThe purpose of this course is to introduce lin-guistic concepts as they apply to teaching in avariety of contexts (including but not limitedto) monolingual and bilingual classrooms. Inaddition, this course is designed to provideteachers with a meta-linguistic awareness inorder to facilitate learning and instruction.This course will help students understand,think, and talk about the complexities of lan-guage, learning, and human development. Thefields of linguistics, applied linguistics, andlinguistic anthropology are dedicated to ques-tions about the nature, function, and purposesof language. Students will use readingsanchored in these disciplines to apply linguis-tics for teaching. This course requires 20 fieldexperience hours in an ESL and/or bilingualP-12 classroom. Prerequisite: EDU 104.

178

Education

TEL 439 Assessment of English LanguageLearners.75 creditThis advanced course will focus on the discus-sion of basic principles and current approachesto assessment of language learning students inESL and bilingual P-12 educational settings,including the policies, procedures, and issuesthat inform the assessment of English Lan-guage Learners (ELLs). Students will learnabout the different purposes of process andproduct assessment tools, authentic and cur-riculum- based forms of assessment, issues inthe assessment of ELLs, and assessment of aca-demic content knowledge. As teacher candi-dates, students will have opportunities toexamine critically and practice administeringassessment tools used in current educationalcontexts. Students will learn to identify lan-guage needs and how to differentiate themfrom developmental needs. This courserequires 20 field experience hours in an ESLand/or bilingual P-12 classroom. Prerequisites:TEL 204, TEL 212, TEL 317 and TEL 319and admission to teacher education.

TEL 448 Inquiry and Application ofBilingual Methods I.50 creditThis course is the first part of a two-coursesequence in the inquiry and application ofbilingual and ESL methods. In TEL 448,teacher candidates will design an actionresearch proposal, which they will implementin TEL 449. The proposal will address howthey will study their own teaching of bilingualand ESL methodologies that support thedevelopment of listening, speaking, reading,and writing in social and academic contexts.In preparation for conducting their actionresearch in TEL 449, teacher candidates inTEL 448 will learn how to use action researchmethods to collect data on teaching practicesand for research projects. They also willdevelop a situated and transformative actionplan for future teaching that is anchored in

sociocultural views of learning. Prerequisites:TEL 204, TEL 212, TEL 319, TEL 317 andadmission to teacher education.

TEL 449 Inquiry and Application ofBilingual Methods II.25 creditThis course is the second part of a two-coursesequence in the inquiry and application ofbilingual and ESL methods. Students willimplement an action research proposal ofteacher inquiry that they developed in TEL448. Students will study their own teaching ofbilingual and ESL methodologies that supportthe development of listening, speaking,reading, and writing in social and academiccontexts. Teacher candidates also will imple-ment their action plans developed in TEL 448to collect classroom data, analyze criticallytheir own bilingual and ESL instructionalpractices, and report findings that informtheir future teaching of language learners. Thiscourse requires 30 field experience hours in anESL and/or bilingual P-12 classroom. Prereq-uisite: TEL 448.

179

Education

Institution Statewide

Test Field/Category No. Tested No. Passed Pass Rate Pass Rate

Basic Skills/TAP400 TAP 95 95 100%Aggregate 95 95 100% 40%

Professional Knowledge/Pedagogy101 APT: Birth to Grade 3 10 10 100% 96%102 APT: Grades K-9 35 35 100% 98%103 APT: Grades 6-12 22 22 100% 98%104 APT: Grades K-12 28 28 100% 98%

Aggregate 100%

Academic Content Areas105 Science: Biology 1 1 100% 89%106 Science: Chemistry 1 1 100% 80%107 Early Childhood Education 10 10 100% 91%110 Elementary/Middle Grades 35 35 100% 96%111 English Language Art 12 12 100% 97%114 Social Science: History 3 3 100% 94%115 Mathematics 5 5 100% 81%127 Foreign Language: French 1 1 100% 92%135 Foreign Language: Spanish 3 3 100% 82%143 Music 11 11 100% 99%144 Physical Education 2 2 100% 91%

Aggregate 100%

Teaching Special Populations155 Learning Behavior Specialist I AND 100% 98%163 Special Education

General Curriculum 11 11 100% 93%

Aggregate 100%

Summary Totals and Pass Rate 100%

ELMHURST COLLEGERequired Licensure Test Results for Program Year: 2013–2014

Institution: 012 Elmhurst College Number of Program Completers: 95


180

The Department of English provides stu-dents a well-rounded undergraduate

major or minor developed in consultationwith departmental advisors. Students mayselect a major emphasis in literature or inwriting, as well as courses leading to licensurefor teaching English in secondary schools.Minors in literature, creative writing, jour-nalism, professional and multimedia writing,rhetoric and theory, and open, are comple-mentary options for other fields of study. Thedepartment also offers a wide range of coursesfrom which the non–English major maychoose to satisfy the College literature require-ment, to complete a number of other Inte-grated Curriculum requirements, or to gainelective credit supporting a variety of liberalarts degree programs. The English depart-ment’s computerized classrooms, in which allwriting courses are assigned, provide instruc-tional software designed to enhance students’study of writing and reading. The WritingCenter, located in the Frick Center, providespeer-tutorial writing support for all students.

The College writing requirement mustbe satisfied, in part, by passing or beingexempted from ENG 106 or anotherapproved course. ENG 105 is a prerequisiteto ENG 106. Students may enter ENG 105directly or may attempt exemption by

achieving a satisfactory score on the WritingPlacement Test. Students who have com-pleted an acceptable transfer course of threesemester hours or more may enter ENG 106directly. The placement test is offeredthroughout the summer and once in theJanuary Term. Dates and times areannounced by the Office of Advising.

FacultyAnn M. Frank Wake, Chair; Tina S. Kazan,Writing Program Director; Nicholas Behm,Dianne Chambers, Janice H. Fodor, JaniceTuck Lively, Mary Kay Mulvaney, BridgetO’Rourke, Ron Wiginton, Lance E. Wilcox,Mary Zambreno

MissionThe English department aims to enhance theliteracy of Elmhurst College students bymaximizing their opportunities for creativeand critical inquiry and interpretationthrough reading, writing and literary analysis.

There are two fundamental aspects to theimplementation of this mission: 1) participa-tion in the College’s Integrated Curriculumprogram; 2) offering of an English major andminor, with opportunities for emphasis in lit-erature or writing and for licensure in sec-ondary education.

English

181

English

Goals of the English MajorThe goals of the English department are forstudents to:• Analyze the nature and uses of the

English language;• Write effectively in light of audience and

purpose;• Articulate a thesis and develop and

support an argument;• Evaluate and use appropriate research

and bibliographic materials and facilities;• Read, analyze and respond critically and

creatively to texts in relation to partic-ular communities of readers; and

• Define and problematize canonicity, itshistory and current applications for aculturally-diverse citizenship.

Major in EnglishAn English major consists of a minimum of10 credits chosen from the 200-, 300- and400-levels. English majors may choose tocomplete either the Literature or the Writingemphasis. All majors complete ENG 220Principles of Literary Study and at least onewriting course above the 106-level; a selec-tion of further “core” courses determined bya student’s having selected an emphasis ineither literature, writing, or English educa-tion; and a 400-level capstone course inaddition to an appropriate number of 400-level courses as determined by the emphasisselected. No more than one literature courseat the 200-level in addition to English 220may count toward the major.

Literature EmphasisSix core courses, including:A. ENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyB. One writing course beyond ENG 106

Composition IIC. One course chosen from

ENG 321 British Literature IENG 345 Shakespeare

D. Two courses chosen fromENG 322 British Literature IIENG 351 American Literature IENG 352 American Literature II

E. ENG 451 Advanced Literary StudyIn addition, four elective courses, includingat least two at the 400-level. No more thanone 400-level writing course may becounted toward the Literature Emphasis.

Writing EmphasisSeven core courses, including:A. ENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyB. ENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseC. Two core literature courses, chosen from

those listed under Literature Emphasis C and D

D. Two writing courses at the 300 and/or 400-level (see following recommended course clusters)

E. ENG 455 Portfolio Development for English Writing Majors

Three electives, so that the 10-course total includes at least four 400-level courses.

Recommended Course Clusters inWritingThe English writing emphasis offers studentsthe ability to construct a challenging curriculum from flexible options. Theseoptions include coursework in journalism,creative writing, professional writing, andrhetoric and composition. Students maydesign their own curriculum in consultationwith their advisors, or base their work on oneof these clusters of recommended courses:

Journalism

ENG 305 Journalism IENG 306 Journalism IIENG 365 Journalism PracticumENG 468 Internship

182

English

Professional WritingENG 303 Writing in Professional FieldsENG 403 Advanced Professional and

Multimedia WritingOne additional journalism course: ENG

305 or ENG 306ENG 468 Internship

Creative WritingAt least two different courses among the following:ENG 306 Journalism IIENG 312 Writing FictionENG 313 Writing PoetryENG 410 Advanced Writing SeminarENG 412 Advanced Fiction WritingENG 415 Literary Theory

Rhetoric and CompositionOne journalism courseENG 303 Writing in Professional FieldsOne creative writing course: ENG 312

or 313ENG 401 Composition IV: Theory and

ResearchENG 403 Advanced Professional and

Multimedia WritingENG 410 Advanced Writing SeminarENG 415 Literary Theory

Licensure for Teaching of EnglishAn English major leading to teacher licensureconsists of a minimum of 10.5 coursesincluding the literature core requirements.Students planning to pursue teacher licensureshould consult with advisors in both the edu-cation and the English departments as earlyas possible. Students wishing to student teachare required to show a cumulative grade-point average in their major of 2.75. Stu-dents must also complete all othercomponents established by the Departmentof Education to satisfy the State of Illinoislicensure requirements.

Transfer students with a degree in

English from another institution must takeat least two courses in English at ElmhurstCollege at the 300/400-level and must earnat least a B average in courses taken atElmhurst College.

Courses required for licensure in Englisheducation:ENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyENG 321 British Literature I

or ENG 345 ShakespeareTwo courses among the following:

ENG 322 British Literature IIENG 351 American Literature IENG 352 American Literature II

ENG 372 Multicultural/PostcolonialLiterature

ENG 451 Advanced Literary StudyENG 401 Composition IV: Theory and

Research ENG 416 History and Structure of EnglishENG 440 Teaching of EnglishENG 315 Adolescent Literature (Half

course)One elective course selected to ensure

the student has a total of 10.5 English courses, three of which must be 400-level courses, excluding ENG 440

COM 113 Communication in Contexts (orequivalent), which satisfies the speechrequirement.

Students are required to pass the Test ofAcademic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, theappropriate content area test prior to thestudent teaching semester and the APT(Assessment of Professional Teaching) testprior to program completion.

Minor in EnglishAn English minor consists of a minimum of

183

English

five units of credit to include ENG 201,ENG 220 and at least three additionalEnglish courses taken at the 300 or 400 level.Below are the requirements for specificminors that can be selected and transcripted.Note that ENG 350 or ENG 410 can be sub-stituted for English elective credit if the topicis appropriate for the minor in question, withpermission of the department chair or writingprogram director. ENG 468 cannot becounted as an elective toward the minor.

Any English minor may be used to satisfythe minor requirements for elementary educa-tion majors for the State of Illinois licensure.

Open MinorENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyThree English courses at the 300/400 level

LiteratureENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyThree literature courses at the 300/400 level

Creative WritingENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyENG 312 Writing FictionENG 313 Writing PoetryENG 412 Advanced Fiction Writing

JournalismENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyENG 305 Journalism IENG 306 Journalism IIENG 365 Media Practicum (.25 credit

taken four times)

Professional and Multimedia WritingENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyENG 303 Writing in Professional FieldsENG 403 Advanced Professional and

Multimedia WritingOne English writing course at the 300/400

level

Rhetoric and TheoryENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyENG 401 Composition IV: Theory

and ResearchENG 415 Literary TheoryOne English course at the 300/400 level


ENG 105, 106 Composition I, IIA two-part sequence of introductory courses,offering instruction and guidance designed todevelop college-level writing and reading skills.ENG 105 focuses on increasing students’ writtenfluency –their ability to use the writing process asa means of discovering ideas; to see revision as anecessary and recursive part of the writingprocess; to see good writing as dependent on itscontext; and to create relationships betweenreading and writing.

The second course in the two-coursesequence, ENG 106 focuses on increasing stu-dents’ academic literacy–their ability to usewriting as a tool for learning and discovery; toarticulate ideas to a variety of audiences; toanalyze and synthesize challenging ideas in aneffectively written document; and to constructfrom sources a logical and persuasive argument.Information literacy instruction will preparestudents to assess and use academic researchlibrary materials and facilities. Prerequisites:ENG 105 or transfer equivalent, an acceptablescore on the Elmhurst College Writing PlacementTest, or a composite score of 29 on the ACT.

184

English

ENG 200 Introduction to Literature:Designated GenresA general course designed to enrich students’appreciation of the creative literary imagina-tion. Specific objectives include increasing stu-dents’ capacities to understand how languageworks, to recognize literature’s connection withits historical, cultural, spiritual and personalcontexts, and to appreciate literary study’svalue as a process through which individualsand communities grow. Students read, inter-pret and evaluate selected literary texts, whichmay include poetry, drama, fiction and/ornonfiction. Prerequisite: ENG 105 or equivalent.

ENG 201 Composition III: ClassicalRhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseA study of ancient rhetorical traditions andtheir applications. Students will learn classicalapproaches to the arts of persuasion and applythem in reading and writing contemporary dis-course. Prerequisite: ENG 106.

ENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyAn examination of various critical approachesto the study of poetry, fiction and drama.Required for English majors and recommendedfor other students especially interested in language and literature. Prerequisite: ENG 106.

ENG 230 Readings in Race, Class andGenderA study of literary and other texts that respondto race, class and gender. Examines how varioussocial groups are impacted by the powersembedded in social, political, historical and eco-nomic theories, events and institutions. Annually.

ENG 303 Writing in Professional FieldsTo assist students in developing skills forwriting as professionals in the workplace, asdistinct from academic settings. Students willdevelop an understanding of and skills neces-sary for, writing in teams in organizationalcontexts. The course will introduce students toempirical research about writing in the work-place. Rhetorical aims will shape documentpreparation and design. Prerequisite: ENG 106or equivalent.

ENG 305 Journalism IIntroduction to and practice in journalistic styleand the techniques of writing for mass commu-nication, including interview techniques, medialaw, ethics and other components of the printmedia. Prerequisite: ENG 106 or equivalent.Fall Term.

ENG 306 Journalism IIFocuses on advanced journalism and creativenon-fiction. Students will be producing non-fiction articles for magazines (in print or online)as well as critical reviews (from music topolitics) suitable for newspapers and/or onlineblogs and publications. Prerequisite: ENG 106 orequivalent. Spring Term, 2016–2017.

ENG 312 Writing FictionWriting fiction, with study of various creativeprocesses and literary techniques. Extensiveanalysis of student work and selected models.Recommended for those interested in imagina-tive writing and reading. Prerequisite: ENG 106or equivalent. Fall Term.

ENG 313 Writing PoetryWriting poetry, with study of various creativeprocesses and literary techniques. Extensiveanalysis of student work and selected models.Recommended for those interested in imagina-tive writing and reading. Prerequisite: ENG106 or equivalent. Alternate years, 2016–2017.

ENG 314 Children’s LiteratureA survey of the development of literature forchildren. Criteria will be established for selec-tion of books for students from preschoolthrough grade 6. Emphasis on extensivereading and evaluation of titles appropriate toeach level. Fall Term.

ENG 315 Adolescent Literature.50 creditA survey of adolescent literature. This courseemphasizes extensive reading and evaluation ofliterature appropriate for adolescents for grades6 through 12 or ages 11-18, developing criteriafor selecting and using literature with adoles-cents at various stages in their development,

185

English

and analysis and discussion of issues in thefield of adolescent literature. Spring Term.

ENG 321 British Literature I (to 1800)Covers the development of British literaturefrom its oldest recorded legends through thepoetry and prose of the Enlightenment.Representative works and authors includeBeowulf, Chaucer, Spencer, Shakespeare,Donne, Milton, Behn, Pope, Johnson andAusten. Course focuses primarily on drama,poetry and nonfiction. Co-prerequisites:ENG 220 or equivalent and sophomore orhigher standing. Fall Term.

ENG 322 British Literature II (1750 to 1900)Covers, within their various historical andpolitical contexts, key literary movements inBritish literature from the mid-18th through19th centuries. May include early origins ofthe novel; shifts in traditional understandingsof genre, form and content with the rise ofindividualism; and explorations of industrial-ization, colonialism, science, increasing secularization, and women’s roles. Such writersas Blake, Wollstonecraft, Wordsworth, Austen,the Shelleys, Dickens, Barrett Browning andKipling may be studied. Co-prerequisites: ENG220 or equivalent and sophomore or higherstanding. Spring Term.

ENG 330 Epics and Stories, Ancient and ModernAn examination of selected stories, ancient andmodern, that have come to possess wide signifi-cance for their cultures. Attention will be givento the development of narrative style and tech-nique as well as to the interaction between storyand culture. Representative writers mightinclude Homer, Virgil, Dante, Woolf, Fitzgeraldand Wilson. Prerequisite: ENG 105 or equivalent.

ENG 335 Women WritersA study of works by women writers. Thecourse will examine the potentially genderednature of writing using texts written bywomen. Students will explore possible ways inwhich women authors may choose a subject,

bring a particular perspective or tell the storydifferently because of their gender. Possibleauthors for study include Toni Morrison, AmyTan, Virginia Woolf, Alice Walker, EdithWharton, Wendy Wasserstein and AdrienneRich. Prerequisite: ENG 105 or equivalent.

ENG 336 Contemporary Literature Leading writers in literature since World WarII, from such writers as Hemingway, Faulknerand Thomas Wolfe to Chinua Achebe,Thomas Pynchon and Toni Morrison. Eachterm’s offering will focus on a specific genre ortype of contemporary literature. Prerequisite:ENG 105 or equivalent.

ENG 345 ShakespeareAn intensive study of selected histories, come-dies, tragedies and romances. Prerequisites:ENG 106 or equivalent and sophomore or higherstanding. Spring Term.

ENG 350 Special TopicsIn-depth exploration of a topic in literary orcomposition studies selected by the instructor.Does not duplicate subject matter in any regu-larly offered course. May be repeated for creditwith approval of instructor. Prerequisite: ENG106 or equivalent. As offered.

ENG 351 American Literature IA survey of American literature beginning withEuropean exploration of the continent in the15th century and ending with the Civil War.The course explores the historical and culturalforces that shaped such writings as Bradford’s OfPlymouth Plantation, Franklin’s Autobiography,Thoreau’s Walden, Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabinand the poetry of Whitman and Dickinson. Co-prerequisites: ENG 220 or equivalent and sopho-more or higher standing. Fall Term.

ENG 352 American Literature IIA survey of American literature from the end ofthe Civil War to the contemporary period. Thecourse will use American history and culture toexamine such writings as Twain’s The Adventuresof Huckleberry Finn, James’ Daisy Miller,Wharton’s The Age of Innocence, poetry by

186

English

Langston Hughes and Sylvia Plath and shortstories by Louise Erdrich and Toni CadeBambara. Co-prerequisites: ENG 220 or equivalentand sophomore or higher standing. Spring Term.

ENG 365 Media Practicum.25 creditThis course in applied journalism helpsstudents learn the skills needed to produce apublication for a mass audience. Students mustbe a member of a student organization thatproduces media for the campus community. Aminimum of five hours of activity per week isrequired. May be repeated for credit. Up tofour quarter-course practica may be countedfor credit. Prerequisite: ENG 105 or consent ofinstructor.

ENG 370 Portfolio Synthesis Seminar.25 creditThis course is designed to assist and assess stu-dents in completing the exit portfolio nowrequired of all students seeking teacher licen-sure. Students will work on completing theportfolio that meets Illinois State Board ofEducation standards in teaching, subject areaand technology. Required of all students seekingsecondary teaching licensure. Pass/No Pass only.Consent of the instructor is required. Fall Term.

ENG 371 Modernism/PostmodernismA study of the development, themes and char-acteristics of modernism and postmodernismin British, American and world literature. Thecourse will explore the ways in which thesetwo movements exist in relationship to and aredefined by each other. Students will readselected modernist and postmodernist authorsin an effort to determine the usefulness of theterms and the potential value of the literarymovements. Works by such writers as VirginiaWoolf, T.S. Eliot, Thomas Pynchon, MilanKundera, Jeanette Winterson, Helen ParenteCunha, Graham Swift and Angela Carter. Pre-requisite: ENG 220 or equivalent. As offered.

ENG 372 Multicultural/Postcolonial LiteratureA study of how literature written by writers

from a range of racial and ethnic backgroundsexplores and responds to contemporary ideas,political developments and various quests forsocial justice. Writers with such diverse aes-thetic and political interests as Toni Morrison,Amy Tan, August Wilson, Kurt Vonnegut,Leslie Marmon Silko, Chinua Achebe, LauraEsquivel, Yusef Komunyakaa, Gabriel GarciaMarquez and Bharati Mukherjee could beexplored. Prerequisite: ENG 106 or equivalent.Spring Term.

ENG 401 Composition IV: Theory and ResearchA writing course that introduces students to thescholarly field of composition studies. Studentswill read and respond to texts that define con-temporary theories of and report recent researchin, composition and rhetoric. The course willinclude practical experience in tutoring studentsin 100-level writing courses. Recommended forstudents with junior or senior standing andrequired for students seeking teacher licensure.Prerequisite: ENG 201 or equivalent. Fall Term.

ENG 403 Advanced Professional andMultimedia WritingBuilding on foundational theories and prac-tices of professional writing, this courseengages students in the study and productionof advanced genres of professional writing. Stu-dents learn rhetorical theory and apply rhetor-ical skills to produce an array of sophisticatedmultimedia and traditional print texts.Includes a possible public/civic-engagementcomponent in which students may draft printand digital texts for local charitable organiza-tions. Prerequisite: ENG 303 or equivalent, orpermission of the instructor and departmentchair. As offered.

ENG 410 Advanced Writing SeminarA writing-intensive course, topics vary andmay include rhetoric and composition, jour-nalism, professional writing, or literacy theory.Consult members of the English departmentor the current course schedule for the specifictopic each year. May be repeated for credit. Pre-

187

English

requisites: ENG 201 or equivalent and sopho-more or higher standing. Fall Term.

ENG 412 Advanced Fiction WritingThis course will concentrate on advanced workin fiction writing and practices with a strongemphasis on class workshops and intensive studyof published fiction and student work. Studentsshould expect their first short story to be due bythe second week of class. Scheduled conferenceswith the instructor will focus on individualstudent development. Prerequisite: ENG 312 orits equivalent, or permission of instructor upon sub-mission of a sample writing portfolio. Spring Term,alternate years, 2015–2016.

ENG 415 Literary TheoryAn examination of literary critical history, or what is said and assumed about texts,writers and readers in selected historicalmoments. Traces Western classical tradition tocontemporary critical approaches. Recom-mended for students with junior or seniorstanding. Prerequisite: any ENG-prefixed litera-ture course. Alternate years, 2015 –2016.

ENG 416 History and Structure of EnglishA study of the origins and development ofEnglish with attention to both internal andexternal aspects of that development. Studiesare directed toward an understanding ofEnglish grammar, usage, spelling and pronun-ciation. Recommended for students withjunior or senior standing. Required for teacherlicensure. Prerequisite: ENG 106 or equivalent.Fall Term.

ENG 420 Shakespeare’s ContemporariesA study of selected texts in poetry and prosefrom the Elizabethan period to the time ofDryden. Examines the development of lyricand narrative poetic form as well as the development of English prose. Works bywriters such as Sidney, Spenser, Mary Herbert,Bacon, Donne, Milton and Dryden. Prerequi-site: any ENG-prefixed literature course. Alter-nate years, 2016–2017.

ENG 421 The Rise of the NovelExamines the development of the novel fromDefoe through the mid-nineteenth century, inthe light of historical, social and intellectualchanges going on at the time. Genres includerealism, experimentalism, comedy of manners,satire and the Gothic. Prerequisite: any ENG-prefixed literature course; one literature course fromC or D strongly recommended. Alternate years,2015–2016.

ENG 422 Studies in Romanticism/ VictorianismIn-depth exploration of a literary topicselected by the instructor, with focus on theBritish Romantic Period (roughly 1789through 1832), the British Victorian Period(1837 through 1901) or both. Prerequisite: anyENG-prefixed literature course; one literaturecourse from D strongly recommended. Alternateyears, 2015–2016.

ENG 423 American FictionA study of the development of prose fiction inAmerica from colonial to modern times.Examines the effect of British models on thedevelopment of American fiction. May includeworks by writers such as Hawthorne, Cather,Hemingway, Faulkner and Welty. Recom-mended for students with junior or seniorstanding. Prerequisite: any ENG-prefixed litera-ture course; one literature course from D stronglyrecommended. Alternate years; 2016–2017.

ENG 440 Teaching of EnglishA consideration of methodology, materials andmodes of evaluation as applied to the teachingof English in secondary schools. Pre- or corequisite: SEC 300, SEC 310 and consent ofthe instructor. Fall Term.

ENG 451 Advanced Literary StudyAn intensive, guided capstone investigation ofa literary problem, age, genre or writer throughwhich students will be introduced to the pur-poses and techniques of literary research andscholarship in class discussions, lectures andindependent study. Focus of the course willvary from year to year. Senior standing is

188

English

highly recommended. May be repeated forcredit. Prerequisites: ENG 220 or equivalent; oneLiterature course from C or D. Fall Term.

ENG 455 Professional Portfolio Development for Writers: Theory andApplicationIn this capstone course, students will reflect ontheir long-term goals as writers and develop aportfolio of writings suitable for publication orprofessional purposes, in part generated from amandatory field experience. Senior standing ishighly recommended. Prerequisites: two upper-level writing courses. Spring Term.

ENG 468 InternshipAn internship designed to allow junior andsenior students the opportunity to gain profes-sional work experience in media, publicationsand other agencies or institutions as deemedappropriate for earning credit in the major. Aninternship can be taken with the campus news-paper, The Leader, or with other publicationsand/or positions related to professional com-munication, on or off campus. Students mustdemonstrate that they meet the stated require-ments of the position. If the internship istaken at The Leader, the student must havebeen on staff for at least two terms and benow–or in the immediate future–in an editingrole. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites:ENG 201, ENG 220 and at least one additional300- or 400-level English course. For electivecredit only: does not satisfy the 400-level electiverequirement for the major; does not count ascredit for the minor. Permission of the depart-ment chair and designated faculty required toreceive credit.

ENG 492/292 Independent StudyA course designed for English majors who wishto pursue an intensive program of readingand/or writing on an individual basis. Consentof the department chair is required.

ENG 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-

cant research project in the field of Englishculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

189

Geography uses a spatial perspective tostudy, describe, and analyze the distri-

bution, delineation and nature of the phys-ical and human features, environments andprocesses (and the relationships betweenthem) that characterize the land and waterareas (and the life therein) of the Earth. Itdoes this through the application of thespatial perspective and the integration ofspatial data on a systematic, regional,descriptive, and analytical basis. Of centralimportance to all of these applications is therelationship which exists between humansand the physical environment and how theyinfluence and shape the realities of oneanother.

The geosciences include those disciplineswhich study the structure, development,history and dynamics of Earth systems,processes, materials and resources. A holisticperspective is used to examine the variouslarge-scale Earth systems including thegeosphere, atmosphere, biosphere andhydrosphere. Elements of geology, hydrology,meteorology, geography, oceanography,remote sensing, environmental studies, andurban studies are included within the Geo-graphic Information Systems (GIS) major,attesting to its interdisciplinary nature.

The two majors and three minors in theDepartment of Geography and Geosciencesare designed to prepare students for careersin government work as well as the privatesector including, but not limited to workingin the geospatial community, environmentalconsulting, governmental regulatory agen-cies, environmental remediation, geospatialintelligence (GEOINT), and urban andregional planning and transportation. Grad-uates may also pursue careers in the tech-nical fields of cartography, remote sensingand air photo/satellite imagery interpreta-tion and geospatial technologies. Course-work in the department also preparesstudents for careers in geographic educationin the elementary, middle, and secondaryschools as well as governmental work at thefederal, state and local levels. In addition tothe diverse, in-depth course work in thedepartment, internship, mentoring and jobshadowing opportunities facilitate the grad-uate’s pursuit of their chosen career fields.Both of the majors in the department arealso appropriate for students wishing topursue graduate school programs in geog-raphy, the geosciences or geographic infor-mation systems.

Owing to the interdisciplinary nature ofgeography and geosciences, students who

Geography and Geosciences


190


pursue majors in other natural or social sci-ences may find a second major or minor inthe department a valuable compliment totheir primary field of study. For example, theversatility of a double major in business,history, urban studies or political sciencewith geography or geographic informationsystems would prove to be attractive to manyemployers. The department actively partici-pates in the interdisciplinary majors/minorsof urban studies, logistics and transportationmanagement, international business, inter-cultural studies, and education. Courses inthe department are offered in several Areasof Knowledge (AoKs) of the College’s Inte-grated Curriculum.

Departmental facilities include a modernmultimedia-equipped geography/geoscienceslaboratory, a separate GIS computer labwith the state-of-the-art GIS software, dedi-cated GIS server, color scanner, colorprinters, and two large scale plotters. Thedepartment also maintains a weather stationand mobile GPS equipment. In addition,the department has an outstanding collec-tion of maps and geographic references.Many students in the department aremembers of Gamma Theta Upsilon, thenational geography honor society, and PiGamma Mu, a national honor society forsocial science majors. The Elmhurst CollegeGeographical Society is also an activestudent organization on campus. ElmhurstCollege is the Alpha Chapter of the IllinoisGIS Association (ILGISA) student chapters.

Students interested in educational andcareer opportunities in geography or geo-sciences should contact the department forinformation or consult our web page(www.elmhurst.edu/geography).

Mission StatementThe mission of the Department of Geographyand Geosciences is to provide majors, minorsand non-majors/minors alike, with a thor-ough knowledge and understanding of theEarth’s physical and human environments andthe relationships between them. By offering awide variety of coursework within the geo-sciences discipline, the department is able toaddress the specific needs and interests of avast diversity of students while insuring thatthey become acquainted with the myriad ofapplications and technological advancementsthat are present within geography and thegeosciences. Through experiencing the depthand breadth of course work within the geo-sciences, students will be prepared for a rangeof activities including a myriad of professionalcareers within both the private and publicsectors as well as graduate school

Goals of the Department• To enable students to recognize and

apply the fundamental themes, conceptsand methodologies of the geoscienceswhile thinking critically, analytically, spa-tially, and creatively about geographicand geospatial issues and problems;

• To enable students to interpret andanalyze the interrelationships betweenphysical and human systems and envi-ronments;

• To provide students with research andprofessional experience through originalindividual and collaborative research ini-tiatives with faculty and fellow studentsas well as professional internships, men-toring, and job shadowing opportunitiesin connection with the College’s missionregarding professional preparation; and

• To emphasize intellectual and profes-sional integrity as a requisite of academic

191


and professional endeavor while pro-moting ethical consciousness in the dis-ciplines of geography and geosciences aswell as in other future endeavors and inlife.

FacultyMichael S. Lindberg, Chair; Carmi J. Neiger

Major in Geography

Core Coursework: Nine (9) courses requiredGEO 102 Earth System Science

orGEO 105 Introduction to Atmospheric

ScienceGEO 111 Regional Study of the Modern

Industrial WorldGEO 112 Regional Study of the

Developing WorldGEO 207 Introduction to Spatial ThinkingGEO 413 Economic GeographyGEO 470 Research Methods in Geography

(.50 credit)GEO 471 Senior Research Capstone

(.50 credit)

Plus, students must take one of the following regional specialty courses:GEO 311 Regional Study of EuropeGEO 315 Regional Study of the United

States and CanadaGEO 317 Regional Study of Latin America

Plus two of the following topical-systematic courses:GEO 218 Geography of ReligionGEO 350 Geography of Sexual and Gender

IdentitiesGEO 411 Urban GeographyGEO 412 Political Geography

Major in Geographic InformationSystems (GIS)The Geographic Information Systems (GIS)major is designed to prepare students for

careers in the geospatial industry whichrequire an understanding of spatial processesand related technical skills. The major com-bines breadth and depth in the natural sci-ences, equips students with knowledge ofbusiness principles, and develops their skillsin communications, quantitative methods,and computer applications. The program isaligned with the Geographic InformationScience & Technology (GIST) Body ofKnowledge (BoK) established by the Uni-versity Consortium for Geographic Informa-tion Science (UCGIS) as well as establishedDACUMs (Developing a Curriculum) forGeospatial Technologies, as supported bythe Department of Labor occupational des-ignations. It is also aligned with the Geospa-tial Technology Competency Model(GTCM). A required internship, seniorresearch methods course and senior capstoneproject utilize facilities and expertise fromlocal municipalities and other organizations,several of which have employed graduatesfrom Elmhurst College with a backgroundprovided by the department.

Students will take required courseworkin a variety of areas to develop their spatialskill sets and hone their technical skillsmaking them appropriate for entry-levelGIS positions or graduate study. It is crucialthat students work closely with their acad-emic advisor as early as possible uponentering the program to establish a plannedschedule of coursework. Transfer studentswith an interest in geographic informationsystems should consult with their academicadvisor upon acceptance to the College.

FacultyCarmi J. Neiger, Coordinator; Linda Krause,Michael S. Lindberg, Advisors

192


Core Curriculum required of all studentsin major (nine and one-half (9.50) creditsrequired):GEO 102 Earth System ScienceGEO 207 Introduction to Spatial ThinkingGEO 309 Introduction to Spatial Analysis GEO 400 Advanced Spatial Analysis GEO 468 Internship (.50 credit; P/F

only)GEO 470 Research Methods in Geography

(.50 credit) GEO 471 Senior Research Capstone (.50

credit)

Required CSIS CoursesIS 100 Programming GIS ApplicationsIS 200 Design and Development of

GeodatabasesCS 440 Web-Based Applications

Required Quantitative CourseworkMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

or MTH 346 Statistics for the Sciences

Minor in Human GeographyA minor in human geography requires aminimum of 4.00 credits. While the fol-lowing list of courses is strongly recom-mended for the minor, other courses withinthe department may be substituted to meetthe needs and interests of individual stu-dents after consultation with an advisor inthe department or department chair.

Required courses GEO 111 Regional Study of the Modern

Industrial Worldor

GEO 112 Regional Study of the Developing World

GEO 309 Introduction to Spatial Analysis GEO 400 Advanced Spatial Analysis

(Prerequisite: MTH 345 or 346)

IS 100 Programming GIS Applications withVBA/VB.NETIt is strongly recommended that students

minoring in GIS also take IS 200 Designand Development of Geodatabases


GEO 102 Earth System ScienceScientific study of the connection betweenworking systems of the Earth, their characteris-tics, patterns, and shaping processes. Topicsinclude rocks and minerals, theory of plate tec-tonics, and landforms created by rivers, glaciers,wind, and ocean processes. Tools used includetopographic maps, aerial photographs andspatial analysis software. Course includes a briefanalysis of landform regions of the United Statesin a regional approach. Includes laboratory withrequired materials fee. Also offered in hybridformat.

GEO 105 Introduction to AtmosphericScience Study of the major characteristics, patterns,and processes of dynamic change that distin-guish the Earth's weather and climate and itsrelated influence on the biosphere. Topicsinclude: solar and earth radiation, air tempera-ture, air pressure and winds, precipitation, airmasses and fronts, circulation patterns, severeweather occurrences, storms and climate. Theimpact of human technology on weather andclimate and the biosphere is discussed as amajor social and ethical issue. Includes labora-tory with required materials fee. Also offered inonline format.

GEO 111 Regional Study of the ModernIndustrial WorldA geographic overview of the distinctive charac-teristics. patterns, problems, and trends thatdistinguish life in the modern, industrial areasof the world where Western cultural influencehas been pervasive, e.g., United States, Canada,Europe, European Russia, Japan, Australia andNew Zealand.

193


GEO 112 Regional Study of the Developing WorldA geographic overview of life in the traditionalsocieties of Latin America, Africa and Asia.The distinctive identities of these regions andthe current issues which influence their devel-opment are examined in light of major con-cepts and theories in geography, the culturalheritage of each region, and the global polit-ical-economic structure of the world.

GEO 207 Introduction to SpatialThinking An introduction to spatial cognition, concep-tualization and representation. Studentsexplore physical and cultural landscapes usingvarious mapping and geovisualization tech-niques and software tools. The geographic per-spective is used to examine a broad range oftopics including retail location, crime patterns,access to healthcare and environmental justice.No prerequisite.

GEO 218 Geography of ReligionThis course approaches the diversity of practiceand belief of the major world religions from ageographical perspective. Key topics includedevelopment of religious hearths, processes inthe diffusion of religion, the role of placewithin and among religious systems, their sub-branches and denominations, religious effortsto exert cultural territoriality over secularspace, and the meanings and uses of sacredspace at various scales. The relationshipbetween religion and place is examined withemphasis on how religions change and adaptto new locales, particularly in the US. Con-tested religious spaces will be analyzed alongwith the geographical implications of religiousfundamentalism.

GEO 302 Urban Applications of GISExamination of urban infrastructure systems,problems, and environmental concerns from aspatial perspective. Urban infrastructure systemsinclude water systems, air pollution concerns,and land issues as well as population migrationtrends in the form of urban sprawl. Case studies

of resources in northeastern Illinois and fieldtrips. Use of GIS methodology is stressed. Pre -or corequisite: GEO 207 or consent of instructor.

GEO 309 Introduction to SpatialAnalysisThe first portion of the spatial analysissequence of GEO 309 and GEO 400, thisintermediate/advanced GIS course emphasizesreal-world applications. Topics include: carto-graphic communication skills, working withprojections, integrating disparate data sources,geometrical operations on discrete and contin-uous data, techniques for proximity andoverlay analysis and basic spatial statisticalanalysis methods. Students will complete aportfolio of exercises demonstrating broad GIStechnical skills. Prerequisite: GEO 207 orconsent of instructor. Fall Term.

GEO 311 Regional Study of EuropeA geographic analysis of Europe, excluding theformer Soviet Union. The analysis includes thephysical and cultural characteristics of Europe.Emphasis is placed on the development of cul-tural spatial patterns, especially the language,religious, political, urban and economic pat-terns. Fall Term, even-numbered years.

GEO 315 Regional Study of United Statesand CanadaA systematic/regional analysis of the UnitedStates and Canada. Major emphasis on therelationship of the physical environment to theeconomic, political, and social characteristics,patterns, problems and trends of the region.Spring Term, even-numbered years.

GEO 317 Regional Study of LatinAmericaA systematic/regional study of Latin Americawhich emphasizes the relationship of the phys-ical environment to economic, political, andsocial patterns, problems and trends of theregion. Latin America's increasing role inWestern Hemispheric relations is also exam-ined. Spring Term, odd-numbered years.

194


GEO 350 Geography of Sexual andGender IdentitiesPlace and sexuality are mutually constituted.Sexuality has a profound effect on the waypeople live in and interact with, space and place.In turn, space and place affect people’s sexuality.This statement underlies the focus of this coursewhich examines the interrelationships, influ-ences and consequences of space and place onthe development and experience of sexualityand gender identities in various cultures and atvarious spatial scales around the world. At abasic level, all social relations including thoseinvolving sexuality and gender are spatial. Itmatters where things are and take place. Theuneven distribution of LGBTQ People andidentities across space is fundamental to under-standing who they are and what being “queer”means. This course examines these themes aswell as the political, economic and social land-scapes associated with both hetero and non-heteronormative gendered and sexed spaces/places. In addition, the intersectionalities ofrace, class, ethnicity/nationality and citizenshipstatus as they relate to sex and gender and howthey impact the creation and experience of spe-cific gendered and sexed spaces/places will bediscussed. Other topics which relate to the rela-tionship between gender, sexuality and space/place that will be examined include sexual citi-zenship, queer migration, sexual politics, queergentrification, so-called “pink” economies andgender and sexual rights.

GEO 390 Geography and GeosciencesCultural Study and Off-Campus ExperienceDirected field and travel study of geographicaltopics with a cultural theme determined byfaculty experience and student interest. Aus-tralia and Hawai’i are course destinations.Experiential learning course if a Study-Awayoffering. Offered as needed.

GEO 400 Advanced Spatial AnalysisThe second portion of the spatial analysissequence, this advanced GIS course extends

the analytical use of geospatial informationthrough basic spatial analysis techniques,including explorative spatial data analysis,global and local analyses of spatial data, spatialregression, point pattern analysis and surfacetrend analysis. This course exposes students toa variety of spatial analysis applications,including crime mapping, epidemiology anddemographics. Students learn the key conceptsand principles of spatial data analysis, developspatial data manipulation and analysis skills,and gain hands-on experience through the useof Geoda, ArcGIS Spatial Statistics and Geo-statistical Analyst tools. Prerequisites: GEO207, GEO 309 and MATH 345 or MATH346; or consent of instructor. Spring Term.

GEO 411 Urban GeographyThis course is a theoretical and practicalinquiry into the geographic principles thatinfluence the size, spacing, internal organiza-tion and external relations of cities. Specificattention is given to the spatial structure ofcities, their transportation systems and to theirpolitical and economic roles and organization.This course is of specific interest to urbanstudies and logistics and supply chain manage-ment students.

GEO 412 Political GeographyThe study of how geographic factors, concepts,and theories influence political decisions andgovernment policies at the local, national, andinternational levels. Also, attention is given tohow political decisions and policies, in turn,impact people and their environments. Thiscourse may be of special interest to politicalscience and international business majors.Spring Term, odd-numbered years.

GEO 413 Economic GeographyAn examination of the principles and factorswhich influence the development and spatialorganization of agriculture, mining, manufac-turing, and retail activities. Location modelsare emphasized to help explain contemporaryeconomic land use patterns and practices. Of

195


special interest to business and economicsmajors. Fall Term, odd-numbered years.

GEO 452/252 Special Topics in Geography and GeosciencesAllows students and faculty to study topicswhich are not included in the normal courseofferings of the department. Topics very fromsemester to semester based on the interests offaculty and students as well as current trends inthe discipline. Depending on the topic,consent of the instructor may be required.Consult appropriate term schedules for specifictopic offerings and possible prerequisites. Pre-requisites depend on the course topic. Offered asnecessary.

GEO 468 Geography/Geosciences Intern-ship/Field Experience.50 creditA geography internship designed to allowjunior/senior majors the opportunity for workexperience with private or governmental plan-ning agencies. Required of geographic infor-mation systems majors. Pass/No Pass only.Prerequisites: major in geography or geographicinformation systems and consent of departmentchair. Upon request.

GEO 470 Research Methods in Geography.50 creditA course required of all majors in the Depart-ment of Geography and Geosciences. In aseminar setting, students will learn to under-take research and use various means to compileinformation and data required to undertake aformal research project. The student willdevelop a research project from the initialstages incorporating methods of geographicresearch and knowledge gained as a geographyor geographic information systems major. Tobe taken in the first term of the senior year.Prerequisites: major in geography or geographicinformation systems and consent of departmentchair; senior standing.

GEO 471 Senior Research SeminarRequired of all majors in the Department of

Geography and Geosciences. Senior capstoneproject based on research proposal developedin GEO 470. Students are expected to workclosely with a department advisor. Final projectwill be delivered in a format suitable for pre-sentation at a professional conference or publi-cation in an academic journal. To be taken inthe final term of the senior year. Prerequisites:major in geography or geographic informationsystems and consent of department chair; seniorstanding, GEO 470. Concurrent enrollment inENG 303 is strongly recommended.

GEO 492/292 Independent Study.50 or 1.00 creditAn opportunity to pursue additional researchin topics of interest raised in any other geog-raphy course. The form of this offering isdetermined by nature of topic, student, andinstructor. The student may receive transcriptcredit for this course more than once, with amaximum of two courses. Prerequisite: consentof the department chair. Upon request.

GEO 495 Honors Independent Research .50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of geographyand geosciences culminating in an appropriatepublic dissemination of research methods andfindings. This course must be taken concur-rently with another 300- or 400-level course inthe major or minor, facilitating faculty supervi-sion and guidance. Repeatable for credit. Per-mission of the faculty supervisor and the directorof the Honors Program required prior to registra-tion. Fall Term, January Term, Spring Term,Summer Term.

January Term CoursesJanuary Term courses offered by the Depart-ment of Geography and Geosciences providestudents an opportunity for in-depth study ofspecial topics using varied teaching formatswhich are not easily replicated in the regularterm. These courses can be applied towards amajor or minor in the department. Topics

196


include geology of national parks, globalclimate change, and cultural study of variouslands and peoples. Honors geography coursesmay also be offered.

197

C ourses offered by the Department ofHistory may be counted toward some

Integrated Curriculum requirements or amajor or minor in history.

History has always been the linchpin ofacademe to the tradition of humankind and,as a discipline, is among the most reveredand obvious of the liberal arts. All knowledgehas a history, and the study of history is thebeginning of the varieties of knowledge.

Majors in history who expect to do grad-uate work for the degree of Master of Arts orDoctor of Philosophy, particularly the latter,should plan to study two foreign languageswhile at Elmhurst College. The requirementsof universities vary, but they usually includea reading knowledge of two foreign lan-guages, tested by a written examination.

History majors planning to attend lawschool upon completion of a degree atElmhurst College are encouraged to pursuea balanced program between American andEnglish history. POL 412 ConstitutionalLaw is also recommended.

FacultyRobert W. Butler, Chair; Lindsey Patterson

Major in HistoryMajors in history are expected to complete aminimum of seven college courses in thedepartment, including the Senior Thesis.

Those students who plan to teach mustcomplete eight courses, also including theSenior Thesis. Other than the thesis, thereare no specific courses required, but it isexpected that students will select coursesfrom different periods and areas in order tohave a balanced background in the field.

Minor in HistoryRequirements for a minor in history arefour courses approved by the chair, three ofwhich must be taken at Elmhurst College.

Licensure for Secondary TeachingA history major planning to teach at thesecondary level should choose coursesaccording to interest, while keeping inmind the importance of balance within thedepartment. It is more than likely that ahistory teacher will teach a combination ofAmerican, European, Asian, Latin Amer-ican, Middle Eastern and non-Westernhistory. To be admitted to the teacher edu-cation program, a student must present a2.75 cumulative grade-point average and a3.00 grade-point average in the historyprogram. Those planning to teach arerequired to take a minimum of nine coursesin the department including HIS 440Teaching History in Secondary School. Stu-dents who plan to pursue teacher licensuremust complete additional coursework in

History


198

History

professional and Integrated Curriculum. Inaddition, students must also completecourses in broadfield social sciences, whichinclude economics, geography, politicalscience, psychology and sociology/anthro-pology. See the Department of Educationsection of this Catalog for a complete listingof broadfield courses.

Students seeking teacher licensure mustkeep in contact with both the history andeducation departments. History coursesrequired for the major include HIS 116, HIS301, HIS 302, HIS 451 and HIS 452.

Students are required to pass the Test ofAcademic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, theappropriate content area test prior to thestudent teaching semester, and the APT(Assessment of Professional Teaching) testprior to program completion.


Mission Statement The mission of the history department is toserve the academic needs of majors andnon-majors alike by acquainting them witha knowledge of the past and providing themwith the skills to understand and analyzetrends, personalities and movements thathave shaped events. As Jefferson so aptly putit: “History by apprising them of the pastwill enable them to judge of the future; itwill avail them of the experience of othertimes and other nations; it will qualify themunder every disguise it may assume; andknowing it, to defeat its views.”

Goals of the Department• To allow students to develop a sense

of history;• To encourage critical thinking and the

understanding of cause-and-effect relationships;

• To urge the development of clear andpersuasive use of oral and written expression;

• To become aware of the diversity andcommonality of peoples through history;

• To appreciate the profound story of ourcollective past in a variety of nationalarenas and eras;

• To enjoy the pleasure of viewing life inits previous struggles and triumphs; and

• To learn to love the life of the mind andthe production of ideas.

Student Learning Outcomes forHistory MajorsStudents are to:• Engage in independent research on an

historical issue and provide arguments based upon said research.

• Master historical content, revel in the creative process, be a lifelong learner, value democratic processes and under-stand Western culture.

• Be knowledgeable in the field and model teaching styles (for those in teacher education).


HIS 111 Survey of Western Civilization IAn introduction to the Western tradition.From ancient Mesopotamia to the beginningsof the Reformation, the political structures,religious and philosophical beliefs, and culturalachievements of the Western tradition areemphasized. Fall Term.

HIS 112 Survey of Western Civilization IIAn introduction to the Western traditionbeginning with the Reformation and contin-uing to the present day. Political, religious andcultural themes are joined by economic andsocial advance in the modern world. Spring Term.

199

History

HIS 116 Survey of Non-Western Civilizations An introduction to the civilizations of India,Africa, China, Latin America and the NearEast from circa AD 1500 to the present. Polit-ical, religious, cultural, economic, social andintellectual aspects of these societies will beexamined using a variety of disciplines and methodological approaches.

HIS 170 Latin American HistoryA historical survey of Latin America, from pre-Columbian times to the present, withemphasis on the evolution of civilization andculture in the countries of South and CentralAmerica and the Caribbean basin. Beginningwith the pre-Columbian indigenous societies,the course will then examine the conquest,colonial institutions, independence and theemergence of modern Latin American nations.

HIS 201 The History of GreeceA brief summary of earlier civilizations fol-lowed by a study of Greek political and cul-tural life, the military exploits of Alexander theGreat, and the cultural patterns of the Hel-lenistic Age. Fall Term, alternate years.

HIS 202 The History of RomeRome from the earliest times to its declinewith special emphasis upon the political, economic and cultural unification of theMediterranean peoples, the transmission ofculture to Western Europe and the rise ofChristianity. Spring Term, alternate years.

HIS 204 History of the Middle EastAn exploration of the historical roots of thepeoples and cultures of the area. Topics are: theJudeo-Christian heritage, the ProphetMuhammad, the Crusades and the OttomanEmpire. This survey traces the origins of theconflicts in modern times.

HIS 212 The Role of Great Personalitiesin HistoryAn examination of selected personalities whohave made a major contribution to their age ortime. Attention is given to the impact of thetime and circumstances upon these persons.

The assessment of several historical interpreta-tions is used to evaluate the contributions ofsuch personalities.

HIS 215 Introduction to Women’sHistoryThis course will survey the history of womenand gender in the United States from pre-Euro-pean settlement to the present. The course willbe structured on three main themes: women’swork and the sexual division of labor; the rela-tionship between gender, politics, and the state;and women’s family roles and sexuality.

HIS 301 American History Before 1865A topical survey of the history of Americafrom the European, African and Native- Amer-ican origins to the Civil War. Special attentionis paid to our roots in Western culture and theblending with other cultures. A survey of thefounding, independence, nation building andthe disruption leading to the Civil War. FallTerm.

HIS 302 The United States from 1865 tothe PresentA topical survey of the emerging facets of anincreasingly complex industrial societyemerging from the Civil War. Problems relatedto an increasingly urbanized, multi-nationalsociety with effects upon politics, economicsand culture are examined. Movement onthrough to a postindustrial society will betraced. Spring Term.

HIS 303 United States DiplomaticHistoryThe study of the diplomatic history of theUnited States from its inception as a nation todate. An examination of the foreign policyactions and trends in a chronological setting.Special focus will be on the war periods andthe Cold War, from beginning to end. Alternate years.

HIS 304 The United States in the Twentieth CenturyA concentrated study of the political, eco-nomic, intellectual and social factors in 20th-century America. An analysis of the meaning

200

History

of such issues as World War I, the 1920s, thedepression, World War II, postwar affluenceand the 1960s. Special attention is paid to thedynamics of modern America, the end of theCold War and the postindustrial society.

HIS 311 England to the Stuart AgeEngland from its beginnings to the age of theStuarts. Political, social, and constitutionalhistory is traced through the 16th century,including the rise of England as a Europeanand colonial power.

HIS 312 Modern BritainFrom the Stuart age to the present day. Thecourse traces the formation of the UnitedKingdom, industrial and political develop-ment, intellectual life, and Britain’s role as animperial power.

HIS 326 Antebellum AmericaThis course examines Antebellum America(1776–1861). These decades witnessed greatpolitical, social, and economic changesincluding the “Market Revolution” and the riseof “Jacksonian democracy.” It was a period ofsignificant territorial expansion, technologicalinnovation, and westward migration. Ameri-cans experienced a powerful religious awak-ening, new extremes in exploitation ofminorities, and the intensification of regionalanimosities.

HIS 343 Medieval HistoryFrom the decline of the Roman Empire to thebeginning of the Renaissance in Italy withspecial attention given to feudalism, economicand cultural patterns of the period, and the life and struggle of the church.

HIS 344 The Renaissance and the ReformationFrom the Renaissance in Italy to the close ofthe Council of Trent with emphasis upon theintellectual, artistic, social and theologicaldevelopments culminating in the Reformationmovements.

HIS 351 Disability in AmericaThis course will examine the history of dis-

ability in America through the interdisciplinarylenses of science, technology, medicine, policy,and sociology. This course will ask why andwhat we can learn by addressing the history ofdisability in the nineteenth- and twentieth-century United States. Through a culturalstudy of disability we will examine the socialconstruction of disability, its representations,and its changing meaning in a historical per-spective. Our critiques will juxtapose disabilityand issues of gender, community, class, region,and race. Students will be invited to funda-mentally reexamine American life and historythrough studying bodies and minds, identities,languages, cultures, citizenship and rights,power and authority, and what is “natural” and“unnatural.”

HIS 385 United States and the War in VietnamA study of the forces of politics, economics,and ideology in inclining the United Statesinto the war in Vietnam. This has been one ofthe most controversial wars of the 20thcentury, and an examination of the factors sur-rounding our involvement and withdrawalprovides insights into different cultures as wellas the politics of the Cold War.

HIS 405 History of American Culture and ThoughtAn examination of the social and intellectualcurrents that influenced several aspects of theAmerican character from colonial times to thepresent. Manifestations of these social andintellectual products are traced from thePuritan community to the 20th-centurydilemma of democratic rule. Consideration isgiven to the complex problems of maturenationhood, urbanization, industrialization,and the increasing secularization of society.Upon request.

HIS 415 Topics in Women’s HistoryThis course focuses on the conflicts and coali-tions of women across lines of race, class, andnational origin. It compares the experiences ofdifferent groups of women to the state in areas

201

History

including citizenship, suffrage, sexuality andreproduction, social welfare and nationalism.

HIS 440 Teaching History in SecondarySchoolThis course acquaints the student with thevariety of techniques, methods, and approachesin the teaching of history through a scheduleof personal consultations, assigned readings,and classroom visits. Students familiarizethemselves with some of the most recent developments in the field. Prerequisites: SEC 300, SEC 310. Fall Term.

HIS 443 The History of Europe from1815 to the Eve of the First World WarAn analysis of the spirit of 19th-centuryEurope as reflected in the political revolutions,the rise of nationalism, the unifications of Italyand Germany, and the scientific and culturalmovements of the period.

HIS 444 Europe in the TwentiethCenturyA topical survey of the dramatic events occur-ring in the 20th century including two worldwars, Bolshevism, Fascism, a bipolar world andthe process of emerging nations.

HIS 445 Topical History SeminarTopics change each term. The seminars aretaught by different members of the departmentand acquaint the student with the nature ofhistorical inquiry and the use of primarysources. Can be repeated for credit.

HIS 451 Seminar in HistoriographyA detailed and intensive study of the art and thescience of the writing of history. Lectures, dis-cussions and class reports. Students are urged totake this course offered in the January Term.Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or consent ofinstructor. Upon request.

HIS 452 Senior ThesisThis course is required of every studentmajoring in history and is to demonstrate theresearch, writing, and analytical skills of thegraduating senior. To be taken in the first orsecond term of the senior year, this research

paper will provide evidence of what thestudent has learned by having been a historymajor in terms of knowledge, skills andinsights. The topic of the paper will beselected by the student in consultation with a faculty advisor.

HIS 468 Internship.50 or 1.00 creditCredit given for students employed by histor-ical agencies, museums and similar institutions.Students must recognize and demonstrate theconnection between their academic studies andtheir field experience in regular reports to thefaculty supervisor. Recommended for studentsintending to pursue employment in museumsand foundations or graduate work in museumstudies/local history. Pass/No Pass grading. Pre-requisites: junior or senior standing and permis-sion of the department chair.

HIS 492/292 Independent StudyA student majoring in the Department ofHistory is encouraged to engage in indepen-dent study. The area of investigation must beapproved by the chair of the department. A thesis must be presented, giving evidence ofthe scope of research and depth of insightgained. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: consentof instructor.

HIS 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of history cul-minating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

202

The Honors Program

Established in 1965, the Elmhurst CollegeHonors Program provides honors-level

liberal arts education dedicated to self-forma-tion and professional preparation. Designedto ensure that students experience both intel-lectual independence and academic achieve-ment, the Honors Program collaborates withall aspects of the Center for ProfessionalExcellence to foster intellectual relationsbetween students and faculty and staff insupport of the free exchange of ideas, toenhance the integration of liberal learning andprofessional activity, and to develop itsmembers as future societal leaders in anincreasingly global world.

Honors Program participation is possiblewith any major offered at the College.Honors Program students are concurrentlyenrolled in one of the College’s undergrad-uate programs through which they earn theirbachelor’s degrees. Study in the HonorsProgram is intended to complement the cur-ricula of all academic programs, providingstudents the benefits of challenging course-work with recognized teacher-scholars andother academically motivated students. ManyHonors Program courses fulfill the College’sIntegrated Curriculum requirements.

To be considered for the HonorsProgram, students must first be admitted to

Elmhurst College. First-year and transfer stu-dents with excellent academic records areinvited to apply for admission to the HonorsProgram. Students who demonstrate superioracademic achievement while at Elmhurst andthen present a faculty recommendation mayalso apply to the Program.

Program participants are expected to con-tribute to the well-being of the common lifeof the College, to maintain a strong academicrecord consistent with the expectations of theHonors Program and with the requirementsof their academic scholarships, and to activelyparticipate in Honors Program activities.

Participation in the Honors Programbecomes a part of the student’s permanent acad-emic record. Transcripts and diplomas acknowl-edge participants as either an Honors ProgramMember or Honors Program Scholar or HonorsProgram Global Scholar; students completingthe Honors Program are recognized at theCollege’s Honors Convocation.

FacultyMary Kay Mulvaney, DirectorRussell Ford, Assistant DirectorFull-time faculty from multiple disciplines.

Mission StatementThe Elmhurst College Honors Program affordsa unique, enhanced educational experience for

203

The Honors Program

distinguished undergraduates committed to thepursuit of academic excellence. Fostering intel-lectual independence, scholarly achievement,and the integration of liberal learning and pro-fessional activity, the interdisciplinary programnurtures a community of learners and con-tributes to the intellectual vibrancy of theentire College.

Program Goals• Provide intellectually-stimulating experi-

ences within courses and beyond• Contribute to campus intellectual

vibrancy• Foster leadership skills• Promote Service-Learning and civic

engagement opportunities• Encourage international experiences and

broader intercultural awareness• Maintain a strong sense of community

within the membership and between stu-dents and faculty

• Support research opportunities• Network with other Honors Program

organizations to enhance our Program

Program DescriptionThe Honors Program combines unique acad-emic opportunities with cultural and socialactivities throughout a student’s college career.

Academic opportunities include honors versions of Integrated Curriculum courses,topic-based January Term electives, HonorsDirected Readings, Honors Service Seminar,Honors Intercultural Seminar, Honors ModelUN, advanced interdisciplinary seminars, andindependent research with faculty mentors.

It is strongly recommended that studentstake one Honors course per term, especiallyduring the first two years. Participation in theprogram can result in one of three possible dis-tinctions on a student’s transcript and diplomaupon graduation from Elmhurst College.

• Honors Program Member indicates com-pletion of a minimum of 4.75 Honorscredits (19 semester hours), with at leastone Honors course at the 300/400-level,earned within the Elmhurst CollegeHonors Program with a grade of B orbetter.

• Honors Program Scholar indicates com-pletion of a minimum of 6.5 Honorscredits (26 semester hours), with a grade ofB or better. This total must include aresearch component earned throughHonors Independent Research (see coursenumber 495 within each academic depart-ment) and/or the Honors InterdisciplinarySeminar (see HON 404).

• Honors Program Global Scholar (thehighest distinction) meets all the HonorsProgram Scholar requirements and indi-cates completion of a credit-bearing inter-national study experience.Some transfer Honors credit may be

applied to any distinction, however, aminimum of three Honors credits (12semester hours) must be completed withinthe Elmhurst College Honors Program.

Honors grant funding is available toassist students in completing their research.One category of such grants, the SwordsScholar Grant, is available exclusively toHonors Program students. All research pro-jects are presented in a public, scholarlyvenue such as the Elmhurst College Researchand Performance Showcase and/or off-siteprofessional conferences including theNational Collegiate Honors Council AnnualConference (NCHC) and the National Con-ference of Undergraduate Research (NCUR).

In addition to the formal academic com-ponents of the Honors Program, students areprovided with a myriad of intellectual, cul-tural, and social opportunities to further

204

The Honors Program

enrich their college experience. These includepersonal advising by full-time faculty and theHonors Program director and assistantdirector; skilled guidance in applying forspecial funding opportunities for undergrad-uate research, preprofessional activities,nationally competitive scholarships and fel-lowships and/or graduate study; Service-Learning activities and varied campus andoff-campus co-curricular activities includingspecial receptions with distinguished guestspeakers, cultural events and social gatheringswith other Honors Program participants.


HON 102-115, HON 202-215 and HON302-315 Honors Integrated CurriculumCoursesA wide range of honors–level Integrated Cur-riculum courses, satisfying various AoKs andtags, are offered. These courses focus on innova-tive and challenging ways to fulfill the desig-nated goals of the Integrated Curriculum.Courses are limited in size; some are bidiscipli-nary, and all are designed to actively engage stu-dents in their own learning process, fostering alifelong desire for learning. Courses frequentlydraw upon primary sources as impetus for dis-cussion; incorporate writing as a powerfullearning tool; expand intercultural awareness inour increasingly diverse world; and advocateexperiential learning, including Service-Learningand international experiences, in recognition ofthe limitless educational opportunities of theworld beyond the classroom. Any study abroadcourse can receive Honors credit if pre-arrangedthrough the Honors Program. All of thesecourses engage students in critical and creativeinquiry within a socially responsible and ethicalcontext, enhancing student potential for personalfulfillment and societal contributions.

HON 250 Intercultural Seminar .25 creditThis seminar course is offered in conjunction

with the intercultural lectures held on campusduring the Fall and Spring Terms. The focus ofthe course is on ethical theories and their appli-cation to contemporary problems and issues.The readings for the course are unique to eachguest lecture and provide an orientation to boththe intellectual and the concrete contexts of thespeaker’s remarks. The class meets as a seminarfor text-based discussions prior to each speaker’svisit. Students then have the opportunity tomeet with each speaker after attending thelecture and to continue discussion in a post-lecture class session. Repeatable for credit.

HON 300 Honors Service Seminar.50 creditThis course meets weekly for one-hour discus-sions. Students conduct a scholarly investiga-tion of service through reading and discussingvaried theories and applications of servicedesign and through participating in asemester-long service experience for aminimum of 25 service hours. Service-Learning locations appropriate to eachstudent’s major and/or significant areas ofinterest are selected. Students maintain adetailed reflective journal on the service expe-rience for the 13 weeks of site placement. Atthe conclusion of the course, studentscompose a summative, reflective essay relatingthe site experience to the readings and coursegoals. Prerequisite: sophomore standing orconsent of the Honors Program director or assis-tant director.

HON 310 Understanding InternationalOrganizations through Model UnitedNations.50 creditThis course is designed to teach students aboutthe basic structure/organization, functions,history and procedures of various intergovern-mental organizations (IGOs). The primaryfocus is on the United Nations and its relatedagencies. The course will provide a first-handopportunity to learn about the United Nationsthrough participation in the American Model

205

The Honors Program

United Nations Conference in Chicago duringthe week prior to Thanksgiving. In addition tocollecting relevant background information onthe UN, students are required to do in-depthresearch on a specific UN committee or agency,a specific international topic that will be dealtwith by their assigned committee at the confer-ence and a specific UN member state deter-mining its position/perspective regardingvarious international topics. Open to non-Honors Program students with consent of theinstructor. Repeatable for credit. Fall Term.

HON 320-327 January Term Honors ElectivesElective offerings covering a wide variety oftopics are offered during each January Term.These range from discussion-based courses onclassical and contemporary issues to field-basedcourses with significant experiential componentsto international courses in a variety of locations.

HON 350 Honors Directed Readings.50 creditThis course affords Honors Program studentsthe opportunity to participate in scholarly dis-cussions of selected texts in small group settingswith a faculty member and fellow HonorsProgram students. The course is conducted asthree separate four-week sessions over the term,each led by a different faculty member, repre-senting a wide variety of disciplines. Faculty textchoices are pre-announced, allowing students toselect their texts and discussion leaders. At theconclusion of each session, students write a crit-ical response essay. Prerequisite: sophomorestanding in the Honors Program or consent of theHonors Program director or assistant director.Repeatable for credit with varied book choices.

HON 404 Honors InterdisciplinarySeminarThis team-taught interdisciplinary course chal-lenges students to conduct serious inquiry ofcomplex issues meriting contemporary concern.Students read and discuss course texts and thendesign individual research projects related to thecourse theme and appropriate to their major

area of academic study. These projects must besubmitted for presentation at an external schol-arly venue such as a professional conference,workshop and/or academic journal. Prerequisite:junior or senior standing or consent of the HonorsProgram director or assistant director. Repeatablefor credit (assuming new topic) with permission ofthe Honors Program director or assistant director.Spring Term.

206

The Department of Intercultural Studiesoffers courses that enable students to

learn about cultural and cross-cultural skillsand relationships in the United States andbeyond. The department uses an interdiscipli-nary and developmental model to examine cul-tures and co-cultures, power, prestige, privilege,group interrelationships, and cross-culturalcommunications and interactions. It isdesigned to help students participate moremeaningfully in their social, civic and increas-ingly diverse and global world.

FacultyMichael Lindberg, Chair; Kathleen Rust

Objectives of the Major• To fully develop cultural group knowl-

edge and understanding;• To competently use intercultural models

to analyze similarities and differencesbetween cultures (ethnic, racial, gender,social class, and other minority andnational identities) and their interactions;

• To develop an ability to analyze power,social hierarchy, and social inequalityeffects in interactions involving individ-uals, groups, organizations and nations;

• To develop problem-solving skills as theyrelate to the ability to effectively com-municate with and relate to others from

various cultural or national backgrounds;• To advance the ability to recognize,

understand and utilize multidisciplinaryconcepts, theories and perspectives asapplied to intragroup and intergrouprelationships and situations;

• To continue enhancement of self andown-group knowledge and acceptance inorder to more fully develop the knowl-edge, skills, attitudes and commitmentto function ever more effectively invarious intergroup contexts, includingglobally; and

• To enhance the ability to act in appliedlearning roles and to interact effectivelyin intercultural situations.

Requirements for the Major (9.50credits)To develop an understanding of cultural andthematic issues as guided by program objec-tives, students take three one-half-credit andtwo full-credit intercultural studies courses,as follows:

Required Courses (3.50 credits)ICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural

Studies (.50 credit)ICS 271 Intermediate Intercultural Studies

(.50 credit)ICS 275 Introduction to International

Studies

Intercultural Studies


207


ICS 370 Intercultural Capstone (.50 credit)ICS 380 Intercultural Experiential

Core Conceptual Courses (3.00 credits)To develop a conceptual base for interculturalunderstanding, students must take at leastthree courses from among the following:BUS 271 Introduction to Global BusinessBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationENG 230 Readings in Race, Class and

GenderICS 385 LGBTQ Identity: Individual and

Communal JourneysICS 390 Special Topics in Intercultural

StudiesICS 492 Independent Study (.50 or 1.00

credit)PSY 325/425 Psychology and CultureSOC 212 Cultural AnthropologySOC 304 Majority-Minority Relations

Students must earn a C or better in therequired courses and core conceptualcourses to count toward an ICS major.

Areas of Study (3.00 credits)Working with the ICS chair or an ICSadvisor, students select three area electivecourses from various options to completetheir specific cultural or thematic focuswork.

These options include:• Regular and adapted Elmhurst College

courses (e.g., foreign language courses);• Special January Term courses; and• Portfolio documentation of workshops,

training sessions, lectures, retreats, etc.,undertaken with an intercultural studiesfocus.

Minor in Intercultural StudiesIn consultation with the ICS chair or anICS advisor, students choose an area ofstudy for their ICS minor. Students areexpected to develop an understanding of

one cultural group or to explore a thematicinterest in depth.

Examples of ICS areas of study includeethnic studies, global studies, gender studiesand social justice studies.

The minor requires five credits. Studentstake two core courses, two focus electives,and two one-half-credit intercultural courses.At least half must be taken at ElmhurstCollege. Some focus areas, especially interna-tional, may need additional foreign languagecompetency.

Objectives of the MinorStudents earning a minor in interculturalstudies should:• Develop cultural group knowledge and

understanding;• Use intercultural models to analyze simi-

larities and differences between cultures(ethnic, racial, gender, social class andother minority and national identities)and their interactions;

• Develop an ability to analyze power, socialhierarchy and social inequality effects ininteractions involving individuals, groups,organizations and nations; and

• Develop a problem-solving focus as itrelates to the ability to effectively com-municate with and relate to others fromvarious cultural or national backgrounds.

Requirements for the Minor (5 credits)To develop an understanding of cultural andthematic issues as guided by program objec-tives, students take two half-course-creditintercultural studies courses, as follows:ICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural


(.50 credit)

Core Conceptual Courses

To develop a conceptual base for intercul-tural understanding, students must take two

208


or three courses from among the following:BUS 271 Introduction to Global BusinessBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in

OrganizationsCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationENG 230 Readings in Race, Class and

GenderICS 275 Introduction to International

StudiesICS 385 LGBTQ Identity: Individual and

Communal JourneysPSY 325/425 Psychology and CultureSOC 212 Cultural AnthropologySOC 304 Majority-Minority Relations

Students must earn a C or better in therequired courses and core conceptualcourses to count toward an ICS minor.

Focus Elective Courses

Working with the ICS chair or an ICSadvisor, students select one or two focuselective courses from various options tocomplete their specific cultural or thematicfocus work.

These options include:• Regular and adapted Elmhurst College

courses;• Special January Term courses;• Portfolio documentation of workshops,

training sessions, lectures, retreats, etc.,undertaken with an intercultural studiesprogram focus;

• Independent study, research or fieldexperience; and

• Study abroad, internship, off-campusstudy or service learning.

Areas of StudySuggested coursework plans are available forthe following:

Ethnic Studies• African American Studies• Latin American Studies

• Muslim Cultural Studies• Native American Studies

Global Studies• Asian Studies• Developed-Developing World Relations• International Business Studies• International Studies

Gender Studies• LGBTQ Studies• Women's Studies

Social Justice Studies• Callings for the Common Good Studies• Disabilities Studies• Gerontology• Health Care Studies• Holocaust Studies

In addition, students may develop theirown area of study in collaboration with ICSadvisor.


ICS 270 Introduction to InterculturalStudies.50 creditThe first intercultural seminar includes concep-tual review, introduction to intercultural modelsand student-generated cultural and internationalcomparisons. Topics develop the stated objec-tives for the major or minor. Students enrolledare encouraged to take this course early in theirprogram. The course is open to any studentwishing to gain an understanding of intercul-tural dynamics.

ICS 271 Intermediate InterculturalStudies.50 creditThis course completes the two-course, half-credit series of intercultural basic coursesrequired for a major or minor in the intercul-tural studies program. It is also relevant for anystudent wishing to develop intercultural under-standing. Students who successfully completethis course will have substantially developed

209


intercultural knowledge and skills. Prerequisite:ICS 270.

ICS 275 Introduction to InternationalStudiesThis course uses a global perspective to intro-duce students to international political, eco-nomic, social, ethnic and gender issues andinstitutions. Emphasis is placed on discerningand analyzing the nature of intercultural inter-actions, both historical and contemporary.

ICS 280 Intercultural Experiential .25, .50, .75 or 1.00 creditStudents may pursue their intercultural focus onan individual basis through attendance at rele-vant guestships, lectures, workshops, retreats,off-campus learning, service learning, peer edu-cation or other independent guided endeavors.In addition, study away, domestic study, theChicago Semester, the Washington Semester oranother interculturally oriented programs ofstudy may be used. Students will document par-ticipation through a descriptive journal andwrite a short reflective paper describing whateach experience taught them about interculturalinteractions. May be repeated for credit for dif-ferent experiences. As offered.

ICS 370 Intercultural Capstone.50 creditStudents enrolled in the program for a majorcomplete a third seminar. The goal of thiscourse is to develop and present a capstoneproject. The project, developed in consultationwith a seminar instructor, should address indi-vidual and program objectives. Students shouldtake this course at the end of their ICSprogram. Prerequisite: ICS 271. Spring Term.

ICS 375 Critical Issues in Women’sStudiesTo stimulate discussion and understandingabout the way the world is perceived from awomen’s perspective, this course will examinethe lives of women and the attitudes and insti-tutions that affect women living in the UnitedStates and around the world in various social,political and cultural contexts. This course will

investigate the ways that age, culture, nation-ality, class, ethnicity and sexuality impactwomen’s experiences.

ICS 380 Intercultural Experiential .25, .50, .75 or 1.00 creditMajors and minors in intercultural studies willundertake a study-away experience or a fieldplacement in a site relevant to their ICS area ofstudy. Prerequisite: ICS 271. As offered.

ICS 385 LGBTQ Identity: Individual and Communal Journeys This course will utilize the Facing History andOurselves curriculum to facilitate student’sexploration of the historical and current realitiesof being LGBTQ in America. Specifically, it willuse the Facing History concepts of identity,membership, we/they, creating the other anduniverse of obligation to examine the LGBTQexperience in America. Students will considerthe history and development of LGBTQ identityand how it has changed over time in the U.S.Where appropriate, comparisons with theLGBTQ experience in Europe will also be made.Emphasis will be put on examining the efforts toboth exclude and include the LGBTQ commu-nity in certain societies and cultures at varioustimes in history and what the results were ofthese measures on the development of the iden-tities of LGBTQ individuals and the widerLGBTQ community.

ICS 390 Special Topics in InterculturalStudiesDirected study of intercultural topics deter-mined by faculty expertise and student interest.Contact instructor for course description.Repeatable for credit.

ICS 395 Civil Rights Movements: U.S.Students will study the many parallels betweenthe Anti-Apartheid struggles of South Africaand the Civil Rights Movement in the UnitedStates. Drawing upon intercultural contentwithin an international context, this coursewill address critical race theory and includewritings by and about Tutu, King, Gandhi,Mandela, Biko, and Malcolm X, as well as

210


learning from the oral traditions of 1960sactivists. The seminar format will allow fordirect interaction and learning from interna-tional activists. Student assessment will includea research project that involves interviewing ofactual participants in these historical events.

ICS 492/292 Independent Study.50 or 1.00 creditAn independent course for students to pursuetheir special intercultural interests. Prerequisite:consent of the ICS chair or course instructor.Upon request and approval.

211

The interdisciplinary communicationstudies major is an integrated major

recommended for students who wish toprepare themselves for occupations in massmedia, journalism, advertising, humanresources and similar fields. All studentstake a core of eight courses and then, withthe assistance of an academic advisor, selectappropriate courses from an area of concen-tration. At least three of the courses in thearea of concentration must be at the 300- or400-level.

CoreART 113 Introduction to Art SoftwareART 325 Visual CommunicationCOM 114 Interpersonal CommunicationCOM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 316 Communication TheoryCOM 490 Senior Seminar: Topics in

Communicationor

COM 498 Internship CapstoneENG 201 Composition III: Classical

Rhetorics and Contemporary DiscourseENG 303 Writing in Professional Fields

A core course cannot be counted as oneof the courses required in an area of con-centration.

Track One: Media Writing and ProductionCOM 211 Survey of Mass Communicationand ENG 305 News Writing are requiredalong with three additional courses from:ART 125 Design StudioART 216 Introduction to Graphic DesignART 217 Digital Video StudioART 316 Graphic Design IART 317 Intermediate Digital VideoART 342 Survey History of Modern ArtCOM 210 Introduction to Video

ProductionCOM 411 Issues and Problems in Mass

CommunicationCOM 413 Advanced Public SpeakingCOM 419 Business and Professional

Communication in Online ContextsCOM 468 InternshipENG 306 Feature Writing

A minimum of two departments must berepresented in the selection of courses.

Track Two: AdvertisingBUS 230 Principles of Marketing and BUS334 Advertising are required along withthree additional courses from:ART 125 Design StudioART 216 Introduction to Graphic DesignART 316 Graphic Design IART 318 Intermediate Digital Imaging

Interdisciplinary Communication Studies

212

Interdisciplinary Communication Studies

ART 342 Survey History of Modern ArtART 416 Advanced Graphic DesignBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsBUS 331 SalesBUS 335 Consumer BehaviorCOM 211 Survey of Mass CommunicationCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 317 Persuasive CommunicationCOM 413 Advanced Public SpeakingCOM 419 Business and Professional


CommunicationCOM 468 InternshipPSY 303 Social Psychology

A minimum of two departments must berepresented in the selection of courses.ART 125, 216, 316, 416; BUS 335; andCOM 468/498 are strongly recommended forstudents interested in creative advertising.BUS 250, 263; COM 317, 319 and 468/498are strongly recommended for students inter-ested in account management.

Track Three: Organizational/HumanResourcesBUS 250 Management Theory and Practiceand BUS 354 Human Resource Manage-ment are required along with three addi-tional courses from:BUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in

OrganizationsBUS 453 Organization BehaviorBUS 454 LeadershipBUS 457 Compensation ManagementCOM 217 Principles of InterviewingCOM 220 Introduction to

Organizational CommunicationCOM 311 Interpersonal Communication in

the Workplace

COM 312 Small Group CommunicationCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 320 Organizational CommunicationCOM 326 Health CommunicationCOM 331 Language, Identity and the

RainbowCOM 413 Advanced Public SpeakingCOM 419 Business and Professional

Communication in Online ContextsCOM 450 Leadership and CommunicationCOM 468 InternshipPSY 303 Social PsychologyPSY 326 Industrial and Organizational

PsychologyPSY 422 Psychological TestingSOC 315 Complex Organizations

A minimum of two departments must berepresented in the selection of courses.

213

T he Department of Kinesiology administers a professionally oriented

program of studies designed to prepare stu-dents for careers in teaching or the healthprofessions.

FacultyCharles Goehl, Chair; Danila Cepa, KristaDiedrich, Heather Hall, Raymond Kraus,Bridget Lester, Michael Savage

Major in Physical EducationA major in the field of physical educationprovides a broad and sound educationalfoundation for a teaching career in thepublic schools. The requirements for amajor in physical education are:KIN 202 Individual and Dual SportsKIN 203 Team SportsKIN 204 Emergency Procedures

(.50 credit)KIN 235 Curriculum Design for Physical

Education and Health Education KIN 312 Physical Education for Special

Populations KIN 360 Concepts in HealthKIN 370 Instructional Techniques in

Elementary School Physical EducationPedagogy (prerequisite: KIN 235)

KIN 410 Kinesiology for Physical EducationKIN 445 Measurement and Evaluation

for Physical Education

Physical Education Teacher LicensureStudents who plan to pursue K-12 teacherlicensure should be in contact with theDepartment of Education as well as theDepartment of Kinesiology. To be admittedto the teacher education program, a studentmust establish and maintain a 2.75 cumula-tive grade-point average and a 3.00 grade-point average in the physical educationmajor. Please see the Department of Educationfor additional criteria.

Students are required to pass the Test ofAcademic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, thephysical education content area test prior tothe student teaching semester, and the APT(Assessment of Professional Teaching) testprior to program completion.

In addition to the courses in the major,the following courses are required forteacher licensure.

For Licensure K-12EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United States KIN 440 Instructional Techniques for

Middle and Secondary Physical Educa-tion Pedagogy (prerequisite: KIN 235)

SEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teaching as a Caring Profession (.50 credit)

Kinesiology


214

Kinesiology

SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teachingin Diverse and inclusive Schools(.25 credit)

SEC 310 Methods and Best Practices inMiddle and Secondary Education (co- prerequisites: SEC 200, SEC 311)

SEC 311 Educational Psychology (prerequisites: ENG 106; PSY 210 or EDU 104)

SEC 421 Theory and Practice for BuildingAcademic Literacies in K-12 Classrooms

SEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice(.25 credit)

SEC 457 Student Teaching in Special Fields

Two courses in written communicationOne course in mathematics (MTH 110 or

345 recommended) or demonstrated proficiency

EDU 360 The Middle School: History, Philosophy, Organizational Structures, and Best Practices (recommended)

Major in Exercise ScienceThis major has been designed to address thebasic standards for the professional prepara-tion of exercise science students. These stan-dards will provide the undergraduate studentwith entry-level skills and knowledge to func-tion in a wide range of fitness employmentopportunities. The College’s exercise scienceprogram will provide a foundation foremployment in corporate or hospital settings,health and wellness intervention programs,health clubs and other health-related careers.Many exercise science graduates pursue grad-uate study in exercise physiology, medicine,nutrition, occupational therapy, physicaltherapy, and health promotion. The require-ments for a major in exercise science are:KIN 200 Lifestyle for Health and Wellness

(.50 credit)

KIN 204 Emergency Procedures (.50 credit)

KIN 250 Substance Use and Abuse in Society (.50 credit)

KIN 306 NutritionKIN 310 Functional AnatomyKIN 320 Human PhysiologyKIN 340 Exercise Physiology (prerequisite:

KIN 320)KIN 420 Biomechanics (prerequisite: KIN

310)KIN 450 Clinical PracticumKIN 462 Exercise Testing and Prescription

(prerequisite: KIN 340)KIN 490 Research Methods in Exercise

Science (prerequisite: MTH 345 or PSY 355 and KIN 340)

MTH 345 Elementary Statisticsor

PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

Major in Sport ManagementCombine your passion for sports with thebusiness and communication skills you needto succeed in a competitive field. With amajor in sport management, you’ll be pre-pared for a career in many aspects of thesports world, including professional orschool sports, sport equipment manufac-turing, sport sales, event planning, sportfacility management and sport tourism.

An interdisciplinary major with coursesdrawn from the departments of kinesiology,business, and communication arts and sci-ences, the sport management major willbuild your business and communicationacumen. It will also develop your under-standing of coaching principles; the psycho-logical, ethical and legal aspects of sport;and the role sport plays in society.

The major in sport management consistsof 12.50 course credits including the fol-lowing:

215

Kinesiology

KIN 210 Foundations of Sport Management (.50 credit)

KIN 285 Coaching TheoryKIN 322 Sport and SocietyKIN 323 Sport PsychologyKIN 380 Comparative Interdisciplinary

Studies: Play, Sport and Pedagogy inAncient Greece

KIN 415 Sport Ethics and the LawKIN 468 InternshipBUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 263 Accounting for Non-Business

Majors

Choose two of the following three courses:BUS 331 SalesBUS 354 Human Resource Management

(prerequisite: BUS 250)BUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and

PracticeCOM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 319 Business and Professional

Communication

Minor in CoachingA coaching minor will provide the funda-mental knowledge that is essential forcoaching any sport. Successful coaches arenot only well versed in technical and tacticalskills, but also know how to teach life skills.The intent of this minor is to develop theskills of volunteer youth coaches with theadded benefit of certifying them throughthe American Sport Education Program.This licensure will provide an individual thenecessary credentials to coach at the middleschool and high school levels. The minorwill focus on helping coaches develop in theareas of philosophy, physical training, man-agement, communication, motivation andthe teaching of sport skills.

The requirements for a minor incoaching are:KIN 202 Individual or Dual Sports

orKIN 203 Team SportsKIN 285 Coaching TheoryKIN 306 NutritionKIN 323 Sport and Exercise PsychologyKIN 410 Kinesiology for Physical Education

Minor in Health Education Students who have licensure with the Illi-nois State Board of Education may obtainan endorsement in health education bycompleting the Elmhurst College healtheducation minor and passing the statecontent area test. The requirements for aminor in health education are:KIN 200 Lifestyle for Health and Wellness

(.50 credit)KIN 204 Emergency Procedures

(.50 credit)KIN 230 School Health (.50 credit)KIN 235 Curriculum Design for Physical

Education and Health EducationKIN 240 Community Health (.50 credit)KIN 250 Substance Use and Abuse in

Society (.50 credit)KIN 306 NutritionKIN 346 Human SexualityKIN 360 Concepts in Health

Minor in Sport ManagementThe sport management minor will helpprepare students for entry level positions insport organizations. The field of sport man-agement not only addresses the needs of tra-ditional team sports, but also provide careeroptions in sport equipment manufacturingand sales, event planning and sponsorship,sport facility management, and sporttourism. One of the features of the minor isthe personal attention that is offered to stu-dents in helping them select their careergoals and interests.

The requirements for a minor in sportmanagement are:

216

Kinesiology

KIN 210 Foundation of Sport Management(.50 credit)

KIN 322 Sport and SocietyKIN 380 Comparative Interdisciplinary

Studies: Play, Sport and Pedagogy inAncient Greece

KIN 415 Sport Ethics and the LawBUS 250 Management TheoryBUS 354 Human Resource Management

(prerequisite: BUS 250)

GradingCourses taken in the Department of Kinesi-ology with grades of D+, D, F, P and NPmay be repeated only once. Courses taken asP/NP credit must score a grade of C orhigher for a P grade. The quality of allmajor and minor courses must be a grade ofC or higher.

January Term The Department of Kinesiology offers courseoptions to students for January Term study.


KIN 122 Boot Camp.50 creditThis class is a unique fitness program that willhelp burn fat, gain strength, tone the body, andincrease the energy level. It mixes cardiovascularexercise with strength elements for an overallworkout. No two workouts are the same.

KIN 125 Yoga.50 creditYoga uses bodily postures (asanas), breathingtechniques (pranayama) and meditation (dyna)with the goal of bringing about a soundhealthy body, and a clear peaceful mind.

KIN 135 Racquet Sports.50 creditIn an in-depth study of the sport of racquetsports, students will gain an understanding ofthe history, rules, strategies, and the proper useof equipment. In addition, students will develop

the fundamental skills necessary for effectiveplay in both singles and doubles play.

KIN 136 Tennis.50 creditAn in-depth study of the sport of tennis. Stu-dents will gain an understanding of the history,rules, strategies, and the proper use of equip-ment. In addition, students will develop thefundamental skills necessary for effective playin both singles and doubles play.

KIN 137 Golf.50 creditAn in-depth study of the sport of golf. Stu-dents will gain an understanding of the history,rules, strategies, and the proper use of equip-ment. In addition, students will develop thefundamental skills necessary for effective play.

KIN 140 Pilates.50 creditPilates is a method of exercise and physicalmovement that is designed to help studentsstabilize their muscle core and improve bothposture and flexibility.

KIN 156 Weight Training.50 creditA study of the basic physiology of muscles andhow strength affects muscle development. Stu-dents will apply the FITT principle to create asafe and effective strength training program.

KIN 200 Lifestyle for Health and Wellness.50 creditA focus on behaviors that enhance quality oflife. Emphasis is placed on self-analysis andpersonal responsibility in selecting a holisticapproach to health and wellness.

KIN 202 Individual and Dual SportsA course designed to provide an understandingof basic concepts and strategies, skill develop-ment, and foster an appreciation of benefitsderived from the participation in individualand dual sports. Fall Term.

KIN 203 Team SportsA course designed to provide an understanding

217

Kinesiology

of basic concepts and strategies, skill develop-ment, and foster an appreciation of benefitsderived from participation in team sports.Spring Term.

KIN 204 Emergency Procedures .50 creditDevelopment of procedures in the manage-ment of medical emergency situations. Thecontent and activities of the course will prepareparticipants to recognize emergencies andmake appropriate decisions regarding care.Instruction and practice in A.E.D. adult, child,and infant cardio-pulmonary resuscitation andcommunity first aid and safety.

KIN 210 Foundations of Sport Management.50 creditFoundations of sport management is designedto offer students an introductory view of thepossibilities of careers in the sport industry.Addressed topics include economic theory,sport finance, sports marketing and marketresearch, sponsorship and global sports. Theessence of the course is to provide studentswith a critical understanding of the complexand dynamic relationship between sport, busi-ness and management. Fall Term.

KIN 230 School Health .50 creditA study of comprehensive school healthmodels. School health instruction, schoolhealth services, and maintenance of a healthyschool environment will be analyzed. Studentswill use problem-solving skills to addresscurrent health issues pertaining to school-agechildren. Fall Term.

KIN 235 Curriculum Design for Physical Education and Health EducationThe study of curriculum issues and curriculummodels used in physical education and healtheducation programs in K-12 settings. Providesstudents with the competencies necessary todesign, implement and evaluate a physical edu-cation and health education programs. Everyodd-numbered Spring Term.

KIN 240 Community Health .50 creditAn analysis of the factors in the physical, bio-logical, and social environment that affect thehealth of the population of a geographicallydefined area. Fall Term.

KIN 250 Substance Use and Abuse in Society .50 creditThis course is designed to address drug useand abuse from a psychological, pharmacolog-ical, historical, and legal perspective whileexamining the effects of drugs on health andsocial functioning.

KIN 285 Coaching TheoryThis course will give students a firm founda-tion in the practical application of the threesport sciences: sport psychology, sport peda-gogy, and sport physiology. Students will betaught the importance of a coaching philos-ophy and successful techniques of sport man-agement. Spring Term.

KIN 306 NutritionIntroduction to the basic concepts of nutrition,nutrients, and their functions and interrela-tionships. Food habits, faddism, and food mis-information will be addressed. Emphasis onthe correlation between good nutrition andoptimum well-being throughout the life cycle.

KIN 310 Functional AnatomyA study of the relationship between the skeletalsystem, muscular system, and joint actions.

KIN 312 Physical Education for SpecialPopulationsAn examination of physical activity programsfor people with special needs. A focus oninstructional strategies appropriate for teachingadapted physical education. Spring Term.

KIN 320 Human PhysiologyA course providing an overview of physiolog-ical structures and functions of the humanbody and their relationship to the maintenanceof systemic balance. This course will examinehow the organism as a whole accomplishes

218

Kinesiology

tasks essential for life from cell to tissue, tissueto organ, and organ to system.

KIN 322 Sport and SocietyThis course focuses on sports as social and cul-tural phenomena. Various concepts, theories,media and critical thinking will be utilized toinvestigate sport issues. These include howsports and sport participation affect our lives,how sports impact our ideas about mas-culinity, femininity, class inequality, race andethnicity, work, fun, achievement, competi-tion, individualism, aggression and violence,how the organization and meaning of sportsare connected with social relations in groups,communities, and societies, and how sportsare connected with important spheres of sociallife in societies.

KIN 323 Sport and Exercise PsychologyThis course is designed to provide studentsinterested in sport and exercise psychologywith an overview of the theories and principlesthat explain factors which influence humanbehavior in sport and physical activity.Students will gain an understanding of thesocial and psychological factors related toparticipation in sport, exercise, and physicalactivity. The class explores both (a) how socialand psychological factors influenceparticipation and performance in physicalactivity, and (b) how sport, exercise, andphysical activity participation affectspsychological well-being.

KIN 340 Exercise PhysiologyA lecture-laboratory study of the physiologicalprinciples of the various body systems from aperiod of rest through maximum exercise. Pre-requisite: grade of C or better in KIN 320.

KIN 346 Human SexualityThis course presents the cognitive and affectiveaspects of human sexuality, beginning with adiscussion of the history of attitudes towardssexuality from antiquity to modern times. Themale and female reproductive systems arecovered, as well as human sexual response, eti-ology of sexual dysfunction and infertility.

Contemporary and controversial topics such asHIV, sexually transmitted diseases, sexualityeducation, sexual orientation, and sexual assaultare also addressed. The course is designed toprepare the health education minor to teachsexuality education. Fall Term.

KIN 360 Concepts in HealthBasic foundation of knowledge concerningvital health issues. Focuses on the potential forprevention, and instills a sense of competenceand personal power in students to monitor,understand, and affect their own health behaviors. Fall Term.

KIN 370 Instructional Techniques in Elementary School Physical EducationPedagogyAn advanced study of the scope and sequence,content, and skills of the National Associationof Sports and Physical Education (NASPE)Standards, in combination with a skill themeand movement concepts approach to elemen-tary school physical education. Studentsdevelop skills, knowledge, instructional plan-ning, and use of educational technology forteaching fundamental motor skills to childrenin grades K-6. Developmentally appropriateinstructional strategies for the elementaryschool level are emphasized within the contextof games, link segments in exercise and sport.Additional emphasis is also placed on properexercise and dance, gymnastics, and fitnessactivities. An additional weekly laboratoryexperience is a major component of the course.Prerequisite: grade of C or better in KIN 235.Spring Term.

KIN 380 Comparative InterdisciplinaryStudies: Play, Sport and Pedagogy inAncient GreeceWith its extraordinary intellectual, educational,cultural and athletic heritage, Greece is richwith opportunities for formal study and expe-riential learning. Students will be introducedto the many aspects of Greek culture from the8th Century B.C. to the 4th Century A.D.Illustrated lectures, media presentations, dis-

219

Kinesiology

cussions and readings from ancient andmodern writers will introduce students to suchtopics as the role of play in Greek society andGreek education, the development of sport(athletics), and the nature of pedagogy inGreek society. Wider cultural aspects to beexplored include the religious, political andeconomic contexts of play, sport and pedagogyin the ancient Greek world. A 10-day travelexperience to Greece during Spring Break canbe included in the course. Under the directionof experienced faculty from Elmhurst Collegeand the University of Indianapolis, Athens;students will travel to the Acropolis and theAncient Angora, participate in organized fieldtrips to the birthplace of the AncientOlympics, the Temples of Zeus and Hera, visitDelphi and Apollo’s Sanctuary for the Oracle.

KIN 391 Educational Experiences in AustraliaStudents who have declared a major in a fieldof physical education, music education andeducation will participate in on-site teachingexperiences in a comprehensive K-12 school inAustralia. Students will attend classes and learnwith Australian teachers, exchange ideas aboutcommon teaching practices, and educationalpolicy. Students will have the opportunity tostay with Australian families, visit Australianhomes, network in an international arena andmake life-long personal and professionalfriends. Visit world famous architecture, climbthe Sydney Harbor Bridge, and attend amusical performance at the iconic SydneyOpera House. Join us for a unique Interna-tional Educational experience in Australia andvisit Kakadu, Australia’s World HeritageNational Park. Be part of a three-day guidedexcursion in Kakadu National Park in theNorthern Territory of Australia. Spring Term.

KIN 392 Walking El Camino de Santiago: An Intellectual and PhysicalJourneyThis course examines and explores the religious,spiritual and self-reflective changes that pilgrimsto Santiago de Compostela experienced in

Medieval and Modern times. Students areinvited to participate in these and other experi-ences as they are inspired by them, to becomepersonally involved and participate in these andother events as they explore the past history andwalk along the routes of the El Camino deCompostela in Spain. Summer Term.

KIN 410 Kinesiology for Physical EducationThis course is an overview of the relationshipbetween the skeletal system, muscular system,and joint actions along with positional andmovement analysis of the body and its linksegments in exercise and sport. Fall Term.

KIN 415 Sport Ethics and the LawThis course provides students with a theoret-ical understanding and practical application inthe study of sports ethics and the law. Studentswill be challenged to think about sport lawconcepts and apply them to the practical worldof sport management. Fall Term.

KIN 420 BiomechanicsThis course is an overview of the relationshipbetween the skeletal system, muscular system,and joint actions along with positional andmovement analysis of the body and its linksegments in exercise and sport. Additionalemphasis is also placed on proper exercise andmotion procedures, rehabilitation, and themajor biomechanical movement problems. Pre-requisite: grade of C or better in KIN 310.

KIN 440 Instructional Techniques forMiddle and Secondary Physical Education PedagogyAn advanced study of the scope and sequence,content, and skills of the National Associationof Sports and Physical Education (NASPE)Standards for middle school (Grades 6-9) andsecondary school (grades 10-12). It includesdevelopmental characteristics of early adoles-cents, assessment, coordination and referral ofstudents to appropriate health and social ser-vices, history, methods and best pedagogicalpractices related to instructional strategies,classroom management, classroom environ-

220

Kinesiology

ment and organization, lesson and unit planimplementation, and the incorporation of edu-cational technology for teaching physical edu-cation in the middle and secondary school. Anadditional weekly laboratory experience is amajor component of the course. Prerequisite:grade of C or better in KIN 235. Fall Term.

KIN 445 Measurement and Evaluationfor Physical EducationProvides an understanding of the principles ofmeasurement and evaluation as applied toinstruction, assessment, and program evalua-tion for physical education. Major topics offocus include: test construction, test adminis-tration, scoring, and interpretation of a varietyof motor and cognitive assessment instruments.Statistical principles needed for the interpreta-tion of motor and cognitive assessment instru-ments are also reviewed. Every even-numberedSpring Term.

KIN 450 Clinical PracticumDesigned for off- or on-campus placementcombining academic orientation with practicalprofessional experience. Prerequisite: grade of Cor better in KIN 340. Grading option P/NP.

KIN 462 Exercise Testing and PrescriptionThe primary focus of this course is to presentthe theoretical basis and applied knowledgerequired for the administration of graded exer-cise tests and for the development of an indi-vidualized exercise prescription program.Electrocardiographic monitoring techniquesand interpretation will be presented. Includeslaboratory. Prerequisite: grade of C or better inKIN 340.

KIN 468 InternshipStudents have an opportunity to integratecareer-related experience into their educationby participating in planned and supervisedwork, complementing what is learned in theclassroom. Internship sites can be either on oroff campus. For credit, Fall Term, Spring Term,Summer Term.

KIN 490 Research Methods in ExerciseScienceAn introduction to human experimentalresearch methods, designs, and issues in exer-cise science. Topics include: study of the scientific method of investigation, experi-mental concepts and ethical issues, informationretrieval and assessment (critique and evalua-tion) of current literature, measurement anddata collection concepts, and application ofexperimental research. Students will developand present a research proposal. Prerequisite:grade of C or better in MTH 345 or PSY 355and KIN 340.

KIN 492/292 Independent Study .25, .50 or 1.00 creditIntensive study and research in a specific areaof kinesiology. Open to juniors and seniorswho have an adequate academic background topursue studies in this area. Repeatable for credit.Approval of the department chair is required forregistration.

KIN 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of kinesiologyculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatablefor credit. Permission of the faculty supervisor andthe director of the Honors Program required priorto registration.

221

T he Bachelor of Liberal Studies degreeis for adult students more than six

years out of high school who seek a degreethat offers considerable flexibility. Students’major requirements in liberal studies are ful-filled when they complete two concentra-tions according to requirements outlinedbelow. All other graduation require mentsfrom Elmhurst College remain unchanged.A wide variety of concentrations are avail-able for selection by the student wishing tocomplete a Bachelor of Liberal Studiesdegree.

Program Requirements• Complete all Integrated Curriculum

requirements• Complete two concentrations• Complete electives as needed• Complete at least 10 courses at the

300/400-level.Courses that meet requirements for some

concentrations are available in the evening.

Experiential Learning CreditThe flexibility of the Bachelor of LiberalStudies degree will have special appeal toadult students who may wish to applyexperiential learning credits so that a bach-elor’s degree can be completed in a timelymanner. Generally, experiential learning

credit will count only as elective credit.Policies regarding the application of experi-ential learning credit to satisfy the concen-trations vary among departments.

ConcentrationsThe following concentrations have beendesigned by the academic departments tooffer liberal studies students the opportunityto study in a variety of fields. Students areencouraged to talk with departmental advi-sors or the Office of Advising about theirconcentrations to make sure that they choosecourses that match their personal and profes-sional objectives. Students must complete atleast two 300/400-level courses at a four-yearinstitution for each concentration, and stu-dents may only select one concentration perdepartment for the Bachelor of LiberalStudies degree.

Transfer StudentsStudents who desire to transfer more thantwo credits (eight semester hours) into anyconcentration should verify with the appro-priate department chairs that their transferwork satisfies the Elmhurst College concen-tration requirements. Department chairs willidentify specific courses for students to take atElmhurst College in order to complete therequirements for a concentration.

Liberal Studies

222

Liberal Studies

Requirements for Concentrations

DEPARTMENT OF ART

ArtA concentration in art consists of five artcourses: a minimum of one lecture courseand two courses at the 300/400-level, withno more than two courses from outsideElmhurst College.

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY ANDBIOCHEMISTRY

Biology Five courses are required for a concentrationin biology. One 100-level course may beapplied to the concentration. This would beBIO 100 for students who have no previouscollege biology. Two 300/400-level biologycourses are required.

With the help of a biology advisor, thefive-course sequence will be planned basedupon individual interests. Emphasis onbotany, zoology, molecular biology, orecology is possible for a concentration. Forexample, an ecology track might include: BIO 200 General Biology I, BIO 201General Biology II, BIO 355 Evolution ofVertebrates and BIO 350 General Ecology.

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS

Business Administration BUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and

PracticeBUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsTwo additional 300/400-level courses

selected in consultation with the chair of theDepartment of Business.

Management BUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business Majors

BUS 354 Human Resource ManagementBUS 453 Organization Behavior

And one of the following courses:BUS 350 Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsBUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and PracticeBUS 454 Leadership

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Chemistry CHM 101 General Chemistry

or CHM 211 Chemical Principles ICHM 212 Chemical Principles IICHM 311 Organic Chemistry ICHM 312 Organic Chemistry IITwo chemistry 200-, 300-, or 400-level electives (2.00 credits)

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONARTS AND SCIENCES

Communication COM 114 Interpersonal Communication COM 316 Communication Theory

Plus three of the following:COM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 312 Small Group CommunicationCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 317 Persuasive CommunicationCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationCOM 320 Organizational Communication

Students are advised to select courses thatprovide a balance between the conceptualand performance aspects of communication.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTERSCIENCE AND INFORMATIONSYSTEMS

Data Base Programming CS 220 Computer Science ICS 255 Computer Science IIIS 224 Visual BASIC Programming

Language

223

Liberal Studies

IS 423 Data Base Management Systems

Hardware Programming CS 220 Computer Science ICS 310 Computer Organization and

Programming in AssemblyCS 360 Computer Network SystemsCS 440 Web-based Applications

Management Information Systems BUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsIS 425 Management Information SystemsMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

Software Engineering CS 220 Computer Science ICS 255 Computer Science IICS 318 Object-Oriented Design and

Programming Using C++ CS 320 Data Structures and Algorithmic

AnalysisCS 420 Operating SystemsCS 475 Software Engineering

System Analysis and Design BUS 263 Accounting and Financial

Management for Non-Business MajorsIS 424 Introduction to Systems Analysis

and DesignIS 425 Management Information SystemsMTH 162 Analysis for the Business and

Social Sciences

Technical/Scientific Programming CS 220 Computer Science I CS 255 Computer Science IICS 315 Web Design and ProgrammingCS 460 Computer GraphicsMTH 151 Calculus IMTH 152 Calculus II

Web DevelopmentCS 220 Computer Science ICS 315 Web Design and Programming

CS 419 JAVA Programming and Web Development

CS 440 Web-based Applications

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

Literature This concentration includes five courses inEnglish above the 100-level, at least fourof which must be in literature. All but oneof the literature courses must be com-pleted at the 300/400-level. At least threeof the courses need to be completed atElmhurst College.

This structure allows for a generalapproach to literature. However, throughadvising and subject to availability ofcourses, students may also pursue a morespecialized concentration in an area such asAmerican, British or modern literature.

Writing This concentration includes five courses inEnglish above the 100-level, at least four ofwhich must be writing courses at the inter-mediate or advanced level. The writing con-centration must include English 201 orequivalent. At least three of the courses needto be completed at Elmhurst College.

This structure allows for a generalapproach to writing. However, throughadvising and subject to availability ofcourses, students may also pursue a morespecialized concentration in an area suchas journalism, professional writing or creative writing.

HEALTH PROFESSIONS

Students who wish to prepare for profes-sional schools and careers in the health sci-ences may meet their liberal studies majorrequirements by selecting at least 12 coursesfor two interdisciplinary concentrations inthe health professions.

224

Liberal Studies

Concentrations in the health professionsrequire special advising, which is available inthe Dr. Dennis J. Patterson Center for theHealth Professions. Students should contacta prehealth advisor in the center to developa program of study that fits their back-ground and interests, as well as the require-ments and preferences of the particularprofessional school(s) to which they will beapplying. The advising process is criticalbecause, in addition to required courses, anumber of recommended science and non-science courses must be considered by eachstudent.

The student must also become informedabout preparation for admission tests suchas the MCAT, DAT, or GRE test, and theprocess of applying to medical, dental orallied health schools. Because of the numberof courses required by medical and otherhealth schools, students are encouraged tocomplete two related interdisciplinary con-centrations in the natural sciences andmathematics.

The following designs are only exhibitedto show examples of two interdisciplinaryconcentrations that might be worked outwith a prehealth advisor. Through advising,alternatives will be tailored to meet the needsof each student. It is important to rememberthat the Elmhurst College faculty have deter-mined that each concentration must includeat least two 300/400-level courses.

Biology/Mathematics (six credits)

BiologyAt least four of the following (two of whichmust be at the 300/400 level):BIO 200 General Biology IBIO 201 General Biology IIBIO 221 Microbiology for Health

ProfessionalsBIO 315 Genetics

BIO 321 General MicrobiologyBIO 330 Comparative Chordate AnatomyBIO 331 Developmental BiologyBIO 413 Molecular GeneticsBIO 430 Advanced Human AnatomyBIO 442 Animal PhysiologyBIO 443 Advanced Cell Physiology

MathematicsTwo courses chosen in consultation with aprehealth advisor.

Physics/Chemistry (six credits)

PhysicsPHY 111, 112 Introductory Physics I and II

or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I and II

ChemistryCHM 211 Chemical Principles ICHM 212 Chemical Principles IICHM 311 Organic Chemistry ICHM 312 Organic Chemistry II

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY

Four courses in consultation with thehistory department chair. Two of the fourcourses must be at the 300/400 level.

DEPARTMENT OF KINESIOLOGY

HealthKIN 200 Lifestyles for Health and Wellness

(.50 credit)KIN 240 Community Health

(.50 credit)KIN 250 Substance Use and Abuse in

Society (.50 credit)KIN 306 NutritionKIN 346 Human SexualityKIN 360 Concepts in Health

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

Philosophy PHL 106 Critical ReasoningPHL 210 Introduction to Philosophy

225

Liberal Studies

PHL 303 Ancient PhilosophyPHL 304 Modern PhilosophyRecommended:PHL 306 Ethics

orPHL 405 Contemporary Philosophy

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICALSCIENCE

Political ScienceFive courses are required for a concentrationin political science. Students must take POL201 American Federal Government and anadditional four courses at the 300/400 level,including one each from American politics,world politics and political thought.

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY

All tracks require a minimum of five credits,excluding PSY 268/368.

Developmental Psychology For students interested in working withchildren or adolescents, in child care, resi-dential facilities, educational settings, orother education-related settings that do notrequire teacher licensure. Elmhurst Collegeoffers an education major for studentsintending to teach psychology in secondaryschools.PSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

SciencePSY 311 Educational Psychology

orPSY 422 Psychological TestingPSY 313 Mind, Brain and BehaviorTwo courses from:PSY 317 Child DevelopmentPSY 318 Adolescent DevelopmentPSY 319 Adult Development and Aging

PSY 268/368 Field Experience is highly recommended.

Human Services For students interested in applying their

skills in social service settings, in positionssuch as mental health technicians, careercounseling assistants, support group facilitators, and community service workers.PSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

SciencePSY 312 Personality Theory and ResearchPSY 317 Child Development

orPSY 318 Adolescent Development

orPSY 319 Adult Development and Aging

(Recommended for students who have not taken PSY 329)

PSY 327 Abnormal PsychologyPSY 328 Clinical and Counseling

PsychologyPSY 268/368 Field Experience is highly

recommended.

Industrial Psychology For students intending to pursue positionsin business settings in areas such as per-sonnel supervision or assessment or humanresource management.PSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

SciencePSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

orMTH 345 Elementary StatisticsPSY 303 Social PsychologyPSY 326 Industrial and Organizational

PsychologyPSY 422 Psychological Testing

PSY 268/368 Field Experience is highlyrecommended.

Psychology for Research and Preparation for Graduate Study For students intending to pursue a graduatedegree or employment in a research setting.PSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

Science

226

Liberal Studies

PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Researchor

MTH 345 Elementary StatisticsPSY 356 Research Methods in PsychologyPSY 411 Theories of Learning

orPSY 423 Sensation and Perception

orPSY 430 Cognitive ProcessesPSY 422 Psychological TestingPSY 349/449 Research Mentorship and

PSY 492 and 493 are highly recom-mended.

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY ANDCRIMINAL JUSTICE

Sociology SOC 211 Society and the Individual–

Introductory SociologyAny four of the following (at least two atthe 300/400 level:SOC 212 Cultural AnthropologySOC 216/316 Society, Health and IllnessSOC 217/317 Marriage and the FamilySOC 301 Social ProblemsSOC 304 Majority-Minority RelationsSOC 305 Sex and Gender in SocietySOC 310 Social InequalitySOC 319 Juvenile Delinquency and the

Justice SystemSOC 408 Criminology

SOC 211 is a prerequisite to all of thecourses listed above except SOC 212, SOC213, SOC 214, SOC 216, and SOC 217.Students are strongly encouraged to takecourses at the 300-level where there is anoption.

Criminal JusticeSix courses to include:CJ 200 Introduction to Criminal JusticeCJ 210 Police and SocietyCJ 215 Corrections

CJ 319 Juvenile Delinquency and the Justice System

CJ 408 CriminologyCJ 409 Criminology Procedures

orCJ 410 Criminal Law

URBAN STUDIES

Urban Studies Students who select the concentration inurban studies take five credits including atleast two at the 300/400 level.

Choose three from:URB 201/401 Cities of the WorldURB 210 CitiesURB 291 Suburbia: People, Problems and

PoliciesURB 420 Principles and Practices of

Urban PlanningURB 430 Seminar in Urban Studies

Choose two from:EDU 331 Race and Equity in EducationGEO 411 Urban GeographyICS 270 & 271 Introduction to Intercul-

tural Studies and Intermediate Intercultural Studies

POL 202 American State and Local Government

POL 300 Urban PoliticsPOL 360 Public Policy and Administration

227

M athematics is the art of creativeproblem solving, the science of

pattern and structure, and the quantitativelanguage of the world. As such, it touches allacademic disciplines. Persons graduatingwith a mathematics major have the problem-solving skills and analytical tools needed tounderstand and work with patterns, to solvedifficult problems independently, and toassimilate new concepts rapidly.

Our alumni include accountants, actu-aries, college and university professors, com-puter programmers, comptrollers, dataprocessing managers, economists, engineers,government workers, independent businessowners, independent consultants, industrialmathematicians, insurance company execu-tives, investment managers, middle schooland high school teachers, ministers, physi-cists, sales managers, and systems analysts.

Elmhurst has an active mathematics andcomputer science club and also participatesin ACCA, the Associated Colleges of theChicago Area, as well as the MAA, theMathematical Association of America. Theseorganizations provide students with oppor-tunities to interact with professors outsideof the classroom. In addition, there is an on-campus chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, thenational mathematics honorary society.

The mathematics department aims toplace prospective majors in the mostadvanced courses for which they qualify. Stu-dents should study the course descriptionsand prerequisites, remembering that grades ofC or better are expected in any prerequisitecourse. Students who have successfully com-pleted some calculus should consult with amathematics faculty member for properplacement and credit. Scores on the advancedplacement test in mathematics are useful insuch placement and awarding of credit.

A 2.0 grade-point average is necessaryin courses satisfying major or minorrequirements.

The curriculum in mathematics is basedon recommendations by the MathematicalAssociation of America.

FacultyEvans Afenya, Chair; Catherine Crawford,Abigail Hoit, Jon L. Johnson, Allen D.Rogers

Major in Mathematics The major consists of nine to nine-and-one-half mathematics credits at the 200-level orbeyond, excluding MTH 325, MTH 326,MTH 327 and MTH 345. All mathematicsmajors are required to complete MTH 251,MTH 301, MTH 362, MTH 400 and MTH

Mathematics


228

Mathematics

451. The remaining major courses are math-ematics electives, but should be chosenaccording to the suggested curricula forvarious concentrations listed below. Studentsseeking teacher licensure must follow theprogram listed to meet licensure require-ments. The final program of courses for allmathematics majors must be approved bythe department chair. In addition to thecoursework, a senior paper written with theguidance of a faculty member is required.The half-course MTH 400 should be takenduring the junior or senior year as prepara-tion for writing the senior paper. Upon com-pletion of MTH 400, students should enrollin MTH 451 as a half-course independentstudy where the senior paper is written withthe guidance of a member of the mathe-matics faculty.

Supervised internship opportunities areavailable for mathematics majors seeking toapply their training in a business or indus-trial setting. Such students may apply up toone credit in MTH 468 Internship towardmajor requirements with approval of thedepartment chair.

Ongoing development of communica-tion and language skills is an importantcomponent of all major fields, includingmathematics. Mathematics students areencouraged to pursue coursework in oralcommunication, written communicationand foreign language.

Mathematics majors are encouraged totake CS 220 Computer Science I and PHY121, PHY 122 General Physics I, II as elec-tives (or as part of the Integrated Cur-riculum requirements, if appropriate).

Applied Mathematics ConcentrationMTH 341 Differential Equations MTH 342 Applied Analysis MTH 434 Complex Variables

MTH 311 Introduction to Mathematical and Computer-Based Modeling

One elective from the remaining courses in the mathematics curriculum

Licensure for Secondary Teaching MTH 199 Mathematical Software Tools

(.50 credit) MTH 331 Foundations of Geometry MTH 346 Statistics for ScientistsMTH 361 Abstract Algebra MTH 381 Advanced Calculus MTH 440 The Teaching of Secondary

School MathematicsSee additional licensure requirements in

the Education section of this Catalog.

Graduate School Concentration MTH 361 Abstract AlgebraMTH 381 Advanced CalculusMTH 434 Complex VariablesMTH 444 Topology

One elective from the remaining coursesin the mathematics curriculum

Many graduate schools require a readingknowledge of either German or French. Atleast one year of study in German or Frenchis recommended.

Business/Financial Concentration MTH 311 Introduction to Mathematical

and Computer-Based ModelingMTH 346 Statistics for Scientists MTH 348 Advanced Statistics/

EconometricsMTH 421 Probability Theory

One elective from the remaining coursesin the mathematics curriculum. MTH 468Internship is recommended.

The business/financial concentrationshould be supplemented with appropriatecourses in business and economics chosen inconsultation with the student’s academicadvisor.

229

Mathematics

A minor in business is recommended, asis one year of study in a foreign language.

Major in Actuarial ScienceActuaries are trained in mathematics, statis-tics, and economic techniques that allowthem to quantify risk. They use their skillsto analyze and solve business and socialproblems related to insurance, pensions,Social Security, employee benefits, andrelated fields.

Actuaries work for insurance companies,investment firms, government agencies,employee benefits consulting firms, andothers. The Jobs Rated Almanac, which rates200 jobs on the basis of such categories assalary, benefits, outlook for the future,stress, work environment, and job security,has rated actuaries among the top jobs in allof its rankings since the 2000s.

Actuaries achieve professional status bypassing a series of examinations adminis-tered by the Society of Actuaries (SOA)and/or the Casualty Actuarial Society(CAS). Students are generally expected tohave passed one or two of the exams whilein college, but most are taken after employ-ment. The Elmhurst College ActuarialScience Program prepares students to takethe first two actuarial exams covering proba-bility (SOA Exam P) and Financial Mathe-matics (SOA Exam FM) and obtainSOA/CAS credit for the topics of Eco-nomics (Micro and Macro), Finance, andApplied Statistics.

The Elmhurst College major in actuarialscience consists of 13.00 credits at or abovethe 200-level but excludes MTH 325,MTH 326, MTH 327 and MTH 345. Allactuarial science majors are required to com-plete MTH 251, MTH 301, MTH 346,MTH 351, MTH 400, MTH 421, MTH451, BUS 261, BUS 262, BUS 340, CS

220, ECO 210, ECO 211 and MTH348/ECO 418.

Minor in Mathematics MTH 251 Calculus III and two othermajor-level mathematics courses arerequired for a minor in mathematics. MTH325/326/327 and MTH 345 may not beused as part of the minor. The chair of themathematics department must approve theselection of courses.

Minor in Elementary School Mathematics EducationThe minor in elementary school mathe-matics education requires a minimum of4.50 credits in mathematics, including thefollowing:MTH 132 Precalculus

or MTH 151 Calculus I

or MTH 152 Calculus IIMTH 325 Mathematical Concepts for

Elementary Teachers IMTH 326 Mathematical Concepts for

Elementary Teachers II (.50 credit)or

MTH 331 Foundations of Geometry MTH 345 Elementary Statistics

or MTH 346 Statistics for ScientistsAdditional mathematics courses to meet therequirement of 4.50 credits in mathematics.

The minor in elementary school mathe-matics education is available only to earlychildhood, elementary or special educationprogram students. This minor does not leadto a state endorsement in mathematics edu-cation. Interested students should identifythemselves to both the Department of Edu-cation and the Department of Mathematicsand confer periodically with advisors inboth departments.

230

Mathematics

Minor in Middle School MathematicsEducationThe minor in middle school mathematicseducation requires the following:MTH 151 Calculus I

or MTH 152 Calculus IIMTH 301 Discrete MathematicsMTH 325 Mathematical Concepts for

Elementary Teachers IMTH 331 Foundations of GeometryMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

or MTH 346 Statistics for ScientistsMTH 441 The Teaching of Middle School

MathematicsThe minor in middle school mathematics

education is available only to elementary orspecial education program students and tosecondary licensure students who are notmajoring in mathematics but who want tobe endorsed to teach mathematics at themiddle school level. Additionally, middleschool approval (described within the listingsof the Department of Education) must beearned to be endorsed by the State of Illinoisto teach mathematics at that level. Interestedstudents should identify themselves to boththe Department of Education and theDepartment of Mathematics and confer peri-odically with advisors in both departments.

Courses in mathematics and other quantitative areas are supported in part bythe activities of the mathematics specialist inthe Learning Center. Students who have notstudied mathematics in the recent past andwho are planning to take mathematicscourses should refresh their knowledge ofbasic skills through the programs offered in the Learning Center.


MTH 110 Introduction to Concepts inMathematics and Computing This course provides an overview of commonmathematical concepts and the use of the com-puter in applying these in practical problemsolving. The basic operation of the computer isstudied, as are computer logic and program-ming, and methods of computation thatemploy software tools such as spreadsheets.Other mathematical topics include estimation,statistics, algebra and geometry. Studentsseeking to fulfill the mathematics componentof secondary-school licensure requirements areencouraged to take this course.

MTH 111 Introduction to MathematicalMethods and Applications Concepts of algebra including polynomials andrational expressions, exponents and roots. Abrief study of matrices, systems of equationsand mathematics of finance. Students wishingto review basic math skills in advance of thiscourse may do so through the LearningCenter. A placement test is required.

MTH 121 College Algebra Review of elementary algebra, equations, relations, functions and transformations,inequalities and quadratic functions, systems oflinear equations and inequalities, polynomialequations and their graphs. Prerequisites: twoyears of high school algebra and one year of highschool geometry with a grade of C or better is rec-ommended. A placement test is required.

MTH 132 Precalculus Relations, functions and transformations,exponential and logarithmic functions, the cir-cular functions, trigonometric functions ofangles, identities, inverse functions, trianglesand applications, vectors and applications, andcomplex numbers. A placement test is required.Prerequisite: MTH 121 or equivalent.

MTH 151 Calculus I Rate of change of a function, limits, conti-nuity, derivatives of algebraic and trigono-

231

Mathematics

metric functions, applications of the derivative,and introduction to integration and applica-tions. Prerequisite: MTH 132 or equivalent.

MTH 152 Calculus II The definite integral with applications, tran-scendental functions, methods of integration,polar coordinates and infinite series. Prerequisite: MTH 151 with a grade of C orbetter.

MTH 162 Analysis for the Business and Social Sciences Applications of mathematics to the social sci-ences and business with a functions approach,applications of elementary functions, differen-tial and integral calculus of the elementaryfunctions, and applications of calculus. Thecourse also contains topics selected from linearprogramming, mathematics of finance andmathematical modeling. Some sections requireuse of a graphics calculator. Students shouldhave an algebra background at least equivalent to MTH 111 with a grade of C or better. Aplacement test is required.

MTH 199 Mathematical Software Tools.50 creditAn introduction to the software tools usedin the mathematics curriculum. Problem-solving and investigation techniques appro-priate for the software and equipment arecovered. Special emphasis is placed on whatis used in the calculus and pre-calculus cur-riculum. The software and equipmentinclude computer algebra systems, spread-sheets, geometry programs, graphing calcu-lators and equipment, and the Internet.Prerequisite: MTH 152 or equivalent. Fall Termin odd-numbered years.

MTH 251 Calculus IIIVectors in three-space, quadric surfaces, partialderivatives with applications and multiple inte-grals with applications, intro duction to vectoranalysis. Prerequisite: MTH 152 with a grade ofC or better.

MTH 301 Discrete Mathematics Sets, logic, functions, graph theory, trees,

counting, Boolean Algebra, vectors andmatrices. Prerequisite: MTH 151.

MTH 311 Introduction to Mathematicaland Computer-Based Modeling An introduction to the modeling processincluding creative and empirical model con-struction, model analysis and research usingthe model. This is accomplished using aproblem-solving approach on a number ofmodels of common static and dynamic prob-lems. Prerequisite: MTH 152. Alternate years.

MTH 325 Mathematical Concepts forElementary Teachers I Set theory; numeration systems, operations,properties and computing algorithms forwhole numbers, fractions, decimals and integers, ratio and proportion. Problem solvingis used throughout the course. Pre- or corequi-site: EDU 104 or consent of the instructor.Restricted to early childhood, elementary educa-tion or special education majors or middle schoolmathematics education minors.

MTH 326 Mathematical Concepts forElementary Teachers II .50 credit Geometric shapes and relationships, measure-ment and patterns, probability and statisticsand algebraic skills. Problem solving is usedthroughout the course. Restricted to early child-hood, elementary education, or special educationmajors. Prerequisite: MTH 325.

MTH 327 Essentials of Statistics.50 creditDesigned to prepare students in elementaryeducation to meet the required statistics stan-dards. Students will learn to construct andanalyze data sets, understand probability distri-butions, perform hypotheses tests on a singlepopulation, and understand linear regressionequations. May not be taken for credit if creditfor PSY 355, MTH 345 or 346, or an equiva-lent course at another college has already beengiven. Does not count towards a major orminor in mathematics. Pre- or corequisite: EDU104 or consent of the instructor. Restricted to

232

Mathematics

MTH 345, PSY 355 or an equivalent course atanother college has already been given. Prerequi-site: MTH 151 or equivalent. Spring Term.

MTH 348 Advanced Statistics/EconometricsStatistical analysis using multiple regression,time series, and advanced forecasting tech-niques in business and economics applications.Prerequisite: MTH 345 or 346 or PSY 355 witha C or higher. Alternate years.

MTH 351 Mathematics of Finance A rigorous calculus-based treatment of themathematics of finance: time value of money,simple and compound interest, accumulationfunction, annuities, bonds, yield rates, amoriti-zation schedules and sinking funds, deprecia-tion, yield curves, duration, convexity andimmunization, and definition of derivativesecurities. This course is intended to preparestudents for the Society of Actuaries examina-tion on financial mathematics. Prerequisite:MTH 152. Fall Term, even-numbered years.

MTH 361 Abstract Algebra The structure of algebraic systems includinggroups, rings, integral domains and fields. Prerequisite: MTH 301 or consent of instructor.Linear algebra recommended. Spring Term.

MTH 362 Linear Algebra The algebra of matrices with applications tovectors and vector spaces, linear transforma-tions, theory of determinants and abstractEuclidean spaces. Prerequisites: MTH 251 andMTH 301 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MTH 381 Advanced Calculus The real number system, functions, sequencesand limits, continuity and differentiability,integration, the elementary transcendentalfunctions, and properties of differentiablefunctions. Prerequisites: MTH 251 and MTH 301. Fall Term.

MTH 400 Research Methods inMathematics .50 credit A course in reading, researching, and writingmathematics. This course should be taken in the

early childhood, elementary education or specialeducation majors or middle school mathematicseducation minors.

MTH 331 Foundations of Geometry Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry andthe nature of proof using the axiomaticmethod. Designed to provide an importantlearning experience both for the mathematicsmajor who needs to acquire mathematicalmaturity required for more advanced mathe-matics courses, and for prospective teachers ofgeometry. Prerequisite: MTH 152 or MTH 301or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MTH 341 Differential Equations First order differential equations, linear differ-ential equations, Laplace transforms, powerseries methods, and solution of systems of dif-ferential equations. Prerequisite: MTH 251.Spring Term.

MTH 342 Applied Analysis Fourier Series and convergence of FourierSeries, selected topics in boundary value problems including the heat and wave equa-tions, Laplace’s equation, and Bessel functions.Prerequisite: MTH 341. Alternate years.

MTH 345 Elementary Statistics Statistical methods applied to economic andsocial data. Descriptive statistics, probabilitydistributions, hypothesis testing, confidenceintervals, correlation and regression. Studentswishing to review basic math skills in advanceof this course may do so through the LearningCenter. May not be taken for credit if credit hasalready been given for PSY 355, MTH 346, oran equivalent course at another college. Does notcount toward a major or minor in mathematics.

MTH 346 Statistics for Scientists Designed for mathematics and science studentswith an emphasis on the analysis of scientificdata. Probability, probability distributions andtheir applications, estimation and confidenceintervals, goodness of fit, hypothesis testing,experimental design, regression and correla-tion, analysis of variance, and nonparametrictests. May not be taken for credit if credit for

233

Mathematics

junior or senior year in preparation for writingthe senior paper.

MTH 421 Probability Theory Combinatorics, introduction to probabilityfrom a set-theoretic point of view, functions ofrandom variables, expected value, generatingfunctions, and jointly distributed randomvariables. Prerequisites: MTH 251 and MTH301 or consent of instructor. Fall Term, odd-numbered years.

MTH 434 Complex Variables An introduction to the complex numbersystem, the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, Taylor and Laurent expan-sions, contour integration, and applications toproblems in physics and engineering. Prerequi-sites: MTH 251 and MTH 301 or consent ofinstructor. Alternate years.

MTH 440 The Teaching of SecondarySchool Mathematics An introduction to current methods and strate-gies for teaching secondary school mathematicsin grades 9 -12. Teacher candidates will focus onthe teaching of mathematics for conceptualunderstanding, mathematical reasoning andproblem solving; fundamentals of planning,instruction and assessment in secondary mathe-matics classes; use of national, state and localstandards for instruction and assessment; andunderstanding of how to transform theory intopractice to ensure that all secondary studentslearn mathematics. Prerequisites: SEC 310,MTH 301 or consent of the instructor.

MTH 441 The Teaching of Middle SchoolMathematics Insights into modern mathematics; a survey ofthe changes in the field of mathematics withan emphasis on the orientation, content, orga-nization and implementation in the middleand junior high school program. Prerequisite:MTH 301 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MTH 444 Topology Fundamental concepts of intuitive set theoryand the real number system, structure of R

and Rn, metric spaces and general topologicalspaces. Prerequisite: MTH 381 or consent ofinstructor. Spring Term, alternate years.

MTH 451 Senior Paper .50 credit This course is required of every studentmajoring in mathematics and is to demonstratethe research, writing and analytical skills of thegraduating senior. To be taken in the first orsecond term of the senior year, this researchpaper will provide evidence of what thestudent has learned by having been a mathe-matics major in terms of knowledge, skills andinsight. The topic of the paper will be selectedby the student in consultation with a facultyadvisor. Prerequisite: MTH 400 with a grade ofC or better.

MTH 468 Internship 1.00 or 1.5 creditsThis course provides opportunities for junioror senior mathematics majors to apply theirmathematical knowledge in a supervised busi-ness or industrial setting. Ten to 20 hours ofwork experience per week is required for onecredit, 15-30 hours per week for credit of 1.50.A term project focusing on learning outcomesof the experience is required. Repeatable forcredit. Approval of the department chair isrequired.

MTH 492/292 Independent Study .50 or 1.00 creditRepeatable for credit.

MTH 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of mathe-matics culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

234

Mathematics

MTH 498 Topics in Mathematics Varying from term to term, the course coverssubjects such as manifolds, mathematical sta-tistics, number theory, a second course inabstract algebra, a second course in advancedcalculus, or chaos theory. Repeatable for credit.

235

Medical Humanities

The medical humanities minor is designedto serve as a basis for the development

and understanding of the skills and attributesassociated with humanistic health caredelivery. The term “medical humanities” refersto a study of the aspects of health caredelivery which include ethical considerationsof the provider—client relationship, as well asthe humanistic components essential to goodhealth care delivery, such as effective commu-nication, integrity, excellence, compassion,altruism, respect for clients and colleagues,empathy, and service. The minor is open toany student interested in the discoursebetween medicine, science, and caregiving as ahumane and humanistic art.

The medical humanities minor hasbecome one way for students who apply toprofessional health care programs to distin-guish themselves from other applicants.

FacultyFaculty Coordinator:William Hirstein; Coordinator: Cheryl Leoni

Objectives of the Minor• To heighten in students an awareness

and appreciation of the varied wayshuman beings create and struggle withmeaning and purpose in their lives, espe-cially as they face illness, adversity, suf-fering, and death.

• To engage students in a course of study(beyond the essential scientific informa-tion and clinical skills) that bringstogether academic and clinical experi-ences which attend to the central con-cepts and practices in the medicalhumanities.

• To involve students in well-informedethical decision making, improve theirability to interact with persons of dif-ferent backgrounds and cultures, andprovide them an active introduction toresearch and clinical experience.

• To expose students to diverse perspec-tives which scholars from many fieldsbring to complex questions involvinghealth care and the health professions.A student who declares this minor must

meet each term with a coordinator to reviewhis or her progress and discuss relatedcourses and experiences.

The minor requires seven courses, con-sisting of four core courses and three elec-tives, chosen from a set of relevant coursesoffered by several different departments.

Medical Humanities Core CoursesStudents must take four courses as follows:PHL 316 Ethical Aspects of Health Care

or

236

Medical Humanities

REL 332 Religious Ethics and Healthcare(sophomore standing recommended forminor students)

COM 114 Interpersonal Communication or

COM 315 Intercultural CommunicationMEH 490 Medical Humanities Clinical

Experience (.50 credit)and

MEH 491 Medical Humanities Seminar/Research Capstone (.50 credit)

Medical Humanities ElectivesStudents must select three courses takenfrom the following set: BID 300 PHL/PSY NeuroethicsCOM 326 Health CommunicationENG 230 Readings in Race, Class and

Gender ENG 372 Multicultural/Postcolonial

LiteratureMEH 320 Quality/Safety in HealthcareMEH 321 Enhancing Healthcare Through

Our StoriesPHL 305 Philosophy of SciencePHL 316 Ethical Aspects of Health Care

(if not taken as a core course)PHL 326 Key Themes and Thinkers in

BiomedicinePSY 348 Health PsychologyREL 323 Religion and ScienceREL 331 Religious Ethics and Sexuality REL 332 Religious Ethics and Health Care

(if not taken as a core course)SOC 216/316 Society, Health and Illness

The three elective courses accepted forthe minor must be taken from three dif-ferent departments.

No more than two courses which havebeen counted for Integrated Curriculumcredit may also be applied to the minor. Atleast three of the minor courses must be atthe 300/400 level.

Students may take both of the coreethics courses, PHL 316 and REL 332 andapply them toward the seven requiredcourses. The approaches of these courses toethical issues in medicine are differentenough that there is very little overlap. Stu-dents will also benefit from the ability tocompare the philosophical and theologicalapproaches. If both of these courses aretaken, then two electives beyond the corecourses will complete the minor.


MEH 320 Quality/Safety in HealthcareIn this course, which is open to students inhealthcare majors and pre-professionalhealthcare programs, students will workcollaboratively to learn about the evolution ofthe culture of quality and safety in healthcare.Students will evaluate factors that have shapedthis culture change. These include areasidentified by the Institute of Medicine (IOM),including safety (infection control), qualityimprovement, evidence-based practice, patientcentered care, informatics, and interprofes-sional communication, collaboration, andteamwork. In addition, the course will explorerelevant historical influences, systems theory,professional ethics, population health, healthliteracy, and healthcare finance.

MEH 321 Enhancing Health CareThrough Our StoriesThis hybrid course explores how immersioninto literary endeavors and humanities impactsboth clinicians and patients alike. By studyingstories of both wellness and illness expressedthrough non-fiction, literature and poetry, stu-dents will enhance their abilities to be moreempathetic, to develop new insights and obser-vational skills, and to improve their ability tocritically evaluate health care interactions. Arti-cles from a variety of health care journals andliterary sources will provide the basis of

237

Medical Humanities

analysis. To demonstrate their understandingof the patient/caregiver/clinician experience,students will contemplate what it is like to bein these roles and then will write about boththeir actual and imagined experiences. Thiscourse will be offered in a hybrid or blendedformat; class will meet twice weekly on campusand twice weekly online at the convenience ofthe students.

MEH 490 Medical Humanities ClinicalExperience.50 credit This course is a clinical experience involving100 hours at an approved site. Interactionswith both patients and health care profes-sionals are important for students to developsome appreciation for working with peoplewho are ill or infirm, for the teamworkexpected of health professionals and for theseriousness of taking responsibility for the livesof others. Students maintain a reflectivejournal throughout the 100-hour clinical expe-rience. The journal will include a running logof their hours as well as reflections on medicalhumanities and the clinical experience. A finalreflection paper will be used for students tosynthesize their health care-related serviceexperiences with their knowledge of themedical humanities. Students enroll duringtheir junior or senior year and must havecompleted two core courses and one electiveprior to the clinical experience. Students mustalso meet with a coordinator a term prior to theclinical experience.

MEH 491 Medical Humanities Seminar/Research Capstone.50 creditThis is a capstone course for the medicalhumanities minor. Weekly seminars, lectures,guest speakers and discussions are designed todevelop a community of scholars engaging inwide ranging discussions related to health care,ethics and the medical humanities. Eachstudent maintains a course journal and com-pletes a research investigation which has been

approved by the instructor. Results of theresearch are presented orally to the seminargroup and are submitted as a research paper.Prerequisites: junior or senior standing, comple-tion of the clinical experience and permission of acoordinator.

238

T he faculty and the facilities of theElmhurst College Department of

Music are devoted to service to: • All students by providing courses that are

suitable to their backgrounds and that meetthe Integrated Curriculum requirements.Courses designed to meet the Fine Artsrequirement are MUS 212, MUS 218 andMUS 312. For students with a musicalbackground, a challenging alternative isMUS 135;

• Students desiring preparation in musiceducation and state licensure as K-12music teachers;

• Students wishing to enter careers in musicbusiness;

• Students who wish to pursue certificatesin piano teaching;

• Students wishing to pursue certificatesand degrees in performance;

• Students contemplating careers andfurther study as teachers and performers,therapists, music librarians, composers,musicologists and arts managers; and

• Students who wish to take part in musicperforming organizations.

FacultyPeter Griffin, Chair; Douglas Beach, GayleBisesi, David DeVasto, Judith E. Grimes,Gerhard Guter, Mark Harbold, Timothy

Hays, Ross Kellan, Joanne May, SusanMoninger, Mark Streder

Majors in Music Admission to any degree program in themusic department is dependent upon suc-cessful completion of an audition interviewwith members of the music departmentfaculty prior to the first term. This auditioninterview also serves as a screening procedurefor music scholarship awards. Audition datesand times should be arranged with the musicdepartment office.

All majors are required to present MUS135, 136, 235, 236, 343 and 344 as a part oftheir graduation requirements. They mustalso have at least six terms of applied musiclessons taken on the college level in the fieldof their performance major. Each studentmust also attain and maintain membership ina major performing ensemble while a full-time music major at Elmhurst College.Except for music education majors, guitarmajors may select Classical Guitar Ensembleto fulfill this requirement. See specific degreeprograms for ensemble requirements. Allmusic majors are also required to take MUS100 Concert Attendance each term.

A minimum cumulative grade-pointaverage of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in music mustbe achieved by the student to be advanced to

Music


239

Music

Students are required to pass the Testof Academic Proficiency (TAP) to beadmitted to a licensure program, theappropriate content area test prior to thestudent teaching semester and the APT(Assessment of Professional Teaching) testprior to program completion.

Major Courses: a minimum of 16 fullcredits are required in music

Music

Concert Attendance: MUS 100; each term, with or without credit

Music Theory: MUS 135, 136, 235, 236Music History: MUS 343, 344Conducting: MUS 369, 370, 389Applied music: six terms for creditBand, Orchestra or Choir: one each

term, with or without credit

Education and Psychology

EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of Education in the United States

SEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teachingas a Caring Profession

SEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learners with Exceptionalities

SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teachingin Diverse and Inclusive Schools

SEC 311 Educational PsychologySEC 421 Theory and Practice for Building

Academic Literacies in K-12 ClassroomsSEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher

Collaboration and Professional Practice

Music Education

MUS 150 Introduction to Music EducationMUS 222 Functional Class Piano II, or

a “pass” on the Keyboard ProficiencyExam must be completed in residence atElmhurst College prior to student teaching.

MUS 251, 252, 253, 254, 255; twofrom MUS 250, 256, 257, 260, 336, 353technique courses

the junior level in music. These levels mustthen be maintained. Students below thesestandards may direct a request for a review oftheir status to the department chair. Musicmajors must pass the Keyboard MusicianshipExamination (or MUS 222) as described inthe department handbook prior to gradua-tion. Full-time students must attend aminimum of eight performances each term.Details of the programs, policies and certifi-cates for music majors are found in thedepartment handbook.

Bachelor of Music with a Major inMusic Education The Elmhurst College Department of Musicendorses the ideals and subject areas that aretraditionally listed in liberal arts curricula.Further, the Department of Music recognizespreparation of well-qualified teachers of musicas a legitimate aspect of the liberal artsprogram. This commitment to a specialprogram in the context of a liberal arts settingis a major strength in our preparation ofmusic teachers. Our total program is intendedto prepare teachers who are able to assist stu-dents in making sound aesthetic judgments.Music education students will have numerous“live teaching” experiences in the publicschools in preparation for student teaching.Music education majors are required to par-ticipate in a major performing ensemble(concert band, choir, or orchestra) for everyterm of full-time enrollment. MUS 369 Con-ducting I must be taken in residence atElmhurst College. Graduates are certified toteach grades kindergarten through 12 in Illi-nois and most other states.

Procedures and requirements for admis-sion to teacher education, admission tostudent teaching, state licensure testing andcourse sequence may be obtained from thedirector of music education.

240

Music

MUS 258 Technology for Music Educators (.50 credit)

MUS 362 Instrumental and Choral Ensembles

MUS 366 Teaching of K-12 Classroom Music

MUS 457 Student Teaching in Music (150 hours of clinical experience arerequired prior to student teaching) A student must present a 2.75 general

grade-point average and a 2.75 grade-pointaverage in the music major.

Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Sciencewith a Major in Music BusinessTwo degree programs assist the student inter-ested in preparing for a career in some phase ofthe music industry. The Bachelor of Musicoffers a heavier concentration in music, whilethe Bachelor of Science is weighted moreheavily with business courses. Both degrees areconceived within the context of the liberal artsso that graduates have both breadth and profes-sional qualifications. Procedures and require-ments for admission to the music businessprogram and music business internship areavailable from the director of music business.

Bachelor of Music

Music CoursesConcert Attendance: MUS 100; each term,

with or without creditMusic Theory: MUS 135, 136, 235, 236Music History: MUS 343, 344One course from MUS 335, 395, or 396Applied music: six terms for credit Band, Orchestra or Choir: one each term,

with or without creditJazz Band I may count as one of the major

performing ensembles after four terms ofChoir, Concert Band or Orchestra havebeen fulfilled, except for music education majors. Guitar majors may select classicalguitar ensemble to fulfill this requirement.

See specific degree programs for ensemblerequirements.

Business CoursesBUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 332 Retailing ManagementBUS 334 Advertising

Music Business CoursesMUS 330 Principles and Procedures in

Music BusinessMUS 331 Advanced Studies in Music

BusinessMUS 332 Production of Sound RecordingsMUS 468 Internship

orMUS 492 Independent Study

Bachelor of Science

Music CoursesConcert Attendance: MUS 100; each term,

with or without creditMusic Theory: MUS 135, 136, 235, 236Music History: MUS 343, 344Applied music: six terms for credit Band, Orchestra or Choir: one each term,


performing ensembles after four terms ofChoir, Concert Band or Orchestra havebeen fulfilled, except for music education majors. Guitar majors may select classicalguitar ensemble to fulfill this requirement.See specific degree programs for ensemblerequirements.

Business CoursesBUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 332 Retailing Management BUS 334 AdvertisingTwo mathematics coursesElective in business, computer science,

mathematics or music business

241

Music

One course from: MUS 215, 310, 314 or 318

Four individual focus coursesMUS 492 Independent Study and Research

(senior capstone project)

Individual Focus CoursesFour courses in an area of specializationchosen in consultation with the facultyadvisor. Students may choose to specialize inmusic technology, music history/literature,foreign language or some other area of partic-ular interest to the student. These fourcourses must relate directly to the student’sarea of specialization and they may includemusic and/or non-music courses, but notapplied lessons, ensembles or other music corecourses. Individual focus courses should beapproved by the department before the end ofthe sophomore year.

Bachelor of Music with a Major in PerformanceThe Bachelor of Music with a major in musicperformance is designed for students whowish to pursue a career and/or subsequentgraduate-level study in music performance.This program consists of the ElmhurstCollege Integrated Curriculum, the musiccore curriculum, a rigorous program ofapplied music study, and coursework infurther areas necessary for success: perfor-mance, literature, pedagogy, and music busi-ness. Junior and senior recitals are required ascapstone projects. Candidates for thisprogram must pass an audition for admit-tance into the department as part of thecollege application process, and they mustpass a continuance jury at the end of thesophomore year (during the first semester ofenrollment for transfer students). Studentsmust maintain a 2.5 grade-point average.

Music Business CoursesMUS 330 Principles and Procedures in

Music BusinessMUS 331 Advanced Studies in Music

BusinessMUS 332 Production of Sound

RecordingsMUS 468 Internship

orMUS 492 Independent Study

Bachelor of Arts with a Major in MusicThe Bachelor of Arts degree with a major inmusic is designed for students who wish topursue an individualized program of study inmusicology, church music, music therapy,music technology or some other area ofinterest. It includes the Integrated Curriculumrequirements, the music core and additionalcourses in music and other fields. The individualfocus component allows students to customizetheir program by taking four courses in an areaof specialization.This degree includes a seniorproject as a capstone experience.

Music CoursesConcert Attendance: MUS 100 each term,

with or without creditMusic Theory: MUS 135, 136, 235, 236Music History: MUS 343, 344Applied music: six terms for creditBand, Orchestra, or Choir: one each term,



Two courses from: MUS 335, 395 or 396

242

Music

Music Courses MUS 100 Concert Attendance (every term)MUS 135, 136, 235, 236 Music Theory I-IVMUS 343–344 Music History and

Literature I-II MUS 369 Conducting I MUS 221, 222 Piano Proficiency (Piano

majors substitute AMP) MUS 330 Principles and Procedures in

Music Business

Applied Music Applied Lessons: Eight termsLarge Ensemble-Band, Choir or Orchestra

(every term of on-campus enrollment;Classical Guitar Ensemble for guitarmajors)

Chamber Music (Four terms) MUS 492 Junior-Year Half Recital MUS 492 Senior Capstone Lecture-Recital

(Full recital)

Additional courses for specific performanceareas: Voice AMU 101-402: Performance Seminar

(every term)ENG 200 Introduction to Literature MUS 253 Vocal Techniques and Pedagogy MUS 353 Diction for Singers and Music

Education Majors MUS 354 Vocal Arts Literature MUS 267-467 Opera Scenes/MUS 226, 326

Light Opera/Musical Theater (Four terms) THE 226 Acting Technique I One course from the following: THE 302

Ballet, THE 303 Jazz Dance Any two of the following: GRM 101

Elementary German I, ITL 101 Elemen-tary Italian I, FRN 101 ElementaryFrench I

GuitarAME 351–399 Performance Techniques and

Pedagogy II

AMU 101-402 Performance Seminar (everyterm starting sophomore year)

AMY 101-402 Classical Guitar Ensemble(every term; satisfies major ensemblerequirement for guitar majors)

MUS 250 Guitar Techniques and Pedagogy I MUS 306-307 Fingerboard Harmony I and II MUS 320-321 Performance History and

Literature I and II BrassAME 351-399 Performance Techniques and

Pedagogy II AMU 101-402 Performance Seminar

(every term) MUS 254 Brass Techniques and Pedagogy MUS 320-321 Performance History and

Literature I and II WoodwindAME 351-399 Performance Techniques and

Pedagogy II AMU 101-402 Performance Seminar

(every term) AMY 101-402 Chamber Music MUS 251 Woodwind Techniques and

Pedagogy MUS 320-321 Performance History and

Literature I and II In AMW 101-402 applied lessons on their

major instrument, Woodwind majors willacquire skill playing other members of theirinstrument's family (at a time determined bythe applied teacher): • Flute majors will also study piccolo • Clarinet majors will also study E-flat and

bass clarinets • Oboe majors will also study English horn • Bassoon majors may also study

contrabassoon • Saxophone majors will also study soprano,

alto, tenor, and baritone sax Additional courses required for individual

woodwind instruments:

243

Music

count toward the large ensemble requirement for piano majors after freshman year.

Bachelor of Music with a Major inTheory/CompositionThis program is designed for students whowish to pursue studies in the analytical andcreative sides of the music discipline. Itincludes the Integrated Curriculum require-ments, the music core and additional coursesin music theory, composition, history, litera-ture and related fields. This degree includes asenior project as a capstone experience: usuallyeither a recital of new works (for composers)or a major analytical paper (for theorists).

Music CoreConcert Attendance: MUS 100 each term,

with or without creditMusic Theory: MUS 135, 136, 235, 236Music History: MUS 343, 344MUS 492 Independent Study and Research

(senior capstone project–composition recital for composers)

Applied music: six terms for creditBand, Orchestra or Choir: one each term,



Theory/Composition CoursesAMC 100/300 Composition Seminar (must

be taken concurrently with all AMC andAML lessons)

AMC 101-201 Composition (three terms forcredit)

AMC 121-221 Film ScoringAMC 141-241 Song Writing

Flute Major AMW 101 Clarinet AMW 101 Saxophone

Clarinet Major AMW 101 Flute AMW 101 Saxophone Oboe Major AMW 101 Bassoon AMW 101 Clarinet

Bassoon Major AMW 101 Saxophone AMW 101 Clarinet

Saxophone Major AMW 101 Flute AMW 101 Clarinet StringsAMY 101-402 Chamber Music MUS 255 String Techniques and PedagogyMUS 320-321 Performance History and

Literature I and II MUS 336 String Improvisation for Educators PercussionAME 351-399 Performance Techniques and

Pedagogy IIAMY 101-402 Chamber Music MUS 252 Percussion Techniques and

Pedagogy MUS 301-302 Jazz and Ethnic Percussion

I and II MUS 320-321 Performance History and

Literature I and II PianoAME 301-302 Piano Pedagogy I and IIAME 401-402 Supervised Teaching I and IIAMM 301-302 Accompanying I and II AMU 101-402 Performance Seminar

(every term) MUS 320-321 Performance History and

Literature I and IIMajor ensemble requirement; with permis-

sion, accompanying choral ensembles can

244

Music

MUS 290 Digital Music IMUS 335 Orchestration and ArrangingThree terms of applied lessons from:

AMA 101-201 Arranging and Scoring AMC 202-302 CompositionAML 101-201 Digital MusicTwo courses from:

MUS 395 Special Studies in Music TheoryMUS 396 Special Studies in Music History(MUS 395 may be taken more than once as

tonal analysis, post-tonal analysis or counterpoint)

Cognate CoursesMUS 369 Conducting I

One (1.00) or two .50 credits from:

BID 301 Psychology of MusicPHL 309 Philosophy of ArtMUS 251 Woodwind TechniquesMUS 252 Percussion TechniquesMUS 253 Vocal TechniquesMUS 254 Brass TechniquesMUS 255 String Techniques

One elective course chosen from:

MUS 120 Jazz Fundamentals I MUS 215 Music in the Christian ChurchMUS 291 Digital Music IIMUS 310 Varieties of World MusicMUS 318 Jazz: A History and AnalysisMUS 350 Jazz Arranging I

Bachelor of Music with a Major inJazz StudiesFundamental development of the termi-nology and skills necessary to be competentin jazz and commercial music. Topics includeunderstanding the jazz language and vocabu-lary, basic chord construction, scales andmodes in both major and minor. Required ofall jazz studies majors.

Music CoursesConcert Attendance: MUS 100 each term,

with or without credit

Music Theory: MUS 135, 136, 235, 236Music History: MUS 343, 344Music Business: MUS 330Music Education: MUS 369

Jazz Studies CoursesMUS 120 Jazz Fundamentals IMUS 121 Jazz Fundamentals IIMUS 223 Jazz Keyboard FundamentalsMUS 290 Digital Music IMUS 318 Jazz: A History and AnalysisMUS 325 Rhythm Section FundamentalsMUS 350 Jazz Arranging IMUS 430 Jazz Improvisation IMUS 431 Jazz Improvisation II

Applied MusicClassical study for credit: two termsApplied Jazz Study for credit: six termsApplied Jazz Piano: two terms (non-credit to

1.0 credit)Band, Choir, or Orchestra: four termsLarge Jazz Ensemble: each term enrolled, up

to six (large ensemble defined as Jazz Band, Vocal Jazz Ensemble, Jazz Guitar Ensemble)

For jazz studies majors, Jazz Band II, VocalJazz I, Vocal Jazz II and Gretsch GuitarEnsemble may count as a major per-forming ensemble after four terms of Choir, Concert Band or Orchestra havebeen fulfilled. Guitar majors may selectclassical guitar ensemble to fulfill thisrequirement. See specific degree programsfor ensemble requirements.

Jazz Combo: minimum of four termsSenior Recital (Junior Recital optional)

Major in Musical TheatreSee description under Department of Communication Arts and Sciences in thisCatalog.

Minor in MusicStudents planning to minor in music must

245

Music

Minor in Music ProductionThe music production minor is a sequenceof courses designed: 1) as an examination ofthe role served by current recording, editingand production technology in the contem-porary music industry; 2) to prepare stu-dents for employment in the music industryin various capacities including: arranger,media composer, sound recordist and editor,contractor, publisher, producer; 3) as anadditive utility for students pursuing amajor program in music; 4) as a program ofstudy that is useful to students of other dis-ciplines, i.e., computer science, media arts,and more. Students planning to minor inmusic production must take the followingcourses: MUS 290, 291, 332, and 333.

Minor in CompositionThe minor in composition is designed formusic majors who wish to pursue studies inthe analytical and creative aspects of musicwhile maintaining a primary focus inanother music discipline. The minor incomposition for music majors is awarded tostudents who have met the followingrequirements: Completion of courses andrequirements for one of these degrees: B.A.in Music, B.M. in Music Education, B.M.in Jazz Studies, B.M. in Performance, B.S.or B.M. in Music Business, or B.A. inMusical Theatre.

Composition minors will also completethe following courses: AMC 100/300 Composition Seminar (con-

current with AMC and AML appliedlessons)

AMC 101-102 Applied Music CompositionMUS 335 Orchestration and ArrangingMUS 395 Special Studies in Music Theory MUS 492 Independent Study and Research:

Capstone Composition Recital (.50 credit)

meet the following requirements:Four classroom courses including

MUS 135, 136, 343 or 344 and one other course;

Four terms in a performance group, at least two of which are in ElmhurstCollege performance groups; and

Three terms of applied music credit either in the same applied specialty or split with two terms in one and the third term in another specialty. Furthermore, one-half of the total courses

listed for the minor above must be earned atElmhurst College.

Minor in Jazz StudiesThe minor in jazz studies is designed forstudents who wish to pursue a program ofstudy in jazz and commercial music in addi-tion to their primary area of study. Thisprogram creates the theoretical foundationnecessary to be proficient in the study andperformance of jazz and related commercialmusic. The art of improvisation is a majorcomponent of the music and the study of itis essential to understanding the music. Stu-dents in this program will be educated insuch a way that they may create a living forthemselves in the world of jazz and com-mercial music.

Students planning to minor in jazzstudies must meet the following require-ments:• Four classroom courses including: MUS

120, 121, 430 and total 1.0 credits ofthe following: MUS 318 (1.0 credit),MUS 223 (.5 credit), MUS 325 (.5credit), MUS 350 (1.00 credit), AMJ101-102 (1.00 credit);

• Four terms in a jazz combo (non-creditto 2.00 credits);

• Three terms in a large jazz ensemble(non-credit to .75 credit)

246

Music

One of the following: AMA 101 ArrangingAMC 121 Film Scoring AMC 141 Songwriting AMC 201 Composition AML 101 Digital Music

Certificate in Music PerformanceThe certificate in music performance atElmhurst College recognizes superior abilityand achievement in performance. It is not adegree program, nor does it substitute for adegree. It is awarded to students who havemet the following requirements:1. A minimum of 16 term hours of study

for credit in one’s applied specialty.2. Written application for the performance

certificate must be submitted to thedepartment chair. The student must pass aqualifying audition before a faculty com-mittee composed of the student’s appliedinstructor and two other music depart-ment faculty members. Application andaudition must be completed by the end ofthe sophomore year. The committee willsupervise the candidate’s progress. Transferstudents who are juniors or seniors mustapply and audition by the end of theirfirst term at Elmhurst College.

3. The candidate must present two full recitalsor one full recital plus equivalent majorperformance(s). The committee mustapprove and attend each performance. Suc-cessful audition for the certificate underrequirement two, listed above, constitutespermission to perform these recitals.

4. The candidate must complete two termsof chamber music or accompanying, asapproved by the committee.

Certificate in Piano PedagogyThe certificate in piano pedagogy has beendesigned for those who wish to prepare forprivate piano teaching. Candidates may

pursue the certificate within the context of abachelor’s program offered at ElmhurstCollege or as a separate credential. Require-ments seek to certify a candidate’s compe-tence as a teacher in both group and privatesettings, as well as provide a foundation ofpiano study that assures a sustainable level ofperformance. Individuals interested in pur-suing this certificate should make their intention known in writing to the musicdepartment chair. Courses specific to this cer-tificate are listed under “Certificate Studies.”The certificate in piano pedagogy is awardedto students who have met the followingrequirements:1. Completion of the courses and

requirements for the minor in music.2. Completion of AME 301 Piano

Pedagogy I, AME 302 Piano Pedagogy II,AME 401 and 402: Supervised Teaching.

3. Performance in at least three generalstudent recitals (a major performance maysubstitute for one or more of these withpermission).

Minor in Religious Studies andChurch Music for Music MajorsThe Department of Music and Departmentof Religious Studies have joined together tooffer a linked program of study for studentswho want to serve the church through musicand theology. Requirements seek to provide acandidate with a breadth of study in musicand theology, as well as provide a foundationin one of the areas of the College’s appliedmusic program that assures a sustainable levelof musical expertise. Individuals interested inpursuing this minor should make their inten-tions known in writing to the chairs of themusic and religious studies departments. Theminor in religious studies and church musicfor music majors is awarded to students whohave met the following requirements:

247

Music

and adult methodologies. Prerequisite: AME 301or consent of instructor. Spring Term.

AME 351 Performance Technique and Pedagogy II.50 creditAdvanced training pedagogy in brass, wood-winds, guitar and percussion. Enrollmentsection is determined by major instrument.

AME 401 Supervised Teaching

AME 402 Supervised Teaching

AMU 101-402, AMU 011 Applied MusicPerformancePerformance seminar provides an opportunityfor students to perform on their majorinstrument or voice for faculty, peers andguests as well as study additional topics andrepertoire unique to their major instrument orvoice. To be taken in conjunction with appliedmusic lessons.

MUS 100 Concert Attendance.25 creditAll music majors are required to attend at leasteight music department concerts each term. Tosatisfy the department’s recital attendancerequirement, all music majors must enroll inand successfully complete the recital attendancecourse every term of full-time enrollment as amusic major. This course is repeatable and can betaken for credit or non-credit. Specific informa-tion about recitals, concerts, attendance verifica-tion, etc., will be discussed at the fall orientationsession for music majors and can be found in theMusic Department Handbook.

MUS 120 Jazz Fundamentals IFundamental development of the terminologyand skills necessary to be competent in jazzand commercial music. Topics include under-standing the jazz language and vocabulary,basic chord construction, scales and modes inboth major and minor. Required of all jazzstudies majors. Fall Term.

MUS 121 Jazz Fundamentals IIContinuation of MUS 120. Theory topicsprogress to polychord nomenclature, symmet-

Completion of the courses and requirementsfor the B.A. in Music

Completion of the following courses:REL 200 Biblical Studies and

Contemporary IssuesREL 320 The Emergence of Christian

ThoughtREL 321 Modern and Contemporary

Christian ThoughtMUS 215 Music in the Christian ChurchMUS 369 Conducting I (.50 credit)MUS 492 Independent Study and Research:

Church Music Field WorkAdditional course work in religious studies,conducting and orchestration is encouraged.


AMC 100/300 Theory/CompositionSeminarComposition majors and minors are requiredto take AMC 100 or 300 while enrolled inapplied composition lessons. Students willpresent their work for discussion/feedbackwhile becoming familiar with contemporarycomposers and their composition techniques,forms, and aesthetic issues confronted inmodern music. Class meets once a week for anhour throughout the term. AMC 300 is forstudents with junior academic standing andabove.

AMC 121–422 Film Scoring.50 credit

AMC 141 –442 Songwriting.50 credit

AME 301 Piano Pedagogy I Study of methods and materials for teachingbeginning, elementary piano. Psychology ofteaching and learning piano as well as groupdynamics are studied. Fall Term.

AME 302 Piano Pedagogy II Study of methods and materials for teachingintermediate and advanced piano. Developmentof technical and theoretical outlines for teaching

248

Music

rical scales, pentatonic scales and blues scales.Rhythmic skills and transcription strategies arealso addressed. Prerequisite: MUS 120 orconsent of instructor. Spring Term.

MUS 135 Theory IStudy of dimensions of music from aesthetics andacoustics to pitch, melody, harmony, rhythm,timbre and form. Fundamental terminology andskills are developed for each dimension. Basicvocabulary of music; reading of musical rhythmsand pitches; exercises in counterpoint, partwriting and elementary composition; rhythmic,melodic and har mon ic dictation; keyboard exer-cises; and analytical concepts and techniques.Required of all music majors. Prerequisite: consentof instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 136 Theory II Continuation of MUS 135. Analyticalapproaches to the music of the Renaissance, theBaroque and other periods illuminate the devel-opment of tonal harmony and its related termi-nology. Keyboard, dictation and compositionassignments systematically reinforce the analyt-ical studies, with an eye to developing mastery oftonal theory. Required of all music majors. Pre-requisite: MUS 135 or equivalent. Spring Term.

MUS 145-446 Women’s Chorus I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit Study and performance of choral literaturefrom a variety of historical periods. Emphasisis placed on vocal technique for the femalevoice and vocal pedagogy. This group performson and off campus. Prerequisites: audition andconsent of the instructor.

MUS 147-448 Chamber Singers I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit Study and performance of advanced choral lit-erature. Emphasis on a capella singing. Doesnot fulfill the music major ensemble require-ment. This group performs on and off campus.Prerequisites: audition and consent of theinstructor.

MUS 150 Introduction to Music Education The study of principles and procedures forteaching music. An overview of historical, philo-

sophical and psychological foundations of musiceducation. Examination of aesthetics, programdevelopment, methods of teaching, administra-tion, supervision and evaluation. Emphasis intwo areas: music teaching and learning practices;and the music teacher’s participation in schoolsystems at all educational levels. Recommended forfirst-year music education majors. Spring Term.

MUS 171A-472A Philharmonic OrchestraI, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit The Philharmonic Orchestra is an ensemblethat provides string, woodwind, brass and per-cussion players the opportunity to perform inan orchestra setting. Standard and contempo-rary literature from orchestral repertoire is per-formed. This ensemble performs formalconcerts both on and off campus and is opento all students and community members. Ful-fills music major ensemble requirement. Pre-requisites: audition and consent of the instructor,Joanne May.

MUS 171B-472B Varsity Strings I, II, III,IV.25 credit or non-credit Varsity Strings is for students who wish to gainadditional orchestral experience and for stu-dents who desire to build proficiency on a sec-ondary instrument. The Varsity Stringsperform a concert each term. Prerequisite:MUS 255 or consent of the instructor, SusanBlaese.

MUS 173-474 Percussion Ensemble I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit Study and performance of literature for percus-sion instruments. Does not fulfill music majorensemble requirement. Prerequisite: consent ofinstructor.

MUS 175-476 Concert Choir I, II, III, IV.25 credit or non-creditStudy and public performance of all styles ofchoral literature. Fulfills music major ensemblerequirement. Prerequisites: audition and consentof instructor.

249

Music

sioned works from respected jazz composersBill Holman and Alan Broadbent. Fulfills themusic major ensemble requirement after four

terms of choir, concert band or orchestra have

been fulfilled. Prerequisites: audition and

consent of instructor.

MUS 185B-486B Jazz Lab Band I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit Repertoire is drawn from contemporary bigband literature. Provides jazz performanceopportunities for both jazz studies majors andmajors in other disciplines. Fulfills the musicmajor ensemble requirement for jazz studiesmajors after four terms of choir, concert bandor orchestra have been fulfilled. Prerequisites:audition and consent of instructor.

MUS 187A-488A Vocal Jazz Ensemble,“Late Night Blues” I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit Study and performance of vocal jazz literature.Does not fulfill music major ensemble require-ment. Prerequisites: audition and consent ofinstructor.

MUS 187B-488B Vocal Jazz Ensemble,“Blue” I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit Study and performance of vocal jazz literaturein a small educational jazz ensemble. Does notfulfill music major performance requirement.Prerequisites: audition and consent of instructor.

MUS 212 Music in Western Culture Development of skills in listening to music. No background in music is needed.Following an introduction to the elements ofmusic, music literature in historical perspectiveis presented with a view toward awakeningcritical abilities helpful in understand ing andenjoying music. Attendance at concert perfor-mances is required.

MUS 215 Music in the Christian ChurchA study of Christian theology as embodied inthe worship and music traditions of NorthAmerican churches. Examination of a broadrange of historic worship practices as a means

MUS 177A-478A Wind Ensemble I, II,III, IV.25 credit or non-creditThe Wind Ensemble is comprised of memberswho have attained the highest level of profi-ciency on their instruments. Performing suitable repertoire, the ensemble’s performancesinclude two to three concerts and a tour eachterm. Fulfills music major ensemble require-ment. Prerequisites: audition and consent of theinstructor.

MUS 177B-478B Symphonic Band I, II,III, IV.25 credit or non-creditThe Symphonic Band maintains full concertband instrumentation for the study and perfor-mance of standard and contemporary bandrepertoire. The band performs two to threeconcerts per term and tours each term. Fulfillsmusic major ensemble requirement. Prerequi-sites: audition and consent of the instructor.

MUS 177C-478C Varsity Band I, II, III, IV.25 credit or non-creditVarsity Band is for students who wish to gainadditional band experience and/or music edu-cation majors who desire to build proficiencyon a secondary instrument. The band performsa concert each term. Prerequisites: audition andconsent of the instructor.

MUS 183-484 Choral Union I, II, III, IV.25 credit or non-creditStudy and public performance of oratorio liter-ature. Two major performances each year. Doesnot normally fulfill the music major ensemblerequirement. Open to all with an audition.

MUS 185A-486A Jazz Band I, II, III, IV .25 credit or non-credit

This group has made numerous tours of bothEastern and Western Europe, twice at theinvitation of the U.S. State Department. Theband appears frequently with well-knownjazz artists such as Dee Dee Bridgewater,Bobby Shew, Patti Austin, Clark Terry andRandy Brecker. The band has also commis-

250

Music

to understand and appreciate different religioustraditions within the church. Exploration ofcontemporary church issues, including multi-cultural influences. Open to all students.

MUS 218 The Making of JazzA detailed study of jazz from two perspectives:history and listening. The historical perspectivewill include a study of important eras fromNew Orleans Dixieland to fusion, with specialattention given to important figures such asLouis Armstrong, Duke Ellington, CharlieParker and Miles Davis. Listening strategieswill focus on the examination of importantjazz elements such as improvisation and form.No musical background is required.

MUS 221 Functional Class Piano I .50 credit Class piano for students who have had little or no keyboard instruction. Emphasis on harmonizing melodies, transposing, sightreading and other skills useful in classroommusic teaching. Class size limited. Fall Term.

MUS 222 Functional Class Piano II .50 credit Class piano approach. Skills include a survey ofMUS 221 Functional Piano I course content,accompanying, score reading, ensemble playingand advanced transposition and sight reading.Class size limited. Completion satisfies the Key-board Proficiency requirement. Prerequisite:MUS 221 or consent of instructor. Spring Term.

MUS 223 Jazz Keyboard Fundamentals.50 creditKeyboard realization of jazz harmony withidiomatic voicings. Area studies include: blockchording, advanced diatonic chords and foun-dational progressions in multiple keys. Prereq-uisites: MUS 221 and 222 or completion ofpiano proficiency exam. Spring Term.

MUS 235 Theory III Continuation of MUS 136. Detailed study ofthe expansions of the tonal system achieved inthe 18th and 19th centuries. Chromaticharmony, including modulation to distant keysas well as augmented sixth, Neapolitan and

altered chords. Keyboard, dictation and com-position assignments appropriate to the subjectmatter. Required of all music majors. Prerequi-site: MUS 136 or equivalent. Fall Term.

MUS 236 Theory IV Continuation of MUS 235. Broad-rangingstudies of the compositional, aesthetic and the-oretical developments of the late 19th and 20thcenturies including tonal ambiguity, expansionsand negations of traditional tonality and reor-ganizations of all musical dimensions. Duringthe latter part of the term, each student isrequired to compose a work for public perfor-mance. Required of all music majors. Prerequi-site: MUS 235 or equivalent. Spring Term.

MUS 250 Guitar Techniques.50 creditBasic teaching pedagogy in acoustic guitar.Class size limited. Prerequisite: MUS 136 orconsent of instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 251 Woodwind Techniques .50 credit Basic teaching pedagogy in flute, clarinet, oboe,bassoon and saxophone for instruction in ele-mentary and secondary schools. Prerequisite:MUS 136 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 252 Percussion Techniques .50 credit Basic teaching pedagogy in snare drum, bassdrum, cymbals, timpani, mallets and trap per-cussion instruments for instruction in elemen-tary and secondary schools. Class size limited.Prerequisite: MUS 136 or consent of instructor.January Term.

MUS 253 Vocal Techniques .50 credit Basic teaching pedagogy in voice includingchamber singing, vocal jazz techniques andimprovisation for instruction in elementary andsecondary schools. Class size limited. Prerequi-site: MUS 136 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 254 Brass Techniques and Pedagogy I.50 credit Basic teaching pedagogy in trumpet, horn,

MUS 344 or consent of instructor. Summer Term.

MUS 260 Marching Band Techniques.50 creditBasic teaching pedagogy in the area ofmarching band. Techniques addressed, includedesigning drills, equipment, rehearsal strate-gies, computer design, related areas and litera-ture. Fall Term 2015.

MUS 267/367/467 Opera ScenesThis performance oriented class is designed toincrease basic knowledge and methods ofpreparation for stage performance of scenesfrom operas. Prerequisite: AMV 102 orpermission of instructor.

MUS 290 Digital Music IAn exploration of MIDI, audio processing,drum machines, virtual controllers, digital syn-thesis and signal processing. Development ofskills in MIDI event entry, audio editing andprocessing, arranging and mixing. Topics of dis-cussion to include sampling, sequencing, andmusical compositional and notation. Fall Term.

MUS 291 Digital Music IIAn exploration of tactile surfaces, virtual con-trollers, time compression-expansion, pitchcorrection, digital synthesis and signal pro-cessing. Development of skills in MIDI pro-gramming, audio editing, arranging, filmscoring and mix automation. Topics of discus-sion to include interactive audio as applied tothe World Wide Web, presentations, videogames and mobile media. For all levels. Prereq-uisite: MUS 290 or consent of the instructor.Spring Term.

MUS 301 Jazz and Ethnic Percussion I.50 creditA survey of jazz percussion, its history and rel-evance in music as well as its reaching influ-ence. Ethnic percussion will also be discussedwith sections on music from Brazil, Cuba,Africa and India. Performance on a regularbasis in class.

251

Music

trombone, baritone and tuba for instruction inelementary and secondary schools. Class sizelimited. Prerequisite: MUS 136 or consent ofinstructor. January Term.

MUS 255 String Techniques and Pedagogy I.50 credit Basic teaching pedagogy in violin, viola, celloand double bass for instruction in elementaryand secondary schools. Class size limited. Prerequisite: MUS 136 or consent of instructor.Spring Term.

MUS 256 Jazz Techniques.50 creditBasic teaching pedagogy in the area of jazz.Techniques addressed include jazz band, combos,rehearsal strategies, improvisation, jazz theory,equipment and literature. Fall Term 2016.

MUS 257 Vocal Jazz and Show ChoirTechniques.50 creditBasic teaching pedagogy in choral musicincluding techniques for vocal jazz and showchoir. Emphasis will be for the middle and highschool choral director. Additional work withvocal jazz/show choir instrumental combos willbe addressed. Fall Term.

MUS 258 Technology for Music Educators.25 creditHands-on introduction to music and multi-media software used by music educators. Expo-sure to software programs used for musicnotation, CAI (computer-assisted instruction),multimedia authoring, presentations, email,internet exploration and web page development.Emphasis on technology as a set of tools thatsupport educational goals. Prerequisite: MUS 136or consent of instructor. Spring Term.

MUS 259 Licensure Review for MusicEducators.50 creditOverview of music theory and history conceptsfor students taking the State Teacher LicensureExam in Music. Prerequisites: MUS 236 and

252

Music

MUS 302 Jazz and Ethnic Percussion II.50 creditA continuing survey of jazz percussion, itshistory and relevance in music as well as itsreaching influence. Ethnic percussion will alsobe discussed with sections on music fromBrazil, Cuba, Africa and India. Performance ona regular basis in class.

MUS 305 West Meets EastThis course offers exciting encounters betweenthe classical traditions of India and the West.Students will learn about Indian classical musicand the current music “scene” in Chennai,India perform Western orchestral works forIndian audiences and interact with Indianmusicians in multiple contexts. Whenever pos-sible, renowned Indian musicians and scholarswill provide workshops and lectures/demonstrations on the history and practice ofIndian music. To hear Carnatic music at itsfinest, students will experience “The Season,”the world’s largest music festival. Student con-certs will include performances with churchchoirs and other musicians and visits toMadras University and K.M. Music Conserva-tory will afford interactions with Indian musicstudents.

MUS 306 Fingerboard Harmony IA survey of harmonic vocabulary on the guitarfingerboard, primarily in three voices. Har-monic analysis of selected literature and devel-opment of student-written solo or ensembleguitar arrangements will also be explored. Allguitarists regardless of style will find the mate-rials insightful and relevant.

MUS 307 Fingerboard Harmony IIA continuing survey of harmonic vocabularyon the guitar fingerboard, primarily in threevoices. Harmonic analysis of selected literatureand development of student-written solo orensemble guitar arrangements will also beexplored. All guitarists regardless of style willfind the materials insightful and relevant.

MUS 310 Varieties of World Music Aspects of non-Western music cultures, such as

West African and North Indian, are studiedand compared to aspects of Western musicculture. Emphasis on listening and developingthe ability to recognize and appreciate musicalexpressions of each culture. The tools and per-spective of ethnomusicology are introduced.Meets the non-Western culture requirementfor state general education licensure. $40.00lab fee is required. No prerequisite.

MUS 312 Concerts for Credit Development of capacities for listening tomusic through guided independent study.Concert attendance, lectures and writingassignments provide a basis for the apprecia-tion of music as an art form. Students prede-termine course grades by contracting with theinstructor. Limited class meetings. Prerequisite:sophomore standing.

MUS 314 History of Musical TheaterSee THE 314.

MUS 318 Jazz: A History and AnalysisA detailed study of jazz from two perspectives:history and analysis by instrument. The histor-ical perspective will include a study of impor-tant eras from New Orleans Dixieland toFusion with special attention given to impor-tant figures such as Louis Armstrong, DukeEllington, Charlie Parker and Miles Davis.Analysis will focus on the examination ofimportant traditions relative to the key musicalinstruments in jazz.

MUS 320 Performance History and Literature I.50 creditA survey of the performance literature for thestudent’s major instrument from the 15ththrough the 20th century, with emphasis oncomposers, performers and cultural aspectsthat contributed to the creation of the works.The timeline division between MUS 320 andMUS 321 will be determined by the instructorof each instrument. MUS 320 and MUS 321need not be taken in sequence.

253

Music

MUS 321 Performance History and Literature II.50 creditA survey of the performance literature for thestudent’s major instrument from the 15ththrough the 20th century, with emphasis oncomposers, performers and cultural aspectsthat contributed to the creation of the works.The timeline division between MUS 320 andMUS 321 will be determined by the instructorof each instrument. MUS 320 and MUS 321need not be taken in sequence.

MUS 325 Rhythm Section Fundamentals.50 creditA detailed study of the jazz rhythm section,including how it interacts and functions inperformance. Topics addressed will include therole of the drums, the bass, the piano and theguitar. Also how this group of instrumentsworks together as a section. Required of all jazzstudies majors. Highly recommended formusic education majors. Prerequisites: MUS120 and 121 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 330 Principles and Procedures inMusic Business The study of principles and procedures pro-viding a background for work in the musicindustry. Many phases of music business areexplored, including publishing, musiclicensing, copyright law, music merchandising,music in advertising and others. Special atten-tion is given to self-evaluation and the exami-nation of the many careers in the music field.Prerequisite: MUS 136. Fall Term.

MUS 331 Advanced Studies in MusicBusiness A detailed analysis of key topics in music busi-ness. Areas examined include: arts administra-tion, film music, record companies, talentmanagement, advanced legal aspects, printpublishing and digital music. Prerequisite:MUS 330. Spring Term.

MUS 332 Production of Sound Recordings A study of the techniques and principles

involved in producing and marketing arecorded product. Half of the course concen-trates on acoustic theory and audio technologyand includes hands-on utility in the GretschRecording Studio. The second half investigatesadministrative aspects related to the productionand sale of the recorded product: licensing,contracts, record company operations, promo-tion and merchandising. Students work toproduce a sound recording as a final project.Spring Term.

MUS 333 Audio Engineering A detailed investigation of the principles, techniques and technology used in audio pro-duction. Subjects include basic acoustics, micro-phone techniques, equipment maintenance,multi-track theory, mixing, signal processingand digital mastering. Students utilize theGretsch Recording Studio in producing pro-jects. Prerequisite: MUS 332 or consent of theinstructor. Fall Term.

MUS 335 Orchestration and ArrangingA detailed investigation of modern instrumentstogether with a practical study of the art ofscoring and arranging for ensembles, includingorchestra, band, jazz band and various smallensembles. Instrument studies and analysis ofscores for diverse ensembles prepare students towrite original compositions. MIDI software,used to create and play back scores, allows stu-dents to hear their arrangements. Live perfor-mance of some scores. Prerequisite: MUS 136 orconsent of the instructor. Spring Term.

MUS 336 String Improvisation forEducators.50 creditThe purpose of this course is to providecurrent music educators an opportunity tolearn string improvisation techniques utilizingfiddling, rock, pop, and jazz styles, and toprovide undergraduate students a workingknowledge of improvisation. Performance andpedagogical techniques will be taught, andliterature appropriate for various levels ofschool string ensembles will be explored. An

254

Music

intermediate to advanced playing level on astring instrument is required. Spring Term.

MUS 343 History and Literature of Music I The evolution of musical styles from the ear-liest times of Western music through the com-positions of the Baroque era. Extensive use ofscores, recordings and written reports. Intro-duction to music research. Required of allmusic majors. Prerequisite: MUS 136 orconsent of the instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 344 History and Literature of Music II Musical style from the early classical era tocontemporary times. Required of all musicmajors. Prerequisite: MUS 235 or consent ofinstructor. Spring Term.

MUS 350 Jazz Arranging IIntroductory class in the area of jazz orchestra-tion. Topics addressed will include melodicparaphrase, two-part harmonization, counter-melody, four-note close position voicings, har-monization of non-harmonic tones, four-noteopen position voicings, three-note voicings,accompaniment devices, rhythm sectionwriting and small ensemble arranging. Prereq-uisites: MUS 120, MUS 121 and consent of theinstructor. Fall Term.

MUS 351 Jazz Arranging IIAdvanced class in the area of jazz orchestra-tion. Topics addressed will include sax sectionsolis, brass section solis, four and five notechord brass section writing, six and sevenchord brass section writing, integrating the saxsection into brass section voicings, writing thesax section against the brass section and largeensemble writing. Prerequisites: MUS 350 andconsent of the instructor. Spring Term.

MUS 353 Diction for Singers and MusicEducation Majors.50 creditFor all music education majors and singers.The course will focus on the InternationalPhonetic Alphabet (IPA) as an aid in learningaccurate pronunciation of Latin, Italian and

German solo and choral works. The class willinclude written phonetic transcriptions, spokenexercises and in-class performances of worksin-progress. Spring Term.

MUS 354 Vocal Arts Literature .50 creditThis course will introduce students to thevocal arts by studying the history and the per-formance of vocal literature. The course willintegrate the knowledge, perspective and valuesof life as seen through the eyes of 18–20thcentury poets and musicians from various cul-tures. Prerequisite: AMV 101 or consent of theinstructor. Spring Term.

MUS 362 Instrumental and ChoralEnsembles A comprehensive approach to instrumentaland choral ensemble programs in schools pref-aced by a professional dialogue for publicschool teaching. Materials and methods forbeginning, intermediate and advanced ensem-bles will be explored, as well as techniques forteaching diverse students, differentiatinginstruction and creating a positive learningenvironment. Prerequisite: MUS 150; MUS362 is recommended during the Fall Term priorto student teaching. Fall Term.

MUS 366 Teaching of K-12 ClassroomMusic A survey of the fundamentals of music reading,listening and composing, with special referenceto teaching methods and materials for both ele-mentary and secondary school students. Explo-ration of activities from Orff, Kodaly andDalcroze and their application in the musicclassroom. Current trends in music educationand teaching strategies for multicultural music,special education and children at risk are exam-ined. General and music appreciation in boththe elementary and the second ary school areincluded. Fall Term.

MUS 369 Conducting I .50 credit A beginning approach to both choral andinstrumental conducting including basic skills

255

Music

in baton technique, score reading andrehearsal techniques. Students study andprogram professional literature as well as partic-ipate extensively with class recordings.

MUS 370 Conducting II .50 credit An advanced course highlighting difficult levelsof instrumental and choral score analysis, trans-position, ear training and musical motor skills.Spring Term.

MUS 389 Conducting III .50 credit This course provides advanced rehearsal tech-niques for music education majors and stu-dents projecting a career in professionalconducting. Allows students to receive pre-student teaching hours as well as professionaldevelopment in conducting to directly applyknowledge from previous conducting classes.Prerequisites: MUS 369, 370 and consent ofthe instructor. May be repeated for credit.

MUS 391 Educational Experiences inAustraliaStudents who have declared a major in a fieldof physical education, music education or edu-cation will participate in on-site teaching expe-riences in a comprehensive K-12 school inAustralia. Students will attend classes and learnwith Australian teachers, exchange ideas aboutcommon teaching practices, and educationalpolicy. Students will have the opportunity tostay with Australian families, visit Australianhomes, network in an international arena andmake lifelong personal and professional friends.Visit world famous architecture, climb theSydney Harbor Bridge, and attend a musicalperformance at the iconic Sydney OperaHouse. Join us for a unique International Edu-cational experience in Australia and visitKakadu, Australia’s World Heritage NationalPark. Be part of a three-day guided excursionin Kakadu National Park in the Northern Ter-ritory of Australia. Travel in June.

MUS 395 Special Studies in Music Theory Detailed investigation of topics of specialinterest in music theory such as counterpointor form. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: MUS 236 or consent of instructor.Spring Term.

MUS 396 Special Studies in Music HistoryDetailed investigation of periods or topics ofspecial interest in music history and literature.May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: MUS344 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 430 Jazz Improvisation IA study of jazz improvisation based upon dailyclassroom performance on the student’sprimary instrument as well as on piano. Areasof focus include ear training, key area identifi-cation, scale application, progression andmastery of 12 keys. Blues and basic jazz reper-toire will be covered. Prerequisites: MUS 120,121 or consent of instructor. Fall Term.

MUS 431 Jazz Improvisation IIContinuation of MUS 430. A detailed studyof the art of jazz improvisation that includesanalysis and daily class performance. Areas offocus to include melody, song form, key areaidentification and scale application. Melodiesstudied will include selections from basic jazzrepertoire and harmonies that consist of minorkey areas and more advanced chord progressions. Prerequisites: MUS 120, 121, 430or consent of instructor. Spring Term.

MUS 452 Conference Course .50 or 1.00 creditDetailed investigation of topics of specialinterest to members of the class. Prerequisites:MUS 235 and MUS 344, which may be takenconcurrently, or consent of instructor.

MUS 457 Student Teaching in Music 2.00 creditsFull-time placement in both elementary and sec-ondary school districts. Students may electinstrumental, vocal or general music place-ments. Upon graduation, students may apply fora special K-12 music (type 10) teaching license

256

Music

for Illinois and most other states. Prerequisites:complete 150 hours of approved clinical experi-ence, pass the keyboard proficiency examination,complete all required music education and educa-tion courses with a C or better, have a 2.75 orabove grade-point average, pass the State BasicSkills examination, pass the State Music Licensure,apply for student teaching one year prior, beadmitted to the Teacher Education Program and beapproved for student teaching by the Music Educa-tion Faculty Committee and the Teacher EducationCommittee one term prior.

MUS 468 Internship 1.50 creditsControlled, on-the-job experience with partici-pating businesses for senior music business students. May be taken during the regularterm with part-time employment of 18 to 20hours weekly or during the Summer Term with36 to 40 hours per week. Term projectrequired. Applications should be made early inthe term preceding registration. May not berepeated for credit. Prerequisites: MUS 330 andconsent of instructor.

MUS 492/292 Independent Study andResearch .50 or 1.00 creditsComposition, directed reading or further studyfor music majors who show evidence of matureinterest in aspects of music not available inother courses. The subject of the study orresearch must be approved by the chair of thedepartment. Outstanding written or recordedevidence of the project undertaken must bepresented. Repeatable for credit.

MUS 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of music cul-minating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previous coursework taken within the major orminor, facilitating faculty supervision and

guidance. Repeatable for credit. Permission of thefaculty supervisor and the director of the HonorsProgram required prior to registration.

MUS 536 String Improvisation forEducators.75 creditThe purpose of this course is to providecurrent music educators an opportunity tolearn string improvisation techniques utilizingfiddling, rock, pop, and jazz styles, and toprovide undergraduate students a workingknowledge of improvisation. Performance andpedagogical techniques will be taught, andliterature appropriate for various levels ofschool string ensembles will be explored. Anintermediate to advanced playing level on astring instrument is required. Summer Term.

PERFORMING ORGANIZATIONS

The Philharmonic Orchestra, Varsity Strings,Concert Choir, Choral Union, Women’sChorus, Wind Ensemble, Symphonic Band,Varsity Band, Elmhurst College Jazz Band,Late Night Blues and Classical GuitarEnsemble are the major performing organiza-tions at Elmhurst College. They are open to allstudents by audition. Students who attainmembership may receive college credit.

Additional ensembles that are available tostudents for credit are two electric guitarensembles, Electric Strings, the PercussionEnsemble, Chamber Singers, Jazz Lab Band,Blue (vocal jazz ensemble), string, woodwindand brass ensembles and jazz combos.

Choirs Four choirs present concerts on and offcampus. Membership is open, through audi-tion, to all students for Chamber Singers,Concert Choir and Women’s Chorus. All stu-dents and community members may auditionfor the Choral Union. Auditions are held onthe first Monday of the Fall Term.

257

Music

Concert BandsThree concert bands present formal concertson and off campus. Membership is open toall students and community members.Auditions are held the first Monday of eachterm for placement. Students may repeatMUS 477 and MUS 478 for a grade.

Orchestras The Philharmonic Orchestra and VarsityStrings are dedicated to the study and perfor-mance of symphony and chamber orchestrarepertoire. Concerts are presented on and offcampus. Auditions are held during the firstweek of classes in the fall of each year. Selec-tion and seating in both groups is the resultof auditions. Students may repeat MUS 471A,471B, 472A and 472B for a grade.

Jazz Bands The two jazz bands are dedicated to thestudy and performance of big band jazz liter-ature. Both groups present concerts on andoff campus. Jazz auditions are held in the fallof each year and seating in both groups is theresult of those auditions.

Vocal Jazz Ensembles The Vocal Jazz Ensembles perform a varietyof contemporary vocal literature withemphasis placed on vocal jazz. Concerts arepresented on and off campus. Membership isopen to all majors. Mandatory auditions forplacement are held on the first Tuesday of theFall Term.

Percussion Ensemble The Percussion Ensemble is an organizationthat plays literature for percussion instrumentsand presents concerts both on and off campus.

APPLIED MUSIC

A four-year course of applied, private lessonmusic study is offered to students of ElmhurstCollege in keyboard, string, wind and percus-sion instruments, guitar and voice. The choice

and use of materials are left to the discretionof the instructors in each area. Term finalexaminations are performed before a jury ofmusic department faculty. Students arerequired to perform excerpts from the mate-rials studied.

Students entering with previous musicaltraining are placed at the proper level asdetermined by audition. Those unable toperform works on the college level may reg-ister in the Community Music Departmentor take college applied lessons in the AMNseries (applied music novice). Non-creditlessons will be graded P/NP and have nojury requirement. Music majors are per-mitted to study secondary fields with credit.

To cover the cost of providing an accom-panist on a limited basis, a nominal fee of$50 will be charged for each applied musiccourse. The faculty of the music departmentrequires all students intending to present solorecitals to pass a jury audition over their proposed programs four weeks in advance ofthe recital date.

Students registering for applied musiccourses are required to take a one half-hourprivate lesson per week or its equivalent.Credit is given on the basis of .50 credit perterm, except as otherwise noted. Non-creditlistings may be repeated. Enrollment for allapplied listings is contingent on the consentof the instructor.

PianoLinda Camp, Dan Hennel, Soyoung Kee,Barbara Masters, Wendy Unrath

AMP 011 Non-Credit Piano

AMP 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditPianoStudents who choose piano as their appliedinstrument are required to take at least oneterm of applied accompanying: AMM 201.

258

Music

HarpsichordDavid ChristiansenAMH 011 Non-Credit Harpsichord

AMH 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditHarpsichordHarpsichord instruction is open to studentswho have previously achieved a measure ofcompetence at the piano or organ.

OrganDavid Christiansen, Barbara MastersAMO 011 Non-Credit OrganAMO 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditOrganPrerequisite to organ study is a competence inthe performance of polyphonic keyboardmusic at the piano, harpsichord, or organ.

Voice Susan Dennis, Brenda Lualdi, Jennifer Mather,Amy Pickering, Scott Uddenberg

AMV 011 Non-Credit Voice

AMV 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditVoice

Voice: Musical TheatreSusan Dennis, Brenda Lualdi, Jennifer Mather,Amy Pickering, Scott UddenbergAMT 011 Non-Credit Musical Theatre Voice

AMT 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditMusical Theatre Voice

Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, DoubleBass and Harp Remus Badea,Virginia Dixon, Edgar Gabriel,Ken Haebich, Jean Hatmaker, Ai Ishida

AMS 011 Non-Credit Strings

AMS 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditStrings

GuitarWesley Hixson, Steve Suvada

AMG 011 Non-Credit Guitar

AMG 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditGuitarPrivate instruction in the traditional classic

guitar style. Areas of concentration includedevelopment of a sound technique, completionof prescribed method books, and memoriza-tion and performance of selected solos.

Woodwinds: Flute, Oboe, Clarinet,Bassoon and SaxophoneRoger Birkeland, Gregory Blackburn, JennieBrown, Gail Crosson, Debra Freedland, LaraRegan, Dianne Ryan

AMW 011 Non-Credit Woodwinds

AMW 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditWoodwinds

Brasses: Trumpet, Cornet, Horn, Trombone, Euphonium and Tuba Joel Benway, Kari Lee, Matt Lee, CynthiaStark, Tom Stark

AMB 011 Non-Credit Brass

AMB 101-402 First-Fourth Year Credit Brass

Percussion: Drums, Timpani andMallet InstrumentsRobert Rummage

AMD 011 Non-Credit Percussion

AMD 101-402 First-Fourth Year CreditPercussion

Novice: Instruments and Voice

AMN 011 Non-Credit instructionNon-music major.

AMN 101-402 Applied Music Novice

Non-Music MajorPrivate instruction for students performing at apre-college level. Recommended for beginningstudents only. Does not fulfill applied musicrequirement. Beginning piano students shouldenroll in MUS 221 Functional Class Piano I.

Jazz ImprovisationDoug Beach, Gayle Bisesi, Frank Caruso, MarkColby, Carey Deadman, Jeffrey Deutsch, EdgarGabriel, Tom Garling, Kirk Garrison, KenHaebich, Mike Pinto, Frank Portolese, RobertRummage, Mark Streder

259

Music

AMJ 011 Non-Credit Jazz Improvisation

AMJ 101-402 First-Fourth Year Credit JazzImprovisationPrivate and/or class instruction in jazz improvisation. Does not fulfill applied musicrequirement. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

Sightsinging/Aural SkillsJeff Deutsch

AMK 101-402 Sightsinging/Aural SkillsPrivate instruction in sightsinging, sightreadingand aural skills. Prerequisite: consent ofinstructor.

AccompanyingLinda Camp

AMM 101-402 First-Fourth Year AccompanyingInstruction in the art of accompaniment.Student assignments and evaluation determined by applied faculty members. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.

CompositionDavid DeVasto, John Dorhauer, GerhardGuter, Ken Haebich, Mark Harbold, LouisYoelin

AMC 101-402 First-Fourth Year CompositionComposition in forms and styles appropriate tolevel; evaluation based on weekly 30-minutelessons and completion of at least one piece ofappropriate length per term. Does not fulfilldepartmental applied music requirement. Nojury required. Prerequisites: music major or minor,consent of instructor and concurrent registration inor prior completion of MUS 235.

AML 101-402 First-Fourth YearMIDI/Electronic CompositionComposition in forms and styles appropriateto level. Evaluation based on weekly 30-minutelessons and completion of at least one piece ofappropriate length per term. Does not fulfilldepartmental applied music requirement. Nojury required. Prerequisites: consent of instructor

and concurrent registration in or prior completionof MUS 290.

Arranging and ScoringDoug Beach, Carey Deadman, Jeff Deutsch,David DeVasto, Tom Garling, Mark Harbold,Mike Pinto, Mark Streder

AMA 101-402 First-Fourth Year Arrangingand ScoringArranging and scoring for appropriate ensem-bles; evaluation based on weekly 30-minutelessons; and completion of at least one projectof appropriate length per term. Does not fulfilldepartmental applied music requirement. Nojury required. Prerequisites: consent of instructorand concurrent registration in or prior completionof MUS 236.

Jazz ComboDoug Beach, Frank Caruso, Mark Colby, KenHaebich, Dan Hennel, Mike Pinto, Frank Portolese, Robert Rummage, Mark Streder

AMQ 101-402 First-Fourth Year Jazz Combo

Sound RecordingMark Streder, John Towner

AMR 101-402 First-Fourth Year Sound RecordingPrerequisite: music major or minor

MIDI RecordingMark Streder

AMX 101-402 First-Fourth Year MIDIRecordingComputer-based MIDI recording. Prerequisite:music major or music minor.

Classical Ensemble

AMY 101-402 Classical EnsembleStudy and performance of classical repertoirein brasses, guitar, strings and woodwinds. Pre-requisite: consent of instructor.

Advanced CoursesFor students who pursue applied study inexcess of eight terms, the following listings

260

Music

are to be used:Term 9 instr/voice prefix 411Term 10 instr/voice prefix 412

(Example: Ninth-term piano is AMP411) The student must inform the musicdepartment chair if he or she chooses to takethis advanced applied study.

261

The Department of Nursing and HealthSciences offers two programs of study

in nursing: one program leading to a bach-elor of science degree with a major innursing; the other leading to a master ofscience in nursing degree. Both programsare accredited by the Commission on Colle-giate Nursing Education.*

Vision Nursing at Elmhurst College will be recog-nized as a regional center of academic excel-lence supported by a collaborative learningculture where faculty prepare, mentor andcoach students to be innovative in theirnursing practice, clinical leadership, schol-arly thinking and social responsibility. TheElmhurst College experience prepares gradu-ates to make a difference in the world.

Mission In keeping with the mission of ElmhurstCollege, the Department of Nursing andHealth Sciences is a collaborative learningcommunity that educates baccalaureate andgraduate students for ethical practice, leader-ship and service. Elmhurst graduates con-tribute to dynamic complex health caresystems that serve diverse individuals, familiesand communities.

Goals • Prepare graduates for professional

nursing practice in generalist andadvanced nursing roles.

• Develop a foundation for graduate anddoctoral study in nursing.

Philosophy Nursing at Elmhurst College educates stu-dents in baccalaureate and master’s degreeprograms for ethical practice and leadership inprofessional nursing. To accomplish this, thefaculty and students are dedicated to creatingan educational environment that focuses on: • Integrating liberal and professional

education;• Using collaborative and active learning

strategies among faculty and students;• Demonstrating ethical professional

nursing practice with diverse popula-tions;

• Providing leadership in healthcaresystems that promote safe, quality, andcost-effective patient and family-centeredcare;

• Engaging in values-driven nursing prac-tice that encompasses altruism,autonomy, human dignity, integrity,social justice; and


Nursing andHealth Sciences

*Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, One DuPont Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036, (292)

887-6791

262

Nursing

• Apply critical thinking skills in decisionmaking and clinical judgment foroptimal care outcomes in generalistnursing practice.

Admission RequirementsStudents interested in nursing will beadmitted to Elmhurst College as pre-nursingmajors while they work on prerequisitecoursework. When a majority of prerequisitecoursework is successfully completed, stu-dents must apply to the Pre-licensureNursing Program. Admission to the nursingmajor is competitive and meeting theminimum academic qualifications does notguarantee admission to the nursingprogram.

To be admitted to the nursing program,students must (1) meet certain healthrequirements and functional abilities; (2)have the demonstrated ability to engage indiverse, complex, and specific experiencesessential to the acquisition and practice ofessential nursing skills and functions; and(3) have the unique combinations of cogni-tive, affective, psychomotor, physical andsocial abilities required to satisfactorilyperform these skills and functions. See theElmhurst College Pre-Licensure BaccalaureateNursing Program Student Handbook forfurther information on these requirementsfor admission.

To be considered for admission to thenursing major, the following are required:

Academic Admission Requirements• A minimum college-level cumulative

grade-point average (GPA) of 2.75. • Completion of at least ten of the 12 pre-

requisite natural science and behavioralscience courses with a grade of C orbetter prior to matriculation to thejunior year of the pre-licensure nursingprogram.

• Developing increasingly complex nursingpractice competencies.

FacultyBarbara Bostelmann, Laura Brennan, JeanneBurda, Linda Cassata, Elizabeth Davis,Mary T. Johnson, Sarah Kutula, MaryOesterle, Mary Pabst, Penny Reiss, KathleenScanlon, Ruth Schumacher, Mary E. Weyer,Dawn Zibricky

Master of Science in NursingFor the graduate nursing program, pleaserefer to the Graduate Study section of thisCatalog.

Major in NursingThe bachelor of science with a major innursing is a professional program that pre-pares students to become general registerednurses (RN). The bachelor of science degreeis the foundation upon which advancededucation and practice are based. The bac-calaureate nursing program is approved bythe Illinois Department of Financial andProfessional Regulation.

Program Learning Outcomes• Integrate liberal education and a systems

perspective to guide nursing practice. • Demonstrate leadership in multidiscipli-

nary systems.• Use a scholarly approach for evidence-

based practice.• Utilize informatics and technology to

facilitate safe, quality care delivery.• Demonstrate knowledge of policy,

finance and regulatory environments asinfluences on the health care system.

• Demonstrate effective communication inprofessional practice.

• Apply clinical prevention and popula-tion-level intervention to optimize healthstatus.

• Adhere to professional values and stan-dards for ethical practice.

263

Nursing

• Prerequisite natural science courses:BIO 107, BIO 108, BIO 221, CHM101 and CHM 103 (may be waived)

• Behavioral science courses: PSY 210,PSY 315

Additional Prerequisite Courses• ENG 105, ENG 106, PSY 210, PSY

315, PSY 327 and one college-levelmathematics course.

• Earn a cumulative science GPA of 2.75or better in the first four prerequisitescience courses

• Maintain a cumulative science GPA of2.75 or better following completion ofthe fifth prerequisite science course

• Earn a cumulative science GPA of 2.75or better in behavioral science prerequi-site courses

• Students may repeat one prerequisitecourse to replace a W or a letter gradewith a point value less than 2.00.

Pre-Licensure Application Requirements• A completed Elmhurst College Pre-

Licensure Baccalaureate NursingProgram Application which includes:• Verification of review of the ElmhurstCollege Pre-Licensure BaccalaureateNursing Program Student Handbook

• Verification of awareness and ability to meet health requirements

• Obtain comprehensive health insurance• Functional abilities• Essential qualifications • Verification of truthfulness in applica-tion to the nursing program

• A personal statement• Two letters of recommendation from

professors • A passing score on the Evolve Reach

Admission Assessment Examination(A2): Reading Comprehension, Math,and Anatomy & Physiology

• A second one-page monitored writingsample before or after the A2 examina-tion.

• A letter of recommendation(s) from thedirector(s)/dean(s) of all nursing pro-grams previously attended. This appliesto those who have competed courses orare currently enrolled in nursing courses.

The deadline for submission of all materialsis the first day of Spring Term.

Program RequirementsThe nursing major includes prerequisite andrequired support courses. The nursingsequence consists of 12 required NRScourse units that incorporate didactic and/orclinical practice: NRS 300, 303, 308, 309,315, 316, 403, 405, 408, 409, 410, 411,412, 414. Students must complete twocourse units in mathematics.

Prerequisite Courses for the Nursing MajorENG 105 Composition IENG 106 Composition II BIO 107 Human Anatomy and

Physiology IBIO 108 Human Anatomy and

Physiology IIBIO 221 Microbiology for Health

Professionals CHM 101 General Chemistry CHM 103 Elementary Organic and

BiochemistryPSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

Science PSY 315 Lifespan DevelopmentCollege-level mathematics course

Required Support Courses for the Nursing MajorBIO 449 Pathophysiology (may be taken

concurrently with NRS 308 and 309)MTH 345 Elementary Statistics


264

Nursing

• Demonstrated competency in healthassessment; and

• Computer literacy as demonstrated bythe Elmhurst College proficiency examor equivalent course.

Nursing Sequence: RN/BS StudentThe nursing sequence consists of sixrequired NRS course units that incorporatedidactic and/or clinical practice: NRS 320,403, 411, 412, 420 and 421.

Required Support Courses: RN/BS Student BIO 449 Pathophysiology MTH 345 Elementary Statistics


orPSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research PHL 316 Ethical Aspects of Health Care

or REL 332 Theology, Ethics, and Health Care

The student will also complete anyremaining Elmhurst College Integrated Cur-riculum courses not transferred upon admis-sion, and any electives necessary to complete32 course units (128 semester hours).

Policies for All StudentsThe Department of Nursing and HealthSciences baccalaureate nursing program sub-scribes to the standards set by the IllinoisNurse Practice Act and other published pro-fessional nursing standards. Nursing majorsare accountable for all standards and policiesoutlined in Elmhurst College Pre-LicensureBaccalaureate Nursing Program StudentHandbook. Nursing majors who fail tocomply with these academic standards andpolicies are subject to the progressive disci-pline process outlined in the Handbook, upto and including dismissal from the nursingprogram.

To graduate with a major in nursing,students must obtain a grade of C or better

orPSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

Elective CoursesA variety of elective courses are available tomeet the needs and interests of nursingmajors. Nursing majors are encouraged toelect courses in other divisions of theCollege or to complete a second major orminor in a related or complementary field.

Advanced Placement for RegisteredNursesThe Department of Nursing and HealthSciences baccalaureate nursing programoffers an option leading to the bachelor ofscience degree with a major in nursing forregistered nurses who are graduates of asso-ciate degree nursing programs or hospitalschools of nursing. The RN/BS studentmust meet the following criteria for admis-sion to the nursing program: • Official transcripts from all undergrad-

uate institutions attended;• A minimum of 12 course units (48

semester hours) completed, includingcourses equivalent to six areas of knowl-edge in the Elmhurst College IntegratedCurriculum and college-level mathe-matics. Students may submit as many as16 course units (64 semester hours) oftransfer credit;

• A transfer grade-point average of 2.75 orabove;

• Completion of a course equivalent toBIO 107, BIO 108, BIO 221, andCHM101 with a grade of C or better ineach course;

• Completion of a course equivalent toENG 106, PSY 210, and PSY 315 witha grade of C or better in each course;

• A current, unencumbered license as aregistered professional nurse in the stateof Illinois;

265

Nursing

in all prerequisite, support, and nursingcourses; maintain an overall grade-pointaverage of at least 2.75; adhere to publishedprofessional nursing standards; and main-tain the health requirements, functionalabilities and unique combinations of cogni-tive, affective, psychomotor, physical andsocial abilities required to satisfactorilyperform essential nursing functions.

During the clinical nursing sequence, thestudent must assume financial responsibilityfor the health requirements and immuniza-tions, uniforms, clinical and laboratoryequipment, CPR licensure, NCLEX-RNpreparation supplies, health insurance, crim-inal background checks, drug screenings,transportation to and from clinical agencies,and expenses related to application for pro-fessional licensure. At Elmhurst College,students in the clinical nursing sequencemust be covered by professional liabilityinsurance through Elmhurst College. TheCollege will purchase such insurance for all nursing students, and the student will be billed by the Office of Student FinancialServices. Individual access to an insured carfor community-based clinical experiences isrequired.


NRS 300 Health Assessment.75 creditFocuses on use of theories, principles andprocesses to develop skills in interviewing,history taking and physical examination. Rele-vance of assessment for decision making in thepractice of professional nursing is examined. Asystematic approach for health assessment ofdiverse patients across the life span is empha-sized. Ethical issues of privacy, confidentialityand cultural sensitivity are addressed. Includeslaboratory experience. Laboratory fees mayapply. Prerequisites: admission to the baccalau-

reate nursing program and consent of the programdirector.

NRS 303 Conceptual Basis of Professional Nursing Practice.50 creditFocuses on the conceptual basis for profes-sional nursing. Emphasizes the role of the bac-calaureate nurse as a leader, ethical practitionerand a member of a profession. Introducesframeworks for critical thinking and decisionmaking. Students are introduced to the depart-ment’s systems framework and have opportu-nity to discuss the mission, standards andprogram outcomes. Prerequisites: admission tobaccalaureate nursing program and consent of theprogram director.

NRS 308 Foundations for ProfessionalNursing PracticeFocuses on theories, principles and processesthat are foundational for professional nursingpractice. Within a systems framework, basichealth needs, safety, comfort, pharmacologyand ethical practice are discussed. Basic skillsfor select nursing interventions are emphasized.Provider of care role, including beginning deci-sion-making and clinical judgment skills, arefostered with experiences in skills laboratoryand supervised clinical practicum in variedclinical settings. Laboratory fees may apply.Prerequisites: admission to the clinical nursingsequence, BIO 419 (may be taken concurrently).

NRS 309 Adult Health Nursing IFocuses on theories, principles and processesfor adult populations experiencing commonhealth problems within priority areas of care.Emphasis is on nursing care of the older adult.A systems framework is used to discuss clinicalprevention and patient-centered care for selectchronic care issues, including end of life. Intro-duces methods for evidence-based decisionmaking to support role of provider of care.Beginning leadership skills and ethical practicein promoting optimal care outcomes in acuteand community-based systems are fostered.Includes supervised laboratory experiences and

266

Nursing

clinical practicum. Laboratory fees may apply.Prerequisites: admission to the clinical nursingsequence, BIO 419 (may be taken concurrently).Fall Term.

NRS 315 Adult Health Nursing IIFocuses on theories, principles and processesfor care of adults from diverse populationsexperiencing select acute, chronic and complexhealth problems. A systems framework facili-tates integration of knowledge from previousnursing and science courses. The roles ofprovider and designer of nursing care are devel-oped. Application of evidence-based methodsfor use in decision-making support basic lead-ership skills and ethical practice in promotingoptimal outcomes. Includes a supervised clin-ical practicum in a variety of settings. Labora-tory fees may apply. Prerequisites: BIO 419,NRS 308, NRS 309. Spring Term.

NRS 316 Family Health Nursing IFocuses on theories, principles and processesrelated to care of the child from infancythrough adolescence within the context offamily. Using a systems framework, delivery offamily-focused nursing care emphasizes clinicalprevention, health promotion and healthrestoration. Influences of genetics, environ-ment and social policies on family and childhealth nursing role are considered. Providerand designer of care roles are developed. Basicleadership skills and ethical practice are fos-tered in a supervised clinical practicum in avariety of settings. Laboratory fees may apply.Prerequisites: BIO 419, NRS 308, NRS 309.Spring Term.

NRS 320 Concepts of ProfessionalNursing Practice Focuses on the frameworks, dimensions andthe themes of professional nursing practice.Designed for the registered nurse who is pur-suing a baccalaureate degree, this course willenable the student to broaden his/her ownperspective of the professional nursing roleand communicate that role to other members

of the healthcare team. Prerequisite: admissionto RN/BS degree completion option.

NRS 403 Leadership and Management inHealthcare OrganizationsFocuses on theories, principles and processesfor organizational leadership and managementin professional nursing practice. Provides anoverview of organizational systems, healthcarepolicies and influence of global health caresystems on health care in the United States.The role of the baccalaureate nurse in plan-ning, promoting and evaluating health carequality, safety and effectiveness is examined.Addresses concepts of advocacy, change,finance, delegation, teamwork, conflict, infor-mation management and interprofessionalpractice. Laboratory fees may apply. Prerequi-sites: NRS 315, NRS 316. Fall Term.

NRS 405 Informatics in HealthcareSystems.50 creditFocuses on the role of information systems andinformation management in the health caresystem. Emphasis is on patient care tech-nology, information systems, and communica-tion devices that support quality and safepatient care outcomes. Laboratory fees mayapply. Prerequisites: NRS 308, NRS 309 (orconcurrent). Fall Term.

NRS 408 Mental Health NursingFocuses on theories, principles and processesrelated to mental health from early to olderadulthood. Using a systems framework,patient-centered care for diverse populationswith acute or chronic mental health problemsis examined. Professional and legal issues forcare of vulnerable populations are examined.Provider, designer and manager of care roles inethical practice are developed. Basic leadershipskills are demonstrated through effective com-munication, self awareness, group and teamparticipation, and management of care out-comes in a supervised clinical practicum. Labo-ratory fees may apply. Prerequisites: NRS 315,NRS 316, PSY 327. Fall Term.

267

Nursing

NRS 409 Family Health Nursing IIFocuses on theories, principles and processesrelated to reproductive health from early toolder adulthood within the context of family.Using a systems framework, family focusedpatient centered care addresses perinatal,women's and men's health. Clinical preven-tion, genomics, and end of life issues are exam-ined. Provider, designer and manager-of-careroles in ethical practice with vulnerable popu-lations are developed. Basic leadership skills aredemonstrated through values clarification andconflict management in family centered clin-ical decision making and management of careoutcomes in a supervised clinical practicum ina variety of settings. Laboratory fees may apply.Prerequisites: NRS 315, NRS 316. Fall Term.

NRS 410 Research and Evidenced-BasedPractice in Professional Nursing.75 creditFocuses on theories and principles for use ofresearch and evidence-based processes in pro-fessional nursing practice. Skills in searchstrategies and critical appraisal are emphasized.Application of evidence-based practice forquality care outcomes is examined. Prerequi-sites: admission to the clinical nursing sequence,NRS 315, NRS 316 (or concurrent).

NRS 411 Synthesis: Professional NursingPractice in Complex SystemsOne and one quarter courseFocuses on synthesis of theories, principles andprocesses in nursing roles of provider anddesigner/manager/coordinator of care incomplex health care systems. Care for diversegroups of patients with multi-system healthproblems is addressed. Emphasis is onincreasing autonomy and collaborative leader-ship in interprofessional teams, ethical practiceand achievement of safe and quality care out-comes. Includes practice in a supervised clin-ical practicum. Laboratory fees may apply.Prerequisites: NRS 403, NRS 408, NRS 409.Spring Term.

NRS 412 Synthesis: Community andPublic Health NursingFocuses on synthesis of theories, principles andprocesses in the nursing roles of provider anddesigner/manager/coordinator of care fordiverse groups in community systems. Epi-demiology, environment, global health andpublic/social policy are emphasized. Clinicalprevention and population health interventionswithin interprofessional teams supports devel-opment of increased autonomy, collaborativeleadership and ethical practice. Includes prac-tice in a supervised clinical practicum. Labora-tory fees may apply. Prerequisites: NRS 403,NRS 408, NRS 409. Spring Term.

NRS 414 Synthesis: Ethical and LegalDimensions of Professional Nursing Practice.25 creditFocuses on ongoing development of self as amember of the profession of nursing. Issuesrelated to the ethical and legal role of the bac-calaureate-prepared professional nurse in thechanging healthcare system are discussed.Emphasis is on accountability for professionaland personal behaviors. Prerequisites: NRS 403,NRS 408, NRS 409. Spring Term.

NRS 420 Evidence-Based Practice andInformaticsFocuses on the collection, appraisal, and dis-semination of evidence-based strategies forprofessional nursing practice. Skills in searchstrategies, critical appraisal, and levels of evi-dence are examined. Technology to assist crit-ical thinking and presentation in the areas ofclinical practice, leadership, and scholarship isutilized and evaluated. Prerequisites: admissionto RN/BS degree completion option, MTH 345or MTH 346 or PSY 355 or equivalent

NRS 421 Policy, Finance and Manage-ment Aspects of Clinical Nursing Focus is on the role of nursing in the attain-ment of optimal client outcomes whileaddressing issues of cost, safety, quality, andeffectiveness. Strategies for provision of services

268

Nursing

within changing health care system legislationand workforce requirements will be examined.Prerequisite: admission to RN/BS degree comple-tion option.

NRS 451 Special Topics in Nursing .50 or 1.00 creditTopics vary from term to term based upondepartmental interests and expertise. Prerequi-site: approval of the program director.

NRS 453 Test Taking Strategies.25 or .50 creditThis course focuses in clinical thinking andtest-taking skills essential for the NCLEX-RNexamination. A case study approach is used,followed by practice examinations. Stress man-agement and test-taking strategies are empha-sized. Repeatable for credit.

NRS 468 Internship in Nursing.50 or 1.00 creditProvides for special clinical experiences in thelast term of the program. This course does notcount toward the major, but may be used aselective credit. Laboratory fees may apply. Pre-requisite: approval of the program director.

NRS 492/292 Independent Study.50 or 1.00 creditAn individualize course designed for nursingmajors wishing to pursue an intensive programof reading or research. Format to be deter-mined by the nature of the topic, studentability, and the instructor. Prerequisite: approvalof the program director.

NRS 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in a field of nursing culmi-nating in an appropriate public dissemination ofresearch methods and findings. This researchmust build upon previous coursework takenwithin the nursing major, facilitating facultysupervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredits. Permission of the faculty supervisor, thedirector of the Honors Program, and programdirector required prior to registration.

269

Philosophers are people who like thinkingabout difficult but important questions.

What is the best way to live? What is thenature of the mind? Do we have free will? Isthe world as it appears? Can we have certainknowledge about anything? Philosophersrefuse to accept easy answers to these ques-tions and instead develop techniques of rea-soning to construct and evaluate differentpossible approaches. All philosophy coursesexamine the history of attempts to formulateand answer their chosen questions, but thereasoning acuity which philosophy coursesbuild is useful far beyond this. It can beemployed to solve any sort of difficultproblem; it can also allow one to live a moreintelligent, more carefully examined life.

The Department of Philosophy offerscourses that satisfy requirements in severalcategories of the Integrated Curriculum,including Inquiry into Ethics and Justice,Historical Analysis, Fine Arts and Cognitiveand Behavioral Sciences.The department alsooffers courses needed for a major or minorin philosophy and other courses studentsmay wish to select as electives in completinga variety of liberal arts degree programs.

FacultyKatrina Sifferd, Chair; Russell Ford,William Hirstein

Major in PhilosophyStudents majoring in philosophy must takePHL 106, 303, 304, 405 and at least threeother courses offered by the department.Appropriate related courses offered by otherdepartments can be arranged in consultationwith the chair of the philosophy department.

Philosophy can prepare the major for acareer in medicine, law, education, com-puters, psychology, theology or in philos-ophy itself. Philosophy makes a good secondmajor for those in the sciences, since itbroadens their education with study in arelated humanities discipline. The focus onlogic, reasoning and argumentation alsomakes philosophy an ideal major for thoseplanning legal careers. There is also agrowing need for philosophers to work asethicists in hospitals and other medical set-tings. Psychology majors can add a philos-ophy major as a way of preparing forgraduate study in cognitive science orrelated fields; philosophy gives one theability to deal with the difficult conceptualissues involved in understanding the mind.

Minor in PhilosophyStudents minoring in philosophy must take five courses in philosophy, includingPHL 106, 303, 304 and two other300/400-level courses.

Philosophy


270

Philosophy


PHL 106 Critical Reasoning This course provides the fundamentals of rea-soning necessary for academic and everydaylife. The course will examine informal fallacies,rhetorical devices, induction and deduction,argument analysis, argument construction, thewriting process, problem solving and decisionmaking, the scientific method, and traditionalsyllogistic argument forms to assure that stu-dents are well-equipped for understanding andformulating arguments concerning crucialissues in their educations and lives.

PHL 210 Introduction to PhilosophyA critical examination of some of the basicproblems of philosophy. Among topics dis-cussed are: the nature of reality, of humanknowledge, and of moral, esthetic and religiousvalues.

PHL 220 Formal LogicIntroduction to the formal study of logicalimplication. Propositional and first-order logicwill be treated in detail. Additional topics willinclude alternative logics such as modal anddeontic logic and selected topics in metalogic.

PHL 260 Philosophy of Education A multicultural and critical study of the meta-physical, epistemological, axiological andlogical underpinnings of prominent historicaland contemporary philosophies of education.

PHL 300 NeuroethicsSee BID 300.

PHL 303 Ancient PhilosophyA survey of the philosophical tradition of theWestern world from the beginnings among thepre-Socratics, through the classic periods ofGreece and Rome.

PHL 304 Modern PhilosophyA study of the development of modern systems:Continental rationalism, British empiricism,Kantianism and the idealist tradition.

PHL 305 Philosophy of ScienceA philosophical examination of the methods

of science, including such topics as the natureof scientific explanations, the problem ofinduction and scientific paradigm shifts. Especially recommended for science majors.

PHL 306 EthicsAn analytical and critical examination of classical and contemporary moral theories,supplemented by an examination of selectedmoral problems. Topics include the principlesand methods of both ethical theory andmoral choice.

PHL 309 Philosophy of ArtConsideration of classical and contemporarytheories of the nature of art and the aestheticsexperience. Attention to problems inherent inany attempt to understand, interpret and evaluate works of art.

PHL 310 Business EthicsA study of ethical theory as applied to indi-vidual and corporate behavior in business as itfunctions in a complex society.

PHL 311 Kant’s Critical PhilosophyA close reading of major portions of Kant’sCritical Philosophy with a focus on under-standing the unity of Kant’s philosophicalproject. Primary texts will be supplementedwith other texts by Kant, texts by other con-temporaneous authors, as well as more recentresponses to Kant. Topics to be consideredinclude the nature of knowledge, the essence ofhuman freedom and the powers of imagination.

PHL 312 Environmental EthicsEmphasizes careful thinking about ethicalconcepts such as right and wrong, justice andinjustice, duty and obligation, in relation toenvironmental concerns: population, pollu-tion, land development, preservation ofecosystems and the rights of animals andfuture generations.

PHL 315 Philosophy of LawAn introductory study regarding the nature oflaw and legal authority and obligation.Emphasis is placed on naturalist versus posi-tivist theories of law; legal rights (explored via

271

Philosophy

U.S. Supreme Court jurisprudence); and crim-inal responsibility and punishment. Especiallyrecommended for student planning to apply tolaw school.

PHL 316 Ethical Aspects of Health CareApplication of classical ethical theories toproblems encountered in the health care fields.Theories of prominent ethical philosophersprovide conceptual grounding for discussionsof the moral issues confronted in health care.

PHL 326 Key Themes and Thinkers in Biomedicine An investigation and analysis of one or severalclosely connected topics in the history of bio-medicine. Topics may include the discovery ofDNA, the development of the theory of evolu-tion, issues surrounding death and dying, bio-medical research, etc.

PHL 349 Philosophy of ReligionA critical and constructive examination ofbasic religious beliefs and concepts such asGod (including arguments for the existence of God), faith, immortality and the problem ofevil.

PHL 381 Critical Theories of PornographyA critical examination of ethical, political andaesthetic issues raised by pornography. Specialattention will be given to debates in contem-porary feminist theory, media theory and psy-choanalysis. Prerequisite: junior standing orabove.

PHL 405 Contemporary PhilosophyA study of one or several of the main move-ments in philosophy from the latter half of the19th century to the present, such as phenome-nology, existentialism or analytic philosophy.Prerequisite: one course in philosophy. Fall Term.

PHL 406 Philosophy of Mind and ConsciousnessIs the mind produced by the workings of thebrain, or is it more than this? Is the mind likea computer? Do we have free will, or are ourchoices determined by unconscious brain

events? Is your mental life permanently privateand accessible only to you? How might thebrain produce the mind? What are concepts?How does the human mind achieve the skillsneeded to speak a language? Will advances inscience change the way we speak about ourminds? These questions will be addressed byreading current texts and by analytical writingas well as class discussions.

PHL 420 SeminarA course with varying content from year toyear consisting of concentrated study of somemovement, problem or philosopher. Repeatablefor credit. Prerequisites: two courses in philosophyand consent of instructor.

PHL 492/292 Independent StudyRegular meetings are arranged with theinstructor. The topic must be approved by thestaff of the department two weeks prior to thebeginning of the term. A written report mustbe submitted at the conclusion of the course.Repeatable for credit.

PHL 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of philosophyculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitatingfaculty supervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

272

T he science of physics seeks to comprehend the large number of

physical phenomena in the world in termsof a small number of fundamental conceptsand principles such as the theories of thegravitational and electromagnetic fields, rel-ativity and quantum mechanics. The studyof physics and astronomy can enable astudent both to understand our physicalenvironment and to develop the ability toformulate and test hypotheses and reasonanalytically. These abilities are important inmany fields of endeavor.

Physics is an appropriate major for stu-dents with career interests in such areas asphysics, astronomy, atmospheric science,engineering, materials science and nuclearscience as well as medicine and dentistry. Itcan be a valuable minor or second major forstudents in such diverse areas as mathematics,chemistry, computer science, biology, geog-raphy, economics and business. An interde-partmental major combining any of theseareas with physics can be designed to matchspecific student interests.

All physics majors complete at least onefull course of independent study or researchduring their final four terms. This coursegives students the opportunity to drawtogether the material they have been

studying and bring it to bear on a particularproject. By working closely with a facultymember on such a project, students learnhow to focus their ideas toward a goal whiledeveloping skills necessary for more inde-pendent work after graduation.

FacultyBrian Wilhite, Chair; Venkatesh Gopal

Integrated Curriculum RequirementsThe physics department offers severalcourses that meet the Integrated CurriculumArea of Knowledge requirements. PHY 101and AST/PHY 212 are specifically intendedfor non-science students seeking to fulfillthe Physical Science Area of Knowledgerequirement. Students with appropriatemathematical backgrounds should elect totake PHY 121 and 122 to fulfill thisrequirement.

Major in Physics (Bachelor of Arts)For a bachelor of arts with a major inphysics, five courses beyond the basicsequence are required plus one course ofindependent study or research (PHY 492,494, 451 or Honors 404). The preferredsequence is as follows:PHY 121 and 122 General Physics I and IIPHY 304 Intermediate PhysicsPHY 305 Modern Physics of Atoms, Nuclei

and Particles

Physics


273

Physics

Students then complete three of the fol-lowing courses:PHY 311 Analytical MechanicsPHY 312 Electricity and MagnetismPHY 313 ThermodynamicsPHY 414 Modern OpticsPHY 421 Quantum Mechanics

MTH 151, 152 and 251 (Calculus I, IIand III) and MTH 341 Differential Equationsor their equivalent also must be completed.

Major in Physics (Bachelor of Science)For a bachelor of science with a major inphysics, seven courses beyond the basicsequence are required plus one course ofindependent study or research (PHY 492,494, 451 or Honors 404). The preferredsequence is as follows:PHY 121 and 122 General Physics I and IIPHY 304 Intermediate PhysicsPHY 305 Modern Physics of Atoms, Nuclei

and ParticlesPHY 311 Analytical MechanicsPHY 312 Electricity and MagnetismPHY 313 ThermodynamicsPHY 414 Modern OpticsPHY 421 Quantum Mechanics

MTH 151, 152 and 251 (Calculus I, IIand III) and MTH 341 Differential Equationsor their equivalent also must be completed, inaddition to CS 220, CHM 211 and CHM212 or CHM 220.

For both degrees, students who qualifyfor advanced placement may receive creditfor all or part of the introductory sequence.

Minor in PhysicsFor a minor in physics, at least five coursesare required. These will normally be PHY 121, 122, 301 and 302, and one addi-tional upper-level physics course. At leastthree of the five courses must be completedat Elmhurst College.

Licensure for Secondary TeachingPhysics students who wish to qualify forlicensure in secondary education must com-plete physics major requirements and atleast one course in chemistry and one inbiology.

The students must also complete:EDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesEDU 360 The Middle School: History,

Philosophy, Organizational Structures and Best Practices (recommended)

SEC 200 Introductory Seminar to Teachingas a Caring Profession (.50 credit)

SEC 300 Intermediate Seminar for Teachingin Diverse and Inclusive Schools (.25 credit)

SEC 223 Education of PK-12 Learners withExceptionalities


SEC 311 Educational PsychologySEC 421 Theory and Practice for Devel-

oping Academic Literacies in K-12 Classrooms

SEC 450 Advanced Seminar in Teacher Collaboration and Professional Practice


SEC 463 Natural Science: Special Methods (Fall Term only)See the director of secondary education

regarding any additional requirements.Students are required to pass the Test of

Academic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, thestate content area test in science (with aphysics designation) prior to studentteaching, and the APT (Assessment of Pro-fessional Teaching) prior to program com-pletion.

274

Physics

Students should keep in close contactwith both the physics and education depart-ments in order to complete the require-ments for the major and teacher licensure.

EngineeringThe Elmhurst College Department of Physicsoffers several options for students who wishto study engineering. All of these options aredesigned to provide both a broader educa-tional experience and a stronger basic sciencebackground than a traditional engineeringcurriculum provides.

Parallel Dual-Degree ProgramA unique parallel dual-degree programoffered in cooperation with Illinois Instituteof Technology allows the student to simulta-neously take basic science and IntegratedCurriculum courses at Elmhurst and engi-neering courses at IIT. Engineering coursesare taken at the IIT campus in Chicago.Curricula in electrical engineering, com-puter engineering, mechanical engineering,aerospace engineering, civil engineering andarchitectural engineering are available. Uponcompletion of the program, which normallytakes five years, the student receives a B.S.degree in physics from Elmhurst and a B.S.degree in engineering from IIT. A studentenrolled in this program can participate instudent activities and use all available facili-ties at both institutions. A resident studentmay remain on campus at Elmhurst duringthe entire program.

“3-2” Dual-Degree ProgramAnother option is a “3-2” dual-degreeprogram in which the student spends the firstthree years at Elmhurst taking basic scienceand Integrated Curriculum courses, followedby two years of engineering courses at a coop-erating university. This also leads to both aB.S. in physics and a B.S. in engineering. TheCollege currently has formal arrangements of

this kind with the University of Illinois atUrbana–Champaign and the University ofSouthern California, but students may be ableto transfer to other engineering schools aswell. In any case, initial course selection is thesame as for the regular physics major, withsubsequent courses depending on the area ofengineering the student plans to enter.

Sequential Degree AlternativeAn alternative chosen by many studentsinterested in electrical, mechanical, ornuclear engineering or materials science is tocomplete a physics degree at Elmhurst andthen go to graduate school for one or twoadditional years to obtain a master’s degreein an engineering specialty. There are twoadvantages to this approach: First, thestudent receives two sequential degreesrather than two degrees at the same level;second, a strong student can usually obtainan assistantship or fellowship to covertuition and expenses during the period ofgraduate study.

Further details may be obtained fromVenkatesh Gopal, program coordinator.


AST 212 Introduction to AstronomyA general introductory laboratory sciencecourse for non-science and science majors. Anunderstanding, appreciation and workingknowledge of astronomy and its technological,environmental and social impact in the past,present, and future. Understanding of the sci-entific method is developed through laboratory and field investigations with someevening observing time required.

PHY 101 Physical ScienceFor the non-science major, a non-mathematicalintroduction to the facts, methods and philos-ophy of the physical sciences. Provides insightinto the modern technological world. Materialis drawn from physics, astronomy and chem-

275

Physics

istry with extensive use of videotapes, filmsand field trips. Laboratory expands upon ideasdeveloped in class. Spring Term.

PHY 107 Physical Science Concepts forK-8 TeachersThis course is designed to strengthen astudent’s understanding of physical scienceconcepts and the nature of scientific inquiry.To gain these understandings, students willcollaboratively conduct a number of scientificinquires to answer strong driving questions co-conducted with the course professor andother students. The perspective and knowledgegained from these inquiries will aid students asthey examine their own physical science mis-conceptions and construct new understand-ings. Cross-listed with CHM 107. Includeslaboratory.

PHY 111 Introductory Physics IA broad quantitative background in basicphysics appropriate for students in biology,geography, pre-physical therapy, speechpathology and nursing. Mechanics of particles,rigid bodies and fluids; the concepts of energyand momentum; and heat and thermody-namics with related laboratory work. Prerequisites: background in algebra andtrigonometry at the level of MTH 121 andMTH 132. Fall Term, Summer Term.

PHY 112 Introductory Physics IIA continuation of PHY 111. Electricity, mag-netism, light, optics and elementary modernphysics with related laboratory experiments. Pre-requisite: PHY 111. Spring Term, Summer Term.

PHY 121 General Physics IA thorough quantitative understanding of basicphysics for students in science, mathematics,computer science, physics or engineering pro-grams. Vectors, kinematics, laws of mechanics,force, energy, momentum and fluids withrelated laboratory experiments. Corequisite:MTH 151. Fall Term, Summer Term.

PHY 122 General Physics IIA continuation of PHY 121. Waves, oscilla-tions, heat and thermodynamics, electricity,

magnetism, light and optics, with related labora-tory experiments. Prerequisite: PHY 121. Corequi-site: MTH 152. Spring Term, Summer Term.

PHY 212 Introduction to AstronomySee AST 212.

PHY 251/451 Research Topics in PhysicsPlays a special role in the physics departmentcurriculum, providing a time when a studentworking on a major project—at the acceleratorlab, at the observatory, at Argonne Laboratory,at Fermilab, or elsewhere—has an opportunityto draw this work together with a full-time con-centrated effort. (Limited to physics studentswho have previously been involved in researchactivities.) Any student planning to register forthis course must confer with the instructor priorto registration. Repeatable for credit. January Term.

PHY 304 Intermediate PhysicsOscillations and waves, including sound andelectromagnetic waves. Circuit analysis,including oscillating circuits. Special Theory ofRelativity. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: PHY 122, MTH 152.

PHY 305 Modern Physics of Atoms,Nuclei and ParticlesAtomic, nuclear and particle physics. Atomicphenomena and structure, Bohr model of theatom, wave mechanical view of matter, radia-tion quanta, quantum mechanics of hydrogenand helium atoms, atomic masses and isotopes,strong and weak nuclear forces, radioactivity,fusion and fission reactions, basic scatteringtheory, particle accelerators, radiation detec-tion, elementary particles, symmetries and con-servation laws. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:PHY 304, MTH 251.

PHY 311 Analytical MechanicsPhysical and analytical aspects of mechanicsusing vector calculus: dynamics of particles and systems, work, energy, momentum, constrained motion, moving coordinatesystems and Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for-mulations. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:PHY 121 and MTH 341. Fall Term.

276

Physics

PHY 312 Electricity and MagnetismDevelopment and application of electromag-netic field theory: electric and magnetic fields,scalar and vector potentials, dielectrics, mag-netic materials and Maxwell’s equations. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: PHY 122 and311, MTH 341. Spring Term.

PHY 313 ThermodynamicsNature of heat, thermal radiation, specific heats,gas laws; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein andFermi-Dirac distributions; and classical thermo-dynamics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: PHY122 and MTH 251. Fall Term, 2012–2013.

PHY 414 Modern OpticsGeometrical and physical optics, polarization,coherence, interference, diffraction, Fourieroptics and fundamental optical phenomena.Electromagnetic theory of light is stressed. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: PHY 312 andMTH 341. Fall Term.

PHY 421 Quantum MechanicsThis course is a mathematically sophisticatedintroduction to quantum mechanics. Begin-ning with the historical development ofquantum mechanics and a detailed study ofthe main experiments that led to the recogni-tion of wave-particle duality, the course goeson to develop quantum mechanics using themodern mathematical formalism of quantumstates as complex vectors in a Hilbert space.The course prepares students to understandmodern developments in quantum mechanicssuch as atom cooling and trapping, andquantum computation. Includes laboratory.Prerequisites: PHY 305, MTH 341, (MTH 342preferred).

PHY 440 Special Topics in Physics .50 or 1.00 creditFaculty and advanced physics students study aspecific topic chosen for its particular experi-mental, theoretical, philosophical, technical orscientific interest. Repeatable for credit. Prerequi-site: consent of instructor.

PHY 492/292 Independent Study .50 or 1.00 creditEnables science majors capable of independentwork to pursue specialized or advanced topicsby doing independent reading, assigned workor structured laboratory activities. Repeatablefor credit. Permission of the supervising instructorrequired prior to registration.

PHY 494 Independent Research .50 or 1.00 creditEnables science majors capable of substantialindependent work to plan and execute aphysics research project for credit. Specific lit-erature research and laboratory activities mustbe carried out. Repeatable for credit. Permissionof the supervising instructor required prior to reg-istration.

PHY 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of physics cul-minating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

277

P olitical science is the search for knowl-edge and understanding of the processes

by which the values of public life are estab-lished for human communities. In a world ofinterdependent nations, political movementsthat are far reaching, and national politicaldecisions that affect all aspects of society andeconomy, political knowledge is essential. Tobe liberally educated means to be able to thinkcritically and independently about politics.

The body of knowledge and the methodsof analytical thought that compose the disci-pline help to prepare students for diversevocations in government service, law, jour-nalism, management, commerce, finance,and scholarship. Graduated Elmhurst Collegepolitical science majors have become lawyers,judges, city managers, teachers, federal andstate public administrators, policy consul-tants, congressional legislative assistants, andbusiness men and women.

Law–See Additional Academic Opportu-nities section of this Catalog for a descrip-tion of requirements and options.

FacultyTeri J. Walker, Chair; Constance Mixon, Mary B. Walsh

Goals of the Department Students who study political science atElmhurst College will be able to:

• Explain and evaluate the values, struc-tures, institutions, processes, behaviorsand policies of politics in the UnitedStates;

• Analyze and formulate effective oral andwritten argumentation utilizing scholarlyapproaches in political science;

• Demonstrate knowledge and skills neces-sary for active citizenship;

• Compare and contrast the diversity andinterdependence of political structures,institutions, processes, behaviors andpolicies across and among nations; and

• Identify significant concepts and themesin political theory and apply them tocontemporary political problems.

Major in Political ScienceIn order to achieve these stated goals, themajor in political science consists of aminimum of nine courses. Eight courses are the core for the major. One electivecourse must be taken. The senior seminarshould be taken in term prior to graduation.

Minor in Political ScienceThe minor in political science consists of aminimum of five courses, three of whichmust be above the 200 level. One coursemust be in political thought. At least threecourses must be taken at Elmhurst College.


Political Science

278

Political Science

CorePOL 201 American Federal Government

or its equivalentPOL 445 Senior Seminar: Topics on Politics

American PoliticsChoose two courses from the following:POL 202 American State and Local

GovernmentPOL 240 Law and PoliticsPOL 300 Urban PoliticsPOL 305 The American PresidencyPOL 320 CongressPOL 360 Public Policy and AdministrationPOL 365 Environmental Politics and PolicyPOL 411 Constitutional Law I: Civil

LibertiesPOL 412 Constitutional Law II: Civil Rights

World PoliticsChoose two courses from the following:POL 301 Comparative Politics: The

New EuropePOL 302 Politics of Developing NationsPOL 303 Politics of the Middle EastPOL 306 Politics of International RelationsPOL 307 American Foreign PolicyPOL 310 International OrganizationPOL 406 Politics of International

Economic Relations

Political ThoughtChoose two courses from the following:POL 314 Classical Political ThoughtPOL 315 Modern and Contemporary

Political TheoryPOL 319 American Political ThoughtPOL 401 Feminist Political TheoryPOL 402 Political Justice

ElectivesChoose one elective from the following (ifnot taken for core):

BID 205 Understanding Politics throughLiterature

BID 308 European Union and Cities:Regional Integration and Urbanizationin the European Union

BID 330 Federal Politics and Media EthicsBID 335 Psychology and Political

Philosophy of GenderBID 355 Native Americans: Public Policy,

Religion and JusticeBID 357 Feminist PoetryPOL 150 Introduction to PoliticsPOL 202 American State and Local

GovernmentPOL 240 Law and PoliticsPOL 300 Urban PoliticsPOL 301 Comparative Politics: The New

EuropePOL 302 Politics of Developing NationsPOL 303 Politics of the Middle EastPOL 305 The American PresidencyPOL 306 Politics of International RelationsPOL 307 American Foreign PolicyPOL 310 International OrganizationsPOL 314 Classical Political Thought POL 315 Modern and Contemporary

Political Theory POL 319 American Political ThoughtPOL 320 CongressPOL 340 Introduction Law POL 351 Mock Trial I (1.00 credit

or non-credit)POL 352 Mock Trial J (January Term; non-

credit)POL 353 Mock Trial II* (Spring Term; .50

credit or non-credit)POL 354 Mock Trial (Spring Term; non-

credit)POL 360 Public Policy and Administration

*Only students who have completed POL 351 and POL 352 are eligible to register for POL 353; only Mock Trial course eligible for Integrated Curriculum credit; only students taking POL 353 for credit and a letter grade would receive the Oral Communications tag; all students registered in POL 353 would receive the Experiential Learning credit.

279

Political Science

POL 365 Environmental Politics and PolicyPOL 401 Feminist Political TheoryPOL 402 Political JusticePOL 406 Politics of International Economic

RelationsPOL 411 Constitutional Law I: Civil

LibertiesPOL 412 Constitutional Law II: Civil RightsPOL 452 Special Topics in Political SciencePOL 468 InternshipPOL 492 Independent Study

Washington SemesterStudents interested in gaining first-handknowledge of the workings of Americangovernment and institutions can intern inWashington D.C. for either the Fall orSpring Term. Elmhurst College participatesin the Washington Center for Internshipsand Academic Seminars and the WashingtonSemester program of the American Univer-sity. These programs provide students withthe opportunity to pursue high qualityinternships in government, law, business,international organizations, think tanks oradvocacy groups while completing academiccourses taught by highly qualified instruc-tors. Students earn four credits that mayserve to meet political science major orminor requirements.

This program is open to all studentsregardless of major field of study. Please seethe director of international education andoff-campus programs or the chair of thepolitical science department for details.

Licensure for Secondary TeachingStudents who plan to pursue teacher licensure must complete additional coursework in professional and integrated cur-riculum education. In addition, studentsmust also complete courses in broadfieldsocial studies. See the education section of

this Catalog for a complete listing of broad-field courses.

Students are required to pass the Test ofAcademic Proficiency (TAP) to be admittedto the secondary licensure program, theappropriate content area test prior to thestudent teaching semester, and the APT(Assessment of Professional Teaching) testprior to program completion.



POL 150 Introduction to PoliticsThis course provides a college level introduc-tion to the subject of politics. Studentsexamine major theories, concepts, and themesacross the subfields of political science and arechallenged to think critically and analyticallyabout politics.

POL 201 American Federal GovernmentAn introduction to the essential principles andfundamental structure of the American systemof government.

POL 202 American State and Local GovernmentAn introduction to state and local governmentand their basic roles in the American federalsystem. Special attention is given to the prob-lems of cities, villages, counties, townships,and other units of local government.

POL 205 Understanding Politics ThroughLiteratureSee BID 205.

POL 240 Law and PoliticsThis course introduces students to the law aspart of the systematic study of social andbehavioral phenomena. The course intro-duces students to current systems, practices,and theories of American public law. FallTerm, odd-numbered years.

POL 300 Urban Politics This course is an analysis of the problems and

280

Political Science

the achievements of metropolitan areas includingsuburbs as well as cities. The course centers uponthe growth, the issues and problems and the evolution of politics essential to growth, civility,economic prosperity and the contributions ofAmerican civilization. Spring Term.

POL 301 Comparative Politics: The New EuropeThis course is a comparative study of the polit-ical institutions, processes and policy outcomesacross European states and the EuropeanUnion from post-WWII to the present. Topicsexamined include executive, legislative andjudicial structures; provincial government;political culture; political socialization; citizenparticipation and interest groups; parties andelections; and economic and foreign policy.

POL 302 Politics of Developing NationsA comparative study of politics in Asia, Africa,Latin America, and the Middle East. Topicsmay include imperialism and colonialism,nationalism, poverty and inequality, traditionand modernity, revolution, women, and strate-gies for growth and development.

POL 303 Politics of the Middle EastAn analysis of the major issues and problemsthat dominate the Middle Eastern politicalscene. A consideration of the region’s involve-ment in international affairs as well as anexamination of the indigenous concerns ofpeople and states in the region.

POL 305 The American PresidencyThis course examines the constitutional foundations of the presidency, the organizationof the executive branch, the selection process,the various roles and characteristics of the pres-ident, the president’s relationship with bothformal and informal institutions, and the presi-dent’s impact on public policy. Prerequisite:POL 201 or permission of the instructor. FallTerm, every other even-numbered year.

POL 306 Politics of International RelationsThis course explores the major theoretical per-spectives and predominant issues in interna-

tional politics. It analyzes and applies realist,and liberal and post-modernist approaches tothe dynamics of the international system,focusing on how these approaches explain con-flict and cooperation between states. Topicsaddressed include superpower relations, militaryconflict and terrorism, globalization and devel-opment, ethnic conflict and nation-building,environmental degradation and the role of theUnited States in world affairs.

POL 307 American Foreign PolicyAn examination of the making and implemen-tation of American foreign policy. This coursebegins with a review of the history of Amer-ican foreign policy, focusing on patterns inforeign policy goals and instruments, and high-lighting key persons, ideas and events. It pro-ceeds to an assessment of the international andsocietal influences on U.S. foreign policy, anexamination of the roles of governmental insti-tutions in the formulation of U.S. foreignpolicy and an analysis of the theories politicalscientists put forth to explain foreign policydecision-making. Throughout the coursefocuses on controversial issues in contemporaryU.S. foreign policy. .

POL 308 European Union and Cities:Regional Integration and Urbanization inthe European UnionSee BID 308.

POL 310 International OrganizationsThis course is designed to provide an orienta-tion to several international organizations, andparticularly the United Nations. The course isintended to teach students about the history,functional roles, and decision-making processeswithin selected international organizations.Students will encounter global problems suchas economic, environmental, human rights,and security issues and will carefully study spe-cific international treaties, conventions, andlegal interpretations that address those prob-lems. POL 306 recommended.

POL 314 Classical Political Thought In this course we will examine political philos-

281

Political Science

ophy from its birth in Ancient Greece to thedawn of modernity. Specific attention will begiven to the works of Plato, Aristotle andMachiavelli. Throughout we will explore therelationship between philosophy and politics,reason and passion, and the individual and thecommunity. We will ask such questions as:What is justice? What is the best form of gov-ernment? What does the citizen owe to thepolitical community? Spring or Fall Term, alter-nate years.

POL 315 Modern and Contemporary Political TheoryThis course focuses on the nature and purposeof political association as it has been under-stood since the birth of modernity in the 16thcentury through the present day. Specifically,we will study five movements which charac-terize the modern and postmodern theoreticaland political world: Liberalism, Conservatism,Socialism, Feminism and Post-Modernism. Wewill read selections from John Locke, EdmundBurke, Karl Marx, John Rawls, CatherineMacKinnon and Richard Rorty. Each of thesethinkers offers a different and enlightening, yetdistinctly modern/contemporary perspective,on the human political condition. Spring Term.

POL 319 American Political ThoughtAmerican political thought reflects the revolu-tionary attempt to balance the traditionalpolitical goal of order with the call for indi-vidual liberty. This attempt to balance orderwith liberty revealed another possible value forpolitics –equality. The history of Americanpolitical thought, and American political prac-tice, is a history of an attempt to balance orderwith liberty and liberty with equality. In thiscourse, we will examine a variety of Americanvoices, key texts and movements, which havehelped to shape this evolution. This entails anexamination of American statespersons as wellas American political philosophers. Fall Term.

POL 320 CongressThis course explores the dual nature of Congressthrough the examination of the constitutional

foundations and evolution of Congress, the elec-tion process, the organization of the legislativebranch, formal and informal congressional rulesand procedures, Congress’s relationship with bothformal and informal institutions, and its policy-making role in public policy. Prerequisite: POL201 or permission of the instructor. Fall Term.

POL 330 Federal Politics and MediaEthicsSee BID 330.

POL 335 Psychology and Political Philosophy of GenderSee BID 335.

POL 340 Introduction to LawThe course provides an introduction to thestructure of the U.S. Legal system, with a focuson fundamental civil law doctrines and legalprocedures. Students will be introduced tohow to read and brief legal cases, statutoryanalysis and construction, legal research andwriting, civil and criminal procedure and sub-stantive civil law. Substantive civil law topicsinclude: torts, contracts, real property, businessentities, employment law, and wills and trusts.

POL 351–353 Mock Trial I, J & IIThis course offers students an opportunity tolearn firsthand about the American legalsystem with a special emphasis on courtroomcivil and criminal trial procedures. The courseprepares students for local, regional andnational mock trial competitions under thesponsorship of the American Mock Trial Asso-ciation (AMTA). Through discussion, lectures,role-playing opportunities and competitions,this course will stimulate students’ abilities tothink critically about the foundations of theAmerican legal system and to participate asinformed citizens. Courses may requireregional and/or national travel.Mock Trial demands participation in three

contiguous terms beginning in Fall Term,extending over January Term and ending withthe Spring Term. Mock Trial I is offered in thefall for 1.00 credit, if taken for credit. MockTrial II is offered in the spring for .50 credit, if

282

Political Science

taken for credit. Mock Trial I and Mock TrialII are each repeatable for credit twice. May betaken for non-credit. May count for amaximum of two credits toward the major andmust be taken for credit to count toward themajor. Students who complete a full year ofMock Trial are eligible for the ExperientialLearning designation in the Integrated Cur-riculum. Students who complete a full year ofMock Trial for credit are eligible to receive theOral Communication tag in the IntegratedCurriculum. Prerequisite: permission of theinstructor.

POL 354 Mock Trial Spring OnlyThis section is for students who have not com-pleted Mock Trial I. Students joining thisSpring Term only course play a limited role onthe team. Prerequisite: permission of theinstructor. Spring Term.

POL 355 Native Americans: PublicPolicy, Religion and JusticeSee BID 355.

POL 357 Feminist PoetrySee BID 357.

POL 360 Public Policy and AdministrationAn examination of the nature of public admin-istration in the United States and its influenceupon the formulation as well as the implemen-tation of national domestic policy. The polit-ical and administrative forces that shape policyare studied in such areas as economic, environ-mental, and education policy. Fall Term, alter-nate years.

POL 365 Environmental Politics andPolicyThis course is an introduction to the study ofdomestic and international environmental pol-itics and policy. The course explores the inter-action of culture and politics on environmentalpolicy formation and implementation. Thecourse focuses on the processes, actors and cul-tural values involved in environmental policymaking in the U.S. and internationally. In

addition to providing an overview of majorU.S. environmental laws and internationalenvironmental regimes, the course examinesvarious perspectives on solving environmentalproblems. Topics may include air and waterpollution, hazardous waste, climate changeand natural resources. In addition, civicengagement in relation to environmentalpolicy is explored throughout the course. FallTerm, every four years.

POL 401 Feminist Political TheoryFeminist political theory began in a challengeto the political order by those who questionedthe liberal promise of freedom and equality. Itgrew to challenge the economic, social, repro-ductive, sexual, and finally, global order—allfrom the perspective of persons marginalizedin every sphere of private and public life. Thiscourse will trace these evolving challenges tocontemporary private and public life,exploring social and political reality from theperspective of those at the margins, those whoare “other”. Particular attention will bedevoted to the various feminist concerns aboutthe distinctions between theory and practice,public and private, equality and difference.Course content and pedagogy will call intoquestion any singular, exclusive notion ofidentity, giving class members the opportunityto recognize and learn from others and theirdiverse cultural and political experiences. Pre-requisite: junior standing required or permissionof the instructor. Spring Term, every other year.

POL 402 Political JusticeThis course will examine the multiple mean-ings of justice as it has evolved in westernpolitical philosophy and as it is challenged bynon-Western traditions and global circum-stances. The course begins with the notion ofjustice as harmony, in which political justicereflects personal and social justice, and willcontrast this with the notion of justice aspower, as the product of an agreementbetween people and enforced by the state. Thecourse will also contrast this with the more

283

Political Science

contemporary notion of justice as fairness, andconclude with a look at recent challenges tothe modern attempt to separate political justicefrom social justice and global justice. Alsoexamined is the multiple meanings of justice asit is used in contemporary society andeveryday discussion. Prerequisite: juniorstanding or permission of the instructor. SpringTerm, every other year.

POL 406 Politics of International Economic RelationsThe interplay between politics and economicsin international economic relations is exam-ined. Topics include the international trademonetary system, multinational corporationsand technology transfer, foreign aid and thedebt crisis, the North/South conflict, andNorth/North trade. In addition, special“focused” topics of contemporary relevance areintroduced in a seminar format. POL 306 recommended. Spring Term, every four years.

POL 411 Constitutional Law I: Civil LibertiesThe focus of this course is the First Amendmentand Civil Liberties. Through a review of U.S.Supreme Court cases, we will trace the variousinterpretations of the U.S. Constitution and theAmendments by examining the concepts offreedom of religion, speech, press, assembly andthe right to privacy. Prerequisites: junior or seniorstanding and POL 201 or permission of theinstructor. POL 240 is recommended. SpringTerm, every other year.

POL 412 Constitutional Law II: CivilRightsThe focus of this course is Civil Rights.Through a review of U.S. Supreme Courtcases, we will trace the various interpretationsof the U.S. Constitution and the Amendmentsthat apply to topics such as the rights of theaccused, search and seizure, racial discrimina-tion, gender and juvenile issues, rights of pris-oners and poor people, and politicalparticipation. Prerequisites: junior or seniorstanding and POL 201 or permission of the

instructor, POL 240 is recommended. SpringTerm, every other year.

POL 421 Practical Politics and PoliticalCampaigning.25, .50 or 1.00 creditThis course requires students to engage in polit-ical and/or public advocacy experiences withgovernmental officials/agencies, political partiesand/or non-profit charitable. Through encour-aging students to apply political science theoriesand concepts to understand civic engagementexperiences, this course furthers student abilitiesto think critically about politics at the local andnational levels and to participate in active citi-zenship. Permission required. Offered as needed.

POL 440 Special Methods: TeachingPolitical ScienceFor those students who seek accreditation toteach political science in secondary schools.Prerequisites: SEC 300, SEC 310. Fall Term.

POL 445 Senior SeminarThis seminar serves as a capstone experiencefor political science majors and is to be takenin the fall of a student’s final year. The seminarseeks to foster in students the abilities to 1)analyze contemporary political problems uti-lizing political science concepts, methodolo-gies and theories; and 2) conduct and presentscholarly research on contemporary politicalproblems. In their capstone research paper,students will explore an important politicalproblem from the perspective of one of thesubfields and methodologies in politicalscience. Through a focus on research designand methodology, information literacy, andprocess and conventions of writing in politicalscience, the seminar will provide the sup-portive framework for students to completethe senior research paper.

POL 452 Special Topics in PoliticalScience.50 or 1.00 creditThis course will allow students to pursueadvanced study in political science beyond

284

Political Science

the regular departmental offerings. Repeatablefor credit.

POL 468 Internships .50 or 1.00 creditCredit to students who are employed by government agencies, legal offices, and institu-tions, or by interest groups and political cam-paigns. Students are expected to understandthe relationship of their field experience to thediscipline of political science and to demon-strate this understanding in written and oralreports to the faculty supervisor. Internshipscan be graded with letter grades if a writtenresearch paper is completed under facultydirection. Otherwise the grade will be P/NP.Repeatable for credit. Permission of departmentchair is required. The prerequisite for field expe-rience is the completion of at least two courses inpolitical science, or the consent of the chair of theDepartment of Political Science. One of the pre-requisite courses must be either POL 201, 202,or 300.

POL 492/292 Independent StudyApproval of the political science instructor isrequired. Repeatable for credit.

POL 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of politicalscience culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

285

T he scientific and applied discipline ofpsychology provides an understanding

of the nature and function of behavior in bothhumans and animals. Psychologists study howpeople perceive, learn, think, behave, andinteract with other people and their environ-ment. Systematic attention is directed to indi-vidual differences in personality and ability;how people develop throughout the life cycle;how maladaptive behaviors originate and canbe changed; the study of the individual andthe work environment; cognitive processingand brain and behavior.

The Department of Psychology offers awide range of courses and provides a facultythat is diverse in theoretical orientation,practical experience, and research interests.Students can obtain a comprehensive foun-dation in psychological thought andmethods by sampling broadly within thedepartment. Individual student goals can bemet through opportunities for advancedreadings, research projects, field work expe-riences, contacts with mentors, and collabo-ration with faculty on research. Majors inpsychology who intend to continue theireducation at the graduate level will receive athorough preparation.

Students may also major in psychologyas an adjunct to another interest area, e.g.,

nursing, law, theology, education, business,and social work. There is an active chapterof the national honor society in psychology,Psi Chi, with membership available to quali-fied students, as well as a Psychology Clubopen to all students interested in psychology.

The Department of Psychology offers aMaster of Arts in Industrial/OrganizationalPsychology. Please refer to the GraduateStudy section of this Catalog.

FacultyThomas Sawyer, Chair; Patrick K. Ackles,Catherine M. Gaze, Jane Jegerski, ElizabethMajka, Katherine Sledge Moore, KathleenSexton-Radek

Mission StatementThe mission of the Department of Psy-chology is to prepare students for a range ofactivities including academic, professional,and personal experiences. A broad academicprogram and mastery of domains in areas ofpsychological knowledge and researchmethodology are required of all studentsmajoring in psychology. Concentrations,minors, endorsements, or single courses inpsychology will provide the ElmhurstCollege student with varying levels of basicpsychological knowledge and methodology.

During a nine-course curriculum in themajor field of psychology, students will


Psychology

286

Psychology

study current theories, research, and prac-tice. They will master the general principlesof the field and the historical developmentof the discipline.

Goals for the Major in Psychology• Students will explain and discuss basic

psychological theories and principles;• Students will apply psychological

theories to everyday circumstances andsocial issues;

• Students will critically evaluate andexpress psychological content in writtenand oral communications;

• Students will apply the scientific methodin the design of a research study and rec-ognize appropriate methodology, statis-tics, and interpretation of results;

• Students will demonstrate knowledge ofethical principles of psychology.

Major in Psychology Nine credits are required for a major in psy-chology. A grade of C or better is necessaryto satisfy major, minor and prerequisiterequirements. All students must take one400-level capstone options at ElmhurstCollege. All 400-level capstone optionsrequire that the student has already takenStatistics and Research Methods in Psy-chology. Courses must be selected according tothe following guidelines:

Required CoursesPSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

Science PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research (or

MTH 345)PSY 356 Research Methods in Psychology

Developmental Content Courses: onecourse requiredPSY 315 Lifespan Development

(recommended for non-majors)PSY 317 Child Development

PSY 318 Adolescent DevelopmentPSY 319 Adult Development and Aging

Psychology majors are encouraged totake one of our developmental courses: PSY317 Child Development, PSY 318 Adoles-cent Development, or PSY 319 AdultDevelopment rather than PSY 315 LifespanDevelopment. Students will not be allowedto count PSY 315 and a second develop-mental course towards the major or minor.

Content Courses at the 300/400 level: twocourses requiredPSY 303 Social Psychology PSY 312 Personality Theory and ResearchPSY 313 Mind, Brain and BehaviorPSY 325/425 Psychology and CulturePSY 327 Abnormal PsychologyPSY 348 Health PsychologyPSY 421 History of PsychologyPSY 424 Physiological PsychologyPSY 427 Child Psychopathology

Capstone Options: one requiredAll psychology majors must take one of thefollowing capstone-course options in theirsenior year.Option A. PSY 496 Senior Capstone

Seminar (1.00 credit)Option B. PSY 497 Senior Thesis (1.00

credit)Option C. PSY 498 Senior Capstone

Independent Study (1.00 credit)Option D. PSY 495 Honors Independent

Research (.50 credit taken concurrentlywith PSY 497 or PSY 498, .50 credit)

Option E. One of the following laboratorycourses (1.00 credit);PSY 411 Theories of LearningPSY 423 Sensation and PerceptionPSY 430 Cognitive ProcessesPSY 435 Experimental Psychology

Laboratory

287

Psychology

Electives: two requiredFollowing the guidelines will result in theselection of eight courses. Two additionalcourses should be taken from categoriesthree or four, or from one of the appliedcourses or special purpose courses listedbelow for a total of 2.00 courses.Applied Courses

PSY 326 Industrial and Organizational Psychology

PSY 328 Clinical and Counseling Psychology

PSY 422 Psychological TestingSpecial Purpose Courses

PSY 305 Psychology in Germany, Austria, and the Czech Republic

PSY 311 Educational PsychologyPSY 329 Adult Learning and Portfolio

DevelopmentPSY 320/420 Current Applications in

PsychologyPSY 492 Readings in PsychologyPSY 493 Independent Research in

Psychology

These additional course offerings do notcount toward the major or minor:PSY 268/368 Field Experience in

PsychologyPSY 300 Neuroethics

Graduate School Preparation In addition to the courses required for themajor in psychology, students who intend tostudy psychology at the graduate level areencouraged to take courses in one of the fol-lowing concentrations.

Concentration in Experimental Psychology

Suggested courses:Two laboratory courses from PSY 411 The-

ories of Learning, PSY 423 Sensation and Perception, PSY 430 Cognitive Processes)

PSY 313 Mind, Brain, and Behavior

or PSY 424 Physiological PsychologyPSY 349 Research MentorshipPHL 106 Reasoning

orPHL 220 Logic

or PHL 305 Philosophy of ScienceCOM 213 Public SpeakingCS 100 Computers in Science and

Technology or

CS 220 Computer Science IENG 303 Writing in Professional FieldsScience courses: BIO 107 and BIO 108

Human Anatomy and Physiology I and II, CHM 101 General Chemistry

Concentration in Industrial/OrganizationalPsychology This is the recommended list of courses forpsychology majors who intend to pursuecareers or graduate programs in business,human resources, or management.

Suggested courses:PSY 303 Social PsychologyPSY 312 Personality Theory and ResearchPSY 319 Adult Development and AgingPSY 326 Industrial and Organization

PsychologyPSY 422 Psychological TestingCOM 213 Public SpeakingCOM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 319 Business and Professional

CommunicationENG 303 Writing in Professional FieldsBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in

OrganizationsBUS 354 Human Resource ManagementBUS 453 Organization BehaviorBUS 454 LeadershipPHL 310 Ethics and Business

288

Psychology

Concentration in Clinical/Counseling PsychologySuggested Courses:PSY 312 Personality: Theory and ResearchPSY 315 Lifespan DevelopmentPSY 327 Abnormal PsychologyPSY 328 Clinical and Counseling

PsychologyPSY 422 Psychological TestingPSY 424 Physiological PsychologyPSY 427 Child Psychopathology (if inter-

ested in working with children)Courses outside the major: communica-tions, genetics, anatomy and physiology

Minor in Psychology A minor in psychology requires PSY 210Introduction to Psychological Science, sta-tistics, either PSY 355 or MTH 345; andthree elective psychology courses for a totalof five courses. Transfer students must takethree of the five courses required for aminor at Elmhurst College.


PSY 210 Introduction to PsychologicalScienceAn introduction to psychology as a science,along with its methods of inquiry and repre-sentative findings in areas such as learning,memory, cognition, motivation, perception,development, social, abnormal, personality andphysiological psychology. An assignment ismade in each section for experimental unitcredit, where a student participates in researchprojects or a research activity assignment. Aprerequisite for all other psychology courses.

PSY 249 Research Mentorship.25 to 1.00 creditDirect supervised experience in psychologicalresearch. The student will take on responsibili-ties such as data coding, data entry, setting upappointments for data collection, collectingdata from participants and library work. The

student will spend approximately four hoursper week for half credit and eight hours perweek for full credit over a 15-week term.Guidelines for this course are available from thedepartment secretary, the psychology facultyand the psychology department web page.Repeatable for credit. Pass/No Pass grading. Pre-requisites: PSY 210, major in psychology, andconsent of instructor and department chair.

PSY 268 Field Experience in Psychology.50 or 1.00 creditProvides qualified psychology students withsupervised and monitored on-the-job experi-ence with businesses or human service agenciesand institutions. May be taken during theregular term with part-time placement of 7-13hours a week for a half-credit course or 14-17hours weekly for a one credit. Summer Termand January Term field experiences may also bepossible (hours per week will be adjustedaccordingly.) The student will complete self-assessments, set goals and learning objectives,provide regular written feedback, attend CPUmeetings and complete a final reflection paperof at least 4-6 pages. Freshmen and sopho-mores register for PSY 268; juniors and seniorsregister for PSY 368.Applications should be made early in the

term preceding registration and are reviewedon the basis of academic grade-point average,faculty recommendation, professional progressand demonstrated interest. Students will needto meet with both the Psychology InternshipCoordinator/Faculty Monitor and the CPUCoordinator of Career Development to apply.Repeatable for credit.Pass/No Pass grading. Underunusual circumstances students may petition thedepartment for A-F grading. Prerequisite:approval of the psychology internship coordi-nator/faculty monitor.

PSY 300 NeuroethicsSee BID 300.

PSY 303 Social PsychologyA study of the personal, social and situationalvariables that influence the behavior of the

289

Psychology

individual towards other people. Topics exam-ined include personality judgment, interper-sonal attraction, prejudice, attribution theory,helping, aggression, attitude change, obedi-ence, conformity and group dynamics. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 305 Psychology in Germany, Austriaand the Czech RepublicThis course will compare psychology as ascience and as a profession in Germany,Austria and the Czech Republic to the study ofpsychology in the United States. An examina-tion of contemporary research and how psy-chological knowledge is applied in the healthsystem. The course includes visits to professorsat leading universities and research laboratoriesto learn about current research topics and edu-cation in psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 210.January Term.

PSY 311 Educational PsychologyAn introduction to the psychological principlesand theories of human development, learningand motivation in K-12 educational settings.Includes the study of educational research,child and adolescent development, develop-mentally appropriate and instructional bestpractices, individual differences, learning envi-ronment and assessment. This course is fornon-education majors only. Prerequisites: PSY210 and sophomore standing.

PSY 312 Personality Theory and ResearchThe study of classic and contemporary theoret-ical approaches to personality and relatedresearch. Psychoanalytic, trait, cognitive,humanistic and social behaviorist and biolog-ical perspectives are surveyed. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 313 Mind, Brain and BehaviorIntroduces and broadly surveys the neuralfoundations of mental processes and behavior.Basic and applied approaches to theory andresearch will be covered. Topics may include:the structural and functional organization ofthe nervous system, evolution and geneticmechanisms, research methods in neuro-

science, brain damage and neuropsychology,development, learning, the visual system, per-ception consciousness, sensorimotor systemand attention. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 315 Lifespan DevelopmentProvides an analysis of biological, cognitive,personality and social development from con-ception to death. Illustrative topics mayinclude the nature-nurture controversy, attach-ment, peer relationships, identity, vocations,marriage and parenting, midlife transition,aging, death and dying. Theoretical modelsand research methodologies designed toaddress these issues will be highlightedthroughout the course. Recommended fornon-majors. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 317 Child DevelopmentThe study of child development from concep-tion to puberty. Major processes such as matu-ration, socialization, cognition and languageacquisition are approached from scientific, theoretical and applied viewpoints. Prerequisite:PSY 210.

PSY 318 Adolescent DevelopmentThe study of current theory and research onadolescent development in a number of majorareas including biological, psychological-cognitive and social-cultural. Topics includeidentity formation, sexuality and social interac-tions. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 319 Adult Development and AgingThe study of the processes involved in matu-rity, marriage, family, occupation, retirement,aging and death that characterize the lifespanfollowing adolescence. Emphasis is on interac-tion of the psychological, social and physiolog-ical factors in relation to the developmentalprocess. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 320 Current Applications in PsychologyThis course is the application of psychologicaltheories, procedures and methods to a varietyof current issues, e.g., cross-cultural psy-chology, emotional memories or motivation.

290

Psychology

Topics are selected based on their applied andtheoretical relevance to psychology, as well astheir practical importance to a wide range ofdisciplines. Students are expected to developprojects to explore the application of thesetopics to real-world psychological problemsand issues. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 322 Psychology of ReligionIn this course, we will examine the theoriesand research on the psychological under-standing of religious beliefs and behavior. Wewill consider the phenomenological, empiricaland social psychological perspectives. Topicsinclude intrinsic and extrinsic religious orienta-tion, theories of religion, religion and mentalhealth, religious development, conversion, andreligious experience. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 325 Psychology and CultureAn examination of the theories, research andapplications from the fields of cross-cultural psychology, indigenous psychology,cultural psychology, ethnic psychology andpsychological anthropology. Students willanalyze, synthesize and articulate an intercul-tural perspective on psychological processesand functioning through exploring their ownand dominant U.S. cultural backgrounds,interviewing others with cross-cultural or inter-cultural experiences, making comparisonsusing a broad definition of culture and readingabout psychological research of cultures otherthan their own. Students will be encouraged toraise questions about mainstream psychologicalknowledge and their knowledge of “self ” andself-culture in order to increase awareness, tol-erance, acceptance, understanding, sensitivity,adaptation to, respect and contextual evalua-tion of cultural diversity. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 326 Industrial and OrganizationalPsychologyAn introduction to the principles and methodsof psychology as applied to problems of busi-ness, industrial and other types of organiza-tions. Topics include leadership, motivation,group leadership, personnel decisions, training,

job analysis, design, evaluation and satisfac-tion. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 327 Abnormal PsychologyAn introduction to the study of maladaptivebehavior. Topics include the diagnosis, assess-ment, classification and treatment of these dis-orders. An overview of the application of basicpsychological theories and normal stressresponses will be covered. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 328 Clinical and Counseling Psychology Introduces the theories and research of treat-ments of adjustment and maladaptive behaviors.Topics include assessment, treatment approachesand the evaluation of treatments, the role of thetherapist and social systems of treatment. It isrecommended that PSY 312 or 327 be takenprior to this course. Prerequisite: PSY 210.

PSY 348 Health PsychologyThe focus of health psychology is the preven-tion of physical and emotional factors thatmay compromise a person’s health. This coursewill introduce theory and research on theinterdependence between physical health,behavior and cognitive processes. Health psy-chology came into existence in 1977, andtogether with the area of behavioral medi-cine, utilizes behavioral principles, assessmentand treatment of individuals with a medicaldiagnosis.

PSY 349 Research Mentorship .25 or 1.00 creditSee PSY 249. The responsibilities of thestudent will be increased as their experiencewarrants. Repeatable for credit. Pass/No Passgrading. Prerequisites: PSY 210 and consent ofinstructor, and department chair.

PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific ResearchIntroduction to the principles of experimenta-tion, experimental design, hypothesis testing and statistical analysis. Topics coveredinclude scales of measurement, validity andreliability, experimental and non-experimentaldesigns, descriptive statistics, sampling theory,correlation and regression, t-tests, confidence

291

Psychology

intervals, chi-square tests and analysis of vari-ance. Students will use SPSS software for cre-ating files and performing data analysis.Prerequisite: PSY 210. Meets the statisticsrequirement for the psychology major, as doesMTH 345 or MTH 346. Not open to studentswho have taken MTH 345 or MTH 346.Counts as credit towards a B.S. degree.

PSY 356 Research Methods in PsychologyThe nature and methods of inquiry intohuman and animal behavior are examinedthrough the design and implementation ofpsychological research. Topics includedescriptive and experimental methods,analysis and interpretation of research dataand ethical issues in research. Some focus onuse of SPSS software. All students design andconduct a study as a psychology laboratoryexperience outside of class meetings. Prerequi-sites: PSY 210 and PSY 355/MTH 345.

PSY 368 Field Experience in PsychologySee PSY 268. Repeatable for credit.

PSY 411 Theories of LearningA survey and critique of classical and contem-porary learning theories. Controversial issuesin learning and memory are presented with anevaluation of relevant research. Lab timerequired outside of the scheduled class meet-ings. Prerequisites: PSY 210, PSY 355/MTH345, and PSY 356.

PSY 420 Current Applications in PsychologySee PSY 320. Students registering for PSY 420will have assignments appropriate to a 400-level course to complete.

PSY 421 History of PsychologyThe study of major issues in psychology with emphasis on the interrelationships amongschools of thought. The development of theoryand methodology and the contributions of sig-nificant individuals are examined. Prerequisite:two courses in psychology, including PSY 210.

PSY 422 Psychological TestingSurvey course of the history, utility, ethics and

practical applications of psychological testing.Concepts of standardization, reliability andvalidity are addressed. Commonly used tests ofintelligence, personality, aptitude and interestsare presented. The standards for educationaland psychological testing will be included as acourse topic. An assessment project is assigned.Prerequisites: PSY 210 and PSY 355/MTH 345.

PSY 423 Sensation and PerceptionThis course surveys theories and research insensation and perception. Psychological andphysiological processes underlying sensory andperceptual phenomena are reviewed as well ascontroversial issues. Students will participate indemonstrations and conduct an experiment onsome theoretical or research question in sensa-tion or perception. Prerequisites: PSY 210, PSY355/MTH 345, and PSY 356.

PSY 424 Physiological PsychologyThe study of biochemical and neurophysio-logical correlates of behavior, including thestructural and functional organization of thenervous system, electrical and chemicalprocesses involved in nervous system activity.Topics include emotion, cognition, memory,sleep, gustation, aggression and maladaptivebehavior. Project to be conducted. Prerequi-sites: two courses in psychology, includingPSY 210.

PSY 425 Psychology and CultureSee PSY 325.

PSY 427 Child PsychopathologyThis course provides an introduction to thefield of child psychopathology. The symptompresentation, etiology and development trajec-tories of psychological disorders affecting chil-dren and adolescents will be covered.Prerequisites: PSY 356 and PSY 327 or permis-sion of the instructor.

PSY 430 Cognitive ProcessesHuman behavior is viewed as the result of theprocessing of environmental information. Theaim of the course is to understand the under-lying mechanisms by which humans process

292

Psychology

this information. Topics include memory,decision making, perception, attention, com-prehension, problem solving and reasoning.Students will perform computer simulations ofseveral classic experiments and will conductand write a report on an original experimenton some topic in cognitive psychology. Prereq-uisites: PSY 210, PSY 355/MTH 345, and PSY 356.

PSY 435 Experimental Psychology LaboratoryDesigned for students who plan to continuetheir formal psychology education past thebachelor’s level. The hypotheses and method-ology of classic experimental research programsare studied. Students participate in extensiveexperimentation serving as both experimenterand participant. Prerequisites: PSY 210, PSY355/MTH 345, and PSY 356.

PSY 436 Psychology Research Seminar.50 credit This course entails in-depth work in selectedresearch areas. Research areas will vary and willhave a focus on analytical thinking, computerskills and research presentation. Professionalissues topics such as the professional role ofpsychologists, ethics, APA style and psycholog-ical scientific thinking are addressed. Prerequi-sites: PSY 210, PSY 355/ MTH 345, PSY 356,and consent of instructor.

PSY 440 Teaching Psychology in Secondary Schools.50 creditDesigned to help prepare students who intend toteach psychology at the secondary level. Topicsinclude teaching methods and resources and theapplication of psychological knowledge to theclassroom. Prerequisites: major in psychology, SEC310 and completion of PSY 311. Admission toteacher education prior to March 1, 2011.

PSY 449 Research Mentorship .50 or 1.00 creditSee PSY 349. Repeatable for credit. Pass/No Passgrading. Prerequisites: PSY 349, PSY 355/MTH

345, and PSY 356 and consent of the instructorand department chair.

PSY 492 Readings in Psychology .25 to 1.00 creditFor students who plan to take advanced workin psychology and who wish additional prepa-ration in special areas. Students initiate contactwith a psychology professor or the departmentchair to identify a topic and preliminary read-ings. A proposal specifying the topic, keywords, areas for further reading, a method forcommunicating the learning, such as a paperor a presentation at a student research confer-ence, and a timeline for the process are set bythe student and professor. Guidelines for thiscourse are available from the department secre-tary, the psychology faculty, and on the psy-chology department web page. Repeatable forcredit. Proposal and permission of the supervisingfaculty member and department chair arerequired prior to registration. Prerequisites: PSY210, PSY 355/ MTH 345, and PSY 356.

PSY 493 Independent Research in Psychology .50 to 2.00 creditsThe challenge of pursuing individual researchunder the guidance of a faculty member.Strongly recommended for advanced studentsintending to pursue a graduate degree. Guide-lines for this course are available from thedepartment secretary, the psychology faculty andon the psychology department web page. Repeat-able for credit. Proposal and permission of thesupervising faculty member and department chairare required prior to registration. Prerequisites:PSY 210, PSY 355/MTH 345, and PSY 356.

PSY 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of psychologyculminating in an appropriate public dissemi-nation of research methods and findings. Thisresearch must build upon previous courseworktaken within the major or minor, facilitating

293

Psychology

faculty supervision and guidance. Repeatable forcredit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

PSY 496 Senior Capstone SeminarAn advanced seminar with varying topics thatchanges each term. The seminars are led eachterm by a different full-time faculty member ofthe department. The emphasis is on complexissues in psychology and the use of primarysources. A major requirement of the seminar isto write an APA-style review paper that cri-tiques, analyzes and synthesizes the extant liter-ature related to the topic of the seminar.Prerequisites: senior standing, PSY 210, PSY355/MTH 345 and PSY 356; may be repeatedfor credit with consent of the department chair.

PSY 497 Senior Thesis.50 to 1.00 creditStudents will complete an original empiricalresearch project under the guidance of a full-time faculty member. Completion of an APA-style research report is required. (Presentationat a student research conference; may requirean incomplete grade for projects completedduring the Fall Term) A written research pro-posal, permission of the supervising facultymember and department chair is required priorto registration. Prerequisites: senior standing,PSY 210, PSY 355/MTH 345, PSY 356, PSY492 (for developing the proposal).

PSY 498 Senior Capstone IndependentStudy.50 to 1.00 creditStudent will develop an extensive literaturereview on a topic in psychology of theirchoosing. They will then write an APA-stylereview paper that critiques, analyzes and syn-thesizes the extant literature related to theirtopic. A brief proposal with a reading list, per-mission of the supervising faculty member anddepartment chair is required prior to registra-tion. Prerequisites: senior standing, PSY 210,PSY 355/MTH 345, PSY 356, PSY 492 (fordeveloping the proposal).

294

The Department of Religious Studiescarries particular responsibilities in

light of Elmhurst College’s historic originsand contemporary mission. Having beenestablished in 1871 by the German Evangel-ical Synod of the Northwest to educate thechurch’s youth to become pastors andteachers, Elmhurst College has grown into acomprehensive and nationally recognizedcollege that fosters the integration of intel-lectual development, personal self-formationand early professional preparation.

Although no longer owned by a denomi-nation, the College maintains a healthy rela-tionship with the United Church of Christ.Drawing upon its rich heritage, the Collegecontinues to affirm Christianity’s historicimportance in Western civilization, to studythe variety of ways that culture and religionare mutually influential, and to examine theworld’s great religions as irreplaceableexpressions of human culture and ultimatereality. To this end, the academic study ofreligion will of necessity be carried out withcritical thought, the best contemporaryscholarship, and free and open inquirywithout religious indoctrination.

Faculty

Paul Parker, Chair; A. Andrew Das,Inamul Haq, Nancy C. Lee, Mladen Turk

Religious Studies


Mission StatementThe Department of Religious Studies is avital expression of the mission of ElmhurstCollege. The department is a diverse andcaring community of scholars—professorsand students—who work together for thepurpose of learning about Christianity, spir-ituality, the religions of the world and theultimate nature of reality.

The department recognizes that eachstudent who selects a major in the depart-ment is unique, possessing differentstrengths, experiences, preferences and goals.The department, therefore, provides avariety of ways for students to begin theirstudy for example, through scriptures, the-ology, ethics, spirituality, religious mysticismor world religions. As students progress,they may also choose to study religion inshort-term courses with departmentalfaculty in India, Turkey, Israel, Palestine orSouth Africa. Although students willinevitably start at different places and havedifferent career and educational goals, thedepartment helps its students integrate theircourses into their overall program of liberaland professional education through fivecomprehensive goals.

Students who select a major in theDepartment of Religious Studies atElmhurst College will:

295

Religious Studies

• Comprehend significant aspects of theHebrew Bible and New Testamentthrough the critical examination of clas-sical primary texts and related artifacts;

• Examine historic and contemporary the-ological expressions of Christianity withintellectual vigor and spiritual sensitivity;

• Analyze the nature and importance ofone’s own convictions about religion andspirituality while at the same timerespecting the commitments of others;

• Examine the religious basis for and becommitted to personal integrity, benevo-lent service, social justice, and environ-mental responsibility; and

• Describe the central characteristics of theworld’s great religious communitieswithin the context of global diversity andinterdependence.

Major in Religious StudiesStudents who major in religious studiesmust take a minimum of nine coursesincluding the core curriculum (five courses),departmental electives (three courses) andthe senior seminar, REL 490, which is typi-cally taken during the last term of the senioryear.

Core courses for a major in religiousstudies are: REL 200 Introduction to Biblical Studies or

any other departmental course in biblicalstudies

REL 230 Christian Social Ethics REL 240 World Religions: General

Introduction REL 320 The Emergence of Christian

Thought REL 321 Modern and Contemporary

Christian Thought Students who major in religious studies

may select their elective courses, in concertwith their academic advisor, from the

department’s regular course offerings, inter-national courses, January Term courses (nomore than two), independent study courses,or the Collegiate Seminarians Program.

Minor in Religious StudiesStudents who minor in religious studies willtake a minimum of four courses includingREL 200 Introduction to Biblical Studies andthree departmental electives (no more thanone of which may be from the January Term).

Major in Theological Studies andChristian Ministry This program of study is designed for stu-dents who want a theological exploration ofChristian ministry in the broadest sense, inrelation to discerning their life’s work. Stu-dents who major in theological studies andChristian ministry must successfully com-plete the following nine courses:REL 200 Introduction to Biblical Studies or

any other departmental course in biblicalstudies

REL 230 Christian Social EthicsREL 240 World Religions: General

IntroductionREL 280 Ministry: Callings and PracticeREL 320 The Emergence of Christian


Christian ThoughtTwo experiential courses (full credits) oftheir choice from the department’s intern-ships or international courses; and thedepartment’s senior seminar, REL 490, fora total of at least nine credits. Experientialcourses from academic departments outsidethe Department of Religious Studies maybe acceptable with the consent of thedepartment chair.

Minor in Theological Studies andChristian Ministry Students who minor in theological studies

296

Religious Studies

and Christian ministry must successfullycomplete a minimum of four departmentalcourses: three academic courses, two ofwhich must be REL 200 and REL 280, andone experiential course (full credit) from thedepartment’s internships or internationalcourses. Experiential courses from academicdepartments outside the Department of Reli-gious Studies may be acceptable with theconsent of the department chair.

Major in Religion and Service This program of study is designed for stu-dents across all religious traditions who wantto explore the connections between religiouscommitments and service, in relation to dis-cerning their life’s work. Students who majorin religion and service must successfullycomplete a minimum of nine courses: sixacademic religious studies courses, three ofwhich must be REL 200, REL 281 and REL240 (or a different course in a non-Christianreligious tradition); two experiential courses(full credits) from the department’s intern-ships or international study courses; and thedepartment’s senior seminar (REL 490).Experiential courses from academic depart-ments outside the Department of ReligiousStudies may be acceptable with the consentof the department chair.

Minor in Religion and Service Students who minor in religion and servicemust successfully complete a minimum offour departmental courses: three academiccourses, two of which must be REL 281 andREL 240 (or a different course in a non-Christian religious tradition), and one expe-riential course (full credit) from thedepartment’s internships or internationalcourses. Experiential courses from academicdepartments outside the Department ofReligious Studies may be acceptable withthe consent of the department chair.

Minor in Theology and Church Musicfor Music MajorsThe Department of Music and the Depart-ment of Religious Studies collaborate tooffer a linked program of study for studentswho want to serve the church throughmusic and theology. Requirements aredesigned to provide candidates with abreadth of study in music and theology, aswell as to provide a foundation in one of theareas of the College’s applied music programthat assures a sustainable level of musicalexpertise. Individuals interested in pursuingthis minor should make their intentionsknown in writing to the chairs of the musicand theology departments. The minor intheology and church music for music majorsis awarded to students who have met thefollowing requirements.

Completion of the courses and require-ments for the B.A. in music and the com-pletion of the following courses: MUS 215 Music in the Christian ChurchMUS 369 Conducting I (.50 credit)MUS 492 Independent Study and

Research: Church Music Field WorkREL 200 Introduction to Biblical StudiesREL 320 The Emergence of Christian


Christian ThoughtAdditional course work in theology, con-

ducting, and orchestration is encouraged.

The Collegiate Seminarians ProgramThe Collegiate Seminarians Program (CSP)provides students with greater opportunityto explore their sense of ministry, toexamine the religious roots of service and todelve into specialized areas of the student’sreligious interest. CSP is similar to a study-abroad program in that students choose aseminary from a list of participating schools,

297

Religious Studies

live on that campus with other seminarians,and fully immerse themselves in the life ofthe community. Upon application and accep-tance by both Elmhurst College and thehost institution, selected students will live inseminary housing for one term of theirjunior or senior year, attend courses as afull-time student at the seminary, andexplore a number of different ministries.Academic credit for courses in CSP may becounted as electives or as requirements inthe student’s major in consultation with thestudent’s academic advisor and the chair ofthe department. For more information andapplication forms, contact the chair of theDepartment of Religious Studies.

January Term January Term courses offered by the Depart-ment of Religious Studies provide studentswith an opportunity to study special topicsthrough innovative pedagogical methods noteasily replicated in the regular semester.These may include courses in India, Turkey,Israel, Palestine or South Africa. SomeJanuary Term courses may fulfill the require-ments for the religious studies major orminor, or for the Integrated Curriculum.


REL 200 Introduction to Biblical Studies The Bible is studied in the light of modernscholarship with an eye toward its relationshipto the contemporary world and the issuesarising out of modern culture. The departmentrecommends, but does not require, that studentscomplete REL 200 prior to REL 302, 305, 306,307, 314 or 319.

REL 211 Biblical Hebrew IThe course will introduce biblical Hebrewgrammar, syntax and vocabulary to studentsthrough listening, speaking, and written exercises. From elementary forms and con-structions, students will move into reading and

translating simple prose texts in the HebrewBible. The course will also include an overviewof the origins and history of the Hebrew lan-guage, the history of biblical Hebrew texts, andthe importance of the language for biblicalscholarship in Jewish, Christian and Muslimtraditions. Brief attention will be given to simi-larities with and differences from ModernHebrew. Upon request.

REL 230 Christian Social Ethics A study of selected contemporary moral prob-lems such as racism, poverty and hunger, warand peace, and sexual and familial relation-ships. An examination of the moral adequaciesof fundamental Christian convictions.

REL 240 World Religions: General Introduction An exploration of the major religious traditionsof East and West, including Buddhism, Chris-tianity, Hinduism, Islam, and Judaism.

REL 241 Introduction to JudaismThis course is an introduction to Judaism,beginning with the origins of early Hebrew andIsraelite religion in the ancient Near Easterncontext, moving to post-exilic Judaism and con-cluding with the contemporary period. Primarytexts will be studied, as well as key events andfigures in the history of Judaism. Attention willbe given to contemporary segments of Judaismin the United States, such as Orthodox, Conser-vative and Reform traditions. January Term andupon request.

REL 242 Issues in Islam: Gender, Politics and Human RightsThrough compelling contemporary issues thiscourse will trace the development of Islamfrom its early days as a small struggling com-munity to a religious and cultural superpower.It will feature a variety of practices of Muslimcommunities and explore Islamic law, theology,and spirituality. Special attention will be givento the contemporary expressions and contribu-tions of Islam.

REL 243 The Religions of IndiaIndia is the birthplace of four of the world’s

298

Religious Studies

major religions: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism,and Sikhism. Although India is one-third thesize of the United States, its population is morethan three times larger. Eighty-three percent ofits population is Hindu, 11 percent Muslim, 3percent Christian, 2 percent Sikh and less than1 percent Jain. While Buddhism has nearly dis-appeared from the Indian subcontinent, its risecontributed profoundly to the history of reli-gion in India. This course will explore the dis-tinct features of each tradition represented inIndia, how the traditions interact with eachother, and the peculiar Indian commonalitiesthe traditions share. Every third year on campusand every third year in India. Repeatable forcredit when taken on campus and in India.

REL 244 Understanding the Qur’anThis course is a comprehensive introduction tothe language, literary genres, social context,interpretive schools of thought and themes ofthe Qur’an—the heart of Islamic devotion,worship, personal decisions, and public life.Students will explore the origin, evolution andcompilation of the Qur’an, as well as historicaland contemporary exegetical methods thatMuslims have applied to interpret the text asthey learn to understand and interpret theQur’an for themselves.

REL 252 Movies and God The third century theologian Tertullian onceasked the question: “What has Jerusalem to dowith Athens?” A contemporary version might be:“What has Jerusalem to do with Hollywood?”Art forms and entertainment media help shapeand are shaped by popular culture and opinion.This course will examine how films convey reli-gious motifs to viewers. Through class discussionand short written assignments, students willbegin to appreciate how movies communicatetheir own interpretations of the sacred and arecommentaries on religious values in society.Upon request and January Term.

REL 268/368/468 Internship .50, 1.00 or 1.50 creditsInternships are intended to provide supervised,

hands-on, work-related experience in religiousinstitutions, in religiously sponsored organiza-tions, or in jobs underwritten by religiousbodies in independent secular institutions. Stu-dents may take their internship for credit as anelective or as part of their major or minor inthe department. Inquiries should be made tothe full-time faculty of the department in theterm preceding the anticipated internship.Registration for internships must receivedepartmental approval. Repeatable for credit.Pre- or corequisite: REL 280 or REL 281. Uponrequest.

REL 280 Ministry: Callings and Practice This course will introduce students to the longhistory of ministry in the Christian tradition,beginning with the biblical bases for a “calling.”It is designed especially for students who areinterested in exploring a call to Christian min-istry or vocation in preparation for work as apastor, priest, chaplain, religious educator,scholar or administrator, or in other ministries.Through systematic theological and biblicalreflection, students will explore historical andcontemporary spiritual practices that lead to thediscernment of spiritual gifts. The course willpresent individuals in their social and historicalcontexts who have excelled in pursuing theirministerial vocations in the Christian heritage. The Niebuhr Center for Faith and Actionrequires the successful completion of this course orREL 281 for grant-supported internships, inter-national courses, and other opportunities.

REL 281 Serving Society: Faith PerspectivesIn this interdisciplinary course students willacquire a wide-ranging knowledge of how reli-gious principles and faith have informedengagement with society and have motivatedpursuits of humanitarian and religious servicethrough history. Students will gain a criticalunderstanding of scriptures, teachings andrituals in major religions that encourage socialjustice and service as well as responsibility forthe natural world. Students will explore impor-

299

Religious Studies

tant faith-motivated movements and leaders inhistorical context that demonstrate interactionwith society for good, and sometimes for ill.The course will stress self-knowledge andawareness as students reflect upon their ownbiographies of faith and are encouraged toexplore their future life’s work through expo-sure to professional mentors and field experi-ences. The Niebuhr Center for Faith and Actionrequires the successful completion of this course orREL 280 for grant-supported internships, inter-national courses, and other opportunities.

REL 302 Biblical Prophets and theCurrent ContextThis course offers a critical analysis of the lit-erature and contexts of the biblical Hebrewprophets in light of biographical data and his-torical, literary/rhetorical and oral poeticscholarship of prophecy (by men and women)in Ancient Near Eastern cultures. The coursewill examine the central concerns of biblicalprophets, such as monotheism and socialjustice. The course will consider as well somehistoric and contemporary connections withthe biblical prophetic traditions.

REL 305 Visions, Revolts and Messiahs:Second Temple JudaismA survey of Judaism from the Babylonian exilethrough the rise of the rabbis (515 BCE–70CE). The course will include a critical readingof historical and literary sources from theBible, Apocrypha, Pseudepigrapha, the DeadSea Scrolls and Josephus. Upon request.

REL 306 The Story of Jesus: The Synoptic GospelsA study of Matthew, Mark and Luke-Acts andthe multicultural and historical settings inwhich they were composed and to which theywere addressed. The gospel documents will beexamined with the aid of the tools of moderncritical biblical study. The course will alsoaddress similar gospels excluded from the canon.Spring Term, alternate years.

REL 307 Paul the Apostle: His Lettersand ThoughtAn introduction to the content and back-ground of the letters attributed to Paul.Emphasis will be placed on the literary struc-ture and rhetorical strategy of his letters, andthe specific issues addressed in each of hisletters. Particular attention will be given to thesocial context of each of Paul’s Christian com-munities and how this affects his strategy inaddressing the social and theological issues thatarose among them. Spring Term, alternate years.

REL 314 Women in the Bible: Genderand Culture This course is a critical analysis of womenfigures in biblical texts and contexts, using his-torical, anthropological, sociological, feminist,literary and theological methodologies. Stu-dents will gain the skills necessary to interpretbiblical stories of women in light of the con-texts of the times, in ancient Israel and 1st–2nd century Palestine and nearby areas in theNew Testament period.

REL 319 Biblical Theology An in-depth examination of the theologicaldiversity and unity of the various perspectivesrepresented in the Old and New Testaments.Upon request.

REL 320 The Emergence of ChristianThought Traces the historical development of crucialChristian doctrines including the Trinity, thetwo natures of Christ and original sin in theearly Christian centuries together with themedieval and Reformation development andmodification of these doctrines. The contem-porary relevance of the Christian tradition isemphasized.

REL 321 Modern and ContemporaryChristian Thought Examines the theological Renaissance of the20th century as it was formulated in the thoughtof such seminal figures as Barth, Bultmann,Brunner, Tillich, the Niebuhrs and Bonhoeffer,

300

Religious Studies

and the impact of these figures on contemporaryChristianity.

REL 322 Theologies of Liberation Survey of contemporary efforts to relate reli-gious understandings of human freedom andjustice to contemporary movements towardhuman liberation. Included are such issues asthe African American experience; strategies forliberation in Africa, Asia and Latin America;and the feminist perspective. Upon request.

REL 323 Religion and ScienceThe course introduces the science and religiondebate, giving key historical examples in theirsocial, scientific and theological contexts. Stu-dents will examine theological and religiousclaims and their interaction with different sci-ences–physics, biology and psychology. The placeof religion and science in constituting social andpersonal values for diverse religious traditionsshall be addressed.

REL 324 The Problem of GodThe topic of this course is "God" in recentWestern intellectual history. More precisely, thiscourse will address how people talk about Godand how that discourse has evolved. Religiousconceptions of God will be examined in theirhistorical, social and theological context. Thiscourse will examine a broad array of perspec-tives from Reinhold Niebuhr’s Does CivilizationNeed Religion? to the modern secular funda-mentalists. By the end of the 19th century,many prominent intellectual and social figuresabandoned Christianity, and society becameincreasingly secularized. The secularizationhypothesis will be critically analyzed within itstheological, historical, and cultural context. Keyrepresentatives of “the history of unbelief” willbe surveyed, including Auguste Comte, LudwigFeuerbach, David Strauss, and RichardDawkins.

REL 328 The Problem of EvilA critical examination of and struggle withwhat may be the oldest and most intransigenttheological problem–theodicy, the problem ofevil in a world created by a good God. How is

it possible that a good, all-knowing, and all-powerful God allows such suffering as disease,natural disasters, hatred, mass murder andevery form of wickedness imagined by humanbeings? Students will address this central ques-tion with such related questions as human freewill, natural events, the existence of God, andif God exists, God’s possible character. Uponrequest and January Term.

REL 331 Religious Ethics and HumanSexualityThis course is a critical study of biblical per-spectives, theological positions, ethical rea-soning, church traditions, faith commitments,and empirical data that address questions ofsexuality and the family. It examines keyethical variables such as human nature, God,the church, love, justice, and empowerment insuch major issues of sexuality as eroticism,marriage, partnering, divorce, contraception,reproduction, sexual identity, sexual harass-ment, health care and public policy.

REL 332 Religious Ethics and Health Care Theological reflection on ethical norms andselected issues in health care. Study of the bib-lical and theological grounding of humanvalues and attention to secular sources ofmorality enable students to articulate their ownpositions. Issues addressed include informedconsent, research on human subjects, abortion,genetics, death and suffering, euthanasia andphysician-assisted death, HIV/AIDS, andhealth care delivery and its reform.

REL 341 Theology of Christian Art The theological underpinnings of Western artand architecture as they are exemplified in theEarly Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque,Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque periods.Upon request.

REL 343 Islamic Mysticism and thePoetry of RumiA study of the Islamic mystical tradition andone of the most popular poets in America, Jalalal-Din Muhammad Rumi (1207-1273).

301

Religious Studies

Within the context of Islamic mysticism, stu-dents will analyze his world, life, poetic worksand significance for the fields of religion andcultural studies. Rumi was an Islamic scholarand mystic whose influence transcends reli-gious and national boundaries. Most famousfor his magnum opus, the Masnavi (nick-named “the Koran in Persian”), Rumi was aspiritual guide whose teachings have inspiredcountless individuals, powerful socio-politicalmovements and numerous religious groupssuch as the Mevlevi Sufi Order of whirlingdervishes. Upon request and January Term.

REL 344 Religious Classics Literary expressions of religious faith and lifefocusing on personal, devotional and confes-sional language rather than doctrinal proposi-tions. Examples: Augustine’s Confessions,Echkart’s Sermons, Luther’s Christian Liberty,Teresa of Avila’s Interior Castle, ThomasMerton’s New Seeds of Contemplation, Bunyan’sPilgrim’s Progress, and Julian of Norwich.

REL 346 African American Religious Traditions This course introduces students to and leadsthem in a critical examination of the impor-tant richness and complexities of AfricanAmerican religious traditions as they bear onthe religious, sociopolitical and culturalexpressions and experiences in America today.Close attention will be given to contemporaryissues and options as they are seized andexemplified among various religious move-ments such as the Black Muslims, BlackJudaism, Afro-Centric Christianity and thereturn to African religions. Upon request.

REL 347 Theories of Religion This course introduces the history of theoret-ical approaches to religion by investigatingindividual thinkers and movements in orderto see how religious studies arose. The coursebegins with the emergence of religiousstudies from theology, and it continuesthrough the various disciplines of the socialsciences—sociology of religion, psychology of

religion, anthropology of religion, phenome-nology of religion and cognitive science ofreligion—noting the major authors and theo-ries of religion found in each.

REL 350 Religion in America A historical introduction to religion inAmerican culture highlighting the roots ofAmerican religiosity, the variety of religiouscommunities, the distinctive features ofAmerican Christianity, religious pluralism,and the relation of church and state.

REL 351 Religious Studies in PublicSchools K-12This course is designed for students who intendto become teachers in public primary and secondary schools, but will also be of special sig-nificance for current teachers, school administra-tors, religious leaders and parents. Students willstudy the applicability of the religious libertyclauses of the First Amendment, exploreresources and curricular programs for the criticalstudy of religion, and develop an appreciationfor academic pedagogical styles that arerespectful, informational and analytic, ratherthan styles that are devotional, proselytizing orderogatory. Students will gain legal insights,ethical awareness and tools to teach religiousstudies units and courses in public schools.January Term and upon request.

REL 361–364 Special Topics in Religious Studies The theological study of subjects not a part ofthe regular department offerings. Topics willvary from term to term. Repeatable for credit.Unless explicitly specified, these courses will notsatisfy any Integrated Curriculum requirements,but may satisfy the department requirements forthe major or minor.

REL 370 Christian Rome through theCenturiesThe course will examine the history of Chris-tianity in Rome, from before the time of theApostles Peter and Paul to today's pope. Chris-tian Rome's economic influence will be exam-ined from before the days of Rome's official

302

Religious Studies

adoption of Christianity in the fourth centuryto the modern day as a sovereign state, VaticanCity, with diplomatic relationships around theworld. Students will visit Rome and its envi-rons, Vatican City and Assisi.

REL 371 South Africa: Service and Interdisciplinary StudyThis international course examines SouthAfrica's political history, traditional and colo-nial cultures, religions, the new South Africa ofthe post-apartheid era, and social challengesrelated to education, poverty and health care.Students do service work with organizationsand schools in the Cape Town area and travelto historic sites in Soweto, Johannesburg, Dis-trict Six, Robben Island, the Cape of GoodHope and Entabeni game reserve.

REL 372 Modern Israel: Its Religions,Histories and PoliticsThis course explores the contemporary reli-gions of Israel and Palestine from the JordanRiver to the Mediterranean Sea, and fromHaifa through Jerusalem to Bethlehem andHebron. In a country that conjoins religionand government, students will study how thestate has influenced all religions, and how thesereligions have influenced each other. Studentswill investigate the contemporary meaning ofreligious identity and religious freedom, listento devotees’ personal narratives, visit ancientholy sites, observe religious practices, probedifferent beliefs and values and ponder the reli-gious experiences of the peoples of Israel andPalestine: the Baha’i of Akko and Haifa; theDruze of Golan and Galilee; the Samaritans ofMount Gerizim; the Jews of Tel Aviv, Yerusha-layim and the settlements; the Christians ofBethlehem. Nazareth and the Old City; andthe Muslims of Ramallah, al Khalil and alQuds. Special attention will be given to thevariety within Jewish life, the warmth of Islam,and the vibrancy of Christianity. Participantswill explore how such varied religions have sur-vived, adapted and blossomed on the desert.

REL 430 The Niebuhr Seminar: God and JusticeA reading seminar that will examine selectedwritings of Reinhold Niebuhr and his youngerbrother, H. Richard Niebuhr, in order to dis-cover their salient theological, ethical, andpolitical contributions that continue to havepotency in the contemporary world andpromise for tomorrow. Special attention will begiven to the brothers’ relationships with thechurch and with Elmhurst College. Uponrequest.

REL 490 Senior SeminarReligious studies senior seminar exposes stu-dents to a series of relevant and influentialtopics and texts reflecting the diversity anddynamism of religious studies and provides aforum for in-depth analysis and debate. Seniorseminar is required of all departmental majorsand is open to all students who have success-fully completed at least three courses in reli-gious studies.

REL 492/292 Independent StudyStudents may pursue their special interests onan individual basis by making arrangementswith a professor of the department. Repeatablefor credit. Consent of the department chair isrequired.

REL 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of theologyand religion culminating in an appropriatepublic dissemination of research methods andfindings. This research must build upon pre-vious coursework taken within the major orminor, facilitating faculty supervision andguidance. Repeatable for credit. Permission of the faculty supervisor and thedirector of the Honors Program required prior toregistration.

303

Sociology is the scientific study of societythat is, patterns of social interaction and

their effects on individual social behavior.Sociology studies these patterns of socialinteraction at various levels, from face-to-face interaction in small groups to the pat-terns and processes that make up entiresocieties. Sociologists study society in orderto understand its basic structure andprocesses—basic sociology—or to providepractical solutions to the problems faced bysocieties, organizations, groups and individ-uals—applied sociology.

Sociology as a discipline contributes toboth the liberal and career education of thestudent. It contributes to liberal education byfostering an understanding of social relation-ships and their impact on each individual.Such understanding increases individualfreedom and responsibility, as well as theability to contribute to the welfare of society.Sociology contributes to career education byproviding systematic knowledge of society asa basis for a satisfying and fruitful career. Thesociology major provides strong liberal artspreparation for entry-level positions in busi-ness, social services and government. Manystudents choose sociology as a broad liberalarts preparation for professions such as law,education, medicine, social work and coun-

seling. The undergraduate major in sociologyalso prepares students for future graduatework in sociology to become a professor,researcher, or applied sociologist.

Traditional-age program students maypursue a major in sociology or minors insociology and social work. Adult studentsmay pursue a minor in sociology or a soci-ology concentration within a Bachelor ofLiberal Studies degree. Students in the tradi-tional program may also complete a concen-tration in human services within thesociology major. The human services con-centration is recommended for sociologymajors interested in careers in communityorganizing and social services, includingsocial work. A minor in sociology is valuablefor students majoring in a variety of fields,including business, criminal justice, educa-tion, intercultural studies, nursing, politicalscience, psychology, religious studies andurban studies. A minor in social work isuseful for students wanting more of thesocial work application of social science the-ories and for those intending to do graduatestudy in social work.

The criminal justice major provides asocial-scientific approach to the criminaljustice system within the context of a liberalarts curriculum. The major combines


Sociology andCriminal Justice

304

Sociology and Criminal Justice

courses in criminal justice with relatedcourses in sociology, as well as recom-mended electives in political science, philos-ophy, psychology, communications andcomputer science. Students learn about thenature and causes of crime, as well as thestructures and processes by which societyresponds to criminal behavior, including lawenforcement, the courts, corrections andcriminal law.

Traditional-age students may pursue amajor or minor in criminal justice. Themajor prepares students for entry-level posi-tions in the criminal justice system,including law enforcement, corrections, pro-bation and parole, as well as for advancedstudy in graduate and professional schoolsin criminal justice, criminology and crim-inal law. The criminal justice minor is forstudents whose career goals require anunderstanding of criminal behavior and thecriminal justice system. Students maycombine the criminal justice minor withmajors such as political science, psychology,sociology, special education, religious studiesand urban studies.

FacultyJames P. Smith, Chair; Richard G. Greenleaf,Sarah M. Smith

SOCIOLOGY

Goals of the Sociology MajorStudents who graduate with a major in soci-ology will be able to:• Understand and appreciate the discipline

of sociology and its role in contributingto our understanding of social life;

• Understand the culture and structure ofsociety in order to function more effec-tively within it;

• Understand the role of theory and

research methods in the process of socio-logical inquiry;

• Understand and appreciate different cul-tures and subcultures;

• Know and appreciate the significance ofsocial differentiation and inequality forindividual life choices;

• Think analytically and critically;• Communicate clearly, effectively and

persuasively;• Use the sociological perspective in their

careers; and• Pursue graduate education in sociology,

social work and related fields.

Major in SociologyAll students majoring in sociology arerequired to take a minimum of nine courses,including eight courses in sociology plus anelementary statistics course. At least fourcourses must be taken at the 300 or 400level. Majors are strongly encouraged to takecourses at the 300 level where there is anoption. Courses taken for the major mustinclude the following required courses:SOC 211 Society and the Individual–

Introductory SociologySOC/CJ 323 Methods of Social Research

(sophomore or junior year)SOC 424 Sociological Theory

(spring of junior year)SOC 496 Capstone Seminar

(spring of senior year)One of the following statistics courses

should be taken before SOC/CJ 323:PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific Research

orMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

orMTH 346 Statistics for Scientists

At least one course must be taken fromeach of the following three categories:

305


Social and Cultural DifferentiationSOC 212 Cultural AnthropologySOC 304 Majority-Minority RelationsSOC 305 Sex and Gender in SocietySOC 310 Social Inequality SOC/CJ 340 Gender and Crime

Social Organization and InstitutionsSOC 216/316 Society, Health and IllnessSOC 217/317 Marriage and the Family

Social InterventionSOC 301 Social ProblemsSOC/CJ 319 Juvenile Delinquency and

the Justice SystemSOC/CJ 408 Criminology

A student may submit one credit ofindependent study, SOC 491 or 492 andone credit of field experience, SOC 490toward the sociology major if taken for aletter grade. Majors seeking a bachelor ofscience degree, rather than a bachelor of artsdegree, must take any two mathematicscourses offered by the Department of Math-ematics except MTH 325, 326, 440 and441. Students pursuing both a sociologymajor and a social work minor may applyonly SOC 211 toward both the major andminor.

At least four of the eight required soci-ology courses must be taken at ElmhurstCollege. Courses in sociology and socialwork may be accepted in transfer from othercolleges.

Students are strongly advised to takeSOC 490 Independent Field Work as partof their sociology major. Students are alsostrongly advised to develop some compe-tence in the use of computer. CS 111 Intro-duction to Software Applications andDigital Technology covers basic concepts incomputer science and digital technology.Students should also consider taking COM315 Intercultural Communication, com-

pleting a minor in intercultural studies, andstudying Spanish to increase their opportu-nities in the labor market.

Major in Sociology with a Concentration in Human ServicesThe concentration in human services isdesigned for sociology majors interested incareers in community organizing and socialservices, including social work. An individu-alized program will be set up to provideconceptual and practical experiences inhuman services to prepare students for grad-uate work or direct entry into the field. Stu-dents seeking a specialized human servicesfocus—for example, gerontology—shouldconsult with a sociology faculty member inorder to design a program of study.

Students may also combine the humanservices concentration with a major orminor in another discipline, such as busi-ness, criminal justice, intercultural studies,nursing, psychology, political science, speechpathology, religious studies or urban studies.

The recommended concentration courses are:SOC 303 Introduction to Social WorkSOC 404 Social Work with Individuals

and Familiesand/or

SOC 406 Social Work within Groups and Communities

SOC 492 Independent Study or

SOC 490 Independent Field Work (subject to site availability)Students should consult with sociology

faculty regarding recommended electives insociology.

Minor in SociologyThe requirements for a minor in sociologyare four courses including SOC 211 or theequivalent. At least two courses must be

306


taken at the 300 or 400 level. Courses insocial work may not be applied toward thesociology minor. At least two of the coursesmust be taken at Elmhurst College.

Minor in Social WorkThe required courses for the social workminor are the following:SOC 211 Society and the Individual–

Introductory SociologySOC 303 Introduction to Social WorkSOC 404 Social Work with Individuals

and FamiliesSOC 406 Social Work within Groups

and CommunitiesA student may apply one credit of inde-

pendent study, SOC 492, or one credit ofindependent field work, SOC 490, towardthe social work minor in lieu of either SOC404 or SOC 406. SOC 490 IndependentField Work is contingent upon the locationof a suitable field site. At least two of therequired courses must be taken at ElmhurstCollege.

A student who is pursuing both a majorin sociology and a minor in social work maycount only SOC 211 toward both the soci-ology major and the social work minor. Thesocial work courses SOC 303, SOC 404and SOC 406, or their equivalent cannot beapplied simultaneously toward the sociologymajor and the social work minor.

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Goals of the Criminal Justice MajorStudents who graduate with a major incriminal justice will be able to:• Understand and describe the criminal

justice system, including the majorsystems of social control, their policiesand practices and the role of publicpolicy in criminal justice;

• Describe and analyze agencies of justice

and the procedures used to identify andtreat criminal offenders;

• Critically analyze the theories that seekto explain the nature, patterns andcauses of criminal behavior and delinquency;

• Understand the basic precepts of sub-stantive and procedural criminal law,including the concept of due process andits application through the criminaljustice process;

• Identify the principles of effective lawenforcement and security administration;

• Use quantitative and qualitative researchmethods, including statistics, to evaluateand conduct research on crime and crim-inal justice institutions;

• Apply ethical and legal principles tocriminal justice practice;

• Understand the impact of social and cul-tural diversity on criminal behavior andthe administration of justice;

• Acquire new knowledge through thereview and synthesis of current research;

• Apply related skills, techniques, princi-ples and intercultural competenciesrelated to criminal justice in theircareers; and

• Pursue advanced education or training incriminal justice, criminology, or criminallaw.

Major in Criminal JusticeThe criminal justice major consists of thefollowing 12 required courses and recom-mended electives:

Required Core CoursesCJ 200 Introduction to the Criminal

Justice SystemCJ 210 Policing and SocietyCJ 215 Corrections: Theory and PracticeCJ/SOC 319 Juvenile Delinquency and the

Justice System

307


CJ/SOC 323 Methods of Social ResearchCJ/SOC 408 CriminologyCJ 409 Criminal LawCJ 410 Criminal Procedure

Required Cognate CoursesMTH 345 Elementary Statistics

orMTH 346 Statistics for Scientists

orPSY 355 Statistics for Scientific ResearchSOC 301 Social Problems

orSOC 304 Majority-Minority Relations

Criminal Justice Electives (two required)CJ 320 Organized and White Collar CrimeCJ 330 Criminal InvestigationCJ/SOC 340 Gender and CrimeCJ 480 Selected Topics in Criminal JusticeCJ 490 Independent Field WorkCJ 491 Independent ResearchCJ 492 Independent Study

Recommended ElectivesCOM 213 Public SpeakingCS 111 Introduction to Software

Applications and Digital TechnologyICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural


(.50 credit)PHL 306 Moral PhilosophyPHL 315 Philosophy of LawPOL 202 American State and Local

GovernmentPOL 360 Public Policy and AdministrationPOL 412 Constitutional LawPSY 210 Introduction to Psychological

ScienceStudents seeking a bachelor of science,

rather than a bachelor of arts degree, musttake any two mathematics courses offered bythe Department of Mathematics except

MTH 325, 326, 440 and 441. Studentspursuing both a major in criminal justiceand a major in sociology may apply onlyfour sociology courses toward both majors.

At least six of the required courses mustbe taken at Elmhurst College. Courses incriminal justice may be accepted from othercolleges.

Minor in Criminal JusticeThe minor in criminal justice requires fivecourses in criminal justice, including thefollowing:CJ 200 Introduction to the Criminal Justice

SystemCJ 210 Policing and SocietyCJ 215 Corrections: Theory and PracticeCJ 319 Juvenile Delinquency and

the Justice SystemCJ/SOC 408 Criminology

At least three of the required coursesmust be taken at Elmhurst College. Coursesin criminal justice may be accepted fromother colleges.


Prerequisites: The department will waiveSOC 211 as a prerequisite for upper-levelcourses in sociology if the student haspassed the CLEP exam in introductory soci-ology or, in the opinion of the instructor,the student’s prior education or experienceprovides the conceptual foundation neces-sary to take the course.

CJ 200 Introduction to the CriminalJustice SystemAn overview of the development, organizationand function of the adult and juvenile criminaljustice systems in the United States. Issues ofprevention, control, prosecution and treatmentof crime and violators will be discussed. Thesocial and cultural factors that influence thecreation of laws, the commission of crime andthe operation of law enforcement, courts and

308


corrections will be emphasized. Professional,legal and ethical concerns will be exploredusing case examples.

CJ 210 Policing and SocietyAn examination of the role of the police inmodern society. Topics include interactionswith minorities, racial profiling, police corrup-tion and the use of force. Emphasis onaccountability and remedies for strained rela-tionships between the police and the public.

CJ 215 Corrections: Theory and PracticeAn examination of the historical foundationsand ideological and pragmatic justifications forpunishment and imprisonment; sentencingtrends and alternatives to incarceration; organi-zation and management of correctional institu-tions; inmate life and prison; treatment andcustody; discharge and parole.

CJ/SOC 319 Juvenile Delinquency andthe Justice SystemAn analysis and in-depth study of how mul-tiple institutions within the social environmentof contemporary U.S. society influence juve-nile offenders. Special attention is given toissues and dilemmas in arresting, processing,charging, interrogating, prosecuting, sen-tencing/punishing and incarcerating juvenileoffenders. Prerequisite: CJ 200 or SOC 211 orequivalent.

CJ 320 Organized and White CollarCrimeA focus on the operation of organized criminalactivities and white collar crime. Structure,participant characteristics, legal handling,investigation, prosecution and sentencing willbe examined and compared. Prerequisite: CJ200 or SOC 211 or equivalent.

CJ/SOC 323 Methods of Social Research�An introduction to the logic and proceduresfor conducting social research. An examinationof the foundations of social research, researchdesign, methods of observation, data analysisand ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: PSY355 or MTH 345 or MTH 346.

CJ 330 Criminal InvestigationAn examination of the evolution of criminalinvestigation as well as current investigativetechniques and protocol. Students will explorethe various stages of crime (the scene) viaphysical evidence, canvassing for witnesses,arrest and preparation for prosecution. Prereq-uisite: CJ 200.

CJ/SOC 340 Gender and CrimeGender and Crime focuses on explanations ofthe criminality of women, men, andtransgendered people in the U.S. and theprison cultures associated with differentgenders. The course examines how dominantcultural norms and values reflect differentialpower relations between individuals in U.S.society and how these power inequalities act asroot causes of crime. It explores how crime isused by individuals to appeal to, reject, orchange societal norms and relationships as wellas how social control of such individuals isused to shore up support for existing societalnorms and relationships. Prerequisite: CJ 200or SOC 211 or equivalent.

CJ/SOC 408 CriminologyAn examination of early and modern theoriesof criminality from the 18th century to thepresent. Emphasis on sociological explanations,including social disorganization, subculturaltheories, strain and self-control. Associationsamong theory, research and policy will behighlighted. Prerequisites: CJ 200 or SOC 211or equivalent and junior or senior standing.

CJ 409 Criminal LawAn examination of the development and oper-ation of United States criminal law, includinglegal terminology, crime definitions and crim-inal defenses. Criminal responsibility and thecapacity to commit a crime will be covered.Specific areas of interest include jurisdiction,double jeopardy, entrapment, insanity andmens rea. Prerequisites: two courses in criminaljustice or consent of instructor.

CJ 410 Criminal ProcedureA focus on the protections afforded by the 4th,

309


5th, 6th and 14th Amendments to the Consti-tution. Specific topics include the exclusionaryrule, Miranda warnings, warrantless searchesand probable cause. Students will be required toread U.S. Supreme Court decisions pertainingto law enforcement activities and individualrights. Prerequisites: two courses in criminal justiceor consent of the instructor.

CJ 480 Selected Topics in CriminalJusticeTopics vary depending on student and facultyinterest. Some of these include police racialprofiling, capital punishment, the courts,domestic violence, probation and parole andserial murderers. May be repeated for credit.Prerequisites: two courses in criminal justice orconsent of instructor.

CJ 490 Independent Field Work.50, .75 or 1.00 creditIndependent guided field work in criminaljustice. Field work involves work in an agency,organization or community setting using crim-inal justice theory to analyze and solve prob-lems. A minimum of 140 hours on site isrequired during the term for 1.00 credit.Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: two courses incriminal justice and consent of instructor. Uponrequest.

CJ 491 Independent Research.50, .75 or 1.00 creditA course in independent, guided research.Practical experience is acquired in the stages ofdesigning and conducting a research project incriminal justice. Repeatable for credit. Prerequi-sites: CJ/SOC 323 and consent of instructor.Upon request.

CJ 492/292 Independent Study.50, .75 or 1.00 creditAn independent and concentrated readingcourse focusing on a specific problem area,field of specialization or thought of a majorthinker in criminal justice. Repeatable for credit.Prerequisites: two courses in criminal justice andconsent of instructor. Upon request.

CJ 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of criminaljustice culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the HonorsProgram required prior to registration.

SOC 211 Society and the Individual—Introductory SociologyA scientific study of society and social interaction and their effects on individualbehavior. An introduction to the concepts, the-ories and methods used by sociologists to studysocial life. Special attention is given to how thesociological perspective can enhance our abilityto understand society and to function moreeffectively in it.

SOC 212 Cultural AnthropologyA study of the meaning and influence ofculture and its societal variations. The coursefocuses on culture as the way people live andadapt to their environments and emphasizesthe diversity of cultural patterns around theworld.

SOC 216 Society, Health and IllnessA study of the structure and function of healthcare as a societal institution. Socio-cultural andstructural factors that influence health care pro-fessionals’ roles, families’ health practices and theinteractions of clients and providers are discussed.Critiques of the U.S. health care system and pro-posed reforms are examined.

SOC 217 Marriage and the FamilyA historical and intercultural analysis of thefamily as a social institution in contemporaryAmerican society. Attention is given to dating,mate selection and marital adjustment. Theproblematical nature of the family in modernWestern culture is examined.

310


SOC 268 Field Experience in Sociology.50 or 1.00 creditProvides sociology students with supervisedand monitored on-the-job experience withbusinesses or human service agencies and insti-tutions, May be taken during the regular termwith part-time placement of 7 to 13 hours aweek for .50 credit or 14 to 17 hours weeklyfor 1.00 credit. Summer Term and JanuaryTerm field experiences may also be possible(hours per week will be adjusted accordingly).The student will complete self-assessments, setgoals and learning objectives, provide regularwritten feedback, attend CPE meetings andcomplete a final reflection paper of at least 4 to6 pages. Students will need to meet with botha member of the sociology faculty and theCPE coordinator of career development toapply. Repeatable for credit. Pass/No Passgrading. Does not count toward a sociology majoror minor. Pre- or corequisites: one sociology courseand approval of a member of the sociologyfaculty.

SOC 301 Social ProblemsCommon social problems are studied usingtheoretical and conceptual frameworks. Indi-vidual deviance, patterns of social injustice,specific problems affecting major U.S. institu-tions and international issues are investigated.Various mechanisms and resources for solvingand preventing social problems are explored. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or equivalent orjunior/senior standing.

SOC 303 Introduction to Social WorkA basic study of social work practice, which isrelevant to the social work, business, medicalor legal professions. Social work knowledge,values and skills are taught and applied tospecific cases. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or equiv-alent.

SOC 304 Majority-Minority RelationsAn analysis of problems of individual and col-lective contact between advantaged and disad-vantaged groups. Historical and contemporarysocietal reactions to minorities are examined.

Special attention is given to issues of socialjustice. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or equivalent orjunior/senior standing.

SOC 305 Sex and Gender in SocietyA study of gender roles and sex inequality—their forms, causes, effects on behavior and lifechances and patterns of change. An examina-tion of the significance of gender roles and sexinequality for understanding both socialbehavior and social institutions. Prerequisite:SOC 211 or equivalent.

SOC 310 Social InequalityA study of the structure and processes of socialinequality in societies. Primary emphasis is onsocio-economic inequality with secondaryemphasis on racial and sexual inequality. Anexamination of aspects of social inequality,including its causes, historical trends, contempo-rary patterns, effects on social behavior, efforts toreduce inequality and future possibilities. Prereq-uisite: SOC 211 or equivalent.

SOC 316 Society, Health and IllnessSee SOC 216. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or equivalent.

SOC 317 Marriage and the FamilySee SOC 217. Prerequisite: SOC 211 or equivalent.

SOC/CJ 319 Juvenile Delinquency andthe Justice SystemAn analysis and in-depth study of how multipleinstitutions within the social environment ofcontemporary U.S. society influence juvenileoffenders. Special attention is given to issuesand dilemmas in arresting, processing,charging, interrogating, prosecuting, sen-tencing/punishing and incarcerating juvenileoffenders. Prerequisite: CJ 200 or SOC 211 orequivalent.

SOC/CJ 323 Methods of Social ResearchAn introduction to the logic and proceduresfor conducting social research. An examinationof the foundations of social research, researchdesign, methods of observation, data analysisand ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: PSY355 or MTH 345 or MTH 346.

311


SOC 404 Social Work with Individualsand FamiliesAn in-depth study of social casework theoryand practice. A variety of theories, techniques,case illustrations and role playing are intro-duced to develop basic interviewing and coun-seling skills and the ability to establish aprofessional helping relationship. Prerequisite:SOC 303 or consent of instructor.

SOC 406 Social Work within Groups and CommunitiesGroup theory and process taught from theoretical, empirical and experiential perspec-tives. Students will develop their skills in agroup and will concentrate on a particulargroup population and setting. Prerequisite:SOC 303 or consent of instructor.

SOC/CJ 408 CriminologyAn examination of early and modern theories ofcriminality from the 18th century to thepresent. Emphasis on sociological explanations,including social disorganization, subculturaltheories, strain and self-control. Associationsamong theory, research and policy will be high-lighted. Prerequisite: CJ 200 or SOC 211 orequivalent and junior or senior standing.

SOC 424 Sociological TheoryAn introduction to several theoretical perspec-tives used to explain social phenomena: theintellectual roots of these perspectives, theirmajor concepts, their explanatory structures,their contributions and weaknesses and theiruses in research. Prerequisites: two courses insociology or equivalent.

SOC 480 Selected Topics in Sociology A focus on a specific theorist, sociologicalschool, problem area or application of sociology using a seminar format. Topicsvary upon student and faculty interest. Maybe repeated for credit. Prerequisite: consentof the instructor. Upon request.

SOC 490 Independent Field Work .50, .75 or 1.00 creditIndependent, guided field work in sociologyor social work. Field work in sociology

involves work in an agency, organization orcommunity setting using sociology to analyzeand solve problems. Field work in social workinvolves supervised work in an accreditedsocial service or welfare setting. A minimumof 140 hours on site is required during theterm for 1.00 credit. Repeatable for credit. Pre-requisites: field work in sociology: two courses insociology and consent of instructor. Field work insocial work: SOC 303, location of a suitablefield site and consent of instructor. Upon request.

SOC 491 Independent Research .50, .75 or 1.00 creditA course in independent, guided research.Practical experience is acquired in the stagesof designing and conducting a researchproject in sociology. Repeatable for credit. Pre-requisites: consent of instructor and eitherSOC/CJ 323 or three courses in sociology. Uponrequest.

SOC 492/292 Independent Study .50, .75 or 1.00 creditAn independent and concentrated readingcourse focusing on a specific problem area,field of specialization or the thought of amajor social thinker in sociology. Repeatablefor credit. Prerequisites: consent of instructor andtwo courses in sociology. Upon request.

SOC 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program studentsthe opportunity to design and implement asignificant research project in the field of soci-ology culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the HonorsProgram required prior to registration.

SOC 496 Capstone SeminarA seminar course required of all sociologymajors and designed to facilitate the transitionof sociology majors from the undergraduate

312


degree program to employment or graduateschool. The course will enable students toanswer four questions: What can I do with amajor in sociology? What do I know (knowl-edge)? What can I do (skills)? How can I usethe knowledge and skills that I have acquiredto achieve my professional goals? Students willexplore applications of sociology and opportu-nities for sociology-related careers and post-graduate education; apply sociologicalknowledge, methods and theory in a service-learning experience; and create an electronicportfolio and other material in preparation forapplication for employment or graduateschool. Students should enroll in SOC 496 inthe Spring Term closest to their graduation,Prerequisite: senior standing.

313

T he urban studies curriculum providesan interdisciplinary, career-focused

major. In a nation that is more than 80percent urban, it is increasingly importantto understand the past, present and futureof our cities and metropolitan areas.

An integral part of the program is theuse of the greater Chicago metropolitanregion as a laboratory for study. Classroominstruction, internships and research pro-jects are combined with field trips, guestspeakers and practical experiences to providea comprehensive learning experience.

The urban studies program offersnumerous options following graduation,including careers in municipal administra-tion, environmental management, housing,law, planning, social work and transporta-tion coordination. A degree in urbanstudies also provides students with opportu-nities for graduate study. Among the possi-bilities are degrees in political science,geography, law, public administration,social work, sociology, urban planning andurban studies.

FacultyConstance A. Mixon, Director

Mission StatementThe urban studies program at ElmhurstCollege, through an interdisciplinary liberal

arts framework, inspires students to thinkcritically about the diverse issues, problems,development and prospects of metropolitanareas and their citizens.

Program Goals• To provide students with a broad inter-

disciplinary liberal arts framework forunderstanding the issues, problems,development and prospects of metropol-itan areas and their citizens;

• To prepare students for careers and citi-zenship through experiential curricularand co-curricular opportunities thatplace students on the front lines ofurban life;

• To equip students with the knowledgeand skills necessary to pursue profes-sional careers and advanced study relatedto the multi-faceted nature of urbanstudies; and

• To serve as a resource, through service,outreach and engagement, to theChicago metropolitan region.

Learning GoalsUrban studies students are expected todemonstrate the ability to:• Formulate effective oral and written

argumentation; • Explain and evaluate historical and

Urban Studies Program


314


contemporary American and globalurbanization processes;

• Understand the social, economic, polit-ical and governmental conditions of met-ropolitan areas and their impacts onindividuals, institutions and society;

• Demonstrate understanding of thediverse nature of urban populations andthe social justice issues many of thesepopulations face; and

• Identify ways of creating more humane,equitable, sustainable, and efficient builtenvironments to improve urban futures.

Major in Urban StudiesAn urban studies major consists of aminimum of nine courses. All majors willtake at least three core courses as follows:URB 210 CitiesURB 291 Suburbiaand as a capstone, one of the following:URB 401 Cities of the World**URB 468 Field WorkURB 421 Practical PoliticsURB 492 Independent Study**URB 495 Honors Independent Research*A Chicago SemesterA Washington D.C. SemesterA study-abroad term with an urban studiesfocusMajors are encouraged to take two cognatecourses:PSY 355* or MTH 345 StatisticsSOC 423* or PSY 356* Research Methods In addition, students should choose one ofthree available focus areas:• Public Services• Public Administration• Urban Planning Focus coursework consists of a minimum of

six courses as indicated below (note: onlyfour or five focus courses are neededdepending on whether one or both of Statis-tics and Research Methods are taken).

Public ServiceFor work with public or nonprofit organiza-tions take:POL 360 Public Policy and Administration

(required)

Human NeedsCJ 200 Introduction to the Criminal Justice

SystemEDU 104 Cultural Foundations of

Education in the United StatesEDU 331 Race and Equity in Education*SOC 214/314 The Elderly*SOC 216/316 Society, Health and Illness*SOC 303 Introduction to Social Work*SOC 304 Majority-Minority Relations*SOC 310 Social Inequalities*CJ/SOC 319 Juvenile Delinquency and the

Justice System*SOC 408 Criminology*ManagementBUS 354 Human Resource Management*BUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and

Practice*BUS 454 Leadership*GEO 207 Introduction to Spatial ThinkingGEO 302 GIS in the Urban Environment*SOC 315 Complex Organizations*

or BUS 453 Organizational Behavior*URB 430 Seminar: Urban Management

OtherGEO 411 Urban GeographyGEO 412 Political GeographyGEO 413 Economic GeographyCOM 315 Intercultural Communication

*Note prerequisite(s)**Note: No more than one independent credit or one credit of URB 201/401 can be submitted for a minor in urban studies. Nomore than one Independent Study credit can be submitted for the major. No more than half of the minor (two courses) or themajor (four courses) can be double-counted for other major, minors or Integrated Curriculum work.

315


COM 317 Persuasive CommunicationICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural


(.50 credit)

Public AdministrationFor work with political parties, politicians,government agencies or law school take:POL 202 American State and Local

Government (required)POL 300 Urban Politics (required)

PoliticsPOL 150 Introduction to PoliticsPOL 201 American Federal GovernmentPOL 240 Law and PoliticsPOL 319 Foundations of American

Political ThoughtPOL 360 Public Policy and AdministrationPOL 411 Constitutional Law I: Civil

LibertiesPOL 412 Constitutional Law II: Civil

RightsManagementBUS 354 Human Resource Management*BUS 355 Negotiations: Theory and

Practice*BUS 454 Leadership*GEO 207 Introduction to Spatial ThinkingGEO 302 GIS in the Urban Environment*SOC 315 Complex Organizations*

or BUS 453 Organizational Behavior*URB 430 Seminar: Urban Management

OtherCJ 210 Policing and SocietyEDU 331 Race and Equity in EducationGEO 411 Urban GeographyGEO 412 Political GeographyCOM 315 Intercultural Communication

COM 317 Persuasive CommunicationICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural


(.50 credit)

Urban PlanningFor work in city or regional planning take:URB 420 Principles and Practices of

Urban Planning (required)BUS 301 Introduction to Logistics and

Supply Chain ManagementGEO 207 Introduction to Spatial Thinking*GEO 302 GIS in the Urban Environment*GEO 309 Geographic Information Systems

(GIS) II: Spatial Analysis*GEO 411 Urban GeographyGEO 413 Economic GeographyICS 270 Introduction to Intercultural


(.50 credit)SOC 304 Majority-Minority RelationsURB 430 Seminar: Art and Architecture

Minor in Urban StudiesAn urban studies minor consists of aminimum of four courses. Two of the corecourses, URB 210 Cities and URB 291 Sub-urbia are required. The remaining two coursesshould be selected from any other urbanstudies courses (URB); one of POL 202, POL300 or POL 360; a Chicago Semester; aWashington, D.C. Semester; or a study-abroad term with an urban studies focus.


URB 201 Cities of the World.50 or 1.00 creditSee URB 401.

*Note prerequisite(s)**Note: No more than one independent credit or one credit of URB 201/401 can be submitted for a minor in urban studies. Nomore than one Independent Study credit can be submitted for the major. No more than half of the minor (two courses) or themajor (four courses) can be double-counted for other major, minors, or Integrated Curriculum work.

316


URB 210 Cities The history of cities from antiquity to thepresent. Attention is given to similarities andcontrasts in the growth and history of cities.Special emphasis on development of cities inthe Western hemisphere.

URB 291 Suburbia: People, Problemsand Policies Examines a distinctive form of contemporarylife—the suburbs. The history, organizationalstructures, and values of suburbia. Field tripsand guest lecturers provide insight into currentideas for suburban development.

URB 308 European Union and Cities:Regional Integration and Urbanization inthe European UnionSee BID 308.

URB 401 Cities of the World.50 or 1.00 creditThis course enables students to experience thevarious approaches other countries and citiesutilize to meet contemporary urban concerns.Special emphasis is on government, housing,planning and transportation. An opportunityto study different cultures and societies. Maybe repeated for credit.

URB 420 Principles and Practices ofUrban Planning Explores the purpose, practice and theories ofmodern planning for the promotion of socialand economic well-being. Provides a frame-work for understanding many urban problems.Spring Term, even-numbered years.

URB 421 Practical Politics and PoliticalCampaigning Involves the student directly in politics. Class-room theory is tested when the student partic-ipates in a political campaign for a candidateor political party. As needed.

URB 430 Seminar in Urban Studies Students will develop basic research techniquesand work on a particular topic for an in-depthstudy. The course will vary in terms of topicsand experience. Fall Term. May be repeated forcredit.

URB 468 Field Work/Internship in Urban Studies .50 or 1.00 creditThe primary purpose is to give the student anopportunity to apply classroom learning to apractical work experience. Academic credit fora term of employment at 15–20 hours perweek in a governmental agency, communityorganization, lawyer’s office, planning commission, or public agency. Evaluation ofemployee by the employer and a research report bythe student are required. Full-time summer studyis possible. May be repeated for credit. Fall Term,Spring Term; upon request.

URB 492/292 Independent Study .50 or 1.00 creditAn independent and concentrated readingcourse centering around a specific problemarea, a single field of specialization or a con-centration on the writings of major urbanthinkers. May be repeated for credit. Written per-mission of the instructor is required. As requested.

URB 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of urbanstudies culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and find-ings. This research must build upon previouscoursework taken within the major or minor,facilitating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

317

The study of languages fosters interest indifferent cultures, develops an under-

standing of the significance of language inhuman affairs and promotes self-awarenessand self-growth through interaction with thelanguages and peoples of other cultures. TheDepartment of World Languages, Literaturesand Cultures is committed to ElmhurstCollege’s Statement of Mission. It also sharesand upholds the philosophy set forth by theAmerican Council on the Teaching ofForeign Languages (ACTFL) and the Associ-ation of Departments of Foreign Languages(ADFL) that “Language and communicationare at the heart of the human experience. TheUnited States must educate students who arelinguistically and culturally equipped to com-municate successfully in a pluralistic Amer-ican society and abroad.” Addressing the“Five C’s” of foreign language education(communication, cultures, connections, com-parisons, communities), we believe thatstudying another language is much more pro-found than simple language acquisition. Itentails the critical engagement and apprecia-tion of a diverse, yet interdependent, multi-cultural global society. All classes are taughtprimarily in the target language.

The faculty of the department work withstudents to complement classroom instruction

in several ways. The World Languages Cluband Alpha Mu Gamma, the foreign lan-guage honor society, sponsor student dis-cussions, poetry readings, lectures, filmscreenings, outings to restaurants and otheractivities. Majors should plan to experiencefirst hand the language and culture they arelearning by studying abroad. To aid stu-dents in realizing this goal, the departmentand the College sponsor international edu-cation experiences and international intern-ships in all terms. Elmhurst College sendsstudents to affiliated programs throughoutEurope and Latin America each term. Everyyear the department and the Collegesponsor our own and affiliated JanuaryTerm courses to French-, German- andSpanish-speaking countries: recent tripshave included France, Costa Rica, SouthernChile and Spain. Financial aid, includingIllinois state scholarships, may be appliedtoward study abroad. Costs are comparableto those for resident students at ElmhurstCollege.

Language study is a rigorous intellectualendeavor that prepares graduates for workand continued study in a wide variety ofprofessional fields and a lifetime ofenriching learning experiences. Recent grad-uates from the department are engaged in

World Languages, Literatures and Cultures


318


the following careers:• Health professions• Nursing• Speech-Language Pathology• Foreign affairs and international

relations• Immigration policy and reform• Teaching of world languages and

literatures in schools and colleges• Teaching in related fields that require

skills in world languages• Business positions with international

firms• Airline positions• Tourism• Teaching English to non–English

speakers• International education• Librarianship• Government service• Translating• Professions requiring international study,

such as theology, natural science, inter-national law, Peace CorpsIn addition to careers in international

business and the teaching of world lan-guages, a foreign language is a very desirableadditional skill for majors in many fieldssuch as education. Students going on tograduate school also frequently must meetsecondary language requirements.

All students with foreign language experience should take the world languageplacement exam to determine the propercourse level before registering in their firstterm at Elmhurst College. Upon the suc-cessful completion of one additional worldlanguage course at Elmhurst College, stu-dents who place into 102-level or above willbe awarded a one credit for the languagecompetency attained prior to coming toElmhurst College. Students must enroll in

the course into which they have beenplaced unless written permission has beengranted by the department chair.

FacultyBeatriz Gómez-Acuña, Chair; Federica E.Bando, Rebecca Léal, Christine Summers,Christopher Travis

Minors in French, German and SpanishA minor in French, German, or Spanishconsists of a four college courses, threeof which must be taken at the 300- or 400-level at Elmhurst College. A 202-levelcourse can also count for intermediate stu-dents who wish to gain the minor, but nostudent is permitted to take a class belowtheir placement level.

Goals for World Language MajorsMajors are expected to narrate in connecteddiscourse, to understand most details on avariety of topics, to comprehend substantivetexts in selected fields, to write about a significant number of topics with a highdegree of accuracy and to function appro-priately in the culture. The specific learningoutcomes majors will be expected to fulfilland demonstrate via interview, portfolio andcapstone experience are: • Demonstrate the ability to read and

understand a variety of prose texts in thetarget languages;

• Demonstrate the ability to initiate andsustain oral communication on a varietyof subjects in the target languages;

• Demonstrate the ability to write withsignificant coherence about a variety oftopics in both formal and informal con-texts; and

• Demonstrate knowledge of key culturaltraditions, values, attitudes and ideasassociated with the target languages.

319


Major in FrenchThe French major consists of 7.5 courses(30 hours), beginning at the 300-level, ineach of the following areas: conversation/composition, culture and literature. Stu-dents should generally take French 301 and302 before enrolling in any other 300- or400-level courses and are strongly encour-aged to complete at least one internationaleducation experience. Students must com-plete the half-credit Senior Research Cap-stone (WL 451) during one of their finaltwo terms.

Major in GermanThe German major is similar to the Frenchmajor with one important distinction: AllGerman majors are required to study for atleast one semester in Salzburg, Austria, withthe Bowling Green State Universityprogram. The total cost of this program fortuition, room and board is approximatelythe same as Elmhurst College tuition alone,making the program affordable for all stu-dents. Students live in a residence hall withan Austrian roommate and take part in cul-tural excursions and events as well as a fullload of German classes. Students must com-plete the half-credit Senior Research Cap-stone (WL 451) during one of their finaltwo terms.

Major in SpanishThe Spanish major requires 7.50 credits (30hours), comprised of any combination ofseven 300- and 400-level courses along withWL 451. However, the faculty recommendsthe following combination: one grammar/composition (SPN 301 or SPN 307), oneconversation (SPN 302 or SPN 308) or SPN305 Business Spanish or SPN 306 MedicalSpanish, Spanish culture, Latin Americanculture, two literature and one elective in

Spanish. Students must complete the half-credit Senior Research Capstone (WL 451)during one of their final two terms.

Multi-Language MajorThe multi-language major is designed forstudents wanting to gain a significant levelof proficiency in several languages as theyprepare for careers in international devel-opment, foreign affairs or service tosociety, or for graduate school in fieldssuch as linguistics or comparative litera-ture. Students must complete three coursesat the 300/400 level, often beginning with301, in the primary language; at least threecourses in the secondary language througha minimum level of 202; and demonstrateproficiency through the 102 level in thethird language. Also required are ICS 270,WL 468 (a half-credit capstone internship),WL 451 Senior Research Capstone and twoelectives chosen from the provided list ofcourses in one of four tracks: foreign affairs,international development, pre-graduatestudy in the humanities or social service.

Students take two electives from one ofthe tracks listed below. Substitutions may beconsidered and granted through consulta-tion with the chair of the Department ofWorld Languages, Literatures and Cultures:

Pre-Graduate Study in the Humanities(linguistics, comparative literature andsimilar fields)

Choose two from the following:

ENG 220 Principles of Literary StudyENG 415 Literary Theory (prerequisite:

ENG 220 or consent of instructor)ENG 416 History and Structure of EnglishWL 319 The Nature of LanguageWL 320 Non-Western Culture via

Literature and Film

320


International Development (business, non-profit organizations, finance, economics,marketing)


BUS 230 Principles of MarketingBUS 250 Management Theory and PracticeBUS 271 Introduction to Global Business BUS 375 International Marketing and

Management (if student has taken BUS271, 230 or 250 as other course in track)

COM 315 Intercultural Communications ICS 275 Introduction to International

Studies PHL 310 Ethics and Business

Foreign Affairs (foreign service, diplomacy,political science)


GEO 311 Regional Study of Europe GEO 317 Regional Study of Latin AmericaGEO 375 Geography and International

RelationsHIS 303 U.S. Diplomatic HistoryHIS 305 Imperialism and ColonialismHIS 364 History of the Far EastHIS 370 Latin American History:

Civilization and Culture POL 301 Comparative Politics: The New

EuropePOL 302 Politics of Developing NationsPOL 307 American Foreign Policy

Social Service (international or domesticsocial services, faith or non-faith based)Classes in Group A generally present issuesand concepts of concern in social service.Those in Group B would then help studentsexplore their own professional path. It is therefore recommended that students chooseone from each group. (SOC 211 Society andthe Individual: Introductory Sociology is aprerequisite for all sociology classes.)

Group A

PHL 306 Moral PhilosophyREL 230 Christian Social EthicsREL 240 World ReligionsSOC 301 Social ProblemsSOC 310 Social InequalityGroup B

REL 280 Ministry: Callings and PracticeREL 281 Serving Society: Faith PerspectivesSOC 303 Introduction to Social Work

International BusinessAs commerce becomes more international,the knowledge of language and culture playsan important part in business. Languagestudents may complete an interdepartmentalmajor in international business. See interna-tional business in the Center for Businessand Economics section of this Catalog forfurther information.

Licensure for TeachingFor students who plan to teach in K-12schools, licensure in two languages or onelanguage plus another subject is encouraged,especially to facilitate student teachingplacement. Those interested in teaching arealso urged to consider opportunities forteaching English abroad. Prospectiveteachers must include WL 440 SpecialMethods in the Teaching of Foreign Lan-guages in their program. Students shouldconvey their intentions to teach as soon aspossible to the chair and must be admittedto the secondary education program in theDepartment of Education.

Candidates for licensure as foreign lan-guage teachers must demonstrate speakingand listening competency showing that theyare able to narrate and describe in paragraphlength past, present and future time consis-tently; get into, through and out of unfore-seen situations; and converse in a clearlyparticipatory fashion and be understood by

321


a native speaker. Upon completion of theircourse of studies, students will demonstratethese listening and speaking skills throughand oral interview with faculty or similarlyqualified examiner.

Candidates must pass the appropriatecontent area test and the oral proficiencyinterview (ACTFL) prior to admission tothe student teaching seminar. Non-nativespeakers should take the Oral ProficiencyInterview (OPI) as soon as possible as anearly assessment tool. Students planning toteach world languages should meet withadvisors in both the education and worldlanguage, literatures and cultures depart-ments. See department chair for additionalcourse requirements to prepare to meet thestate K-12 standards in foreign languageinstruction.


ARABIC

ARB 101, 102 Elementary Arabic I, IIConversation and fundamental grammaticalstructures introduced through communicativeexercises and practice in reading and writing,speaking and listening. Cultural context empha-sized. Prerequisite: ARB 101 or equivalent forARB 102. ARB 101 Fall Term, January Term;ARB 102 Spring Term.

ARB 201, 202 Intermediate Arabic I, IIContinued development of listening, speaking,reading and writing skills. Significant exposureto various cultures of the Arabic-speaking worldthrough film, music, art, mass media andstudent presentations. Prerequisite: ARB 102 forARB 201; ARB 201 for ARB 202. ARB 201 FallTerm; ARB 202 Spring Term.

ARB 492/292 Independent StudyA course for students of Arabic who wish topursue an intensive program of study on anindividual basis. Students must gain approval of

department chair and instructor through a clearproposal of a unique project that cannot be real-ized in a traditional setting.

CHINESE

CHN 101 Introductory Chinese IThis is the first term of a beginner’s-levelChinese course with a focus on developingstudents' listening, speaking, reading, andwriting skills in the target language. Thiscourse intends to help students build a solidfoundation for all four communicative skills,i.e. listening, speaking, reading and writing, instandard Mandarin in an interactive environ-ment in class and through completing assignedwork outside the class.

CHN 102 Introductory Chinese IIThis is the second term of a beginner’s-level Chinese course with a focus on devel-oping students’ listening, speaking, readingand writing skills in the target language. Stu-dents will build on the linguistic base gainedfrom the introductory course with more lan-guage structure and vocabulary. Prerequisite:CHN 101.

CHN 201 Intermediate Chinese IThis is an intermediate-level Chinese course.Students will continue to develop theirreading, writing, listening and speaking skillsin the target language. Prerequisite: CHN 102or equivalent.

CHN 202 Intermediate Chinese IIThis is an intermediate level Chinese course.Students will continue to develop theirreading, writing, listening and speaking skillsin the target language. Prerequisite: CHN 102or equivalent.

CHN 301 Advanced ChineseConversation and CompositionThe emphasis of CHN 301 is to reach anadvanced level of listening, speaking, readingand composition in Mandarin. Consultingauthentic primary sources such as Chineseperiodicals and audiovisual materials, studentsmust engage with different aspects of contem-

322


porary Chinese life and culture while buildinga better vocabulary and more fluency in thetarget language. Prerequisite: CHN 202 orequivalent.

FRENCH

FRN 101, 102 Elementary French I, IIConversation and fundamental grammaticalstructures introduced through communicativeexercises and practice in reading and writing,speaking and listening. Cultural contextemphasized. Prerequisite: FRN 101, placementor consent of the instructor for FRN 102. FRN101 Fall Term; FRN 102 Spring Term.

FRN 201, 202 Intermediate French I, IIPractical conversation, review of grammarthrough oral practice, use of films and othermaterials. Development of the skills of speakingand listening and the ability to communicateeffectively while traveling in French-speakingcountries. Intensive review of grammar. Prereq-uisite: FRN 102, placement or consent of theinstructor for FRN 201; FRN 201, placement orconsent of the instructor for FRN 202. FRN 201Fall Term; FRN 202 Spring Term.

FRN 301 French Conversation and CompositionEmphasis on improving oral and writtenexpression of accurate, idiomatic French. Focuson improving communication skills throughthe enrichment of vocabulary, the reading ofcontemporary poetry and prose, and the use ofvideos, films and magazines. Prerequisite: FRN 202, placement or consent of the instructor.

FRN 302 Advanced French Conversationand CompositionFinal review of grammar. Writing of one- to two-page compositions about topics ofFrench culture and literature. Development ofvocabulary and syntax necessary for sustainedconversation in French. Prerequisite: FRN 301,placement or consent of the instructor.

FRN 305 Business FrenchPresents the lexical, syntactical and stylistic fea-tures typical for business French. Reading and

discussion of business articles and correspon-dence. Study of cultural aspects of businesscommunication. Areas covered includebanking, advertising, import-export, insur-ance, computers and travel. Prerequisite: FRN 301 or consent of instructor.

FRN 313, 314 Cultural Heritage of France I, IIA historical survey of French civilization inwhich literature, history, geography, arts,science and political institutions are studied.Provides a framework in which to understandliterature as well as contemporary events.Development of reading skills and emphasis onthe cultural, sociological and aesthetic implica-tions of the texts. Taught in French. Prerequi-site: FRN 301 or consent of the instructor.

FRN 335 French/Francophone Literaturein Context I–Pre-1800Selected readings in French and/or Fran-cophone literature written between the MiddleAges and 1800. The focus of the course, whichvaries, will be defined in terms of a genre ortheme. Individual works will be studied withintheir social, political, historical and aestheticcontexts. Sample topics: 17th-CenturyTheater, Love Across the Centuries, Revolu-tionary Literature. Taught in French. Can berepeated once for credit with different focus. Pre-requisite: FRN 301 or consent of instructor.

FRN 336 French/Francophone Literaturein Context II–Post-1800Selected readings in French and/or Fran-cophone literature written after 1800. Thefocus of the course, which varies, will bedefined in terms of a genre or theme. Indi-vidual works will be studied within their social,political, historical and aesthetic contexts.Sample topics: Paris in 19th- and 20th-centuryFrench literature, the Francophone novel,20th-Century French and FrancophoneTheater. Taught in French. Can be repeatedonce for credit with different focus. Prerequisite:FRN 301 or consent of instructor.

323


FRN 452 Directed ReadingA seminar providing the opportunity for inten-sive study of an author, a movement, oranother discipline. Some past topics haveincluded film and literature and advancedbusiness French. Repetition for credit with dif-ferent topics. Prerequisite: FRN 302.

FRN 492/292 Independent StudyA course for French majors who wish topursue an intensive program of reading on anindividual basis. Students must gain approval ofdepartment chair and instructor through a clearproposal of a unique project that cannot be real-ized in a traditional setting.

FRN 495 Honors Independent ResearchSee WL 495.

GERMAN

GRM 101, 102 Elementary German I, IIIntroduction to German. Focus is on commu-nicative competency, i.e., learning to under-stand and speak German. Study of Germanculture. Most learning of the language is donethrough drill sections, lab sessions, interviewsand role playing. Prerequisite: GRM 101 orequivalent for GRM 102. GRM 101 Fall Term;GRM 102 Spring Term.

GRM 201, 202 Intermediate German I, IIContinued development of listening, speaking,reading and writing skills. Use of films, slidesand tapes to develop skills and learn moreabout German culture. Readings aboutGerman life. Includes a comprehensive reviewof grammar. Prerequisite: GRM 102 for GRM 201, GRM 201 for GRM 202. GRM 201Fall Term; GRM 202 Spring Term.

GRM 301 German Conversation andCompositionPrimary emphasis on improving listening,speaking and writing skills. Use of readingscovering many different aspects of contempo-rary German life and culture. Short composi-tions and grammar review. Prerequisite: GRM 202 or equivalent. Fall Term.

GRM 302 Advanced German Conversation and CompositionFinal review of grammar. Writing of one- to two-page compositions about topics ofGerman culture and literature. Development ofvocabulary and syntax necessary for sustainedconversation in German. Prerequisite: GRM301 or equivalent. Spring Term.

GRM 305 Business GermanPresents the lexical, syntactical and stylistic fea-tures typical for business German. Reading anddiscussion of recent business articles and corre-spondence. Study of cultural aspects of businesscommunication. Topics include banking, adver-tising, import-export, travel and industrial rela-tions. Taught in German. Prerequisite: GRM301 or consent of instructor.

GRM 313, 314 German Civilization andLiterature I, IIA historical survey of the history, literature,geography, arts and political institutions of theGerman-speaking countries. Background for anunderstanding of contemporary German cultureand of the literary traditions of the German-speaking peoples. Required of all Germanmajors. Taught in German. Prerequisite: GRM301 or equivalent.

GRM 335 German Literature in Context ISelected readings in German literature writtenbefore 1900. Individual works will be studiedwithin their social, political, historical and aes-thetic contexts. The focus of the topics coursewill vary. Sample topics: The Novella 1700–1900; Literature and German history—Refor-mation to 1900; Literature and philosophy;Literature in the context of music and thegraphic arts. Taught in German. Can berepeated once for credit with different focus. Pre-requisite: GRM 301 or equivalent.

GRM 336 German Literature in Context IISelected readings in German language literaturewritten between 1900 and the present. Indi-

324


vidual works will be studied within their social,political, historical and aesthetic contexts. Thefocus of the course will vary. Sample topics:Viennese literature and culture 1890–1914; lit-erature in Berlin 1910-1945; literature andsilent film in the Weimar era; Expressionism indrama, art and architecture; literary responsesto the Third Reich (exile, Holocaust, Nazi aes-thetics); Literature and cultural trends after1945; Contemporary cinema and literature.Taught in German. Can be repeated once forcredit with different focus. Prerequisite: GRM301 or equivalent.

GRM 452 Directed ReadingA seminar providing opportunity for intensivestudy of an author, a period of German litera-ture, or another discipline. In addition to thereadings, emphasis is on oral skills. Some pasttopics have included: history of the ThirdReich, the Novelle, advanced businessGerman and contemporary German culture.Can be repeated for credit with differenttopics. Prerequisite: GRM 301 or equivalent.

GRM 492/292 Independent StudyFor German majors who wish to pursue anintensive program of reading on an individualbasis. Students must gain approval of departmentchair and instructor through a clear proposal of aunique project that cannot be realized in a tradi-tional setting

GRM 495 Honors Independent ResearchSee WL 495.

ITALIAN

Elmhurst College maintains an exchange agree-ment that allows students to take Italian atDominican University, which is 15 minutesaway and easily accessible by train. Registra-tion, billing, etc. is processed by ElmhurstCollege for these classes.

JAPANESE

JPN 101, Japanese for Anime EnthusiastsThis is a beginner’s level Japanese course with afocus on developing students’ listening,

speaking, reading and writing skills in thetarget language. Students will be introduced tobasic language structure and vocabulary, as wellas to two of the three writing systems: hiraganaand katakana. The grammatical componentswill be tied to theme based units, which willexplore the cultural aspects of everyday living inJapan. Students will further research thesetopics and utilize the learned structures by ana-lyzing and discussing their favorite anime aswell as those anime that are considered classicsin Japan. With the use of commercially pro-duced software, students will apply the learnedskills into creating their own anime/manga.The software comes with templates that stu-dents can use, so drawing skills are not a neces-sary prerequisite. Furthermore, this course doesnot have an art component but will explore thecultural and linguistic side of anime. Studentwill be graded on the use of appropriate lin-guistic structures and cultural reference in theirworks.

SPANISH

SPN 101, 102 Elementary Spanish I, IIEssentials of Spanish grammar and syntax,extensive oral practice and cultural introduc-tion to Spain and Spanish America. Five to 10hours of work in language lab is required. Pre-requisite: SPN 101 or equivalent for SPN 102.SPN 101 Fall Term; SPN 102 Spring Term.

SPN 201, 202 Intermediate Spanish I, IIContinued development of listening, speaking,reading and writing skills. Significant exposureto various cultures of the Spanish-speakingworld through film, music, art, mass media andstudent presentations.Prerequisite: SPN 102 forSPN 201; SPN 201 for SPN 202. SPN 201Fall Term; SPN 202 Spring Term.

SPN 301 Spanish Grammar andCompositionPrimary emphasis on an advanced grammarreview as well as the improvement of readingand writing skills through the use of one- totwo-page compositions about varied topics.

325


Students will consult Spanish periodicals andaudio-visual materials covering many aspects ofcontemporary life. Prerequisite: SPN 202 orequivalent. Fall Term.

SPN 302 Spanish Conversation,Grammar and Service Practice in listening and speaking skills as well asthe development of vocabulary and syntax neces-sary for sustained conversation in Spanish.Includes 12 hours of service-learning in theSpanish-speaking community with appropriatepreparation and reflection in class. Prerequisite:SPN 301 or SPN 307 or consent of the instructor.

SPN 304 Teaching Hispanic Children’s Literature Across All Grade LevelsThe course combines two different disciplines—education, and Spanish language and literature.The course is team taught and its main objectiveis twofold. First, it aims to introduce students tothe principal movements and representativeauthors in the field of children’s literature in theHispanic world. While students study thesetexts, taking into consideration the socio-histor-ical context, the literary style used, the themespresent and other grammatical and lexical con-siderations, they will study the theories ofteaching reading to English Language Learners,including the sociocultural context of languagelearning. Students will learn teaching strategiesfor Spanish-speaking students and learn to adaptlearning methods to proceed to create appro-priate lesson plans that will enable them to teachthose texts to Spanish-speaking (English Lan-guage Learners) or bilingual (English- andSpanish-speaking) students. This course isincluded in the reading minor requirements forstudents who plan to work in schools. Prerequi-site: SPN 301 or SPN 307 or consent of theinstructor.

SPN 305 Business SpanishPractical application of lexical, syntactical andstylistic features to written and oral communica-tion in the professional world. Study of culturalaspects of business communication and topicssuch as management, financial affairs, adver-

tising, import-export, insurance and technology.Designed and appropriate for business, medicaland other advanced-level Spanish students. Pre-requisite: SPN 301 or SPN 307 or consent of theinstructor.

SPN 306 Medical Spanish Practical application of lexical, syntactical andstylistic features to written and oral communica-tion in the professional world. Study of culturalaspects of the medical professions such as inter-action with patients and vocabulary associatedwith common symptoms and insurance.Designed and appropriate for medical, businessand other advanced-level Spanish students. Pre-requisite: SPN 301 or SPN 307 or consent of theinstructor.

SPN 307 Spanish for Heritage Speakers IAn introduction to academic Spanish and thenotion of formal and informal register for her-itage speakers who already possess advancedcommunicative skills in the language. Studentswill also survey the history, film and literature ofthe Spanish-speaking world. There is anemphasis on reading, writing and vocabularybuilding. Fall Term.

SPN 308 Spanish for Heritage Speakers IIContinuation of SPN 307. Reviews grammat-ical conventions of academic Spanish at anadvanced level. Students will continue to surveythe history, film and literature of the Spanish-speaking world. Increased emphasis on compo-sition and reading. Prerequisite: SPN 301 or SPN307 or consent of the instructor. Spring Term.

SPN 310 Introduction to Hispanic LiteratureAn introduction to the critical reading andinterpretation of Hispanic literature, princi-pally from Spain and Latin America, throughthe study of narrative, poetry and drama.Readings, class discussion and reports are inSpanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 or SPN 308 orconsent of the instructor. Fall Term.

SPN 312 Spanish CultureA historical survey of the culture and civiliza-

326


tion of Spain in which geography, ethnicity,art, music, literature and social and politicalinstitutions are studied. Provides a framework inwhich to understand contemporary events as wellas literature. Readings, class discussion andreports are in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 orSPN 308 or consent of the instructor. Fall Term.

SPN 313, 314 Survey of Spanish Literature I, IIA survey of representative major Spanishauthors and their works from the Middle Agesto the present. Extensive readings, lectures,class discussions and reports in Spanish. Prereq-uisite: SPN 302 or SPN 308 or consent of theinstructor.

SPN 321 Introduction to Spanish SociolinguisticsA survey of the Spanish language from a sociolinguistic perspective. Covers conceptssuch as language vs. dialect, discourse analysis,bilingualism, languages in contact and the rela-tionship between language and pedagogy. Read-ings, class discussion and reports are in Spanish.Prerequisite: SPN 302 or SPN 308 or consent ofthe instructor.

SPN 322 Spanish PragmaticsOn a very basic level, pragmatics refers to theway we convey meaning through communica-tion. This meaning includes verbal and non-verbal elements and varies depending on thecontext, the relationship between peopletalking and many other social factors. Thiscourse introduces students to the study ofcommunicative acts, miscommunication dueto inappropriate pragmatic action and thestrategies to learning pragmatic features of alanguage. Students will survey theories of com-munication such as courtesy, irony andsemantic vs. pragmatic interpretation ofspeech. Readings, class discussion and reportsare in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 or SPN308 or consent of the instructor.

SPN 334 Latin American CultureA historical survey of the civilization and cultureof Latin America in which geography,

ethnicity, art, music, literature, and social andpolitical institutions are studied. Provides aframework in which to understand contemporaryevents as well as literature. Readings, class discus-sion and reports are in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN302 or SPN 308 or consent of the instructor.Spring Term.

SPN 335, 336 Survey of LatinAmerican Literature I, IIA survey of representative major Latin Amer-ican authors and their works from the pre-Columbian period to the present. Extensivereadings, lectures, class discussions and reportsin Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 or SPN 308or consent of the instructor.

SPN 340 Indigenous Literature of Southand Central AmericaAn introduction to the critical reading and inter-pretation of indigenous literature from Centraland South America through the study of narra-tive, poetry and drama. This class considers theunique foundational mythology of indigenousgroups and their distinct contemporary worldviews. All class work (readings, tests, class discus-sions and reports) is in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN302 or SPN 308 or consent of the instructor.

SPN/WL 392 Walking El Camino de Santiago: An Intellectual and PhysicalJourneyDuring a three-week time period in the monthof June, students and faculty will walk approxi-mately 300 kilometers of the Pilgrimage toSantiago de Compostela (French route). Asthey walk along the route, participants willexplore the many cultural and religious sites,experience the unique scenery and geograph-ical terrain, and meet the citizens who livealong the walkway.

SPN 452 Directed ReadingA seminar providing opportunity for intensivestudy of an author, a period of Hispanic litera-ture or culture, or another discipline. Topicshave included Spanish Medieval and GoldenAge Literature, Expressive Latino Culture,

327


20th-Century Latin American Novel and theSpanish Civil War and Mexican Revolution.Repetition for credit with different topics. Pre-requisite: SPN 302 or equivalent.

SPN 492/292 Independent StudyFor Spanish majors who wish to pursue anintensive program of reading on an individualbasis. Students must gain approval of depart-ment chair and instructor through a clear pro-posal of a unique project that cannot be realizedin a traditional setting..

SPN 495 Honors Independent ResearchSee WL 495.

WORLD LANGUAGES

WL 209 World Literature in EnglishAn introduction to the literatures of theFrench-, German-, Italian- and Spanish-speaking countries, particularly as they reflectthe literary and cultural traditions of theseregions. Major focus varies according to thebackground of the faculty member involved.Taught in English. No prerequisite.

WL 215 Genocide and the HolocaustStudy of the causes, development, and con-temporary and current responses to theHolocaust. Reading of accounts of survivorsand scholars struggling with the meaning ofthe Holocaust. Requires students to wrestlewith the hows and whys of the Holocaustand their significance for their personal andsocial values. No prerequisite.

WL 230 Chinese Art and CalligraphyThis course is a survey of Chinese visual artwith focus on calligraphy. Through anintroduction of the major artistic works,primarily calligraphy and painting, from themajor Chinese historical periods, we aim toprovide a broad framework on Chinese culturereflected in arts. Students will receiveinstruction and first-hand experience inproducing Chinese calligraphy and develop anartistic appreciation of beautiful writing notjust limited to the Chinese tradition.

WL 309 World CinemaAn historical survey of a national cinema of acountry other than the United States, from itsearly beginnings to the present day. Study ofrepresentative films, directors, genres andmovements, as well as the cultural contextsthat gave rise to them. Prerequisite: FRN, GRMor SPN 302, or permission of instructor.

WL 319 The Nature of LanguageAn introduction to the meaning and use oflanguage in our society. Deals with theories ofthe origin of language, first and second lan-guage acquisition, the nature of bilingualismand biculturalism, the structural elements oflanguage and everyday discourse and the rela-tionship between language and society. Noprerequisite.

WL 320 Non-Western Culture via Literature and FilmTopical cultural study of Africa, Latin America,or Asia. Literature and feature films from andabout selected countries. Students also studythe arts, history and cultural anthropology ofthese countries. Goals: understanding andappreciation of traditions and current issues ofnon-Western cultures and their place in globalsociety. No prerequisite.

WL 440 Special Methods in the Teachingof World LanguagesA study of recent trends, materials and techniques, as well as a consideration of prac-tical problems in the teaching of grammar,culture and literature. Includes lesson presen-tations to college classes and videotaping ofthem. Prerequisites: SEC 300, SEC 310. FallTerm.

WL 451 Senior Research Capstone.50 creditAn intensive guided investigation of a uniqueresearch thesis in the area of literature, linguis-tics, second-language instruction and/oracquisition, cultural studies, gender studies orother interdisciplinary studies in the targetlanguage of the major. Students will workwith instructor and a cohort of students,

328


meeting throughout the semester to presentpreliminary research, bibliographies, reflectivejournal entries, make presentations and com-plete multiple drafts of a major researchproject. Required of all majors during the oneof the final two terms of study.

WL 468 Internship.50 credit This half-course opportunity is required of allmulti-language majors and available to all stu-dents. It also fulfills the College requirementfor experiential learning, which can also be ful-filled through similar experiences in otherdepartments or study abroad. Requirementsinclude five to eight hours of off-campusinternship each week for a minimum of 10weeks (totaling 50 to 80 hours for the term), aworking bibliography, reflective essays and finalproject as approved by supervising professor.

WL 495 Honors Independent Research.50 creditThis course gives Honors Program students theopportunity to design and implement a signifi-cant research project in the field of world lan-guages culminating in an appropriate publicdissemination of research methods and findings.This research must build upon previous course-work taken within the major or minor, facili-tating faculty supervision and guidance.Repeatable for credit. Permission of the facultysupervisor and the director of the Honors Programrequired prior to registration.

329

Additional AcademicOpportunities

I n addition to the programs and coursesdescribed in the preceding section,

Elmhurst College offers students thefollowing academic opportunities.

Interdepartmental MajorsThe presence of the interdepartmentalmajor provides students with the opportu-nity to design a major to meet a particularacademic interest, in consultation withappropriate members of the faculty. Theinterdepartmental major consists of eight ormore courses in more than one academicdepartment and fulfills the major, as a grad-uation requirement, without having tocomplete the specific requirements formultiple majors in two or more academicdepartments. Proposals for interdepart-mental majors require approval of the deanof the faculty. Procedures for designing aninterdepartmental major are available fromthe Office of Advising.

Additionally, the College offers two interdepartmental majors that includepredesigned curricula. The interdisciplinarycommunication studies major is describedon page 211.

ROTCElmhurst students have the opportunity toenroll in the Army ROTC program at

Wheaton College or the Air Force ROTCprogram at the Illinois Institute of Tech-nology. A student may earn an officer’scommission upon graduation fromElmhurst and completion of all prescribedsegments of the ROTC program.

The actual ROTC courses are taught onthe campuses of Wheaton College or IIT.Students may qualify for substantial schol-arship awards to cover tuition and otherfees, and all students continuing into thejunior and senior years qualify for monthlystipends of $100 or more. Tuition and feescharged by the sponsoring institution are inaddition to Elmhurst College charges.

For additional information on the ArmyROTC program at Wheaton College, call(630) 752-5121. Information regarding Air Force ROTC can be secured from IITat (312) 567-3525. On the Elmhurstcampus, contact the Office of Admissionprior to enrollment or your faculty advisorafter initial registration at the College.

Actuarial ScienceActuaries are business professionals whodesign and evaluate insurance companyproducts, pension programs and plans.They determine the rates for car, homeand life insurance, as well as the amount

EngineeringThe Department of Physics offers severaloptions for students who wish to studyengineering. All of these options aredesigned to provide both a broader educa-tional experience and a stronger basicscience background than are provided bythe traditional engineering curriculum.Detailed descriptions of engineeringoptions are provided in the listings of thephysics department on page 272.

LawStudents interested in attending law schoolshould make sure they have declared pre-law as a pre-professional area with theOffice of Advising. Freshman and sopho-more students then meet with a pre-lawadvisor to begin planning to apply to lawschools in the fall of their senior year. Most law schools prefer a broad under-graduate liberal arts program and do notexhibit preferences toward applicants with aparticular major. Therefore, there is noprescribed major or pre-law curriculum.Students planning postgraduate study oflaw should take courses that developrigorous and disciplined thinking, writingand speaking ability. Pre-law studentsshould take special notice of the Mock Trialcourses, which allow participants to presenta legal case in trial simulations with teamsfrom other institutions, Students hoping to attend law school inthe year after graduation should plan totake the law school entrance exam, theLSAT, in the spring or summer before, orearly fall of, their senior year. Applicationsto law school should be complete in the latefall of senior year.Library ScienceThe educational requirements for profes-sional library work include a bachelor’s

of money a pension plan needs in order tomeet its future obligations. As such, actu-aries use mathematical skills to define,analyze and solve financial and socialproblems.

To become a practicing actuary, onemust be certified by the Society of Actuariesor the Casualty Actuarial Society. Thesesocieties administer a series of examinationsleading to the two professional designa-tions: Associate (roughly one-half of theexaminations passed) and Fellow (all exami-nations passed). The early examinationscover economics and finance along with themathematical areas of calculus-based proba-bility and statistics and interest theory. It ispossible for Elmhurst College students topass the early examinations while they arestill in college.

The Department of Mathematics recom-mends a major in mathematics along with asecond major or a minor in business admin-istration or economics. Courses inaccounting, finance, economics andcomputer science are strongly recom-mended. It is important to have a broadbackground because understanding othersand communicating effectively are essentialingredients for success in the profession.For further information, contact the actu-arial science advisor. Actuarial examinations are given in Mayand November of each year. Since theexaminations are very difficult to pass(nationally approximately 40% of thosewho take the examinations pass), it is veryimportant to do well in the classes and tostudy the material conscientiously beforethe examination. To help students pass theexaminations, the mathematics departmenthas study materials and old examinationsavailable for student use.

330

Additional Academic Opportunities

331

Additional Academic Opportunities

degree from an accredited college and amaster’s degree in library science from agraduate school accredited by the AmericanLibrary Association.

Undergraduates should pursue a liberalarts program that stresses a broad culturalbackground. In addition, some libraryschools may require a modern foreignlanguage for admission to their programs.

Information regarding types of librarywork, library schools and their requirementsand job opportunities is available from thedirector of the library.

SeminaryMany seminaries and divinity schoolsprefer a broad liberal arts program forincoming students as an undergraduatebackground. It is vital that pre-seminarystudents be able to think, write and speakclearly and effectively. In addition to abroad grounding in the humanities, anunderstanding of psychology, sociology andrudimentary business skills are important.It is recommended, therefore, that pre-seminary students who major in religiousstudies also double major or minor in otherdisciplines such as social work, history,political science or business administration.Regardless of a student’s particular major,at least some college course work in biblicalstudies, theology, ethics, ministry andworld religions will serve the beginningseminarian well and is highly recom-mended. Niebuhr Center for Faith andAction and the Office of the Chaplain arewell equipped to facilitate cocurricularopportunities to help students discern theircallings to ministry. Students are encour-aged to explore their options with theCollege chaplain, the staff of the NiebuhrCenter for Faith and Action, or the facultyof the Department of Religious Studies.

332

The Center for Professional Excellence

The Center for Professional Excellenceserves as “home base” for the commit-

ment of Elmhurst College to professionalpreparation as part of the comprehensiveeducation of every student. The center iscommitted to providing students theCollege’s hallmark Elmhurst Experience byproviding students with self-formation andearly professional preparation opportunities.

In the Elmhurst model, the true profes-sional has a combination of expertise in achosen field, strong personal values, wide-ranging skills, entrepreneurial energy,commitment to social justice, internationalawareness and a breadth of intellectualperspective. It is our conviction that oursociety and world need people who under-stand this model of the true professionaland are ready to live it out.

Home to the College’s initiatives in careereducation, honors, intercultural education,international education, international studentservices, mentoring and Service-Learning, theCenter for Professional Excellence offers awide selection of programs, opportunities andexperiences to students including:• Effective career counseling and guidance,

coordinated with academic advising;• Opportunities to study and undertake

internships in other countries;

• Domestic internships and experientiallearning opportunities;

• Leadership development opportunities; • Service-Learning experiences;• Opportunities to establish lasting rela-

tionships with professional mentors;• Opportunities for student development

through short-term career exploration; • Create awareness of the issue of diversity

and community along with increasingeveryone’s ability to successfully work,live and learn in a diverse and pluralisticcampus; and

• Programs to help international studentswith their legal, social and culturaladjustment.

Career EducationCareer education aids students and alumniin continuing career development, explo-ration and self-assessment through suchprograms as:• Career development classes and seminars;• Computer-assisted career guidance;• Internet access for job information and

career development;• Internships and January Term field

experiences;• Job fairs;• Job search, resumé writing and inter-

viewing workshops;

333

Center for Professional Excellence

• Library of career resources;• Online listings for full-time, part-time

and internship opportunities atwww.ECConnect.com;

• On-campus interviewing by national andlocal employers; and

• On-line resumé referral. Combining classroom theory with

work-world experience, students participatein experiential learning opportunities.

InternshipsStudents have an opportunity to integratecareer-related experience into their educa-tion by participating in planned and super-vised work, complementing what is learnedin the classroom. Internships for credit maybe taken during Fall, Spring and SummerTerm. Internship sites can be either off oron campus.

Field ExperienceDuring January Term a student may explorea career choice while working 35 to 40hours per week in an area of interest.

Mentoring Mentoring enables students to interact regu-larly, one-on-one, with experienced profes-sionals. The purpose of the ElmhurstCollege Center for Professional Excellencementor ing program is to expose students tothe importance of combining competencieslearned in a major field of study with crit-ical thinking, problem solving, communica-tion skills, self-confidence, personalintegrity, social and civic responsibility anda commitment to lifelong learning.Short-Term Career ExplorationShort-term career exploration offers studentsthe opportunity to explore different careersas they make decisions involving theireducation, career and future. Students meetwith professionals once or twice a term and

accompany them through the workday,learning what their careers are all about.Students shadow professionals in an excep-tional range of careers.

Students are encouraged to use this experi-ence as a springboard for further discussionwith the shadowed professional. For example,students might ask the professional ques-tions inspired by the day’s events, or ask forrelevant literature to review. Students arealso encouraged to speak with the profes-sional about his or her own career and otheropportunities in the field.

At the end of the experience, studentsare required to complete a reflective survey.Long-Term Career ExplorationThe program focuses on what it means to bea professional rather than on the specifics ofany particular business or profession. Thepersonal interaction afforded by thementoring relationship meets the needs ofstudents in ways that classroom programsalone cannot meet.

The mentoring program begins with anorientation for mentors and protégés(students). Mentors and protégés meet onceevery four to six weeks for up to three hoursthroughout the academic year. Scheduling isarranged between the mentor and theprotégé. Throughout the mentoring experi-ence, students are exposed to how a “trueprofessional” functions in various parts ofprofessional life. In the process, the programemphasizes and develops students’ leader-ship skills.

Veterans AffairsMilitary veterans bring unique experiencesand valuable skills to the campus environ-ment. In order to serve our military studentpopulation and promote student success,veterans affairs provides additional resourcesfor military service members and eligible

other academically motivated students. MostHonors Program courses fulfill the College’sIntegrated Curriculum requirements. Partici-pation in the program becomes a part of thestudent’s permanent academic record. In addition to the benefits of the formalacademic components of the HonorsProgram (see Honors Program in the Acad-emic and Course Descriptions section of thisCatalog), students are provided with a myriadof intellectual, cultural and social opportuni-ties to further enrich their College experi-ence. These include personal advising byfull-time faculty and the Honors Programdirector; skilled guidance in applying forspecial funding opportunities for research,graduate study and nationally competitivescholarships; mentoring in pre-professionalactivities; and varied campus and off-campusactivities such as private receptions withdistinguished guest speakers, participation incultural events and social gatherings withother Honors Program members.

International Education: Study AwayElmhurst College believes that studentsshould have at least one international experience as a part of their undergraduateeducation.

Time spent abroad significantly enrichesstudents’ educational experiences. Studentssee how another part of the world goesabout its business and how people interre-late with one another. Students learn whatissues are important in the lives of citizensof another country, how they interact withtheir natural environment and how theirsociety makes decisions. Through this expe-rience, students gain an increased under-standing of themselves and their countryand a greater respect for other people.

Furthermore, employers place a high

family members:• Application assistance for federal and

state VA benefits• Personalized educational benefit guid-

ance to help students reach their acad-emic goals

• Referrals to military service organiza-tions and local mental health resources

• Access to professional networking eventswith military-friendly employers

• Military remembrance eventsthroughout the year to recognize theservice and sacrifices of our military andtheir families

• Veteran staff with firsthand knowledgeof VA education benefits

By combining the value and uniqueexperiences that service members have withthe academic resources of the College, weare able to help prepare veterans for thenext step in their professional lives.

Honors ProgramThe Elmhurst College Honors Programaffords a unique, enhanced educationalexperience for distinguished undergraduatescommitted to the pursuit of academic excel-lence. Fostering intellectual independence,scholarly achievement and the integrationof liberal learning and professional activity,the interdisciplinary program nurtures acommunity of learners and contributes tothe intellectual vibrancy of the entireCollege. Honors Program members, invited toparticipate based upon their academicrecords, are concurrently enrolled in one ofthe College’s undergraduate programs fortheir bachelor’s degrees. Study in the HonorsProgram is intended to complement thecurricula of all academic programs, providingstudents the benefits of challenging coursework with recognized teacher-scholars and

334


offers programs in England, Scotland,Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, LatinAmerica, Spain, China and India.

• Middlebury Centre for Medieval andRenaissance Studies offers courses inOxford, England.

• Queen Mary offers direct-enrollmentoptions in London.

• IES offers programs in Argentina,Australia, Austria, Chile, China,Ecuador, England, France, Germany,India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Morocco,The Netherlands, New Zealand, SouthAfrica and Spain.

• SIT–Study Abroad offers field-basedresearch programs in Africa, Asia, Europeand Latin America.

• Exchange with Kansai Gaidai Universityin Japan, Comillas Pontificia in Madrid,Worms University of Applied Sciences inGermany and Otto-Friedrick Universityin Germany.

January Term, Spring Break and Summer TermElmhurst College faculty members organizeand teach courses abroad during these terms.Students register for these courses as they dofor any other class. Each year about tenopportunities are offered in different coun-tries. The list of courses is announced at theStudy Away Fair in February of each year.

UMAIE (Upper Midwest Association forIntercultural Education) This seven-schoolconsortium, of which Elmhurst College is amember, offers approximately 25 January andsummer courses. Courses are announced atthe Study Away Fair in February of each year.

Domestic Off-Campus ProgramsThe Washington Semester provides an excel-lent opportunity for students interested ininternational affairs, public policy, civic

value on international experience in newemployees. Time spent abroad shows aprospective employer that individuals havelearned something about the rest of theworld, that they have dared to leave their“comfort zone” to take on the challenge ofthriving in another culture, that they havethe flexibility to adapt to new circumstancesand that they understand how to deal withpeople of diverse backgrounds. In manycases, students also learn valuable languageskills and demonstrate increased flexibilityof thought and readiness to work withpeople of diverse backgrounds—whether inthe United States or abroad.

Interested students should begin plan-ning as freshmen for study abroad. Manystudents participate in a January Termstudy-away experience as freshmen and thenapply as sophomores or juniors to studyabroad for a term or year. Students shouldconsult with the director of internationaleducation and off-campus programs andtheir academic departments for more infor-mation. Application information can beobtained from the Office of InternationalEducation at the Center for ProfessionalExcellence or on the CPE web site. Elmhurst College students may takecourses, engage in field studies and service-learning, or complete an internship abroad.The College is affiliated with severaloutstanding study abroad organizations.Elmhurst students register for these courseson campus and can apply financial aidtoward the costs of these programs. Thefollowing programs are available:• ISEP (International Student Exchange

Program); Elmhurst College students may enroll directly in universities in 54 different countries.

• The Institute for Study Abroad –Butler

335


336


engagement, media and advocacy. Rigorousinternships in Washington, D.C. are anintegral part of this program. The Chicago Semester requires studentsto live in the city, experience the richness ofthe arts, business and social services and doan internship in their field of study.

International Student ServicesThe associate director of internationaleducation addresses the needs of interna-tional students who come to ElmhurstCollege to study. Students entering thecountry on non-immigrant F1 or J1 visasare encouraged to maintain contact with theOffice of International Student Servicesthroughout their course of study in order toremain current in their knowledge ofgovernment immigration regulations andpolicy. International Student Services alsoprovides programming for internationalstudents that addresses social, culturalenrichment and employment issues. Prospective international students areencouraged to visit the College web site atwww.elmhurst.edu for informationregarding the College’s admission processand educational opportunities, as well asinformation specifically designed for inter-national applicants. (www.elmhurst.edu/iss)

Service-LearningThe Service-Learning Program affirms the College’s commitment to develop instudents “the capacity and desire to serveothers.” The program has established recip-rocal partnerships with communities.Involvement in service-learning experiencesallows students to use guided, reflectiveactivities to link classroom learning withexperiences; to practice creative decisionmaking; and to develop behaviors thatdemonstrate responsible citizenship and

sensitivity to cultural interdependence. The Service-Learning Program offers acontinuum of opportunities including servicehours within a course; immersion experiencesin January Term, spring break, or summer;an international service-learning experiencethrough Elmhurst College Study AwayProgram or long-term involvement in acommunity partnership throughout astudent’s career at Elmhurst College.

Intercultural EducationThe intercultural education effort assistsstudents and faculty in understanding andcelebrating the human differences that arecritical to the success of both individualsand communities. As a key component ofthe College’s mission and core values, inter-cultural education helps to prepare studentsand faculty “for meaningful and ethicalwork in a multicultural, global society.” Intercultural education provides leader-ship in advancing the organizational andindividual understanding of diversity andmulticulturalism on campus. The primaryresponsibility of the office is to provideassistance to students and faculty inaddressing multicultural, intercultural andglobal issues. Activities of the office include designingintercultural workshops, leadership trainingand assisting faculty and students withintercultural activities. The interculturaleducation program also is responsible fororganizing the four lectures that comprisethe College’s Intercultural Lecture Series. • César Chávez Intercultural Lecture–

established in 1996, this lecture is heldeach fall to coincide with HispanicHeritage Month and is part of theCollege’s Hispanic Heritage Celebration.

• William R. Johnson InterculturalLecture–established in 2008, this lecture

337


is held each fall to coincide withNational Coming Out Day and is part ofthe College’s commitment to the history,issues and life stories of the lesbian, gay,bisexual and transgender community.

• Martin Luther King Jr. InterculturalLecture–established in 1993, the MartinLuther King Jr. lecture is held eachspring to coincide with Black HistoryMonth and is part of the College’sannual Celebration of Black Heritage.

• Genevieve Staudt InterculturalLecture–established in 2002, this lecture isheld each spring to coincide with Women’sHistory Month and is part of the College’sWomen’s History Celebration.

Course Offerings

CPP 111-414 Personal Professional Portfolio.25 creditWorking closely with a faculty mentor,students explore, describe, reflect upon anddocument areas that are important to theirprofessional development and career goalsthrough the creation of an electronic PersonalProfessional Portfolio (PPP). During students’reflection and writing, special attention isgiven to exploring the relationship between the liberal arts curriculum and preparation forprofessional life. Course web page: http://www.elmhurst.edu/~perport. Repeatablefor credit. Pass/No Pass grading.

CPP 250 Preparing for Study Abroad.25 creditThis course prepares students for the practicalaspects of studying abroad. Included arediscussions of travel issues, health and safety,educational expectations and social andcultural issues. Students learn some basic infor-mation about the country where they will bestudying as well as information on interculturalawareness and how to deal with culture shockboth abroad and upon returning home.

Pass/No Pass grading.

CPP 299 Professional Foundations forCareer Development.50 creditThis course provides freshmen and sopho-mores with a fundamental grounding inmaking career and academic decisions. Usingcareer development theory as a background,students perform personal and skills assess-ments, research majors, conduct career andlibrary searches, learn to set obtainable goalsand explore professional and graduate schoolchoices.

FEX 268-368 Field Experience (JanuaryTerm)Designed to allow students the opportunity toexplore careers and gain work experience inprofit, not for profit and government organiza-tions. 35-40 hours per week required. May berepeated for credit. Pass/No Pass grading.

Students in their junior year are encour-aged to register for the Success BuildingSeminar, which prepares students for jobsearch activities in their senior year. It isrecommended that students in their senioryear register for resumé referral, interviewnetwork (on-campus interviewing) andattend Careerfest held in February. Educationmajors attend Teacherfest, held in March.

Dr. Dennis J. PattersonCenter for the HealthProfessions

338

The Dr. Dennis J. Patterson Center forthe Health Professions is an academi-

cally oriented resource office for studentswho intend to pursue careers in the healthprofessions. The strong curricular aspects ofthe health care programs at ElmhurstCollege coupled with individualized studentadvising contributes to our success, whichresults in excellent placement rates in profes-sional schools. The services of the center areavailable to any student who wishes toexplore or learn about careers in health carebefore, throughout and beyond their under-graduate years.

Goals of the Patterson Center for theHealth Professions • To meet society’s need for more health

care professionals by increasing thenumber of students pursuing health carecareers at Elmhurst;

• To provide specialized academic andcareer advising and a program of activi-ties, events and speakers to informstudents about the health professions;

• To house appropriate resources andinformation about professional schoolprograms, contacts, admission criteriaand professional school tests;

• To identify and provide access for studentsto clinical practica, research and other

health-related co-curricular activities;• To encourage and support the develop-

ment of new academic and clinicalprograms and affiliations; and

• To coordinate the evaluation andrecommendation committee system forhealth care students.

Diversity StatementThe Patterson Center for the Health Profes-sions supports individuals of all backgroundsby offering and promoting study-abroadexperiences, encouraging students to learnmultiple languages, providing programs ondiversity, advising students on the impactculture has on interpersonal communication,and expecting understanding and respect ofothers, regardless of their similarities ordifferences, in health care setting and beyond.In addition, the staff in the Patterson Centerrealize that learning about culture is anongoing process, and that there is no finitepoint to reach in our knowledge of ourselvesand others. Health care is a highly collabora-tive field, and practitioners must be culturallyaware and sensitive to all patients/clients andteam members in any medical setting orestablishment to effectively fulfill their role.By supporting individuals of all backgrounds,the Patterson Center will aid students in theirpursuit of serving others in a health-related

339

Dr. Dennis J. Patterson Center for the Health Professions

capacity and overall development as globallyaware citizens.

Professional Programs at Elmhurst College

Professional programs are programs thatlead directly to a health care career when thebachelor’s degree is completed. Professionalprograms at Elmhurst include:• Medical Laboratory Science/Clinical

Laboratory Science• Exercise Science• Diagnostic Medical Sonography• Nursing• Nuclear Medicine Technology• Radiation Therapy

Nursing students complete a major in thenursing department, while students in radia-tion therapy, nuclear medicine technology,diagnostic medical sonography, and clinicallaboratory sciences students are biology majors.

Medical Laboratory Science/ClinicalLaboratory ScienceMedical laboratory scientists carry outcomplex analyses in the laboratory; recog-nize interpretation of laboratory tests andhave knowledge of physiological conditionsaffecting the test results; generate data thatphysicians may use in determining the pres-ence, extent and, as far as possible, the causeof disease; and perform and supervise testsand procedures in the clinical laboratory inhematology, microbiology, immunohema-tology, immunology, clinical chemistry andurinalysis.

PrerequisitesStudents must be biology majors to enter thisprogram. In addition, they must complete allof their Integrated Curriculum and non-biology elective classes and have at least 24credits with a minimum 2.75 cumulativegrade-point average at Elmhurst College

before being eligible for clinical education atHines VA Hospital. Additionally, studentsmust complete two mathematics, four chem-istry and six biology major courses (includingBIO 321 General Microbiology and BIO 341Immunology before starting the clinical phaseat Hines. An immunology course is alsorequired. A medical terminology course is alsorecommended prior to beginning thisprogram. With proper planning, the programcan be completed within three years. See theDepartment of Biology section of this Catalog.In order to be competitive, a 3.0 or higherGPA is advised. Students must be U.S. citizensand apply for admission to Hines VA, ouraffiliated hospital program, during their junioryear. Admission is not guaranteed. The appli-cation deadline is December 1. The senior year of the program is an 11-month clinical education curriculum in theNational Accrediting Agency for ClinicalSciences accredited hospital program. Anequivalent of eight credit hours will becompleted at Hines Hospital, two of whichare biology major electives. A grade of C orbetter must be maintained in lectures, and agrade of B or better in laboratory courses. Upon successful completion of theprogram, students may sit for the nationalcertifying examinations administered by theBoard of Certification of the AmericanSociety of Clinical Pathologists.

Medical Laboratory Science/Clinical Laboratory ScienceDonna Wray, MT (ASCP), ProgramDirectorSenior Year Clinical Education at Hines V.A.

Hospital

• CLS 390 Hematology• CLS 393 Serology/Immunology• CLS 395 Clinical Microscopy and

Urinalysis

340


• CLS 396 Coagulation

• CLS 397 Blood Bank

• CLS 391 Clinical Microbiology

• CLS 392 Biochemistry

• CLS 398 Parasitology/Mycology

• CLS 400 Special topics

For further information, contact the

Patterson Center for the Health Professions.

Diagnostic Medical Sonography Diagnostic medical sonographers obtain

and record accurate patient histories,

perform diagnostic procedures and obtain

diagnostic images of abdominal and OB-

GYN structors using ultrasound. Sonogra-

phers analyze technical information, use

independent judgment in recognizing the

need to extend the scope of a procedure

according to diagnostic findings, and

provide oral or written summaries of the

technical findings to physicians for medical

diagnosis. As a healthcare professional,

sonographers provide quality patient care;

and collaborate with members of the health

care team.

Students in the diagnostic medical

sonography program are biology majors

who must complete a minimum of 24

courses at Elmhurst College with a GPA

of 2.5 or higher (cumulative and in the

prerequisite courses) to be eligible to

apply. Biology and other prerequisite

courses must be completed with grades of

C or higher. Shadowing is also a require-

ment. One biology elective is awarded for

the work completed during the clinical time

at Northwestern Memorial Hospital. A

medical terminology course is required prior

to beginning this program. Upon successful

completion of the DMS program, graduates

are awarded a certificate of completion and

become eligible to take the sonography

principles and instrumentation, abdomen

and OB/GYN national certification exami-nations administered by the AmericanRegistry for Diagnostic Medical Sonography. Students must apply during their junioryear for admission to the DMS educationprogram at Northwestern MemorialHospital. The application deadline is March1 of the calendar year the student expects toenter into Northwestern’s DiagnosticMedical Sonography program. Admission isselective. Accepted students spend 18 months indidactic and clinical training at North-western Memorial Hospital. In addition tothe College’s graduation requirements,students in diagnostic medical sonographymust complete the following classes with agrade of C or higher, which will be trans-ferred to the student’s Elmhurst Collegetranscript and used to fulfill the require-ments for a bachelor’s degree with a majorin biology at Elmhurst College. Transfer students should meet with anadvisor in the Patterson Center to determineeligibility.

Diagnostic Medical SonographyCasey Clarke, BS, RT(R), RDMS, RDCS,Program Director, Northwestern MemorialHospitalClinical Education at Northwestern Memorial

Hospital

• DMS-301 Fundamentals of Sonography • DMS-302 Management and Methods of

Patient Care• DMS-303 Pathophysiology• DMS-304 Sectional Anatomy for the

Sonographer• DMS-305 Abdomen Sonography • DMS-306 OB-GYN Sonography• DMS-307 Clinical Education I• DMS-308 Ultrasound Physics I• DMS-309 OB-GYN Pathology

341


• DMS-310 Abdomen Pathology• DMS-311 Clinical Education II• DMS-312 Ultrasound Physics II• DMS-313 Image Critique• DMS-314 Clinical Education III• DMS-315 Introduction to Pediatrics and

Vascular Imaging• DMS-316 Specialty Sonography• DMS-317 Clinical Education IV• DMS-318 Registry Review For further information, contact thePatterson Center for Health Professions.

Nuclear Medicine Technology Nuclear medicine provides informationabout the structure and function of virtuallyevery organ system within the body. Nuclearmedicine offers procedures that are essentialin many medical specialities, from pediatricsto cardiology to psychiatry. Recent growth inthis field involves the development of newradiopharmaceuticals and the existing tech-nology of Positron EmissionTomography/Computed Tomography(PET/CT) and (SPECT/CT) hybridimaging providing a means of studyingbiochemistry and metabolism within livingtissues. Students in the nuclear medicine tech-nology program are biology majors whomust complete a minimum of 23.50 creditsat Elmhurst College with a minimum GPAof 2.50 (cumulative and in the prerequisitescience courses) to be eligible to apply. Allbiology and prerequisite courses must becompleted with a grade of C or higher.Shadowing is also a requirement. Onebiology elective is awarded for the workcompleted during the clinical year at North-western Memorial Hospital. Upon successfulcompletion of the program, students areawarded a certificate of completion andbecome eligible to take one of the national

certification examinations for nuclear medi-cine administered by the American Registryof Radiologic Technologists or the NuclearMedicine Technology Certification Board.In addition to the student’s advisor, it isimportant to have an advisor in thePatterson Center for the Health Professions. Students must apply during their junioryear for admission to the affiliated hospitalclinical education program at NorthwesternMemorial Hospital. The application deadlineis February 1 of the calendar year thestudent expects to enter Northwestern’sNuclear Medicine Technology program.Admission is selective. The senior year will be completed atNorthwestern Memorial Hospital and is a12-month clinical education curriculum.Upon completion of the clinical year, 8.50credits will be applied to the student’sElmhurst College transcript. In addition to the College’s graduationrequirements, students in nuclear medicinetechnology must complete the followingclasses, which will be transferred to thestudent’s Elmhurst College transcript andused to fulfill the requirements for a bach-elor’s degree with a major in biology atElmhurst College. Transfer students should meet with anadvisor in the Patterson Center to determineeligibility.

Nuclear Medicine TechnologyLisa Riehle, CNMT, RT (N) (ARRT)Program Director, School of Nuclear Medicine Technology Northwestern Memorial HospitalClinical Education at Northwestern

Memorial Hospital

• NMT 390 Clinical Nuclear MedicalProcedures I

• NMT 392 Radiation Biology

342


• NMT 391 Radionuclide Chemistry andRadiopharmacy

• NMT 393 Clinical Correlation:Pathology

• NMT 394 Diagnostic Nuclear ImagingPracticum I

• NMT 395 Radiation Safety and Protection

• NMT 396 Radiation Detection andInstrumentation

• NMT 397 Computed Tomography andCross-Sectional Anatomy

• NMT 398 Management and Methods ofPatient Care I

• NMT 399 Radiation Physics and Instrumentation

• NMT 400 Diagnostic Nuclear MedicalPracticum II

• NMT 401 Clinical Nuclear ImagingProcedures II

• NMT 402 Management and Methods ofPatient Care II

• Medical Terminology For further information, contact thePatterson Center for the Health Professions.

Nuclear Medical Technology–College ofDuPageStudents participating in this NMT programcomplete three years at Elmhurst Collegemajoring in biology and, if accepted into theprogram, take their final phase of coursework through College of DuPage in conjunc-tion with local hospitals earning a degreefrom Elmhurst College after successfulcompletion of clinical education. Students areable to complete four years at ElmhurstCollege and then, if accepted, attend theCollege of DuPage as well. For further infor-mation, contact the Patterson Center for theHealth Professions.

Radiation TherapyRadiation therapists deliver ionizing radia-

tion to treat diseases, primarily cancer. Theyprovide appropriate patient care; apply crit-ical thinking skills in the administration oftreatment protocols, tumor localization anddosimetry; collaborate with members of thehealthcare team; and maintain appropriatepatient records. Students pursuing a career in radiationtherapy will complete 24 credits at ElmhurstCollege and 14 months of clinical educationat Northwestern Memorial Hospital. Uponcompletion of the 14 months, the studentwill receive a bachelor’s degree with abiology major from Elmhurst College. Aminimum of 24 credits must be earnedprior to beginning the program. To apply,students must have a cumulative and aprerequisite GPA of 2.50 with grades of Cor better in all courses for the biology majorand prerequisite courses. Students must apply for admission toNorthwestern Memorial Hospital, our clin-ical education program affiliate hospital,during their junior year. The applicationdeadline is February 1of the calendar yearthe student expects to enter the radiationtherapy program. Northwestern MemorialHospital is an American Medical Associa-tion-accredited hospital program. Admissionis selective. The senior year is a 14-month didacticand clinical education curriculum. Uponcompletion, the student is eligible to sit forthe national registry examination in radia-tion therapy administered by the AmericanRegistry of Radiologic Technologists.

Radiation Therapy ProgramHeather Mallett, R.T. (T)Program Director, School of RadiationTherapy Northwestern Memorial HospitalClinical Education at Northwestern Memorial

Hospital

343


• RT 328 Medical Terminology• RT 329 Introduction to Clinical

Education and Clinical Practicum I• RT 330 Introduction to Radiation

Therapy• RT 331 Principles and Practice of

Radiation Therapy I• RT 332 Pathology • RT 333 Radiation Therapy Physics I• RT 335 Medical Imaging and Processing• RT 336 Patient Care• RT 337 Radiation Safety • RT 338 Principles and Practice of

Radiation Therapy II and III• RT 339 Technical Radiation Therapy I• RT 340 Radiation Therapy Physics II • RT 341 Quality Management• RT 342 Operational Issues in

the Health Care Environment• RT 343 Clinical Practicum II and III• RT 344 Technical Radiation Therapy II• RT 345 Radiation Biology • RT 346 Principles and Practice of

Radiation Therapy III• RT 348 Registry Review Seminar• RT 349 Introduction to Computed

Tomography For further information, contact thePatterson Center for the Health Professions.

Preprofessional Programs at Elmhurst College

The preprofessional programs involve under-graduate study that leads toward applicationto a professional or graduate school forcompletion of a student’s education. Prepro-fessional programs do not require a specificmajor. Instead, students need a solid liberalarts education and may choose any academicmajor. Courses required for entry into grad-uate or professional school are incorporatedinto regular academic schedules. Typically,completion of a bachelor’s degree is an

important step in preparation for furtherstudy in the professional schools.

Students who are pursuing a preprofes-sional program in health care will have bothan academic advisor and an advisor in thePatterson Center. We strongly encouragestudents to plan an early consultation withthe center.

Advisors from the center are also avail-able to educate students on the variety ofcareer options, to help students prepare forentrance examinations, and to assiststudents in submitting applications tohealth professions schools.

The preprofessional programs includebut are not limited to:• Chiropractic• Dentistry• Medicine • Occupational Therapy• Optometry• Pharmacy• Physical Therapy• Physician Assistant Studies• Podiatry• Speech-Language Pathology• Veterinary Medicine

Recommended CoursesRecommended course lists for each healthcare program can be found at the PattersonCenter for the Health Professions web site:www.elmhurst.edu/chp. It is important forstudents to realize that these lists are generalrecommendations since the different profes-sional schools have varying course prerequi-sites. Thus an individualized plan ofcoursework should be developed with aPatterson Center advisor.

Honor and Recognition SocietiesElmhurst hosts a chapter of Alpha EpsilonDelta, the national premedical honorsociety, which serves to bring together all

344


students pursuing careers in health care.There is also a chapter of Sigma Theta Tau,the national nursing honor society, oncampus. Other groups include the NationalStudent Speech, Language, and HearingAssociation; the Student Nursing Associa-tion; and Pre-Veterinary and AnimalWelfare Society (PAWS).

Health Professions RecommendationCommitteeThe Patterson Center for the Health Profes-sions assists students in arranging a recom-mendation committee of faculty and staff. This committee evaluates the studentand prepares letters of recommendation forstudents seeking admission to professionalprograms in medicine, dentistry, podiatryand any of our affiliations as appropriate. Students should contact the center tolearn about the process during the fall oftheir junior year, or at least a year and a halfprior to their planned entrance into profes-sional school.

Medical Humanities MinorOpen to all students, the medical humani-ties minor is designed to serve as a basis forthe development and understanding of theskills and attributes associated with human-istic health care delivery. The minorincludes coursework, research, scholarshipand a clinical internship. Please refer to theMedical Humanities section of this Catalog.

Professional School AffiliationsAll affiliations with professional schools andhospitals are subject to change.

Osteopathic Medicine–A.T. Still UniversityStudents interested in pursuing a D.O.degree may apply to A.T. Still University inKirksville, Missouri to reserve a seat in theuniversity’s medical program. Applicantsmust successfully complete all of the prereq-

uisite courses and participate actively involunteering and clinical experiences in ahealth care environment prior to and afterbeing accepted in the program. A minimumGPA of 3.40 overall and in the sciencesmust be maintained to be eligible. Studentsmust earn a B or better (a B- will not beaccepted) in all prerequisite courses. To apply, students must complete 75% ofthe following prerequisite courses at the timeof application earning a B or better ( a B-will not be accepted): BIO 200 and 201,CHM 211, 212, 311 and 312, PHY111/112 or PHY 121/122 and ENG 105and 106. All prerequisite courses must betaken at Elmhurst College. Applications aresubmitted at the end of the sophomore yearor during the fourth term as an academicresidential Elmhurst College student andapplicants must have been an academic resi-dential Elmhurst College student for aminimum of three terms. If accepted,students are not required to take the MCAT,must accept the offer to attend the program,and complete both their junior and senioryear, including any remaining prerequisitecourses, at Elmhurst College earning a B.A.or B.S. degree. Students may also need toparticipate in additional activities sponsoredby ATSU. For further information, contact thePatterson Center for the Health Professions. Transfer students should meet with anadvisor in the Patterson Center to determineeligibility.

Pharmacy–Midwestern University ChicagoCollege of PharmacyThe dual acceptance program is a specialopportunity for high school students whohave decided to pursue a career in pharmacyand would like to streamline the path to aDoctor of Pharmacy program.

345


Candidates apply to Elmhurst Collegeand Midwestern University Chicago Collegeof Pharmacy by January 15 and February 1respectively of their senior year in highschool. If accepted to both schools, studentscomplete their prerequisites in two years atElmhurst College and then matriculate toMidwestern University Chicago College ofPharmacy to begin a four-year Doctor ofPharmacy program. All prerequisite courses must be taken atElmhurst College and students must earn aC or better in each course. A cumulativeGPA of 3.20 must be earned at the end ofthe first and second years of the program aswell as a science GPA of 2.50. Coursescannot be repeated. While at Elmhurst, students are expectedto participate in selected activities and expe-riences offered through the Patterson Centerfor the Health Professions. Applicants notaccepted to Midwestern can still beadmitted to Elmhurst College and apply toMidwestern or other pharmacy programsduring the traditional application process.Applications for the dual acceptanceprogram are available on the ElmhurstCollege web site and additional informationon the program. Neither transfer students nor transfercredit are eligible for this affiliation.

Veterinary Medicine–University of Illinoisat Urbana-Champaign Pre-veterinary students at Elmhurst Collegemay apply for admission to this Doctor ofVeterinary Medicine (DVM) program aftercompleting their first year of college atElmhurst while taking three graded sciencecourses (biology, chemistry and/or physics)and maintaining a 3.50 GPA overall and inthe sciences. A minimum 3.50 GPA, boththe cumulative and in the sciences, must be

maintained throughout the student’s enroll-ment at Elmhurst College while fulfillingthe requirements for a biology major. To be eligible for the program, appli-cants must meet the Illinois state residencyrequirement and successfully complete allprerequisite courses for the program. Theyalso must participate actively in volun-teering and clinical experiences in a healthcare environment prior to and after accep-tance to the program. Students must consult with an advisor inthe Patterson Center on the appropriatetime to apply. Neither transfer students nor transfercredit are eligible for this affiliation

346

Elmhurst College’s Niebuhr Center forFaith and Action is named for Reinhold

and H. Richard Niebuhr, brothers andElmhurst alumni who were among the mostinfluential of socially engaged theologians ofthe 20th century.

The center’s Callings for the CommonGood academic and field experience program,established with a grant from the LillyEndowment, invites faith-motivated studentsof diverse religious backgrounds to exploretheir callings to professional paths, whether insocially engaged service or ministry.

The center inspires its students to formthemselves intellectually and personally andto prepare for meaningful and ethical workin a multicultural, global society. Workingtogether with passion and commitment, wefoster learning, broaden knowledge, andenrich culture through pedagogical innova-tion, scholarship and creative expression.The vision of the Niebuhr Center for Faithand Action is to integrate liberal learningand professional preparation, and thus thecenter collaborates closely with the Centerfor Professional Excellence and the PattersonCenter for the Health Professions.

Niebuhr Center for Faith and Action iscommitted to the critical study of profes-sional best practices that enhance students’

exploration of vocation across disciplines. Acritical understanding of the history of prac-tices—in education, medicine, business,social work, pastoral care and others—isessential to the most effective practice ofthose disciplines. Study of the history andcultural origins of a practice leads studentsbeyond the simple search for job skills; itrequires them to ask critical moral questionsas to why things are done in certain ways.Students then may challenge a professionalpractice with new ideas, ethical critique andreform, and in so doing they prepare tobecome the leaders of the future.

Callings for the Common GoodProgram GoalsThe Callings for the Common Goodprogram affirms the following programgoals: • To create an academic environment in

which students are challenged andenabled to reflect upon the links betweenfaith and vocation or career;

• To create an intellectual community inwhich students are challenged to seek acalling that will make a difference in theworld, while providing a service toothers;

• To encourage the campus community tobecome engaged and aware of everyone’s

Niebuhr Center for Faithand Action

347

Niebuhr Center for Faith and Action

civic duty to become a leader and agentof change; and

• To call the College to embrace itsheritage thoughtfully and joyfully, and torecognize that a spiritual exploration ofcalling—nurtured and sustained withinthe liberal arts tradition—can fostersocial conscience without moral rigidity;social justice without moral harshness;and civic and religious leadershipwithout moral arrogance.

Student OpportunitiesNiebuhr Center for Faith and Action gener-ates and facilitates the following opportuni-ties in collaboration with offices acrosscampus.

Innovative CoursesStudents begin participating in the fullrange of Callings for the Common Goodprogram opportunities by taking onerequired gateway course, or an alternative.The gateway courses include the following:REL 280 Ministry: Callings and Practice REL 281 Serving Society: Faith PerspectivesAlternative Gateway (Independent study) Other courses in various academicdepartments support faith-motivatedstudents’ study and exploration of futureprofessions. Intercultural CompetenceMany domestic and all international fieldexperiences require students to manage tran-sitions into and out of unfamiliar cultures.These experiences thus require a measure ofintercultural competence. To provideNiebuhr Center students with such compe-tence, faculty and staff experts in intercul-tural education work with students to addressissues of diverse cultures, identities andperspectives, both within and beyond ournational borders. Importantly, this effort will

include seminars and discussions for studentsat the time of re-entry to the campus and totheir home community to reflect upon themeanings of their experience.

Interfaith EducationThe interfaith education program assistsstudents and faculty in understanding and cele-brating the human differences that are criticalto success of both individuals and communi-ties. As stated in the College’s mission and corevalues statement, “We value the developmentof the human spirit in its many forms and theexploration of life’s ultimate questions throughdialogue and service. We value religiousfreedom and its expressions on campus.” Theprimary responsibility of the Niebuhr Center isto provide assistance to students and facultywhile addressing interfaith issues, Theprograms sponsored include interfaith work-shops, leadership training and assisting facultyand students with interfaith initiatives.

Shadowing and MentoringEarly in the callings program, as studentsbegin exploring professional options in rela-tion to their spiritual commitments andpossible callings, they may participate ininformational interviews and shadowing andmentoring activities with professionals inthe field. Engagement with professionalleaders over the course of the term exposesstudents to practical work environments andhelps them discern possible paths.

InternshipsAs students move through the Callings forthe Common Good program, they gainvaluable exposure to life’s possibilities as wellas a growing self-knowledge, recognition ofthe role of spiritual convictions, and guid-ance from advisors and mentors aboutpossible professional callings in life.Students then choose from an array ofexciting internships locally with social

348


service agencies such as the Coalition for theHomeless, Interfaith House, CommunityRenewal Society, ELCA Disaster Relief andInterfaith Youth Core. Students exploringministry may choose an internship in a localchurch or denominational ministry,including the United Church of Christ,Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, Orthodox,Baptist, Lutheran, Methodist, Episcopalian,AME or CME locations. Students of anyreligious background may choose a place-ment within their tradition or affiliatedcongregation, such as with Jewish, Muslim,Sikh, Hindu or Buddhist communities.

Niebuhr Center Ministry TeamAs part of the discernment of the call toordained Christian ministry, students in theNiebuhr Center Ministry Team who feelcalled to lead worship and to share theirexperiences visit local congregations regu-larly. One member of the team generally isresponsible for preaching, and one or twoothers lead in liturgy.

International Courses and ExperiencesThe Callings for the Common Goodprogram provides grants for internationaleducational experiences, whether throughcourses or service projects, in such places asIndia, Jamaica, and South Africa. Suchexperience exposes faith-motivated studentsto the wide range of professional callingspossible, from work with internationalhumanitarian agencies to the work ofdenominationally sponsored missionarieswho serve in a variety of professional fields.

On-Campus Reflections, Discussions,Seminars and RetreatsStudents have multiple opportunities to listenand reflect, and are required to share theirexperiences through discussions. Noted guestspeakers who are leaders in their field present

seminars explaining how their work harmo-nizes with their spiritual life.

Off-Campus ConferencesStudents may apply for grants to attendrelated conferences that integrate spirituality,academic and professional exploration.

Social Justice ProgramNiebuhr Center’s Social Justice Program isdesigned to educate, motivate and alleviatesuffering brought about by systemic injus-tice. Students learn more about socialresponsibility and engagement throughseminars, discussions, action projects, socialjustice internships, international fieldwork,grant-supported student/faculty researchand collaborative curricular developmentwith faculty from multiple departments.

Social Justice InternshipsThe social justice interns serve the Elmhurstcampus community. Each intern focuses onparticular issues of social justice and serves asa unifying liaison to a range of interestedcampus constituents (to individual students,student groups, staff, faculty, departments,and programs). The interns’ responsibilitiesare to educate and create a specific socialjustice action plan.

The Journey Continues ProgramThe Journey Continues academic and fieldexperience program supports faith-motivatedadults of diverse religious backgrounds asthey discern their callings to a life’s work forthe common good. The program offerslectures, discussions and workshops on suchtopics as service and society, biblical perspec-tives, skill development, and assessments.

Interfaith ForumHeld monthly, the Interfaith Forum isdesigned to provide a basic understanding ofthe Abrahamic faith traditions (Judaism,Christianity and Islam), and to encourage

349


students to explore their own faith tradi-tions and those of others through the explo-ration of foundational texts, selectedreadings, presentations and discussions.

Interested StudentsStudents interested in participating in thefull range of Niebuhr Center for Faith andAction opportunities should visit the Centerin Niebuhr Hall.

350

Accelerated Programs

Elmhurst College has been meeting theneeds of adult learners since 1949.

Adult students who wish to continue theireducation toward a bachelor’s degree maychoose to take courses during the day orevening; many academic majors can becompleted entirely through evening study.Adult students may enroll either as part-time or full-time students and may takecourses year round in the traditional Falland Spring Terms, as well as during theJanuary and Summer Terms. Adult studentsmay also enroll in any of the acceleratedmajors, some of which do not follow thetraditional academic calendar.

The College has been delivering acceler-ated undergraduate degree programs to adultsfor over twenty-five years. The acceleratedmajors are designed to meet the specificneeds of working adult learners. Courses formost of our accelerated programs meet onenight a week and most majors can becompleted within approximately 16 months.Faculty members teaching in our acceleratedprograms include many of our full-timeprofessors, as well as seasoned practitionersfrom a variety of fields. The four majors and three certificatesoffered in an accelerated format include:• Business Administration (EMP)

• Information Technology• Communication (ECP) • Applied Psychology • Cyber Security Certificate• Digital Cinema Certificate• Geographic Information Systems (GIS)

Certificate

AdmissionAccelerated programs are housed in theSchool for Professional Studies, an officededicated to serving the needs of adult andgraduate students at the College. To receivean application for admission to adultprograms, or to make interview arrange-ments, please call, write or e-mail: School for Professional Studies Accelerated Programs Elmhurst College 190 Prospect Avenue Elmhurst, Illinois 60126-3296 (630) 617-3300 [email protected] Applications may also be submitted elec-tronically by visiting the College’s web siteat www.elmhurst.edu.Adult Freshman Admission is designed forstudents who will be 24 years old in the yearin which they enroll, who have notcompleted any college or university work

351


and who wish to complete a bachelor’sdegree at Elmhurst. Adult freshman applicants should:• Submit a completed application for

admission, or go online towww.elmhurst.edu to complete theonline application for admission; and

• Request an official secondary schooltranscript be forwarded to the School forProfessional Studies.

Adult Transfer Admission is designed forstudents who will be 24 years old in the yearin which they enroll, who have completedcollege or university work at anotherschool(s) and who wish to have considera-tion for transfer credit toward the comple-tion of a bachelor’s degree at Elmhurst. Transfer applicants should:• Submit a completed application for

admission, or go online towww.elmhurst.edu to complete theonline application for admission;

• Request official transcripts from eachcollege or university attended beforwarded to the School for ProfessionalStudies; and

• Request an official secondary schooltranscript be forwarded to the School forProfessional Studies.

Admission to Accelerated MajorsApplication procedures to the acceleratedmajors are the same as they are for transferstudents. Admission to undergraduate acceler-ated adult degree programs is offered to adultstudents who will be 24 years old in the year inwhich they enroll at the College and haveapproximately one year of prior successfulcollege or university work. Program directorsreserve the right to admit students under theage of 24 who are qualified to meet the rigorousrequirements of an accelerated major or

program. Prospective adult students are stronglyencouraged to have an admission interview.

Accelerated Programs TuitionPart-time tuition for the 2015–2016 acad-emic year for adult accelerated programs is$595 per .25 unit of credit (one semesterhour. Students are required to either pay theirbalance in full by the initial due date for aterm (the 15th of the month prior to thestart of term), or enroll in one of thefollowing payment plans:Auto-Pay Plan Set up automatic fivemonthly payments from your checking orsavings account. No cost to enroll and nomonthly service fees.Non-Auto Pay Plan Make five monthlypayments in one of the following ways:• By check through the mail or in person

at the Office of Student FinancialServices


• Pay Online with a credit card throughTouchNet Connect (a user fee of 2.75%with a minimum fee of $3.00 is chargedby the third-party processor on all creditcard transactions).

No cost to enroll and no monthly servicefees. Payments are due on the 15th of eachmonth. A $90 late fee is charged forpayments not received on time. For accountsnot enrolled on a payment plan and not paidin full will be charged a 1% service fee eachmonth. Payments returned due to insuffi-cient funds will be assessed a $30 NSF fee.

Outside BillingWhen a student’s employer or other agency,under its tuition benefit plan, authorizes abilling and will pay the tuition directly to

352


Elmhurst College, service charges relating tothe payment will be waived or removedprovided the payment is received within sixweeks of the beginning of the term.

In order to participate in this program,the student must submit an official letter ofauthorization or tuition voucher to theOffice of Student Financial Services prior toor with registration. The Office of StudentFinancial Services bills the employer orother funding agency directly.

Elmhurst College reserves the right toqualify the plan or reject applications thatlack the appropriate authorization. Informa-tion regarding this payment alternative canbe obtained from the Office of StudentFinancial Services.

Tuition Reimbursement PlanSome employers offer direct reimbursementof tuition to their employees upon thesuccessful completion of the term. Studentseligible for tuition reimbursement from theiremployer may elect to participate in ourTuition Reimbursement Plan. Under thisplan, payment of tuition covered by anemployer will be deferred until six weeks afterthe end of the term. Students will be requiredto enroll in this program on a per term basis. To enroll, students will be required topay a $25.00 fee per term upon request forenrollment in the program, as well asprovide a letter from their employer indi-cating that they are eligible for this benefit.The letter must be received by the Office ofStudent Financial Services prior to the startof each term and must outline the amountof reimbursement the student is eligible forin that specific term and be on theemployer’s letterhead.

Financial AidAdult students who feel they will needfinancial aid to complete their education are

encouraged to apply early. Adult studentsare eligible to receive financial aid fromvirtually all of the same programs as tradi-tional-age students. To apply, studentsshould file the FAFSA at www.fafsa.gov.Students may file the FAFSA after January 1for the following Fall Term.

To be considered for financial aid, astudent must attend Elmhurst College on atleast a half-time basis (1.50 credits/sixsemester hours) and be enrolled in a degreeor teacher certification program.

Loans are the primary source of financialaid for part-time and second-degree studentsand those seeking teacher certification.

Registration ProceduresAdult students new to the College and in anaccelerated program must meet with theadvisor in the School for Professional Studiesfor academic advising and registration.

Students’ grades are available on theCollege web site. Students can request an official grade report letter from the Officeof Registration and Records after at leasttwo course grades have been posted for agiven term.

All other questions regarding gradeprocessing, grade availability, or transcriptsshould be directed to the Office of Registra-tion and Records. When asking aboutgrades, students should identify themselvesas students in an accelerated program andknow the course(s) and section number inwhich they are enrolled.

Due to the interrelated sequencing ofcourses in our accelerated programs,students must satisfactorily complete allcourses in sequence. Students who receive afailing grade for a course must immediatelycontact the program director or the Schoolfor Professional Studies to discuss provisionsfor repeating the course. In some cases,

Graduation honors will be based oncredits and grades earned from bothElmhurst College and transfer schools. Forstudents who have met all requirements asoutlined in the Elmhurst College Catalog,the College confers degrees in May. Studentsmust submit an Application for Graduation,available from the Office of Advising, oneyear prior to the anticipated graduation date.

Academic AdvisingThe advisor in the School for ProfessionalStudies is available to assist students in plan-ning their academic programs and achievingtheir personal and educational goals. Studentsare encouraged to schedule an appointmentto meet with the advisor. During this session,students will receive information regardingthe completion of their degrees at ElmhurstCollege. Students will also learn about non-traditional forms of credit.

While the advisor is available to assiststudents, it is the student’s responsibility torefer to the Elmhurst College Catalog tolearn the requirements for his or her degreeprogram, to schedule courses that fulfill theCollege’s requirements, to select alternativecourses that are appropriate if originalcourses are closed and to meet courseprerequisites as specified.

Online CoursesElmhurst College offers courses in anonline format to fulfill IntegratedCurriculum requirements and elective creditfor adult students. Refer to the CourseDescriptions section of this Catalog forfurther information. In addition, theCollege web site will indicate new onlinecourses as they become available.

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The Elmhurst Management Program (EMP)is an accelerated and concentrated format to

353


students may not be able to continue in theprogram until the failed course has beensuccessfully repeated.

To be in good standing, degree-seekingstudents must maintain both a term and acumulative grade-point average of 2.00 foreach term. The Academic StandingsCommittee reviews the standings of allstudents for each term and determines theprobationary status or dismissal of thosestudents who do not meet the criteria forgood standing. For more information,students should contact their academicadvisor, as well as reference the ElmhurstCollege E-Book and the Elmhurst CollegeCatalog.

Students must officially withdraw fromall the courses for which they are registeredusing the appropriate form available in theOffice of Registration and Records. If astudent stops attending a course or courseswithin a given term and does not officiallywithdraw from the program, a grade of Fwill be placed on the student’s record for allcourses not completed. Please see the With-drawal/Withdrawal Deadlines/Refund Policysection under Tuition and Paymentregarding deadlines and tuition charges.

Admitted students planning to reenterone of the accelerated programs after a with-drawal from the program must contact theSchool for Professional Studies regardingcurrent policies, registration procedures andcourse availability.

For those students interested in registeringfor additional Elmhurst College coursesduring the program, or after the completionof the program, please refer to the ElmhurstCollege web site at www.elmhurst.edu for alisting of courses. Students may also receivehelp from the advisor in the School forProfessional Studies.

354


complete the business administration major.This unique approach has been designed for highly motivated adults who bring boththeir work experiences and their priorcollege course work into EMP’s dynamiclearning process.

The program enables participants withcomparable professional backgrounds tostudy subject matter that addresses theneeds of managers. The learning process isenriched by the workplace experiencesstudents introduce into classroom discus-sions and assignments.

Program Hallmarks

The Role of Teaming in the ProgramThroughout the program, students willlearn about and experience how teams canbe effectively and efficiently used in thework place. This learning will occur both incourse work and as an important compo-nent of the program’s format.

EMP provides the students a laboratoryexperience in which teamwork and teamdevelopment are both learned and imple-mented. This includes a program design inwhich students progress through EMP takingall parts of the EMP curriculum together asmembers of a dynamic learning community.This approach purposefully builds a systemof mutual support among students, whothereby learn the value of working on tasksand goals as members of a learning team.

Student ProjectsEMP requires all students to work on amajor job-related project that is completedby the end of the program. The EMPproject allows students to apply what theyare learning in the various disciplines ofbusiness. Usually, student projects addressissues that impact the student’s job orprofession. Often students present theircompleted EMP projects to their employers.

Program CharacteristicsEMP offers students the business adminis-tration major formatted to meet one nightper week for approximately 15 months.

This intensive format allows students tocomplete 9.75 credits/39 semester hourswhile working full time.

EMP moves quickly for students becausetheir learning includes tasks completed athome and the integration of out-of-the-classroom learning into their program.

The program’s orientation builds the EMPlearning community for participants whileassessing their needs in critical skill areas.Faculty will, for example, assess quantitativeskill levels so that needs in that area can bemet in the program.

Admission RequirementsAdmission to the Elmhurst ManagementProgram is offered to adult students whopresent both prior college course work andsignificant experience in the work place.Interested potential participants withdifferent combinations of education andexperience are encouraged to discuss theirinterest in EMP with the admission staff inthe School for Professional Studies.

The Academic ProgramThe academic program includes compo-nents in the areas of accounting, businessenvironment, communications, economics,finance, management, marketing, policy,statistics and other quantitative managementdecision-making tools and a project. In allcases, the focus is on the usefulness of thesedisciplines for effective management deci-sion making. EMP meets once a week and is offered inthe following format over a 15-monthperiod:

355


Fall TermBUS 381 Excel-Based Decision-Making Tools IBUS 389 Marketing ManagementBUS 387 Business CommunicationBUS 480 Excel-Based Decision-Making Tools II

Spring TermBUS 371 Introduction to Global BusinessBUS 380 Principles of AccountingBUS 386 ManagementBUS 383 Accounting for Management

Fall TermBUS 350 Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsBUS 481 Managerial FinanceBUS 484 Business PolicyPHL 310 Ethics and BusinessFinal Session: Presentation of Capstone project

Additional major requirements:ECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsECO 211 Introduction to Macroeconomics

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Information technology is a central compo-nent of today’s business world. The U.S.Department of Labor projects an increase of47% in information technology jobs by 2020,with an increase of 72% specifically for soft-ware developers. At Elmhurst College,students prepare for a vital career in many ofthe exciting positions within the ITindustry—on the fast track. In this program, students learn to createJava and SQL-based business applications,including web-based applications using Java Script, Java Servlets and SQL databases.And gain an understanding of the infrastruc-ture that supports today’s network environ-ments. The program is ideal for studentsseeking to complete a first bachelor’s or those

in career transition seeking to complete asecond bachelor’s. IT students at Elmhurst College enjoyaccess to a wide range of general purpose andspecialized technologies and applicationsavailable on campus, in the public cloud andthrough the College’s private cloud. Andenjoy complete access to Daniels Hall—asuperior facility that would be the envy of amuch larger campus. Upon completion of the program, gradu-ates will be equipped with the skills to obtaina position as an applications developer orbegin work in various positions within infor-mation systems management or infrastructureengineering. Students also have their choicebetween five concentrations and the optionto complete an undergraduate certificate,providing excellent preparation for a rich, useful career. Coursework in the IT program falls withinthe framework of the Institute for the Certifi-cation of Computing Professionals (ICCP)body of knowledge used to access the level ofmastery needed to obtain the CCP (CertifiedComputing Professional Certification). In this program, students will• Master the subtleties of computer logic.• Obtain a deep understanding of computer

fundamentals, networking, internet-working, Web design and development,and client/server operating systems.

• Learn how to construct and customize adatabase.

• Develop advanced computer-program-ming skills in Java, and apply those skillsin the development of algorithms to solvebusiness problems.

• Understand how computer hardwarefunctions and is controlled by operatingsystems such as Windows and LINUX.

356


• Learn how a client computer interfaces toa network, how network operatingsystems are installed and used, and howinternetwork systems are built and func-tion.

• Learn how to design, implement, andaccess a database using front-end applica-tions and utilities.

• Master the methodology required todesign, implement, and maintain a large-scale project installed on a corporatenetwork system.

• Design and implement a web site.

FormatThe IT program can be completed in aslittle as 14 months. In an accelerated format,coursework is offered entirely online throughthe Elmhurst College Online Center orthrough a hybrid format combining on-campus and online learning. Most coursesare eight weeks in length and on-campuscourses typically meet one evening per week.Movement between the online and hybridformat is handled on a case-by-case basis.

Admission Students must have at least 30 semesterhours of approved transfer credit with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of2.50 on a 4.00 scale, including two coursesin English composition and rhetoric and atleast one college-level math course.

Required CoursesIT 228 Computer Organization and ArchitectureIT 232 Introduction to Programming in JAVAIT 312 Fundamentals of NetworkingIT 348 Databases

Five courses from one of the followingconcentrations:

Computer Information SystemsCyber Security*Digital Cinema*Geographic Information Systems (GIS)*Software Development

ELMHURST COMMUNICATIONPROGRAM

The Elmhurst Communication Program(ECP) focuses on understanding and imple-menting communication concepts in organi-zations. This program’s application-orientedcurriculum provides the necessary frame-work for leading in a variety of professionalorganizations. The program has a strongliberal arts emphasis with a focus on profes-sional preparation. It is designed to developprofessional communicators of high char-acter who are able to think independently,make effective decisions, value diversity andconsider multiple perspectives. The 9.00 credit (36 semester hours)major can be completed in approximately 15months by attending two evenings per week.In addition to the required major courses, allstudents must fulfill the College’s IntegratedCurriculum requirements. The broad-based, flexible major preparesstudents for roles in the for-profit, not-for-profit and public sectors. Students in theECP will:• Master the application of theories of

leadership and management to achieveorganizational effectiveness;

• Understand and apply the power of adiverse workforce;

• Learn to create an effective problem-solving environment;

• Develop skills in communication, teammanagement, problem solving and deci-sion making;

*Concentrations in cyber security, digital cinema and GIS may also be completed as an undergraduate certificate.

357


• Build the ability to adapt to ever-changing situations;

• Master the technical skills necessary forsuccess in today’s changing workplace;and

• Apply qualitative and quantitivemethods to the work environment

Program CharacteristicsThe program is offered as a sequence ofcourses designed to offer theory, conceptand application. The courses are character-ized by the following:• It is essential in the design of this accel-

erated program that students completetheir coursework in the identifiedsequence;

• Due to the reduction in contact hours,courses incorporate teamwork, out ofclass projects and online assignmentsand activities; and

• Courses are taught using cooperativelearning and other active learning tech-niques designed for adult learners. Full-time and adjunct faculty members whohave extensive classroom and profes-sional experience teach the programclasses.

Admission to the ProgramAdmission to the organizational leadershipand communication major will be offeredto students who meet the following require-ments:• Students must be in good academic

standing from the college or universitywhere college credit was earned, aminimum cumulative transfer grade-point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale;

• Students must be a minimum age of 24years old; and

• Students must have at least 30 semesterhours of approved transfer credit,

including two courses in English compo-sition and at least one college-level mathcourse.

FormatAs an accelerated program, ECP can becompleted by taking courses two nights aweek for approximately 15 months, orstudents can complete the program bytaking courses one night a week for a longerperiod of time.

Term I: Fall (16 weeks, 3.00 credits)COM 311 Interpersonal Communication in the WorkplaceCOM 312 Small Group CommunicationCOM 320 Organizational Communication

Term II: Spring (16 weeks, 4.00 credits)COM 315 Intercultural CommunicationCOM 319 Business and Professional CommunicationCOM 324 Applied Conflict Management and NegotiationCOM 450 Leadership and Communication

Term III: Fall (16 weeks, 2.00 credits)COM 321 Case Studies in Organizational CommunicationCOM 491 Capstone for Elmhurst Communication Program

APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

The flexible major in applied psychology isdesigned for working adults who are inter-ested in pursuing an understanding of thecauses and consequences of human behaviorby studying the methods and content ofscientific and applied psychology. Courses aredesigned to offer students with varied careerinterests, a strong academic foundation inpsychology within the framework of a liberaleducation. The flexible applied psychologymajor prepares students for graduate study inclinical and counseling psychology. The major can be completed in only 12

358


months by attending classroom and hybridclasses two to three evenings per week.Courses are comprised of traditional face-to-face classroom instruction as well as hybridinstruction which combine on campus andonline sessions.

Admission to the ProgramStudents eligible to enroll in the pre-clinicalpsychology program will have completed aminimum of 33 hours of approved transfercredit including Introduction to Psychology,two courses in English composition, aminimum of one mathematics course (collegealgebra or higher level class) and have aminimum transfer grade point average of 2.5on a 4.0 scale.

Goals for the Accelerated Major inApplied Psychology• Students will understand basic psycho-

logical theories and principles.• Students will apply psychological theo-

ries to everyday circumstances and socialissues.

• Students will critically evaluate andexpress psychological content in writtenand oral communication.

• Students will utilize the scientificmethod in the design of research studiesand recognize appropriate methodology,statistics and interpretation of results.

• Students will be able to apply the impor-tance of the ethical and professionalpractice in the field of psychology.

FormatThe flexible major in pre-clinical psychologyis offered over a 12-month period in thefollowing format:

Term I (16 weeks; 3.00 credits)PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific ResearchPSY 327 Abnormal Psychology (hybrid course)

PSY 328 Clinical and Counseling Psychology (hybrid course)

Term II (20 weeks; 3.00 credits)PSY 315 Lifespan DevelopmentPSY 356 Research Methods in PsychologyPSY 422 Psychological Testing

Term III (12 weeks; 2.00 credits)PSY 430 Cognitive ProcessesPSY 496 Senior Capstone Seminar

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Cyber SecurityElmhurst College offers an undergraduate-level certificate program in cyber security,offered entirely online through the ElmhurstCollege Online Center. The certificateprogram in cyber security is comprised offive existing courses from the acceleratedmajor in cyber security. Students whocomplete the five courses for credit willreceive the certificate in cyber security, orthey may complete an additional fivecourses, in addition to Elmhurst’s IntegratedCurriculum, to earn a bachelor’s degree withan accelerated major in cyber security.

Course RequirementsIT 228 Computer Organization and ArchitectureIS 423 Database Management SystemsCS 409 Computer Security and Risk ManagementCS 360 Computer Network SystemsCS 405 Cryptography If a student chooses to complete thebachelor’s degree with an accelerated majorin cyber security, additional coursework willinclude IT 232, IT 312 or IT 348.

Digital CinemaElmhurst College offers an undergraduate-level certificate program in digital cinema,offered entirely online through the Elmhurst

359


College Online Center. Elmhurst's certifi-cate program uses five existing courses fromthe accelerated major in digital cinema.Students who complete the five courses forcredit will receive the certificate in digitalcinema, or they may complete an additionalfive courses, in addition to Elmhurst’s Inte-grated Curriculum, to earn a bachelor’sdegree with an accelerated major in digitalcinema.

Course RequirementsFive courses are required:DC 405 Digital CinemaDC 406 ScreenwritingDC 407 Lighting for CinemaDC 408 CinematographyDC 409 Non-Linear Editing If a student chooses to complete the bach-elor’s degree with an accelerated major indigital cinema, additional coursework willinclude: IT 228, IT 232, IT 312 and IT 348.

Geographic Information Systems (GIS)The Geographic Information Systems (GIS)program is a college credit, non-degree,certificate program. Students learn the skillsnecessary for making effective and efficientuse of geographic information to providelocation-based services (i.e. E-911, mapsand directions to automobile drivers), bettertransportation and traffic management,Homeland Security measures, business andmarketing strategies, telecommunicationinfrastructure development, public safetymanagement, utilities planning, as well asother services. The GIS program consists of five courses(including an introductory course) from theDepartments of Geography and Geosciencesand Computer Science and InformationSystems. The GIS program requires fourcourses plus an introductory course (GIS100) for students who need this introduc-

tory course prior to the start of theprogram. GIS 100 is taught in a hybridformat suitable for working professionals.Once GIS 100 is successfully completed,students begin the course work, which istaken completely online. Successful comple-tion of the program results in a GIS certifi-cate. The Elmhurst College GIS CertificateProgram is aligned with the core guidelinesof the University Consortium forGeographic Information Science (UCGIS)Body of Knowledge and with the Urban andRegional Information Systems Association(URISA) guidelines. All course work isaccepted for the application of a Profes-sional GIS Certificate (GISP) by the GISCertification Institute (GISCI).

Learning Outcomes• Develop a spatial perspective with which

to approach concepts, issues and prob-lems in various non-geographical disci-plines and professions.

• Gain access to GIS information, exper-tise and technology that is directlyapplicable to the issues and concernsfacing communities and industry.

• Learn the basics of GIS technologies andobtain hands-on experience in using GISsoftware in order to effectively import,display, query, summarize and analyzespatial data.

• Explore the interdisciplinary applicationsof GIS in disciplines including, but notlimited to, biology, business marketing,geology, urban planning, which includeaspects of cartography, topology, mapdesign and spatial analysis.

• Understand how spatial information andtechniques are used to solve practicalproblems within various disciplines.

• Acquire the knowledge to develop

360


custom GIS solutions using VB.NETand ArcObjects.

• Learn to apply best practices for GISdata modeling and collection combinedwith relational database design.

FormatSummer or Spring Term StartGIS 100 Introduction to Geospatial TechnologiesISG 100 GIS ProgrammingGIS 200 Remote Sensing TechniquesIGS 200 Implementing GeodatabasesGIS 300 Geospatial Capstone

SoftwareRegistered students will access online via thededicated GIS server the following softwareas part of the registration fee: ESRI ArcGISDesktop 10.x including all extensions.


BUS 350 Cultural Diversity in Organizations This course examines the nature and role ofculture and diversity in the workplace, ways tomanage diversity in the workplace, the implica-tions of diversity for business operations andunderstanding of differences in light of globaliza-tion of the world’s economy. Prerequisite: sopho-more standing or consent of the instructor. FallTerm, evening; Spring Term, day; Summer Term.

BUS 371 Introduction to Global Business This course is designed to provide a basicunderstanding of the various facets of interna-tional business. Starting with basic trade theo-ries, it covers the mechanics of the foreignexchange market, international finance andaccounting, marketing, cultural differencesand management strategy under the interna-tional environment, organizational structureand practices of the multinational companyand international institutional arrangements.The course is taught from the state-of-the-art

perspective with discussions on currenteconomic and business problems.

BUS 380 Principles of Accounting .75 credit A study of the accounting cycle, the account -ing process and accounting statement preparation and analysis.

BUS 381 Excel-Based Decision-MakingTools I—Statistics .75 creditAn introduction to the basic concepts of probability and statistics for the student inbusiness management. Topics include descrip-tive statistics, probability distributions andrandom variables, hypothesis testing, fore-casting and linear regression.

BUS 383 Accounting for Management .75 creditA study of the use of accounting data bymanagers with an emphasis on the use ofaccounting data as a basis for intelligent busi-ness decisions in planning and control.

BUS 386 Management .75 creditAn introduction to the theory of manage-ment and the structure of the organization.Topics include the integrative functions ofmanagement, objective setting, decisionmaking, the behavior of the individualwithin the organization, and the role ofhuman resources management in carryingout the mission of the organization.

BUS 387 Business Communication .75 creditDevelopment of skills of effective written andoral business communication and an under-standing of the communication process andfactors that interfere with effective communi-cation within the organization.

BUS 389 Marketing Management .75 creditA study of the theory, concepts and practices of marketing, emphasizing decision

361


making as it relates to the formulation andimplementation of effective marketing strategy.

BUS 480 Excel-Based Decision-MakingTools II—Operations Research .75 creditA study of the typical operations research techniques and their applications in business.Topics include inventory theory, queuingmodels and simulation models with anemphasis on interpretation of results.

BUS 481 Managerial Finance .75 creditA study of the methods of developing finan-cial policies with an emphasis on capitalinvestment analysis, cost of capital and cash-cycle decisions.

BUS 484 Business Strategy .75 credit An integration of the basic business disci-plines for business policy formulation usingthe case study method.

COM 311 Interpersonal Communicationin the WorkplaceThis course explores communication withinthe context of professional interpersonal rela-tionships. Topics include interpersonalcommunication concepts, monitoring theinternal and external environmental factors ofa professional interpersonal relationship,determining the relational context, identi-fying the appropriate communication channelfor interpersonal exchanges at work andreducing unintended messages. Students willdemonstrate their understanding of diversityand acceptance in their professional interper-sonal relationships. Students will prepare aformal team presentation and a writtenanalysis of their communicative experiencesin a professional interpersonal relationship.

COM 312 Small Group CommunicationA course designed to explore the nature ofgroup processes, with an emphasis on effec-tive task-group discussion, decision making,problem solving and conflict resolution.

Development of personal leadership skills andobservational-analytic skills through struc-tured group communication activities.

COM 315 Intercultural CommunicationBoth cross-cultural and intercultural aspects ofcommunication, verbal and nonverbal, areexamined in domestic and internationalcultures. Cultural differences in values andbeliefs are also examined. Important dimen-sions of communication are treated in specificcontexts such as medical, business and social.In addition, students will be asked to analyzetheir own intercultural variables and commu-nication behaviors. Overall, this course willbuild cultural awareness and knowledge of howto transcend cultural and ethnic differences tobuild community through communication.

COM 319 Business and ProfessionalCommunicationA course designed to improve speaking andlistening skills essential to effective communi-cation in a variety of business and professionalsettings. A systematic approach to informativeand persuasive presentations, principles ofinterviewing, small-group problem solving andoral briefings.

COM 320 Organizational CommunicationThis course focuses on the application ofcommunication principles as applied to orga-nizational contexts. Communication theorieswithin the organizational framework areexamined. Attention is given to strategies fordiagnosing communication-related problemswithin organizations.

COM 321 Case Studies in OrganizationalCommunicationA course designed to analyze problems andissues in organizational communicationthrough case histories, exercises and projects.The course takes a case-study approach,focusing on typical communication difficul-ties in organizational contexts. Prerequisite:COM 320.

362


COM 324 Applied Conflict Managementand NegotiationThis course is designed to develop students'conflict-management and negotiation skills inprofessional contexts. Students will explore theinevitability of conflict and how to respond toit while maintaining working relationships.Students will also develop the ability to deter-mine when negotiation is appropriate and/ornecessary. The course explores effectivecommunication techniques to employ inconflict and in negotiation. Students will learnhow to apply appropriate skills based on rela-tional and environmental contexts.

COM 450 Leadership and CommunicationThis course is an overview of the relationshipbetween communication principles and thephenomenon of leadership. Analysis of variousleadership approaches and their communica-tive content are undertaken. Students will beasked to engage in qualitative researchexploring the nature of leadership as a productof human communication.

COM 491 Capstone for OrganizationalLeadership and CommunicationIn this capstone course students will apply thetheories, concepts and skills learnedthroughout their academic program to solvingan actual organizational problem. Students willwork with approved organizations to identifyeither a problem to be solved or a change to beimplemented. In this supervised projectstudents will develop a formal presentation anda written document. Students must be enrolledin the organizational leadership and communica-tion program to take this course.

CS 360 Computer Network Systems Focuses on technologies that offer an end-to-end solutions to securing a network’s perimeter.Topics include the design, deployment andmanagement of the defenses of the computer,network and data environment. Perimeterdefense components such as firewalls, Virtual

Private Networks (VPNs), routers, switches andIntrusion Detection Systems (IDS) are alsocovered.

CS 405 CryptographyExamines the technology and methodology forprotecting information to ensure its integrity,confidentiality and authenticity. It covers thefoundations of cryptography, modern crypto-graphic protocols, algorithms and implementa-tion issues. Also included are topics in privateand public key cryptography, block ciphers,pseudorandom functions, encryption stan-dards, message authentication, digital signa-tures and key management.

CS 409 Computer Security and RiskManagementExplores the threats and risks prevalent intoday’s organizations as a result of the pervasiveuse of technology. Students learn risk evalua-tion techniques and identify security andcontrol techniques to minimize the potential ofa security breach.

CS 410 Cyber Crime Investigations andForensicsExplores the use of intrusion detectionmethodologies, CSI hardware and softwaretools, and approaches to computer crime inci-dent response. Computer forensic principles,including operating system concepts, registrystructures, file system concepts, boot process,and file operations are examined. This coursealso includes an overview of the theory andtechniques utilized for tracking attackers acrossthe Internet. Practical exercises are drawn fromcase studies of Internet based crimes. Prerequi-site: CS 409.

CS 412 Wireless, Mobile, and CloudSecurityThe ongoing need for fast, versatile, and morepowerful communication systems has acceler-ated the growth of wireless, mobile and cloudcomputing. In many cases securing theseemerging platforms is an afterthought, thusleaving critical systems prey to invidious cyber-

363


attacks. This course examines a broad range ofcontemporary techniques to support and main-tain operational integrity and data protectionwithin each modality. Prerequisite: CS 409.

DC 405 Digital CinemaThis course introduces students to the corestep-by-step process of making a short narra-tive film. Students will learn to turn their ideasinto a short screenplay. They will take thatscreenplay and make a practical productionplan around it. They will learn shooting strate-gies and techniques. Finally they will learn thebasics of editing and will assemble their roughelements into a final cut.

DC 406 ScreenwritingThis course introduces students to the toolsand techniques of crafting a screenplay. Topicsinclude proper formatting, story structure andstory elements.

DC 407 Lighting for CinemaThis course introduces students to the tools,terminology and strategies involved withlighting in cinema.

DC 408 CinematographyThis course further explores working withcamcorders, knowing what to control and how,gaining knowledge of common technical statis-tics and controlling the frame for deliberateresults.

DC 409 Non-Linear EditingThis course further explores non-linearcomputer editing. Editing basics and advancedtools are explored in depth.

ECO 210 Introduction to MicroeconomicsAn introduction to how individuals, firms andmarkets interact in determining the allocationof resources with applications of the economictheory of human behavior. No prerequisite.Open to all students.

ECO 211 Introduction to MacroeconomicsAn introduction to national income theory, theprocess of the creation and control of the

money supply, fiscal and monetary policy andinternational economics. No prerequisite.Open to all students.

GIS 100 Introduction to Geospatial TechnologiesThis course is an introduction to geographicinformation systems (GIS), including its devel-opment, components, data types, formats andapplications. It examines the processes involvedin order to capture data, manipulate data,analyze date sets and display spatial datathrough online lectures and classroom hands-on computer experience. The use of GIS forpractical “real-world” applications is empha-sized. Students will be afforded the opportu-nity to learn about the broad applications ofGIS, appreciate the usefulness of it and use it as an invaluable tool to visualize spatialpatterns not otherwise visible.

NOTE: All GIS 100 students will berequired to take a technology competencyassessment upon entering the course. Shoulda student score less than 70%, they will bestrongly recommended to attend an avail-able technology workshop session beforecontinuing in the course.

GIS 200 Remote Sensing TechnologiesRemote sensing is the science of deriving infor-mation about the earth’s land and water areasfrom images acquired at a distance. It usuallyrelies upon measurement of electromagneticenergy reflected or emitted from the features ofinterest. Advances in detector technology, thepublic availability of improved datasets fromnew instruments and new approaches to dataanalysis will be presented in this course. Assuch, the ability to work with and interpretremote sensing data is a valuable addition toany spatial project. The emphasis in this classwill be on traditional remote sensing tech-niques such as aerial photography and satelliteimagery. However, an introduction to uses ofradar, microwave, gamma ray and neutronremote sensing techniques will also be

364


provided. Explanation of and practical applica-tions of the global positioning system (GPS)are also covered. Prerequisites: GIS 100 and ISG100.

GIS 300 Geospatial CapstoneUtilizing knowledge from the previous coursesin the sequence of the GIS CertificateProgram, this course will expand upon spatialanalyses and include applications for GIS.Students will gather data, build an originaldatabase and construct a project including ananalysis of the information gathered to solve apractical problem. Projects will be presentedand stored in the form of an electronic port-folio. Emphasis centers on hands-on trainingand solving practical spatial problems. Prerequisites: GIS 100, GIS 200, ISG 100 andISG 200.

NOTE: Prerequisites, as listed, may bewaived by the course instructor or GISprogram coordinator if one can demonstratethe required level of competency.

IS 424 Introduction to Systems Analysisand DesignA study of the phases of analysis, design andimplementation of information systems.Topics include fact-gathering techniques,design of output, input, files, presentationtechniques, system processing, projectmanagement, system testing and documenta-tion. A structured approach to system designand development is emphasized.

IS 425 Management Information Systems Fundamentals of information systems in orga-nizations, with a focus on the impact of infor-mation systems on organizational behavior,communications and managerial style. Theuse, misuse, and management of computer-based systems and their integration with orga-nizational goals are emphasized. Informationsystems in the functional areas of marketing, production and finance are studied. The casestudy method is used.

ISG 100 GIS ProgrammingThis course will introduce the student tocomputer programming. It is oriented towardGeographical Information Systems (GIS)applications. Using Python, the course initiallycovers essential programming concepts such ashow to set and use variables; how to programusing sequence, selection and repetition struc-tures; and how to write and call functions. Thebasics of using the ArcGIS ModelBuildercomponent are discussed, including exportingmodels to Python. Finally an introduction towriting geoprocessing scripts in Python ispresented.

ISG 200 Implementing GeodatabasesThis course will introduce the student to theMicrosoft Access database. The course initiallycovers essential relational database theory andnormalization. SQL, a computer industry-stan-dard syntax language for querying and manipulating a relational database, is thenintroduced. Next, the geodatabase model ispresented including, feature classes anddatasets, relationship classes and raster data. Anumber of case studies are presented. Finally,the student will get a hands-on introduction tobuilding a geodatabase. Prerequisites: GIS 100and ISG 100.

IT 228 Computer Organization andArchitectureThis course discusses the organization andarchitecture of the computer, including thefunctioning of the CPU, RAM, ROM,Boolean logic, truth tables, and I/O. Issuesrelated to interfacing the computer to anetwork are covered, as is the role played bythe operating system in controlling the hard-ware.

IT 232 Introduction to Programming inJavaThe use of Java in performing object-orientedprogramming (OOP) is discussed, withemphasis on coding algorithms that solve busi-ness problems. Also covered: features of the

365


Java language, such as classes, objects, vari-ables, control constructs, etc.

IT 312 Fundamentals of NetworkingPresents a thorough discussion of computernetworks and how they function under thedirection of a network operating system(NOS). Also covered: the use and installationof NOSs, such as Windows Server and Linux,and protocols such as TCP/IP and network addressing.

IT 348 DatabasesThe types and uses of databases are covered.Students learn how to create a “realistic” rela-tional database using software such as SQLServer, Access, Oracle or a similar package.

IT 408 Web Design and DevelopmentDiscusses how to create a web site on theInternet or an internetwork, with emphasis onestablishing a site in a business environment.Topics include HTML, XML, and JavaScript client-side programming.

IT 422 Client/Server ProgrammingDiscusses Web site development with serverside programming, using Active Server Pagesor Java Server Pages. Also covered: the creationof static versus dynamic web pages.

IT 482 IT Project Development(Capstone)A discussion of the lifecycle in the design,implementation, and maintenance of a signifi-cant IT project implemented in a business environment.

PHL 310 Ethics and BusinessA study of ethical theory as applied to indi-vidual and corporate behavior in business as itfunctions in a complex society.

PSY 315 Lifespan DevelopmentThis course provides an analysis of biological,cognitive, personality and social developmentfrom conception to death. Illustrative topicsmay include the nature-nurture controversy,attachment, peer relationships, identity, voca-tions, marriage and parenting, midlife transi-tion, aging, death and dying. Theoretical

models and research methodologies designedto address these issues will be highlightedthroughout the course.

PSY 325 Psychology and CultureAn examination of the theories, research andapplications from the fields of cross-cultural psychology, indigenous psychology,cultural psychology, ethnic psychology andpsychological anthropology. Students willanalyze, synthesize and articulate an intercul-tural perspective on psychological processesand functioning through exploring their ownand dominant U.S. cultural backgrounds,interviewing others with cross-cultural or inter-cultural experiences, making comparisonsusing a broad definition of culture and readingabout psychological research of cultures otherthan their own. Students will be encouraged toraise questions about mainstream psychologicalknowledge and their knowledge of “self ” andself-culture in order to increase awareness,tolerance, acceptance, understanding, sensi-tivity, adaptation to, respect and contextualevaluation of cultural diversity. Prerequisite:PSY 210.

PSY 326 Industrial and OrganizationalPsychologyAn introduction to the principles and methodsof psychology as applied to problems of busi-ness, industrial and other types of organiza-tions. Topics include leadership, motivation,group leadership, personnel decisions, training,job analysis, design, evaluation and satisfac-tion. Prerequisites: PSY 210.

PSY 327 Abnormal PsychologyAn introduction to the study of maladaptivebehavior. Topics include diagnosis, assess-ment, classification and treatment of thesedisorders. An overview of the application ofbasic psychological theories and normalstress responses will be covered.

PSY 328 Clinical and CounselingPsychologyIntroduces the theories and research treat-ments of adjustment and maladaptive behav-

366


iors. Topics include assessment, treatmentapproaches and the evaluation of treatments,the role of the therapist and social systems oftreatment. It is recommended that PSY 312 or327 be taken prior to this course.

PSY 355 Statistics for Scientific ResearchBasic statistical methods in current use inresearch in the behavioral sciences. Emphasisis placed upon developing the basic conceptsand skills needed to perform and interpretstandard elementary statistical tests onnumerical data.

PSY 356 Research Methods in PsychologyThe nature and methods of inquiry intohuman and animal behavior are examinedthrough the design and implementation ofpsychological research. Topics include descrip-tive and experimental methods, analysis andinterpretation of research data and ethicalissues in research. Some focus on use of SPSSsoftware. All students design and conduct astudy as a psychology laboratory experienceoutside of class meetings.

PSY 422 Psychological TestingSurvey course of the history, utility, ethicsand practical applications of psychologicaltesting. Concepts of standardization, relia-bility and validity are presented. Commonlyused tests of intelligence, personality, apti-tude and interests are presented. The stan-dards for educational and psychologicaltesting will be included as a course topic. Anassessment project is assigned.

PSY 496 Senior Capstone SeminarAn advanced seminar with varying topics thatchange each term. The seminars are led eachterm by a different full-time faculty member ofthe department. The emphasis is on complexissues in psychology and the use of primarysources. A major requirement of the seminar isto write an APA-style review paper thatcritiques and analyzes and synthesizes the exantliterature related to the topic of the seminar.

ELMHURST PARTNERS

Elmhurst College created Elmhurst Partnersas its corporate training arm to further itscommitment to life-long adult education.Elmhurst Partners provides companies withtargeted employee development solutionsusing standard courses, customized traininginitiatives and specialized human performanceconsulting. Utilizing professionals with broadbusiness and academic expertise in training,competence, knowledge and change manage-ment, Elmhurst Partners offers organizations awide range of learning options. In addition, Elmhurst Partners welcomesthe opportunity to develop specializedprograms for groups seeking advancededucation and training within the collegesetting and drawing upon the history andexpertise in education that Elmhurst Collegeis able to offer.

ELMHURST LEARNING ANDSUCCESS ACADEMY (ELSA)

The Elmhurst Learning and SuccessAcademy (ELSA) is a four-year, non-credit,college experience for young adults, ages 18to 28, with cognitive and developmentaldisabilities. ELSA is a post-secondaryprogram; therefore, students need to have ahigh school diploma or certificate ofcompletion. The program emphasizes three primaryareas within the curriculum: academic andcareer exploration, independent living skills,and social and recreational experience. Alimited number of ELSA students may alsolive in the residence life system provided thestudent attend full time, pass through thehousing assessment conducted by ELSAstaff, and have legal guardianship. Other than official NCAA Division IIIathletics and some fraternity and sorority

367


organizations, ELSA students can participatefully in college life at Elmhurst. Courses are taught by faculty and upper-level students though ELSA students dohave opportunities to take college-levelcourses as ELSA electives for credit. ELSAalso offers a business, technology andcommunication certificates that studentscan earn made up of three traditionalcollege courses and a business internship.Upon graduation, ELSA students receive acertificate of completion and the business,technology and communication certificate ifthey completed that curriculum.

368

G raduate study at Elmhurst Collegebrings together two complementary

aspects of an Elmhurst education at thegraduate level. The professional in today’sworld needs both the breadth of the liberalarts tradition and the depth of professionalpreparation for life’s work. Graduate studyat Elmhurst focuses on integrating liberalarts education with preparation for andenhancement of professional life beyond theundergraduate degree. Practical work experience in the field ofstudy, such as an internship or practicum, ishighly recommended for all graduate studentswho are not currently employed. The purposeof the internship/practicum is to help thestudent become familiar with the applicationsand practices in the field of study.

Graduate ProgramsThe College offers the master’s degree andcertificate programs in 17 areas of study:• Master of Arts in Industrial/

Organizational Psychology• Master of Business Administration• Master of Education in Early Childhood

Special Education• Master of Education in Teacher

Leadership • Endorsement in Teacher Leadership

• Endorsement in English as a Second Language (ESL) • Endorsement in Special Education (LBSI)• Master in Professional Accountancy• Master in Project Management • Certificate in Project Management• Master of Market Research • Certificate in Advanced Market Research • Certificate in Market Research• Master of Public Health• Master of Science in Applied Geospatial

Sciences • Certificate in Applied Geospatial Sciences• Master of Science in Communication

Sciences and Disorders• Master of Science in Computer

Information Systems • Certificate in Application Development • Certificate in Network Administration• Master of Science in Data Science • Certificate in Data Science• Master of Science in Health Informatics

Management• Master of Science in Nursing

Graduate Study

reviewed on the basis of profile materialsubmitted; each required document willcontribute to the overall profile of thecandidate for admission. Admission to grad-uate study will be offered to those studentswhose profiles reflect the most promise forsuccess at the graduate level and the abilityto contribute to, as well as learn from, grad-uate study.

Graduate admission is housed in theSchool for Professional Studies, an officededicated to serving the needs of adult andgraduate students at the College. To receivean application for admission to graduatestudy, please call, write or e-mail:

School for Professional StudiesGraduate ProgramsElmhurst College190 Prospect AvenueElmhurst, Illinois 60126-3296(630) [email protected] may also be submitted elec-

tronically by visiting the College’s web siteat www.elmhurst.edu. All application material for the Master ofScience in Communication Sciences andDisorders and the Master of Science inNursing/Nursing Master’s Entry areprocessed by a centralized applicationservice; review the program page for specificinformation.

Qualified applicants to graduate studymust provide evidence of good standing atthe college or university from which theyearned the undergraduate degree.

Graduate applicants are asked to:• Complete the Application for Admission

to Graduate Study.• Submit recommendations from three

individuals who can comment on thequality of the applicant’s oral and written

369

Graduate Study

• Master of Science in Nursing/ RN–MSN • Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Clinical Leadership • Post-Master’s Certificate in Nursing Education• Master of Science in Nursing/Nursing

Master’s Entry• Master of Science in Special Education• Master of Science in Supply Chain

Management• Certificate in AP Human Geography• Certificate in Entertainment Industry• Certificate in Health Education

Endorsement• Certificate in Human Resources

Management

The Cohort ModelSix of Elmhurst’s graduate programs are basedon the cohort or team-focused model.Students are brought together to begin a grad-uate program as members of a cohort group.The group takes courses together part time inthe evening throughout the length of theprogram from the initial term of enrollmentto graduation from the College. This modelgives the graduate student an opportunity notonly to complete a master’s degree but also tolearn about team development and leadershipin a supportive group environment. The remaining programs are traditionalin format; students consult with theprogram director each term prior to registra-tion for classes.

Admission to Graduate StudyGraduate programs at Elmhurst College areoffered at the master’s level. It is expectedthat candidates for admission to graduatestudy at the College were academicallysuccessful at the undergraduate level and arenow ready to move on to a successful grad-uate-level experience. Applicants will be

also show English proficiency byscoring 77 on the Michigan EnglishLanguage Assessment Battery (MELAB)or a 6.5 on the International EnglishLanguage Testing System (IELTS).World Educational Services is an evalua-tion agency (www.wes.org). EducationalCredential Evaluators is an alternativeevaluation agency (www.ece.org).

The Transfer of Graduate CreditIn some cases, previously earned graduatecoursework may transfer to Elmhurst andmay satisfy requirements for an Elmhurstmaster’s degree. A maximum of two coursesor six semester hours of credit may transferwith the approval of the program director.

Waivers and SubstitutionsThe program director will determine waiversand substitutions for undergraduate prereq-uisite courses. Any deviation from therequired course of study as described in theElmhurst College Catalog must be approvedby the program director.

Waiting List PolicyBecause each graduate program, by design, hasa limited number of spaces, admissiblestudents may be placed on a waiting list oncethe program is fully enrolled. If space becomesavailable in a program, the program directorand the director of adult and graduate admis-sion will notify students on the waiting listwith regard to admission. Students remainingon the waiting list at the beginning of the FallTerm may be given the opportunity to defertheir admission until the next class start. Allstudents with wait ing list status will have finalnotification regarding admission or deferral byAugust 1.

Conditional Admission to Graduate StudyA student may be considered for conditional

communication skills and the ability tobe successful in graduate study.

• Submit a 1,000-word Statement ofPurpose describing personal and professional goals that will be met by the completion of a graduate degree.Students applying to the Master of Business Administration (MBA) programmust respond to a specific questiondirectly related to their field of study. Inaddition, they must prepare a businesswriting analysis in response to a specificbusiness scenario. The questions andbusiness scenario are presented on theMBA program sheet and the Applicationfor Admission to Graduate Study, bothof which are available from the Schoolfor Professional Studies.

• Submit a current resumé.• Students applying to the Master of Arts

in Industrial/Organizational Psychologyand Master of Science in Communica-tion Sciences and Disorders programsmust submit GRE scores taken withinthe last five years.

• Submit official transcripts from allundergraduate and graduate institutionsattended.

• Individual graduate programs may haveadditional application requirements.Refer to the specific program sheet foradditional information.

• International students must submitofficial transcripts (in English) with anofficial evaluation of those transcriptsby a foreign credentials evaluationagency and proof of English proficiencyas evidenced by a minimum score of550 on the paper-based TOEFL (Testof English as a Foreign Language), 213on the computer-based test or 79 onthe Internet-based test. Students may

370

Graduate Study

discretion and with the advice of theprogram director.

Non-degree seeking students may apply fordegree-seeking status at any time bycompleting the formal application process.There are variations among the programsregarding the amount of non-degree credit thatmay be applied toward the master’s degree andthe time limit to complete the master’s degree.It is the responsibility of the student to discussthese limitations with the program director andto establish an appropriate academic plan.

TuitionTuition for graduate study for the2015–2016 academic year is based on theprogram in which the student is enrolledand is determined by the number ofsemester hours enrolled in each term:$1,040 per .25 credit (one semester hour; $29,000 per year comprehensive fee)• Master of Science in Communication Sciences and Disorders$845 per .25 credit (one semester hour)• Master of Business Administration• Master of Science in Data Science or certificate$800 per .25 credit (one semester hour)• Master in Market Research or certificate• Master in Project Management or certificate• Master in Professional Accountancy• Master of Science in Health Informatics Management• Master of Science in Supply Chain Management• Certificate in Entertainment Industry• Certificate in Human Resource Management$790 per .25 credit (one semester hour; $28,500 per year comprehensive fee)• Master of Science in Nursing/Nursing Master’s Entry

admission to graduate study at ElmhurstCollege under two conditions. A currentElmhurst College student may be conditionallyadmitted to graduate study to prepare academi-cally for graduate work as part of the student’sundergraduate program, with the assurance ofbeing eligible for regular admission to graduatestudy upon completion of required course workand the bachelor’s degree. Alternatively, anapplicant to graduate study in need of program-specific prerequisites may be conditionallyadmitted to a graduate program to completecoursework, with the assurance of being eligiblefor regular admission to the graduate programupon completion of prerequisites.

Provisional Admission to Graduate StudyA student may be considered for provisionaladmission to graduate study at ElmhurstCollege if the student can document admis-sibility to the program but is unable topresent all required official documentationfor regular admission at the time of review.

Non-Degree Admission to Graduate StudySeveral graduate programs offer non-degree-seeking graduate student status to studentswho wish to enroll in one or more graduatecourses without seeking a master’s degree.The application procedure requires thestudent to submit to the School for Profes-sional Studies an application for admissionto graduate study, a current resumé anddocumentation that the bachelor’s degreewas earned. The program director maychoose to speak with the student by phoneor in person before making the admissiondecision.

Non-degree-seeking students will bepermitted to register for graduate courses,on a space-available basis. The non-degree-seeking graduate student will register at the

371

Graduate Study

372

Graduate Study

$750 per .25 credit (one semester hour)• Master of Arts in Industrial/Organiza- tional Psychology• Master of Science in Computer Information Systems or certificate$725 per .25 credit (one semester hour)• Master in Applied Geospatial Science or certificate• Master of Science in Nursing• Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Clinical Leadership• Post-Master’s Certificate in Nursing Education$650 per .25 credit (one semester hour)• Master of Public Health• Master of Education in Early Childhood Special Education$450 per .25 credit (one semester hour)• Master of Education in Teacher Leadership• ESL/ELL Endorsement• LBS1 Endorsement• TL Endorsement• Certificate in AP Human Geography• Certificate in Health Education Endorsement• Master of Education in Special Education Students are required to either pay theirbalance in full by the initial due date for aterm (the 15th of the month prior to the startof term), or enroll in one of the followingpayment plans:Auto-Pay Plan Set up five automaticmonthly payments from your checking orsavings account. No cost to enroll and nomonthly service fees.Non-Auto Pay Plan Make five monthlypayments in one of the following ways:• By check through the mail or in person

at the Office of Student FinancialServices


• Pay Online with a credit card throughTouchNet Connect (a user fee of 2.75%with a minimum fee of $3.00 is chargedby the third-party processor on all creditcard transactions).

No cost to enroll and no monthly servicefees. Payments are due on the 15th of eachmonth. A $90 late fee is charged forpayments not received on time. Accountsnot enrolled on a payment plan and not paidin full will be charged a 1% service fee eachmonth. Payments returned due to insuffi-cient funds will be assessed a $30 NSF fee.

Outside BillingWhen a student’s employer or other agency,under its tuition benefit plan, authorizes abilling and will pay the tuition directly toElmhurst College, service charges relating tothe payment will be waived or removedprovided the payment is received within sixweeks of the beginning of the term.

In order to participate in this program,the student must submit an official letter ofauthorization or tuition voucher to theOffice of Student Financial Services prior toor with registration. The Office of StudentFinancial Services bills the employer orother funding agency directly.

Elmhurst College reserves the right toqualify the plan or reject applications thatlack the appropriate authorization. Informa-tion regarding this payment alternative canbe obtained from the Office of StudentFinancial Services.

Tuition Reimbursement PlanSome employers offer direct reimbursementof tuition to their employees upon thesuccessful completion of the term. Students

To be in good standing, graduatestudents must:• Complete all courses with a grade of

C or better• Earn no more than one C or C+ grade• Complete additional requirements as

outlined by the specific programA second C or C+ grade, a C- grade, a D

grade or an F grade will result in dismissalfrom the graduate program and the College.The program director will notify thestudent, in writing, of the dismissal decision.

The academic good standing policy forthe Computer Information Systems programand the Nursing program is significantlydifferent. Students in these programs shouldrefer to the specific program sections of thisCatalog.

NOTE: Each student must maintain acad-emic good standing in his or her respectiveprogram as defined by the graduate program.In all cases, individual program policiesconcerning academic good standing takeprecedence. It is the student’s responsibility toknow the policies of his or her program.

Reinstatement Students who have been dismissed and wishto be considered for readmission to graduatestudy at Elmhurst College must apply forreadmission to the College and the graduateprogram. Readmission consideration will beat the discretion of the program director andthe director of adult and graduate admission.

Incomplete GradesA grade of Incomplete (I) may be given to thestudent who demonstrates to the courseinstructor that extraordinary circumstancesprevent the completion of the course assign-ments within the regular term. Students whowish to be considered for an Incomplete grade(I) must obtain the consent of the instructor.

eligible for tuition reimbursement fromtheir employer may elect to participate inour Tuition Reimbursement Plan. Underthis plan, payment of tuition covered by anemployer will be deferred until six weeksafter the end of the term. Students will berequired to enroll in this program on a perterm basis. To enroll, students will be required topay a $25.00 fee per term upon request forenrollment in the program, as well asprovide a letter from their employer indi-cating that they are eligible for this benefit.The letter must be received by the Office ofStudent Financial Services prior to the startof each term and must outline the amountof reimbursement the student is eligible forin that specific term and be on theemployer’s letterhead.

Financial AidGraduate students may be considered for amerit-based graduate fellowship or scholarshipafter being admitted into a graduate program.A fellowship or scholarship award may bevalued from $1350 to $2500 per year. Additional financial assistance may beavailable to students who complete the FreeApplication for Federal Student Aid(FAFSA) at www.fafsa.gov (school code001676). Submitted FAFSA applicationswill be considered for the need-basedElmhurst Graduate Award and federalstudent loans. A graduate student enrolledin at least six credit hours per semester iseligible to receive up to $20,500 in federalunsubsidized student loans.

Graduate Study Policy Statements

Academic Good Standing The College designates graduate students ingood standing if they make satisfactoryprogress toward the completion of programrequirements.

373

Graduate Study

374

Graduate Study

The approval for an Incomplete grade (I)must be in writing and signed by thestudent and the instructor of the course.Appropriate forms are available through theOffice of Registration and Records. TheIncomplete grade must be submitted whenfinal grades are due for the term on aRequest for Incomplete Grade Form. An Incomplete grade (I) becomes afailing grade (F) or unsatisfactory (U) if thework is not completed within three weeks ofthe final meeting of the course for the acad-emic term. Requests for an extension oftime to resolve an Incomplete grade must beapproved in writing by the instructor andthe program director and submitted to theOffice of Registration and Records. Incom-plete grades may be held for a maximum ofone year. The time limit for internships isdetermined by each program.

Repetition of CoursesIn non-cohort programs, students mustreceive permission to repeat a course fromthe program director. Students may repeat acourse no more than one time and mayrepeat a maximum of two courses only. Incohort programs, the option of repeating acourse out of sequence or delaying enroll-ment to repeat a course in sequence with anew cohort group must be discussedbetween the student and the programdirector. In all cases involving the repetitionof courses, individual program policies takeprecedence. It is the student’s responsibilityto know the policies of his or her program.

Withdrawal from CoursesWith the cohort model established for grad-uate study at Elmhurst College, withdrawalfrom a graduate course ordinarily requireswithdrawal from the graduate program andthe College. A graduate student who with-draws from a course without requesting a

Leave of Absence will be required to reapplyfor admission to the College through thedirector of adult and graduate admission inthe School for Professional Studies and theappropriate program director. Students must consult with the programdirector and follow appropriate withdrawal orLeave of Absence procedures. The associatedean for graduate study establishes the effectivedate of the withdrawal for graduate students. After the first week, withdrawal chargeswill be computed according to the length ofthe course and the number of calendar daysinto the term. For more information, contactthe Office of Student Financial Services.

Leave of AbsenceA Leave of Absence may be granted to astudent in good academic standing who candemonstrate to the program director thatextraordinary circumstances preventcontinued enrollment and full participationin the academic program. A student mayrequest a Leave of Absence by completingan application for a Leave of Absence, whichis available from the program director oronline.

If a Leave of Absence is approved by theassociate dean for graduate study, program-specific re-entry requirements established inconsultation with the program director mustbe satisfied.

A Leave of Absence is granted for amaximum period of one year. Application forreadmission to the program of study is notrequired, although the student must meet withthe program director to determine the appro-priate time to register for classes. A student ona Leave of Absence may follow early registra-tion procedures.

The student who is granted a Leave ofAbsence will receive a written document thatspecifies the terms or conditions of the leave.

375

Graduate Study

Degree Completion DeadlineGraduate students must complete allrequirements for the awarding of the degreewithin five years of initial enrollment intheir course of study. Failure to complete allrequirements within the five-year periodrequires an application for readmission tothe program. All requirements for the degreethat are in place at the time of readmissionto the program must be completed for theawarding of the degree. The programdirector will determine course equivalencyof all graduate work completed prior toreadmission to the program.

Master of Arts in Industrial/Organizational PsychologyCarrie Hewitt, Director9.00 credits (36 semester hours)The Master of Arts in Industrial/Organiza-tional Psychology program was developed toprovide students with the knowledge, skills,and abilities that will enable them to usepsychological principles to solve problemsaffecting organizations and workers. It wasdesigned following the guidelines andrecommendations of the Society for Indus-trial/Organizational Psychology, the profes-sional group responsible for I/O standardsand policy.

The program combines rigorous aca demictraining with practical experience in such crit-ical areas as applying the appropriate methodsof analyzing jobs, identifying issues associatedwith employee selection, and deciding effec-tive methods of training for workers atdifferent organizational levels. It is designed todevelop the skills critical to success in anyorganization: oral and written communica-tion, team and ethical decision making.

The program admits both workingprofessionals and recent college graduates

with good academic backgrounds and threeundergraduate courses in psychology: intro-ductory psychology, statistics, and researchmethods. For interested applicants withoutthe prerequisite courses, the College offersall three courses during the Fall, Spring, andSummer terms. Students should also bemotivated to improve their interpersonal,behavioral, and technical skills. Graduates ofthe program can secure positions in a varietyof organizations in business, education orhuman services.

Learning GoalsThe program strives to educate studentswho:• Engage in ethical and lawful decision

making and problem solving aboutpeople at work;

• Understand the theoretical frameworks of psychology that can be applied tomake an organization more effective and efficient;

• Acquire the necessary interpersonal,behavioral and technical skills for appli-cation in any work setting;

• Demonstrate effective writing, reading,thinking and speaking skills; and

• Perform effectively in a work experiencedeveloped by partnership of the Collegewith a private or public sector organization.The master’s degree requires 32 semester

hours or four terms of formal courseworkand four semester hours of an internship/experiential component or PSY 580 for atotal of 36 semester hours. Students cancomplete the internship/experiential compo-nent during their two years of coursework,unless they choose to pursue a componentthat takes more than the two years. Studentsenter as a cohort and move through 12courses in two academic years as a group.Courses have been developed as sequenced

learning and, thus, if a student cannotcomplete a course during any term, he orshe must drop out of the cohort.


PSY 501 Applied Psychology of PersonnelManagementAn in-depth overview of all areas of industrialpsychology: ethical guidelines, case and stat-uary law, job analysis, selection, training,motivation and job satisfaction. Studentsanalyze and design presentations of researchreports, case studies and application readings.

PSY 511 Problem-Solving Methods inI/O PsychologyA seminar on problem-solving researchmethods used in I/O psychology. Topicsinclude: ethics in research, quasi-experimenta-tion design, program evaluation, use ofappropriate statistical method, and workplaceapplications.

PSY 512 Problem-Solving Analysis in I/O PsychologyAn overview of descriptive and inferentialstatistical techniques for problem solving anddecision making in I/O applications. Studentswill use the Excel spreadsheet and SPSS soft-ware to gain familiarity with variousunivariate and multivariate statistics.

PSY 517 Small Group Theory and ProcessIntroduces and demonstrates small grouptheory, research and practice. Emphasis is onimproving students’ ability to interact in workgroups through simulations of workplace situ-ations. Topics to be covered include: groupleadership, power, conformity, conflict resolu-tion and group decision making.

PSY 520 Employee Selection ProceduresA survey of job selection procedures used to assess individuals for hiring, promotion andother employment decisions. Topics includedecision theory and the lawful, ethical, andprofessional basis of such procedures as inter-

views, ability tests, personality inventories andother less-structured methods.

PSY 521 Criterion Theory, Job Analysisand Performance AppraisalA study of the methods used to developmeasures that evaluate the performance ofindividuals, groups and the overall produc-tivity of organizations. Students will gain experience conducting job analyses andconstructing performance appraisal measures.

PSY 523 Training: Theory, Design andEvaluationAn examination of the design, implementationand evaluation of effective training programs inorganizations based on modern learning theoryand principles of adult learning.

PSY 525 Measurement of IndividualDifferenceAn examination of classical test theory,measurement, and standards of psychologicaltesting that is the foundation for the ethicaland professional assessment of individualdifference. Topics include the application tothe areas of employee selection, performanceand training.

PSY 530 Organizational TheoryAn examination of the structures and socialsystems of organizations through currenttheories and case studies. Topics include:organizational power and politics, organiza-tional roles and norms, policy formation, andorganizational justice or the fair treatment ofemployees in organizations.

PSY 531 Organizational DevelopmentAn examination of the theories, research,impact and practice of organizational change,particularly the effects of such changes onemployees. Students will gain experience atformulating change strategies through workwith case studies and research reports.

PSY 537 Assessing Job Attitudes, Opinions and BeliefsAn examination of the determinants andconsequences of job satisfaction, involvement,

376

Graduate Study

Master of Business AdministrationM. Kelly Cunningham, DirectorSiaw-Peng Wan, Associate Director7.50 credit (30 semester hours) The Master of Business Administrationprogram is designed to provide the knowl-edge and skills needed to become an effec-tive manager in a variety of organizationalsettings. It is a broad based, career advance-ment degree rather than technical trainingfor a particular job within an organization.The curriculum is guided by two centralthemes: 1) analytical skills for decision-making and, 2) organizational skills forpolicy implementation. The theoretical andtechnical knowledge gained is supported bythe integration of traditional liberal arts-related concepts such as ethics, decision-making skills, communication skills, teamcompetencies, negotiation skills and skill inthe use of information technology.

The MBA program is designed for busi-ness professionals who have completed anundergraduate degree and have three ormore years of full-time business experience.Students entering the MBA program musthave completed undergraduate courses infinancial reporting analysis and accounting.An online prep course is offered by theCollege to fulfill the accounting and financeprerequisites.

The program design includes a cohortmodel for the required core courses: all coursesof the required core must be taken in thedefined sequence. The MBA program is alsooffered online with the same admissionrequirements and sequence. Practical work experience, such as aninternship or practicum, is highly recom-mended for all students in the program whoare not currently employed. The purpose of

culture, commitment and other job-relatedattitudes. Questionnaire development and useas well as other methods of measurement willbe addressed.

PSY 539 Work MotivationA study of the major theoretical areas of workmotivation: need, cognitive and social learning.Emphasis is on the application of these theoriesto an increasingly diverse workforce.

PSY 580 Industrial/OrganizationalPsychology CapstoneThis course fulfills the final requirement of thegraduate program. Students must engage ineither an applied or research-oriented project inI/O psychology. The project may be a singleproject for the class, several team projects orindividual projects. Students are expected toutilize the literature base from the coursework aswell as seek out new information as needed.Students will study cases of problems in organi-zations and develop solutions based on science.

PSY 590-593 Internship/Experiential ComponentSupervised field work in an industrial/organi-zational work setting. Three alternatives areavailable to students: 1) internship in a neworganization, 2) intern project in a currentwork setting, and 3) intern project with workbrought to Elmhurst by I/O faculty. Topicsand sites are to be developed with I/O facultyand submitted to the Department ofPsychology for final approval. Upon comple-tion of this component, students will submita manuscript that conforms to departmentcriteria for experiential component papers.Students must complete all four courses.

PSY 599 Thesis (Optional)An independent research project conductedunder the guidance of an I/O facultymember, with the approval of the depart-mental com mittee, and conforming to depart-mental criteria for thesis.

377

Graduate Study

378

Graduate Study

the internship/practicum is to help thestudent become familiar with the applica-tions and practices in the field of study.

Learning GoalsThe MBA is designed to provide the oppor-tunity to develop:• The analytical tools for decision making

in a business world of complex businessissues and problems;

• The organizational skills for the effectiveimplementation of policy in the contextof the organization;

• An understanding of the body of knowl-edge in the functional areas of business;

• The skills of leadership, teamwork andsupervision;

• Skills of effective oral and written commu-nication, presentation and critical thinking;

• An understanding of and ability to usetechnology as a tool of effective management;

• Abilities for ethical decision making; and• The ability to function effectively in a

diverse and global business environment.

Program RequirementsThe MBA course requirement consists of sixcommon core courses and four electives thatmay be concentrated in an area of specializa-tion. Students entering the program will beexpected to complete the core courses in a"cohort model" during Term I, January Term,Term II and the Summer Term of their firstyear. Each course will be for three semesterhours credit and will follow the ElmhurstCollege academic calendar. Electives will becompleted in an open enrollment model withstudents choosing to take courses as theyoccur. Electives may be concentrated in severaldesignated areas of specialization. Experientialand portfolio credit cannot be applied to anycore requirements or electives in the program.

Transfer credit cannot be applied to the corecourse requirements. A maximum of twocourse transfer credits may be applied to theelective requirements upon approval of thedirector of the MBA program. Only course-work completed at a grade level of B or betterwill be considered for transfer credit. Graduatestudents who have completed courses in anElmhurst College graduate program as non-degree students, will be allowed to apply thosecourses to a graduate program in the Depart-ment of Business, upon acceptance as adegree-seeking student and approval of theprogram director. Waivers and substitutionsfor undergraduate prerequisite courses will bedetermined by the program director. Onlinestudents will take the six core courses as wellfollowed by four suggested online courses.Both the online and cohort models require tencourses for graduation.

Core CoursesMBA 500 Organizational ManagementMBA 501 Financial and Managerial AccountingMBA 502 Analytical Tools for Management DecisionsMBA 503 Marketing ManagementMBA 504 Financial ManagementMBA 505 Strategies for Creating a Competitive Advantage

Core Courses: Year OneFall Term: MBA 500, MBA 501 January Term: MBA 502 Spring Term: MBA 503, MBA 504 Summer Term: MBA 505, elective possible

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours

Core Course Descriptions

MBA 500 Organizational ManagementThis course covers a broad range of topicssurrounding the management of organiza-

control and effectiveness. Topics include:target market definition and analysis, segmentation, competitor analysis, strategicdecisions involved in developing themarketing program, consumer buyerbehavior, business to business marketing,global business, the role of marketing researchand marketing information systems in themarketing decision-making process.

MBA 504 Financial ManagementThis course is designed to examine the waysfinancial managers make their decisions at thecorporate level. This course will focus on thedecision-making process regarding cost ofcapital, capital budgeting, cash flow analysis,capital structure and other financial decisions.Prerequisites: MBA 500, MBA 501.

MBA 505 Strategies for Creating aCompetitive AdvantageThis course focuses on how managers of orga-nizations use the strategic managementprocess to create and maintain a competitiveadvantage. Course topics include the analysisof external and internal environments, theimpact of globalization on organizations,strategic decision making and competitivedynamics. Students actively participate in casestudy analysis, group decision making andcomputer simulation activities. Prerequisites:MBA 500, 501, 502, 503, 504.

MBA Elective DescriptionsMBA 508 Special Topics This course will be offered occasionally as anMBA elective course in order to study topicsof current relevance and interest which arenot contained in the general curriculum.Prerequisites: completion of the MBA core andpermission of instructor.

MBA 509 Project ManagementProject management teaches students the artand science of project management as appliedto a variety of business and technologysettings. Students will learn and practiceproject techniques that relate to the five phasesof project management-initiating, planning,

379

Graduate Study

tions. Course topics include behavior in orga-nizations, strategic human resource manage-ment, current production and operationstechniques, and organizational structure anddesign. Change management techniques willbe discussed. Course activities will developand strengthen students’ organizational deci-sion making, analytical and communicationskills.

MBA 501 Financial and ManagerialAccountingThis course provides an in-depth exposure tothe principles of financial and managerialaccounting and the preparation, interpreta-tion and analysis of general purpose financialstatements for parties external to the organi-zation. Topics such as cost behavior, activity-based costing, pricing, break-even anddecision analysis, and budgeting and controlare also covered. Emphasis is on the analysisand interpretation of accounting informationand how financial statements interrelate,rather than on the preparation of differentstatements.

MBA 502 Analytical Tools for Management DecisionsThis course adopts a hands-on and problem-based approach in offering students anoverview of a number of data analysis anddecision-making tools commonly encounteredby managers in a business environment. Thecourse will focus on helping students apply,with the aid of Microsoft Excel and othercomputer software programs, analytical toolssuch as statistical analysis, hypothesis testing,regression analysis, optimization techniquesand project management.

MBA 503 Marketing ManagementThis course is designed to examine the scopeof marketing and the assessment of marketingopportunities in the current global businessenvironment. In particular, the course willfocus on the development of marketing mixstrategies as they relate to the firm’s overallstrategic marketing plan, implementation,

executing, monitoring and controlling, andclosing projects. The program allows studentsto immediately practice course concepts invarious activities where they will create keyproject documents including a business case,project charter, scope statement, WBS, and aproject plan.

MBA 517 Sales Techniques and SellingStrategiesThis course is built on the notion of the impor-tant role "selling" has to do with business. Thedemands to meet customer needs in a profes-sional and ethical manner will be the focus ofthe class. Various selling techniques will beexplored along with a concentration on theselling process and effective sales presentations.The class will also dig deep into the psychologyof selling from both the seller and buyer pointof view. The importance of time managementwill also be explored and the role compensationand incentives play in effective selling.

MBA 532 Sustainable Business Management Using the Triple BottomLineUnderlying the broad concept of sustainabilityis the notion that organizations need to focuson the value they add (or destroy) in environ-mental and social areas, in addition to theeconomic value they generate—the “TripleBottom Line.” This course deepens a manager’sunderstanding of the concepts of sustainabilityand the triple bottom line and why they areimportant to all stakeholders, especially share-holders. Students will learn the standards andframeworks for applying these concepts tobusiness, and become knowledgeable of theefforts underway to develop global “onereport” requirements and standards. Thiscourse also explores the role of governance inmanaging the triple bottom line, and inmeeting mandatory and recommended sustain-abiity reporting requirements. Prerequisites:BUS 251 and BUS 262 or equivalent; BUS 340or equivalent. Offered online.

MBA 545 Financial Statements AnalysisThis course is designed to introduce studentsto the analysis of financial statements from afinance users point of view using ratios andmodern financial theory. Emphasis will be ondetermining the health of an organization andthe impact of certain events on the businessand its financial statements.

MBA 558/MPM 507 Leadership andChange ManagementThis course is targeted towards external andinternal consultants, as well as managers andother change agents within organizations.Leading Change Management fostersimproved competency in the skills necessaryduring all phases of the change process—fromdiagnosis, to interventions, through evalua-tion. Organizational change issues are criti-cally examined, and case studies, exercises,and assessments are utilized, to better under-stand change from organizational, group, andindividual levels. Change models serve asframeworks that emphasize the importance ofinteractive consultative processes. A majororganizational change project is required of allstudents. This is a leadership course focusingon strategies and strategic issues of changemanagement within organizations. Offered online.

MBA 559 Leading Innovation and Technological ChangeThe ability to manage technological innova-tion has become an increasingly essentialrequirement for business people regardless offunctional specialty. The objective of thiscourse is to explore ways to create environ-ments that are conducive to technologicalinnovation. Throughout the course, studentsexamine practices, models and approaches thatestablished, as well as new, organizationsemploy to promote innovative practice, tech-nological change and new technologies. Thefollowing topics will be covered: the innova-tion process, managing technical people, theimpact of organizational design on innovation,

380

Graduate Study

Management of People (i.e., Industrial/Organizational Psychology)This specialization combines courses fromthe Master of Arts in Industrial/Organiza-tional Psychology and the Department ofBusiness.

Students wishing to specialize in Manage-ment of People need prerequisites equivalentto PSY 210 Introduction to PsychologicalScience, PSY 356 Research Methods inPsychology, MBA 502 Analytical Tools forManagement Decisions and the jointapproval of the director of the industrial/organizational psychology master’s programand the MBA program.MBA 530 (PSY 530) Organizational TheoryMBA 531 (PSY 531) Organizational DevelopmentMBA 539 (PSY 539) Work MotivationMBA 554 (BUS 354) Human Resource ManagementMBA 553 (BUS 453) Organization Behavior

FinanceMBA 541 (BUS 441) Corporate FinanceMBA 542 (BUS 442) Investment Theory and Portfolio ManagementMBA 545 Financial Statements AnalysisMBA 508 Special Topics: Finance

Marketing ResearchMMR 583 Marketing ResearchMMR 584 Social/Digital MediaMMR 585 Research Practicum IMMR 586 Research Practicum II

Supply Chain Management (SCM)Students may select an approved four of thefollowing three-semester hour “sets” ofcourses at the graduate level. Set 1: MBA 588 (SCM 512) OutsourceDecisions: Selecting a Third-Party Logistics

knowledge management, cross function teamsand exploiting new technologies within afocus of organizational strategy. Students willresearch new technologies and discuss poten-tial business applications and issues associatedwith technologies. Offered online.

Areas of SpecializationThe electives and areas of specialization of the MBA have been developed in cooperation with other graduate programs atthe College and new and existing courses inthe Department of Business. The choice ofan area of specialization must be approvedby the program director.

AccountingNOTE: Students wishing to specialize inaccounting need prerequisites equivalent toBUS 361 Intermediate Accounting I andBUS 362 Intermediate Accounting II in addition to the core courses of the MBA.MBA 560 (ACC 560) Accounting TheoryMBA 564 (ACC 564) ConsolidationsMBA 565 (ACC 565) Information Systems for Management DecisionsMBA 566 (ACC 566) Auditing

Accounting/Information Systems (AIS)MBA 565 (ACC 565) Information Systems for Management DecisionsMBA 566 (ACC 566) AuditingTwo MIS courses approved by the program director.

Management Information Systems (MIS) MBA 528 (CS 501) Windows Application ProgrammingMBA 526 (CS 504) Computer Network ConceptsMBA 529 (CS 530) Database Systems and ProgrammingMBA 527 (BUS 551) Organizational Behavior and Project Management

381

Graduate Study

MBA 545 Financial Statements AnalysisMBA 508 Special Topics: Finance

ManagementMBA 532 Sustainable Business Manage-ment Using the Triple Bottom Line (online)MBA 550 (BUS 350) Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsMBA 552 BUS 454) LeadershipMBA 553 (BUS 453) Organizational BehaviorMBA 554 (BUS 354) Human Resource ManagementMBA 555 (BUS 355) NegotiationsMBA 558 Leading Change Management (online)MBA 559 Managing Innovation and Technological Change (online)

AccountingMBA 560 (ACC 560) Accounting TheoryMBA 564 (ACC 564) ConsolidationsMBA 565 (ACC 565) Information Systems for Management DecisionsMBA 566 (ACC 566) Auditing

International BusinessMBA 575 (BUS 375) International Marketing MBA 576 (BUS 376) International Finance

LogisticsMBA 581 (BUS 401) Logistics Seminar

MarketingMBA 517 Sales Techniques and Selling StrategiesMMR 583 Marketing ResearchMMR 584 Social/Digital Media

Policy on Cross-Listed Undergraduate/Graduate Courses• Elmhurst College graduates will not be

allowed to repeat an undergraduate

Firm and MBA 589 (SCM 513) Forecastingin the Supply Chain. Meets once a week, FallTerm. Set 2: MBA 590 (SCM 550) Transporta-tion Management Strategies and MBA 591(SCM 551) Marketing and Supply ChainNetworks. Meets once a week, Fall Term. Set 3a: MBA 592 (SCM 520) QualityProcess Management and MBA 593 (SCM521) Inbound Logistics Strategies. Meetstwice a week, January Term. Set 3b: MBA 594 (SCM 560) E-Commerce and the Supply Chain and MBA595 (SCM 561) Customer Relationships.Meets twice a week, January Term. Set 4: MBA 596 (SCM 531) Manufac-ture Decisions and MBA 597 (SCM 530)Supplier Certification in the Supply Chain.Meets once a week, Spring Term. Set 5: MBA 598 (SCM 540) InventoryStrategies and MBA 599 (SCM 541) Ware-house Management Strategies. Meets once aweek, Summer Term. Note: Students can choose either Set 3aor Set 3b (but not both).

General ManagementAn approved selection of four courses takenat the graduate level from the following list.Courses must be approved by the MBAdirector.

CS/ISMBA 528 (CS 501) Windows Application ProgrammingMBA 526 (CS 504) Computer Network ConceptsMBA 529 (CS 530 Database Systems and Programming

FinanceMBA 541 (BUS 441) Corporate FinanceMBA 542 (BUS 442) Investment Theory and Portfolio Management

382

Graduate Study

course for graduate credit. Transferstudents will be discouraged fromrepeating courses from their undergrad-uate program.

• Expectations, requirements and assessmentfor granting graduate credit in cross-listedcourses will be stated in detail in the syllabiof courses cross listed.

• Permission to register for an undergraduatecourse for graduate credit must be approvedby the graduate program director.

Master of Education in Early Childhood Special EducationTherese Wehman, Director9.25 credits (37 semester hours)This interdisciplinary program is designed toprepare professionals to work with youngchildren with disabilities when intervention iscritical to positively changing individual livesand benefiting society. The program is acollaboration between the disciplines of earlychildhood and special education that willprovide instruction, curriculum and fieldexperiences that reflect and integrate theknowledge base of both disciplines. Courseswill build an understanding of the develop-mental process, the relationship and impact ofdisabilities upon development, and the prac-tices that create effective supportive living andlearning environments for infants and youngchildren with special needs. The curriculumfocuses on strategies that promote interdiscipli-nary collaboration, family-centered services andpersonnel sensitive to cultural diversity.

The program involves a two-year, part-timeprogram of study during which courseworkand field experiences are closely interwoven. Afoundation is laid in the introductory coursefocusing on the historical and philosophicaldevelopments in the care and education oftypical and atypical children from birth

through age eight. Subsequent courses aredesigned to focus on the two areas of special-ization that comprise the program: early inter-vention (birth to age three) and earlychildhood special education (age three throughfive). Integrated field work will involvestudents in experiences with typically devel-oping infants and young children, and childrenwith special needs in a variety of settings.

Illinois State Board of Education licen-sure in Early Childhood Education, whichenables individuals to teach public schoolpre-kindergarten, early childhood specialeducation, 3-5 year-olds and K-grade 3, maybe obtained by taking three additionalcourses and an additional student teachingexperience. These courses include ECE 301,ECE 308, EED 314 and an eight-weekstudent teaching experience in a K-2 class-room. These courses are not included in themaster’s program, but can be taken concur-rently with the graduate program.

Learning GoalsUpon completion of the program, studentswill be able to:• Apply knowledge, skills and attitudes

that reflect best practices in early inter-vention and early childhood specialeducation settings;

• Acquire and use new informationthrough review and synthesis of currentresearch, methodology, technology andmaterials;

• Deliver early intervention services toyoung children with special needs andtheir families within an environmentthat facilitates the children’s developmentto the maximum extent possible;

• Provide an early childhood special education classroom environment, adevelopmentally and individually appro-priate curriculum and a teaching

383

Graduate Study

methodology that is based on the knowl-edge of individual children, the familyand the community; and

• Use effective communication and inter-personal skills, cooperate and collaboratewith families, professionals, publicschools and other agencies and groups inorder to provide appropriate educationalprograms and services for each child.The program is designed for teachers and

aides who are currently working in the publicschools in primary or early childhood class-rooms (preK-3), at-risk classrooms, transi-tional kindergarten programs, early childhoodspecial education programs and special educa-tion programs (K-12). Personnel currentlyworking in early intervention settings (birth-3), as well as personnel in private early child-hood special education settings, Head Startand proprietary or nonproprietary early child-hood settings can benefit from the program.Other possible candidates for the programwill come from the areas of speechlanguage, social services and occupationaland physical therapies.

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours.All courses are .75 credit (three semesterhours) unless otherwise noted.

MEC 500 History and Theory of EarlyChildhood Education, Early Interventionand Early Childhood Special Education The focus is on the historical and philosoph-ical developments in the care and educationof typical and atypical children from birththrough eight. The legal basis of services foryoung children and current social issues andlegislation are studied. Students are intro-duced to the range of children served andservices provided in a variety of settings.Includes clinical component.

MEC 502 Early Childhood Speech andLanguage DevelopmentThe focus is on the developmental sequence oflanguage acquisition. Origins and characteristicsof atypical language development, diagnosisprocedures and intervention of language disordersin young children are studied.

MEC 505 Typical and Atypical Development of Infants and ToddlersMajor theories of psychosocial developmentare presented. Personality is traced from birth through age three. Sensorimotor devel-opmental patterns are presented. The interrelated nature of development and thecharacteristics of and influence of disabilitiesand risk factors on development are studied.Clinical component.

MEC 511 Working with Families ofInfants and Toddlers with Special NeedsTheories of interpersonal relationships,parenthood as a developmental process andcultural influences on child rearing areincluded. Family-centered service, planning,problem solving and the IndividualizedFamily Service Plan (IFSP) are studied. Clin-ical component.

MEC 515 Observation and Assessment ofInfants and Toddlers with Special NeedsA developmental approach to observation andassessment of typical and atypical infants/toddlers is highlighted. Students focus onunderlying developmental processes in cogni-tive, language, motor, or social/emotionaldevelopment. Students learn to assess strengthsas well as needs. Selected screening and assess-ment tools are examined. The involvement offamilies in assessment and collaborative goalsetting is stressed. Clinical component.

MEC 520 Early Intervention Methodsand Team PracticesThe focus is on philosophy, goals and clinicalapproaches of early intervention services forinfants and toddlers with special needs andtheir families. Family-focused intervention

384

Graduate Study

MEC 560 Observation and Assessment ofYoung Children with Special NeedsA developmental approach to observation andassessment of young children. Students assesschildren’s strengths and needs as they study usesand limitations of tests and diagnosticapproaches. Observation strategies and instru-ments used will center on the individuality of thechild, his/her growth, trends and development.Practical applications for identification, place-ment, program planning and development areexamined. Clinical component.

MEC 565 Early Childhood Special Education Methods and Team PracticesThis course focuses on inclusion practices,curriculum development, implementation andevaluation for young children. Transitionstrategies are investigated. It includes play anddevelopmentally and individually appropriatepractices. Debilitating medical conditions andmanagement and the uses of adaptive andassistive technology are examined. The devel-opment of collaborative team processesamong professionals and families and theimplementation of the IFSP and Individual-ized Educational Plan (IEP) are investigated.Clinical component.

MEC 570 Practicum and Seminar inEarly Intervention and Early ChildhoodSpecial Education.50 credit (two semester hours)This practicum provides supervised experi-ences in sites offering programs for infantsand toddlers and preschool children withspecial needs. A supportive, collegial seminardesigned to foster self-reflection and profes-sionalism is regularly scheduled.

MEC 590 Research in Early Interventionand Early Childhood Special EducationDesigned to provide an understanding ofdifferent approaches to research and theapplication of research to practice. Significantworks of research in the field will be exam-ined and discussed. Students will design aresearch study or write a paper.

practices and medical aspects are included.The development of collaborative teamprocesses among professionals and familiesand the implementation of the IFSP areinvestigated.

MEC 525 Field Experience in Early Intervention.25 credit Includes a 7-session family-mentor seminar.

MEC 526 Field Experience in Early Childhood Special Education.25 credit Includes a 7-session family-mentor seminar.

MEC 540 Practicum and Seminar inEarly Intervention.25 creditThis practicum provides a 250-hour supervisedexperience in early intervention programs andservices for infants and toddlers with develop-mental delays and handicapping conditionsand their families. A supportive, collegialseminar designed to foster self-reflection andprofessionalism is regularly scheduled.

MEC 550 Typical and Atypical Developmentof Preschoolers and Primary ChildrenThe developmental tasks of the preschool andschool-age child are the focus of this course.Development in physical, motor and sensorydomains; psychosocial dimensions and healthissues are presented. The impact of adisability upon development, the familysystem and implications for educationalprogramming are studied. The range of indi-vidual differences and disabilities is presented.Clinical component.

MEC 555 Child, Family and CommunityRelationshipsThe interdependence of culture, family andchild is a focus of this course. The impact ofchildren with special needs upon families isdiscussed. Planning family-focused interven-tions and developing strategies for workingcollaboratively with parents in a variety ofsettings is examined. Clinical component.

385

Graduate Study

MEC 595 StatisticsStatistical methods applied to economic andsocial data. Descriptive statistics, probabilitydistributions, hypothesis testing, confidenceintervals, correlation and regression. The usesof statistical methods and presentation of datain early childhood special education researchwill be examined.

Master of Education inTeacher LeadershipApproved for the State of Illinois Teacher

Leader Endorsement1

Debra Meyer, Director8.50 credits (34 semester hours)This master’s program is designed for experi-enced teachers from the prekindergartento the high school levels with professionaleducator licenses in early childhood, elemen-tary, secondary, middle school, special educa-tion, and K-12 specialty areas. The program’s purpose is to advanceclassroom teachers’ knowledge, skills andthinking in ways that will enhance theirpractice and enable them to become changeagents and leaders within their schoolcommunities and the profession. Teachers areengaged as critical thinkers in studying thecurrent issues and practices in the field ofeducation as they apply best practices anddevelop innovative projects for their class-rooms and school communities. Programcourses are constantly updated and differenti-ated to meet the needs of the teachers throughfocused projects and interdisciplinary study.

Program GoalsProgram students will:• Acquire skills for group facilitation and

collaboration with a variety of stake-holders, including the students in theirclassrooms.

• Participate in the development and eval-uation of evidence- and research-basedpractices through critical inquiry.

• Develop self-reflective and criticalthinking skills that promote innovativespecial education practice and learningusing a variety of perspectives.

These goals form the framework forteachers to master the knowledge and skillsneeded to serve as a teacher leader, being acatalyst for change, in the classroom andbeyond, such as:• Curriculum Specialist• Instructional Coach• Mentor Teacher• Department Chair, Team Leader, or Lead Teacher• Content Specialist• Program Leader• Supervisor1

The Teacher Leader Endorsement is earnedon an Illinois Professional Educator License asone of three school leadership endorsements(teacher leader, principal and superintendent)and requires a master’s degree. Teachers with amaster’s degree may complete the 24-semester-hour endorsement coursework. Teachers withouta master’s degree complete the endorsement aspart of a 34-semester-hour M.Ed. All programstudents complete coursework in assessment,collaboration, school culture, professional devel-opment, leadership, advocacy and research. The100-hour clinical requirement for the teacherleader endorsement is distributed across courses.Students may include elective courseworktoward additional endorsements (special educa-tion, ESL or bilingual).

Program FormatCourses are offered in the evening from6:00-8:30 p.m. during the Fall and Spring

386

Graduate Study

1Provided that a supervisory endorsement is not required pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 1.705 (Requirements forSupervisory and Administrative Staff ) for the position to which the teacher leader is assigned.

for effective interaction among educationalprofessionals, paraprofessionals, parents, andstudents. Course topics include communica-tion processes, problem-solving strategies,establishing positive collaborative relationships,as well as the management and assessment ofcollaboration. An additional focus will be onthe process and the collaboration necessary forsuccessful transitions throughout life.

MTL 528 Examining Issues and Trendsin Teacher LeadershipTeachers will research, analyze, synthesize,and evaluate the meaning of “teacher leader-ship” through investigating the currentprofessional literature and their professionalpractice. The primary goal of the course is forteachers to enhance their understanding ofteacher leadership, increase their leadershipactions, and to learn how their actions can bea form of advocacy for improving education.

MTL 536 Linking Assessment toLearningIn this course, teachers will examine the majortypes of assessments used for diagnosing andevaluating student learning in schools. Assess-ments will be designed and analyzed thateffectively link learning objectives and learneroutcomes with current research on differentia-tion. Teachers will learn how to effectively andethically develop, implement, and interpretmultiple assessment tools and practices byadapting them to the contexts in which theyare used.

MTL 538 Improving School Climate andLearningTeachers will explore controversial issues andbest practices influencing positive school andclassroom climates. They will analyzeresearch-based practices and strategies toevaluate the essential qualities of schools andclassrooms that optimize learning and socio-emotional development for students as well assupport the retention of high quality faculty.Through application and self-evaluation ofnew practices for improving school and

terms, and in three-week formats during thesummer from mid-June through July. Allcourses are offered in a hybrid formatmeeting alternately on campus and online.Graduate students may enroll in two classesat a time to complete the 34-hour programin 24 months of full-time study or take upto four years to finish. Transfer credit may be used for up to twocourse requirements. The maximum transfercredit of six semester hours is not automaticand accepted courses must receive writtenapproval and have been completed prior tothe graduate student beginning the program. Graduate students enroll in a capstoneseminar in the final Fall or Spring Termprior to graduation. During this seminar,graduate students complete and presenttheir master’s projects.

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours.All courses are .75 credit (three semesterhours), unless otherwise noted. Graduate-level courses can be taken forat-large-graduate credit. These courses donot lead to a graduate degree, but may beelectives for earning endorsements or profes-sional development credits. At-large-grad-uate students must be admittedthrough the School for Professional Studiesto enroll in a graduate course in education.

Core Teacher Leadership CoursesMost courses do not have prerequisites andmay be completed in any order. Thefollowing courses are required for the M.Ed.in Teacher Leadership and the teacher leaderendorsement.

MTL 521 Building Professional andCommunity Relationships throughCollaborationThis course involves the study of thecollaborative processes and skills necessary

387

Graduate Study

first examining their own culture and theircultural assumptions and biases and howthose influence teaching and learning in theclassroom. Issues of equity, access and cross-cultural understandings are examined aswell. Teachers will evaluate and designcontent materials and methods for imple-menting a multicultural approach tocurriculum in the classroom.

MTL 567 Advocating Culturally RelevantCurriculum and InstructionThis course provides theory and practice inthe analysis and integration of culturalproficiency for grades pK-12. Teachers enrolledin the course will explore the implementationof a culturally relevant curriculum in the class-room that meets the needs of culturally andethnically diverse students.

MTL 596 Evaluating Diversity Issues inTeaching and LearningThis course provides theory and practice inthe analysis of diversity issues and integrationof diverse and differentiated instruction forgrades pK-12. Teachers investigate diversityissues in the classroom that affect instructionand learning such as acculturation, disability,race, ethnicity, language and communicationas well as local, state and national policies.

Research CoursesTeachers must choose at least one researchcourse to complete the teacher leader endorse-ment, MTL 591 and MTL 598 are requiredfor the M.Ed.

MTL 513 Analyzing Reading FoundationsTeachers examine the history of reading fromthree perspectives: (a) reading from a historicalperspective, (b) understanding current readingresearch, and (c) the study of reading as it appliesto current classroom practice. There is anemphasis on reading research. Course topicsinclude pivotal research studies, student textsand teaching methods used at different points intime, and trends in our schools that have led tosome of the changes in how we teach reading.

classroom climate, teachers will broaden theirunderstanding and skills for meeting the needsof their students and set goals for moving to ahigher-level of professional practice.

MTL 597 Promoting ProfessionalDevelopment for School ImprovementIn this course, teachers examine how differentmodels of professional development impactstudent learning. They research and evaluatemodels of effective professional developmentin education designed to meet teaching andlearning needs. Teachers learn how to observeinstruction and provide coaching, mentoring,and professional development to colleagues.Readings and assignments are aligned with theProfessional Learning Domain of the TeacherLeader Model Standards.

Advocacy Courses Teachers must choose at least one advocacycourse to complete the M.Ed. in Teacher Lead-ership and the teacher leader endorsement.

MTL 532 Teaching and Learning in theDiverse ClassroomThis course provides a foundation for devel-oping instructional practices that classroomteachers may use to respond to the issues of the21st century. Teachers will examine the learningoutcomes of pK-12 students with and withoutspecial needs in inclusive classrooms and thesocial issues faced by teachers, counselors andadministrators. Additional focus areas willinclude topics such as professional collaboration,differentiated instruction, strategies for modi-fying and adapting instruction, cooperativelearning, problem-based learning, interdiscipli-nary instruction, and classroom applications ofthe theory of multiple intelligences.

MTL 544 Cross-cultural Studies forTeaching English Language LearnersThis course is designed for teachers toexamine the relationship among culture,classroom practices, and policy and how thisrelationship influences the education of theEnglish language learners. Teachers begin by

388

Graduate Study

stereotypes, cultural differences and variousforms of diversity.

MTL 522 Integrating Literacy Across theContent AreasThis course is an in-depth examination ofresearch-based literacy practices and strategies(reading and writing) across the content areasin grades P-12. Through reflection, scholarlyresearch, and the practical application of bestpractices in literacy, teachers will broadentheir understanding of how best to meet theneed of their students to become independentreaders and writers.

MTL 530 Special Topics in InstructionA seminar designed to give graduate studentsin education an opportunity to study currentresearch-based instructional models,methods, and strategies. Specific topics varyeach term based on the interests of studentsand faculty expertise. May be repeated forcredit when topic changes.

MTL 534 Implementing Technology andMultimedia Tools to Enhance LearningAn advanced investigation of current and inno-vative ways in which technological toolsand resources may be ethically and effectivelyutilized to facilitate teaching and learning.Teachers will become proficient in the applica-tion of methods and strategies for using educa-tional technology in their instruction as well asin their program study and research. Facultywill also facilitate grant writing so that teacherscan apply for technology-related materials andresources for their classroom or school district.This course requires additional technologyneeds as specified in the course syllabus.

MTL 541 Special Topics in AdministrationA seminar designed to give graduate studentsin education an opportunity to study currentadministrative theory, research, and practicesin instructional leadership, management ofpublic schools, and school and public policy.Specific topics vary each term based on theinterests of students and faculty expertise. Maybe repeated for credit when topic changes.

Teachers will focus on a facet of readingresearch that will most directly inform theirown practices and impact student outcomes.

MTL 552 Using Educational Research toImprove PracticeIn this course, teachers will read, analyze, andsynthesize the research literature on teachingand learning to examine and transform theirfocus areas. Teachers will acquire skills forelectronically searching, selecting, and evalu-ating the most current research literatures. Inaddition, they will develop the critical thinkingand problem-solving skills needed to answerprofessional questions using the most valid andreliable professional resources.

Required Research Courses for the M.Ed.

MTL 591 Applying Action Research inEducationA purpose of this course is to take the class-room practitioner from theory to practice.With professor supervision, teachers will learnhow to use action research methods as a meansof collecting data that can inform and improvepractice as well as be applied in their graduateresearch projects. Topics will reflect currenteducational issues and areas of research.

MTL 598 Seminar in Leadership,Innovation, and Critical Inquiry.25, .50 or .75 credit as needed to earn 8.50creditsThis seminar represents the culminatingexperience for all teachers. This seminar iscompleted during the final Fall or Spring Termin the program in order to facilitate thecompletion of a final master’s project.

Elective Course Offerings

MTL 518 Promoting Social JusticeThrough pK-12 Multicultural Literatureand MediaThis course provides theory and practice inthe analysis and integration of multiculturalliterature and media for grades P-12. Teachersenrolled in the course will explore social issuesin the classroom that affect instruction such as

389

Graduate Study

390

Graduate Study

MTL 542 Using School Law for Advocacy and LeadershipIn this course teachers will be introduced tothe laws and legal implications of courtdecisions affecting schools and professionaleducators.Teachers will analyze and discussconstitutional law, case law, and legal issuesaffecting educational policy.

MTL 580 Comparative Studies–Travel.50 creditThis comparative studies and travel coursevaries with different travel destinations as theyare offered. The travel destination will bereflected in the title of the course. Commonsummer travel destinations are Australia andSouth Africa. All travel courses include cross-cultural studies of education and visits toschools. May be repeated for credit when traveldestination changes.

ESL/Bilingual Course Offerings: GraduateESL/Bilingual Endorsement2

The ESL/Bilingual endorsement for thestate of Illinois may be earned by combiningundergraduate and graduate coursework inESL/Bilingual. The endorsement may beearned on an Illinois early childhood,elementary, secondary, or special certificate,if the teacher has completed 18 semesterhours of coursework, including the docu-mentation of 100 hours of clinical experi-ences in ESL/Bilingual classrooms. Alanguage proficiency exam is also requiredto earn the Bilingual endorsement. Allcourses are .75 credit (3 semester hours).

MTL 544 Cross-cultural Studies inTeaching English Language Learners This course is designed for teachers to examinethe relationship among culture, classroompractices, and policy and how this relationshipinfluences the education of the Englishlanguage learners. Teachers begin by first exam-

ining their own culture and their culturalassumptions and biases and how those influ-ence teaching and learning in the classroom.Issues of equity, access and cross-culturalunderstandings are examined as well. Teacherswill analyze and redesign curriculum so that itis linguistically and culturally relevant. Thiscourse requires field experience hours in anESL and/or bilingual P-12 classroom.

MTL 558 Theoretical Foundations ofTeaching English Language Learners This course is an introduction to and immer-sion into the theoretical frameworks of Englishas a Second Language (ESL) and Bilingualeducation and the research, movements, andpolicies that inform them. A variety ofESL/Bilingual models and programs that existin pre-K through 12 schools and classroomswill be identified, analyzed, and evaluatedthrough multiple assignments and media.Students will demonstrate an understanding ofthe relationship between theory and practiceand will define their roles as teachers of andadvocates for English learners. This courserequires field experience hours in an ESLand/or bilingual P-12 classroom. FormerlyMTL 512, Theoretical Foundations ofESL/Bilingual Education

MTL 569 Linguistics for SecondLanguage Learning (Formerly MTL 519 Linguistics in SecondLanguage Acquisition) The purpose of this course is to introducelinguistic concepts as they apply to teaching ina variety of contexts (including but not limitedto) monolingual and bilingual classrooms. Inaddition, this course is designed to provideteachers with a meta-linguistic awareness inorder to facilitate learning and instruction.This course will help us understand, think, andtalk about the complexities of language,learning, and human development. The fieldsof linguistics, applied linguistics, and linguistic

2The ESL/Bilingual endorsement was revised fall 2014. Graduate students completing coursework prior to fall 2014in ESL/Billingual should consult with the program director before enrolling to insure that the required courses arecompleted.

391

Graduate Study

anthropology are dedicated to questions aboutthe nature, function, and purposes of languageand we will be using readings anchored inthese disciplines to navigate our journey. Thiscourse required field experience hours in anESL and/or bilingual P-12 classroom.

MTL 579 Methods and Materials forTeaching English Language Learners (Formerly MTL 517 English as a SecondLanguage Teaching Methodology)This is an advanced course in the teaching ofbilingual and sheltered English instruction toEnglish language learners (ELLs). Students willlearn different approaches and methodologiesused to support the development of listening,speaking, reading, and writing in social andacademic contexts. The course provides oppor-tunities for students to develop curriculum forELLs in bilingual and ESL classrooms, andexamine instructional delivery through video-taping and analyzing practice. This courserequires field experience hours in an ESLand/or bilingual P-12 classroom. Prerequisite:MTL 558.

MTL 587 Assessment of EnglishLanguage Learners (Formerly MTL 539 Assessment of Studentswith Limited English Proficiencies)This course will focus on the discussion ofbasic principles and current approaches toassessment of language learning students inESL and bilingual P-12 educational settings,including the policies, procedures, and issuesthat inform the assessment of ELLs. Studentswill learn about the different purposes ofprocess and product assessment tools,authentic and curriculum-based forms ofassessment, issues in the assessment of EnglishLanguage Learners (ELLs), and assessment ofacademic content knowledge. Students willhave opportunities to examine critically andpractice administering assessment tools used incurrent educational contexts. Students willlearn to identify language needs and how todifferentiate them from developmental needs.

This course requires field experience hours inan ESL and/or bilingual P-12 classroom.Prerequisites: MTL 558, MTL 579.

MTL 592 Action Research and Applica-tion of Bilingual Methods.75 credit This is an advanced course in the inquiry andapplication of bilingual and ESL methods.Students will study their own teaching of bilin-gual and ESL methodologies designed tosupport the development of listening,speaking, reading, and writing in social andacademic contexts. Through the implementa-tion of an action research model of teacherinquiry, teachers will examine critically theirbilingual and ESL instructional practices anddevelop a situated and transformative actionplan for future teaching that is anchored insociocultural views of learning. Teachers willlearn how to use action research methods tocollect data on teaching practices and for grad-uate research projects. This course requiresfield experience hours in an ESL and/or bilin-gual P -12 classroom. Prerequisites: MTL 544,MTL 558, MTL 569, and MTL 579.

Middle Level Education Course OfferingsNote that the Middle Level Approval in theState of Illinois ends in 2017. The followingcourses are offered on-line only throughDecember 2017.

MTL 561 Understanding the MiddleLevel LearnerOnlineAn intensive study of the stages of adolescencedevelopment as presented through theory,research, and practical applications. Studentswill examine a number of specific aspects ofadolescent development including thefollowing: the transitions of adolescence(cognitive, social, biological); the ways inwhich adolescents function within the manycontexts of our society (peer groups, family,school); psychosocial development (personalidentity, sexuality, autonomy); and the manyissues and problems facing young adolescents

392

Graduate Study

in today’s world (substance abuse, bullying,depression, and suicide).

MTL 563 The Middle School: History,Philosophy, Organizational Structures,and Best PracticesOnlineAn advanced study of the history, philosophy,organization, and procedures of the middleschool through observation and participationin a middle school setting as well as throughcontent delivered in the college classroom.Students will explore a number of middle leveltopics including age-appropriate instructionalmethods and strategies, the development ofcurriculum for the middle school learner, andclassroom management strategies. Additionaltopics will address the cognitive, emotional,social, and physical developmental stages ofthe middle level learner.

Special Education Course OfferingsElective coursework for the State of IllinoisLBS1 endorsement, which may be added to theprofessional license after successful completionof the Learning Behavior Specialist 1 (LBS1,#155) exam, are listed in the section for theM.S.Ed. in Special Education.

MTL 514 Characteristics of Learners with DisabilitiesMTL 524 The Educational Assessment Process and Learners with Disabilities MTL 532 Teaching and Learning in the

Diverse Classroom (This course is may bewaived for teachers who completed an introduction to special education as part of their initial licensure).

MTL 535 Curriculum and Instruction forLearners with High Incidence Disabilities

MTL 537 Curriculum and Instruction forLearners with Low Incidence Disabilities

Master in Professional AccountancyPaul M. Jacobs, Director7.50 credits (30 semester hours)The Master in Professional Accountancy

(MPA) program builds on undergraduateaccounting knowledge to prepare students asprofessional accountants in auditing, corpo-rate accounting, governmental accounting,consulting, taxation, or management. Theprogram strives to broaden students’ educa-tion by integrating technical accountingknowledge with other skills such as commu-nication, ability to perform research, abilityto analyze and organize information andability to integrate knowledge. The programhas been designed to help prepare studentsfor the Certified Public Accountant (CPA)examination, but would also prove usefulfor those preparing for other professionalaccounting certifications such as the Certi-fied Management Accountant (CMA) orCertified Internal Auditor (CIA). The program admits returning profes-sionals, college graduates who hold abaccalaureate degree and senior accountingmajors who are capable of graduate work.

Students whose undergraduate degree isnot in accounting must satisfy a set ofprerequisite courses that include Interme-diate Accounting I and II, Cost Accountingand Income Tax I. The manner in whichstudents meet these prerequisite coursesdepends on their academic status as full-time or part-time students.

The program requires completion of 10three-hour courses, which include a core ofsix required courses and four electivecourses. The six required courses areAccounting Theory; Advanced Income Taxa-tion; Governmental, Nonprofit and Partner-ship Accounting; Consolidations; InformationSystems for Management Decisions; andAuditing. The MPA director will determinewaivers and substitutions for undergraduateprerequisite courses. If any of the requiredcourses have been completed at the under-

393

Graduate Study

graduate level, elective courses will besubstituted with the approval of the MPAdirector. Any deviation from the requiredcourse of study as described in the ElmhurstCollege Catalog must be approved in writingby the MPA director. The four electivecourses must be chosen from the list below.The core curriculum covers technical knowl-edge necessary for a successful career inaccounting while the elective courses help toprovide a broader exposure to otheraccounting/business areas.

A student cannot apply the same courses totwo different graduate degrees. A maximum oftwo course transfer credits may be applied toeither the required or the elective courserequirements with the approval of the MPAdirector. Any transfer courses must be taken atthe graduate level. Only coursework completedat a grade level of B or better will be consideredfor transfer credit. Graduate students who havecompleted courses in an Elmhurst Collegegraduate program as non-degree students, willbe allowed to apply those courses to the MPAprogram, upon acceptance as a degree- seekingstudent and approval of the MPA director.

Students who are not currently employedshould plan to participate in employmentopportunities that will reinforce the knowl-edge and skills attained during the course ofthe program. To aid students in realizingthis goal, the College sponsors internshipsin all terms. Individuals sitting for the CPA exam inIllinois will need .75 credit (3 semesterhours) in Business Ethics, .50 credit (2semester hours) in Business Communica-tions, and .50 credit (2 semester hours) inResearch and Analysis in Accounting. Theabove requirements can be fulfilled bycoursework within the MPA program. It isimportant that students work with the MPA

director in choosing course electives to fulfillthese requirements for the CPA exam.

Learning GoalsThe learning goals of the program are thatstudents will:• Prepare for positions in professional

accounting through an in-depth under-standing of:

a. auditing and attestation, b. financial accounting and reporting for

business enterprises, government enti-ties and nonprofit entities,

c. regulations, including taxation and lawand professional responsibilities

d. business environments and concepts,including business structure, measure-ment and managerial accounting;

• Develop their oral and written commu-nications skills;

• Demonstrate ethical awareness as itrelates to the accounting profession andto the broader business and govern-mental context;

• Demonstrate the ability to performresearch;

• Demonstrate the ability to organize andanalyze information;

• Demonstrate the ability to integrate awide variety of knowledge;

• Demonstrate competence in usingcomputer technology commonlyemployed in accounting;

• Work effectively in teams; and• Demonstrate the role of culture and

diversity in the workplace.

Required CoursesStudents must complete the following sixcourses:ACC 560 Accounting TheoryACC 562 Advanced Income TaxationACC 563 Governmental, Nonprofit and Partnership Accounting

ACC 564 ConsolidationsACC 565 Information Systems for Management DecisionsACC 566 Auditing

Elective Courses (4 courses)In addition to the above six requiredcourses, students must complete four elec-tive courses. Any four courses from any ofthe following concentrations can be taken.If a student is looking at specialization, thefollowing suggested elective concentrationsare offered. Please note that certain courseswill have required prerequisites. Further, allelective courses will require the approval ofthe MPA director.

CPA PreparationACC 502 (MBA 502) Analytical Tools for Management DecisionsACC 545 (MBA 545) Financial StatementsACC 567 (PHL 567) Ethics and BusinessACC 572 Independent Study–CPA Review

ResearchACC 502 (MBA 502) Analytical Tools for Management DecisionsACC 570 Seminar in Accounting and Information SystemsACC 571 InternshipACC 572 Independent Study

Information SystemsACC 502 (MBA 502) Analytical Tools for Management DecisionsACC 523 (IS 423) Data Base Management SystemsACC 524 (IS 424) Introduction to Systems Analysis and DesignACC 525 (IS 425) Management Informa- tion Systems

FinanceACC 541 (BUS 441) Corporate FinanceACC 542 (BUS 442) Investment Theory and Portfolio ManagementACC 544 (BUS 444) Financial InstitutionsACC 545 (MBA 545) Financial Statements

394

Graduate Study

InternationalACC 510 (ECO 410) Money and BankingACC 514 (ECO 314) International EconomicsACC 516 (ECO 316) Comparative Economic SystemsACC 576 (BUS 376) International Finance and Accounting

EconomicsACC 510 (ECO 410) Money and BankingACC 512 (ECO 412) Public FinanceACC 514 (ECO 414) MicroeconomicsACC 516 (ECO 416) Macroeconomics

ManagementACC 550 (BUS 550) Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsACC 552 (BUS 454) LeadershipACC 553 (BUS 453) Organizational BehaviorACC 554 (BUS 354) Human Resource ManagementACC 555 (BUS 355) Negotiations: Theory and Practice


ACC 560 Accounting TheoryAccounting theory and policy making arestudied. Topics covered include measurement,economics of financial reporting, setting ofaccounting objectives and standards,including international accounting standardsand the usefulness and credibility ofaccounting information. Research projects inthe class are oriented toward the dynamics ofaccounting standards. The impact ofaccounting on policy making in business iscovered. Fall Term.

ACC 562 Advanced Income TaxationA study of the advanced legal and account-ing aspects of the federal income tax onincomes for corporations, partnerships, estatesand trusts. The course includes the study oftax theory and research-oriented toward resolution of tax problems and audit proce-

395

Graduate Study

dures. Preparation of tax returns for businessentities using current tax forms is included.Spring Term.

ACC 563 Governmental, Nonprofit, and Partnership AccountingA study of the special accounting principles andproblems for partnerships, fiduciaries, govern-ment and nonprofit organizations. Emphasis isplaced on the analysis of a comprehensive finan-cial report from a governmental entity. Fall Term.

ACC 564 ConsolidationsA study of accounting principles pertaining toequity investments with emphasis on consoli-dation principles and procedures. Accountingfor foreign currency transactions and transla-tion of foreign currency financial statements.Spring Term.

ACC 565 Information Systems forManagement DecisionsThis course focuses on project management asapplied to a variety of accounting and busi-ness settings. Students will learn and practiceaccounting project techniques that relate tothe five phases of project management. Thisincludes initiating, planning, executing,monitoring and controlling/closing projects.The program allows students to immediatelypractice course concepts in various activitieswhere they will create key project documentsincluding a business case, project charter,scope statement, WBS and a project plan.Prerequisite: BUS 366 or equivalent or consentof instructor. Fall Term.

ACC 566 AuditingAuditing theories and procedures for use inpublic accounting. Emphasis is on generallyaccepted auditing standards, planning anaudit, internal control, evidence, professionalethics, legal liability and reporting. The peda-gogical style will have a team orientation.Cases will be used to integrate knowledgefrom prior courses. Fall Term.

ACC 571 InternshipThe purpose of an internship is to provide“real world” experience stressing how textbook

knowledge is applied. Students will be requiredto write a paper detailing their experiences andhow the knowledge acquired in the classroomwas applied. Fall Term, Spring Term.

ACC 572 Independent StudyStudents pursue specialized topics inaccounting under supervision of a facultymember. In addition, a comprehensive CPAexam review is offered as an independentstudy. Fall Term, Spring Term.

BUS 550 Cultural Diversity in OrganizationsThis course examines the nature and role ofculture and diversity in the workplace, waysto manage diversity in the workplace, theimplications of diversity for business opera-tions and understanding of differences inlight of the globalization of the world’seconomy. January Term, Summer Term.

PHL 567 Ethics and BusinessA study of ethical theory as applied to indi-vidual and corporate behavior in business as itfunctions in a complex society. Summer Term.

See course descriptions for other electivecourses in the Business, Computer Scienceand Information Systems and GraduateStudy (Master of Business Administration)sections of this Catalog.

Policy on Cross Listed Undergraduate/Graduate Courses• Students will not be allowed to repeat an

undergraduate course for graduate credit.• Expectations, requirements and assess-

ment for granting graduate credit incross-listed courses will be stated in detailin the syllabi of the courses cross-listed.

• Permission to register for an undergrad-uate course for graduate credit must beapproved by the MPA director.

Master in Project ManagementBruce D. Fischer, Director7.50 credits (30 semester hours)

396

Graduate Study

Elmhurst’s master of project managementprogram (MPM) is designed to prepareindividuals to apply the necessary knowl-edge and skills to lead and manage complexprojects in a wide range of fields and occu-pations. Our curriculum focuses on theentire process of project management, frominitiating, planning, executing, monitoringand controlling to closing a project. At Elmhurst, students will learn todemonstrate and apply practical and theoret-ical project management skills to a widevariety of projects. They will identify thebasic tools of project management to includeproject plans, Gantt charts and other toolsand techniques applied in the projectmanagement process. Students will be ableto evaluate critical success factors for effec-tiveness in achieving project objectives andtranslate the financial aspects of a corpora-tion into the project management process.

Admission Applicants for the master of project manage-ment must have a bachelor's degree in busi-ness, computer science, engineering or arelated field from a regionally accrediteduniversity/college. Students must also haveat least three years general management orproject management experience in areas ofincreasing responsibility. Those who wish to take the ProjectManagement Professional (PMP) exam arerequired by the Project Management Insti-tute (PMI) to have a minimum of threeyears of project management experienceconsisting of at least 4,500 hours spentleading and directing projects.

Program Format The master in project management is a part-

time program that can be completed in aslittle as two years. Offered evenings, theprogram allows the student to earn a degreeon a schedule that works for them Studentscomplete coursework in eight-week sessionsand may begin in the Spring, Summer orFall term. Electives may be taken any timeduring the program.

CurriculumStudents in Elmhurst’s master in projectmanagement program are required tosuccessfully complete 10 courses (eight corecourses and two electives), for a total of7.50 credits (30 semester hours). Studentswho complete the MPM program areeligible to enroll in a complimentary PMPExam Preparation Review Course to preparefor PMP certification.1

Required Courses

MPM 500 Project ManagementMPM 501 Project Management

Fundamentals in Practice IMPM 502 Project Management

Fundamentals in Practice IIMPM 503 Project Management Tools and

Techniques MPM 504 Organizational Management MPM 505 Financial Management for the

Project Manager MPM 506 Corporate Communication Skills for Project Management MPM 507 Leadership and Change Management MPM 590 PMP Exam Preparation Review Course (optional)1

Electives (choose two):MPM 552 LeadershipMPM 553 Organizational Behavior MPM 554 Human Resource Management

1Individuals who are not enrolled in or do not complete the MPM program may enroll in MPM 590 PMP ExamPreparation Review Course for $800.

397

Graduate Study

MPM 555 NegotiationsMPM 556 Operations Management Review Course for $800

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours.Core Courses

MPM 500 Project Management.75 credit This course teaches students the art and scienceof project management as applied to a variety ofbusiness and technology settings. Students willlearn and practice project techniques related tothe five phases of project management—initi-ating, planning, executing, monitoring andcontrolling, and closing projects. The programallows students to immediately practice courseconcepts in various activities where they willcreate key project documents including a busi-ness case, project charter, scope statement, workbreakdown structure and a project plan.

MPM 501 Project Management Fundamentals in Practice I.75 creditThis course is designed to develop students’core skills in initiating and planning projects.The course covers scope development, riskassessment, business case development anddetermination of stakeholders to initially createthe case for the project. The core skillsoutlined in this course, include budget, projectschedule, change management, role definitionand project approval. They are critical ingredi-ents to the successful start-up of a project andare also essential for the first two performancedomains of the Project Management Profes-sional (PMP) Exam. Prerequisite: MPM 500.

MPM 502 Project Management Fundamentals in Practice II.75 credit This course provides students with core projectmanagement skills essential for preparation ofthe remaining domains within the ProjectManagement Professional (PMP) Exam. Criticalskills include managing procurement, managing

the execution of project activities, measurementand control activities and closing the project.Prerequisite: MPM 500.

MPM 503 Tools and Techniques of theProject Manager.75 credit This course outlines the variety of tools andmethods necessary to effectively manageprojects. Project plans, Gantt charts, PERTcharts, Critical Path Methodology, SDLC(System Development Life Cycle) and othertools are discussed, built and utilized as well asother methodologies that are employed duringa project. Students will learn to use MicrosoftProject, a key software tool. Prerequisites: MPM501 and MPM 502.

MPM 504 Organizational Management.75 credit This course covers a broad range of topicssurrounding the management of organizations.Course topics include behavior in organiza-tions, strategic human resource management,current production and operations techniquesand organizational structure and design.Change management techniques will bediscussed. Course activities will develop andstrengthen students’ organizational decisionmaking, analytical and communication skills.

MPM 505 Financial Management for theProject Manager.75 credit This course is designed to provide the projectmanager with the requisite financial skills andtools necessary to manage project budgetseffectively, as well as the fundamentals ofcapital budgeting for projects, managingmultiple projects and the tools necessary tounderstand how projects are financiallyaccepted by the organization. Financial topicsare modified to focus more specifically on howthey are used in the project managementprocess, but nevertheless provide the financialskills that a graduate-level student needs tocommunicate effectively with senior managersand critical stakeholders.

398

Graduate Study

MPM 506 Corporate Communications.75 credit This course outlines the importance of commu-nications and provides a foundation forconducting effective communications in thecorporate setting. From conducting kickoffmeetings to escalating issues with vendors, allmodes of communication are explored andoutlined. In addition, the course focuses onbasic concepts, theories and practices relevantto the understanding of communication inorganizational contexts. It provides a communi-cation-based definition of formal organizationand explores historical and contemporary theo-ries pertaining to individual organizational rela-tionships, small groups, group dynamics andconflict management. Prerequisite: MPM 504.

MPM 507 Leadership and ChangeManagement.75 credit This course is targeted to external and internalconsultants, as well as managers and otherchange agents within organizations. Leadingchange management fosters improved compe-tency in the skills necessary during all phases ofthe change process—from diagnosis, to inter-ventions, through evaluation. Organizationalchange issues are critically examined, and casestudies, exercises and assessments are utilized, tobetter understand change from organizational,group and individual levels. Change modelsserve as frameworks that emphasize the impor-tance of interactive consultative processes. Allstudents must complete a major organizationalchange project. This is a leadership coursefocusing on strategies and strategic issues ofchange management within organizations.

MPM 590 PMP Exam PreparationReviewNon-credit; optionalThe PMP review course is designed to preparestudents for success on the Project Manage-ment Professional (PMP) Exam. This courseincorporates the strategies, techniques, studyguides and processes necessary for taking theexam. The course includes test-taking strategies

as well as sample questions. This is designedfor students who have completed the master'sor graduate certificate program and have thenecessary project management hours to qualifyfor the exam and/or those who have met boththe education and experience components tosit for the exam and require a review of thedata for preparation.

Electives (choose two)

MPM 552 Leadership.75 credit An examination of various leadership, manage-rial and administrative concepts and philoso-phies. The course places emphasis on thedevelopment of attitudes and values appro-priate to professional management. The courseuses an action learning approach to integratethe various theories and concepts presented.

MPM 553 Organizational Behavior.75 credit Course explores human behavior in organiza-tions, using a "micro" level focus to investigateissues affecting individual behavior, interper-sonal relations, groups and organizations.Students work in a variety of small groups andparticipate in experiential learning designs.

MPM 554 Human Resource Management.75 credit Examines human resource policies includingstaffing, training, job analysis and evaluation,compensation, employee development, unionrelations and government requirements.

MPM 555 Negotiations.75 credit This course examines the structure, processand nature of negotiations through experientialmethods to (1) develop an understanding ofnegotiation models, strategies, conflict resolu-tion, communications styles, situationalanalysis and elements of power and influence;and to (2) develop negotiation skills.

MPM 556 Operations Management.75 credit Operations management covers the broadrange of activities performed in the produc-

399

Graduate Study

tion of a good or service. It covers scheduling,forecasting, inventory control, purchasing,quality control, work measurement, methodsimprovement, layout, material handling,safety, facilities planning, operations strategyand project management. The course exam-ines the management of the functional area inthe organization that either produces aproduct or provides a service. Since mostemployees of an organization are in the opera-tions area, the course includes discussion ofways to develop and coach employees toachieve their best results.

Master of Market ResearchSherry L. Smoak, Director8.25 credit (33 semester hours)The Master of Market Research program isdesigned to prepare students for careers inmarket research. Those successful in the fieldhave notable analytical, critical thinking andcommunication skills. As a result, ourunique curriculum emphasizes a qualitativeand quantitative approach highlightingstrategy development, critical thinking andproblem solving as it relates to marketresearch. Students will learn a solutions-orientedapproach to problem solving in marketingand how to use research tools for ethical deci-sion making. Students get hands-on researchexperience with both large and small businessand non-profit organizations. The program'scurriculum focuses on the entire researchprocess including sampling techniques, datacollection, research design, data analysis,consumer insight and effective decisionmaking skills. And it provides students withreal-life marketing problems and hands-onexperience to deliver real-world solutionsthrough the support and connection of theD.K. Hardin Center for Market Researchlocated on the campus in the Department of

Business. The knowledge gained in class,through project experience and via thesupport of the D.K. Hardin Center preparestudents to advance their skills and knowl-edge to become successful marketing profes-sionals sought after in the field. The market research program isdesigned for individuals with at least twoyears of professional experience who hold anundergraduate degree in marketing or arelated field from a regionally accreditedinstitution. Students entering the MMRprogram must have completed undergrad-uate courses in basic marketing and statistics.Prerequisites can be met as part of thestudent's undergraduate coursework or trans-ferred from another college or university.

Learning GoalsThe MMR is designed to provide theopportunity to develop:• An understanding of a body of knowl-

edge and its application to marketingproblem solving and application;

• The analytical tools for decision makingin a business world of complexmarketing issues and problems;

• The organizational skills for the effectiveimplementation of market research solu-tions in the context of the organization;

• The skills of leadership, teamwork andsupervision;

• Skills of effective oral and writtencommunication, presentation and criticalthinking;

• An understanding of and ability to usetechnology as a tool of effective manage-ment;

• The capability to apply quantitativemethods effectively throughout theresearch process, when necessary for asolutions-oriented approach; and

400

Graduate Study

• Abilities for ethical decision makingfacing market researchers today

Program RequirementsThe MMR is a part-time program that canbe completed in as little as two years. Itrequires the successful completion of 11courses for a total of 8.25 credits (33semester hours). Students complete course-work through eight-week sessions. Classesare sequential and electives may be takenany time during the program. Students maycomplete MMR 583, MMR 584, MMR585 or MMR 586 and electives byenrolling completely online or throughevening classes on campus. Movementbetween taking on-campus and onlineclasses is handled on a case by case basis.The program director reserves the right towaive specific courses in the program basedon professional experience.

Course SequenceYear One

Fall TermMMR 583 Principles of Market Research with Strategic Application (Fall A) MMR 584 Use of Social and Digital Media in Research Fall B)

Spring TermMMR 585 Marketing Strategy and Research Practicum, Part 1(Spring A) MMR 586 Marketing Strategy and Research Practicum, Part 2 (Spring B)

Summer TermGraduate Level ElectiveYear Two

Fall TermMMR 587 Managing the Research Process (Fall A)MMR 588 Sampling Techniques for the Advanced Researcher (Fall B)

Spring TermMMR 589 Data Management and Mining in Research (Spring A) MMR 590 Advanced Research Practicum [Capstone] (Spring B)

Summer TermGraduate Level Elective (could becompleted in January Term of year one ortwo as well as Summer Term) Elmhurst College reserves the right tomodify courses, schedules and programformat without advance notice to students.


MMR 583 Principles of Market Researchwith Strategic ApplicationAn overview of marketing research focusing onthe marketing research key concepts and toolsin the field. The use of primary and secondarydata as well as qualitative and quantitativeapproaches from a strategic, decision-makingperspective are covered. The course will coverthe relevance of customer relationshipmarketing, consumer insight as well as datacollection methods.

MMR 584 Use of Social and DigitalMedia in ResearchAn in-depth look at the use of social anddigital media and its application in marketingresearch to drive decision making. Emphasis isplaced on appropriate application ofsocial/digital media and data collectionmethods. Understanding and applyingsecondary data within business needs will alsobe stressed.

MMR 585 Marketing Strategy andResearch Practicum, Part 1Course will meet with an actual client to solvea strategic business challenge and marketingresearch need. Students will apply knowledgefrom MBA 583, and MBA 584 to determinemanagement issues, identify researchapproach, and develop the survey instrument

401

Graduate Study

with a focus on data needs. Strong emphasison project and client relationship managementis also core to this practicum. Prerequisites:MMR 583, MMR 584.

MMR 586 Marketing Strategy andResearch Practicum, Part 2Students will meet with an actual client tosolve a strategic business challenge andmarketing research need. Students will applyknowledge from MBA 583, MBA 584 andMBA 585 to determine management issues,identify research approach, and develop surveyinstrument with a focus on data needs. Strongemphasis on project and client relationshipmanagement is also core to this practicum.This course include the use of SPSS softwarein the analysis of data and finally a presenta-tion and report are developed and presented tothe client with recommendations for next stepsbased on the research findings. Prerequisites:MMR 583, MMR 584, MMR 585.

MMR 587 Managing the ResearchProcess (Also known as project managementfor researchers) The aspects of project management are developedin this course, through the use of readings, expe-riential exercises, role playing and case studies.This course will provide the skills to move profes-sional researchers from highly focused researchareas into broader research management. Prereq-uisites: MMR 583, MMR 584.

MMR 588 Sampling Techniques for theAdvanced ResearcherThis course is relevant for the advancedresearcher as it delves more deeply into the roleof sampling in the research process. Thiscourse utilizes applied statistical methods, butdiffers from most statistical methods courses inthat it focuses on the role of data collectionand design for the researcher. The courseexamines problem situations of applyingsampling methods to consumer populations.At a moderately advanced statistical level, thiscourse will provide insight for the researcher

that wants a deeper understanding of thesampling approach.

MMR 589 Data Management and Miningin the Research ProcessThis course is relevant for the advancedresearcher as it will provide insights intobroader data exploration that will help withbusiness/research problem solving. Also, it willprovide actionable insights such as classifica-tion, prediction and reduction of data. Thecombination of exploration along with themore tactical aspects will allow the students tolearn to develop skills around decision making,providing a deeper understanding of client'ssecondary data in order to guide/direct a well-rounded research study.

MMR 590 Advanced Research PracticumA practicum experience that revolves aroundan actual case situation in which students mustimplement a research study to effectivelyaddress management's strategic issue. Thestudents are responsible for a complex processof development, management, administration,analysis and presentation of a study to findcritical client feedback that can be applied to aclient's marketing problem. This is thecapstone course and will provide a complexproblem that will challenge students to utilizewhat they have learned throughout theirresearch program and apply it in an actualclient situation. Prerequisites: MMR 583,MMR 584, MMR 585, MMR 586, MMR587, MMR 588, MMR 589.

Master of Public HealthJames F. Berry, DirectorTerry (Mary Teresa) Johnson, Director10.50 credits (42 semester hours)In an era of environmental hazards, drugresistant bacteria and rising rates of obesity,the field of public health is more relevantand critical than ever before. In health care,government and beyond, public healthprofessionals work on the front lines of

402

Graduate Study

preventing disease and promoting healthylifestyles in our communities. The Master of Public Health Program(MPH) at Elmhurst College prepares gradu-ates for a dynamic career in the practice ofpublic health. This professional, multi-disci-plinary program takes a holistic approach tothe study of public health, with acurriculum that uses an ecological frame-work to explore the intersections amongbiological, environmental, cultural,socioeconomic, political and health caresystem influences. Designed for working professionals as wellas recent college graduates, the MPHprogram focuses on broad areas of healthadministration and public policy. At the sametime, students will have the opportunity tochoose electives in an area of special interest. MPH students at Elmhurst explore thefactors that influence local, national andglobal legislative and social policies, andlearn to apply broad-based, state-of-the-artquantitative and qualitative skills. Studentsdevelop collaborative strategies for solvinghealth-related problems. And prepare for aleadership role in health promotion anddisease prevention at the community andpopulation level.

Program FormatThe MPH program is a part-time programthat can be completed in 16 months or overa longer period of time. The program isoffered in a fully online format except forthe practicum, which students complete in alocal setting.

CurriculumMPH students complete 10.5 credits (42semester hours), including the MPH coreand five electives. The core includes an indi-vidualized practicum and a capstone course.

The MPH program at Elmhurst Collegewelcomes applications from students whohold an undergraduate degree in any major.Please note that a basic course in statistics(with a grade of C or better) is a prerequi-site to several courses within the program.


MPH 501 BiostatisticsThis course prepares students to collect, store,retrieve, analyze and interpret health data;design and analyze health-related surveys andexperiences; and become familiar with conceptsand practices of statistical data analysis.

MPH 505 Public Health ServicesAdministration and ManagementThis course examines the administration, orga-nization, financing and delivery of publichealth services, with an emphasis on currenthealth policy and management issues. Studentswill be exposed to the theories and practice ofpublic administration as they are applied inpublic health settings.

MPH 506 Role Development for PublicHealth Practice I.25 creditThis course assists students in individualizingthe MHP study experience. Following andindividualized inventory of public health-related knowledge, skills and attitudes, eachstudent will collaborate with others in thearticulation of a public health role develop-ment plan. This plan will be used to guideeach student’s focus throughout the MPHcurriculum, i.e., in selected course assignments,practicum site selections and capstone topic.MPH 505 may be waived for licensed healthprofessionals.

MPH 507 Role Development for PublicHealth Practice II.25 creditThis course prepares students to develop theoperational knowledge and skills needed to

403

Graduate Study

integrate into the professional public health

community. It provides the tangible aspects of

being a public health professional.

MPH 510 Environmental Health ScienceThis course prepares students to understand

the environmental factors including biological,

physical and chemical factors that affect the

health of a community and legal and regula-

tory approaches to monitoring and improving

air, water and soil quality.

MPH 520 Public Health Policy and PoliticsThis course provides an introduction to the

structures, institutions and processes of the

U.S. government at the federal and state levels,

their interrelationships, and roles in shaping

public health policy.

MPH 530 EpidemiologyThis course prepares students to understand

the distributions and determinants of disease,

disabilities and death in human populations

using an ecological model; the characteristics

and dynamics of human populations; and the

natural history of disease and biological basis

of health.

MPH 535 Geospatial Concepts in theHealthcare CommunityThis course utilizes geographic information

systems for students seeking to complement a

quantitative analysis skill set in pursuit of a

career in public health, medicine, nursing,

hospital administration or health research.

MPH 550 Fundamentals of Social andBehavioral SciencesThis course prepares students to understand

concepts and methods of social and behavioral

sciences relevant to the assessment of public

health and design of strategies and interven-

tions at a population level.

MPH 551 Community Health ProgrammingThis course introduces philosophies, principles

and methods for promoting health, and

addresses the development of effective health

promotion and health education programs.Health educator competencies and programtools will be applied to course content.

MPH 570 Public Health PracticumOnline and in personThis course provides students an opportunityto demonstrate the practical knowledge andskills, acquired through their course of study,that are required for professional practice inpublic health. In addition to class sessions,each student participates in a 90-hourpracticum with a faculty approved preceptorand site. The practicum site will be a publichealth agency, such as a local or state publichealth agency, or a local, state, national orinternational nongovernmental agencyor organization.

MPH 580 Public Health CapstoneThis capstone experience requires students tosynthesize and integrate knowledge acquiredthrough coursework and practicum experi-ences. Many methods for demonstratingmastery of the body of public health knowl-edge and emerging leadership skills arepossible, including a comprehensive examina-tion, an applied practice project or a majorpaper, along with an application activity thatdemonstrates emerging leadership skills.

Master of Science in Applied Geospatial Sciences (AGS)Judith K. Bock, DirectorThe graduate program in applied geospatialsciences (AGS) features two possible tracks:1) a six-course graduate certificate track and2) a ten-course full thesis track. The entirelyonline program also offers students theunique opportunity to create and undertakea customized, enterprise-level, geospatialexperience to fulfill a graduate certificate ora full thesis study to obtain a master'sdegree. Students can take electives andconcentrate on sub-disciplines of geospatial

404

Graduate Study

technologies based on their specific area(s)of interest.

Program Objectives• Provides a graduate-level certificate

program for geospatial professionals on anational basis who are seeking to furthertheir education or re-tool to learn thetechnologies and spatial skill sets used ina variety of applications in the geospatialindustry;

• Provides a master’s degree program forgeospatial professionals on a nationalbasis who are seeking to further theireducation and advance in their profes-sion in a variety of disciplines where thisadvanced degree will be applicable;

• Creates a national online programwhereby a Professional Science Masters(PSM) designation can be attainedincluding business applications and skillsby way of graduate business courses; and

• Offers a continuing option for theElmhurst College Online GIS CertificateProgram student or the Applied Geospa-tial Science Graduate Certificateprogram student to continue educationpast the certificate level to attain anadvanced degree.

AdmissionBaccalaureate degree in any field from anaccredited college/university is required ofall students to be admitted into theprogram. Those with a degree in geography,geospatial technologies or GIS may haveAGS 500 waived, based on prior courseworkexperience. Sufficient work experience in thegeospatial technologies industry, combinedwith a minimum of a baccalaureate degree,may also be sufficient cause for waivingAGS 500, as determined by program

director. Graduates of the Elmhurst CollegeOnline GIS Certificate Program may haveAGS 500 waived, providing they have abaccalaureate degree.

Coursework

Graduate certificate track courseworkincludes six (6) courses:AGS 500 Fundamentals of Geospatial TechnologiesAGS 510 Remote Sensing TechnologiesAGS 520 Geospatial ProgrammingAGS 530 Principles of GeodatabasesAGS 540 Spatial Analysis and Web MappingAGS 580 E-Portfolio and Research Symposium

Thesis Track coursework includes ten (10)courses:AGS 500 Fundamentals of Geospatial TechnologiesAGS 510 Remote Sensing TechnologiesAGS 520 Geospatial ProgrammingAGS 530 Principles of GeodatabasesAGS 540 Spatial Analysis and Web MappingAGS 550 Advanced Spatial AnalysisAGS 560 Graduate Internship Experience (current work/employment may be used with permission of program director)

ElectivesMBA 509* Project Management (MBA course for Professional Science Masters credential) orSub-discipline electiveAGS 580 E-Portfolio and Research SymposiumAGS 600 Geospatial Thesis

*Elective may be used as a means of concentrating on a given sub-discipline area of geospatial technologies or substi-tuting for MBA 509 if student elects not to pursue PSM.

405

Graduate Study


All courses are .75 credit (3 semester hours)

unless otherwise noted and are eight weeks in

duration. All courses are aligned with the U.S.

Department of Labor Geospatial Technology

Competency Model (GTCM)

AGS 500 Fundamentals of GeospatialTechnologyCourse provides review of the geospatial tech-nologies industry and the use of GeographicInformation Systems (GIS) applications andanalysis. Includes core concepts such as dataacquisition and management, topology, accu-racy, metadata, output, quality control, analysismethods, new and traditional software options,web mapping, and GISimplementation/management for research andproduction. Emphasis on spatial skills.Required course for both graduate certificateand thesis tracks. May be waived with appro-priate degree, coursework, industry experienceor at the discretion of the program director.

AGS 510 Remote Sensing and ImageryInterpretationIntroduction to the basic concepts of imageprocessing and understanding. Applicationsfocus on preprocessing of satellite and aerialimages, remote sensing, and image/videoenhancement. This course will provide founda-tions and explore LiDAR, digital imagecomposites and band combinations, imagedisplay and visualization, image enhancementsand rectification, image segmentation and clas-sification, and digital stereoscopy and evalua-tion techniques. Required course for bothgraduate certificate and thesis tracks. Prerequi-site: AGS 500 or equivalent.

AGS 520 Fundamentals of GeospatialProgrammingThis course provides an introduction toautomating data preparation, workflow, andspatial processing (via Python), basic program-ming, Python syntax, variables, strings,keywords, integrated development environ-

ments, exporting ModeiBuilder models toscripts, programming components of flowcontrol, built-in data structures, debugging,file i/o, user-defined functions and modules,built-in modules, introduction to object-oriented programming, using object classes. Italso includes performing GIS analysis, batchprocessing, manipulating attribute tables,customizing ArcGIS Desktop with script toolsand buttons, managing map layers, addinglayers to maps with Python and customizingArcGIS Desktop with script tools. Requiredcourse for both graduate certificate and thesistracks. Prerequisite: AGS 510.

AGS 530 Principles of GeodatabasesThis course includes geodatabase modeling,relational models, object-oriented datamodeling with universal modeling language(UML), distributed database concepts andimplementation, query language, transactions,recovery, security, ArcSDE with SQL (and/orOracle) server, Web delivery (including opensource software), interoperability, OpenGeospatial Consortium (OGC) standards andweb services activities. Required course forboth graduate certificate and thesis tracks.Prerequisite: AGS 520.

AGS 540 Spatial Analysis and WebMappingThe first of a two-course sequence with AGS550, this course introduces students to dataacquisition, integration, display, and 30 visual-ization, neighborhood and proximity opera-tors, map algebra, cost surfaces, least cost path,emergency response applications, spatial inter-polation and approximation, topographicanalysis, line of sight, viewshed analysis, land-forms analysis, modeling of geospatialprocesses and hands-on experience withseveral ArcGIS extensions. Requiredcourse for both graduate certificate and thesistracks. Prerequisite: AGS 530.

AGS 550 Advanced Spatial AnalysisThe second in a two-course sequence withAGS 540, this course includes a high-level

406

Graduate Study

review of geospatial data acquisition systems,sensors and associated processing technologiesand high level analysis of spatial visualizations.Course considers geospatial metadata genera-tion principles, interoperability, and majortools for manipulation with geospatial data aswell as advanced spatial analysis activities.Required course for thesis track. Prerequisite:AGS 540.

AGS 560 Graduate InternshipThis course experience requires the employ-ment of student in an internship working for aGIS professional in the geospatial industry.Student will have a close working relationshipwith the employer and graduate advisor duringinternship experience. Required course forthesis track. May be taken anytime duringprogram with consultation of advisor(s) andprogram director.

AGS 580 E-Portfolio and ResearchSeminarStudents will participate in the construction ofan e-portfolio detailing their geospatial skillsand experiences in preparation for theirentrance into the geospatial workforce.Students will also consult closely with theirgraduate thesis advisor for planning in order toundertake a geospatial research thesis. Requiredcourse for both graduate certificate and thesistracks. Prerequisites: AGS540 for graduate certificate track; AGS 550 isrequired for master's thesis track students.

AGS 600 Geospatial ThesisStudents will undertake a geospatial researchthesis in consultation with their thesis advisorand one external advisor. Once completed, thestudent will successfully defend their thesisbefore their graduate thesis committee.Successful completion of the course includes aformal binding of the thesis and submission tothe library. Required course for thesis track.Prerequisite: AGS 550.

MBA 509 Project ManagementProject management teaches students the artand science of project management as appliedto a variety of business and technologysettings. Students will learn and practiceproject techniques that relate to the five phasesof project management-initiating, planning,executing, monitoring and controlling andclosing projects. The program allows studentsto immediately practice course concepts invarious activities where they will create keyproject documents including a business case,project charter, scope statement, WBS and aproject plan. Required for PSM designation inthesis track. May be taken anytime by master'sthesis track students. May be replaced withanother elective if student is not attainingPSM designation.

Sub-Discipline Electives*

MPH 535 GIS in HealthcareThis course seeks to impart a working knowl-edge of geographic information systems forstudents seeking to complement a quantitativeanalysis skill set in pursuit of a career in publichealth, medicine, nursing, hospital administra-tion or health research. May be substituted forMBA 509 to complete master's degree withoutPSM designation. Prerequisite: AGS 540.

AGS 552 Open Source SoftwareOpen web mapping involves the design, devel-opment, and deployment of interactive mappingtools distributed via the World Wide Web andusing “open” (non-proprietary, community-developed) standards and software code. Thiscourse helps students acquire the knowledge andskill required to design, plan and implementcustomized web mapping solutions using openstandards and open source software. On comple-tion of the course, students will be able to buildand deploy a complete web mapping solutionincluding selecting the spatial data, the serverand client software. Students will be able todetermine which type of mapping server is

*Elective may be used as a means of concentrating on a given sub-discipline area of geospatial technologies or substi-tuting for MBA 509 if student elects not to pursue PSM.

407

Graduate Study

required for their needs and to explain whychoosing an open standard based solution isbetter than a proprietary solution. The coursewill cover a variety of open source software pack-ages for web mapping and will provide pointersto commercial solutions where appropriate. Maybe substituted for MBA 509 to completemaster’s degree without PSM designation.Prerequisite: AGS 540.

AGS 553 Crime MappingThe purpose of this course is to providestudents with the theoretical, analytic, andtechnical skills necessary for studying crime ina geographic context. The course will involve acombination of approaches to the subjectincluding readings, hands-on lab exercisesusing mapping software and independentresearch projects. May be substituted for MBA509 to complete master’s degree without PSMdesignation. Prerequisite: AGS 540.

AGS 554 Topics in Geospatial lntelligence(GeoiNT)Covers topics relevant to geospatial intelli-gence, especially addressing emerging trends inthe field, focused intelligence applications, andrelevant technological advances, not covered byother AGS program coursework. Sample topicsaddressed in this course include geosensornetworks, landmine detection using remotesensing techniques, the use of unmanned aerialvehicles in geospatial intelligence, and the useof virtual reality techniques for geospatialinformation modeling and analyst training.May be substituted for MBA 509 to completemaster’s degree if not pursuing PSM designa-tion. Prerequisite: AGS 540.

Master of Science in Communication Sciences andDisordersBrenda Gorman, Director15.00 credits (60 semester hours)The master’s program in communicationsciences and disorders (CSD) at Elmhurst

prepares students for rewarding careers asspeech-language pathologists in professionalsettings such as schools, hospitals clinics,research institutions, private practice and more. Designed primarily for students withbachelor's degrees in communicationsciences and disorders, the graduate programprepares students for national certificationby the American Speech-Language-HearingAssociation (ASHA) and for state licensure. Students enrolled in the communicationsciences and disorders program attendclasses full time on the arboretum campus ofElmhurst College in Chicago's westernsuburbs. Most students can complete theprogram in 20 months. The program takes acohort approach, fostering teamwork skillsand strong bonds among classmates. Opportunities abound for clinical expe-riences in a variety of locations, from publicschools to hospitals to rehab facilities toElmhurst College's own Speech-Language-Hearing clinic. Throughout the CSD curriculum,Elmhurst faculty members promote the useof evidence-based practice decisions whilemaintaining a mutually respectful environ-ment. In addition to promoting scholarshipand intellectual curiosity, faculty emphasizethe impact of communication disorders onindividuals and families. The master’s program in speech-languagepathology at Elmhurst College is a candidatefor accreditation by the Council on AcademicAccreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology (CAA) of the AmericanSpeech-Language-Hearing Association.Candidacy is a “pre-accreditation” status withthe CAA awarded to developing or emergingprograms for a maximum of five years.


408

Graduate Study

CSD 501 Clinical Practicum in CSD.50 credit Students treat pediatric and/or adult clients inareas related to receptive language, cognitivecommunication, articulation, voice, fluency,oral motor, and/or feeding disorders.

CSD 502 Diagnostic Practicum in CSD.50 credit Students evaluate pediatric and/or adult clientsin areas related to receptive language, expres-sive language, cognitive communication, artic-ulation, voice, fluency, oral motor, and/orfeeding disorders. Students develop appro-priate lesson plans and conduct therapy toaddress desired goals. Students administerappropriate informal and standardized proce-dures, score tests, interpret diagnostic informa-tion, and write diagnostic.

CSD 503 Practicum in EducationSettings.50 credit; part timeOff-campus supervisor; open only to graduatestudents who have met all other requirementsfor initial certification by the Illinois StateBoard of Education. This course is designed toacquaint the student with practice in anapproved educational environment.

CSD 504 CSD Practicum in MedicalSettings.50 credit; part timeOff-campus supervisor. Graduate medicalpracticum experience emphasizing planning,conducting therapy programs, obtaining casehistories, conferring with other professionals,writing reports, and making recommendations.

CSD 507 Research Methods inCommunication Sciences and Disorders.75 creditObjectives are to help the student understandbasic statistical concepts related to test develop-ment and interpretation, and researchdesign. Focus will be on the scientific methodas a problem-solving process, developingexperimental procedures for answering researchquestions, the process of evidence-based prac-

tice, learning to establish and test hypotheses,and summarizing and interpreting data.

CSD 508 Counseling/Professional Issuesin CSD.50 creditReview of counseling and professional practicesassociated with communication andfeeding/swallowing disorders. Developappropriate interviewing and counseling skillsfor clients and their families. Contemporaryprofessional issues in CSD will be discussed.

CSD 509 Language/Literacy Young Children Assessment and Treatment.75 creditInformation is provided about disorderedcommunication in children from birth throughkindergarten. Course material includes infor-mation about important legislation, relationbetween language and literacy, service deliverymodels, risk factors, assessment, intervention,needs of families, and specific populations ofspecial needs children. Information forproviding early intervention services isprovided from related disciplines such as occu-pational therapy and physical therapy.

CSD 510 Advanced Studies in Phonologyand Articulation.75 creditAn overview of the fundamental linguisticrules governing the sound system of spokenlanguage, including speech sounds, speechsound production, and the combination ofspeech sounds in meaningful utterances.Normal and disordered phonological develop-ment, cultural linguistic variations, emergingliteracy, and etiological factors will beaddressed. Phonological assessment and treat-ment will be emphasized in contrast to tradi-tional methods for clinically managingdisorders of speech production.

CSD 511 Cultural and Linguistic Issuesin CSD.50 creditFamiliarity with cultural patterns andcommunication styles; study of the needs,

409

Graduate Study

values, preferred mode of communication, andthe cultural linguistic background of a multi-cultural client base; awareness of appropriateinstruments for assessment and intervention.

CSD 513 CSD Practicum in EducationalSettings1.50 credits; half termOff-campus supervisor; open only to graduatestudents who have met all other requirementsfor initial certification by the Illinois StateBoard of Education. This course is designed toacquaint the student with practice in anapproved educational environment.

CSD 514 CSD Practicum in MedicalSettings1.50 credits; half termOff-campus supervisor. Graduate medicalpracticum experience emphasizing planning,conducting therapy programs, obtaining casehistories, conferring with other professionals,writing reports, and making recommendations.

CSD 515 Language Disorders in Adults.75 creditStudents will gain an understanding of theneuroanatomy and neuropathologies as theyrelate to language functions and disorders of thebrain; also includes methods for assessment andtreatment of neurogenic language disorders.

CSD 516 Language/Literacy School Ageand Adolescent Language Disorders.75 creditAn in-depth exploration of the etiology, evalu-ation, and remediation of language andliteracy disorders in school age and adolescentchildren. Important legislation, response tointervention, service delivery models, riskfactors, and specific special needs populationsare discussed.

CSD 519 Neurology.75 creditThis course provides an in-depth overview ofneurological processes as they relate to humancommunication and its disorders.

CSD 521 Dysphagia and Feeding Disorders.75 creditReview of the mechanics of normal swallowing,disorders of swallowing, etiology and diagnosis,assessment tools and methods of rehabilitationare addressed in adults and children.

CSD 522 Alternative/AugmentativeCommunication.50 creditIntroduction to the process of clinical evalua-tion and treatment of individuals who arenonverbal; covers augmentative and alternativecommunication systems, assessment, andtreatment methods.

CSD 523 CSD Practicum in EducationalSettings3.00 credits; full termOff-campus supervisor; open only to graduatestudents who have met all other requirementsfor initial certification by the Illinois StateBoard Education.This course is designed toacquaint the student with practice in anapproved educational environment.

CSD 524 CSD Practicum in MedicalSettings3.00 credits; full termOff-campus supervisor. Graduate medicalpracticum experience emphasizing planning,conducting therapy programs, obtaining casehistories, conferring with other professionals,writing reports, and making recommendations.

CSD 525 Public School Methods in aDiverse Society.50 creditIssues and professional responsibilities relatedto speech-language pathology in the publicschools.

CSD 526 Voice Disorders.50 creditA study of etiology, symptomatology andtreatment procedures for voice disorders,including those that result from laryngealpathologies. This course is also designed toprovide students with a practical foundation in

410

Graduate Study

the area of craniofacial anomalies, specifically,etiologies, embryology, genetics, impact ofanomalies on speech, assessment procedures,and intervention techniques.

CSD 527 Fluency Disorders.50 creditOverview of theories and etiologies ofdysfluencies; assessment of children and adults;remediation techniques and procedures foradults and children; consideration of fluency-enhancing electronic devices and fluency-enhancing pharmaceuticals.

CSD 528 Motor Speech Disorders Acrossthe Lifespan.75 creditThis course will cover basic principles andcurrent theories of speech motor control,including biological and neurological aspects.The etiology and characteristics of the differentdysarthria subtypes, as well as apraxia ofspeech, including anatomic, physiologic, aero-dynamic and acoustic features will be exam-ined. Principles and methods of assessmentand intervention in motor speech disorderswill be discussed. Finally, evidence-based prac-tice will be applied to ‘real world’ scenarios.

CSD 530 Thesis Research.25–1.00 creditResearch in communication sciences and disor-ders culminating in a written research paperand oral defense. Repeatable for credit.

CSD 590 Research Option II.25 to 1.00 creditCompletion of a research paper without datacollection and analysis; an in-depth literaturereview. Repeatable for credit.

Master of Science in Computer Information SystemsLinda Krause, Director7.50 credits (30 semester hours)The Master of Science in Computer Information Systems is designed to prepare

students for the rapidly evolving discipline ofinformation technology (IT). The programprovides students with an in-depth knowl-edge of both networking and programmingemphasizing the applications of each withtoday’s business environment. This degreewill equip students with a knowledge and askill set that has immediate applicationwithin the job market.

Specific topics include: transmissionmedia, network topologies, hardware andsoftware features of local and wide areanetworks, the design and implementation ofnetwork systems. Voice Over IP (VoIP),Cloud Computing, application programmingin the latest version of Microsoft’s VisualBasic, database development and program-ming in the latest version of Microsoft SQLServer and Web application developmentusing ASP.NET and Web Services.

The program admits students with abachelor’s degree in varied backgrounds whoare interested in computer informationsystems.

The Elmhurst College MCIS degree isrecognized as a Professional Science Master’s(PSM) degree. A PSM degree is an innova-tive two-year graduate degree designed toallow students to pursue advanced trainingand excel in science while simultaneouslydeveloping highly-valued business skills.PSM programs prepare students for sciencecareers in business, government, or nonprofitorganizations, where workforce needs areincreasing. Programs are characterized by"science-plus," combining rigorous study inscience or mathematics with skills-basedcoursework in management, policy, or law.

Learning GoalsThe program has been carefully crafted toimpart to the student the following learninggoals:

411

Graduate Study

• Acquire the hardware and softwareknowledge needed to design, program,implement and administer a computernetwork system within an organization.

• Gain expertise in structuring distributeddatabase systems across a network;

• Enhance communication skills, problem-solving skills and sense of the importanceof network communications to the infor-mation needs of today’s society;

• Develop an understanding, appreciationand respect for ethical issues that areinterwoven into the widespread sharingof data and information on bothnational and international scales;

• Learn the ins and outs of LANs, WANs,application and Web programming,distributed databases, network securityand client/server systems;

• Develop an understanding of the funda-mentals of organization management;

• Analyze—and meet—the technical needsof working organizations; and

• Master the theory and practice of teambuilding.The master’s degree requires the student

to complete 10 courses in just under a twoyear period. Courses are offered in 8-weekaccelerated sessions. Students have theoption of taking the courses in a hybridformat or online. Practical work experience, such as aninternship or practicum, is highly recom-mended for all students in the program whoare not currently employed. The purpose ofthe internship/practicum is to help thestudent become familiar with the applica-tions and practices in the field of study.

RequirementsStudents are required to maintain a 3.0cumulative grade-point average throughout

the program. Students with less than acumulative 3.0 grade-point average will beplaced on probation for one term to allowthem to raise their grade-point average.Students with less than a 3.0 grade-pointaverage after one probationary term will bedismissed from the program. Grades of D orF will not be applied toward the program’sgraduation requirements.

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semester hours. Due to the fast changing nature of tech-nology, the topics and contents of coursesare subject to change.

CS 501 Windows Application ProgrammingEnvironment, programming and application ofMicrosoft's Visual Basic are discussed. Studentsuse the latest version of Microsoft's Visual Basicto develop Windows-application programs.Class modules are introduced to promoteobject-oriented design. Techniques of databinding are discussed to allow seamless move-ment of data between GUIs (graphical userinterfaces) and databases.

CS 504 Computer Network ConceptsThis course discusses network architecture,components, protocols, design and topology.Included in this discussion are the topics ofdata communication fundamentals, TCP/IP,OSI models, gateways, bridges, routers,domains, packets, datagrams as well as trans-mission media and related network concepts.IPV4 and IPV6 addressing are also described.

CS 511 Local Area NetworksThe architecture, components, design andinstallation of local area networks (LANs) arediscussed. Included in the discussion are thetopics of DNS, DHCP, Active Directory, fileand print sharing, data storage, WINS, IIS,backup and VPN. Administering networksusing a network operating system such asWindows Server is also discussed.

412

Graduate Study

CS 530 Database Systems and ProgrammingConcepts and applications of databases arediscussed. The student learns how to design,create and program using the relational data-base management system Microsoft SQLServer. Students consider data integrity andsecurity and learn to provide users with busi-ness queries, forms, and reports. In addition,the use of Microsoft's Visual Basic to create acustom front end to a back end database isintroduced.

CS 545 Wide Area NetworksThis course discusses the concepts, architecture,topologies, applications and security of widearea networks (WANs). Data communicationconcepts applied in wide-area networks, as well as transmission media, protocols, installa-tion and components of WANs are presented.Practical information on how to set up Linux-based Intranet/Internet Services (e.g., DNS,SMTP, Apache Web Server, etc.) is also given.

CS 550 Web DevelopmentThe student learns how to program inappropriate Web-based languages (e.g.,HTML, JavaScript, CSS, ASP.NET andRESTful Web Services). As part of thisprogramming experience, the student is taughthow to design and develop Web applicationsthat access data in the latest version ofMicrosoft's SQL Server using Microsoft'sVisual Basic. In addition, students discussdesign and development considerations, aswell as concepts and techniques for buildingmobile Web apps.

CS 570 Internetworking TechnologiesThis course discusses the fundamental technologies such as the industry, productsand procedures involved in creating andadministering internetworks. Various networktechnologies designed to be interconnected byrouters, switches and other networkingdevices to create an internetwork are alsodiscussed. Included are topics such as VLAN,routing models, design and implementation

of internetworking with TCP/IP, andIPX/SPX using Cisco Internetworking Oper-ating Systems (IOS) and Cisco routers andswitches.

CS 575 Special Topics in ComputerInformation SystemsFaculty and advanced graduate students studya specific topic chosen for its particular exper-imental, theoretical, philosophical, technical,or scientific interest.

CS 590 Independent StudyAn optional course to be used at the discre-tion of the department chair or programdirector, normally restricted to second yearstudents in the program.

BUS 551 Organization BehaviorThis course examines human behavior inorganizations, using a "micro" level focus toexplore issues affecting individual behavior,interpersonal relations, groups, andorganizations. Coursework addresses thetheory and practice of organizationalbehavior as it relates to the individual andthe organization itself. Students learn howto apply concepts in the workplace anddevelop their interpersonal skills via grouptasks and discussions. The course empha-sizes organizational behavior, includingmotivation, leadership, effective communi-cations, team dynamics, conflict-manage-ment, facilitation, problem solving, decisionmaking, diversity, culture, organizationdesign, and change management.

MBA 509 Project ManagementSee Master of Business Administration sectionof this Catalog.

Master of Science in DataScienceLinda Krause, Co-DirectorJames Kulich, Co-Director7.50 credits (30 semester hours)

413

Graduate Study

The Master of Science in Data Science(MDS) curriculum integrates statistics,computer science and business-skill areascrucial to succeeding in the emerging fieldof big data. This innovative approach isdesigned to prepare students to acquire thenecessary technical skills in statistics, analyt-ical methods and programming tools whilesimultaneously developing vital businessskills, providing an exceptionally strong,comprehensive foundation of knowledge tobegin practice in data science. The Elmhurst College MDS degreeprovides a student with a strong theoreticalbase to implement techniques and utilizewidely-used statistics, software developmentenvironments, and distributed databases toacquire large and unstructured datasets.Students develop analytical methods under-standing of methods in techniques requiredto analyze acquired datasets. Students prac-tice applying theories to a variety of applica-tion areas and structuring formal analyses tofacilitate decision making. Students aregiven hands-on experience with emergingsoftware tools and work on team projects toapply their knowledge in specific problemdomains. Because data science is a rapidlychanging and growing discipline, theElmhurst College MDS curriculum isupdated regularly with new software tech-nologies. A few examples of software widely-used in industry and utilized include:statistical packages such as SAS, SPSS; soft-ware frameworks for large scale data sets,such as Hadoop using Map-Reduce and thenumerous Hadoop-related tools; databasesand query languages, such as MicrosoftSOL/Server, noSQL; data integrations andvisualization tools, such as Tableau; and

programming language translators anddevelopment environments, such as R, Java,Octave, Matlab, Python, and PHP.

AdmissionThe MDS program welcomes applicantsfrom all industries and backgrounds whohold an undergraduate degree in any majorfrom a regionally accredited institution.Please note that a basic course in statistics(with a grade of C or better) and priorcoursework in programming are prerequi-sites to the program. Prerequisites can bemet at Elmhurst College through thesuccessful completion of MTH 345 Elemen-tary Statistics and CS 200 ProgrammingFundamentals (online, non-credit). Or,prerequisites may be completed as part ofthe student’s undergraduate coursework ortransferred from another college or univer-sity. In addition, students must have at leastone year of professional work experience.Program directors reserve the right to waivethis requirement based on the requiredadmission interview. The MDS program is a part-timeprogram that can be completed in twoyears. Offered through the Elmhurst CollegeOnline Center, the program is offered fullyonline with classes that are flexible enoughto accommodate the schedules of profes-sionals with work and family commitments.Students complete coursework throughsequential eight-week sessions.

Learning GoalsUpon completion of the MDS degree, thestudent will:

• Acquire a fundamental understanding ofthe analytical techniques and software tools

necessary to effectively generate useful

information from structured and unstruc-

tured datasets of any size.

414

Graduate Study

• Gain experience in using the tools andtechniques of data science to structure and

complete projects focused on obtaining

actionable insights from complex data.

• Dive deeply into a chosen area of practiceto fully prepare to use knowledge gained in

the program to add significant value in a

professional setting.

• Be able to utilize knowledge and skills tocontinue learning and adapting to new data

science technologies.

RequirementsStudents are required to maintain a 3.00cumulative grade-point average throughoutthe program. Students with less than a 3.00grade-point average will be placed on proba-tion for one term to allow them to raisetheir grade-point average. Students with lessthan a 3.00 grade-point average after oneprobationary term will be dismissed fromthe program. Grades of D or F will not beapplied toward the program's graduationrequirements.


MDS 523 Data WarehousingTopics include an integrated and detailedcomparison of relational, hierarchical, andnetwork data base systems. Database designand physical storage requirements, includingdistributed data-base design and relatedmanagement issues, are discussed. High-levelquery languages using artificial intelligencetechniques are reviewed along with othertopics such as database compression, encryp-tion and security.

MDS 534 Data Mining and BusinessIntelligenceBusiness intelligence represents a conceptualframework for decision support. It combinesanalytics, data warehouses, applications, andmethodologies to facilitate the transformation of

data into meaningful and functional informa-tion. The major objective of business intelli-gence is to enhance the decision-making processat all levels of management. Data mining is aprocess that utilizes statistical analysis, proba-bility theory, mathematical modeling, artificialintelligence, and machine learning techniques toextract useful information and subsequentknowledge from large data repositories,commonly referred to as “big data.” This courseexamines a number of emerging methodsproven to be of value in recognizing patternsand making predictions from an applicationsperspective. Students will be provided theopportunity for hands-on experimentationusing software and case studies.

MDS 535 Programming Languages andEnvironmentsThis course covers the application of appro-priate high-level programming languages forexpressing software design patterns used forextracting and processing big data. These high-level languages include imperative, object-oriented languages, such as C++, Java, Python,Matlab, along with the associated libraries andlanguage pragmatics for framework andpatterns (e.g. map-reduce) relevant toprocessing massive amounts of data. Querylanguages, spreadsheet macro languages, andweb-client scripting languages are also studiedin the context of data mining.

MDS 546 Quantitative MethodsThe ability to move data along the continuumfrom information to insight to action requires astrong foundation of skills in various quantita-tive methods. This course begins with a system-atic and integrated overview of concepts fromprobability theory, statistics, and mathematicalmodeling such as probability distributions,cumulative probability distributions, descriptivestatistics, hypothesis testing, correlationanalysis, linear regression, multivariate regres-sion, and mathematical model design. Thecourse then proceeds to examine modern tools

415

Graduate Study

for conducting analyses using these quantitativemethods on both small scale and large scaledatasets. Case studies from a variety of settingsare used to develop students' abilities tosuccessfully apply the techniques learned in thiscourse to practical circumstances that often,because of the ambiguities involved, presentlimitations to the power of these mathematicaltools. Topics from this course also provide thefoundation for some subjects covered in theanalytical methods course and the data miningand business intelligence course.

MDS 549 Data Mining ProjectEach student completes a project incorporatingthe practical application of several of theprogram's data mining techniques to one ormore data sets provided by the instructor. Inaddition to the correct use of the techniquesand interpretation of the results, emphasis isplaced on the student's ability to gauge theresultant impact on the organization's businessintelligence processes and procedures. Prior tothe submission of the final project, studentssubmit a proposal describing the applicationand the data mining tools to be utilized.

MDS 556 Analytical MethodsThis course builds upon the foundation estab-lished in the quantitative methods course todevelop the advanced analytical methodsrequired for in-depth applications of datascience. Topics covered include advanced tech-niques in statistics and mathematical modelingsuch as exploratory data analysis, logisticregression and stochastic models; modern tech-niques for network analysis such as measures ofnetwork centrality, hierarchical and other clus-tering techniques, and models of networkgrowth; and special topics drawn from subjectssuch as graph theory, game theory and linearalgebra. Techniques for visual presentation ofdata analysis will also be covered. Coursetopics will be introduced from both a theoret-ical framework and through the use of casestudies in applied settings.

MDS 564 Advanced Data Mining andAnalyticsThis course emphasizes the application of theprimary topics covered in MDS 546 DataMining and Business Intelligence and MDS556 Analytical Methods within large casestudies while learning to choose the appro-priate programming language(s), softwaredesign pattern(s), and/or software tools, whichare covered in CS 535 Programming Modelsand Environments. In these case studiesstudents utilize data mining tools where appro-priate and utilize advanced techniques in statis-tics and mathematical modeling for supportingconclusions and decisions. Students utilizesoftware tools to visually present conclusionsand decisions. Case studies are chosen from awide spectrum of problem domains.

MDS 576 Research Methods in DataScienceThe course will have the student applyconcepts learned in the other required coursesfor the master’s so as to demonstrate howinformation is “mined” using techniques thatemploy analytical concepts, probability theory,statistics, mathematical modeling and variousprogramming skills.

ElectivesStudents must complete two graduate-levelelectives at Elmhurst.

Master of Science in Health Informatics ManagementAli Ghane, Director7.50 credits (30 semester hours) The health informatics management (HIM)program integrates the study of the design,development, and application of IT-baseddeployment, management and planning ofhealthcare services. It is the project manage-ment of human, software, hardware, andcommunication resources that are neededfor the acquisition, storage, retrieval, and

416

Graduate Study

use of information in the general disciplinesof health and biomedicine. Health infor-matics is an interdisciplinary field. Theprogram objectives and course selection(shown below) include key aspects of infor-mation systems, public health and business. The HIM program includes the study ofprocesses and organizational structures ofproject management and their applications.Integral to the study of the design tech-niques, implementation strategies, and useof health information systems are the ethicaltheories, social policies, and legal issues. This program is designed to preparestudents with a thorough understanding ofthe core concepts of health informatics andto develop the skills needed to apply themat a leadership level. Through projects and acapstone, students have the opportunity topursue specific areas of interest, e.g., clinicaltechnician, informatics pharmacist, imaginginformatics and biomedical informatics. This program prepares adult studentswho have experiences in many disciplines.The HIM program helps health care practi-tioners (e.g., nurses, radiologists, pharma-cists) pursue the software development andinformation technology aspects of thesedisciplines. This program also serves soft-ware engineers/developers and data scientistswho want to apply their knowledge to thehealth care field, as well as business peoplewishing to switch to the health careindustry. The program include 10 courses, withnine required courses plus one elective.Each course is delivered in an eight-week,online format. All programs are .75 credit. Students will be advised as to theoptimal path for them to complete theprogram with respect to their background,family responsibilities, work commitments,

and/or preferred duration to complete theprogram. Students who begin the programin the Fall Term and taking one course at atime in the Fall A/B and Spring A/B termswill take 28 months to complete theprogram. Soon-to-be or recent graduates with arelated B.A. or B.S. degree will be consid-ered, although at least one year of businessor healthcare-related experience will bepreferred. The HIM program welcomesapplicants from all industries and back-grounds who hold an undergraduate degreein any major from a regionally accreditedinstitution. An admission interview will berequired for all applicants. The program is a part-time program thatcan be completed in two years. Offeredthrough the Elmhurst College OnlineCenter, the program is offered fully onlinewith classes that are flexible enough toaccommodate the schedules of professionalswith work and family commitments.

Learning GoalsGraduates of the health informatics manage-ment program will be able to:• Develop, implement, manage and eval-

uate information technology solutions toimprove overall business performanceand patient health.

• Synthesize theory and evidence-basedpractices to design health informationtechnology systems that are innovative,user-friendly, and fit the organizationalcontext.

• Integrate electronic medical records withpatient care for decision making support,knowledge management, strategic plan-ning, and outcomes assessment to opti-mize the quality and cost efficiencies inthe health care system.

417

Graduate Study

• Formulate policies and technologies tosecure patient records and protect dataintegrity in compliance with privacylaws, regulatory mandates and ethicaluse.

• Utilize an understanding of health careterminology and culture to facilitatecommunication between technical staffand clinical providers.

RequirementsStudents are required to maintain a 3.00cumulative grade-point average throughoutthe program. Students with less than a 3.00grade-point average will be placed on proba-tion for one term to allow them to raise theirgrade-point average. Students with less thana 3.00 grade-point average after one proba-tionary term will be dismissed from theprogram. Grades of D or F will not beapplied toward the program’s graduationrequirements.

ElectivesHIM/MDS 534 Data Mining and Business

IntelligenceHIM/MPH 535 Geospatial Concepts in the

Healthcare Community HIM/MBA 550 Cultural Diversity in

OrganizationsHIM/MBA 552 Leadership HIM/MBA 556 Operations ManagementHIM/MBA 558 Leading Change ManagementHIM/MBA 559 Managing Innovation and

Technical Change

Course SequenceThe following is an example of a sequencethat does not include Summer Term.Depending on availability of course offeringsand a student’s availability some course maybe taken during summer school allowing astudent to finish in two academic years.


HIM 500 Introduction to Health Informatics .75 creditThis course provides an overview of the majorareas of health informatics, including clinicalmedical applications, nursing, pharmacy, andhealthcare management. Students are intro-duced to the study of the processes and organi-zational structures of project managementtogether with human, software, hardware andcommunication resources needed for theacquisition, storage, retrieval, and use of infor-mation in the general disciplines of health andbiomedicine. Ethical theories, social policiesand legal (regulatory) issues are introduced anddiscussed throughout the course.

MPH 501 Biostatistics This course prepares students to collect, store,retrieve, analyze and interpret health data;design and analyze health-related surveys andexperiences; and become familiar withconcepts and practices of statistical dataanalysis.

HIM 505 Ethical, Legal and SocialAspects of Healthcare InformationSystems.75 creditEthical theories, current legal (regulatory)issues and social policies are studied anddiscussed through cases throughout the course.Although ethical, legal, and social issues areintegrated in several courses in this program,this course provides a deeper study of thesetopics. Professional organizations’ codes ofethics are presented and serve as referencepoints for study and discussion. The generalconcepts, issues and policies are studied andapplied in the context of case studies andcurrent events. The societal implications andcomplexity of developing secure, reliable,correct, and legally-compliant software, data-

418

Graduate Study

base systems, and data warehouses are centralto this course.

HIM/MPH 508 Health Care Systems andHealth Policy.75 creditThis is a core class for the master of science inhealth informatics management. The aim ofthis course is to explore the historical develop-ment of, and current issues within, the U.S.health care system and U.S. health policy. Byexamining major stakeholders (e.g., the govern-ment, managed care organizations, privateinsurance providers) and health polices—partic-ularly in regards to cost, quality, and access tocare—we will compare the strengths and weak-nesses of each, as well as their impact on indi-vidual patients and the health care system as awhole. We will analyze and critically assess theplanning, finance, organization, administration,and evaluation of health policy in relation tothe U.S. health care system.

HIM/MBA 509 Project Management.75 creditProject management teaches students the artand science of project management as appliedto a variety of business and technologysettings. Students will learn and practiceproject techniques that relate to the five phasesof project management-initiating, planning,executing, monitoring and controlling, andclosing projects. The program allows studentsto immediately practice course concepts invarious activities where they will create keyproject documents including a business case,project charter, scope statement, WBS, and aproject plan.

HIM 514 Decision Support Systems.75 creditAn introduction is given about the usage,design, implementation and deployment ofdecision support systems (DSSs) in the contextof several areas of health informatics, such asclinical medical settings, nursing, pharmacy,and healthcare management. Relevant tech-

niques of knowledge generation and represen-tation, machine learning concepts and algo-rithms (e.g. supervised and unsupervisedlearning techniques) along with the associatedmathematical and statistical models thatunderlie many DSSs are covered. Several typesof DSSs used in the above-mentioned healthinformatics fields and the application of formaltechniques are also examined. The social, legal(regulatory), and ethical issues connected withthe usage, design and deployment of DSSs arealso discussed throughout the course.

HIM/MDS 523 Data Warehousing.75 creditTopics include an integrated and detailedcomparison of relational, hierarchical, andnetwork data base systems. Database designand physical storage requirements, includingdistributed data-base design and relatedmanagement issues, are discussed. High-levelquery languages using artificial intelligencetechniques are reviewed along with othertopics such as database compression, encryp-tion and security.

HIM/CS 530 Database Systems .75 credit Concepts and applications of databases arediscussed. The student learns how to design,create and program using the relational data-base management system Microsoft SQLServer. Students consider data integrity andsecurity and learn to provide users with busi-ness queries, forms, and reports. In addition,the use of Microsoft's Visual Basic to create acustom front end to a back end database isintroduced.

HIM 599 Health Informatics Manage-ment Capstone.75 creditStudents complete a significant software-basedproject that utilizes databases and/or datawarehouses that integrates the HIM programoutcomes. The project can be built uponsmaller projects developed in the completed

419

Graduate Study

HIM courses and/or is directly relevant to anexternal health-care facility. The instructor orprogram director approves the project proposaland whether the project is completed in a teamor individually. Throughout the term of theCapstone offering, students provide milestoneproject deliverables. At the end of the course,students submit documentation, source code,information system test cases and give arequired final presentation.

Master of Science in NursingMary Oesterle, Director8.25 credits (33 semester hours)The Master of Science in Nursing (M.S.N.)prepares professional nurses for clinical lead-ership. In the M.S.N. program, studentselect an area of concentration as a ClinicalNurse Leader (CNL), Nurse Educator orNurse Administrator. The graduate of thisprogram is prepared to synthesize knowl-edge and demonstrate behaviors consistentwith advanced preparation in nursing. The Master of Science in Nursingprogram is accredited by the Commissionon Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)*. For mission, goals and philosophy of theDepartment of Nursing and HealthSciences, refer to the Nursing section of thisCatalog. The master’s program curriculum focuseson advanced roles in nursing and is designedto be consistent with current standards andpractice guidelines. Nurses returning forgraduate education are viewed as profes-sionals who take an active, self-directed rolein the learning process. Graduate nursingstudents are expected to think critically,maintain the highest ethical standards andvalue human diversity. The mission, purposes and curriculum

reflect the Essentials of Master’s Education inNursing (American Association of Colleges ofNursing, 2011), Competencies and CurricularExpectations for Clinical Nurse Leader Educa-tion and Practice (American Association ofColleges of Nursing, 2013), Core Competen-cies of Nurse Educators (National League forNursing, 2005), AONE Nurse ExecutiveCompetencies (American Organization ofNurse Executives, 2005) and the IllinoisNurse Practice Act (Illinois Department ofFinancial and Professional Regulation, 2007).

Purposes of the Master of Science inNursing Degree • Prepare graduates with advanced nursing

knowledge and skills for practice withindividuals and populations.

• Prepare graduates to assume clinical lead-ership roles in nursing.

• Provide the foundation for doctoral study.

Graduate Learning OutcomesUpon completion of the program, thestudent will be able to:• Synthesize liberal education and nursing

knowledge within a systems frameworkfor advanced nursing roles;

• Utilize critical thinking and decision-making skills for optimal individual andpopulation outcomes in advancednursing roles;

• Demonstrate professional values andstandards in ethical practice with indi-viduals and populations and to advancethe profession of nursing;

• Implement evidence-based practice inadvanced nursing roles with diversepopulations;

• Demonstrate accountability and professional development for informed,

*The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, One DuPont Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036,

(292) 887-6791

420

Graduate Study

reflective practice in advanced nursingroles;

• Analyze the organization, policy andfinancing of systems and their effect onindividuals and populations for optimaloutcomes;

• Utilize effective communication, inter-and intra-professional collaborative skillsand information technologies inadvanced nursing roles; and

• Demonstrate leadership within systems toplan change and promote qualityoutcomes for individuals and populations.

Admission Requirements• Official transcripts from all graduate and

undergraduate institutions attended;applicants for the M.S.N program musthold a bachelor’s degree in nursing froman accredited institution with a minimumcumulative GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0

• Successful completion of undergrad-uate/college-level courses in nursingresearch and statistics (statistics withinthe past five years or must demonstratecompetency)

• Current R.N. licensure in Illinois• Students in the MSN program are

expected to be employed as a licensedRegistered Professional Nurse in the U.S.International students must be eligible toobtain and maintain valid employmentauthorization from the United StatesCitizenship and Immigration Services(USCIS) following admission to theprogram.

• Recommendations from three peoplewho can attest to the applicant’s profes-sional and clinical nursing performance

• Goal statement: a one- to two-page essaydescribing personal and professionalgoals and how graduate nursing study at

Elmhurst College will enable achieve-ment of those goals

• A current resumé documenting theapplicant’s work history, including levelsof responsibility, areas of professionalgrowth and prior professional educa-tional experiences.

• Interview: an interview with the directorof the graduate nursing program ordesignated graduate program faculty.

• College-level oral and written communi-cation skills.

• Computer literacy (MS WORD, email,Internet skills).

Conditional, provisional and non-degreeadmission to graduate study in nursing arestated in the Student Handbook for the Masterof Science in Nursing Program.

Academic Standing and ProgressionPoliciesGraduate nursing students are accountablefor all standards and policies stated in theStudent Handbook for Master of Science inNursing Program.

Academic Standing To be in good academic standing, graduatenursing students must:• Complete all courses with a grade of C

or better• Earn no more than one C grade

Repeating a CourseA student may repeat one graduate nursingcourse no more than one time to remove agrade of C. A grade of A or B must beearned to remove a grade of C.

Dismissal from the Nursing Program forAcademic Reasons • A second grade of C will result in

dismissal from the graduate program andthe College.

• A grade of D or an F grade will result in

421

Graduate Study

dismissal from the graduate program andthe College.

Dismissal from the Nursing Program forFailure to Meet Professional Standards

See the Student Handbook for the Master ofScience in Nursing Program for the policy ondismissal for failure to meet professionalstandards.

Reinstatement Graduate nursing students who have beendismissed and wish to be considered forreadmission to graduate study at ElmhurstCollege must apply for readmission to theCollege and the graduate nursing program.See the Student Handbook for the Master ofScience in Nursing Program for the policy onreadmission.

Program Requirements /Options ofStudyThe Master of Science in Nursing degreeconsists of a set of core, advanced compe-tence and role concentration courses for atotal of 33 semester hours. The programoffers a choice of three areas of concentra-tion in Clinical Leadership in Nursing:Clinical Nurse Leader, Nurse Educator orNursing Administration.

Clinical Leadership in NursingArea of Concentration: Clinical NurseLeader8.25 credits (33 semester hours)This study option prepares the graduate fora leadership role at the point of care toachieve optimal clinical outcomes for indi-viduals and populations. Core coursesprovide the student with a framework forclinical leadership in an advanced role innursing. Advanced competence coursesprovide the foundation for the role of leaderin the care environment and in management

of outcomes. Concentration courses focuson knowledge and skills for leadership inclinical practice with interprofessionalteams. Clinical residency develops depth inpractice as a clinical leader in the care envi-ronment. Upon completion of this concen-tration, students will be eligible to sit forClinical Nurse Leader certification.

Graduate Nursing CoreNRS 501 Theories in Nursing and Clinical Leadership NRS 502 Health Care Systems: Organiza- tion, Policy and Finance NRS 503 Applied Research for Clinical Leadership NRS 504 Clinical Prevention and Population-Based Practice NRS 523 Clinical Leadership Role Development Advanced Competence NRS 521 Foundations for Advanced Clinical Role NRS 524 Practicum: Advanced Clinical Role* NRS 532 Technology for Health Care Education and PracticeNRS 538 Management of Clinical Outcomes

Role ConcentrationNRS 540 Residency: Clinical Leadership in the Care Environment* (1.50 credits; 6 semester hours)

Clinical Leadership in NursingArea of Concentration: Nurse Educator8.25 credits (33 semester hours )This study option prepares the graduate fora clinical leadership role as a nurseeducator in a variety of settings. Graduatesmay assume roles as clinical faculty inschools of nursing as well as nurse educa-

*Denotes clinical course

422

Graduate Study

tors in staff development and continuingeducation departments in health care agen-cies. Core courses provide the student witha framework for clinical leadership in anadvanced role in nursing. Advancedcompetency courses provide the foundationfor the role of leader in clinical care andmanagement of outcomes. Concentrationcourses focus on knowledge and skills incurriculum design, implementation andevaluation. A clinical residency with amaster teacher provides teaching experiencein academic and/or health care settings. Upon completion of this concentration,students will have met the educationalrequirements to be eligible to sit for theNational League for Nursing (NLN) Certi-fied Nurse Educator examination.

Graduate Nursing CoreNRS 501 Theories in Nursing and Clinical Leadership NRS 502 Health Care Systems: Organiza- tion, Policy and Finance NRS 503 Applied Research for Clinical Leadership NRS 504 Clinical Prevention and Popu- lation-Based Practice NRS 523 Clinical Leadership Role Development Advanced CompetenceNRS 521 Foundations for Advanced Clin- ical Role NRS 524 Practicum: Advanced Clinical Role* NRS 532 Technology for Health Care Education and PracticeNRS 538 Management of Clinical Outcomes

Role ConcentrationNRS 533 Curriculum Development and Evaluation for Nurse Educators

NRS 534 Residency: Clinical Leadership in Nursing Education*

Clinical Leadership in Nursing Area of Concentration: Nursing Administration8.25 credits (33 semester hours)This study option prepares the graduate fora leadership role in nursing administration.Core courses provide the student with aframework for clinical leadership in anadvanced role in nursing. Advance compe-tence courses provide the foundation forthe role of leader in administration ormanagement. Clinical residency developsdepth in practice as an administrator. Uponcompletion of this concentration, studentsmeet the academic requirements to beeligible to sit for a nurse administratorcertification examination.

Graduate Nursing CoreNRS 501 Theories in Nursing and Clinical Leadership NRS 502 Health Care Systems: Organiza- tion, Policy and Finance NRS 503 Applied Research for Clinical Leadership NRS 504 Clinical Prevention and Population-Based Practice NRS 523 Clinical Leadership Role Development Advanced CompetenceNRS 524 Practicum: Advanced Clinical Role* NRS 532 Technology for Health Care Education and PracticeNRS 535 Topics in Nursing Administration and Management NRS 538 Management of Clinical Outcomes


423

Graduate Study

ConcentrationNRS 536 Advanced Topics in Nursing Administration and Management NRS 537 Residency: Clinical Leadership in Nursing Administration*

Course SequencingStudents may complete the program in twoyears. Other sequencing options allow for upto four years for program completion. Mostcourses are offered in an eight-week format.Several courses are supplemented with anonline format to promote efficient timemanagement.


NRS 501 Theories in Nursing and Clinical Leadership.75 credit Establishes the framework for advanced nurs-ingand a clinical leadership role. Concepts, theoriesand principles from nursing and related disci-plines are examined from a systems perspective.The application of theory in ethical practice isexplored to promote optimal outcomes andclinical leadership.

NRS 502 Health Care Systems: Organi-zation, Policy and FinanceExamines the structure, function, and forcesthat shape U.S. and global health care deliverysystems. Current and emerging technologies tosupport safe practice environments which opti-mize patient safety, cost effectiveness andhealth outcomes for individuals and popula-tions are explored. Identifies policy decisionmaking in relation to advanced nursing role.This course provides essential content to exer-cise clinical leadership in inter-professionalteams in health care organizations and to advo-cate for individuals, diverse populations andthe discipline of nursing.

NRS 503 Applied Research for ClinicalLeadership .75 credit Provides the foundation for decision makingin advanced nursing and clinical leadership.Emphasis is placed on generating problem-focused questions that are relevant to practicewith populations. Skills and competencies ininformatics, research design and statisticalanalysis are enhanced. Systematic appraisal ofevidence and the application of evidence tofoster change and achieve optimal outcomesare addressed. The relationship of the role ofa clinical leader in evidence-based, ethicalpractice is examined. Prerequisites: undergrad-uate statistics (within the past five years or mustdemonstrate competency) and research courses.

NRS 504 Clinical Prevention and Population-Based Practice .75 credit Develops a population-based framework forhealth promotion and disease prevention.Epidemiological principles are examined.Concepts related to health and disease, burdenof illness, vulnerable populations and culturaldiversity are addressed. Population-based dataare analyzed. Application of evidence-basedmethods in clinical intervention with a selectpopulation is examined. Interprofessional prac-tice and ethical considerations in health careare explored. Prerequisites: undergraduate statis-tics (within the past five years or must demon-strate competency) and research courses.

NRS 521 Foundations for Advanced Clinical Role Provides the foundation for practice in anadvanced nursing role. Advanced knowledge ofhealth assessment, pathophysiology and phar-macotherapeutics to support clinical reasoning isdeveloped within an integrated learning model.The scope of content addresses culturally diverseclients across the lifespan, and includes bothdidactic and laboratory learning experiences.Competency in advanced history taking and


424

Graduate Study

physical examination skills is developed. Prereq-uisites: NRS 501, 502, 503, 504 and 523.

NRS 523 Clinical Leadership Role Development .50 creditExamines clinical leadership in an advancednursing role. Theories and skills to facilitate clin-ical leadership role development within complexsystems are analyzed. Differentiation of roles inthe health professions, certification and licensureare discussed. Professional role behaviors areexamined, including group/team skills, advocacy,accountability, change and ethical conduct.

NRS 524 Practicum: Advanced Clinical Role .75 credit Focuses on critical thinking and decision makingfor optimal outcomes with a select populationacross the care continuum. Evidence-based prac-tice and ethical considerations in care manage-ment are analyzed. Communication andcollaboration issues in a clinical leadership roleare explored. A practicum of 90 clinical hoursprovides the opportunity for application of andreflection on knowledge from core and selectadvanced competence courses. Prerequisite: NRS538, NRS 521 or NRS 535 (may be taken concur-rently).

NRS 532 Technology in Health CareEducation and PracticeBuilds on the theories and principles ofteaching/learning for an advanced nursing rolethat have been developed in the foundationalcourses. As an advanced competence course,emphasis is on knowledge and skills forteaching, learning and communication in tech-nology enabled environments. Focus includesmanagement of relevant data and use of infor-mation to support professional nurses and tocare for patients in multiple settings. Ethical andlegal issues related to information technologyare explored from the perspective of anadvanced nursing role.

NRS 533 Curriculum Development andEvaluation for Nurse Educators .75 credit Examines the relationship between curriculumdesign, course development and outcomes.Curriculum development, including mission,philosophy and stakeholders is explored fromthe perspective of the nurse educator role.Systematic processes for program assessment areexamined. Standards from external accredita-tion agencies and ethical and legal issues uniqueto education, evaluation and the profession ofnursing are discussed. Prerequisites: NRS 524,NRS 532, NRS 538 and consent of the programdirector.

NRS 534 Residency: Clinical Leadershipin Nursing Education .75 credit Designed as a capstone experience with oppor-tunities to synthesize the knowledge and skillsdeveloped throughout the program. Thestudent is mentored by a master teacher todevelop expertise in the nurse educator role in asetting that is an area of interest. Settingsinclude academic nursing programs, secondaryand tertiary health care agencies and commu-nity-based primary care organizations. Studentscomplete up to 180 clinical hours in this resi-dency. Seminar is structured to explore issuesand reflect on role implementation. Prerequi-sites: all core, advanced competence and concentra-tion courses and consent of the program director;NRS 533 may be taken concurrently.

NRS 535 Topics in Nursing Administration and Management .75 credit Focuses on the knowledge and skills needed bymid-level nurse administrators and managers,including health and public policy; legal risksand liabilities; standards of clinical practice;confidentiality and privacy; professional stan-dards and ethics; fiscal management and finan-cial outcomes; resource management; principlesof nursing workload; customer service; profes-

425

Graduate Study

sional practice environments and organizationalculture; communication principles; nursingresearch/scholarship; professional nursing prac-tice; and principles of leadership. Prerequisites:NRS 501, 502, 503, 504 and 523.

NRS 536 Advanced Topics in NursingAdministration and Management .75 credit Focuses on the knowledge and skills needed bymid-level nurse administrators and managers,including delivery of care issues related tohealthcare evaluation and outcomes measures;measurement of patient needs and outcomes;workflow design; performance improvement;environment of care and risk management;strategic visioning and planning; and manage-ment systems, processes and analysis. Prerequi-sites: NRS 524, NRS 535, NRS 538 and consentof program director.

NRS 537 Residency: Clinical Leadershipin Nursing Administration.75 credit Designed as a capstone experience with oppor-tunities to synthesize the knowledge and skillsdeveloped throughout the program. Residencyis a mentored experience with designatedpreceptors in sites consistent with the student’spractice interest and which support full imple-mentation of a clinical leadership role. Settingsinclude secondary and tertiary health careagencies and community based primary careorganizations. Students complete 180 clinicalhours in this residency. Seminar is structuredto explore issues and reflect on role implemen-tation. Prerequisites: All core, advanced compe-tence, and concentration courses and consent ofprogram director. NRS 536 may be concurrent.

NRS 538 Management of ClinicalOutcomes .75 credit Focuses on management of outcomes for individuals and populations. Health caresystems are analyzed at the point of care toanticipate client risk, identify patterns ofproblem occurrence, target areas in need of

intervention and examine cost. Skills are developed in micro-systems assessment and theuse of information systems and technology.Outcomes related to quality, risk and cost arereviewed in relationship to benchmarks.Recommendations for changes in practice foroptimal outcomes are explored. Prerequisites:NRS 501, 503, 504 and 523.

NRS 540 Residency: Clinical Leadershipin the Care Environment 1.50 creditsDesigned as a capstone experience with opportu-nities to synthesize the knowledge and skillsdeveloped throughout the program. Focuses onclinical leadership in providing lateral integrationof care at the point of care to promote optimaloutcomes. Residency is a mentored experience with designated preceptors in sitesconsistent with the student’s practice interest andwhich support full implementation of the clin-ical nurse leader role. Clinical nurse leader rolefunctions include client advocate, health profes-sional, team manager, information manager,system analyst/risk anticipator, clinician,outcomes manager and educator. Residentscomplete 360 clinical hours. Seminar is struc-tured to explore issues and reflect on role imple-mentation. Prerequisites: all core and advancedcompetence and consent of the program director.

RN–MSN OptionThe RN–MSN option is designed for regis-tered nurses (RNs) with baccalaureate degreesoutside nursing. This is an entry option tothe graduate program which places emphasison achievement of baccalaureate competen-cies. Select courses have been identified as thebridge to demonstration of baccalaureatecompetencies and preparation to progress tograduate-level courses in nursing.

Admission RequirementsAdmission requirements include all statedrequirements for the Master of Science in

426

Graduate Study

Nursing program, as well as some additionalrequirements for the entry option (denotedby asterisk). • Official transcripts from all undergrad-

uate and graduate institutions attended. • ADN Program: GPA 3.0 on a 4 point scale* • Baccalaureate Program (BA or BS):

GPA: 3.0 on a 4 point scale• Current RN license• Students in the MSN program are

expected to be employed as a licensedRegistered Professional Nurse in the U.S.International students must be eligible toobtain and maintain valid employmentauthorization from the United StatesCitizenship and Immigration Services(USCIS) following admission to theprogram.

• Clinical practice in last 2 years (1 yearfull-time equivalent)*

• Recommendations from three personswho can attest to the applicant’s profes-sional and clinical nursing performance;One must be from the applicant’scurrent clinical supervisor.*

• Goals statement: one to two page essaydescribing personal and professionalgoals and how graduate study atElmhurst College will enable achieve-ment of those goals.

• A current resume documenting theapplicant’s work history, including levelsof responsibilities, areas of professionalgrowth and prior professional educa-tional experiences.

• Interview: an interview with the graduateprogram director or designated graduateprogram faculty.

• College level oral and written communi-cation skills

• Computer literacy (MS WORD, email,Internet skills)

Prerequisite CoursesSuccessful completion of college levelcourses in the following areas: • Statistics (within the past 5 years or must

demonstrate competency) • Research• Health Assessment (or must demonstrate

competency)

Required Bridge Course NRS 320 Concepts of Professional Nursing Practice Successful completion with a grade of B orbetter is required to progress to MSN courses.Students who do not achieve this grade maycontinue in the RN-BS curriculum.

Post-Master’s Certificate:Nurse EducatorThe post-master’s certificate is designed toprovide nurses with a master’s or doctoraldegree in nursing with knowledge and skillsto be effective nurse educators. This programincludes didactic as well as clinical experi-ences to promote competency as an educatorin a variety of roles in academic or clinicalsettings. The three course sequence (9semester hours) is offered over January andSpring term and includes a clinical residency.The residency (up to 180 contact hours)includes a synthesis project and a structuredexperience to be mentored by a masterteacher in the student’s area of interest.Upon completion of the Post-Master’sCertificate, the student will have met theeducational requirements to be eligible to sitfor the National League for Nursing (NLN)Certified Nurse Educator examination.Additional NLN requirements related toteaching experience may be completed uponcompletion of the program.

427

Graduate Study

Admission Requirements• Master’s or higher degree in nursing• Official transcripts from master of

science or doctoral degree in nursingprogram

• Work experience in nursing within thepast five years

• Goal statement: a one- or two-page essaydescribing personal and professionalgoals and how the nurse educator certifi-cate at Elmhurst College will enable theachievement of those goals.

• A current resumé documenting theapplicant’s work history, including levelsof responsibility. areas of professionalgrowth and prior professional experience.

CurriculumOne unit of credit equals four semester hours.

NRS 532 Technology in Health CareEducation and PracticeBuilds on the theories and principles ofteaching/learning for an advanced nursing rolethat have been developed in the foundationalcourses. As an advanced competence course,emphasis is on knowledge and skills forteaching, learning and communication in tech-nology enabled environments. Focus includesmanagement of relevant data and use of infor-mation to support professional nurses and tocare for patients in multiple settings. Ethical andlegal issues related to information technologyare explored from the perspective of anadvanced nursing role.

NRS 533 Curriculum Development andEvaluation for Nurse Educators Examines the relationship between curriculumdesign, course development and outcomes.Curriculum development, including mission,philosophy and stakeholders is explored fromthe perspective of the nurse educator role.Systematic processes for program assessment areexamined. Standards from external accredita-tion agencies and ethical and legal issues unique

to education, evaluation and the profession ofnursing are discussed. Prerequisite: NRS 532and consent of the program director.

NRS 534 Residency: Clinical Leadershipin Nursing Education Designed as a capstone experience with oppor-tunities to synthesize the knowledge and skillsdeveloped throughout the program. Thestudent is mentored by a master teacher todevelop expertise in the nurse educator role in asetting that is an area of interest. Settingsinclude academic nursing programs, secondaryand tertiary health care agencies and commu-nity-based primary care organizations. Studentscomplete up to 180 clinical hours in this resi-dency. Seminar is structured to explore issuesand reflect on role implementation. Prerequi-sites: NRS 532 and consent of the programdirector; NRS 533 may be taken concurrently.

Post-Baccalaureate Certificate: Clinical Leadership in NursingThe post-baccalaureate certificate in clinicalleadership in nursing is designed to providenurses who have a baccalaureate degree innursing with advanced skills and competen-cies to provide leadership at the point of carein the clinical setting. Those completing thecertificate program will be prepared withadvanced knowledge of theory application,leadership concepts, evidence based practice,health care systems and management of clin-ical outcomes. The five-course sequence (14semester hours) may be completed in onecalendar year. Upon completion of the post-baccalaureate certificate courses, with a gradeof B or higher, students are eligible tomatriculate into the Master of Science inNursing program.

Admission RequirementsSee admission requirements for Master ofScience in Nursing Degree.

428

Graduate Study


NRS 501 Theories in Nursing and Clinical Leadership Establishes the framework for advancednursing and clinical leadership role. Concepts,theories and principles from nursing andrelated disciplines are examined from a systemsperspective. The application of theory inethical practice is explored to promote optimaloutcomes and clinical leadership.

NRS 502 Health Care Systems: Organization, Policy and Finance Examines the environment of health caresystems from an organizational and policyframework. Emphasis is placed on the role ofhealth care finance in shaping care deliverysystems and clinical practice. Select global,federal and local policy issues affecting nursingand health care systems are explored. Contentin this course provides an essential foundationto exercise clinical leadership in health organi-zations and to advocate for diverse populations.

NRS 503 Applied Research for ClinicalLeadership Provides the foundation for decision making inadvanced nursing and clinical leadership.Emphasis is placed on generating problemfocused questions that are relevant to practicewith populations. Skills and competencies ininformatics, research design and statisticalanalysis are enhanced. Systematic appraisal ofevidence and the application of evidence tofoster change and achieve optimal outcomesare addressed. The relationship of the role of aclinical leader in evidence-based, ethical prac-tice is examined. Prerequisites: undergraduatestatistics (within the past five years or demon-strate competency) and research courses.

NRS 523 Clinical Leadership Role Development Examines clinical leadership in an advancednursing role. Theories and skills to facilitateclinical leadership role development within

complex systems are analyzed. Differentiationof roles in the health professions, certificationand licensure are discussed. Professional rolebehaviors are examined, including group/teamskills, advocacy, accountability, change andethical conduct.

NRS 538 Management of ClinicalOutcomes Focuses on management of outcomes forindividuals and populations. Health caresystems are analyzed at the point of care toanticipate client risk, identify patterns ofproblem occurrence, target areas in need ofintervention and examine cost. Skills aredeveloped in microsystem assessment and inthe use of information systems and tech-nology. Outcomes related to quality, risk andcost are reviewed in relationship to bench-marks. Recommendations for changes inpractice for optimal outcomes are explored.Prerequisites: NRS 501, 503 and 523.

Master of Science in Nursing:Master’s Entry Program For non-nurses with a baccalaureate degree inanother fieldThe nursing master’s entry program is arigorous full-time program that is completedin two years. This program is conducted in ahybrid format consisting of on-campus andonline learning, with simulation laboratorytime and clinical time. Classes meet Mondaythrough Friday during the day, and eveningand weekend clinical hours may be required. Graduates will meet the competencies ofbaccalaureate education, attain eligibility forlicensure as a registered professional nurse,and achieve the Essentials of Masters Educa-tion for Advanced Practice Nursing (AmericanAssociation of Colleges of Nursing, 2011).It is designed to prepare graduates for the

429

Graduate Study

role of Clinical Nurse Leader (AmericanAssociation of Colleges of Nursing, 2013). The first year of study focuses on pre-nursing licensure courses, and during thesecond year, student’s transition into theclinical nurse leader role. The nursingmaster’s entry program heavily emphasizesthe use of collaboration and teamwork in ahealthcare setting. NOTE: It is expected that students inthe program are not currently employedduring their time of study.

Learning OutcomesThe graduate learning outcomes are those ofthe Master of Science in Nursing Program:• Synthesize liberal education and nursing

knowledge within a systems frameworkfor advanced nursing roles.

• Utilize critical thinking and decision-making skills for optimal individual andpopulation outcomes in advancednursing roles.

• Demonstrate professional values andstandards in ethical practice with indi-viduals and populations and to advancethe profession of nursing.

• Implement evidence-based practice inadvanced nursing roles with diversepopulations.

• Demonstrate accountability and profes-sional development for informed, reflec-tive practice in advanced nursing roles.

• Analyze the organization, policy andfinancing of systems and their effect onindividuals and populations for optimaloutcomes.

• Utilize effective communication, inter-and intra-disciplinary collaborative skillsand information technologies inadvanced nursing roles; and

• Demonstrate leadership within systems to

plan change and promote qualityoutcomes for individuals and populations.

PrerequisitesStudents who wish to complete the nursingmaster’s entry program should hold abaccalaureate degree in any field with aminimum GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0. Candidates for the nursing master’s entryprogram must have completed the followingprerequisites with a grade of C or better:• Anatomy and Physiology (2 semesters

with lab)• General Chemistry (laboratory course)• Microbiology (laboratory course)• At least one course in psychology or

sociologyApplicants must also have college-level oraland written communication skills andcomputer literacy (Microsoft Word, email,Internet skills).

Academic Standing and ProgressionPoliciesNursing Master’s Entry students are account-able for all standards and policies stated inthe Student Handbook for the Nursing MastersEntry Program. Other academic policies arethe same as the MSN program.

Course Sequence

Fall TermNME 501 Theories and Concepts for Advanced Nursing RoleNME 508 Foundation for Professional Nursing PracticeNME 520 Advanced Health AssessmentNME 521 Advanced Pathophysiology NME 522 Advanced Pharmacology Spring TermNME 500 Epidemiology/BiostatisticsNME 503 Research and Evidence-based Practice

430

Graduate Study

NME 504 CNL Role: Patient-centered Care, Quality and SafetyNME 509 Chronic Health Alterations Across the LifespanNME 510 Acute Health Alterations Across the Lifespan

Summer TermNME 513 Family Health NursingNME 514 Mental Health NursingNME 538 Management and Clinical Outcomes

Fall TermNME 502 Health Care System: Public Policy and FinanceNME 505 CNL Role: Teamwork, Communication and Conflict Management NME 512 Community Nursing and Population HealthNME 525 Informatics and Technology

Spring TermNME 523 Leadership in Systems/ OrganizationsNME 524 CNL Role: Transition to Advanced Professional Practice NME 540 Residency: Advanced Clinical Role


NME 500 Epidemiology and Biostatistics.75 creditExamines epidemiological and statistical knowl-edge and skills that are foundational for anadvanced nursing role. Concepts essential forevidenced based practice and clinical preven-tion and population health are addressed.

NME 501 Theories and Concepts forAdvanced Nursing Role .50 creditExamines the direct entry clinical nurse leaderthrough the framework of ethical professionalnursing practice and clinical leadership.

Concepts, theories, and principles from nursingand related disciplines are examined from asystems perspective. Differentiation of roles inhealth professions, including nursing education,certification, and licensure are discussed.

NME 502 Health Care System: PublicPolicy and Finance.75 creditExamines the essential knowledge for theadvanced role of clinical nurse leader to under-stand the organizational, policy and financialframework of the evolving health care systemin the United States. Emphasis is placed on theeconomic realities of health care finance inshaping care delivery systems and clinical prac-tice. Policy is examined at multiple levels andimpact on nursing and health care systems areexplored. Content in the course provides afoundation to exercise clinical leadership inhealth organizations and to advocate fordiverse populations. Prerequisite: NME 501.

NME 503 Research and Evidence-BasedPractice.75 creditProvides the foundation for evidence baseddecision making in the advanced role of clin-ical nurse leader. Knowledge of research designand essential competencies related to researchin professional nursing are developed. Retrievaland systematic appraisal of evidence and theapplication of evidence to foster change andachieve optimal outcomes in nursing practiceare addressed.

NME 504 CNL Role: Patient-CenteredCare, Quality and Safety.50 creditExamines the mandates to address issues ofquality and safety in health care delivery systems.Knowledge, skills and attitudes for the clinicalnurse leader role of provider and designer of directcare across the care continuum are the focus.Advocacy and accountability for safe, quality,patient centered care within standards of nursingpractice are stressed. Prerequisite: NME 501.

431

Graduate Study

NME 505 CNL Role: Teamwork,Communication and Conflict Management.50 creditExamines clinical nurse leader role in coordina-tion and evaluation of care, and managementof the care environment. Knowledge, skills andattitudes necessary for collaboration within thehealth care team are explored. Teamwork,communication, and conflict management arethe focus. Prerequisite: NME 501.

NME 508 Foundations for ProfessionalNursing Practice.50 credit; .25 credit lab; .25 credit clinicalExamines knowledge, skills and attitudes essen-tial to professional nursing practice with indi-viduals, families, and populations across thelifespan. Clinical reasoning skills for the profes-sional nursing role are developed using theconcepts of quality, safety, evidence-based prac-tice, and patient-centered care within thehealth-illness continuum. Ethical principles andsocial determinants of health are introduced asframework for professional nursing practice.Clinical practicum provides opportunity forapplication of these concepts as a provider ofcare in a variety of health care systems.

NME 509 Chronic Health AlterationsAcross the Lifespan .50 credit; .25 credit lab; .25 credit clinicalPatient centered nursing care for select chronichealth alterations is examined. The professionalroles of provider and designer of nursing careusing an evidence based approach are devel-oped. Clinical practicum builds on previousknowledge, skills and attitudes and providesopportunity for application of course conceptsin a variety of health care systems.

NME 510 Acute Health AlterationsAcross the Lifespan .50 credit; .25 credit lab; .25 credit clinicalPatient centered nursing care for select acutehealth alterations is examined. The professionalroles of provider and designer of nursing careusing an evidence based approach are devel-

oped. Clinical practicum builds on previousknowledge, skills and attitudes and providesopportunity for application of course conceptsin a variety of health care systems.

NME 511 Complex Health AlterationsAcross the Lifespan.50 credit lecture; .50 credit clinicalPatient centered nursing care for the manage-ment of clients with complex health problemsis addressed in a variety of settings. Selectedcomplex health alterations are used as thecontext within concepts of case management,care transition, and discharge planning. Clin-ical practicum builds on previous knowledge,skills and attitudes and provides opportunityfor application and synthesis of courseconcepts. Emphasis is on increasing leader-ship, collaboration in inter-professional teams,and ethical practice.

NME 512 Communication Nursing andPopulation Health .50 credit lecture; .50 credit clinicalIndividual, community and populationcentered care using the Clinical Prevention andPopulation Health Framework is addressed.Principles of teaching, learning and healthpromotion to design, implement and evaluatehealth education are examined. Clinicalpracticum builds on previous knowledge, skillsand attitudes and provides opportunity forapplication and synthesis of course concepts.Professional nursing roles of advocate, clinicalleader and educator within an interdisciplinarymodel are emphasized.

NME 513 Family Health Nursing.50 credit lecture; .50 credit clinicalPatient and family centered nursing care forselect conditions and health alterations specificto reproductive-age women, newborns, chil-dren, and families across the health-illnesscontinuum are examined. The professionalroles of provider and designer/ manager/coor-dinator of nursing care using an evidence basedapproach are developed. Clinical practicumbuilds on previous knowledge, skills and atti-

432

Graduate Study

tudes and provides opportunity for applicationand synthesis of course concepts in a variety ofhealth care systems.

NME 514 Mental Health Nursing.75 credit lecture; .25 credit clinicalPatient and family centered nursing care forselect psychiatric/mental health conditionsacross the health-illness continuum are exam-ined. The professional roles of provider anddesigner/manager/coordinator of nursing careusing an evidence based approach are devel-oped. Clinical practicum builds on previousknowledge, skills and attitudes and providesopportunity for application of course conceptsin a variety of health care systems. Clinicalpracticum builds on previous knowledge, skillsand attitudes and provides opportunity forapplication and synthesis of course concepts ina variety of health care systems.

NME 520 Advanced Health Assessment.50 credit lecture; .25 credit labFocuses on the knowledge that is foundationalfor clinical decision making in an advancednursing role. A systematic, patient-centeredapproach to health assessment across the lifespanis emphasized. Skills in interviewing, history-taking, and physical examination are developed.Lab experiences provide the opportunity todemonstrate advanced assessment skills.

NME 521 Advanced Pathophysiology.75 creditProvides the scientific foundation for practice inan advanced nursing role. Focuses on etiology,pathogenesis and clinical presentation ofcommon disease processes across the life span.This course provides the scientific rationale forclinical decision making and care management.

NME 522 Advanced Pharmacology.50 credit lecture; .25 credit seminarFocuses on major drug classifications,including indications, actions, interactions andside effects. Principles of pharmacokinetics andpharmacodynamics provide the foundation foran evidence-based, patient centered approach

to clinical decision making and care manage-ment across the lifespan. Additionally, thiscourse includes selected clinical applications ofadvanced pharmacology with related patho-physiology using a case study model.

NME 523 Leadership in Systems andOrganizations.75 creditFocuses on the leadership role of the profes-sional nurse as a clinical nurse leader. Roletransition is supported by examination of thefront -line clinical competencies of nursingleadership, clinical outcomes management, andcare environment management at themicrosystem level. Integration of systemstheory, change theory, leadership and manage-ment theories, and social responsibility inprofessional nursing practice are emphasized.Organizational, economic, regulatory andinterpersonal factors that impact nursing prac-tice are explored. Skills in coordination, dele-gation, management, and utilization ofresources are addressed. Students analyze essen-tial patient advocacy and education competen-cies to ensure delivery of quality care as aprofessional nurse.

NME 524 CNL Role: Transition toAdvanced Professional Practice.50 creditFocuses on transition of the graduate for entryinto the profession as a Clinical Nurse Leader(CNL). Emphasis is placed on clinicalreasoning and ethical principles needed forprofessional nursing practice. Structured toexamine preparation for NCLEX, CNL certifi-cation and CNL role implementation. Prereq-uisite: concurrent enrollment in NME 540.

NME 525 Informatics and Technology.75 creditFocuses on the relationship of informationsystems and management of data to delivery ofquality, cost effective, evidence based care.Knowledge and skills in informatics andhealthcare technology for effective communica-

433

Graduate Study

tion and coordination of care within the healthcare team are examined. Legal, ethical,economic and sociocultural factors that affectinformation technology are explored. Prerequi-site: NME 501.

NME 538 Management of ClinicalOutcomes.75 creditFocuses on management of outcomes for indi-viduals and populations. Health care systemsare analyzed at the point of care to anticipateclient risk, identify patterns of problem occur-rence, target areas in need of intervention andexamine cost. Skills are developed inmicrosystem assessment and the use of infor-mation systems and technology. Outcomesrelated to quality, risk, and cost are reviewed inrelationship to benchmarks. Recommenda-tions for changes in practice for optimaloutcomes are explored.

NME 540 Clinical Nurse Leader Residency 1.75 creditsDesigned as a capstone experience to synthe-size knowledge and skills of professionalnursing practice developed through theprogram and integration of the clinical nurseleader role. Focuses on clinical leadership inlateral integration of care at the point of careto promote optimal outcomes. Residency is aprecepted clinical immersion experience. Resi-dency supports implementation of clinicalnurse leader role functions including advocate,health professional, team manager, informationmanager, system analysis/risk anticipator, clini-cian, outcomes manager, and educator. Desig-nated clinical faculty maintain frequentcommunication with students and assumeresponsibility for assessment and evaluation ofstudent clinical experiences and competencies.Students complete 420 clinical hours. Prerequi-sites: all core and advanced competence courses,and consent of the program director.

Master of Science in SpecialEducation Approved for the State of Illinois LBS1

endorsement

Debra Meyer, DirectorLisa Burke, Program Coordinator8.50 credits (34 semester hours)This special education master’s program isdesigned for experienced teachers fromprekindergarten through high school withprofessional educator licenses in early child-hood, elementary, secondary, middle school,and K-12 specialty areas, including currentspecial educators. The coursework advances teachers’ prac-tice to enable them to provide research-basedspecial education services in their classroomsand schools. For teachers with the specialeducation licensure, the graduate courseworkrepresents advanced studies in special educa-tion assessment, characteristics, and methodsthat they completed for initial licensure. The program emphasizes advocacy andleadership within school communities and theprofession. Teachers are engaged as criticalthinkers in studying the current issues andpractices in the field of special education asthey apply best practices and develop innova-tive projects for their classrooms and schools. For teachers who are not already specialeducators, the program includes approvedcoursework for the State of Illinois LBS1endorsement, which may be added to theprofessional license after successful comple-tion of the Learning Behavior Specialist 1(LBS1, #155) exam. As part of degree requirements, all grad-uate students complete an action researchcapstone project as the final master’s thesis,which is focused on a special education topic.

434

Graduate Study

Program GoalsProgram students will:• Acquire skills for group facilitation and

collaboration with a variety of stake-holders, including the students in theirclassrooms.

• Participate in the development and eval-uation of evidence- and research-basedpractices through critical inquiry.

• Develop self-reflective and criticalthinking skills that promote innovativespecial education practice and learningusing a variety of perspectives.

Program FormatCourses are offered in the evening from6:00–8:30 p.m. during the Fall and Springterms, and in three-week formats during thesummer from mid-June through July. Allcourses are offered in hybrid format meetingalternately on campus and online. Graduatestudents may choose to enroll in two classeseach semester to complete the program in24 months of full-time study or take up tofour years to finish on a part-time schedule. Transfer credit may be used for up totwo elective courses requirements. Themaximum transfer credit of six semesterhours is not automatic and accepted coursesmust receive written approval, which will benoted on the transcript. Only coursescompleted prior to entering the programwill be considered for transfer credit. Graduate students enroll in a capstoneseminar during the final Fall or Spring Termprior to graduation. During this seminar,students complete and present their master’sprojects, which are focused on curriculumand instruction in special education.

Course OfferingsOne unit of credit equals four semesterhours. All courses are .75 credit (threesemester hours), unless otherwise noted.

Core Special Education CoursesMost courses do not have prerequisites andmay be completed in any order. Thefollowing six courses are required theM.S.Ed. in Special Education.

MTL 514 Characteristics of Learners withDisabilities This course is designed for teachers toexamine the development and the diverseeducational, physical, motor, communication,social-emotional, and cognitive needs ofstudents with disabilities. Research on andimplications for appropriate diagnosis, servicedelivery, and instructional methodology areexamined. Summer Term.

MTL 524 The Educational AssessmentProcess and Learners with Disabilities An advanced study of the educational assess-ment processes and strategies with a review oflegal provisions, regulations, and guidelines.Focus areas include the uses and limitations offormal and informal assessments, the adminis-tration and interpretation of informationobtained from both formal and informalmeasures, strategies for modifying and adaptingformal measures (local, state, and national), andthe Illinois Alternative Assessment Process.Summer Term.

MTL 532 Teaching and Learning in theDiverse ClassroomThis course provides a foundation for devel-oping instructional practices that classroomteachers may use to respond to the issues of the21st century. Teachers will examine the learningoutcomes of P-12 students with and withoutspecial needs in inclusive classrooms and thesocial issues faced by teachers, counselors, andadministrators. Additional focus aras willinclude topics such as professional collaboration,differentiated instruction, strategies for modi-fying and adapting instruction, cooperativelearning, problem-based learning, interdiscipli-nary instruction, and classroom applications ofthe theory of multiple intelligences.

435

Graduate Study

MTL 535 Curriculum and Instruction forLearners with High Incidence Disabilities This course offers an investigation of the specialmethodology, materials, and approaches forteaching students with mild to moderate disabili-ties in the academic curriculum (K-12). Educa-tional assessment strategies, components inindividualized education programs, and the designof such programs are also studied. Fall Term.

MTL 537 Curriculum and Instruction forLearners with Low Incidence Disabilities An advanced study of the assessment, curri-culum development and instruction in mean-ingful curriculum design including functionalacademics; critical life skills, and communica-tion, social and mobility areas. Authenticassessment strategies, components in individu-alized education programs, and the implemen-tation of functional curricula across settings isstudied. Spring Term.

MTL 542 Using School Law for Advocacyand Leadership In this course teachers will be introduced tothe laws and legal implications of court deci-sions affecting schools and professional educa-tors. Teachers will analyze and discussconstitutional law, case law, and legal issuesaffecting educational policy and practice.

Advocacy and Leadership CoursesTeachers choose two advocacy and leader-ship courses to complete the M.S.Ed. inSpecial Education from the followingchoices. These course descriptions are in theCatalog section for the M.Ed. in TeacherLeadership.MTL 521 Building Professional and

Community Relationships through Collaboration

MTL 528 Examining Issues and Trends inTeacher Leadership

MTL 536 Linking Assessment to LearningMTL 538 Improving School Climate and

Learning

MTL 544 Cross-cultural Studies in Teaching English Language Learners (Summer Term; this course is part of the ESL/Bilingual endorsement.)MTL 567 Advocating for Culturally- relevant Curriculum and InstructionMTL 596 Evaluating Diversity Issues in

Teaching and LearningMTL 597 Promoting Professional Development for School Improvement

Required Research Courses for the M.S.Ed.Teachers must complete the followingresearch courses as part of degree require-ments. All research projects are focused onspecial education.

MTL 513 Analyzing Reading FoundationsTeachers examine the history of reading fromthree perspectives: (a) reading from a historicalperspective, (b) understanding current readingresearch, and (c) the study of reading as itapplies to current classroom practice. There isan emphasis on reading research. Course topicsinclude pivotal research studies, student textsand teaching methods used at different pointsin time, and trends in our schools that have ledto some of the changes in how we teachreading. Teachers will focus on a facet ofreading research that will most directly informtheir own practices and impact studentoutcomes. Alternating Summer Term.

MTL 552 Using Research to ImprovePractice In this course, teachers will read, analyze, andsynthesize the research literature on teachingand learning to examine and transform theirfocus areas. Teachers will acquire skills for elec-tronically searching, selecting, and evaluatingthe most current research literatures. In addi-tion, they will develop the critical thinking andproblem-solving skills needed to answer profes-sional questions using the most valid and reli-able professional resources.

436

Graduate Study

MTL 591 Action Research A purpose of this course is to take the class-room practitioner from theory to practice.With professor supervision, teachers will learnhow to use action research methods as a meansof collecting data that can inform and improvepractice as well as be applied in their graduateresearch projects. Topics will reflect currenteducational issues and areas of research.

MTL 598 Seminar in Leadership, Innovation, and Critical Inquiry .25, .50 or .75 credit as needed to earn 8.50creditsThis seminar represents the culminating experi-ence for all teachers. This seminar is completedduring the final Fall or Spring term in theprogram to facilitate the completion of a finalmaster’s project in special education.

Master of Science in SupplyChain ManagementRoby Thomas, Director9.50 credits (38 semester hours)An integrated and collaborative supplychain strategy is increasingly being recog-nized as an imperative in order for busi-nesses to compete effectively in today’s neweconomy. Customers are demandingcustomization, higher quality products,responsiveness and reliability; the rapidlyexpanding globalization of operations andmarkets is changing the economic land-scape; information technology and elec-tronic commerce are revolutionizing the waybusinesses operate. Progressive firms arerecognizing that the future of competition isnot going to be between firms but betweensupply chains. In response, businesses arerebuilding around supply chain manage-ment (SCM) with visibility, velocity andvalue as the cornerstones of an integrated,process-oriented approach to procuring,

producing and delivering products andservices to customers.

Elmhurst College offers the Chicagoarea’s only graduate program in supply chainmanagement. This graduate program buildson the extensive experience as the onlyChicago-area provider of an undergraduatedegree program in logistics and transporta-tion management and draws strength fromthe location in one of the major transporta-tion and logistics hubs in the world. The graduate curriculum providesstudents with a comprehensive under-standing of the entire supply network. Thecurriculum emphasizes current theories andtheir applications, the latest industry prac-tices and the use of leading supply chainsoftware suites for supply chain planning. The program is targeted at industryprofessionals with three or more years ofgeneral or specialized business experiencewho already have completed a bachelor’sdegree. Undergraduate studies may notnecessarily be in logistics, transportation oreven business. Individuals with a BS inlogistics, business administration or relatedbusiness field could start directly into theprogram. Some applicants may require addi-tional foundation work that could beaccomplished in the six months or yearprior to the start-up of a cohort group. Thefoundation courses would be the basics inmarketing, finance, accounting, statisticsand economics. The exact number and typesof classes would be determined by thedirector of the program. Practical work experience, such as aninternship or practicum, is highly recom-mended for all students in the program whoare not currently employed. The purpose ofthe internship/practicum is to help the

437

Graduate Study

student become familiar with the applica-tions and practices in the field of study. Graduate students who have completedcourses in an Elmhurst College graduateprogram as non-degree students may beallowed to apply those courses to a graduateprogram in the Department of Businessupon acceptance as a degree-seeking studentand approval of the program director. Astudent cannot apply the same courses totwo different graduate degrees. Waivers andsubstitutions for undergraduate prerequisitecourses will be determined by the programdirector.

Learning GoalsIn the program, individuals will gain asound foundation in the technical knowl-edge necessary in the field of supply chainmanagement. In addition, students will alsodevelop the skills that are critical for today’sbusiness professional. All coursework main-tains a balance between current theory andpractical business application.

Specifically, the program is designed toprovide the individual with the opportunity to:• Develop a sound understanding of the

important role of supply chain manage-ment in today’s business environment;

• Become familiar with current supplychain management trends;

• Understand and apply the current supplychain theories, practices and conceptsutilizing case problems and problem-based learning situations;

• Learn to use and apply computer-basedsupply chain optimization toolsincluding the use of selected state of theart supply chain software suites currentlyused in business;

• Develop and utilize critical managementskills such as negotiations, working

effectively within a diverse business envi-ronment, ethical decision making anduse of information technology;

• Demonstrate the use of effective writtenand oral communications, criticalthinking, team building and presentationskills as applied to business problems;and

• Successfully complete a year-long teamresearch or case project concluding with a written and oral presentation of the find-ings.The program of study is designed to

meet the needs of the working adult studentseeking an advanced graduate degree insupply chain management. A candidate cancomplete the 22 different modules includinga final project in 21 months meeting onenight per week graduating with a total of 38semester hours. The program is designedutilizing the cohort model of instruction.Approximately twenty students per classbegin their study in the Fall Term every yearcompleting all coursework together duringthe next twenty-one months. This model ofinstruction requires that all courses must betaken in the defined sequence. Due to thenature of the cohort groups, any studentthat either fails or is forced to withdrawfrom a course will be asked to join anothergroup in the next year’s rotation.


SCM 510 Information Technology ToolsAn overview of computer-based optimiza-tion tools for supply chain planning anddecision making. Topics include the use ofspreadsheets and supply chain softwaresuites for various tasks within the supplychain such as resource requirement plan-ning, transportation service and cost

438

Graduate Study

analysis, supply chain network design,supply planning, demand planning andinventory planning.

SCM 511 Business StrategiesThe fundamentals and insights into howsupply chain management affects businessstrategies. A case study approach emphasizessupply chain management practices in anexpanding global economy. Topics include anoverview of quality, inventory management,logistics strategies, reverse logistics, procure-ment, e-commerce and customer service.

SCM 512 Outsource Decisions: Selectinga Third-Party Logistics Firm An overview of the decision-making practices,theories and concepts for effectivelyoutsourcing all or part of a firm’s supply chainfunctions. Topics include a discussion of thevarious outsourcing options, the developmentof a third-party selection process and creatingviable, effective commercial relationships.

SCM 513 Forecasting in the SupplyChainAn overview of the typical product, price, and demand forecasting techniques used ineffective and efficient distribution channelmanagement decision making. Course subjectsinclude the modeling process, the value andlimitations of the various forecasting methodsand evaluation of these techniques for solvingpractical supply chain problems.

SCM 520 Quality Process ManagementA study of current practice as it relates toquality improvement processes in themanagement of a firm’s distribution network.Topics include the value and costs associatedwith quality, the dimensions of quality, theapplication of practical statistical processcontrol (SPC) methods to supply chainprocesses, quality certification, establishmentof quality improvement programs and qualityimprovement reporting.

SCM 521 Inbound Logistics Strategies A survey and examination of the issuessurrounding the planning, implementation

and control of inbound procurementprocesses. Topics include strategies to supportsupplier programs, techniques/opportunitiesto improve inbound process flow, terms ofsales, defining key inbound processes andcontrol metrics.

SCM 530 Supplier Certification in theSupply ChainAn overview of the development/application ofsupplier certification concepts on the procure-ment process. Topics include locating supplysources, developing sound supplier relationships,monitoring and evaluating a supplier’s perfor-mance and supplier selection criteria such asquality, reliability, capability, financial stabilityand geographical considerations.

SCM 531 Manufacture Decisions A survey of issues involved in managingsupply and demand in the supply chainwithin a manufacturing context. The courseoverviews issues such as manufacture versusoutsource decisions, product design, processselection, facility decisions, and planningproduction and distribution. Topics includethe design of supply chain networks, theaggregate planning methodology, and themanagement of demand through price andpromotion manipulation.

SCM 532 Supply Chain Research andAnalysis Techniques An examination of the various research tech-niques and methodologies used in theanalysis, design and implementation of aneffective distribution network. An emphasisof this course, which uses the case studyapproach, is how to implement variousresearch strategies to solve supply chain prob-lems. Topics include methodologies forsystems design, customer service logisticsaudits and analysis of public policy related tosupply chain issues.

SCM 533 Global Logistics NetworksA survey of the impact of the emerging globalmarketplace on today’s business environment.In particular, this case study course will inte-

439

Graduate Study

grate the concepts, theories and evolvingpractices of global supply chains with today’smarketplace. Topics include internationalterms of sale, impact of e-commerce on globalstrategies, international transportationcarriers, documentation issues, global third-party providers and ethical considerations.

SCM 540 Inventory Strategies The course examines the role of inventoryand various strategies in managing inventoryin the supply chain. Topics include traditionalversus zero-based inventory approaches,controlling cycle inventory, the role and costof safety stock in managing uncertainty, opti-mizing product availability, shared risk issues,inventory velocity, stock-outs implications,sourcing strategies and inventory decision-making techniques and tools.

SCM 541 Warehouse Management Strategies An examination of the strategic nature andimportance of an effective warehouse networkin the supply chain. Topics include thechanging role of the warehousing function;value-added services; warehouse space needsforecasting; basic warehouse layout and designfactors; material handling design; the decisionto buy or lease warehouse space; and locationanalysis.

SCM 550 Transportation Management StrategiesA survey on the impact of transportationstrategies on supply chain decision making.The course emphasizes the planning, imple-mentation and control process of the finishedgoods movement. Topics include selection,assessment and measurement of carriers,pricing strategies for carrier and modal selec-tion, transportation contract development,role of private fleets and outsourcing trans-portation services.

SCM 551 Marketing and Supply Chain Networks An overview of the conceptual and practicalapplications of the physical flow of goods and

related distribution information in the supplychain. Topics include the interface ofmarketing strategies and logistics, the devel-opment of new/alternative distribution chan-nels, pricing policies and channel conflicts.

SCM 552 Benchmarking Metrics forSupply Chain Management An overview of the development and applica-tion of performance measures and bench-marking in the supply chain. Specifically, thecourse will examine the idea of how to estab-lish benchmarking techniques of specificsupply chain activities such as warehousing,transportation and inventory control. Topicsinclude the benefits and costs associated withbenchmarking, the benchmarking process,methods of establishing benchmark statistics,selecting benchmark candidates and the recal-ibration of the process.

SCM 553 Packaging Strategies The course will examine the contribution andinfluence that packaging decision-makingfactors have on the product’s value and distri-bution costs. Topics include such practicalapplication issues such as how the size, shapeand types of packaging influence supply chaindecisions regarding material handling equip-ment and warehouse design and the legal andenvironmental considerations of packaging.

SCM 560 E-Commerce and the Supply ChainAn investigation of the emerging role of elec-tronic commerce (e-commerce) and its impacton supply chain management decision-making. Topics include a brief history of e-commerce, e-commerce strategies includingbusiness to business and business toconsumers, development of effective supplychain networks for e-commerce, the future ofe-commerce and the implication of the distri-bution channel.

SCM 561 Customer RelationshipsAn overview of the development/impact ofcustomer service/relationship strategies oncost/service decisions in the distribution

440

Graduate Study

channel. Topics include the development ofcustomer satisfaction programs, methods ofestablishing customer service metrics,customer satisfaction as a corporate philos-ophy, and impediments to the implementationof effective customer satisfaction strategies.

SCM 570 Supply Chain SeminarThis capstone seminar course consolidates andintegrates the many different functions,concepts and decision-making practices withinthe supply chain. A case study approach helpsstudents understand the development, valueadding and important linkages in a distributionchannel. Topics include strategic alliances, busi-ness strategy implications, customer service andinnovation.

SCM 571 Supply Chain InformationSystemsAn overview and analysis of the various infor-mation management technology resourcesused in a firm’s supply chain. The course willexamine the various source data capture hard-ware, communication applications, databaseproducts, and planning tools used in today’sdecision-making within distribution systems.Topics include an overview of warehousemanagement systems, Enterprise ResourcePlanning, routing/dispatch software, ship-ment tracing and satellite tracking.

SCM 572 Reverse LogisticsAn overview of practices, theories andconcepts with the return flow of goods,services and information. Topics includehandling returns in an e-commerce environ-ment, return goods control methods andfreight claims prevention.

SCM 573 Managing Human ResourcesIssues in a Global Marketplace A survey of critical human resources issuessurrounding the hiring and training of quali-fied personnel in a global marketplace. Topicsinclude managing in a diverse work environ-ment, ADA, establishment of safe and effec-tive working conditions, legal issues in human

resource management and ethical/social issuesof outsourcing.

SCM 575 Final Project A final team project presentation and paperto demonstrate the integration of all aspectsof the program. Subjects will be developedand approved in cooperation with the cohort’sfaculty team.

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Advanced Placement HumanGeography CertificateJudith K. Bock, Director3.75 credits (15 semester hours)More than 113,000 students took the APHuman Geography exam in 2013 and it isestimated that there are 3,200 AP HumanGeography teachers nationwide. As morestudents take the AP Human Geographyexam, the demand for qualified teachers willincrease. Designed specifically for secondaryeducators, the AP Human GeographyCertificate Program (APHG) focuses onteaching spatial concepts as well as basicthemes, skills and perspectives of APHGand how to apply them in the classroom.In small, cohort-based classes, you’ll workwith experienced educators and profes-sionals—and receive your certificate in lessthan a year. The program is offered entirelyonline through the Elmhurst College OnlineCenter, providing the convenience teacherswant—and need.

Program Highlights• Provides secondary educators with a

lesson plan and turnkey exercises to usein their AP Human Geography class-rooms.

• Creates a national organized onlinelearning community to share and collab-

441

Graduate Study

orate on AP Human Geography teachingissues as well as spatial concepts acrossdisciplines.

• Applicants who complete all coursesincluding the capstone course areprovided with the opportunity to publishtheir lesson plans and/or exercises in TheGeography Teacher.

Students in the AP Human GeographyGraduate Certificate Program, who aremembers in the National Council forGeographic Education (NCGE) receive a10% discount on their tuition.

Program FormatOffered through the Elmhurst CollegeOnline Center, the program is fully onlinein 8-week sessions. This 5-course programcan be completed in less than one year.

Admission Requirements*To apply for admission, applicants mustpossess the following:• Baccalaureate degree from accredited

college or university• Certification in education**• Currently employed as a secondary

educator**• Currently teaching AP Human Geog-

raphy or desiring to teach AP HumanGeography in the future**

Program Tracks

Full CertificateApplicants who wish to complete all fivecourses to receive the APHG graduatecertificate.

APHG TrainedApplicants who have taught APHG for fiveor more years; APH 500 is waived. To receivethe graduate certificate, applicants must takean additional elective graduate course (to bedetermined with program director).

PartialApplicants who wish to take one or moreAPHG courses to receive graduate credit.Applicants will not receive the graduatecertificate.

Elective ParticipantApplicants from disciplines outside ofeducation who wish to take one or morecourses to receive graduate credit. Availablecoursework includes APH 501, APH 502,or APH 503 only. Designed for those whoare interested in applying spatial thinkingconcepts to any discipline.


APH 500 Teaching APHGDesigned as the gateway course to the graduatecertificate program and introduces the disci-pline of Human Geography to those new tothe teaching of AP Human Geography. Thiscourse is also beneficial as a refresher course tothose who may have taught AP Human Geog-raphy in the past. Pedagogical methodologiesas well as some technology are introduced toeducators who are teaching APHG or will beteaching it in the future. The program contentcorrelates directly with the College Boardcurriculum for AP Human Geography.

APH 501 Learning to Teach SpatialConcepts and ToolsIntroduces spatial concepts and thinking tothose who are new to teaching AP HumanGeography and/or other disciplines. Thiscourse is also beneficial as a refresher course tothose who may have taught AP Human Geog-raphy in the past. Pedagogical methodologies aswell as technological tools in spatial conceptsare introduced to educators who are teachingAPHG or will be teaching it in the future.

APH 502 Implementing Spatial Conceptsand Tools into the ClassroomUses the spatial concepts and thinking learnedin APH 501 to further implement the princi-

442

Graduate Study

ples into the classroom. Pedagogical method-ologies as well as technological tools in spatialconcepts are implemented into the classroomsetting to educators who are teaching APHGor will be teaching it in the future.

APH 503 Teaching Urban, Economic, andPopulation Geography IssuesThis course builds upon the spatial conceptsand thinking learned in APH 501 and APH502 to further expand to include the topicswhich are traditionally most challenging in theAP Human Geography curriculum (urban,economic, and population geography). Pedagog-ical methodologies as well as technological toolsin urban, economic, and population (demo-graphic) geography are implemented into theclassroom setting to educators who are teachingAPHG or will be teaching it in the future.

APH 504 APHG CapstoneDesigned as the final/capstone course in thegraduate certificate program and builds uponthe spatial concepts and thinking learned inprevious coursework to instruct participants onhow to incorporate all of the skills andconcepts into their own lesson plans and class-room materials. Course participants will workcollaboratively with a faculty advisor to write amanuscript which details their lesson plan andhow concepts will be incorporated into theirteaching and subsequently submitted to thepeer-reviewed journal, The Geography Teacher,for publication. Participants will select onefaculty member from the program as anadvisor/mentor to assist with the process.Expectation is for manuscript to be completedand ready for submission by the end of theeight weeks.

Elmhurst College reserves the right tomodify courses, schedules and programformat without advanced notice to students.

Application DevelopmentLinda Krause, DirectorThe graduate certificate in application devel-

opment utilizes the existing application devel-opment courses from the Master of Science inComputer Information Systems degree andincludes a project management and organiza-tional behavior course. Students who completethe five courses for credit will receive theApplication Development Graduate Certificateor may complete the additional five coursesrequired to complete the master’s degree incomputer information systems.

Required CoursesBUS 551 Organizational BehaviorCS 501 Windows Application DevelopmentCS 530 Database Systems and ProgrammingCS 550 Web DevelopmentMBA 508 Project Management To complete the master’s degree,students must also complete CS 504, CS511, CS 545, CS 570 and CS 575.


BUS 551 Organization BehaviorThis course examines human behavior inorganizations, using a "micro" level focus toexplore issues affecting individual behavior,interpersonal relations, groups, andorganizations. Coursework addresses thetheory and practice of organizational behavioras it relates to the individual and the organiza-tion itself. Students learn how to applyconcepts in the workplace and develop theirinterpersonal skills via group tasks and discus-sions. The course emphasizes organizationalbehavior, including motivation, leadership,effective communications, team dynamics,conflict-management, facilitation, problemsolving, decision making, diversity, culture,organization design, and change management.

CS 501 Windows Application ProgrammingEnvironment, programming and application ofMicrosoft's Visual Basic are discussed. Students

443

Graduate Study

use the latest version of Microsoft's Visual Basicto develop Windows-application programs.Class modules are introduced to promoteobject-oriented design. Techniques of databinding are discussed to allow seamless move-ment of data between GUIs (graphical userinterfaces) and databases.

CS 530 Database Systems and ProgrammingConcepts and applications of databases arediscussed. The student learns how to design,create and program using the relational data-base management system Microsoft SQLServer. Students consider data integrity andsecurity and learn to provide users with busi-ness queries, forms, and reports. In addition,the use of Microsoft's Visual Basic to create acustom front end to a back end database isintroduced.

CS 550 Web DevelopmentThe student learns how to program inappropriate Web-based languages (e.g.,HTML, JavaScript, CSS, ASP.NET andRESTful Web Services). As part of thisprogramming experience, the student istaught how to design and develop Web appli-cations that access data in the latest version ofMicrosoft's SQL Server using Microsoft'sVisual Basic. In addition, students discussdesign and development considerations, aswell as concepts and techniques for buildingmobile Web apps.

MBA 509 Project ManagementSee Master of Business Administrationprogram in this Catalog.

Data ScienceLinda Krause, Co-DirectorJim Kulich, Co-DirectorElmhurst College offers a graduate certifi-cate in data science, offered entirely onlinethrough the Elmhurst College OnlineCenter. Elmhurst’s graduate certificate in data

science uses five existing courses from themaster's in data science program. Studentswho complete the five courses for credit willreceive the graduate certificate in datascience, or they may complete an additionalfive courses to earn a master’s degree in datascience.

Course RequirementsMDS 523 Data WarehousingMDS 534 Data Mining and Business IntelligenceMDS 546 Quantitative MethodsMDS 549 Data Mining ProjectOne elective from any graduate program atElmhurst If a student chooses to complete themaster’s in data science, additional course-work will include MDS 535, MDS 556,MDS 564, MDS 576 and one additionalgraduate elective at Elmhurst.


MDS 523 Data WarehousingTopics include an integrated and detailedcomparison of relational, hierarchical, andnetwork data base systems. Database designand physical storage requirements, includingdistributed data-base design and relatedmanagement issues, are discussed. High-levelquery languages using artificial intelligencetechniques are reviewed along with othertopics such as database compression, encryp-tion and security.

MDS 534 Data Mining and BusinessIntelligenceBusiness intelligence represents a conceptualframework for decision support. It combinesanalytics, data warehouses, applications, andmethodologies to facilitate the transformation ofdata into meaningful and functional informa-tion. The major objective of business intelli-gence is to enhance the decision-making processat all levels of management. Data mining is a

444

Graduate Study

process that utilizes statistical analysis, proba-bility theory, mathematical modeling, artificialintelligence, and machine learning techniquesto extract useful information and subsequentknowledge from large data repositories,commonly referred to as “big data.” This courseexamines a number of emerging methodsproven to be of value in recognizing patternsand making predictions from an applicationsperspective. Students will be provided theopportunity for hands-on experimentationusing software and case studies.

MDS 546 Quantitative MethodsThe ability to move data along the continuumfrom information to insight to action requires astrong foundation of skills in various quantita-tive methods. This course begins with a system-atic and integrated overview of concepts fromprobability theory, statistics, and mathematicalmodeling such as probability distributions,cumulative probability distributions, descriptivestatistics, hypothesis testing, correlationanalysis, linear regression, multivariate regres-sion, and mathematical model design. Thecourse then proceeds to examine modern toolsfor conducting analyses using these quantitativemethods on both small scale and large scaledatasets. Case studies from a variety of settingsare used to develop students’ abilities tosuccessfully apply the techniques learned in thiscourse to practical circumstances that often,because of the ambiguities involved, presentlimitations to the power of these mathematicaltools. Topics from this course also provide thefoundation for some subjects covered in theanalytical methods course and the data miningand business intelligence course.

MDS 549 Data Mining ProjectEach student completes a project incorporatingthe practical application of several of theprogram's data mining techniques to one ormore data sets provided by the instructor. Inaddition to the correct use of the techniquesand interpretation of the results, emphasis isplaced on the student's ability to gauge the

resultant impact on the organization's businessintelligence processes and procedures. Prior tothe submission of the final project, studentssubmit a proposal describing the applicationand the data mining tools to be utilized.Elmhurst’s graduate certificate in entertainmentindustry provides students with a solid under-standing of the entertainment industry and keybusiness aspects of three primary sectors—sports marketing, music business and visualmedia (TV, film, Internet). Designed for indi-viduals with a passion for the entertainmentindustry and who wish to work in the field, theprogram prepares students to effectively manageentertainment business opportunities.

Entertainment IndustryTimothy Hays, DirectorStudents learn the fundamentals of today’sentertainment industry. They will interactwith industry professionals and gain valuablenetworking opportunities. And learn aboutconnections to employment in the field as itrelates to the three primary sectors. This part-time, hybrid programcombines on-campus and online learningand can be completed in one year. Gradu-ates of the program also have the opportu-nity to apply their coursework as an area ofspecialization in Elmhurst’s MBA program.

AdmissionApplicants must have a baccalaureate degreefrom a regionally accredited university/college.

Course SequenceStudents in the graduate certificate in enter-tainment industry program are required tosuccessfully complete five courses for a totalof 3.75 credits (15 semester hours).

Fall TermEI 500 Principles and Procedures in the Entertainment Industry (Fall A)EI 502 The Music Industry: Commerce and Content (Fall B)

445

Graduate Study

Spring TermEI 504 The Business of Visual Media: Commerce and Content (Spring A)EI 506 Sports Marketing: Commerce and Content (Spring B)

Summer TermEI 508 Business Models and Professional Connections in the Entertainment Industry


EI 500 Principles and Procedures in theEntertainment Industry.75 creditThis course will provide an introduction to thebusiness of the entertainment industry, withidentification and emphasis on the primarysectors: sports marketing, visual media of filmand television, and the music industry. A briefsurvey of the electronic media will show theimportance of radio, TV, and the internet asboth carriers and collaborators in the currententertainment industry. Each of the three iden-tified sectors of sports marketing, visual media,and the music industry will be surveyed toidentify the specific products sold, as well legalaspects which protect and license intellectualproperty in these sectors. Students will presenta research case study as a final project.

EI 502 The Music Industry: Commerceand Content.75 creditThis course will present salient aspects of themusic industry. Topics will include: anhistorical survey of the field; the musicindustry’s position within the context ofentertainment and media; the five sectors ofthe industry; legal issues, including intellec-tual property rights and licensing thereof; therecord business; the music products field; andvenue/concert management concepts. Prereq-uisite: EI 500.

EI 504 The Business of Visual Media:Commerce and Content.75 creditThis course will present salient aspects of thebusiness aspects of the field of visual media,including film, television, and the internet.Topics will include: a brief historical survey ofthe field; the industry of visual media position’swithin the context of the larger entertainmentindustry and relationships with other elec-tronic mediums; the various formats of visualmedia; the production sequence; legal issues,including intellectual property rights andlicensing thereof; distribution models andproject financing. Prerequisite: EI 500.

EI 506 Sports Marketing: Commerce andContent.75 creditThis course will present salient aspects of thesports marketing business. Topics will include:an historical survey of the field; the position ofsports marketing within the context of the largerfield of entertainment and media; the fourdomains of the industry; legal issues, includingintellectual property rights for logos, endorse-ment deals, and licensing thereof; and sponsor-ship concepts. Traditional marketing conceptswill be addressed in context: the four Ps, targetmarketing, distribution strategies, building abrand, and others. Prerequisite: EI 500.

EI 508 Business Models and ProfessionalConnections in the EntertainmentIndustry.75 creditThis course will study successful businessmodels in the entertainment field, and examinein specific, example companies in the threesectors as identified. In an effort to givestudents knowledge of important aspects ofentertainment industry careers tracks, profes-sional associations germane to each of thesesectors will be surveyed. A number of theseassociations have conferences where importantcontacts are made, and where educational semi-nars are presented. Such seminars are necessary

446

Graduate Study

for life-long learning in a given field. To besuccessful in this given field, students needmore than content and understanding of thatfield’s workings, they need to be acculturatedinto that field. This course will provide sometools for this acculturation process. Prerequisites:EI 500, EI 502, EI 504 and EI 506.

Health Education EndorsementDesigned specifically for licensed teachers

Michael Savage, DirectorElmhurst College's graduate certificateprogram in health education will prepareteachers to teach health classes. They willdevelop the skills to help their studentsunderstand the building blocks of healthand wellness. The program will prepareteachers to take the Health Content AreaExam, which leads to a health educationendorsement.

Program GoalsStudents enrolled in this program will:• Learn the fundamental principles and

concepts of curriculum development tocomprehensive school health education.

• Learn how to apply the basic concepts ofnutrition.

• Learn how to apply the basic concepts ofwellness/health, fitness/sport and lifestylemanagement.

• Develop a broader view of sexual healtheducation.

• Gain expert knowledge about health careavailable to individuals and communities.

• Develop a broader view of societal influ-ences on and implications of drug use,abuse and treatment.

• Develop a greater understanding of thepolitics affecting public health policyand how to plan appropriate communityhealth programs.

AdmissionApplicants for Elmhurst College's graduatecertificate program in health education musthold a bachelor’s degree and an Illinoisprofessional educator license. It is notrequired that teachers currently hold ateaching position. Transfer credit may be used for up tofour courses. Transfer courses earned morethan ten years ago will not be accepted. Atleast half of the program's courses must becompleted at Elmhurst College with at least12 semester hours completed at the graduatelevel.

Program FormatThe graduate certificate in health educationis a part-time program that can becompleted in less than two years. All coursesare offered in a hybrid format combiningon-campus and online learning. Students may enroll in up to two coursesper term and may start the program in theSummer, Fall or Spring term. Courses arenot sequential, so the number of coursesand order in which you complete yourcoursework is up to you. The graduate certificate program inhealth education also meets the practicalneeds of teachers. This part-time program isoffered in a hybrid format, combining on-campus and online learning, and can becompleted in less than two years.

CurriculumStudents in the graduate certificate programin health education at Elmhurst are requiredto successfully complete 8 courses for a totalof 6.25 credits (25 semester hours).

Required CoursesKIN 500 Personal Health and WellnessKIN 506 Sports and Fitness Nutrition

447

Graduate Study

KIN 530 School Health Curriculum DevelopmentKIN 546 Sexual Health EducationKIN 550 Drugs in American SocietyKIN 560 Advanced Concepts in HealthMPH 551 Community HealthMPH 520 Public Health Policy


KIN 500 Personal Health and Wellness .75 creditThis course focuses on behaviors that enhancepersonal health and wellness. Emphasis isplaced on self-analysis and personal responsi-bility in selecting a holistic approach tooptimal health and vitality. Offered online.

KIN 506 Sports and Fitness Nutrition .75 creditThis course is designed to provide students anintroduction to the basic concepts of nutrition,nutrients, and their functions and interrela-tionships. Focuses on understanding thespecific role of energy and nutrients in fitnessand athletic performance. Emphasis on thecorrelation between good nutrition andoptimum well-being throughout the life cycle.Additional topics include the role of fluid andelectrolytes, ergogenic aids and special diets inphysical activity.

KIN 530 School Health CurriculumDevelopment .75 creditThe purpose of this course is to providestudents with critical information for thepurpose of planning, implementing and evalu-ating a comprehensive school health program.We will study the comprehensive school healthmodels. School health instruction, schoolhealth services and maintenance of a healthyschool environment will be analyzed. Studentswill use problem-solving skills to addresscurrent health issues pertaining to school-agechildren. Offered online.

KIN 546 Sexual Health Education .75 creditThis course presents the cognitive and affectiveaspects of sexual health education. Philosophiesof sexual health education, evidence-basedsexual health education curricula, statemandates, National Health Education Stan-dards and National Sexuality Education Stan-dards will be incorporated. Students willexamine international sexual health educationpolicies, practice teaching sexual health lessons,and develop valuable suggestions to addresscontroversy around sexual health educationshould it arise. This course is designed toprepare working professionals to teach sexualhealth education. As such, content based onthe National Sexuality Education Standardswill be the foundation for the course.

KIN 550 Drugs in American Society .75 creditThe purpose of this course is to present scien-tifically based, accurate information to teachersregarding drug use and abuse in Americansociety. This is a survey course intended for ageneral audience (including in-service teachers)with diverse interests in the social phenom-enon of drug use and abuse. Topics include ahistorical perspective of the history of druglaws and drug use in the United States, thepharmacology of drugs and their impact onindividuals, theories of drug use and abuse(i.e., “why and how” drug use affects individ-uals), drug use and abuse among special popu-lations (e.g., adolescents, athletes), treatmentmodels, and the ethical, economic, political,social and legal issues that impact or areimpacted by drug use and abuse in the UnitedStates. Offered online.

KIN 560 Advanced Concepts in Health .75 creditThe purpose of this course is to present scien-tifically based, accurate and information toteachers to enable them to involve students intaking responsibility for their health and well-

448

Graduate Study

being, and to instill a sense of competence andpersonal power in their students. We willprovide information to students about topicsand issues, including exercise, stress, nutrition,weight management, health-related issues (e.g.,HIV/AIDS, climate change, human healtheffects and affordable health care). Studentswill be offered guidelines and tools to assistyoung people to make positive decisions abouttheir lifelong health behaviors. Offered online.

MPH 520 Public Health Policy and Politics .75 creditThis course provides an introduction to thestructures, institutions and processes of theU.S. government at the federal and state levels,their interrelationships, and roles in shapingpublic health policy. Offered online.

MPH 551 Community Health Programming This course introduces philosophies, principlesand methods for promoting health, andaddresses the development of effective healthpromotion and health education programs.Health educator competencies and programplanning tools will be applied to coursecontent. Offered online.

Human Resources ManagementHarold Dahlstrand, Director5.00 creditsThe Department of Business offers a grad-uate certificate in Human ResourcesManagement (HRM) beginning Spring2015. Human resources management isundergoing tremendous change in the 21stcentury—moving from a job function thathas been considered transactional anddisconnected from core business issues to avital function. HRM is essential for helpingorganizations transform a firm’s goals andkey objectives from planning to the effectiveimplementation to successful results.

Global volatility, ethical scrutiny, corpo-rate sustainability, emerging web-based tech-nologies and the need for organizations tomeasure and access the value of humancapital activities are just some of these newbusiness challenges that face companiestoday. Human resources management prac-titioners in these organizations must:• Be global business partners as well as

innovators, including fluency in finance,economics and various other businessprocesses;

• Utilize human capital managementstrategies, including the use of databases,statistical models and analytical skillsthat help drive key business objectives;

• Embrace diversity and inclusion manage-ment as a tool for innovation andcontinuous improvements;

• Develop specialized knowledge in suchareas as training and labor relations asmore general practices (payroll and bene-fits, for example) become automated oroutsourced and

• Obtain the critical skills of the businesssuch as critical thinking and problemsolving that today’s organizations needmost.

The curriculum includes both the theo-ries of management and their practicalapplication in the HR field. Sound adminis-trative skills, critical thinking skills, andleadership in HRM are at the core of theprogram. The certificate in HRM not onlyaddresses professional technical competencebut the role of professional ethics that isrequired. The curriculum is flexible so astudent could continue with their profes-sional growth by adding the MBA businesscore classes to receive a master’s degree witha concentration in human resourcesmanagement.

449

Graduate Study

RequirementsThe certificate requires five courses plus areview course. The professional certificationreview course will be taught with materialsupplied through Society for HumanResource Management (SHRM). HRM 500 Strategic/Global Management of Human ResourcesHRM 501 Talent Acquisition and DevelopmentHRM 502 Employee and Labor Relations, Law and HistoryHRM 503 Organizational BehaviorHRM 504 Compensation and Benefits HRM 505 Review Course for SHRM Certification


HRM 500 Strategic/Global Managementof Human ResourcesThis course provides students an opportunity todemonstrate the practical knowledge and skills,acquired through their course of study, that arerequired for professional practice in HumanResource Management (HRM). This classsurveys contemporary techniques for managing astrategically oriented human resources function.Topics include planning, staffing, rewarding,developing, and maintaining organizations, jobsand people.

HRM 501 Talent Acquisition and DevelopmentThis course covers the processes an organiza-tion uses to plan and recruit so that there willbe adequate human resources. The stepsdescribed are linking business strategies tofuture needs, forecasting labor demand andsupply, determining in what positions therewill exist a labor shortage or surplus, settinggoals regarding future human resource needs,and identifying strategies to solve the problemsof shortages and/or surpluses. The ability torecruit successfully is described as depending

upon personnel policies such as job posting (aninternal strategy), level of pay in comparison tothe market, and the extent of job security.Students will study the sources for recruiting aswell as the use of yield ratios and costs to eval-uate the effectiveness of sources. Lastly, the roleof the recruiter and how to enhance his or herimpact on the candidate is presented.

HRM 502 Employee and Labor Relations,Law and HistoryThis course evaluates the current environmentof employee and labor relations. Students willcompare and distinguish the differencesbetween employee relations and labor relationsenvironments. Topics such as handbooks versuscontracts, employee discipline versus grievanceprocedures, and workplace compliance laws,such as ADA, FMLA, sexual harassment, andthe Civil Rights Act are discussed. Studentswill study unions, the decline of unions,labor/management relations and the future ofunion/management relations.

HRM 503/MBA 551 OrganizationalBehaviorThis course examines a variety of approachesto performance management. It will beginwith a model of the performance-managementprocess that examines each of the student’sorganizations and their company’s PerformanceManagement Systems. This course is designedto improve your people management skills byproviding information that will enhance yourunderstanding of people, their psychology andtheir behavior in the workplace. Organiza-tional Behavior (OB) concepts and theorieswill help students identify problems and deter-mine how to solve them, thus increasingemployee productivity and improving organi-zational effectiveness.

HRM 504 Compensation and Benefits This course is an in-depth examination of payand benefit theories and practices. The courseanalyzes job evaluation techniques, salarysurveys, individual and group performance-based pay, as well as insurance and pension

450

Graduate Study

plan administration. Included will be thenature of the pay structure and its componentparts, the pay level, and the job structure.Equity theory is discussed relative to internaland external comparisons that employees makeabout their pay.

HRM 505 Review for SHRM Certification CourseThe curriculum, along with this review course,will prepare the student for the Society forHuman Resource Management (SHRM) certi-fication. The curriculum, along with thisreview course, will prepare the student for theSociety for Human Resource Management(SHRM) certification. This exam preparationcourse covers the six subject areas required forthe accreditation: business management andstrategy; workforce planning and employment;human resource development; compensationand benefits; employee and labor relations; andrisk management. This certification is notrequired for working in the HRM field butwill be a value added qualification when indi-viduals apply for a position.

Market ResearchSherry Smoak, DirectorThis graduate certificate program in marketresearch is a college credit, non-degree,graduate certificate program. However, thesefour eight-week courses can be appliedtoward the master of market research if thestudent desires during the course of thecertificate program or upon completion.The program is designed to be completed intwo terms. It uses the first four existingcourses from the master of market researchprogram. The graduate certificate in marketresearch can be completed entirely onlinethrough the Elmhurst College OnlineCenter or may be completed throughcourses in the evening, on campus.Successful completion of the program resultsin a market research certificate.

Students will learn innovative strategiesand skills necessary to effectively addressmarketing challenges faced by businessestoday. Qualitative and quantitative researchapproaches will be studied along with theirapplication and analysis; additionally howthis information can be applied from astrategic perspective will also be incorpo-rated. Students also get to apply theirknowledge through a real-life clientmarketing problem to offer a real-worldsolution through the D.K. Hardin Centerfor Market Research, in order to advancetheir skills to become marketing profes-sionals sought after in the field. The program is available to students whohold an undergraduate degree in marketingor a related field from a regionally accred-ited institution. Although students don’tneed a major in marketing, they will need tocomplete some undergraduate coursesbefore beginning the program: a basicmarketing and statistics course. Prerequisitescan be met as part of the student’s under-graduate coursework or transferred fromanother college or university. If a studentchooses to complete the master of marketresearch, additional coursework will includeMMR 587, MMR 588, MMR 589, MMR590 and three graduate level electives. This program is accredited by theCommission on Institutions of HigherEducation of the North Central Association,which accredits all graduate programs atElmhurst College.

Learning Outcomes• Learn a solutions-oriented approach to

problem solving in marketing;• Gain an understanding of the relevance

of ethics in decision making specificallyfocused on market research;

• Learn how to use current business and

451

Graduate Study

analytical tools for decision making inthe business world from a researchcontext;

• Develop and implement innovativeresearch solutions for real-world prob-lems with actual clients.

Format

Fall TermMMR 583 Principles of Market Research with Strategic Application(Fall A)MMR 584 Use of Social and Digital Media in Research (Fall B)

Spring TermMMR 585 Marketing Strategy and Research Practicum, Part 1 (Spring A) MMR 586 Marketing Strategy and Research Practicum, Part 2 (Spring B) Software: Students will learn to use SPSSsoftware and apply to client situation as partof MMR 586.


MMR 583 Principles of Market Researchwith Strategic ApplicationAn overview of marketing research focusing onthe marketing research key concepts and toolsin the field. The use of primary and secondarydata as well as qualitative and quantitativeapproaches from a strategic, decision-makingperspective are covered. The course will coverthe relevance of customer relationshipmarketing, consumer insight as well as datacollection methods.

MMR 584 Use of Social and DigitalMedia in ResearchAn in-depth look at the use of social anddigital media and its application in marketingresearch to drive decision making. Emphasis isplaced on appropriate application ofsocial/digital media and data collectionmethods. Understanding and applyingsecondary data within business needs will alsobe stressed.

MMR 585 Marketing Strategy andResearch Practicum, Part 1Course will meet with an actual client to solvea strategic business challenge and marketingresearch need. Students will apply knowledgefrom MBA 583, and MBA 584 to determinemanagement issues, identify researchapproach, and develop the survey instrumentwith a focus on data needs. Strong emphasison project and client relationship managementis also core to this practicum. Prerequisites:MMR 583, MMR 584.

MMR 586 Marketing Strategy andResearch Practicum, Part 2Students will meet with an actual client tosolve a strategic business challenge andmarketing research need. Students will applyknowledge from MBA 583, MBA 584 andMBA 585 to determine management issues,identify research approach, and develop surveyinstrument with a focus on data needs. Strongemphasis on project and client relationshipmanagement is also core to this practicum.This course includes the use of SPSS softwarein the analysis of data and finally a presenta-tion and report are developed and presented tothe client with recommendations for next stepsbased on the research findings. Prerequisites:MMR 583, MMR 584, MMR 585.

Advanced Certificate in MarketResearchSherry Smoak, DirectorThis program is an advanced certificate inmarket research designed for more experi-enced marketing professionals. This programsupports a more in-depth look at key areasof market research for professionals thatwant to learn advanced strategies and tacticsin market research. This graduate certificateis offered entirely online through theElmhurst College Online Center. Thisprogram is designed to be completed in twoterms via four eight-week courses. Successful

452

Graduate Study

completion of the program results in amarket research certificate. Students will learn innovative strategiesand skills relevant in the market researchfield today. A focus on sampling, theresearch process, and data management arekey to this program. It will allow researchersin the field to dig deeper into these areasrich in challenge and strategy. Students alsoget to apply their knowledge through a real-life marketing problem to offer a real-worldsolution through the D.K. Hardin Centerfor Market Research, in order to advancetheir knowledge and skills allowing them toachieve even more in their careers. The program is best suited for thoseworking in marketing research, marketingor related fields. Prerequisites include aminimum of basic statistics and marketingcourses. If a student chooses to complete themaster of market research, additionalcoursework will include MMR 583, MMR584, MMR 585 and MMR 586 and twograduate level electives. This program is accredited by theCommission on Institutions of HigherEducation of the North Central Association,which accredits all graduate programs atElmhurst College.

Learning Outcomes• An understanding of a body of knowl-

edge and its application to marketingproblem solving and application;

• The analytical tools for decision makingin a business world of complexmarketing issues and problems;

• The organizational skills for the effectiveimplementation of market researchprograms in the context of the organiza-tion;

• The skills of leadership, teamwork, andsupervision;

• Skills of effective oral and writtencommunication, presentation, and crit-ical thinking;

• A deeper understanding of technology asa tool of effective research and analysis;

• The capability to apply advanced quanti-tative methods effectively throughout theresearch process, when necessary for asolutions-oriented approach; and

• Gain a more in-depth understanding ofethical issues facing researchers today

Format

Fall TermMMR 587 Managing the Research Process (Fall A)MMR 588 Sampling Techniques for the Advanced Researcher (Fall B)

Spring TermMMR 589 Data Management and Mining in Research (Spring A)One graduate-level elective (Spring B)


MMR 587 Managing the ResearchProcess (Also known as project managementfor researchers) The aspects of project management are developedin this course, through the use of readings, expe-riential exercises, role playing and case studies.This course will provide the skills to move profes-sional researchers from highly focused researchareas into broader research management. Prereq-uisites: MMR 583, MMR 584.

MMR 588 Sampling Techniques for theAdvanced ResearcherThis course is relevant for the advancedresearcher as it delves more deeply into the roleof sampling in the research process. Thiscourse utilizes applied statistical methods, butdiffers from most statistical methods courses inthat it focuses on the role of data collectionand design for the researcher. The courseexamines problem situations of applying

453

Graduate Study

sampling methods to consumer populations.At a moderately advanced statistical level, thiscourse will provide insight for the researcherthat wants a deeper understanding of thesampling approach.

MMR 589 Data Management and Miningin the Research ProcessThis course is relevant for the advancedresearcher as it will provide insights intobroader data exploration that will help withbusiness/research problem solving. Also, it willprovide actionable insights such as classifica-tion, prediction and reduction of data. Thecombination of exploration along with themore tactical aspects will allow the students tolearn to develop skills around decision making,providing a deeper understanding of client'ssecondary data in order to guide/direct a well-rounded research study.

Network AdministrationLinda Krause, DirectorThe graduate certificate in network adminis-tration utilizes the existing network adminis-tration courses from the Master of Science inComputer Information Systems degree andincludes a project management and organiza-tional behavior course. Students whocomplete the five courses for credit willreceive the Network Administration Grad-uate Certificate or may complete the addi-tional five courses required to complete themaster’s degree in computer informationsystems.

Required CoursesCS 504 Computer Network ConceptsCS 511 Local Area NetworksCS 545 Wide Area NetworksCS 570 Internetworking TechnologiesMBA 508 Project Management To complete the master’s degree,students must also complete BUS 551, CS501, CS 530, CS 550 and CS 575.


CS 504 Computer Network ConceptsThis course discusses network architecture,components, protocols, design and topologyand transmission media. Included in thisdiscussion are the topics of data communica-tion fundamentals, TCP/IP, OSI Layers, gate-ways, bridges, routers, domains, packets,datagrams as well as transmission media andrelated network concepts.

CS 511 Local Area NetworksThe architecture, components, design andinstallation of local area networks (LANs) arediscussed. Included in the discussion are thetopics of DNS, DHCP, Active Directory, fileand print sharing, data storage, WINS, IIS,backup and VPN. Administering networksusing a network operating system such asWindows Server is also discussed.

CS 545 Wide Area NetworksThis course discusses the concepts, architecture,topologies, applications and security of widearea networks (WANs). Data communicationconcepts applied in wide-area networks, as well as transmission media, protocols, installa-tion and components of WANs are presented.Practical information on how to set up Linux-based Intranet/Internet Services (e.g., DNS,SMTP, Apache Web Server, etc.) is also given.

CS 570 Internetworking TechnologiesThis course discusses the fundamental technologies such as the industry, productsand procedures involved in creating andadministering internetworks. Various networktechnologies designed to be interconnected byrouters, switches and other networkingdevices to create an internetwork are alsodiscussed. Included are topics such as routingmodels, design and implementation of inter-networking with TCP/IP, and IPX/SPX usingCisco Internetworking Operating Systems(IOS) and Cisco routers.

454

Graduate Study

MBA 509 Project ManagementSee Master of Business Administrationprogram in this Catalog.

Project ManagementBruce D. Fischer, DirectorElmhurst's graduate certificate in projectmanagement uses four existing courses fromthe master of project management program.Students who complete the four courses forcredit will receive the graduate certificate inproject management, or they may completean additional six courses to earn a master inproject management.

Learning Outcomes• Demonstrate and apply practical and

theoretical project management skills toa wide variety of projects.

• Outline the various techniques utilizedin project management for beginning,managing and ending projects.

• Identify the basic tools of projectmanagement to include project plans,Gantt charts and other tools and tech-niques applied in the project manage-ment process.

• Recognize and explain the dynamicsassociated with effective communica-tions, stakeholders, urgency andmanaging to defined timeframes andbudgets.

• Evaluate critical success factors for effec-tiveness in achieving project objectives.

• Apply skills and techniques gained forsuccess on the PMP professional certifi-cation competency exam.

Program FormatThe graduate certificate in project manage-ment is a part-time, hybrid program thatcan be completed in as little as one year.Students complete coursework througheight-week sessions.

AdmissionApplicants for the graduate certificate inproject management must have a bachelor'sdegree in business, computer science, engi-neering or a related field from a regionallyaccredited university/college. Those who wish to take the ProjectManagement Professional (PMP) exam arerequired by the Project Management Insti-tute (PMI) to have a minimum of threeyears of project management experienceconsisting of at least 4,500 hours spentleading and directing projects.

Course RequirementsFour courses are required, with one optionalcourse:MPM 500 Project ManagementMPM 501 Project Management Fundamentals in Practice IMPM 502 Project Management Fundamentals in Practice IIMPM 503 Tools and Techniques of the Project ManagerMPM 590 PMP Exam Preparation Review Course (optional) If a student chooses to complete themaster in project management, additionalcoursework will include: MPM 504, MPM505, MPM 506, MPM 507 and two of thefollowing graduate-level electives: MPM552, MPM 553, MPM 554, MPM 555 andMPM 556.


MPM 500 Project Management.75 credit This course teaches students the art andscience of project management as applied to avariety of business and technology settings.Students will learn and practice project tech-niques related to the five phases of projectmanagement—initiating, planning, executing,

455

Graduate Study

monitoring and controlling, and closingprojects. The program allows students toimmediately practice course concepts invarious activities where they will create keyproject documents including a business case,project charter, scope statement, work break-down structure and a project plan.

MPM 501 Project Management Funda-mentals in Practice I.75 creditThis course is designed to develop students’core skills in initiating and planning projects.The course covers scope development, riskassessment, business case development anddetermination of stakeholders to initially createthe case for the project. The core skillsoutlined in this course, include budget, projectschedule, change management, role definitionand project approval. They are critical ingredi-ents to the successful start-up of a project andare also essential for the first two performancedomains of the Project Management Profes-sional (PMP) Exam. Prerequisite: MPM 500.

MPM 502 Project Management Funda-mentals in Practice II.75 credit This course provides students with core projectmanagement skills essential for preparation ofthe remaining domains within the ProjectManagement Professional (PMP) Exam. Crit-ical skills include managing procurement,managing the execution of project activities,measurement and control activities and closingthe project. Prerequisite: MPM 500.

MPM 503 Tools and Techniques of theProject Manager.75 credit This course outlines the variety of tools andmethods necessary to effectively manageprojects. Project plans, Gantt charts, PERTcharts, Critical Path Methodology, SDLC(System Development Life Cycle) and othertools are discussed, built and utilized as well asother methodologies that are employed duringa project. Students will learn to use Microsoft

Project, a key software tool. Prerequisites: MPM501 and MPM 502.

MPM 590 PMP Exam PreparationReview Course (optional)Non-creditThe PMP Review Course is designed toprepare students for success on the ProjectManagement Professional (PMP) Exam. Thiscourse incorporates the strategies, techniques,study guides and processes necessary for takingthe exam. The course includes test-takingstrategies as well as sample questions. This isdesigned for students who have completed themaster's or graduate certificate program andhave the necessary project management hoursto qualify for the exam and/or those who havemet both the education and experiencecomponents to sit for the exam and require areview of the data for preparation.

456

Where to Call

General Information (630) 617-3500 Web address: www.elmhurst.edu

Events Hotline and Directions to Campus (630) 617-6100

Emergency College Closings (630) 617-3777

Admission (630) 617-3400 or (800) 697-1871

Financial Aid (630) 617-3075

Residence Life (630) 617-3150

School for Professional Studies (Acceleratedand Graduate) (630) 617-3300 or (800) 581-4723

Alumni Relations (630) 617-3600

Development (630) 617-6424

Government and Community Relations (630) 617-3783

Group Visits and Conference ServicesTo schedule a tour of the campusarboretum: (630) 617-3009

For information on conference services: (630) 617-6185

For information on facilities rental: (630) 617-3090

Public Affairs (630) 617-3033

190 Prospect Avenue Elmhurst, Illinois 60126-3296

(630) 617-3500www.elmhurst.edu

2015-2016 - Elmhurst College Course Catalog

Documents

Transcript of 2015-2016 - Elmhurst College Course Catalog